Nouvelle agression du Hamas: A Paris et à New York comme à Gaza, la désinformation vaincra (My hobby is throwing stones: looking back at the New York Times’ romanticization of Palestinian rock throwing as a rite of passage and an honored act of defiance)

28 Mai, 2021

Opinion | Black Voters Are Coming for Trump - The New York TimesThe Embarrassment of Democrats Wearing Kente-Cloth Stoles | The New YorkerPressley condemns Gaza bombardmentRashida Imágenes en stock o editoriales y fotos en stock | ShutterstockBiden's old playbook won't end Israeli-Palestinian violence – Ya Libnan

Ces femmes qui s’avancent, en tenant au bout de leurs bras, ces enfants qui lancent, des pierres vers les soldats, c’est perdu d’avance, les cailloux sur des casques lourds, tout ça pour des billets retour, d’amour, d’amour, d’amour, d’amour… Francis Cabrel (« Tout le monde y pense », 1989)
Alors, pour m’sentir appartenir A un peuple, à une patrie J’porte autour de mon cou sur mon cuir Le keffieh noir et blanc et gris Je m’suis inventé des frangins Des amis qui crèvent aussi. Renaud (1983)
Monsieur Dubois demanda à Madame Nozière quel était le jour le plus funeste de l’Histoire de France. Madame Nozière ne le savait pas. C’est, lui dit Monsieur Dubois, le jour de la bataille de Poitiers, quand, en 732, la science, l’art et la civilisation arabes reculèrent devant la barbarie franque. Anatole France (1922)
Si à Poitiers Charles Martel avait été battu, le monde aurait changé de face. Puisque le monde était déjà condamné à l’influence judaïque (et son sous-produit le christianisme est une chose si insipide !), il aurait mieux valu que l’islam triomphe. Cette religion récompense l’héroïsme, promet au guerrier les joies du septième ciel… Animé d’un esprit semblable, les Germains auraient conquis le monde. Ils en ont été empêchés par le christianisme. Hitler (1942)
Nous ne savons pas si Hitler est sur le point de fonder un nouvel islam. Il est d’ores et déjà sur la voie; il ressemble à Mahomet. L’émotion en Allemagne est islamique, guerrière et islamique. Ils sont tous ivres d’un dieu farouche. Jung (1939)
Mein Kamp (…) Tel était le nouveau Coran de la foi et de la guerre: emphatique, fastidieux, sans forme, mais empli de son propre message. Churchill
Les organisations humanitaires et une partie de la gauche occidentale, l’extrême gauche surtout, souffrent d’un complexe post-colonial. Les anciens colonisés sont perçus comme des victimes absolues, pour les uns, comme la force motrice de l’histoire, pour les autres. Ils jouissent d’un droit intangible à la bienveillance morale et au soutien politique, quoi qu’ils disent et quoi qu’ils fassent. Le fanatisme est permis, pourvu qu’il soit tiers-mondiste. La discrimination est justifiée, à condition qu’elle soit pratiquée dans un pays d’Afrique ou d’Asie. Le massacre est excusable, quand il est commis par des États non-européens. On a déjà assisté à cette même veulerie face aux haines, à cette même incapacité à voir le Mal, dans d’autres contextes historiques. Qu’on se souvienne de la complaisance des communistes européens, et notamment français, face à la terreur stalinienne et au goulag. Qu’on se souvienne aussi de l’indulgence de la gauche pacifiste française face à l’Allemagne nazie des années 1930. L’Allemagne était perçue comme victime du militarisme français et du traité de Versailles… Sous l’Occupation, de nombreux collaborateurs enthousiastes, et de très haut rang, proviendront de cette gauche pacifiste et humanitaire. La politique d’apaisement vis-à-vis de l’Iran d’Ahmadinejad est fondée sur la même incompréhension que celle qui fut menée face à Hitler à la fin des années 1930, par l’Angleterre et la France. Ce prétendu réalisme, au nom duquel il faut faire des concessions et pratiquer l’ouverture, procède certes d’un réflexe très humain. Mais il témoigne d’une méconnaissance profonde de l’adversaire. On est en face, dans les deux cas, d’une machine de guerre très habile et très bien organisée, qui connaît et qui exploite fort bien les faiblesses de l’Occident démocratique. (…) Il est des carnavals de rage et d’absurdité auxquels un pays démocratique se doit de rester étranger. Samuel Epstein
Si le Reich allemand s’impose comme protecteur de tous ceux dont le sang allemand coule dans les veines, et bien la foi musulmane impose à chaque Musulman de se considérer comme protecteur de toute personne ayant été imprégnée de l’apprentissage coranique. Hassan el Banna (fondateur des Frères musulmans et grand-père de Tariq et Hani Ramadan)
Depuis les premiers jours de l’islam, le monde musulman a toujours dû affronter des problèmes issus de complots juifs. (…) Leurs intrigues ont continué jusqu’à aujourd’hui et ils continuent à en ourdir de nouvelles. Sayd Qutb (membre des Frères musulmans, Notre combat contre les Juifs)
La libération de la Palestine a pour but de “purifier” le pays de toute présence sioniste. (…) Le partage de la Palestine en 1947 et la création de l’État d’Israël sont des événements nuls et non avenus. (…) La Charte ne peut être amendée que par une majorité des deux tiers de tous les membres du Conseil national de l’Organisation de libération de la Palestine réunis en session extraordinaire convoquée à cet effet. Charte de l’OLP (articles 15, 19 et 33, 1964)
Je mentirais si je vous disais que je vais l’abroger. Personne ne peut le faire. Yasser Arafat (Harvard, octobre 1995)
Nous devons combattre le Mal à sa source, et la principale racine du Mal c’est l’Amérique. (…) L’imam Khomeyni, notre chef, a assuré à maintes reprises que l’Amérique est la source de tous nos maux et qu’elle est la mère des intrigues. (…) Les enfants de la nation du Hezbollah au Liban sont en confrontation avec [leurs ennemis] afin d’atteindre les objectifs suivants : un retrait israélien définitif du Liban comme premier pas vers la destruction totale d’Israël et la libération de la Sainte Jérusalem de la souillure de l’occupation … Charte du Hezbollah (1985)
Les enfants de la nation du Hezbollah au Liban sont en confrontation avec [leurs ennemis] afin d’atteindre les objectifs suivants : un retrait israélien définitif du Liban comme premier pas vers la destruction totale d’Israël et la libération de la Sainte Jérusalem de la souillure de l’occupation … Charte du Hezbollah (1985)
Israël existe et continuera à exister jusqu’à ce que l’islam l’abroge comme il a abrogé ce qui l’a précédé.  (…) Le Mouvement de la Résistance Islamique est un mouvement palestinien honorable qui fait allégeance à Allah et à sa voie, l’islam. Il lutte pour hisser la bannière de l’islam sur chaque pouce de la Palestine. (…) Avec leur argent, ils ont mis la main sur les médias du monde entier : presse, maisons d’édition, stations de radio etc… Avec leur argent, ils ont soulevé des révolutions dans plusieurs parties du monde afin de servir leurs intérêts et réaliser leur objectif. Ils sont derrière la Révolution Française, la Révolution Communiste et toutes les révolutions dont nous avons entendu parler. (…) Il n’existe aucune guerre dans n’importe quelle partie du monde dont ils ne soient les instigateurs. Charte du Hamas (préambule, articles 6 et 22, 1988)
Obama (in whose administration I served) had in mind the United States’ extrication from what he considered the broader Middle Eastern quagmire (…) But Obama was a gradualist; he was persuaded that the United States could neither abruptly nor radically shift gears and imperil regional relationships that had been decades in the making. As he once put it to some of us working in the White House, conducting U.S. policy was akin to steering a large vessel: a course correction of a few degrees might not seem like much in the moment, but over time, the destination would differ drastically. What he did, he did in moderation. (…) In a sense, his administration was an experiment that got suspended halfway through. At least when it came to his approach to the Middle East, Obama’s presidency was premised on the belief that someone else would pick up where he left off. It was premised on his being succeeded by someone like him, maybe a Hillary Clinton, but certainly not a Donald Trump. Robert Malley (Nov. 2019)
A better approach requires clarity about U.S. interests and a plan for securing them, changing the United States’ role in a regional order it helped create without leaving behind yet more chaos, suffering, and insecurity. (…) A better strategy would be simultaneously less ambitious and more ambitious than traditional U.S. statecraft in the Middle East: less ambitious in terms of the military ends the United States seeks and in its efforts to remake nations from within, but more ambitious in using U.S. leverage and diplomacy to press for a de-escalation in tensions and eventually a new modus vivendi among the key regional actors. The United States has repeatedly tried using military means to produce unachievable outcomes in the Middle East. Now it’s time to try using aggressive diplomacy to produce more sustainable results. Daniel Benaim and Jake Sullivan (May 22, 2020)
On Sunday, National Security Adviser Jake Sullivan phoned his Israeli counterpart and turned back the hands of time. (…) Sullivan called “to express the United States’ serious concerns” about (…) the pending eviction, by court order, of a number of Palestinian families from their homes in the Sheikh Jarrah neighborhood of Jerusalem, and the weekend’s violent clashes on the Temple Mount between Israeli police and Palestinian rioters. (…) just as Hamas was sending rockets and incendiary devices into Israel with the same message (…) This (…) marked a clear return to the approach of President Barack Obama. (…) In a revealing Foreign Affairs article, written in 2019, Malley expressed regret that Obama failed to arrive at more such accommodations. The direction of Obama’s policy was praiseworthy (…) but his “moderation” was the enemy of his project. Being “a gradualist,” he presided over “an experiment that got suspended halfway through.” Malley, the article leads one to assume, is now advising Biden to go all the way—and fast. (…) The president’s “ultimate goal,” Malley wrote, was “to help the [Middle East] find a more stable balance of power that would make it less dependent on direct U.S. interference or protection.” (…) a roundabout way of saying that Obama dreamed of a new Middle Eastern order—one that relies more on partnership with Iran. (…) Obama, it seems clear, felt his project would advance best with stealth and misdirection, not aggressive salesmanship. Biden, while keeping Obama’s second-term foreign policy team nearly intact, is using the same playbook. He and his aides recognize that confusion about the “ultimate goal” makes achieving it easier. (…) The deceptions surrounding the JCPOA have a clear purpose: to make the administration appear supportive of containment when, in fact, it is ending it. (…) The presentation of the JCPOA as a narrow arms control agreement is the most important of these tactics, but two others are particularly noteworthy. The first is the bear hug: a squeeze that can be presented to the outside world as a gesture of love, but which immobilizes its recipient. (…) But if Iron Dome was the seemingly loving aspect of the bear hug, the immobilizing part was the strong discouragement of Israeli military and intelligence operations against Iran’s nuclear program and its regional military network. (…) The bear hug is also a tool for gaslighting critics who accurately claim that the Realignment guts the policy of containment. (…) The second tactic is the values feint. When Washington tilts toward Iran, it disguises its true motivations with pronouncements of high-minded humanitarianism—ceasing to be a superpower and instead becoming a Florence Nightingale among the nations, decrying human suffering (…) Domestic politics partially explains the hold that this empty theory exercises over otherwise bright minds. (…) Biden won the electoral college by only 45,000 votes spread over three states—a razor thin margin. (…) The political heft of the Realignment derives not just from Obama’s personal support but also from the support of progressives whose cosmology it affirms. It equates a policy of containing Iran with a path to endless war, and transforms a policy of accommodating Iran into the path to peace. It reduces the complexities of the Middle East to a Manichean morality tale that pits the progressives against their mythological foes—Evangelical Christians, “neoconservatives,” and Zionists. The Realignment depicts these foes as co-conspirators with Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman and Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, plotting to keep America mired in the Middle East. (…) The same (…) toward Trump’s “maximum pressure” campaign, which it derides as reckless, incoherent, and ineffective. On Trump’s watch, the Iranian economy suffered catastrophic losses. Not only did anti-regime demonstrations break out in every major Iranian city in 2019, but corresponding protests erupted in Iraq, aimed directly or indirectly at Iran’s proxies there. (…) Trump ended the fiction, which had greatly benefited Iran, that its proxies were independent actors rather than direct arms of the IRGC (…) culminated in the killing of Qassem Soleimani, the head of the IRGC’s Quds Force and the second most powerful man in Iran. Meanwhile, (…) By penetrating Iran’s defenses, Israel—with the support of the Trump administration—shredded Obama’s major justification for the JCPOA by demonstrating that the United States can manage the Iran challenge, including its nuclear dimension, with a relatively light American military commitment. (…) “Maximum pressure” (…) a form of collective security (…) encouraged closer cooperation between American allies, and therefore played a major role in the Abraham Accords [with countries] close to Saudi Arabia. (…) the most powerful Arab country and, thanks to its guardianship of Mecca and Medina, one of the most influential countries in the entire Muslim world. (…) Yet the Biden administration has forbidden its officials from even using the term “Abraham Accords,” which, under the influence of the Realignment, it abhors. (…) [because] It refutes the dogma preached by the Obama administration that peace between Israel and the Arab world must begin with a Palestinian-Israeli agreement. More importantly, the accords are also a threat to the Realignment itself.(…) When Biden took office, he faced a fork in the road. On one path stood a multilateral alliance designed to contain Iran. It had a proven track record of success and plans of even better things to come, as the recent act of sabotage at Natanz demonstrated. (…) On the other path stood the Islamic Republic, hated by its own people and, indeed, by most people in the Middle East. It offered nothing but the same vile message it had always espoused. (…) Biden chose Iran, fracturing the U.S. alliance system and setting back the cause of peace. His choice also delivered a victory to China and Russia, who are working with Iran, each in its own way, toward America’s undoing. In a perverse effort to liberate itself from its allies, the United States is soiling its own nest. Michael Doran and Tony Badran
Israël a le droit de se défendre. » sont les mots que nous entendons des gouvernements démocrates et républicains chaque fois que le gouvernement israélien, avec son énorme puissance militaire, réagit aux tirs de roquette de Gaza. Soyons clairs. Personne ne soutient qu’Israël, ou aucun gouvernement, n’a pas le droit de se défendre ou de protéger son peuple. Alors pourquoi ces mots se répètent-ils année après année, guerre après guerre ? Et pourquoi la question n’est-elle presque jamais posée : ′′ Quels sont les droits du peuple palestinien ? ′′Et pourquoi semblons-nous prendre note de la violence en Israël et en Palestine uniquement lorsque des roquettes tombent sur Israël ? (…) même si le Hamas tire des roquettes sur les communautés israéliennes est absolument inacceptable, le conflit d’aujourd’hui n’a pas commencé avec ces roquettes. Les familles palestiniennes dans le quartier de Jérusalem de Sheikh Jarrah vivent sous la menace d’expulsion depuis de nombreuses années, naviguant dans un système juridique conçu pour faciliter leur déplacement forcé. Et au cours des dernières semaines, les colons extrémistes ont intensifié leurs efforts pour les expulser. Et, tragiquement, ces expulsions ne sont qu’une partie d’un système plus large d’oppression politique et économique. Depuis des années, nous avons assisté à une aggravation de l’occupation israélienne en Cisjordanie et à Jérusalem-Est et à un blocus continu sur Gaza qui rend la vie de plus en plus intolérable À Gaza, qui compte environ deux millions d’habitants, 70 % des jeunes sont au chômage et n’ont guère d’espoir pour l’avenir. En outre, nous avons vu le gouvernement de Benjamin Netanyahu travailler à marginaliser et diaboliser les citoyens palestiniens d’Israël, à mener des politiques de colonisation conçues pour exclure la possibilité d’une solution à deux États et adopter des lois qui engendrent les inégalités systémiques entre les citoyens juifs et palestiniens israéliens. (…) Israël reste la seule autorité souveraine au pays d’Israël et de Palestine, et plutôt que de se préparer à la paix et à la justice, il a enraciné son contrôle inégal et antidémocratique. Plus d’une décennie de sa règle de droite en Israël, M. Netanyahu a cultivé un nationalisme raciste de plus en plus intolérant et autoritaire. Dans son effort effréné pour rester au pouvoir et éviter les poursuites judiciaires pour corruption, M. Netanyahu a légitimé ces forces, dont Itamar Ben Gvir et son parti extrémiste du pouvoir juif, en les faisant entrer dans le gouvernement. C’est choquant et attristant que les mensonges racistes qui attaquent les Palestiniens dans les rues de Jérusalem soient maintenant représentés à la Knesset. Ces tendances dangereuses ne sont pas propres à Israël. Partout dans le monde, en Europe, en Asie, en Amérique du Sud et ici aux États-Unis, nous avons vu la montée de mouvements nationalistes autoritaires similaires. Ces mouvements exploitent la haine ethnique et raciale pour construire le pouvoir pour une minorité de corrompus plutôt que la prospérité, la justice et la paix pour le plus grand nombre. Ces quatre dernières années, ces mouvements avaient un ami à la Maison Blanche. En même temps, nous assistons à la montée d’une nouvelle génération d’activistes qui veulent construire des sociétés basées sur les besoins humains et l’égalité politique. Nous avons vu ces militants dans les rues américaines l’été dernier à la suite du meurtre de George Floyd. Nous les voyons en Israël. Nous les voyons dans les territoires palestiniens. Avec un nouveau président, les États-Unis ont maintenant la possibilité de développer une nouvelle approche du monde – fondée sur la justice et la démocratie. (…) Au Moyen-Orient, où nous fournissons une aide de près de 4 milliards de dollars par an à Israël, nous ne pouvons plus être des apologistes du gouvernement de droite de Netanyahu et son comportement antidémocratique et raciste. Nous devons changer de cap et adopter une approche impartiale, une approche qui respecte et renforce le droit international concernant la protection des civils, ainsi que la législation américaine actuelle en vigueur, selon laquelle la fourniture d’aide militaire américaine ne doit pas permettre de respecter les droits de l’homme. Cette approche doit reconnaître qu’Israël a le droit absolu de vivre dans la paix et la sécurité, tout comme les Palestiniens.(…) Nous devons reconnaître que les droits palestiniens sont importants. Les vies palestiniennes comptent. Bernie Sanders
Le combat pour la vie des noirs et le combat pour la libération palestinienne sont interconnectés. Nous nous opposons à ce que notre argent serve à financer la police militarisée, l’occupation et les systèmes d’oppression violente et de traumatisme. Nous sommes contre la guerre, nous sommes contre l’occupation et nous sommes contre l’apartheid. Un point, c’est tout. Congresswoman Cori Bush (Dem., Cal., May 12 2021)
Ce qu’ils font aux Palestiniens, c’est ce qu’ils font à nos frères et sœurs noirs ici. Rep. Rashida Tlaib (Dem., Mich., May 13 2021)
>Nous devons avoir le même niveau de responsabilité et de justice pour toutes les victimes de crimes contre l’humanité. Nous avons vu des atrocités impensables commises par les États-Unis, le Hamas, Israël, l’Afghanistan et les talibans. J’ai demandé à @SecBlinken où les gens sont censés aller pour demander justice. Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (Dem., NY, May 13, 2021)
Nous apprécions les positions de Mme Ilhan Omar dans la défense de la justice et des droits des opprimés dans le monde, au premier rang desquels se trouvent les justes droits de notre peuple palestinien, mais nous déplorons cette combinaison injuste qui est contraire à la justice et au droit international. Dr. Basem Naim (Bureau des relations internationales du Hamas)
I rise today to recognize the deep trauma and loss of life perpetuated by systems of oppression here in the United States and globally. Many times I have stood at this dais and affirmed that our destinies are tied. That was clear when protestors took to the streets in the face of police murders, seeking to build a nation where Black Lives Matter. That was clear when our democracy and our lives were put at risk by violent white supremacists who shattered glass and broke doors, while wearing anti-Semitic phrases on their chest, carrying the confederate flag, erecting a noose on the west lawn. That was clear when students protesting to end poverty and oppression in the streets of Bogota were shot dead. That was clear when families kneeling during this holy month, at the third holiest site in Islam, were met with tear gas, rubber bullets and hand grenades. (…) Last summer, when Black Lives Matter protestors took to the streets to demand justice, they were met with force. They faced tear gas, rubber bullets, and a militarized police just as our Palestinian brothers and sisters are facing in Jerusalem today. Palestinians are being told the same thing as Black folks in America—there is no acceptable form of resistance. We are bearing witness to egregious human rights violations. The pain, trauma, and terror that Palestinians are facing is not just the result of this week’s escalation, but the consequence of years of military occupation. In Sheikh Jarrah, the Israeli government is violently dispossessing yet another neighborhood of Palestinian families from homes they have lived in for decades. We cannot stand idly and complicitly by and allow the occupation and oppression of the Palestinian people to continue. We cannot remain silent when our government sends $3.8 billion of military aid to Israel that is used to demolish Palestinian homes, imprison Palestinian children, and displace Palestinian families. (…) The question at hand is should our taxpayer dollars create conditions for justice, healing and repair, or should those dollars create conditions for oppression and apartheid? (…) Whose lives do we value? We have seen footage of Israeli and Palestinian children, huddled fearfully while rockets blanket their homeland. No child should live in fear. No child should grow up in the midst of a conflict that robs them of a childhood. And Palestinian children do not have the same protections afforded to them (…) Following forceful violence against the Palestinians simply seeking to remain in their family homes, militant groups in Gaza have launched rockets at Israeli cities, resulting in seven deaths, including a child. In response, the Israeli military has launched severe attacks on Gaza, killing 83 people, 17 of whom are children. This is devastating. (…) From Jerusalem to Boston. From Randolph to Gaza. From Colombia to Yemen, our destinies are tied. And everyone deserves to live free from fear and to know peace. Rep. Ayanna Pressley (Dem., Mass., May 13, 2021)
The shift is dramatic; it’s tectonic. There is a non-white population, particularly among Democrats, who are very sensitive to the treatment of fellow non-whites. They see Israel as an aggressor. They don’t know Israel’s early history and odds-defying triumph over adversity. They know post-Intifada; they know the various wars, the asymmetrical bombing that have taken place, the innocent civilians that have been killed. We’ve seen a steady growth in support for Palestinians, but it’s never really been a high-intensity issue. It’s becoming that. It’s becoming a major wedge issue, particularly among Democrats, driven by non-white voters and younger voters, by progressives in general. John Zogby
On May 10, after years of relative quiet between Israel and Gaza, the Hamas terrorists who rule that enclave exploited a long-running legal dispute in Jerusalem as a pretext to launch a barrage of rockets at Israel, unprecedented in its size. The Israel Defense Forces responded with air strikes to knock out terror targets, and one of those micro-wars that periodically spring up in this conflict ensued. As of Thursday night, May 20, a ceasefire had begun; the worst of the fighting is hopefully over. At least, it was in Israel and Gaza. But around the world, Jews were paying the price. (…) Synagogues across the country have been vandalized. Rallies in support of the Palestinian cause in Michigan, Florida, Washington, D.C., and elsewhere have turned anti-Semitic. (…) And almost as bad as the violence is the silence around it from major publications. The New York Times hasn’t deemed news of these attacks on New York Jews « fit to print, » though it did run a short story about the similarly horrific spate of attacks across Europe (…) While anti-Zionist gangs beat up Jews in her city, Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez was providing a quasi-intellectual basis for their actions, defaming Israel as an apartheid state employing indiscriminate force in what she seems to think is a capricious quest to murder as many Palestinian children as possible, instead of a highly restrained military operation tightly targeted on terrorists. Rep. Ocasio-Cortez didn’t call for violence, but she carved out an area of respectability for a certain type of anti-Semitism, and others were only too happy to rush in, fists flying. (…) Sen. Bernie Sanders published his own dangerous anti-Israel harangue in an Op-Ed which began, « No one is arguing that Israel… does not have the right to self-defense or to protect its people, » even as his own supporters were arguing just that on social media. Comedians John Oliver and Trevor Noah made the same case into their media megaphones, arguing that Israel was wrong to attack the terrorists aiming for Israeli civilians because Israel’s Iron Dome missile defense system can prevent most (but not all) civilian deaths from Hamas rockets. (…) Rep. Mark Pocan and Rep. Betty McCollum are laser-focused on spreading the contemporary blood libel that Israel indiscriminately murders children. And in the same week that the Pew Research Center found that 80 percent of Jews believe caring about Israel to be an « important » or « essential » part of being Jewish, Rep. Ilhan Omar called support for Israel « disgusting and immoral. » Seffi Kogen
When the New York Times finally reported on the plague of nationwide street violence against Jews in the spring of 2021, more than a week after the attacks began in the wake of Hamas using rockets to strike Israel, the tone it took was less one of outrage than of bewilderment. “Until the latest surge,” read a May 26 story, “anti-Semitic violence in recent years was largely considered a right-wing phenomenon, driven by a white supremacist movement emboldened by rhetoric from former President Donald J. Trump, who often trafficked in stereotypes.” This was nonsense: The most common street violence against Jews took place in New York and New Jersey, and it had nothing at all to do with Trump or “right-wing” politics. Par for the course for the Gray Lady, perhaps, but far more concerning was where the reporters seemed to be getting the misinformation. “This is why Jews feel so terrified in this moment,” Anti-Defamation League CEO Jonathan Greenblatt told the paper. “For four years it seemed to be stimulated from the political right, with devastating consequences.” At the scenes of Jew-hunting that began in May, during the war between Israel and Hamas, Greenblatt lamented, “No one is wearing MAGA hats.” If there’s one organization whose responsibility it is to prepare not just the Jewish community but the wider United States public and its government for emerging anti-Semitic threats, it’s the ADL. Instead, the head of the ADL has been spreading a cynical left-wing myth about anti-Semitism while threats to the Jewish community fester. And it’s even worse than it looks, because while there’s long been a willful blindness toward anti-Semitism from the left, the ADL and other partisan groups aren’t the ones experiencing this blindness. They’re the blinders. The ADL (…) issued a list during the latest flare-up with Hamas on May 20 titled “Prominent Voices Demonize Israel Regarding the Conflict.” Demonizing rhetoric, the ADL warned, can “enable an environment whereby hateful actions against Jews and supporters of Israel are accepted more freely, and where anti-Jewish tropes may be normalized.” One category the list featured was of those “Accusing Israel of ‘Attacking al-Aqsa,’” a hoary libel falsely claiming that Jews want to destroy the central Mosque in Jerusalem. It has been used to incite anti-Jewish riots for a century. What was notable here was one name missing from the list, and arguably the worst offender. On May 12, Representative Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez had castigated President Joe Biden on Twitter for expressing Israel’s right to defend itself while noting what supposedly was to blame for the violence: “the expulsions of Palestinians and the attacks on Al Aqsa.” (…) A day later, on May 13, came a chilling session of the House of Representatives, with dark echoes of Jewish history. Several Democratic members of the House took turns standing next to blown-up photos of bloodied Palestinian children and gave fiery speeches denouncing Zionist perfidy—the sorts of words and charges that, since the age of the czars, have been followed by the spilling of Jewish blood. This time was no different, except it wasn’t a Russian backwater or a Munich beer hall. It was on the floor of the United States Congress. One by one, these members of Congress, Democrats all, sought to make the Jewish state the stand-in for “systems of oppression here in the United States and globally,” as Representative Ayanna Pressley of Massachusetts put it. (…) In the days and weeks that followed, even after an Israel–Hamas cease-fire was in place, Jews in America were physically attacked with abandon—diners at restaurants in Los Angeles and Manhattan, Jews on the streets of New York, families in Florida attending synagogue services. The ADL saw a 75 percent uptick in reported incidents. (…) When called out for their silence, progressive Democratic lawmakers condemned “anti-Semitism and Islamophobia” as one, knowing that their audience would interpret any specific denunciation of anti-Semitism as a statement in support of Israel. (…) Throughout this whole affair, not a single congressional Democrat would criticize any of his colleagues by name. (…) Neither the ADL nor the JDCA uttered a peep. (…) On June 7, Omar tweeted a summary of a question she had for Secretary of State Antony Blinken: “We must have the same level of accountability and justice for all victims of crimes against humanity. We have seen unthinkable atrocities committed by the U.S., Hamas, Israel, Afghanistan, and the Taliban. I asked @SecBlinken where people are supposed to go for justice.” (…) The ADL was silent. JDCA was silent. The Democratic Party sided with the Squad. The Jewish community had been abandoned to the rise of the dominant left-of-center ideology according to which Jews are part of a white power structure of which Israel is a prime example. (…) The New Yorker’s Helen Rosner suggested it would be a good tactic not to beat up Jews, as part of an overall strategy to undermine Israel’s legitimacy. (This after the New Yorker’s union put out a statement of solidarity with the Palestinians that included the phrase “from the river to the sea.”) Michelle Goldberg of the New York Times wrote a column with a headline so instantly infamous that the Times eventually and quietly changed it: “Attacks on Jews Over Israel Are a Gift to the Right.” Meanwhile, the comedian Sarah Silverman objected to attacks on Jews in Los Angeles not on the grounds that they were evil acts of anti-Semitic violence but rather because “WE ARE NOT ISRAEL.” For his part, Kenneth Roth, the obsessively anti-Israel executive director of Human Rights Watch, declared, “It is WRONG to equate the Jewish people with the apartheid and deadly bombardment of Prime Minister Netanyahu’s government. » Seth Mandel
You can’t walk very far on an American or European university campus these days without encountering some version of the “Palestinian Land Loss” maps. This series of four—occasionally five—maps purports to show how rapacious Zionists have steadily encroached upon Palestinian land. (…) Taking each map in turn, it is easy to demonstrate that the first one is by far the most dishonest of the lot. (…) It deliberately conflates private property with political control. (…) The next map (…) represents the partition plan adopted by the United Nations General Assembly in 1947 as UN Resolution 181. It called for two independent states to be formed after the end of the British Mandate, one Jewish and one Arab. Needless to say, the resolution was never implemented. It was rejected by a Palestinian Arab leadership that just two years before had still been allied with Nazi Germany.  (…) At this point, with partition rejected by the Arabs and no help from the international community in sight, the Jews declared independence and formed what would become the Israel Defense Forces. The Arab states promptly launched a full-scale invasion, whose aims—depending on which Arab leader you choose to quote—ranged from expulsion to outright genocide. And the Arabs lost. At war’s end in 1949, the situation looked roughly like the third map in the series—the first of the lot that even comes close to describing the political reality on the ground. (…)  But (…) What it shows are the so-called “armistice lines,” i.e., the borders where the Israeli and Arab armies stopped fighting in 1949. These lines held more or less until 1967. (…) But (…) on the other side of the line, (…) the territories that are today called the West Bank and the Gaza Strip (…) were not—not before, during, or after 1967—“Palestinian” in the sense of being controlled by a Palestinian Arab political entity. Both territories were occupied by invading Arab armies when the armistice was declared in 1949, the Gaza Strip by Egypt and the West Bank by Jordan. The latter was soon annexed, while the former remained under Egyptian military administration. This status quo lasted until 1967, when both were captured by Israel. In the 1967 Six Day War, which was marked by Arab rhetoric that was sometimes even more genocidal than 1948, Israel also took the Golan Heights from Syria and the Sinai Peninsula from Egypt, more than trebling the amount of land under its control. Israel has since withdrawn from more than 90 percent of the land it occupied—mostly in the Sinai withdrawal that led to peace with Egypt. The first three maps, then, confuse ethnic and national categories (Jewish and Israeli, Arab and Palestinian), property and sovereignty, and the Palestinian national movement with Arab states that ruled over occupied territory for a generation. (…) As (…) to the fourth map (…) usually labeled either 2005 or “present,” purports to show the distribution of political control following the Oslo process and the Israeli withdrawal from Gaza. The patches of Palestinian land in the West Bank are areas handed over to the Palestinian Authority in the 1990s, mostly under the 1995 Oslo II agreement. Expanding upon the autonomy put in place after previous agreements in the Oslo process since 1993, this agreement created a complex patchwork of administrative and security zones, splitting the West Bank into areas of exclusive Palestinian control, joint control, and Israeli control. It was meant as a five-year interim arrangement, after which a final status agreement would be negotiated. (….) But no agreement was reached. As in 1947, the principal reason was Palestinian rejectionism. This time, the Palestinian leadership rejected a state on over 90 percent of the West Bank and 100 percent of the Gaza Strip. They then broke their pledge not to return to the “armed struggle” and embarked on a campaign of suicide bombings and other terrorist atrocities that were not only morally indefensible but lost them the trappings of sovereignty they had gained over the previous decade. After tamping down the worst of the violence, Israel decided to leave the areas of the Gaza Strip it had not evacuated a decade before. The withdrawal took place in 2005. Two years later, the Islamist group Hamas took over the Strip in a violent coup d’etat. Since then, there have been two Palestinian governments—the Hamas regime in Gaza and the Fatah-led regime in the West Bank. Both of these regimes are marked with the same color on this fourth map, thus failing to acknowledge the split between the two regimes, though it is the first map in the series to correctly label areas under Palestinian Arab political control. Nonetheless, it does not distinguish between the sovereign territory of the State of Israel—or, in the case of East Jerusalem, territory that Israel claims as sovereign without international recognition—and territories in the West Bank that, according to agreements endorsed by both sides, are under Israeli control until a final status agreement. Taken together, what we have is not four maps in a chronological series, but four different categories of territorial control presented with varying degrees of inaccuracy. Those categories are private property (“1946”), political control (“1967” and “2005”), and international partition plans (“1947”). They are presented in a fashion that is either tendentiously inaccurate (“2005”), essentially mendacious (“1947” and “1967”), or radically untrue (“1946”). (…) Perhaps the best way to illustrate the bankruptcy of the “Palestinian Land Loss” myth is to compare it to a similar situation elsewhere. An equally absurd set of maps could be drawn up of the Indian subcontinent before and after the end of British rule. It could start with a 1946 map of the entire subcontinent, labeling any private property owned by Hindus as “Indian” and the rest as “Pakistani.” Hindus, after all, are 80 percent of India’s population today, just as Jews are 80 percent of Israel’s. It is absurd to consider anything not privately owned by Hindus under British rule as “Pakistani” when the state of Pakistan did not yet exist, but that is roughly the same as labeling anything not privately owned by Jews under the Mandate as “Palestinian.” We could then put up a partition map from 1947, with West and East Pakistan next to a much larger India; as well as a post-partition map—perhaps from 1955—showing the land losses along the Radcliffe Line. Finally, we could draw a map from 1971 with East Pakistan shorn off into Bangladesh. A fervently dishonest person might call this series “Pakistani Land Loss,” but it would be such an obvious piece of fiction that no one could possibly take it seriously. Shany Mor
Pour la première fois, on a pu constater une conflictualité dans les localités israéliennes. Les communautés se sont affrontées. Le risque d’apartheid est fort si on continue à aller dans une logique à un État ou du statu quo. L’hypothèse commençait à disparaître. Il faut engager une politique de petits pas. Il faut faire en sorte qu’il y ait une logique de confiance qui puisse s’instaurer. L’Europe est puissante. Pendant cinq ans, l’Europe a dû assumer toute seule le multilatéralisme. Elle joue sa partition au Proche orient. Jean-Yves Le Drian (ministre français des affaires étrangères)
Le ministre a déclaré qu’Israël pourrait devenir un Etat d’apartheid – une affirmation éhontée, fausse et sans fondement. Nous n’accepterons aucune leçon de morale hypocrite et mensongère sur cette question. Dans l’État d’Israël, tous les citoyens sont égaux devant la loi, quelle que soit leur origine ethnique. Israël est un phare de la démocratie et des droits de l’homme dans notre région… Nous ne subirons aucune réprimande morale hypocrite et fausse sur cette question. Benjamin Netanyahu
For those who periodically tune in and tune out of the Israel-Palestine situation, the events of recent days and weeks might seem like a replay of a movie they have seen before: Palestinians are being forced from their homes; Israel drops bombs on Gaza; Palestinians fire rockets from Gaza; Israel destroys most of the rockets with an air defense system that is largely paid for by American taxpayers. All familiar. But the truth is, this moment is different. And it may prove a transformational one in the Palestinian struggle for freedom. Before the world’s attention shifted toward pushing for a cease-fire, Palestinians in Gaza, the West Bank, Jerusalem, inside Israel and in the diaspora had all mobilized simultaneously in a way unseen for decades. They are all working toward the same goal: breaking free from the shackles of Israel’s system of oppression. Reacting to growing Israeli restrictions in Jerusalem and the impending expulsion of Palestinians from their homes in the Jerusalem neighborhood of Sheikh Jarrah, Palestinians across the land who identified with the experience of being dispossessed by Israel rose up, together. Even now, as bombs fall on Gaza, they continue to do so. Palestinians are protesting in huge numbers in cities and towns throughout the land; hundreds of thousands took part in a general strike. With this unified movement, Palestinians have shown Israel that they cannot be ignored. (…) The energy of this moment represents an opportunity to wed Palestinian aspirations with a growing global consensus. According to a 2018 poll by the University of Maryland, 64 percent of Americans would support equal rights in a single state if the two-state solution fails. That number climbs to 78 percent among Democrats. Among scholars and experts on the Middle East, one recent poll found, 66 percent say there is a one-state reality. There is also a growing shift in mainstream organizations that have been hesitant to call for greater change: The Carnegie Endowment for International Peace recently released a report calling for a break from the two-state approach. Many diplomats and analysts around the world I have spoken to in recent years understand that the two-state solution is dead. Israel has killed it. When I ask why they don’t call for equal rights for Palestinians to end what is increasingly obviously a de facto apartheid system, they point out the official Palestinian position remains for a separate state. (…) The Palestinians have moved on, and many people in America and around the world are ready to do so, too. Yousef Munayyer (Arab Center Washington DC)
The fault lines in Israeli society have never been clearer and Jerusalem remains the tinder box that could ignite another catastrophic fire unless the underlying causes — Israel’s occupation of the Palestinian territories and its highly discriminatory policies — are dealt with. (…) The truth is that the Palestinian citizens of Israel and the Jewish majority of the country have never coexisted. We Palestinians living in Israel “sub-exist,” living under a system of discrimination and racism with laws that enshrine our second-class status and with policies that ensure we are never equals. This is not by accident but by design. The violence against Palestinians in Israel, with the backing of the Israeli state, that we witnessed in the past few weeks was only to be expected. Palestinian citizens make up about 20 percent of the Israel’s population. We are those who survived the “nakba,” the ethnic cleansing of Palestine in 1948, when more than 75 percent of the Palestinian population was expelled from their homes to make way for Jewish immigrants during the founding of Israel. (…) When military rule ended in 1966, Israel propagated the myth that Palestinian citizens of Israelis were now full citizens, noting that we can vote for members of the Knesset and that we have representatives there too. But since its establishment, Israel has enacted more than 60 laws entrenching our second-class status. One law makes it possible for Jewish Israelis in many towns to deny me and other Palestinians the right to live alongside them because we are not “socially suitable.” Courts routinely uphold such discriminatory laws and lawmakers have year after year blocked attempts to pass legislation enshrining the equality of Palestinians and Jews. The institutionalized racism and discrimination against Palestinian citizens have pushed almost half of us into poverty and our unemployment rate has soared to 25 percent. Racism against Palestinians is incited and exploited by virtually all major Israeli politicians and parties. (The Labor Party, which has a mere seven seats in the Knesset, is the only exception.) Even “moderates” like the Yesh Atid leader Yair Lapid, who has been tasked with forming a government in the wake of inconclusive parliamentary elections in March, declared that he wants to be “rid of Arabs” and that his most important priority is “to maintain a Jewish majority in the land of Israel.” Politicians call for our citizenship to be revoked, or worse — like the former foreign minister Avigdor Lieberman, who said our heads should be chopped off, or the former education minister Naftali Bennett, who declared that he had killed many Palestinians and had no problem with it. Since 2019, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has twice made electoral pacts with the overtly racist Jewish Power party, which is made up of followers of the notorious Meir Kahane, whose Kach party and offshoots were labeled terrorist organizations by the United States. Jewish Power is led by Itamar Ben Gvir, who says his hero is Baruch Goldstein, who gunned down 29 Palestinians as they prayed in Hebron in 1994. All of this does not merely garner votes for Mr. Netanyahu, it also normalizes hatred of Palestinians. Young Jews are more radicalized than their parents, with polls showing that they do not want to live next to Palestinians and support revoking our citizenship. This prejudice, racism and violence directed at Palestinians is not limited to the fringe in society — it has become mainstream. In May alone, Mr. Netanyahu’s government allowed marches by violent Jewish supremacists through Palestinian neighborhoods of Jerusalem and into the Aqsa mosque compound. Israeli police officers and Jewish citizens have been offered de facto immunity for attacking Palestinians. Indeed, our mere existence nettles Israel’s ruling elites, who insist on preserving the Jewishness of the state. My father, who is 82, still waits for the day when he does not have to live in fear that we will be evicted from our homeland. To be a Palestinian in Israel is to wait for the day when Israel will decide to forever rid itself of you. How do I explain to my 7-year-old son what being a Palestinian citizen of Israel means? What future can he look toward, when the leaders of the government incite hatred against him? What audacious hope can he have when he is bound to face racism and discrimination in education, employment and housing? For now, I try to shield him from the images on television and on our phones, but there will soon come a time when I cannot shield him from the reality that he is surrounded by people who consider him a second-class citizen. Diana Buttu
En excluant ostensiblement le Hamas, l’administration Biden ne fait que perpétuer le mythe selon lequel le Hamas est le problème central (…) Nous savions que les roquettes décrépites tirées de Gaza étaient tout ce dont les Forces de défense israéliennes et le Premier ministre Benjamin Netanyahu avaient besoin pour rediriger l’attention du public sur la  légitime défense d’Israël et loin des préjudices infligés aux Palestiniens. (…) Le conflit concerne l’occupation israélienne. Se concentrer sur le Hamas, c’est aussi aseptiser le conflit, et ainsi en devenir complice. Cela permet aux gens d’exprimer leur sympathie pour les Palestiniens ordinaires tout en blâmant quelques personnes au sommet de la direction palestinienne. Mais le droit à la légitime défense contre l’agression continue d’Israël appartient à tous les Palestiniens; la résistance légitime ne peut être un droit que pour les Palestiniens qui croient exclusivement à la légitime défense non violente – pas face à la violence que nous endurons. (…) Qu’attendre d’une personne qui se fait tirer dessus alors qu’elle était enfant et qu’on ne lui donne qu’une prison ou un camp pour vivre en tant qu’adultes, plutôt que chez eux? C’est pas compliqué. Basma Ghalayini
There are two groups that attend anti-Israel rallies. One group styles themselves as being liberal, open-minded, very concerned about human rights, only wanting peace and so, so concerned over Palestinians who are killed during a war their side started. These people swear up and down that they are non-violent, against antisemitism and that they want Israel to go away quietly and peacefully as a result of world pressure and boycotts. The other are young Arab men who grew up with pure Jew-hatred. They are intolerant of women, of gays, they don’t care about the environment. They share none of the supposed principles of the kumbaya crowd, with the exception of wanting to see the Jewish state destroyed and of the role they take of eternal victims with no agency. The latter group is behind the torrent of antisemitic attacks we see happening every day in the West. They are the ones who are driving around in gangs, looking for Jews to intimidate or attack. They are directly threatening Jews on social media thousands of times a day. This is unprecedented. For decades, Jews have been able to walk around safely in most major cities without fear, without even considering hiding their kippot or Star of David necklaces. Jews used to be most afraid of being attacked by blacks, but over time that has become much less of an issue with the exception of the recent uptick of attacks in Brooklyn. Antisemitism has always been there but it definitely lessened. ADL statistics has seen it go down steadily since the 90s. But this is different than even the ’60s. Now Jews have to worry about gangs who are targeting them because they are Jews. Why have these Arab gangs suddenly become so emboldened to form posses to attack Jews? Because of the first group. The fine distinctions that Leftist Israel haters try to make between anti-Zionism and antisemitism are completely invisible to Arabs. They hate Israel because, not despite the fact, it is filled with Jews. Antisemitism is the entire source of the conflict. Their parents and preachers don’t teach them to hate Zionists but Jews. They look at their Jewish allies as tools and as dhimmis, not as role models. The attackers find strength in numbers, they see that they have the Left on their side, they are riled up by thousands of lies about Israel by speaker after speaker and tweet after tweet, they get validation from members of Congress and other liars and bigots who say that Israel is guilty of genocide and apartheid and ethnic cleansing, they are primed to violence from lurid and often faked photos of dead kids, they are whipped up into a frenzy from the hypnotic anti-Israel and antisemitic chants. And they are in large cities with lots of identifiable Jews all around, who must pay for these crimes. It is a recipe for violence. The Arab gangs are engaged in what they know best: terrorism. After all, the point of terrorism isn’t the attacks themselves but the feat that the attacks create among the targets. These Arabs are importing terror from their Middle Eastern cousins, doing everything they can to frighten Jews. They feel, correctly, that they have reached a critical mass with fellow Arabs in their respective Western countries. Crucially, they are being given cover by the secular Left, publishing articles that justify terror and the idea that Palestinians are justified in doing anything they want to Jews because all’s fair in « resistance. » Arabs are sensitive to being shamed. They have not acted like this before in America because the idea of wanton violence against Jews was shameful. Now, and their Leftist allies give them intellectual cover – and they will never, ever shame them. The Leftist anti-Zionists could shame them into stopping their attacks. They could make it clear that they want nothing to do with the antisemites. They could stand up and say that they will not be allies with Jew-haters and will not march with bigots. They could demand that mosques and Muslim leaders clearly denounce the attacks (they certainly will not do that on their own.) But these people who claim to speak truth to power will never, ever call out violence by Arabs They refuse to do that, because they are all about solidarity and allyship and, let’s face it, they don’t want to say anything negative about people of color who want to attack Jews. The Leftist enablers also know that the Arabs would turn on them next if they say anything negative about their antisemitism. Instead, the « progressives » issue weak statements against antisemitism and then return to their « From the river to the sea » chants to incite the next round of attacks. The only solution is to shame the attackers. The only people who can do that are tacitly condoning the attacks. This is a nearly perfect storm that is bringing up an entirely new class of Jew-hatred to America. Elder of zion
Aside from putting forward a peace proposal that was dead on arrival, we don’t think they did anything constructive, really, to bring an end to the longstanding conflict in the Middle East. Jen Psaki (Biden’s spokeswoman)
In the minds of the Iranian leadership and those of their Hamas proxies, the Abraham Accords represent the single greatest military and political threat to Iran’s nuclear and hegemonic ambitions. Destroying them is their strategic goal. The Abraham Accords provide a formal framework for the operational partnership that developed since 2006 between Israel and the Sunni Arab states that, like Israel, are threatened by Iran. In formalizing those ties, the Abraham Accords split the Arab/Islamic world into two camps. The first camp includes Iran and the states and terror groups Iran supports, controls and is allied with. Political forces hostile to Israel in the West support this camp. Members of the Iran camp and its supporters in the West insist the Jewish state is the greatest source of instability and the primary obstacle to peace in the Middle East. The second camp is comprised of Israel and the Arab states that understand that Iran is the greatest threat to peace and security in the Middle East. Arab members of this camp include Saudi Arabia, the UAE, Bahrain, Egypt, Sudan and Morocco. These Arab states believe that in alliance with Israel they will be able to contain and eventually defeat the Iranian regime. Until the Abraham Accords were formalized, only the Iranian camp had an international presence. The anti-Israel, pro-Iran narrative, which claims that Israel is the greatest threat to regional and world peace, had the stage to itself from Tehran to California. Since the Abraham Accords were signed last September, the Iranian camp has been on the defensive. In a press briefing on Tuesday, President Joe Biden’s spokeswoman Jen Psaki indicated that the administration is just as unhappy with the Abraham Accords as the Iranians and Palestinians are. In response to a reporter’s question about the Trump administration’s peace efforts, Psaki pretended that the Abraham Accords don’t exist. “Aside from putting forward a peace proposal that was dead on arrival,” she said derisively, “we don’t think they did anything constructive, really, to bring an end to the longstanding conflict in the Middle East.” This asinine statement put paid the notion that Biden will ever opt for an alliance with the Abraham Accords member nations over the Iran/Hamas axis. Just as the administration refuses to even utter the term “Abraham Accords,” so it insists on ignoring their political significance for the states of the region and their military capacity to contain Iran. Despite the massive pressure that has been exerted against Abraham Accords member states to disavow their ties with Israel since Hamas opened its offensive last week, so far they have not wavered. The UAE, Bahrain and Morocco have put out mild statements on the Hamas war. Morocco sent humanitarian aid to Gaza. There have been no anti-Israel demonstrations in the streets of any of the Abraham Accords member states. Sudan’s leader, Abdel Fattah Al-Burhan discussed the issue in an interview with France 24 in Arabic earlier this week. (…) In his words, “The normalization [of relations between Sudan and Israel] has nothing to do with the Palestinians’ right to establish their own state. The normalization is reconciliation with the international community, and with Israel as part of the international community.” (…) Since it is clear that Israel made clear from the outset that it had no interest in conquering Gaza, Hamas will declare victory no matter how much damage it sustained from Israeli airstrikes. So too, after the Biden administration placed the threat of condemning Israel at the UN Security Council on the table in the first days of the conflict, it was clear that Israel wouldn’t dare defy Biden for long once he publicly demanded a ceasefire. Caroline Glick
Ce que nous voulons, nous autres Arabes, c’est être, or nous ne pouvons être que si l’autre n’est pas. S’il n’y a pas d’autre solution, alors que cette guerre nucléaire ait lieu et qu’on en finisse une fois pour toutes ! Ben Bella (ancien premier président de l’Algérie, 1982)
La révolution iranienne fut en quelque sorte la version islamique et tiers-mondiste de la contre-culture occidentale. Il serait intéressant de mettre en exergue les analogies et les ressemblances que l’on retrouve dans le discours anti-consommateur, anti-technologique et anti-moderne des dirigeants islamiques de celui que l’on découvre chez les protagonistes les plus exaltés de la contre-culture occidentale. Daryiush Shayegan (1992)
L’antisionisme est une introuvable aubaine, car il nous donne la permission et même le droit et même le devoir d’être antisémite au nom de la démocratie ! L’antisionisme est l’antisémitisme justifié, mis enfin à la portée de tous. Il est la permission d’être démocratiquement antisémite. Et si les Juifs étaient eux-mêmes des nazis ? Ce serait merveilleux. Il ne serait plus nécessaire de les plaindre ; ils auraient mérité leur sort. Vladimir Jankélévitch (L’imprescriptible. Pardonner ? Dans l’honneur et dans la dignité, 1986)
Nous imaginons, parce que la Guerre froide est finie en Europe, que toute la série de luttes qui ont commencé avec la Première guerre mondiale et qui sont passées par différents mouvements totalitaires — fasciste, nazi et communiste — était finalement terminée. (…) Hors de la Première guerre mondiale est venue une série de révoltes contre la civilisation libérale. Ces révoltes accusaient la civilisation libérale d’être non seulement hypocrite ou en faillite, mais d’être en fait la grande source du mal ou de la souffrance dans le monde. (…) [Avec] une fascination pathologique pour la mort de masse [qui] était elle-même le fait principal de la Première guerre mondiale, dans laquelle 9 ou 10 millions de personnes ont été tués sur une base industrielle. Et chacun des nouveaux mouvements s’est mis à reproduire cet événement au nom de leur opposition utopique aux complexités et aux incertitudes de la civilisation libérale. Les noms de ces mouvements ont changé comme les traits qu’ils ont manifestés – l’un s’est appelé bolchévisme, et un autre s’est appelé fascisme, un autre s’est appelé nazisme. (…) À un certain niveau très profond tous ces mouvements étaient les mêmes — ils partageaient tous certaines qualités mythologiques, une fascination pour la mort de masse et tous s’inspiraient du même type de paranoïa. (…) Mon argument est que l’islamisme et un certain genre de pan-arabisme dans les mondes arabe et musulman sont vraiment d’autres branches de la même impulsion. Mussolini a mis en scène sa marche sur Rome en 1922 afin de créer une société totalitaire parfaite qui allait être la résurrection de l’empire romain. En 1928, en Egypte, de l’autre côté de la Méditerranée, s’est créée la secte des Frères musulmans afin de ressusciter le Califat antique de l’empire arabe du 7ème siècle, de même avec l’idée de créer une société parfaite des temps modernes. Bien que ces deux mouvements aient été tout à fait différents, ils étaient d’une certaine manière semblables. (…) La doctrine islamiste est que l’Islam est la réponse aux problèmes du monde, mais que l’Islam a été la victime d’une conspiration cosmique géante pour la détruire, par les Croisés et les sionistes. (le sionisme dans la doctrine de Qutb n’est pas un mouvement politique moderne, c’est une doctrine cosmique se prolongeant tout au long des siècles.) L’Islam est la victime de cette conspiration, qui est également facilitée par les faux musulmans ou hypocrites, qui feignent d’être musulmans mais sont réellement les amis des ennemis de l’Islam. D’un point de vue islamiste, donc, la conspiration la plus honteuse est celle menée par les hypocrites musulmans pour annihiler l’Islam du dedans. Ces personnes sont surtout les libéraux musulmans qui veulent établir une société libérale, autrement dit la séparation de l’église et de l’état. (…) Les socialistes français des années 30 (…) ont voulu éviter un retour de la première guerre mondiale; ils ont refusé de croire que les millions de personnes en Allemagne avaient perdu la tête et avaient soutenu le mouvement nazi. Ils n’ont pas voulu croire qu’un mouvement pathologique de masse avait pris le pouvoir en Allemagne, ils ont voulu rester ouverts à ce que les Allemands disaient et aux revendications allemandes de la première guerre mondiale. Et les socialistes français, dans leur effort pour être ouverts et chaleureux afin d’éviter à tout prix le retour d’une guerre comme la première guerre mondiale, ont fait tout leur possible pour essayer de trouver ce qui était raisonnable et plausible dans les arguments d’Hitler. Ils ont vraiment fini par croire que le plus grand danger pour la paix du monde n’était pas posé par Hitler mais par les faucons de leur propre société, en France. Ces gens-là étaient les socialistes pacifistes de la France, c’était des gens biens. Pourtant, de fil en aiguille, ils se sont opposés à l’armée française contre Hitler, et bon nombre d’entre eux ont fini par soutenir le régime de Vichy et elles ont fini comme fascistes! Ils ont même dérapé vers l’anti-sémitisme pur, et personne ne peut douter qu’une partie de cela s’est reproduit récemment dans le mouvement pacifiste aux Etats-Unis et surtout en Europe. Paul Berman
L’administration Trump avait ouvert une nouvelle voie vers la paix au Moyen-Orient. Les principes étaient simples: punir les acteurs malveillants avec des sanctions, encourager financièrement la paix et résoudre le conflit au Moyen-Orient de l’extérieur vers l’intérieur. L’Iran avait été sanctionné plus durement que n’importe quelle nation dans l’histoire. L’Autorité palestinienne, ainsi que les agences des Nations Unies qui soutenaient leur programme, comme l’UNRWA, s’étaient vu couper les vivres. Et des accords de normalisation avaient été signés entre Israël et les Émirats arabes unis, le Bahreïn, le Soudan et le Maroc. L’approche avait fonctionné. Les quatre années de l’administration Trump ont été dans l’ensemble parmi les années les plus calmes de l’histoire moderne d’Israël. Pourtant, l’approche était une gifle à l’encontre de l’establishment du département d’État américain qui avait depuis longtemps postulé qu’il ne pouvait y avoir de paix nulle part dans la région tant que le conflit palestinien n’était pas résolu. La dernière flambée a remis la question israélo-palestinienne sur le devant de la scène et dans le territoire familier des auteurs et partisans des Accords d’Oslo, qui commencent à revenir sur le devant de la scène après un bref exil de quatre ans. Le secrétaire d’État américain Antony Blinken se rend maintenant en Israël, en partie pour renouer les liens avec les dirigeants palestiniens. La communauté internationale promet maintenant des fonds pour «reconstruire Gaza». Quand les acteurs malveillants comme l’Iran, le P.A. et le Hamas étaient privés de fonds et que les modérés étaient financièrement incités à la poursuite de la normalisation, un certain clame était revenu. Maintenant que le flux de fonds s’est inversé, le terrorisme est de retour. (…) L’Iran a joué un rôle clé dans le conflit actuel. Au cours des dernières années, mois et semaines, Israël a frappé secrètement l’infrastructure nucléaire iranienne, attaqué des navires commerciaux et frappé des armes de fabrication iranienne transférées en Syrie. L’Iran a tenté à plusieurs reprises de riposter, ciblant récemment les navires commerciaux israéliens en mer. Malgré les récentes frappes aériennes israéliennes, l’Iran a déjà réussi à stocker plus de 150 000 roquettes et missiles pointés sur Israël par le Hezbollah au sud du Liban. Et contrairement à l’arsenal de roquettes du Hamas à Gaza, nombre des missiles détenus par le Hezbollah sont à longue portée et de haute précision. Dans un «discours de victoire», le chef du Hamas Ismail Haniyeh a publiquement félicité l’Iran pour son soutien pendant le conflit, déclarant: «Je ne peux que remercier ceux qui ont apporté de l’argent et des armes à la vaillante résistance, la République islamique d’Iran; qui ne nous a pas ménagé son argent, ses armes et son soutien technique. Merci. » Un rapport récent du Wall Street Journal a noté que les roquettes du Hamas sont fabriquées à partir de plans iraniens et que les Iraniens ont fourni une assistance supplémentaire au Hamas. Presque toutes les activités malveillantes au Moyen-Orient ont aujourd’hui les empreintes de l’Iran. L’Iran tente de négocier un retour à l’accord nucléaire avec les États-Unis et les puissances occidentales. Ce conflit qui vient de se terminer devrait faire réfléchir l’Occident sur les ambitions iraniennes. Malheureusement, ce ne sera probablement pas le cas. (…) Les Israéliens regardaient de loin et avec étonnement les violentes émeutes qui ont envahi les villes américaines cette année sous le hashtag #BlackLivesMatter. La race est devenue la question la plus importante. Les membres de la communauté anti-israélienne aux États-Unis avaient depuis longtemps des liens avec les causes progressistes – ce qui ne manque pas d’ironie étant donné à quel point la société palestinienne progressiste en est éloignée. Il semble que les Palestiniens ont adopté avec succès la mentalité BLM et y sont accueillis à bras ouverts. Peu importe qu’Israël soit de loin le pays le plus progressiste du Moyen-Orient et l’un des plus progressistes du monde. Selon ce récit, les Israéliens sont les colonialistes blancs et oppressifs, indépendamment du fait que plus de 50% des Israéliens sont d’origine moyen-orientale (c’est-à-dire à la peau brune) dont les familles ont été expulsées de force de leurs maisons hors de presque tous les pays musulmans de la région après avoir vécu dans ces pays en tant que citoyens dhimmis de seconde zone. De plus, il y a un nombre important d’immigrants éthiopiens (à la peau noire), dont beaucoup sont arrivés en tant que réfugiés. Parmi les Israéliens d’origine européenne restants, une grande partie sont des descendants de survivants de l’Holocauste – un véritable génocide. Pourtant, tant que les Palestiniens réussiront à rester la demi-soeur de #BlackLivesMatter, Israël sera dans une période cahoteuse devant le tribunal de l’opinion publique. Alex Traiman
It is certainly true that in the past, conflagrations in the Middle East between Israeli and the Palestinians or its neighbors have created an — or catalyzed an uptick in anti-Semitism in America. But what we are seeing now is more drastic and, frankly, more dangerous. The ADL track between the two weeks of the conflict and the two weeks before a 63 percent increase. And that surge is far greater than what we have seen in prior incidents, like 2014, for example. But what I would also note is not just the quantitative, but the qualitative. The span of these attacks, they spread like wildfire across the country. You mentioned a few, California, Arizona, Wisconsin, Illinois, Michigan, New York, New Jersey, South Carolina, Florida, acts of harassment and vandalism and violence. So, number one, the span is much greater than what we have seen, but secondly the tone, the brazenness, the audacity of these assaults in broad daylight. We have seen people basically say, if you are wearing a Jewish star, you must be a Zionist and you should be killed. We have seen people hurling bottles and objects at homes with mezuzot on the door that were identifiably Jewish. We have seen people driving cars or marauding through Jewish neighborhoods and yelling, « We’re going to rape your women, » right, or yelling things like « Allahu akbar, » and literally then wreaking physical violence on people. And one of the incidents that was captured was in broad daylight in Times Square, a group of people beating and bloodying a Jewish man whose only crime was he was wearing a kippah, to the point where he was left unconscious in the street while people kicked him, bloodied him with like crutches. It was really quite disgusting. And to think that this is happening in America is really unconscionable. The reality is, is, I do believe that political language can have real world consequences. But this is very different kind of political language. (…) today, we have unhinged, fictionalized conspiracies about Israel, that somehow the Jewish state is systematically slaughtering children or committing genocide. And then that leads to real-world attacks on Jewish people in the streets of America, on our campuses, in our communities. (…) And that’s why we think people, regardless of where you are on the spectrum, need to speak out clearly and firmly and forcefully and say, in an unambiguous way, that anti-Semitism is unacceptable, because, again, this isn’t activism. It’s hate, and it should be called out as such. (…) I have heard from Jewish people across the country, and they are feeling scared. They have extremists on the right. They have these, if you might say, radical voices from the left. And they are wondering, is it safe for me to go out wearing a kippah? Is it safe for me to walk to synagogue on a Saturday morning? Again, this is in America in 2021. So we think the leaders, not just President Biden, but members of Congress need to speak out and clearly and consistently call it anti-Semitism, without making equivalence or excuses for any other form of prejudice. You can have fierce debates about Middle East policy, but that is not an excuse to assault and victimize Jewish people in America, in Europe, anywhere. Jonathan Greenblatt (Anti-Defamation League)
Chaque fois que la France est menacée dans son existence et dans ses raisons d’être, il se forme dans ses marges un parti collabo. D’ordinaire, ce parti est d’extrême droite et se confond avec la réaction. Aujourd’hui, il est d’extrême gauche. Jacques Julliard
Sans doute, cette remarque de J. Julliard vaut-elle pour notre époque – disons qu’elle s’avère pertinente pour les années 2000-2020 ; pour autant, il me paraît risqué de soutenir que d’« ordinaire », le « parti collabo » était d’« extrême droite », dans la mesure où ladite extrême droite, si l’on pense à la période 39-45, se nourrissait de très nombreux transfuges de gauche, comme l’a démontré l’historien Simon Epstein dans Un paradoxe français. Pour ce qui est de la droite nationaliste, elle a su voir dans les Juifs des patriotes loyaux, je pense au Barrès des Familles spirituelles de la France, ou à l’engagement de son propre fils dans les rangs de la France libre. Le paradoxe dont rend compte S. Epstein c’est que les antisémites de l’Affaire Dreyfus ont été gaullistes et résistants pendant la Seconde Guerre, tandis que les partis de la collaboration se sont en grande partie recrutés parmi les dreyfusards et la gauche historique. Quant à la gauche demeurée à gauche, après la Seconde Guerre mondiale, elle n’avait pas grand-chose à envier à l’extrême droite sur le chapitre de l’antisémitisme, si l’on considère l’Union soviétique et ses satellites. (…) Il existe en effet une convergence significative entre l’islamisme et le gauchisme qui trouvent un véritable point d’entente sur le sujet de l’antisionisme. Cela paraît absurde, antinomique, et fondé sur un malentendu, puisque ce sont en principe des ennemis que doctrinalement tout oppose. Mais ils ont en commun la volonté d’en découdre avec la civilisation européenne, et communient aujourd’hui dans l’idéologie décoloniale. Leurs motivations initiales diffèrent du tout au tout : l’extrême gauche est antijuive par tradition voltairienne et marxiste, l’islamisme est antisioniste, en raison de la théologie politique de l’islam qui ne souffre pas de souveraineté non-musulmane sur le « dar al-islam ». L’extrême gauche est anticléricale et s’imagine que l’identité juive est « religieuse », tandis que l’islamisme reconduit le vieux débat de la théologie de la substitution en se proclament seule détenteur de la « vraie » révélation. Néanmoins la rencontre de ces deux souches allergiques aux Juifs pour ce qu’ils représentent, n’est somme toute pas récente. L’histoire de cette convergence, du point de vue des matrices doctrinales, remonte aux années 20 du XX siècle. C’est une partie d’échecs : il fallait mettre en échec la possibilité d’un sentiment de sympathie pour un Israël souverain. (…) le discours gaullien de 1967 marque un tournant dans les relations franco-israéliennes, le début d’un véritable renversement d’alliance. Les jeunes générations n’ont pas la moindre idée de la bonne entente qui régnait entre Paris et Jérusalem avant la Guerre des Six Jours. Ce renversement d’alliance a été largement expliqué par la situation géopolitique de la France par rapport au monde arabe : le Maghreb où elle a été longtemps présente, ainsi que le Proche- Orient. (…) Corrélativement, l’existence d’une immigration musulmane souvent peu éduquée, véhiculant le mépris du Juif (al yahoud), voilà qui fait subir une formidable involution à la mentalité issue de l’esprit des Lumières, quoique les Lumières soient elles-mêmes très divisées sur le chapitre de l’égale dignité de tous les hommes. Que de larges fractions de l’opinion soient désormais affectées par le prurit de l’antisémitisme n’a rien de surprenant, cela est le résultat d’une volonté politique, savamment distillée. En matière d’opinion, et de politique de l’opinion, il n’y a pas de génération spontanée. Les grands médias ont été chargés de diffuser la doxa antisioniste, depuis la fin des années 60 du XXe siècle, et trois générations de Français ont bu de ce lait. Cette nouvelle modalité de l’antisémitisme a été sciemment inculquée, et rares sont les esprits qui ont passé l’évidence antisioniste au tamis de l’esprit critique. L’expression antisioniste est d’autant plus désinhibée, qu’elle repose sur des motifs pleins de noblesse : l’antisionisme se présente comme un humaniste et un antiracisme. C’est au nom de l’humanisme et de l’antiracisme que l’on se dit antisioniste. (…) C’est dans la littérature nationale-socialiste que se trouve d’abord le point de mue de l’antisémitisme culturel de la fin du 19è siècle en antisémitisme racial et en antisionisme génocidaire. (…) cette littérature a été traduite en arabe et a trouvé de profonds échos, notamment dans le mouvement national palestinien, à l’époque du Mandat britannique sur la Palestine. C’est dans ce contexte que l’antisémitisme hitlérien entre en symbiose avec l’antijudaïsme des Frères Musulmans. Aujourd’hui la proximité des leaders du mouvement palestinien avec les Frères musulmans, ancêtre de l’OLP de Yasser Arafat, a été mise en exergue par de nombreux historiens (…) Au sortir de la Seconde Guerre mondiale, le mouvement palestinien, militairement vaincu, comme toute la coalition arabe qui s’était formée contre Israël, tombe dans l’escarcelle de l’Union Soviétique. À partir de ce moment, l’URSS écrit un nouveau chapitre de l’histoire de l’antisionisme. Ce n’est plus la conspiration juive que fustigent les staliniens, mais le sionisme allié de l’impérialisme américain, le sionisme incarnation du capital. Il s’agit d’une variante du même schéma. (…) L’antisionisme tel que nous le connaissons, et tel que les « progressistes » acquis à sa cause le pratiquent de nos jours, sort directement des officines du KGB. (…) À cela, il faut ajouter le rôle de vecteur de l’extrême gauche, notamment française, qui a battu des records de forgerie à partir de 1968. L’échec des révolutions prolétariennes, les désillusions du soviétisme ont entraîné dans ses rangs une radicalisation de la lutte anticapitaliste, et ses représentants ont joué un rôle considérable dans la promotion et la banalisation d’un antisionisme à visage humain, décorrélé de l’antisémitisme, devenu tabou en Europe, après la Shoah. Les Palestiniens en sont venus à occuper la place qu’occupait le prolétariat dans le marxisme classique. (…) L’extrême gauche a affiné, si je puis dire, le travail de mise en circulation de ce que j’ai appelé des « équation efficaces », destinées à présenter d’Israël une image répulsive. Ces équations idéologiques définissent une pseudo-logie : « sionisme = nazisme », « sionisme = apartheid », « sionisme= racisme », « sionisme=impérialisme », etc. Lorsque l’on connaît l’histoire, la réversibilité des termes sonne faux, et dénonce ces « équivalences » comme des aberrations, historiques aussi bien que sémantiques. Faut-il rappeler que les Sionismes sont nés en réponse à l’antisémitisme du 19è siècle: russe, allemand, français, et ottoman? (…) De plus, que veut dire « être antisioniste » après la Shoah ? Ces antisionistes au grand cœur, feignent d’oublier qu’il n’y avait plus de place sur terre pour le peuple juif. En somme, qu’est-ce que l’antisionisme propose aux Juifs ? Le retour à la situation d’exil, et d’exposition passive à toutes les formes de la persécution ? À quelle sorte de destin historique l’antisionisme promet-il les Juifs ? Au mieux, à leur disparition en tant que représentants d’une identité singulière, porteur d’un message universel, au pire à leur liquidation physique. (…) Pour autant, je ne confonds pas l’antisionisme islamo-gauchiste ou génocidaire avec l’asionisme de nombreux Juifs qui font le choix de l’intégration dans les sociétés démocratiques. Ceux-là ont affirmé un choix conséquent, en se détachant à titre individuel du destin collectif d’Israël. Pour moi, ils le font à leurs risques et périls. (…) Le fait est que l’État d’Israël représente un pôle identitaire affirmé, en tout cas dans les imaginaires collectifs. Et le signifiant « Israël » n’a jamais été compris, il a été combattu, mais pas compris. Le sionisme se trouve dans une situation paradoxale, du fait du caractère anormal ou atypique de l’histoire juive, au regard de la philosophie politique européenne. D’abord, le sionisme est la dernière expression du principe des nationalités, il s’est affirmé pour la première fois, avec un décalage de près d’une génération sur la dynamique d’auto-détermination née du printemps des peuples, en 1848. (…) Comment comprendre le sionisme, dans un contexte où l’idée de peuple suppose des critères précis : la base territoriale, la communauté de langue ? Or les Juifs ne sont nulle part chez eux, ils sont dispersés, n’ont plus de langue commune, et sont réduits depuis près de deux millénaires à supporter le carcan symbolique d’une entité théologique, ils sont « le peuple du Livre ». Voilà que sous la pression d’un mouvement antisémite international -pogromes en Russie, statut de dhimmi et violences antijuives dans l’empire ottoman, affaire Dreyfus en France, pétition des 200 000 en Allemagne, floraison des ligues et des partis antisémites, etc. – ils entendent reconstituer leur nation. (…) Il s’agit pour les penseurs sionistes de rendre au peuple juif sa dimension historico-politique, ni plus ni moins. Or ce n’est pas ainsi que l’entendent les nations, habituées, du fait de la polémique théologique contre le judaïsme, à considérer celui-ci comme une « religion ». (…) Le Judaïsme est une civilisation, qui a été déracinée par les empires. C’est à cette situation que le sionisme a entendu mettre fin. Le second paradoxe tient au fait que la souveraineté juive s’est surtout affirmée concomitamment à la fin de la Seconde Guerre mondiale, à une époque marquée par le reflux du nationalisme, et bientôt la critique de l’État Nation. Le reflux du nationalisme est forcément assimilé au refus du bellicisme et de la violence doctrinale dont ont fait preuve le national-socialisme et les fascismes. Quant à la critique de l’État-Nation, elle s’est peu à peu déduite de la formation de l’Europe supranationale, dans le contexte de la polarisation Est/Ouest, à l’époque de la guerre froide. Une nouvelle ère culturelle s’est épanouie, fortement favorisée par le développement du post-marxisme et du post-structuralisme, sous le rapport de ce que l’on appelle d’un terme assez vague la philosophie post-moderne. Or cette pensée post-moderne est paradoxalement très marquée par la philosophie de Heidegger, l’artisan de Abbau, la destruction/déconstruction de… l’humanisme européen. (…) Au-delà du champ philosophique, le principe de la déconstruction a fait souche dans le débat idéologique : l’idéologie décoloniale est une métastase du post-marxisme mâtiné de déconstruction. C’est là que les deux souches virulentes se rejoignent : d’un côté la mauvaise conscience de l’Occident, qui, pour s’exprimer, recycle follement les idées du plus grand penseur nazi du XXè siècle, d’autre part l’idéologie du djihad conquérant, qui révèle le principe historique de l’islam primitif. Ces deux souches culminent dans une posture inlassable de ressentiment, dont Max Scheler a explicité les mécanismes, il y a déjà un siècle. Néanmoins, la critique du néo-antisémitisme que représente sciemment l’antisionisme constitue un angle mort du débat public, comme s’il ne s’agissait que d’une « affaire juive ». Or c’est tout le contraire. Par leur complaisance et leur démagogie, les démocraties occidentales ont joué le jeu de la centrale palestinienne, elles l’ont financée, en relayant sa propagande anti-juive, depuis le milieu des années 60. Si des germes d’antisémitisme demeuraient vivaces en Europe, après la Libération, c’est à l’OLP que le monde actuel doit d’avoir été de nouveau submergé par cette vague d’antisémitisme. L’OLP (…) demeure le vecteur de propagation le plus virulent : elle a pris le relais de l’Église en matière de diffusion universelle de l’enseignement du mépris. Le discours canonique de l’antisionisme, sa charte internationale, c’est précisément celle de l’OLP. Par ce texte, l’OLP signe sa double filiation : d’abord nazie et stalinienne, mais aussi par sa tonalité tiers-mondiste qui lui a conféré sa « respectabilité », pendant des décennies, auprès des gauches européennes. A la souche totalitaire, l’OLP emprunte explicitement, le schème conspirationniste des Protocoles des Sages de Sion, au tiers-mondisme, l’OLP emprunte l’idéologie anticolonialiste et l’anti-américanisme. La charte du Hamas, plus récente, campe sur les mêmes positions. (…) De nos jours, dans les manifestations « pro-palestiniennes », les « antisionistes » exhibent de nouveau la croix gammée sur leurs banderoles aux couleurs de la Palestine, ce n’est pas l’expression d’un ‘’dérapage’’, mais la signature d’une authentique filiation…Il y a ensuite la connivence totalement inattendue, mais par un effet de conjoncture, du discours des grands médias et du discours de l’extrême gauche, qui ont servi de relais aux prétentions de l’OLP, en fabriquant un véritable catéchisme – en un mot une vulgate – à destination du grand public : les grands médias, en vertu de l’alignement pro-palestinien des gouvernements successifs, depuis 1967, l’extrême gauche par son action continue sur la société civile, et ses capacités d’entrisme à l’université notamment. (…) L’ensemble de ces paramètres, leur combinatoire historique, liée à des stratégies délibérées, gouvernementales mais aussi militantes – de niveau logique entièrement distinct- contribuent à définir l’espace massif de ce « point mort », de ce que j’appelle l’angle mort du débat public en France, mais pas seulement. (…) Vladimir Jankélévitch avait vu juste, en identifiant le principe génétique de l’antisionisme. L’antisionisme radical est une forgerie du nazisme et du stalinisme, reprise par le nationalisme islamiste des Palestiniens au début du Mandat britannique sur la Palestine, pour s’opposer à la progression du mouvement sioniste. (…) l’antisionisme est la dernière modalité historique connue de la judéophobie, après l’antijudaïsme théologique (chrétien puis musulman), et l’antisémitisme moderne (culturel, raciste et/ou nationaliste). Ces trois modalités sont liées par un même invariant : la criminalisation du fait juif, comme je l’ai écrit au début des années 2000 (…) À cet égard, l’antisionisme de Tarik Ramadan est congruent avec l’idéologie des Frères musulmans. Si nous savons généralement que son grand-père était le fondateur de la confrérie, l’on sait moins en revanche que son père était l’émissaire pour la Palestine du Grand Mufti de Jérusalem. Quant à Jean-Luc Mélenchon, son antisionisme est celui d’un communiste pro-soviétique reconverti dans le populisme islamo-gauchiste, rien que de très congruent là encore. (…) Ce sont des alliés objectifs du point de vue tactique, et des alliés subjectifs du point de vue de leurs convictions propres : l’islamisme radical du premier, le laïcardisme agressif et l’opportunisme électoraliste de l’autre. (…)  À côté de cela, il faut prendre en considération le cas de la gauche juive, critique du sionisme, modérée ou radicale, qui  s’explique autrement. Cette conception s’origine d’une part dans Marx lui-même, mais très certainement dans les élaborations ultérieures (…) On voit pointer là la perspective d’une résolution de la question juive dans le cadre d’un universalisme de sensibilité révolutionnaire. Un universitaire influent en son temps tel que Maxime Rodinson, a occupé une place central dans ce dispositif. Auteur de Question juive ou problème juif ?, il a fixé pour longtemps la norme de l’interprétation « coloniale » du sionisme, en donnant le ton par son article rédigé pour l’Encyclopaedia Universalis au début des années 70 du vingtième siècle. Simultanément, la descendance idéologique de communistes d’origine juive, tel que Henri Curiel, via Le Monde diplomatique, avec des vecteurs d’opinion comme son fils Alain Greisch, ou Dominique Vidal – tous deux passionnément antisionistes- a contribué et continue encore à brouiller les cartes sur la question de savoir qui est juif et surtout comment l’être. Ce sont ces intellectuels de gauche, « universalistes », qui ont contribué à ethniciser le sionisme, à le défigurer en présentant des versions controuvées de la révolution sioniste. Ces deux journalistes, experts auto-proclamés du Proche Orient ont consacré une bonne partie de leurs écrits et de leurs interventions à tâcher d’apporter la démonstration de l’indépendance de l’antisionisme et de l’antisémitisme. Au regard de la connaissance historique, ce sont des gesticulations sans pertinence, de pures théorisations polémiques qui servent des buts de conquête idéologique de l’espace public. Quant à leur collusion avec l’islamisme radical, elle est une caractéristique intrinsèque de leur engagement. En leur temps, cela ne les a pas empêchés de suggérer à l’OLP de se rapprocher de la gauche européenne, ni de s’aligner eux-mêmes sur le principe du « socialisme dans un seul pays », qui, après tout, est un ultra-nationalisme, un nationalisme impérial au sens obvie de ce terme. (…) Les communistes ont toujours hurlé avec les loups, au nom de l’anticolonialisme et de l’anti-impérialisme. Quant aux socialistes ils étaient divisés, ou ambivalents, ou dans le déni. On se souvient du retournement du Parti Socialiste, pour des motifs électoralistes, au début des années 2000 : il suffit de rappeler les positions d’un Pascal Boniface, auteur de : Est-il permis de critiquer Israël ?, mais aussi à l’attitude de Lionel Jospin, alors premier ministre, au moment de la deuxième intifada : il n’y avait pas d’antisémitisme dans les universités, et l’antisionisme était un non-sujet… Le cas des israéliens antisionistes est différent, même si leur discours entre en convergence avec celui des antisionistes radicaux, en leur conférant une précieuse justification (« si ce sont des Juifs qui le disent, alors il est illégitime de nous taxer d’antisémitisme », etc.). L’antisionisme israélien repose sur plusieurs composantes. Il a différentes sources : le Berit Chalom, le sionisme marxiste, le sionisme socialiste, pénétré de moralisme, les nouveaux historiens, et le post-sionisme, qui est la modalité israélienne du post-modernisme. Chez les militants du Berit Chalom, règne une certaine naïveté, qui se condense dans l’impératif d’une éthique sans politique, à l’heure des pogroms antijuifs déclenchés par le mouvement palestinien ! De cette posture, il reste l’essentiel chez les antisionistes israéliens, qui est un moralisme belliciste. Ainsi, le cas de Shlomo Sand est paradigmatique : il cumule la posture moraliste, le rejet de la tradition juive, comme prisme d’intelligibilité de la signification historique du sionisme, et l’adhésion crypto-communiste à la critique anticolonialiste, héritée du prisme de lecture marxiste. Quant à Elie Barnavi, ou à Abraham Bourg, ils sont représentatifs de l’élite du pays, installé, comme beaucoup d’intellectuels, dans la posture du donneur de leçon, également perméables au thème marxiste et post-marxiste de la prétendue culpabilité de l’Occident. Pour moi, ces esprits se leurrent, leur analyse est fausse, car elle prend pour référentiel les catégories de l’historiographie hégélienne : les Juifs ne sauraient avoir d’État, et s’ils en ont un, il ne faut surtout pas que celui-ci se distingue par des traits de caractère juifs. Mais le sionisme, c’est précisément cela. Il a été pensé par le peuple juif dans un moment de grand péril, pour rétablir la souveraineté juive, en assumant l’histoire juive. Le sionisme authentique n’est pas en rupture avec le messianisme juif, il le vivifie mais ne l’abolit pas. Les antisionistes juifs, on peut le présumer, expriment d’abord un besoin de normalisation, qui cache une demande d’amour : « ’Acceptez-nous, aimez-nous, nous ne sommes pas différents de vous, nous sommes comme vous ». (…) On serait tenté, dans le cas de Sand, d’arguer de la haine de soi, dont Théodore Lessing a fait l’analyse.. Mais je ne suis pas favorable à cette analyse psychologique. Il s’agit pour moi d’un problème idéologique qui a sans doute des conséquences psychiques. (…) L’antisionisme d’une partie des Israéliens n’a plus grand-chose à voir avec ce phénomène individuel. Il est le symptôme partiellement collectif d’une volonté de normalisation. (…) Il y a enfin le cas d’intellectuels dont on ne peut pas dire qu’ils soient antisionistes, mais qui du fait de leur adhésion au schéma de l’analyse marxiste de l’histoire tendent à ignorer la singularité de l’histoire juive, en projetant sur l’histoire du sionisme les mécanismes coloniaux. Il est symptomatique que lorsqu’ils sont francophones, ces intellectuels fourbissent leur critique en usant de références qui sont celles de la colonisation française. Ils seront ainsi enclins à analyser le conflit palestino-israélien dans les mêmes termes que des militants du F.L.N analysaient la nécessité de l’indépendance algérienne. (…) Voilà le fonds de commerce idéologique de la gauche israélienne, à l’heure du débat sur l’identité nationale… (…) À partir de ce schème, plusieurs générations d’Israéliens déculturés, ont été éduqués par de mauvais maîtres avec la conviction d’être issus d’une nation d’envahisseurs et de colons, au sens des impérialismes européens. Mais un Juif ne sera jamais un « colon » en Judée ! L’inculcation de ce même schéma dans les universités, et le développement de deux discours concomitants, à partir de grilles de lecture complètement inappropriées, à quoi se sont ajoutées les thèses analogues des « nouveaux historiens » (exception faite de Benny Morris) procède d’une erreur de jugement, qu’il est aisé de repérer. (…)  Ce sont moins les universités en tant que telles que certains universitaires, militants actifs de la cause palestinienne, qui ont considérablement pesé dans la politisation des universités. Au fil des décennies, celles-ci sont devenues des foyers significatifs de promotion de l’antisionisme. Une fois encore cela remonte à la fin des années soixante, lorsque l’extrême gauche a inventé de toute pièce la cause palestinienne, comme un motif clef de la mobilisation du monde étudiant. D’année en année, il s’est créé un profil type de l’universitaire progressiste, nécessairement hostile à Israël, précisément sur le thème anticolonialiste, ce qui en dit long sur l’ignorance ou la mauvaise foi partisane de ces individus. (…) Au début des années 2000, ces mêmes collègues ont été des acteurs actifs du BDS, et nous avions dû faire beaucoup d’efforts pour enrayer une première fois ce mouvement. (…) à bien considérer les positions politiques en jeu, ces mêmes universitaires-militants forment la 5e colonne de l’islam radical. Ils représentent un certain dévoiement de la gauche, puisque par la nature même de leurs actions, ils fédèrent la nouvelle internationale antisémite, en lui offrant une caution académique. (…) Comment des gens qui se prétendent démocrates peuvent cautionner un mouvement dont l’idéologie de référence est celle des Frères musulmans ? Il y a là une sorte de dissociation philosophique que je m’explique mal, puisqu’à tout prendre, ces fonctionnaires de la République cautionnent quand même un projet – si on peut encore user de ce terme – profondément rétrograde : le refus de la souveraineté juive, la diffusion de l’agenda politique du terrorisme, et bien entendu le rejet de la société ouverte. Le discours de cette clique est celui d’une nouvelle forme de  fascisme: désignation de l’ennemi (« l’entité sioniste », « les sionistes »), suivi de son essentialisation (« colons », « occupants », avec toutes les connotations inhérentes à ces termes en Europe), le simplisme idéologique, le révisionnisme historique, l’esprit de délation, etc. Il s’agit d’une véritable institutionnalisation de la délinquance, fondée sur la diffusion d’un nouvel enseignement du mépris qui fait lien avec le modus operandi de l’antisémitisme classique. La péjoration constante du sionisme, ainsi que la délégitimation morale de l’État d’Israël, les mensonges régulièrement distillés n’ont pas peu contribué à la subversion du débat public. En ce sens, le nouvel antisémitisme se trouve alimenté par le discours des ennemis d’Israël entré en convergence avec celui que véhicule, pour des raisons économiques ou électoralistes, les élites gouvernementales. Ce climat fait chorus avec la désinformation qui prévaut en France, si bien que ces enseignants portent une grande part de responsabilité dans l’effondrement du niveau culturel et le décervelage des étudiants dont ils ont la charge. Il y a enfin un paradoxe qui ne laisse de me faire méditer : l’antisionisme s’affirme au nom de l’amour de la paix, mais il faut bien dire qu’en tant que pacifisme de principe, il constitue la forme la plus sournoise du bellicisme. (….) Les intérêts géopolitiques de la France ont amené les régimes et les gouvernements successifs à considérer que le monde arabe était un débouché et un allié naturel : sous la  monarchie, l’empire, la République, c’est un invariant. Au sortir de la Seconde Guerre mondiale, nous savons que la France a offert l’asile au Mufti de Jérusalem, qu’elle a aussi permis sa fuite, sous une fausse identité, ce qui lui a permis d’échapper au Procès de Nuremberg. La France savait ce qu’elle faisait, mais elle l’a fait en songeant au bénéfice qu’elle pourrait un jour tirer de ce geste. Après le renversement d’alliance, le tournant anti-israélien pris par De Gaulle, la France a choisi de s’impliquer en faveur de la cause palestinienne : Arafat, qui avait été l’émule du Mufti (il comptait au nombre de ses proches à l’époque de l’alliance entre le mouvement national palestinien et la diplomatie nazie), est devenu un allié fiable et fidèle. Elle lui a témoigné son soutien, et l’a accueilli dans ses deniers jours à l’hôpital des armées du Val de Grâce, tout un poème. Mais c’est aussi la France, qui a offert l’hospitalité à l’imam Khomeini, en chemin vers Téhéran, au moment de la révolution islamique. C’est cela la realpolitik…C’est encore la France républicaine qui a doté l’Irak antisioniste de Saddam Hussein d’un réacteur nucléaire que l’aviation israélienne a détruit pour ne pas permettre qu’Israël vive sous la menace d’une extermination nucléaire. N’eusse-t-il pas été plus cohérent que la France des Lumières, persiste à s’affirmer l’alliée naturelle d’Israël, après Vichy, après des siècles de présence des communautés juives en France ? C’est aussi la France républicaine qui a délibérément pris le parti de désinformer les citoyens français, en distillant via l’AFP les contre-vérités les plus grossières. Realpolitik, une fois de plus. Selon la même ligne de cohérence diplomatique, c’est encore la France qui détient à l’ONU le record des condamnations d’Israël, aux côtés de la majorité automatique, traditionnellement hostile à Israël (en vertu de la théologie politique de l’islam). Ceci étant, j’attends le moment où les paix d’Abraham, récemment conclues entre Israël et ses principaux ennemis arabes, porteront de tels fruits, que certains secteurs de l’Europe seront les derniers tenants de l’antisionisme, tandis que l’antisionisme sera devenu minoritaire parmi ses principaux tenants historiques. Aujourd’hui le gouvernement de Khartoum demande la « normalisation » avec Israël, alors que c’est à Khartoum que fut proclamé par la Ligue Arabe, en 1967, le programme des « 3 non à Israël » : non à la reconnaissance, non à la négociation, non à la paix… La topologie internationale sera entièrement modifiée : il y aura d’un côté les anciens ennemis ligués dans des alliances de coopération, et de l’autre les antisionistes has been, décoloniaux et post-modernes, emmenés par la France, avec ses mantras du Quai d’Orsay (« la solution à deux États »…). La position intangible de la France participe d’une longue tradition de réalisme politique et de pusillanimité, très bien analysée par David Pryce-Jones (…) À mes yeux, cela est impardonnable, car la France – précisément en tant que puissance impériale et coloniale- a été présente dans le monde arabo-musulman pendant près d’un siècle et demi. N’a-t-elle rien retenu de cette si longue présence ? N’a-t-elle tiré aucune leçon du jusqu’auboutisme du FLN, dont les historiens admettent seulement aujourd’hui les racines islamistes ? En un sens nous avons là le même phénomène qu’avec l’OLP, qui est en réalité une émanation des Frères Musulmans palestiniens, mais qui a eu l’intelligence tactique de se couler dans le tiers-mondisme pour rendre acceptable son antisionisme. Le véritable point de mue se situe là, c’est cela la convergence des luttes… (…) La prétendue « solution à deux États » est la traduction diplomatique du narratif palestinien, de la contre-vérité selon laquelle « le » sionisme, et l’État d’Israël sont fondés sur l’exclusion et l’expulsion des Arabes de Palestine. (…) Lorsqu’ensuite, au sortir de la Seconde Guerre mondiale, l’ONU vote le partage de la Palestine, en deux États – l’un juif, l’autre arabe-, les Arabes palestiniens, ont la possibilité d’affirmer leur dignité nationale. Non seulement ils rejettent cette décision internationale, mais ils se lancent avec la Ligue Arabe, dans une guerre d’extermination contre l’État d’Israël, car le mouvement sioniste, quant à lui, a dit « oui » à ce partage, et s’en contente. La possibilité d’un État palestinien faisait donc partie de l’agenda international, et il a été refusé au mépris du droit international. Après la défaite militaire, les Arabes de Palestine, emmenés par le Fatah, ont inventé le terrorisme international, c’était leur alternative au droit international, précisément. Il faut encore rappeler, et cela ne choque personne et n’a jamais choqué personne, que les Britanniques ont créé la « Trans-Jordanie » (l’actuelle Jordanie) en …1922, pour trouver justement une solution nationale au « problème palestinien ». Tout cela est oublié. À la suite de la guerre d’indépendance, les portions territoriales allouées à l’État Arabe de Palestine, ont été annexées, respectivement par l’Égypte (la bande de Gaza) et la Jordanie (la Cisjordanie). Ce n’est qu’à la fin des années soixante-dix que l’Égypte et la Jordanie ont renoncé à leurs annexions, obligeant Israël à se débrouiller avec les populations de ces territoires. Il s’est produit dans l’intervalle deux autres guerres d’extermination – celle de 1967 et celle de 1973- que la Ligue arabe a encore perdues. Puis, l’État d’Israël a cru bon d’engager des négociations avec la centrale palestinienne (OLP), ce qui a conduit aux Accords d’Oslo, parce que depuis la création du Fatah et le ralliement international à « la cause palestinienne », la terre entière exigeait à l’unisson une « solution à deux États ». Nous connaissons la suite : aux termes des Accords de 1993 (Oslo), les « Palestiniens » ont obtenu l’autonomie politique graduelle. C’est la vague d’attentats des années suivantes qui a enrayé ce processus, et l’irrédentisme des mêmes « Palestiniens », bientôt rejoints par la faction plus radicale du Hamas. Depuis 2006, les « Palestiniens » sont gouvernés par deux entités politiques : le Hamas dans la Bande de Gaza, l’Autorité palestinienne en « Judée-Samarie », c’est-à-dire sur le territoire qui est le berceau historique du peuple juif. Voilà pourquoi le principe de « la solution à deux États » est un mantra hypnotique, parce qu’en vérité il existe déjà trois entités nationales palestiniennes : une monarchie (la Jordanie), un mini-État islamique (la Bande de Gaza), et une dictature tiers-mondiste (Jéricho et ses dépendances). En sorte que l’État palestinien que revendique l’antisionisme coïncide avec l’exigence inacceptable de la disparition de l’État d’Israël en tant qu’État du peuple juif. À cet égard, alors que les antisionistes et leurs émules moutonniers se sont fait une spécialité de dénoncer les « crimes de guerre » d’Israël, et les entorses au droit, ce sont eux en vérité qui incarnent le parangon du non- respect du droit international, et ceci depuis le début de l’histoire d’un conflit, dont ils sont les uniques responsables. Si l’antisionisme ainsi compris triomphait, la solution à « deux États », serait en vérité une solution à quatre États : l’État d’Israël, devenu binational, la Bande de Gaza, la Jordanie, et les territoires de l’Autorité palestinienne de M. Abbas. Le principe de la « solution à deux États » est une formule qui n’a qu’une portée et qu’une valeur idéologique, dans un monde désymbolisé. Il est le symptôme manifeste de ce que l’Europe, mais aussi une partie des États-Unis, et par extension tous les partisans de la « solution à deux Etats » ignorent avec l’histoire les rudiments du calcul mental, en se convertissant massivement au narratif palestinien, qui est la version laïque de la sha’ada – la formule religieuse de la conversion à l’Islam. (…) il suffit de ne pas être aveugle pour lire sans le moindre risque d’erreur la signification du logo de l’OLP, ou celui du Hamas. Le logo de l’OLP représente la géographie de l’actuel État d’Israël, couverte par deux fusils croisés, tandis que celui du Hamas, représente la Mosquée d’El Aqsa, auréolée de deux sabres : un beau mélange des deux versions de l’islam, radical avec les cimeterres  de l’expansion des premiers siècles, et « modéré » avec les fusils vendus par la Russie, et la Chine. On ne peut mieux établir le caractère substitutif de la « cause palestinienne », qui est le nouveau cri de ralliement des antisémites, pour toutes les raisons que j’ai dites. (…) Le narratif palestinien donne à reconnaître quelque chose qui ressemble à la passion du Christ. Les « Palestiniens » sont les nouveaux crucifiés… Leur propagande victimaire a su exploiter tous les ressorts de l’âme occidentale, et de la culpabilité européenne. Quoi de plus apaisant pour des nations qui ont été le théâtre de la Shoah de se convaincre, à l’unisson avec les faussaires du Hamas et les négationnistes de l’OLP que « les victimes d’hier, sont les bourreaux d’aujourd’hui », en faisant accroire qu’Israël a mis en œuvre « le génocide du Peuple palestinien » ? Le narratif palestinien reprend mot pour mot les éléments de langage de la mémoire juive : la clef de la maison que l’on a dû abandonner, le thème de l’exil et de la diaspora, celui de la spoliation, des massacres, de la résistance « héroïque » (des « combattants palestiniens »), analogue de celle du ghetto de Varsovie. (…) l’antisionisme a aussi su faire oublier qu’un million de Juifs ont été expulsés des pays arabes, entre 1948 et 1975, et qu’à ce jour il ne subsiste plus une seule communauté juive d’importance significative sous ces latitudes. (…) Quant aux comparaisons outrancières, elles sont des lieux communs bien connus de la presse de gauche et d’extrême gauche, depuis que l’AFP, s’est mise au service de la « cause palestinienne », et qu’elle diffuse journellement les contes et légendes de Palestine à l’intention de populations anesthésiées. On conçoit aisément la part de distorsion, de manipulation et de cynisme qui entre dans cette réécriture intégrale de l’histoire. (…)  pour la coalition islamo-gauchiste, la destruction de l’État-Nation, et le harcèlement d’Israël sont de bonnes et saintes causes. (…) [ aujourd’hui les propagateurs essentiels des idées anti-juives sont] tous ceux qui les diffusent, mais aussi tous ceux qui sont indifférents à leur diffusion et ne s’y opposent pas explicitement ni publiquement. (…) Cela me rappelle le mot du pasteur Niemöller : «  Quand les nazis sont venus chercher les communistes, je n’ai rien dit, je n’étais pas communiste ; Quand ils ont enfermé les sociaux-démocrates, je n’ai rien dit, je n’étais pas social-démocrate ; Quand ils sont venus chercher les syndicalistes, je n’ai rien dit, je n’étais pas syndicaliste ; Quand ils sont venus me chercher, il ne restait plus personne pour protester.  »  (…) En agissant comme elles le font, toutes ces personnalités [du néo-féminisme radical] ont la conviction de témoigner publiquement de leur engagement humaniste et universaliste. (…) elles ont intériorisé les équations efficaces dont je parlais tout à l’heure. Mais au fond de leur engagement, il se joue pour elles, un combat éthique de premier plan, très caractéristique de la post-modernité : c’est la lutte contre la civilisation patriarcale. Mieux, c’est la volonté d’en découdre avec le fantasme du patriarcat oppressif. De ce seul point de vue, le féminisme radical se déduit de l’antijudaïsme qui sous-tend l’antisionisme. Le signifiant Israël agrège toutes les figures de l’autorité : le père, le juge, le maître, le guerrier… Ce radicalisme est la marque de l’intolérance à ce que représente la figure archétype du juif. Il n’est donc pas étonnant que la convergence des luttes s’articulent également sur un substrat symbolique qu’il s’agit de contester à sa racine. (…) Il s’agit toujours de tuer le juif symbolique. C’est le principe même de la désymbolisation contemporaine, qui consiste à s’attaquer au cadre du moralisme judéo-chrétien présumé. (…) Le discours que tient J. Butler procède d’une posture typiquement juive, caractéristique de l’Amérique du Nord. N. Chomsky l’a précédée, au nom de la critique de l’impérialisme. Le propre de ces « intellectuels juifs » est précisément de ne plus se rallier au judaïsme au sens historique et culturel de ce terme. (…) Il s’agit d’intellectuels d’origine juive, entièrement déjudaisés. Ils ont été littéralement aspirés par la logique centrifuge du narratif victimaire, distinctif du palestinisme. Ils sont également très représentatifs, à ce titre, des effets clivants de la judéophobie : la culpabilisation des Juifs par la propagande palestinienne, a poussé nombre de bons esprits à se désolidariser du peuple juif et du destin national du peuple juif, en préférant un choix individualiste, plus fortement valorisé dans le contexte d’une culture académique-universaliste. Autrement dit, c’est un ethos. À cet égard, ils sont des incarnations de l’universalisme abstrait, sans se rendre compte qu’en tant qu’idéologie dominante de l’impérium Nord-américain, cette posture est un ethnocentrisme qui s’ignore. Il en résulte que toute identité singulière collective, devient la cible de leur péjoration. Dans la droite ligne de leur choix philosophique, ils naturalisent leur choix existentiel, qui est celui  d’une assimilation provocatrice qui les exonère de toute compromission avec l’Israël historique qu’ils appellent à discriminer. De manière tendancielle, ce sont des figures héroïques de l’identification à l’agresseur, de solides cautions de l’antisionisme, puisque si ce sont des Juifs qui le diffusent, alors c’est que ce doit être « vrai ». Cette façon de donner le change les installe comme des porte-parole de la justice, alors qu’ils pêchent contre l’esprit. Mais ces choix les protègent de l’hostilité d’ennemis inconciliables, puisqu’ils les devancent et les justifient. (…)  La plupart des adversaires doctrinaux d’Israël s’entêtent à critiquer son « particularisme », son « exclusivisme », etc. Notez-bien que cette objection est en phase avec une caractéristique originaire de la judéophobie historique, puisque l’Église, aussi bien que l’Islam visent justement le « séparatisme » juif, son entêtement à refuser de se fondre dans la majorité, en reconnaissant la vérité théologique des deux autres monothéismes. Cette même disposition a conditionné la conception de l’universalisme des sociétés sécularisées. (…) Les présupposés théologiques de la philosophie de l’histoire, ont fait apparaître que la modernité est en effet une sécularisation de la théologie de l’histoire : c’est le principe même de la généralisation d’un modèle de société qui se comprend lui-même comme impliquant l’uniformisation idéologique des membres qui la constituent, même lorsque ces sociétés se fondent sur la séparation des pouvoirs, et que de ce fait elle garantissent les libertés individuelles (de conscience, de religion, notamment). Il est également remarquable, que la plupart des penseurs postmodernistes ont appuyé leur critique socio-politique de la mondialisation capitaliste sur un retour à l’universalisme paulinien, dont l’allergie au « particularisme » juif est emblématique. D’autant qu’il s’agit d’un particularisme coupable (historiquement lié au rejet de la messianité de Jésus). Le thème théologique de la perfidie des Juifs – c’est-à-dire de leur « infidélité »- est constitutif de cette conception. Or, sans la moindre exception, les principaux théoriciens du postmodernisme professent une position antisioniste, en reconduisant à l’encontre d’Israël, l’objection de particularisme, et pour ce faire, ils articulent leur conception sur une référence explicite à l’universalisme de St Paul ! Le tournant altermondialiste des penseurs post-modernes Toni Negri, Alain Badiou, Giorgio Agamben, Slavoj Zižek, signe l’appartenance de leur vues à cette double dépendance matricielle : la promotion de ce que j’appelle « l’universalisme abstrait » coïncidant avec la dénonciation du « particularisme juif », qui s’exprime sous le rapport du « sionisme », notamment chez les trois premiers. Une fois de plus, sous la plume de ces auteurs, Israël s’est rendu coupable de déroger à cette conception d’un universalisme allergique à la différence, d’un universalisme assimilateur. Mais à notre époque, la critique du « particularisme sioniste » étaye une accusation sous-jacente : ce particularisme serait « raciste », et l’État d’Israël formerait une « ethno-démocratie ». Ces thèmes sont des invariants du postmodernisme politique : cette conception de l’universalisme sous-tend la péjoration de l’identité juive, depuis la plus haute antiquité. Le particularisme est toujours l’expression d’une dérogation, l’indice constant du refus d’adhérer à l’ordre de la majorité. Comme tel, il est ressenti comme un pôle d’adversité. Il y a là quelque chose d’un résidu de la mentalité primitive qui consiste à poser a priori que l’autre – du fait de sa différence- représente un danger, qu’il est aussi un ennemi. Le même ethos caractérise le grand nombre d’intellectuels juifs qui se sont éloignés de la culture juive, et qui au nom du post-sionisme font chorus avec leurs homologues non-juifs. Ils ne sont plus ni juifs, ni sionistes – ils dénoncent l’un et l’autre au nom de « l’universalisme », ce sont des « alter-juifs ». (…) En regard de cet activisme qui n’a de juif que le nom, depuis la plus haute antiquité, la tradition hébraïque a affirmé une conception fort différente de l’universalisme. La tradition biblique développe une vision originale qui tranche avec les mythologies des autres civilisations : la diversité humaine procède d’une même souche appelée à se différencier en peuples distincts, chacun ayant une vocation spécifique. Le thème hébraïque du particularisme est toujours l’indice d’un trait positif, puisque la différence est constitutive de l’identité humaine. (…) Dans cette perspective, l’universalisme hébraïque, qui continue d’informer à la fois le Judaïsme, la pensée et l’histoire du peuple juif est un universalisme différentialiste. Ce n’est ni le signe d’un exclusivisme, ni le signe d’une hostilité, mais au contraire la marque distinctive d’une distinction culturelle. La Bible hébraïque est de ce point de vue un modèle de tolérance et de respect des différences personnelles et collectives. Dans le narratif biblique, celui de la Torah (du Premier Testament), il n’existe qu’un peuple indigne, c’est Amalek. Amalek dont toute la spécificité est de haïr Israël et de rechercher sa destruction. Il n’a pas d’autre raison d’être. C’est littéralement un non-peuple, qui se nourrit d’une fausse identité, laquelle n’est que négative et négativité. L’antisionisme mime à s’y méprendre la dialectique du positionnement archétype d’Amalek : il ne dit pas ce qu’il est, il dit seulement qu’Israël ne doit pas être, il projette sur Israël sa propre négativité. Par ailleurs, l’ignorance de la conception hébraïque et juive de la forme différentialiste de l’universalisme ne saurait excuser cette charge permanente contre le sionisme, elle est aussi l’indice de ce que le concept de tolérance, si cher aux « universalistes éclairés » n’est qu’un slogan creux quand il s’agit des Juifs, et d’Israël. (…) Cette incompréhension fondamentale trouve sa principale origine dans ce que j’appelle la conception exogène de l’identité juive, qui est la conception commune, selon laquelle le judaïsme est une religion. J’oppose à cette conception ce que je nomme la conception endogène du fait juif, et qui désigne la manière dont les Juifs qui connaissent leur histoire se conçoivent eux-mêmes, et comprennent leur identité historique. Pour ces derniers – et j’y inclus les Juifs israéliens- ce qu’il est convenu de désigner du terme de « religion » n’est que l’un des paramètres de l’identité juive. C’est sous le coup de la polémique théologique – chrétienne et musulmane – contre le judaïsme, que la civilisation juive, dans une situation prolongée d’exil – c’est-à-dire de perte de souveraineté et de déterritorialisation- s’est trouvée réduite à sa dimension spirituelle et cultuelle. (…) Il s’agit d’une véritable assignation aux catégories théologiques dominantes, en sorte que pour assurer sa pérennité, le peuple juif a en effet tendanciellement intériorisé cette identification. (…) À partir du moment où s’affirme un sentiment national juif – à travers le sionisme, dès la fin du 19è siècle, un certain nombre de questions se posent, qui témoignent de la perturbation que fait naître cet éveil : comment une collectivité « religieuse » peut-elle prétendre à se constituer en État, et de surcroît en État-nation moderne ? L’idée d’un « État juif » n’est-elle pas une contradiction dans les termes ? L’existence d’un tel État n’est-il pas l’indice d’une affirmation théocratique ? Le sionisme est-il autre chose qu’un colonialisme ? Ces questions, qui expriment toutes le point de vue exogène, ignorent de fait la continuité effective du sentiment national juif, inhérent au messianisme juif. Tout l’enseignement du judaïsme repose sur la perspective du retour des enfants d’Israël sur la terre d’Israël, dont le centre se trouve à Sion/Jérusalem. Il faut tout ignorer de l’histoire juive, mais aussi de l’histoire universelle qui a imposé ses rythmes au peuple juif, pour tenir ces questions pour des questions pertinentes. Ce point de cécité est une caractéristique majeure d’une mentalité qui a été façonnée par une écriture de l’histoire universelle qui est celle des vainqueurs. C’est en effet le point de vue de l’empire Romain qui depuis deux millénaires commande aux catégories de l’analyse historique. À commencer par le nom de « Palestine », dont nous savons qu’il a été donné par l’empereur Hadrien en 135 de l’ère commune à la terre d’Israël, pour effacer le nom de la Judée. L’Europe chrétienne a hérité de cette vision, et à sa suite l’historiographie scientifique « laïque ». Cela est passé dans le catéchisme de l’Église de Rome, mais pas seulement, où l’on peut lire que « Jésus est né en Palestine », cela a été naturalisé par les chroniqueurs, les cartographes, les diplomates, les juristes, les biblistes (à commencer par la plupart des spécialistes de « l’Ancien Testament » (sic)), les analystes politiques, et bien entendu les journalistes, etc. (…) Qui sait en ce début du XXIème siècle que les premiers sionistes possédaient un passeport estampillé « Palestine », et qu’ils étaient avant la création de l’État d’Israël ceux auxquels s’appliquaient de manière exclusive, la désignation de « Palestiniens » ? Le sionisme dérange aussi parce qu’il fait voler en éclat les catégories théologico-politiques sur lesquelles se sont édifiées aussi bien le christianisme que l’islam, ainsi que la modernité séculière : le sionisme accomplit l’espérance du Retour à Sion, et de ce fait il met en échec le christianisme – et dans une moindre mesure l’islam-  dont toute la théologie politique s’est édifiée sur l’hypothèse de la disparition des Juifs de la scène de l’histoire. Le sionisme dérange d’autant plus dans un monde sécularisé, puisque dans le contexte de son émergence endogène, il déroge aux conditions de formation des États nations. L’idée d’un Israël national tranche avec l’idée d’un Israël entendu comme catégorie liturgique, « peuple du Livre », ou « peuple témoin », etc. Israël peuple historique de nouveau territorialisé et souverain, cela connote l’archaïsme et suscite une haine archaïque. (…) L’émergence, puis le développement du sionisme, et enfin sa concrétisation dans une réalisation nationale, cela s’apparente à un immense retour du refoulé. C’est l’histoire d’un spectre revenu à la vie, et cela est des plus dérangeants. L’ordre symbolique occidental mais aussi oriental procédait de ce refoulement. Rien n’y a fait, le peuple juif a survécu, non seulement il a survécu, mais de surcroît il a regagné son indépendance. Comment ne pas entrer en guerre contre cette présence que l’on croyait réduite, et sur laquelle nombre d’identité se sont construites ? (…) Le philosophe Eliezer Berkovits a écrit que la survie inexplicable d’Israël a inspiré les théories du complot, et notamment les deux versions les plus délétères : au Moyen Age, l’Église expliquait la persistance du Judaïsme par l’hypothèse théologique que ce dernier était une incarnation du Diable, avec l’essor de la modernité, c’est le mythe des Protocoles des Sages de Sion, qui s’est efforcé d’ « expliquer » par l’existence d’une « conspiration juive », les grandes mutations de l’histoire récente (la Révolution française, la Révolution bolchévique, la première et la seconde guerre mondiales, etc.) Si après tout ce qu’ils ont subi, les Juifs n’ont pas disparu, c’est qu’ils détiennent des pouvoirs occultes, qu’ils sont protégés par une puissance surnaturelle. L’antisionisme, comme les autres formes de la judéophobie, s’alimente à une haine métaphysique. Seule une haine métaphysique a pu inspirer le projet satanique de la Solution finale, et seule une haine métaphysique peut encore et toujours inspirer – après la Shoah- la reviviscence de l’antisémitisme. Cette dimension de l’antisionisme doit être soulignée, elle éclaire ce qu’il y a d’irrationnel et d’irrédentiste dans l’antisémitisme.  (…) L’agression du Hamas, et la réplique entièrement justifiée d’Israël s’inscrivent dans la droite ligne du refus palestinien de l’existence de l’État juif. Contrairement aux antisémites « classiques », habitués à bafouer les Juifs sans qu’ils aient les moyens de se défendre, les nouveaux antisémites que sont les « antisionistes » connaissent le prix de leur propre violence. Quant à ce qui s’est produit à l’intérieur même d’Israël, dans ce que la presse appelle les « villes mixtes », les violences entre Arabes et Juifs sont de précieux indicateurs de la persistance du refus de la souveraineté juive parmi les citoyens israéliens arabes. (…) À mon sens, après la fin de ces violences, il conviendra de mener une réflexion politique très sérieuse, et de tirer les leçons de la situation. Outre qu’elle est résolument révélatrice de l’attitude d’une partie de la population arabe à l’égard de l’État d’Israël, elle est aussi révélatrice de l’échec d’une classe politique qui s’est détournée depuis quelques années des principes du sionisme : un certain irénisme, un certain angélisme avait convaincu les gouvernements successifs – aussi bien de gauche, que de droite- de faire évoluer le pays vers une modèle européen. Les intellectuels post-sionistes ont leur part de responsabilité – la responsabilité des intellectuels est toujours significative, même si elle est discrète. Nous savons que les partisans du post-sionisme sont favorables à un État d’Israël déjudaïsé, un État d’Israël qui renoncerait à son caractère juif. L’expérience historique nous a enseigné à ne pas sous-estimer la virulence du refus palestinien ; et la naïveté de la classe politique et des intellectuels des post-sionistes a été de s’imaginer que leur option favoriserait l’émergence d’une harmonie définitive entre citoyens israéliens d’origine juive et d’origine arabe. Voilà des années que nous entendons parler de la nécessité de transformer Israël en « état de tous ses citoyens », encore l’un de ces mantras à l’efficience hypnotique. Comme si ce n’était pas déjà le cas depuis 1948. Seulement, dans la bouche de ceux qui utilisent cette formule, elle signifie de faire évoluer l’État d’Israël vers la forme d’un État binational, qui serait appelé de surcroît à coexister avec un État palestinien, qui lui, bien entendu, serait judenrein (vide de Juifs).  (…) Or, contrairement à ce que l’opinion majoritaire s’imagine – encore une fois sous les effets de discours du post-sionisme (Sand en est une bonne illustration)-, c’est le fait que l’État d’Israël soit déjà l’État de «tous ses citoyens » qui a permis à ceux qui n’en veulent pas de le faire savoir violemment, à l’occasion de l’agression du Hamas, en mai 2021. Il faudra en tirer les conséquences : condamner les émeutiers – y compris juifs- à de lourdes peines, et rappeler les citoyens arabes récalcitrants à la nature du contrat social du sionisme démocratique : « Vivez en paix et dans la pleine égalité de droits avec vos concitoyens juifs, ou bien quittez le pays, choisissez entre les trois entités nationales palestiniennes qui existent déjà : la Jordanie, depuis 1922, la Bande de Gaza, depuis le coup d’État du Hamas, en 2007, ou la Cisjordanie de l’Autorité palestinienne, consacrée par les Accords d’Oslo, depuis 1993, parce qu’ici vous êtes dans un État à caractère juif. »  Le vote de la « Loi Israël, État nation du peuple juif », adoptée par la Knesset le 19 Juillet 2018 va justement dans ce sens. Elle consiste à rappeler trois principes fondamentaux, et de ce point de vue, elle ne fait que réitérer les grandes thèmes de la Déclaration d’indépendance de 1948, proclamée par David Ben Gourion : (1) Israël est la patrie historique du peuple juif, dans laquelle l’État d’Israël a été établi ;(2) L’État d’Israël est le foyer national du peuple juif dans lequel il satisfait son droit naturel, culturel, religieux et historique à l’autodétermination ; (3) Le droit à exercer l’auto-détermination nationale dans l’État d’Israël est propre au peuple juif. D’aucuns – laminés par l’état d’esprit de l’antisionisme- pourraient m’objecter que c’est là un discours « raciste », et bien entendu « fasciste », mais je leur rappellerai une simple prémisse : l’État d’Israël a été fondé par le mouvement sioniste pour garantir la souveraineté et la sécurité du peuple juif, sur un territoire où jamais aucun état palestinien n’a existé, et l’État d’Israël a offert la citoyenneté, avec parité de droits, à tous ses citoyens, depuis sa création. Nous savons, par ailleurs, que pour rien au monde, la majorité des citoyens israéliens arabes ne voudraient vivre sous domination palestinienne. Il est donc aberrant de construire toute une rhétorique, fondée sur la criminalisation de l’État juif, au prétexte qu’il procède du sionisme, puisqu’ainsi conçu il est en effet le fruit du sionisme, et qu’il a été conçu pour les Juifs, avec l’assentiment de la majorité des Nations Unies, par voie de droit. La guerre a été la conséquence du refus arabe, et depuis 1948, la conséquence du refus persistant des « Palestiniens », qui se sont fait une spécialité de violer le droit international. Mais si l’on considère que le caractère juif de l’État d’Israël constitue une discrimination des non-Juifs, c’est que l’on n’a pas l’intelligence élémentaire d’en comprendre la raison d’être. L’originalité et la grandeur de l’État d’Israël réside en effet dans ceci : tout en étant l’État édifié pour garantir la souveraineté et la sécurité du peuple juif, ses lois fondamentales garantissent les droits individuels de tous ses citoyens, sans exception d’origine, de religion, de conviction, etc. C’est un État démocratique : la licence de la violence palestinienne aussi bien que la prospérité du discours post-sioniste en sont deux preuves éloquentes. Les troubles à l’ordre public sont les indices du refus de la loi d’Israël dans l’État d’Israël. Ce n’est pas tolérable. (…) Je crois pour ma part que la meilleure façon de combattre la judéophobie, quelle qu’elle soit, repose sur différentes formes d’enseignement et de processus éducatifs. Il faut commencer par l’enseignement de textes, ceux de la Bible hébraïque, qui ont enseigné au monde le principe de l’unité du genre humain, mais aussi l’égale dignité des êtres humains, et surtout l’idéal universaliste bien compris. L’ironie de l’histoire, c’est que les grands principes de la fonction critique qui sont forgés par l’hébraïsme sont instrumentalisés contre le peuple qui les porte ! (…) La République est un cadre vide si aucune transmission ne garantit la défense et l’inculcation philosophique, culturelle, et citoyenne de ses raisons d’être. Georges-Elia Sarfati
Ce que l’Allemagne nazie avait testé en Espagne en 1936, l’Iran vient de le tester à Gaza : expérimenter ses armes, mettre au point ses méthodes et sa tactique de guerre, autant qu’évaluer la riposte de son ennemi. Le grand allié du Hamas fonctionne à l’identique. L’Allemagne nazie avait aussi pris la mesure de la mollesse des démocraties à se mobiliser en faveur de la République espagnole. Malgré le décalage historique, malgré, les différences politiques, il reste une constante : les régimes totalitaires connaissent les couardises des démocraties, leur lenteur à comprendre l’enjeu pour elles-mêmes. Au conseil de sécurité de l’ONU, qualifier les termes du conflit, nommer l’agresseur a été impossible. À l’Assemblée nationale, le Premier ministre Jean Castex a prioritairement exprimé son souci pour les malheurs de Gaza. Des salves de roquettes tirées indistinctement sur Israël, il ne fit pas mention. Ici s’arrête la comparaison. À la différence de la République espagnole, Israël a non seulement su contenir son agresseur, il a aussi réussi à l’affaiblir durablement sans pour autant le détruire. Rien n’est donc réglé. Un autre ennemi bien plus redoutable fourbit ses armes qu’il espère définitives. La pluie de roquettes tirées indistinctement sur tout le territoire israélien témoignait d’un projet guerrier exterminateur : sans la protection du dôme de fer, il y aurait eu des milliers de victimes civiles en Israël. Ces attaques indistinctes du Hamas révèlent un modèle stratégique dont on peut tirer la leçon : l’Iran n’hésitera pas à utiliser l’arme nucléaire contre Israël, dès qu’il en aura la capacité. Le djihad nucléaire sera l’étape suivante de l’affrontement. Cette perspective ne procède en rien d’un souci quelconque pour la Palestine. Le sort du peuple palestinien est le dernier souci du pouvoir iranien et de ses créatures Hamas, Hezbollah et autre djihad islamique. Cette rente idéologique n’est que l’alibi de son projet. La vision apocalyptique iranienne obéit à un projet messianique que les ayatollahs au pouvoir n’ont jamais dissimulé : détruire cette enclave juive incrustée au cœur d’un espace tout entier supposé appartenir à la sphère de l’islam. Toutes les démocraties le savent, tous les dirigeants du monde occidental connaissent les données de l’enjeu. Ce qui vient de se dérouler à Gaza sert de test pour elles autant que pour le mentor du Hamas. Sont-elles prêtes à reconnaître que l’idéologie du Hamas est le variant islamisé d’un projet qui a sa source dans un nazisme oriental ? Sont-elles prêtes à l’affronter ? Ou bien estiment-elles au contraire que l’on peut négocier avec cette puissance et sacrifier Israël pour une paix illusoire ? En 1938, à Munich, la France et l’Angleterre estimèrent que sacrifier les Sudètes à l’Allemagne nazie allait sauver la paix. On connaît la suite et le mot de Churchill sur Daladier et Chamberlain : « Ils ont eu le choix entre le déshonneur et la guerre, ils ont choisi le déshonneur et ils auront la guerre ». Les négociations de Vienne sur le nucléaire iranien seront-elles de la même veine ? Ce conflit en annonce un autre qui ne saurait tarder entre Israël et un Iran nucléaire dont la Palestine est l’alibi. (…) Tandis qu’Israël protège sa population des roquettes du Hamas, à la fois par les abris et son système de défense anti-missiles, le Hamas se protège des frappes israéliennes en s’abritant derrière sa population civile pour tirer ses roquettes. Grace à un réseau de souterrains bétonné, le Hamas a enterré ses structures militaires au cœur des villes, au milieu des immeubles civils. Les millions de dollars de l’aide internationale récoltés depuis 2014 ont été utilisés pour bâtir ce « métro » abritant ses armes. (…) Au-delà de sa seule dimension locale, proche-orientale, la récurrence de cette affaire nous concerne, en Europe, en France particulièrement, parce que son écho déchaîne d’autres passions enfouies, nées d’un passé pas si lointain. Le poids de la Shoah d’une part, des culpabilités et d’autre part le poids des relations entre l’Occident et le monde arabo-musulman, entre la France et ses anciennes colonies surdéterminent le regard porté sur le conflit. C’est dans la trace de Vichy, de ses effets mémoriels, autant que dans le reflet de la guerre d’Algérie, de ce qu’elle implique des deux côtés de la Méditerranée, des affects nés de cette mémoire, de ses souffrances, qu’il faut fouiller pour se prémunir, ici, des guerres civiles à venir. Ce Proche-Orient par procuration nous oblige ici même. C’est peut-être en France, à Sarcelles, à Trappes, à Bondy, que pourraient s’imaginer d’autres constructions intellectuelles indispensables pour sortir de ces schizophrénies identitaires qui annoncent le pire. Pour le moment, nous en sommes très loin : ce sont des manifestations de fureur haineuse qui ont déferlé dans les rues de Londres, Montréal, New York, Paris. Cette ivresse répétée apparaît davantage relever d’une pathologie collective inscrite au cœur de l’imaginaire arabo-musulman. Ce ressentiment, cette frustration, vise aussi la France quand la pensée dite décoloniale perpétue ici une guerre d’Algérie jamais finie. Pourtant d’autres voix existent dans le monde arabo-musulman. En Algérie, le Hirak exprime un refus de cette fatalité. Ces voix sont minoritaires, mais elles osent dirent la vérité. Kamel Daoud, Riad Sattouf, Boualem Sansal osent briser cette pensée magique qui dit que son malheur vient d’Israël et des Juifs. « Israël est l’aphrodisiaque le plus puissant pour les arabes », aimait rappeler judicieusement Hassan II, l’ancien roi du Maroc. Ce pré-pensé idéologique qui enferme le monde arabe dans la régression, la gauche l’a entretenu, en Occident, en France, en particulier. Cette gauche porte une lourde responsabilité dans l’entretien de ce récit, car c’est encore et toujours à travers la grille de lecture de la guerre d’Algérie que s’interprète le conflit israélo-arabe. Dans une surenchère aveugle, la gauche de la gauche fait sienne la rhétorique indigéniste et décoloniale. Jacques Julliard a parfaitement résumé les choses : « Chaque fois que la France est menacée dans son existence et dans ses raisons d’être, il se forme dans ses marges un parti collabo. D’ordinaire, ce parti est d’extrême droite et se confond avec la réaction. Aujourd’hui, il est d’extrême gauche ». Bien pire, la nazification d’Israël permet simultanément de délégitimer le droit d’Israël à être : en renversant les termes de l’histoire, en identifiant les Palestiniens comme les nouveaux Juifs et Israël comme le nouveau nazi, le gauchisme retrouve en Palestine une cause exemplaire. Ces banderoles affichant un signe = entre la svastika et l’étoile de David, resteront pour la gauche de la gauche, comme une obscénité symbolique majeure. Jacques Tarnero
Israël emprisonne des enfants – Mohammed Kleib 14 ans, condamné à 15 ans de prison pour jets de pierres présumés. En prison depuis 8 ans. Affiche parisienne (Résistance Palestine, mai 2021)
Mon passe-temps, c’est de jeter des pierres: dans une culture du conflit en Cisjordanie, les garçons se défendent comme ils peuvent. Titre du New York Times (2013)
It was Muhammad’s fourth arrest in three years for throwing stones at Israeli soldiers and settlers. His five brothers — three older and two younger — have all faced similar charges. Last year, three Abu Hashem boys, and their father, were in prison at the same time. “Children have hobbies, and my hobby is throwing stones,” Muhammad explained weeks before his most recent arrest. “A day with a confrontation is better than a free day.” (…) Youths hurling stones has long been the indelible icon — some call it a caricature — of Palestinian pushback against Israel: a recent United Nations report said 7,000 minors, some as young as 9, had been detained between 2002 and 2012. Here in Beit Ommar, a village of 17,000 between Bethlehem and Hebron that is surrounded by Jewish settlements, rock throwing is a rite of passage and an honored act of defiance. The futility of stones bouncing off armored vehicles matters little: confrontation is what counts. (…) Beit Ommar, a farm town with roots in the Roman era, is a hot spot because of its perch off Road 60, the main thoroughfare from Jerusalem south to the settlements of Gush Etzion, which the Palestinians say have taken up to one-third of the village’s original 13 square miles. The military, which since May has been joined by a company of border police to crack down, focuses on 11 prime stone-throwing points along the village’s mile-long stretch of the road. There are “the duo,” two houses teenagers hide between; “the stage,” a raised area; “the triangle,” an open field; and “the Molotov bend.” And then there is the 200-year-old cemetery that slopes up from the road just north of the village entrance. On Thursday, after the burial of a 63-year-old retired teacher, a teenager hurled a rock at a passing car with yellow Israeli plates: whack. Another teenager, two more stones: another direct hit. The settlers stopped their car, got out, and began shouting at the small crowd. Soon, there were soldiers, rifles raised and tear gas at the ready, who eventually hauled a Palestinian taxi driver into a waiting army jeep. Menuha Shvat, who has lived in a settlement near here since 1984, long ago lost count of the stones that have hit her car’s reinforced windows. “It’s crazy: I’m going to get pizza, and I’m driving through a war zone,” said Ms. Shvat, who knew a man and his 1-year-old son who died when their car flipped in 2011 after being pelted with stones on Road 60. “It’s a game that can kill.” For as long as anyone here can remember, the cemetery has been a field for that game. Residents said it was often surrounded by soldiers and filled with tear gas, though the military commander said he stations his troops across the road and instructs them to unleash riot-control measures only if violence erupts. (…) The youths, and their parents, say they are provoked by the situation: soldiers stationed at the village entrance, settlers tending trees beyond. They throw because there is little else to do in Beit Ommar — no pool or cinema, no music lessons after school, no part-time jobs other than peddling produce along the road. The New York Times
Les pierres tuent, mutilent, blessent et changent la vie des gens pour toujours. Des nourrissons israéliens ont été tués, des tout-petits grièvement blessés et des adultes ont également été tués, ont subi de graves blessures à la tête ou ont été hospitalisés pour des blessures plus légères, toutes dues à des lanceurs de pierres palestiniens. Mais l’histoire des victimes israéliennes n’est pas celle que le New York Times préfère raconter et n’est certainement pas celle que Jodi Rudoren, correspondante au Moyen-Orient, a choisi de raconter dans son dernier article en première page sur les lanceurs de pierres palestiniens, intitulé « Mon passe-temps est de lancer des pierres: Dans une culture de conflit en Cisjordanie, les garçons manient l’arme qui leur est la plus accessible. » Bien au contraire, c’était une histoire qui romançait et héroïsait les auteurs palestiniens. Ce sont eux – et non les Israéliens morts et blessés – qui sont présentés comme des victimes, « provoqués par la situation », contraints à ce type de passe-temps « futile », pour être ensuite arrêtés et incarcérés par de féroces et puissants soldats israéliens. Selon Rudoren, les jeunes Palestiniens « jettent [des pierres] parce qu’il n’y a pas grand-chose d’autre à faire dans [leur village] – pas de piscine ni de cinéma, pas de cours de musique après l’école, pas d’emplois à temps partiel autres que le colportage de produits le long de la route ». Son article se concentre sur les excuses des auteurs, les justifications et la fierté de leurs actions, ainsi que les difficultés qu’ils endurent lorsqu’ils sont arrêtés pour leurs activités. (…) Ici, les jets de pierres sont glorifiés en tant que « repoussée contre Israël », un « rite de passage » et un « acte de défi honoré ». Ses résultats violents sont minimisés, blanchis à la chaux. Selon Rudoren, « la futilité des pierres qui rebondissent sur les véhicules blindés importe peu [aux lanceurs de pierres] : la confrontation est ce qui compte ». Mais les pierres ne se contentent pas de « rebondir inutilement sur les véhicules blindés ». Qu’en est-il de Yehuda Shoham, 5 mois, dont le crâne a été écrasé par des pierres lancées sur sa voiture et qui est mort après une lutte pour la vie de six jours en 2001 ? Qu’en est-il d’Adele Biton, 3 ans, qui a passé quatre mois dans l’unité de soins intensifs d’un hôpital à se battre pour sa vie et qui est maintenant confinée dans un hôpital de réadaptation, réapprenant à manger, à parler et à marcher après que des pierres palestiniennes ont heurté la voiture de sa mère en mars passé ? Qu’en est-il de Yonatan Palmer, 1 an, et de son père de 25 ans qui ont été tués en septembre 2011 lorsque leur voiture a été touchée lors d’une attaque à la pierre palestinienne ? Bien que les Palestiniens ne soient presque jamais reconnus coupables de meurtre pour avoir lancé des pierres sur des véhicules israéliens, l’agent de sécurité palestinien Walal al Araja a avoué et a été reconnu coupable des meurtres de Palmer, ainsi que d’une série de tentatives de meurtre similaires impliquant des jets de pierres. Dans le récit de Rudoren, cependant, il n’y a pas de place pour les histoires de nourrissons et de tout-petits malheureux qui sont la cible du « rite de passage » ou du « passe-temps » des Palestiniens, comme leurs auteurs qualifient leurs jets de pierres. L’article ne mentionne le meurtre des Palmer qu’en passant, sans nom, le relayant comme ouï-dire de victimes anonymes (…) En effet, ce bref commentaire est la seule mention d’enfants israéliens victimes des lanceurs de pierres palestiniens. Dans un article de près de 2000 mots, le New York Times ne trouve même pas la place de mentionner Yehuda Shoham ou Adele Biton, et encore moins de raconter leurs histoires. (…) Les photos et les légendes qui accompagnent l’article cachent également la violence et le danger du « passe-temps » palestinien et se concentrent plutôt sur le sport juvénile des Palestiniens et les mesures punitives sévères de la part des soldats israéliens. Tout le monde n’a pas une vision aussi bénigne des adolescents lanceurs de pierres et le traitement sévère des auteurs de telles attaques n’est pas critiqué partout. En 1986, un adolescent américain a été condamné à la prison à vie pour avoir lancé depuis un viaduc une pierre  qui a tué un enfant dans une voiture en contrebas. En 2010, deux adolescents de Caroline du Sud ont été inculpés de meurtre au premier degré après avoir tué une femme assise sur le siège avant d’une voiture avec une pierre lancée depuis un viaduc. Et, en 2002, même lorsque les jets de pierres n’ont fait aucun blessé, les adolescents ont été accusés de coups et blessures avec intention de tuer et d’atteinte malveillante à des biens personnels. (…) Yisrael Medad, sur son blog, « My Right Word », fournit un résumé documentant le nombre d’attaques de jets de pierres palestiniens de janvier à juin de cette année. En plus des 5 144 lapidations, il y a eu 611 attaques au cocktail molotov, 8 coups de feu et 3 coups de couteau. Mais les seules statistiques fournies par Rudoren concernent le nombre d’enfants palestiniens (lanceurs de pierres) incarcérés par Israël. C’est la seule partie de l’histoire que le New York Times veut raconter.  Camera

Condamné à 15 ans de prison pour jets de pierres présumés …

En ces temps de désinformation généralisée …

Où après l’assassinat politique du président Trump

Nos médias en sont à réécrire leurs articles passés

Et au lendemain d’une énième agression du Hamas contre les civils israéliens …

Qui profitant de la complaisance de la nouvelle administration américaine

Obsédée par sa nouvelle religion de  l’antiracisme anti-blanc et anti-occidental

Rien de  moins en fait qu’une véritable « blacklivesmatterisation » de ce conflit comme de tous les autres …

Avec la reprise, pour détricoter, en une sorte de troisième mandat Obama, l’avancée historique des Accords d’Abraham du Président Trump, du calamiteux accord nucléaire avec les génocidaires de Téhéran …

A vu comme d’habitude tant nos médias que nos responsables politiques

Dans des états par ailleurs incapables de protéger leur propre population ou même leurs forces de sécurité

Rivaliser, remettant une nouvelle pièce dans le jukebox antisémite, de désinformation et de remontrances aux autorités israéliennes pour réponse prétendument « disproportionnée » …

Fausses cartes, en une du New York Times, de la « Palestine » comprises…

Comme si une pluie de plus de 4 000 roquettes en 11 jours sur Paris ou New York …

Qui aurait fait 12 morts du côté parisien ou newyorkais …

Et peut-être de l’autre côté, une trentaine directement pour celles qui retombaient sur place …

Aurait pu se terminer autrement …

Sans compter les quelques 200 terroristes éliminés …

Que par la mort, certes regrettable et malheureuse, d’une dizaine de non-combattants utilisés par lesdits terroristes comme boucliers humains …

Retour sur une affiche placardée dans les rues de Paris et probablement de toute l’Ile de France et du reste du pays …

Où Israël n’est plus cette fois représenté comme un Etat tueur d’enfants …

Mais, pour de simples jets de pierres présumés, comme un Etat qui emprisonne les enfants …

Oubliant commodément au passage de préciser non seulement la taille desdites pierres …

Mais la réalité de leur lancement …

Quand on sait les dommages que celles-ci peuvent occasionner …

Lancées, en Israël comme aux Etats-unis ou en France, sur les pare-brises des véhicules passant sous un pont autoroutier …

Et surtout, dans le cas précis, la mort, deux ans plus tard, d’une petite fille alors âgée de 2 ans

Etrangement oubliée d’ailleurs, comme le rappelait alors le site de ré-information Camera

Par un article en une du New York Times de l’époque …

Chantant tranquillement les louanges de ladite pratique …

Sous le titre original quelque peu cavalier de « Mon passe-temps, c’est de jeter des pierres » …

Comme… « rite de passage » et « vénérable acte de défiance » !

The New York Times Romanticizes Palestinian Stone Throwers and Ignores Their Victims
Ricki Hollander
Camera
August 5, 2013

Stones kill, maim, wound and change people’s lives forever. Israeli infants have been slain, toddlers critically wounded and adults too have been killed, sustained severe head injuries or were hospitalized with lighter injuries, all due to Palestinian stone throwers.

But the story of Israeli victims is not the one the New York Times prefers to tell and is certainly not the one Middle East correspondent Jodi Rudoren chose to recount in her latest front page, above-fold article about Palestinian stone throwers, entitled “‘My Hobby Is Throwing Stones’: In a West Bank Culture of Conflict, Boys Wield the Weapon at Hand.”

Quite the contrary, this was a story that romanticized and heroized the Palestinian perpetrators. It is they – not the Israeli dead and injured – who are presented as the victims, “provoked by the situation,” forced into this type of “futile” hobby, only to be arrested and incarcerated by fierce, powerful Israeli soldiers.

According to Rudoren, Palestinian youths “throw [stones] because there is little else to do in [their village] – no pool or cinema, no music lessons after school, no part-time jobs other than peddling produce along the road.”

Her article focuses on the perpetrators’ excuses, justifications for and pride in their actions, as well as the hardships they endure when arrested for their activities. For example:

Youths hurling stones has long been the indelible icon – some call it a caricature – of Palestinian pushback against Israel: a recent United Nations report said 7,000 minors, some as young as 9, had been detained between 2002 and 2012.

Here, stone throwing is glorified as “pushback against Israel,”  a “rite of passage,” and an  “honored act of defiance.” Its violent results are played down, whitewashed. According to Rudoren, “The futility of stones bouncing off armored vehicles matters little [to the stone throwers]: confrontation is what counts.”

But stones do not merely “bounce off armored vehicles” futilely. What about 5-month old Yehuda Shoham whose skull was crushed by stones hurled at his car and who died after a six day struggle for life in 2001?

What about 3-year-old Adele Biton who spent four months in the intensive care unit of a hospital fighting for her life and is now confined at a rehabilitation hospital, relearning how to eat, talk and walk after Palestinian rocks struck her mother’s car this past March?

What about 1-year-old Yonatan Palmer and his 25-year old father who were killed in September 2011 when their car was struck in a Palestinian stone attack? Although Palestinians are almost never convicted of murder for hurling stones at Israeli vehicles, Palestinian security officer Walal al Araja, confessed to and was convicted of the Palmer murders, as well as a series of similar attempted murders involving stone throwing.

In Rudoren’s telling, however, there is no place for the stories of the unfortunate infants and toddlers who are targets of the Palestinians’ “rite of passage” or “hobby,” as the perpetrators view their stone throwing. The article mentions the murder of the Palmers only in passing, without names, relaying it as hearsay about anonymous victims:

“…I’m driving through a war zone,” said Ms. Shvat, who knew a man and his 1-year-old son who died when their car flipped in 2011 after being pelted with stones on Road 60.

Indeed, this brief comment is the only mention of Israeli children who have fallen victim to Palestinian stone-throwers. In a nearly 2000-word article, The New York Times can find no room to even mention Yehuda Shoham or Adele Biton, let alone tell their stories.

And while Israeli children’s funerals and hardship find no place in Rudoren’s article, the funeral of a Palestinian 2-year-old is presented as the event “that led to [Muhammed Abu Hashem’s] most recent arrest,” Abu Hashem being a 17-year-old Palestinian who is the main protagonist of the article, with some 20 paragraphs devoted to his story of self-justification and arrest.

Other elements of the picture are similarly missing. For example, Rudoren describes “Beit Ommar,” the town from which Abu Hashem and other Palestinian stone throwers she interviews are from as “a farm town with roots in the Roman era” that has become

a hot spot because of its perch off Road 60, the main thoroughfare from Jerusalem south to the settlements of Gush Etzion which the Palestinians say have taken up to one-third of the village’s original 13 square miles.

Beit Ummar is actually believed to be the site of the biblical town of Maarath, in the country of Judah, between Gedor and Beth-anoth (Joshua, 15:59).  Of course, the mention of biblical roots may suggest a Jewish history in a place where Rudoren is trying to convey a sense of encroachment by settlements. Accordingly, those “roots” are ignored as she fast-forwards to the village’s supposed roots “in the Roman era.”

Likewise, Rudoren conceals the fact that a red flag with a swastika, reminiscent of the Nazis and their plan to annihilate the Jewish people, was flown in Beit Omar just a couple of months ago. That might evoke the impression of anti-Semitic villagers and undermine the notion that stone throwing is merely a child’s sport or “hobby.”

Flag in Beit Omar flying flag adorned with a swastika. Photo: Shneior Nachum Sochat/ Tazpit News Agency. (From The Algemeiner)

 

The photos and captions that accompany the article, too, hide the violence and danger of the Palestinian “hobby” and focus instead on youthful sport on the part of Palestinians and harsh punitive measures on the part of Israeli soldiers.

1) First photograph: A large colored photo of a boy clutching a stone.

A smaller photo beneath it shows Palestinians teenagers lined up in the act of pitching.

The caption on the two photographs:
 Ready for a target. Below, Palestinian boys in Beit Ommar play Arabs and Army, re-enacting clashes with Israeli soldiers.

2) Third photograph:  A large colored photo of a teenager dressed in a black undershirt and jeans is shown being held by two armed Israeli soldiers.

Fourth photograph: A  large colored photo of a family with children citing on a sofa.

The caption on these photographs:

Recent Arrests in the Abu Hashem Family
The arrest of Ahmad Abu Hashem and his son Muhammad on July 8 was almost routine for a family in which few months have passed recently without at least one member behind bars. Mr. Abu Hashem, an activist in Beit Ommar, and all six of his sons have served time for throwing stones at Israeli soldiers and settlers.

Not everyone takes such a benign view of rock throwing teenagers and not everywhere is the harsh treatment of the perpetrators of such attacks criticized.

In 1986, a U.S. teenager was sentenced to life in prison for throwing a stone from an overpass that killed a toddler in a car below.  In 2010, two South Carolina teenagers were indicted on first degree murder charges after killing a woman sitting in the front seat of a car with a stone hurled from an overpass.  And, in 2002, even when stone throwing resulted in no injuries, the teenaged perpetrators were charged with assault and battery with intent to kill and malicious injury to personal property. As the Sheriff’s Department explained, throwing rocks “is not a prank. This is extremely dangerous. You could kill somebody doing this.”

Yisrael Medad, on his blog, “My Right Word,”  provides a summary documenting the number of Palestinian stone throwing attacks from January-June of this year. In addition to 5,144 stonings, there were 611 molotov cocktail attacks, 8 shootings and 3 stabbings.  But the only statistics provided by Rudoren pertain to the number of Palestinian children (stone throwers) incarcerated by Israel. That  is the only part of the story The New York Times wants to tell.

Last year, CAMERA criticized The New York Times for featuring two separate, front-page stories about Israeli teenagers who had beaten (but not killed) an Arab teenager, but never publishing a front-page story about deadly attacks by Arab teenagers against Jews.

And while the newspaper has now published a front-page article about Arab teenagers who throw stones, the story is completely reframed to remove Israeli victims,  romanticize the Palestinian perpetrators and implicitly criticize their arrests by Israeli police.

The stories last year about the criminal activities of Jewish teenagers focused on the general decline of morals among Israeli youth. The story about the Arab teenagers focuses on their self-declared heroism and victimhood. The disparate coverage provides yet another example of the type of misleading and biased reporting readers have come to expect from The New York Times.

Voir également:

The Death of Adele Biton and The New York Times’ Justification of Lopsided Reporting
Ricki Hollander
Camera
February 20, 2015

In March 2013, three-year-old Adele Biton was travelling with her two sisters in a car driven by their mother, when a Palestinian rock-throwing attack caused the car to slam into a truck ahead. Two of the girls suffered moderate wounds, while Adele was left in critical condition with serious neurological injuries. She underwent extensive treatment in acute and rehabilitation care facilities, but never fully recovered.

Nearly two years later, on Feb. 17, 2015, the pre-schooler died as a result of complications of pneumonia. Her mother told the Israeli newspaperYediot Aharonotthat there was no doubt that Adele’s illness was part of the progression of her neurological injuries “that complicated her ability to cope with medical issues.”

The following day, Voice of Israel’s Josh Hasten interviewed New York Times Jerusalem bureau chief Jodi Rudoren. Asked what she knew about Adele, Rudoren responded:

In any society, I suppose, and certainly here, there are certain individual cases among the victims who become somewhat iconic and I think Adele was one of those. She was two years old, critically injured, spent more than a year, maybe a year and a half, in rehab. Many, many articles were written about her. Her parents, her family, captured Israeli attention, so I was aware of that. Obviously, a two-year-old girl critically injured in the conflict is heart-tugging for any observer and because of that, she had become somewhat iconic. That’s why we wrote a brief item about her death.

But it was not until after Adele had succumbed to her illness that Jodi Rudoren referred to Adele and the stone throwing attack that had maimed her. The reporter wrote about Adele’s death in a 169-word “world briefing” that appeared only in the newspaper’s online edition.

Indeed, in a more than 1900-word feature article about Palestinian stone throwers that was published both online (“In a West Bank Culture of Conflict, Boys Wield the Weapon at Hand“) and prominently on the front page of the print edition (“My Hobby is Throwing Stones,” Aug. 5, 2013), Jodi found no room to mention the attack that had critically injured Adele. Nor did she mention an earlier stone throwing attack that had crushed the skull of 5-year-old Yehuda Shoham, an only child. And her only mention of a similar attack that resulted in the deaths of a young father and his infant son, Asher and Yonatan Palmer, was in passing, presented as hearsay about unnamed victims.

Instead the reporter devoted her feature piece to Palestinian stone throwers’ justifications for, and expressions of pride in, their actions, as well as their hardship in being arrested by Israeli police for these activities. At the time, CAMERA posted a sharp media critique about the article, entitled “The New York Times Romanticizes Palestinian Stone Throwers and Ignores Their Victims.” In it, Rudoren was criticized for explaining the stone throwing by Palestinians as “pushback against Israel,” a “rite of passage,” and an “honored act of defiance” while downplaying the impact of this Palestinian “hobby” on its Israeli victims. The critique pointed out that while the reporter emphasized “the futility of stones bouncing off armored vehicles,” and interviewed one Israeli who had been frightened but uninjured by stone-throwing attacks, she provided almost no information about the deadlier and more injurious results of such attacks.

In the Voice of Israel interview, host Josh Hasten brought up CAMERA’s criticism of Rudoren’s feature. The reporter defended and justified her treatment of the subject matter, dismissing her critics out of hand. According to Rudoren, CAMERA was “not criticizing or scrutinizing or reviewing coverage based on any journalistic values. They’re doing it based on a scorecard of what they think makes their side look good or bad. It’s not based on the kind of building blocks of mainstream journalism that is where our coverage comes from and that most of our vast global readership needs from us.”

But it should be obvious to anyone who claims to understand the “building blocks of journalism” that to downplay and give such short shrift to the catastrophic and sometimes fatal results of stone-throwing is to deprive readers of the context necessary to understand the conflict. Neither Rudoren nor The New York Times provided readers with a parallel feature story about the impact of Palestinian stone throwing on their Israeli victims. So what Rudoren left readers with — what she apparently felt they “needed” — was a one-sided piece about Palestinian victims “provoked by the situation,” and forced into a “futile” hobby (of throwing stones), only to be arrested and incarcerated by fierce Israeli soldiers.

Rudoren’s justification for this lopsided reporting was to claim she was on a “journalistic mission” whose agenda was “to unpack the caricature of Palestinian stone-throwers.” To that end, she asserted, the story “really wasn’t about their victims.”
“Not every story looks at everybody in equal depth because that’s just not how journalism works and it doesn’t need to be that way,” Rudoren declared. But how can a journalist tell the story about stone throwing without thoroughly exploring the consequences? Without any comparative story about the Israeli victims, those victims remained voiceless, their side of the story left untold. Even while she acknowledged that “it was important to make sure that it was clear that people did get killed and that there were victims,” Rudoren justified the virtual absence of this information from her article, apparently deeming her fleeting hearsay reference to two anonymous fatalities sufficient.

As to the article’s misleading implication that the “situation” that provokes Palestinian stone-throwers is one of Israel’s making, Rudoren ignored the fact that hate rhetoric and incitement against Israelis is also a significant factor in encouraging the stone throwers. Nowhere in the article does she even hint at the atmosphere of incitement by Palestinian leaders to attack Israelis by any means.

This type of reporting is characteristic of Rudoren’s “journalistic values.” She routinely conceals relevant information, selectively quotes or cites those whose perspective she agrees with, while downplaying, ignoring or misrepresenting the viewpoints of those with whom she disagrees. In news articles, she tends to cast aspersions on or use pejoratives to discredit those with whom she disagrees. (See, for example, “A Guide to NYT Advocacy Journalism: Focus on Jodi Rudoren.”) And she uses these same tactics in dealing with legitimate criticism of her reporting. Instead of directly addressing the specific complaints about her reporting, she dismisses her critics with wholesale contempt. Those cri
ticizing her articles, she argues, are just checking off a list “of who’s winning the story.” Here, too, Rudoren misrepresents. What CAMERA and many critics of The New York Times demand is that both sides’ perspectives be given voice — something the Society of Professional Journalists urges, but which Rudoren is apparently unwilling to do.

The Society of Professional Journalist’s code of ethics calls on journalists, among other things, to recognize their own cultural values and avoid imposing them on readers, to distinguish between advocacy and news reporting, and to give voice to the voiceless. In addition, it urges journalists to be accountable to their readers, clarify and explain news coverage, invite dialogue and encourage readers to voice their grievances about news reporting.

Many prominent and respected journalists adhere to this code, even when criticized. And they are better journalists for it. But as long as Rudoren continues to wear blinders, block her ears, and insist that it is not necessary to explore both sides of a conflict in equal depth, non-partisan readers who want to genuinely learn about the situation fully and fairly should continue to avoid the New York Times and its partisan Jerusalem bureau chief.

Voir de même:

In a West Bank Culture of Conflict, Boys Wield the Weapon at Hand

The rooftop of the home of Bilal Ayad Awad, 17, was decorated with flags for his release in June after 16 months in prison.

Credit…Rina Castelnuovo for The New York TimesJodi Rudoren
The New York Times
Aug. 4, 2013

BEIT OMMAR, West Bank — Muhammad Abu Hashem, 17, was sleeping in a sleeveless undershirt when the Israeli soldiers stormed into his home here at 4 a.m. on the second Monday in July. As they led him away moments later, Muhammad’s mother rushed after with a long-sleeved shirt: they both knew it would be cold in the interrogation room.

It was Muhammad’s fourth arrest in three years for throwing stones at Israeli soldiers and settlers. His five brothers — three older and two younger — have all faced similar charges. Last year, three Abu Hashem boys, and their father, were in prison at the same time.

“Children have hobbies, and my hobby is throwing stones,” Muhammad explained weeks before his most recent arrest. “A day with a confrontation is better than a free day.”

As Israeli and Palestinian negotiators resumed peace talks last week in Washington, the stone throwers of Beit Ommar are a reminder of the abiding tensions that animate relations between the two peoples that would populate the imagined two states living side by side.

Youths hurling stones has long been the indelible icon — some call it a caricature — of Palestinian pushback against Israel: a recent United Nations report said 7,000 minors, some as young as 9, had been detained between 2002 and 2012. Here in Beit Ommar, a village of 17,000 between Bethlehem and Hebron that is surrounded by Jewish settlements, rock throwing is a rite of passage and an honored act of defiance. The futility of stones bouncing off armored vehicles matters little: confrontation is what counts.

When they are not actually throwing stones, the children here play Arabs and Army, re-enacting the clashes and arrests. And when 17-year-old Bilal Ayad Awad was released in June after 16 months in prison, he was welcomed like a war hero with flags and fireworks, women in wedding finery lining the streets to cheer his motorcade.

Image
Credit…The New York Times

The Israeli Army commander in the area counts 5 to 15 stone-throwing incidents per week, and the July 8 arrest of Muhammad and his father, Ahmad, brought to 45 the number of Beit Ommar residents taken into custody since the beginning of 2013, 35 of them ages 13 to 19. A teacher at the local high school said 20 boys missed class while in prison last year. A few, including Muhammad, were out more than 60 days, forcing them to repeat a grade.

“Here, it is as if the intifada never stopped,” said Musa Abu Hashhash, a field worker for the Israeli human rights group B’tselem.

Beit Ommar, a farm town with roots in the Roman era, is a hot spot because of its perch off Road 60, the main thoroughfare from Jerusalem south to the settlements of Gush Etzion, which the Palestinians say have taken up to one-third of the village’s original 13 square miles.

The military, which since May has been joined by a company of border police to crack down, focuses on 11 prime stone-throwing points along the village’s mile-long stretch of the road. There are “the duo,” two houses teenagers hide between; “the stage,” a raised area; “the triangle,” an open field; and “the Molotov bend.” And then there is the 200-year-old cemetery that slopes up from the road just north of the village entrance.

On Thursday, after the burial of a 63-year-old retired teacher, a teenager hurled a rock at a passing car with yellow Israeli plates: whack. Another teenager, two more stones: another direct hit.

The settlers stopped their car, got out, and began shouting at the small crowd. Soon, there were soldiers, rifles raised and tear gas at the ready, who eventually hauled a Palestinian taxi driver into a waiting army jeep.

Menuha Shvat, who has lived in a settlement near here since 1984, long ago lost count of the stones that have hit her car’s reinforced windows. “It’s crazy: I’m going to get pizza, and I’m driving through a war zone,” said Ms. Shvat, who knew a man and his 1-year-old son who died when their car flipped in 2011 after being pelted with stones on Road 60. “It’s a game that can kill.”

For as long as anyone here can remember, the cemetery has been a field for that game. Residents said it was often surrounded by soldiers and filled with tear gas, though the military commander said he stations his troops across the road and instructs them to unleash riot-control measures only if violence erupts.

Muhammad sees it as his Islamic duty to help bury the dead, and he has his own funeral-preparation ritual. He pulls on boots. He sprays his hands with perfume to counteract the gas. He grabs a face mask, to protect his identity, and his muqlaa — a homemade slingshot.

It was the June funeral of a 2-year-old girl accidentally crushed by a relative’s bulldozer that led to his most recent arrest. “They were shooting gas, and I was with my mother in the car while the soldiers’ jeep was entering the town,” Muhammad admitted to a police officer after the arrest. “So I got out and threw stones at them.”

Musa Awad, a teacher at Beit Ommar’s high school, said that eight generations of his family are buried in the cemetery, but that he is one of many village residents who have stopped following funeral processions there because of the inevitable clashes. Two years ago, Mr. Awad said, he and his brothers offered to donate a patch of land for a new cemetery, far from the main road, but the Islamic authorities declined.

Mr. Awad, like many here, views the stone throwers with a mixture of pride at confronting Israel and fear for their safety. “Nobody dares to criticize them and say, ‘Why are you doing this?”

The youths, and their parents, say they are provoked by the situation: soldiers stationed at the village entrance, settlers tending trees beyond. They throw because there is little else to do in Beit Ommar — no pool or cinema, no music lessons after school, no part-time jobs other than peddling produce along the road. They do it because their brothers and fathers did.

Nasri Sabarna, an English professor who was Beit Ommar’s mayor for much of the past five years, remembers his first arrest vividly, despite the passage of four decades.

He was 14. Israeli soldiers had installed a plaque on his school saying it had been built under their supervision. He took the coins his mother had given him for food and bought black spray paint to cover the Hebrew letters.

A Rite of Passage, an Act of Defiance

Rina Castelnuovo for The New York Times

“When I saw their language, it is not easy to stay and do nothing,” Mr. Sabarna recalled. “When they came on the second day, we have nothing except stones. You revenge for yourself.”

Of Mr. Sabarna’s eight children, only Ahmad, a 21-year-old engineering student, has been arrested: he is serving a six-month sentence that started in May, his fourth prison stay. When the youngest boy, Abdullah, started skipping school and throwing stones at age 7, after a night raid on the family home, his parents took him to see a psychiatrist to work out the anger.

“I want him to go to school, to study and to look for his future, but they are pushing us in the corner,” Mr. Sabarna said, referring to the Israelis.

Now 10, Abdullah uses binoculars a relative bought him for bird watching to monitor military movement. “I feel happy when I throw stones on the soldiers,” he said. “They occupy us.”

One Friday in July, two soldiers stood sentry on a hilltop several hundred yards inside the village. Five border police officers were stationed under an olive tree near the wholesale fruit market. More soldiers were on nearby rooftops, army jeeps in the middle of a road.

Three young men with slingshots crouched between trees, sending a little brother out to scout. They whipped the woven-string contraptions over their shoulders one, two, three, four times, then the stones disappeared in the distance. Two stones, five, seven. The boy reported that soldiers were coming closer. The young men retreated to a lower ridge.

Two soldiers with riot helmets and rifles appeared on a rock wall a few feet from where the stone throwers had been. Too late.

Three people from Beit Ommar were arrested in the wee hours of the following Sunday. That night, Muhammad Abu Hashem slept, while his father and younger siblings sat a vigil on worn couches on their roof.

The patriarch, Ahmad Abu Hashem, is an activist who videotapes arrests and clashes for the Center for Freedom and Justice, an advocacy group. His cellphone rang at 3:45 a.m.: 13 jeeps were entering the village. He was heading out to follow them when the alley filled with shouts of “Soldiers, soldiers!” They were coming for him — and his son.

It had been only a few weeks before when a gaggle of neighborhood children were scurrying around the same alley playing Arabs and Army.

Video

Video player loading
Muhammad Abu Hashem participates in a role-playing game constructed around being arrested for throwing stones.CreditCredit…Rina Castelnuovo

Boys wearing fatigues and toting toy guns kicked on the front door and Mr. Abu Hashem opened it, smiling. While one of the “soldiers” checked his green ID card, another imitated a defensive military maneuver to secure the house. “It is a wrong ID,” a boy said in a mixture of Arabic and Hebrew. “Where is Muhammad Abu Hashem?”

Muhammad appeared at the doorway, and was blindfolded with a black sweatshirt. “Come with us,” the soldier-boy ordered. “You are under arrest.” Girls’ screams of mock horror were punctuated with giggles as Muhammad vanished into the midnight darkness.

“You are lucky if you meet Muhammad here next week,” his father said. “He can be arrested for real any moment.”

That was what Muhammad told the girl he talks to daily by telephone and sneaks glances at on evening ambles through the village: “ ‘Be careful, I am maybe one month outside and 10 months in prison.’ She said, ‘O.K., I am waiting for you.’ ” He did not tell the girl, in June, when his left leg was sprayed with five rubber-bullet fragments as his stones smacked an army jeep carting away a beloved cousin.

Muhammad captures the contradictions of growing up here. He was tickled at the first salon-slicking of his short hair for a relative’s recent wedding. But he shunned a snack of popcorn outside: prison food.

He recently sneaked into a settlement before dawn to steal apricots he finds especially delicious because they grow on land he sees as stolen from his people. One of his hobbies is rescuing abandoned bird eggs and nurturing them in cages warmed by light bulbs until they hatch.

“When they fly,” he said, “it’s like a person in prison, and he will take his freedom.”

Muhammad’s first arrest was in October 2010: his family paid a fine of about $1,400. He was jailed from April to June of 2012, then returned to prison that September for another seven months. Graffiti welcoming him back remained on the outer wall of the family home as a dozen soldiers arrived July 8.

Video

Video player loading
Excerpts from Muhammad Abu Hashem’s interrogation by the Israeli police along with photos of his arrest.

Two soldiers crouched in the driveway and 10 crowded the living room. Muhammad crammed on a couch with his two younger brothers and a cousin while the soldiers examined his father’s identification. Then they asked for his.

The whole operation took eight minutes. The jeeps had not left the alley when it erupted in stones.

Defense for Children International, an advocacy group that last year documented 360 cases of arrested Palestinian youths, found that many were blindfolded, beaten and threatened during interrogations. Most confessed, and 90 percent received jail sentences in Israel’s military system, according to the report, compared with 6.5 percent of arrested Israeli children, who are prosecuted in a civil system.

When Muhammad and his father appeared for their first hearing, they raised their wrists — handcuffed together — in something of a salute. The teenager’s face was a mixture of triumph and terror: he could face up to 10 months after a trial scheduled to start Aug. 18.

Their lawyer, Nery Ramati, soon discovered that Muhammad had already admitted throwing a stone during the girl’s funeral.

“I have nothing to do for him now,” Mr. Ramati sighed.

Voir de plus:

Letters

The New York Times
Aug. 5, 2013

To the Editor:

Re “ ‘My Hobby Is Throwing Stones’: In a West Bank Culture of Conflict, Boys Wield the Weapon at Hand” (front page, Aug. 5):

Stones are a lethal weapon, and stone throwers engage in what can be premeditated murder.

My perspective is that of a social worker who worked for 20 years with youths with violent tendencies.

What violent youths seek, more than anything else, are people who will reinforce their tendency to violence.

This article will be posted in Palestinian youth clubs as a badge of encouragement for Palestinian youths and as an incentive to continue their efforts to murder people on the roads. That is a tragedy.

I cannot fathom how and why The New York Times can describe the stoning of people on the roads as a “rite of passage.”

DAVID BEDEIN
Jerusalem, Aug. 5, 2013

The writer is director of the Israel Resource News Agency.

To the Editor:

Having personally been the uniformed target, during the first intifada, of Molotov cocktails and many, many stones, one of which produced a lifetime annuity for my dentist, I know that these clashes are hardly a game for either side.

As peace talks resume, reversing the poisonous effects of the “culture of conflict” is as important as any land compromises in achieving lasting peace.

DANIEL WOLF
Teaneck, N.J., Aug. 5, 2013

To the Editor:

Thank you for the excellent reporting and photography.

As someone who escaped the Holocaust as a child and who saw the conditions in the Palestinian territories more than 20 years ago, I think that it’s way past time to let American Jews especially know what is really going on there.

YVONNE BYRON
Oakland, Calif., Aug. 5, 2013

Voir encore:

Life sentence answers tears over I-75 death

The Associated press
March 31, 1999

An 18-year-old has been arrested and charged with second-degree murder in the death of a driver who was killed on Sunday by a rock that had been tossed from an overpass on Interstate 75 west of Tampa.

The teen-ager Juan G. Cardenas, was arrested on Monday by Highway Patrol officers after they received a tip from someone who told of overhearing him talk about the incident.

The driver, Julie Catherine Laible, 32, was hit in the head by the rock, about the size of a bowling ball, after it smashed the windshield of her Honda Civic, the authorities said.

Voir par ailleurs:

La guerre des dix jours
Jacques Tarnero
La Revue des deux mondes
Mai 26, 2021

Ce que l’Allemagne nazie avait testé en Espagne en 1936, l’Iran vient de le tester à Gaza : expérimenter ses armes, mettre au point ses méthodes et sa tactique de guerre, autant qu’évaluer la riposte de son ennemi. Le grand allié du Hamas fonctionne à l’identique. L’Allemagne nazie avait aussi pris la mesure de la mollesse des démocraties à se mobiliser en faveur de la République espagnole. Malgré le décalage historique, malgré, les différences politiques, il reste une constante : les régimes totalitaires connaissent les couardises des démocraties, leur lenteur à comprendre l’enjeu pour elles-mêmes. Au conseil de sécurité de l’ONU, qualifier les termes du conflit, nommer l’agresseur a été impossible. À l’Assemblée nationale, le Premier ministre Jean Castex a prioritairement exprimé son souci pour les malheurs de Gaza. Des salves de roquettes tirées indistinctement sur Israël, il ne fit pas mention.
Ici s’arrête la comparaison.

À la différence de la République espagnole, Israël a non seulement su contenir son agresseur, il a aussi réussi à l’affaiblir durablement sans pour autant le détruire. Rien n’est donc réglé. Un autre ennemi bien plus redoutable fourbit ses armes qu’il espère définitives. La pluie de roquettes tirées indistinctement sur tout le territoire israélien témoignait d’un projet guerrier exterminateur : sans la protection du dôme de fer, il y aurait eu des milliers de victimes civiles en Israël. Ces attaques indistinctes du Hamas révèlent un modèle stratégique dont on peut tirer la leçon : l’Iran n’hésitera pas à utiliser l’arme nucléaire contre Israël, dès qu’il en aura la capacité. Le djihad nucléaire sera l’étape suivante de l’affrontement.

Cette perspective ne procède en rien d’un souci quelconque pour la Palestine. Le sort du peuple palestinien est le dernier souci du pouvoir iranien et de ses créatures Hamas, Hezbollah et autre djihad islamique. Cette rente idéologique n’est que l’alibi de son projet. La vision apocalyptique iranienne obéit à un projet messianique que les ayatollahs au pouvoir n’ont jamais dissimulé : détruire cette enclave juive incrustée au cœur d’un espace tout entier supposé appartenir à la sphère de l’islam.

« Ce conflit en annonce un autre qui ne saurait tarder entre Israël et un Iran nucléaire dont la Palestine est l’alibi. »

Toutes les démocraties le savent, tous les dirigeants du monde occidental connaissent les données de l’enjeu. Ce qui vient de se dérouler à Gaza sert de test pour elles autant que pour le mentor du Hamas. Sont-elles prêtes à reconnaître que l’idéologie du Hamas est le variant islamisé d’un projet qui a sa source dans un nazisme oriental ? Sont-elles prêtes à l’affronter ? Ou bien estiment-elles au contraire que l’on peut négocier avec cette puissance et sacrifier Israël pour une paix illusoire ? En 1938, à Munich, la France et l’Angleterre estimèrent que sacrifier les Sudètes à l’Allemagne nazie allait sauver la paix. On connaît la suite et le mot de Churchill sur Daladier et Chamberlain : « Ils ont eu le choix entre le déshonneur et la guerre, ils ont choisi le déshonneur et ils auront la guerre ». Les négociations de Vienne sur le nucléaire iranien seront-elles de la même veine ? Ce conflit en annonce un autre qui ne saurait tarder entre Israël et un Iran nucléaire dont la Palestine est l’alibi.

Après dix jours d’intenses combats entre le Hamas et Israël, un cessez-le-feu a été imposé aux belligérants. Deux cent quarante-huit tués côté palestinien dont soixante-six enfants, dix-neuf morts dont un enfant, côté israélien. Comment interpréter ces chiffres si différents ? Tandis qu’Israël protège sa population des roquettes du Hamas, à la fois par les abris et son système de défense anti-missiles, le Hamas se protège des frappes israéliennes en s’abritant derrière sa population civile pour tirer ses roquettes. Grace à un réseau de souterrains bétonné, le Hamas a enterré ses structures militaires au cœur des villes, au milieu des immeubles civils. Les millions de dollars de l’aide internationale récoltés depuis 2014 ont été utilisés pour bâtir ce « métro » abritant ses armes.

Cet affrontement entre un mouvement islamiste et l’État juif ajoute un nouveau chapitre sanglant à l’histoire déjà longue de cette guerre de cent ans ou de mille ans selon qu’on lise cette histoire dans le registre de la rivalité entre Ismaël et Isaac ou dans celle de l’histoire du siècle dernier et de celui qui commence. Au-delà de sa seule dimension locale, proche-orientale, la récurrence de cette affaire nous concerne, en Europe, en France particulièrement, parce que son écho déchaîne d’autres passions enfouies, nées d’un passé pas si lointain. Le poids de la Shoah d’une part, des culpabilités et d’autre part le poids des relations entre l’Occident et le monde arabo-musulman, entre la France et ses anciennes colonies surdéterminent le regard porté sur le conflit. C’est dans la trace de Vichy, de ses effets mémoriels, autant que dans le reflet de la guerre d’Algérie, de ce qu’elle implique des deux côtés de la Méditerranée, des affects nés de cette mémoire, de ses souffrances, qu’il faut fouiller pour se prémunir, ici, des guerres civiles à venir.

« La nazification d’Israël permet simultanément de délégitimer le droit d’Israël à être : en renversant les termes de l’histoire, en identifiant les Palestiniens comme les nouveaux Juifs et Israël comme le nouveau nazi, le gauchisme retrouve en Palestine une cause exemplaire. »

Ce Proche-Orient par procuration nous oblige ici même. C’est peut-être en France, à Sarcelles, à Trappes, à Bondy, que pourraient s’imaginer d’autres constructions intellectuelles indispensables pour sortir de ces schizophrénies identitaires qui annoncent le pire. Pour le moment, nous en sommes très loin : ce sont des manifestations de fureur haineuse qui ont déferlé dans les rues de Londres, Montréal, New York, Paris. Cette ivresse répétée apparaît davantage relever d’une pathologie collective inscrite au cœur de l’imaginaire arabo-musulman. Ce ressentiment, cette frustration, vise aussi la France quand la pensée dite décoloniale perpétue ici une guerre d’Algérie jamais finie.

Pourtant d’autres voix existent dans le monde arabo-musulman. En Algérie, le Hirak exprime un refus de cette fatalité. Ces voix sont minoritaires, mais elles osent dirent la vérité. Kamel Daoud, Riad Sattouf, Boualem Sansal osent briser cette pensée magique qui dit que son malheur vient d’Israël et des Juifs. « Israël est l’aphrodisiaque le plus puissant pour les arabes », aimait rappeler judicieusement Hassan II, l’ancien roi du Maroc.

Ce pré-pensé idéologique qui enferme le monde arabe dans la régression, la gauche l’a entretenu, en Occident, en France, en particulier. Cette gauche porte une lourde responsabilité dans l’entretien de ce récit, car c’est encore et toujours à travers la grille de lecture de la guerre d’Algérie que s’interprète le conflit israélo-arabe. Dans une surenchère aveugle, la gauche de la gauche fait sienne la rhétorique indigéniste et décoloniale. Jacques Julliard a parfaitement résumé les choses : « Chaque fois que la France est menacée dans son existence et dans ses raisons d’être, il se forme dans ses marges un parti collabo. D’ordinaire, ce parti est d’extrême droite et se confond avec la réaction. Aujourd’hui, il est d’extrême gauche ». Bien pire, la nazification d’Israël permet simultanément de délégitimer le droit d’Israël à être : en renversant les termes de l’histoire, en identifiant les Palestiniens comme les nouveaux Juifs et Israël comme le nouveau nazi, le gauchisme retrouve en Palestine une cause exemplaire. Ces banderoles affichant un signe = entre la svastika et l’étoile de David, resteront pour la gauche de la gauche, comme une obscénité symbolique majeure.

« Depuis plus de vingt ans, la Palestine est sortie de ses frontières au profit du choix de la guerre sainte et du djihad dont se nourrit l’imaginaire arabe. Si ces fantasmes mortifères prennent le pas sur la raison, la guerre des dix jours durera encore mille ans. »

Le pouvoir israélien a ses responsabilités dans l’illusion d’un statu quo dont les effets n’annoncent rien de bon pour l’avenir ; mais ça n’est pas de la politique du gouvernement israélien dont il est question dans ce qui vient de se produire et les cris de victoire du Hamas annonçant sa victoire à venir du fleuve à la mer reprennent tous les slogans matriciels de la rhétorique arabe contre l’entité sioniste. Dans un entretien à Politique Internationale, l’été 1982, Ben Bella, ancien premier président de l’Algérie, signifiait l’importance symbolique de ce conflit pour le monde arabe : « Ce que nous voulons, nous autres Arabes, c’est être, or nous ne pouvons être que si l’autre n’est pas » et il précisait : « S’il n’y a pas d’autre solution, alors que cette guerre nucléaire ait lieu et qu’on en finisse une fois pour toutes ! »

Depuis la visite de Sadate en 1977, et assassiné pour cela en 1981, c’est toujours le pire qui a eu le dernier mot. Dans un symétrique effrayant, Yitzhak Rabin a aussi été assassiné par un fanatique juif et avec lui, le rêve de la paix d’Oslo. N’était-elle qu’une illusion ?

Le malheur palestinien est réel et il n’y a dans ces mots aucun misérabilisme compassionnel artificiel, mais il faut se poser une autre question : que préfèrent les Palestiniens ? Quel est leur désir majeur : détruire Israël ou avoir un État ? Depuis plus de vingt ans, des opportunités d’arriver à un accord avec l’OLP ont été refusées par le leadership palestinien qui a toujours choisi la surenchère. Depuis plus de vingt ans, la Palestine est sortie de ses frontières au profit du choix de la guerre sainte et du djihad dont se nourrit l’imaginaire arabe. Si ces fantasmes mortifères prennent le pas sur la raison, la guerre des dix jours durera encore mille ans. Tant que dans la sphère musulmane on n’aura pas eu le courage de rompre avec ses mythes régressifs, tant que sera considéré comme une trahison le fait d’oser regarder en face les raisons de l’incurie qui préside aux destinées de ces peuples, le malheur de ce monde deviendra le bien commun de tous.

Voir encore:

La gauche, la droite, l’islamisme et l’antisionisme : entretien avec Georges-Elia Sarfati

Présenté par Yana Grinshpun

La gauche, la droite, l’islamisme et l’antisionisme : entretien avec Georges-Elia Sarfati

Georges-Elia Sarfati est un philosophe, linguiste et psychanayste franco-israélien, auteur de nombreux ouvrages dans les domaines de l’analyse du discours, de l’éthique, de la pensée juive, de la critique sociale. Il est également traducteur de Viktor Frankl, et fondateur de l’EFRATE (École Française d’Analyse et de thérapies existentielles). G.-E. Sarfati est l’un des rares intellectuels français, avec Léon Poliakov, Pierre-André Taguieff et Shmuel Trigano à analyser les ressorts culturels, théologiques, historiques et politiques de ce qu’on appelle le « nouvel antisémitisme ». En tant que spécialiste du discours, Sarfati s’est très tôt intéressé à l’expression contemporaine de la  judéophobie. Pour lui, l’antisémitisme se nourrit surtout de ses enracinements dans l’histoire des mentalités et des discours et forme une sorte de sous-culture qui accompagne depuis quelques décennies le pseudo-progressisme se réclamant de la pensée post-moderniste. Georges-Elia Sarfati est l’auteur d’un ouvrage consacré à la rhétorique antisioniste, LAntisionisme. Israël Palestine : aux miroirs d’Occident (Berg, 2002), et de très nombreux articles sur la perception des Juifs dans l’espace occidental. Le philosophe et linguiste explique que l’essentiel de la rhétorique de la désinformation et de la propagande, qu’elle soit « totalitaire » ou « publicitaire », repose sur l’inversion des valeurs, l’inculcation des mensonges historiques et l’élaboration des mécanismes psycho-affectifs chez les cibles du discours idéologiques anti-juif. Il est aussi le co-fondateur de ce blog.

Dans cet entretien, il propose de revenir sur les jalons historiques et conceptuels essentiels qui ont structuré la nouvelle forme d’antisémitisme appelée « antisionisme », qui est brandie par une partie des membres de l’intelligentsia comme son « droit sacré à la liberté d’opinion et d’expression ». Cet entretien montre implacablement que le roi est toujours antisémite sous la robe antisioniste, même s’il prétend être démocrate et progressiste.

Y.G : En 2016, J. Julliard écrivait « Chaque fois que la France est menacée dans son existence et dans ses raisons d’être, il se forme dans ses marges un parti collabo. D’ordinaire, ce parti est d’extrême droite et se confond avec la réaction. Aujourd’hui, il est d’extrême gauche ».  Est-ce que vous êtes d’accord avec ce pronostic ?

GES : Sans doute cette remarque de J. Julliard vaut-elle pour notre époque – disons qu’elle s’avère pertinente pour les années 2000-2020 ; pour autant, il me paraît risqué de soutenir que d’ « ordinaire », le « parti collabo » était d’ « extrême droite », dans la mesure où ladite extrême droite, si l’on pense à la période 39-45, se nourrissait de très nombreux transfuges de gauche, comme l’a démontré l’historien Simon Epstein dans Un paradoxe français. Pour ce qui est de la droite nationaliste, elle a su voir dans les Juifs des patriotes loyaux, je pense au Barrès des Familles spirituelles de la France, ou à l’engagement de son propre fils dans les rangs de la France libre. Le paradoxe dont rend compte S. Epstein c’est que les antisémites de l’Affaire Dreyfus ont été gaullistes et résistants pendant la Seconde Guerre, tandis que les partis de la collaboration se sont en grande partie recrutés parmi les dreyfusards et la gauche historique. Quant à la gauche demeurée à gauche, après la Seconde Guerre mondiale, elle n’avait pas grand-chose à envier à l’extrême droite sur le chapitre de l’antisémitisme, si l’on considère l’Union soviétique et ses satellites.

YG : Depuis le début des années 2000, l’année de la deuxième Intifada, on observe une montée d’antisémitisme décomplexé qui n’a pas de précédent depuis la deuxième guerre mondiale. Cet antisémitisme est corrélatif à l’antisionisme affiché de l’extrême gauche pour qui l’existence de l’État d’Israël constitue une offense suprême. Ce qui est aussi le cas pour les islamistes qui prônent ouvertement sa destruction. De quand date la rencontre de ces deux idéologies haineuses ?

GES : Il existe en effet une convergence significative entre l’islamisme et le gauchisme qui trouvent un véritable point d’entente sur le sujet de l’antisionisme. Cela paraît absurde, antinomique, et fondé sur un malentendu, puisque ce sont en principe des ennemis que doctrinalement tout oppose. Mais ils ont en commun la volonté d’en découdre avec la civilisation européenne, et communient aujourd’hui dans l’idéologie décoloniale. Leurs motivations initiales diffèrent du tout au tout : l’extrême gauche est antijuive par tradition voltairienne et marxiste, l’islamisme est antisioniste, en raison de la théologie politique de l’islam qui ne souffre pas de souveraineté non-musulmane sur le « dar al-islam ». L’extrême gauche est anticléricale et s’imagine que l’identité juive est « religieuse », tandis que l’islamisme reconduit le vieux débat de la théologie de la substitution en se proclament seule détenteur de la « vraie » révélation. Néanmoins la rencontre de ces deux souches allergiques aux Juifs pour ce qu’ils représentent, n’est somme toute pas récente. L’histoire de cette convergence, du point de vue des matrices doctrinales, remonte aux années 20 du XX siècle . C’est une partie d’échecs : il fallait mettre en échec la possibilité d’un sentiment de sympathie pour un Israël souverain. Aussi, je serai réservé à l’idée de mêler les sentiments à tout cela. Parler d’idéologie haineuse porte à psychologiser les affaires politiques. Or en politique, il n’entre que des calculs, et des intérêts bien compris. Au niveau des élites politiques, en tout cas. Le reste en effet sera une affaire de sentiment où les propagandes prennent le relais pour forger une opinion passionnée ainsi qu’un sens commun sur mesure.

Y.G : Raymond Aron appelle la période qui a suivi la fameuse allocution de De Gaulle après la victoire dans la guerre de 6 jours (1967), où il parle des Juifs comme « d’un peuple d’élite, sûr de lui-même et dominateur », l’ère de soupçon. Or, depuis quelques années, on entend lors des manifestations « anti-racistes » : « Mort aux Juifs », on entend aussi des appels à la haine d’Israël sur les réseaux sociaux, des discours antisémites assumés du PIR et de la gauche radicale (je pense à la fameuse phrase de Mélenchon sur la crucifixion de Jésus)[1]. Comment expliquer cette disparition de limites et cette prolifération de discours antijuifs ?

GES : Comme vous le rappelez en évoquant les mots de Raymond Aron, le discours gaullien de 1967 marque un tournant dans les relations franco-israéliennes, le début d’un véritable renversement d’alliance. Les jeunes générations n’ont pas la moindre idée de la bonne entente qui régnait entre Paris et Jérusalem avant la Guerre des Six Jours. Ce renversement d’alliance a été largement expliqué par la situation géopolitique de la France par rapport au monde arabe : le Maghreb où elle a été longtemps présente, ainsi que le Proche- Orient. Cet intérêt proprement français, lié à la position de la France, avait déjà été affirmé, aussi bien par François 1er que Napoléon III. François Ier a fondé le Collège de France, introduisant la connaissance de l’arabe, dans un contexte de rivalité avec le monde ottoman. Napoléon III rêvait de faire jouer à la France un rôle de premier plan dans le monde arabo-musulman. Aujourd’hui, l’existence de l’État d’Israël change la donne. Corrélativement, l’existence d’une immigration musulmane souvent peu éduquée, véhiculant le mépris du Juif (al yahoud), voilà qui fait subir une formidable involution à la mentalité issue de l’esprit des Lumières, quoique les Lumières soient elles-mêmes très divisées sur le chapitre de l’égale dignité de tous les hommes. Que de larges fractions de l’opinion soient désormais affectées par le prurit de l’antisémitisme n’a rien de surprenant, cela est le résultat d’une volonté politique, savamment distillée. En matière d’opinion, et de politique de l’opinion, il n’y a pas de génération spontanée. Les grands médias ont été chargés de diffuser la doxa antisioniste, depuis la fin des années 60 du XXe siècle, et trois générations de Français ont bu de ce lait. Cette nouvelle modalité de l’antisémitisme a été sciemment inculquée, et rares sont les esprits qui ont passé l’évidence antisioniste au tamis de l’esprit critique. L’expression antisioniste est d’autant plus désinhibée, qu’elle repose sur des motifs pleins de noblesse : l’antisionisme se présente comme un humaniste et un antiracisme. C’est au nom de l’humanisme et de l’antiracisme que l’on se dit antisioniste.

YG : Pourquoi, dans le discours commun, le « sionisme » est-il présenté comme une idéologie criminelle ?

GES : Votre question me donne l’occasion de faire retour sur la genèse de ce phénomène idéologique. Je viens d’éclairer le versant français de cette affaire. Il faut maintenant éclairer le rôle des principaux vecteurs de cette péjoration. À proprement parler, l’antisionisme est une forgerie des propagandes totalitaires. C’est dans la littérature nationale-socialiste que se trouve d’abord le point de mue de l’antisémitisme culturel de la fin du 19è siècle en antisémitisme racial et en antisionisme génocidaire. Cela est exprimé en toutes lettres dans Mein Kampf. Hitler appuie son « raisonnement » sur l’argumentaire des Protocoles des Sages de Sion ; tout en appelant au gazage des Juifs (dès 1924), il fustige le mouvement sioniste, l’accusant de vouloir susciter un État juif qui sera la tête de pont de la conspiration juive mondiale. Comme nous le savons, cette littérature a été traduite en arabe et a trouvé de profonds échos, notamment dans le mouvement national palestinien, à l’époque du Mandat britannique sur la Palestine. C’est dans ce contexte que l’antisémitisme hitlérien entre en symbiose avec l’antijudaïsme des Frères Musulmans. Aujourd’hui la proximité des leaders du mouvement palestinien avec les Frères musulmans, ancêtre de l’OLP de Yasser Arafat, a été mise en exergue par de nombreux historiens, notamment par Cuppers et Mallmann dans leur étude Croissant fertile et croix gammée[2]. Cette part significative, et toujours vivace, de l’archive judéophobe, ne peut plus être refoulée.

Au sortir de la Seconde Guerre mondiale, le mouvement palestinien, militairement vaincu, comme toute la coalition arabe qui s’était formée contre Israël, tombe dans l’escarcelle de l’Union Soviétique. À partir de ce moment, l’URSS écrit un nouveau chapitre de l’histoire de l’antisionisme. Ce n’est plus la conspiration juive que fustigent les staliniens, mais le sionisme allié de l’impérialisme américain, le sionisme incarnation du capital. Il s’agit d’une variante du même schéma. Léon Poliakov, qui fut mon maître en matière d’analyse des figures de discours de la judéophobie, a été sans doute le premier intellectuel de langue française à souligner cette évolution : De l’antisionisme à l’antisémitisme, ainsi que De Moscou à Beyrouth demeurent des petits chefs-d’oeuvre,  des livres pionniers[3]. Poliakov montre aussi la manière dont la propagande stalinienne reprend purement et simplement les caricatures du Sturmer pour « nazifier » Israël. Comble de l’ironie, Poliakov montre aussi comment les services de la propagande communiste ont utilisé les compétences d’anciens nazis. L’antisionisme tel que nous le connaissons, et tel que les « progressistes » acquis à sa cause le pratiquent de nos jours, sort directement des officines du KGB. Le savent-ils ? Connaissent-ils les différentes étapes de cette évolution ? Peut-être que la plupart l’ignorent. Souhaitons-le ! Ils auraient alors le bénéfice du doute, celui que l’on peut accorder à l’ignorance, qui n’est pas forcément une fatalité… À cela, il faut ajouter le rôle de vecteur de l’extrême gauche, notamment française, qui a battu des records de forgerie à partir de 1968. L’échec des révolutions prolétariennes, les désillusions du soviétisme ont entraîné dans ses rangs une radicalisation de la lutte anticapitaliste, et ses représentants ont joué un rôle considérable dans la promotion et la banalisation d’un antisionisme à visage humain, décorrélé de l’antisémitisme, devenu tabou en Europe, après la Shoah. Les Palestiniens en sont venus à occuper la place qu’occupait le prolétariat dans le marxisme classique. C’est de la part de la gauche un phénomène que l’on pourrait qualifier de colonisation des territoires de l’imaginaire politique européen. L’extrême gauche a affiné, si je puis dire, le travail de mise en circulation de ce que j’ai appelé des « équation efficaces », destinées à présenter d’Israël une image répulsive. Ces équations idéologiques définissent une pseudo-logie : « sionisme = nazisme », « sionisme = apartheid », « sionisme= racisme », « sionisme=impérialisme », etc. Lorsque l’on connaît l’histoire, la réversibilité des termes sonne faux, et dénonce ces « équivalences » comme des aberrations, historiques aussi bien que sémantiques. Faut-il rappeler que les Sionismes sont nés en réponse à l’antisémitisme du 19è siècle: russe, allemand, français, et ottoman?

YG : Qu’en déduisez-vous sur la nature de cet antisionisme, qui se porte si bien aujourd’hui ?

GES : Une compréhension très accessible : lorsque quelqu’un fait profession de foi d’antisionisme, il ne peut s’agir que d’un ignorant, ou d’un crypto-antisémite. D’un ignorant parce que son antisionisme sincère témoigne de sa méconnaissance complète de sa propre histoire, celle de l’Europe – d’Est en Ouest-, et plus grave de son incompréhension foncière de la raison d’être du sionisme, qui fut unanimement conçu par les Juifs qui s’y sont ralliés, comme une issue à l’antisémitisme. De plus, que veut dire « être antisioniste » après la Shoah ? Ces antisionistes au grand cœur, feignent d’oublier qu’il n’y avait plus de place sur terre pour le peuple juif. En somme, qu’est-ce que l’antisionisme propose aux Juifs ? Le retour à la situation d’exil, et d’exposition passive à toutes les formes de la persécution ? À quelle sorte de destin historique l’antisionisme promet-il les Juifs ? Au mieux, à leur disparition en tant que représentants d’une identité singulière, porteur d’un message universel, au pire à leur liquidation physique. L’antisionisme est la nostalgie d’une société où l’on pouvait poursuivre un Juif au cri de Hip ! Hip ! Hip ! (Hieroslima est perdita !/Jérusalem est perdue !), l’humilier et le tuer impunément. Voilà le programme de l’antisionisme. Pour autant, je ne confonds pas l’antisionisme islamo-gauchiste ou génocidaire avec l’asionisme de nombreux Juifs qui font le choix de l’intégration dans les sociétés démocratiques. Ceux-là ont affirmé un choix conséquent, en se détachant à titre individuel du destin collectif d’Israël. Pour moi, ils le font à leurs risques et périls.

YG : La popularisation du terme « islamo-gauchisme » qui désigne la convergence entre certains mouvements de gauche et de l’islam politique permet, pour la première fois depuis des décennies, d’aborder le problème de la désintégration de l’État-Nation à laquelle aspirent les islamistes, les décoloniaux et la gauche radicale. Le sionisme a un statut spécial dans cette constellation. Pourquoi ? Pourquoi n’en parle-t-on pas ou si peu ? Cela semble être le point mort des discussions dans les médias ou entre intellectuels, quand il ne s’agit pas de Pierre-André Taguieff ou de Shmuel Trigano.

GES : Vous avez entièrement raison. Le fait est que l’État d’Israël représente un pôle identitaire affirmé, en tout cas dans les imaginaires collectifs. Et le signifiant « Israël » n’a jamais été compris, il a été combattu, mais pas compris. Le sionisme se trouve dans une situation paradoxale, du fait du caractère anormal ou atypique de l’histoire juive, au regard de la philosophie politique européenne. D’abord, le sionisme est la dernière expression du principe des nationalités, il s’est affirmé pour la première fois, avec un décalage de près d’une génération sur la dynamique d’auto-détermination née du printemps des peuples, en 1848. C’est du reste ainsi que son premier théoricien, Moses Hess, dans Rome et Jérusalem, explicite le titre de son livre en 1862: la dernière question des nationalités. Hess est le premier théoricien du sionisme, en ce sens qu’il renoue avec l’idée du caractère national du peuple juif, idée qui s’est perdue en terre chrétienne. Comment comprendre le sionisme, dans un contexte où l’idée de peuple suppose des critères précis : la base territoriale, la communauté de langue ? Or les Juifs ne sont nulle part chez eux, ils sont dispersés, n’ont plus de langue commune, et sont réduits depuis près de deux millénaires à supporter le carcan symbolique d’une entité théologique, ils sont « le peuple du Livre ». Voilà que sous la pression d’un mouvement antisémite international -pogromes en Russie, statut de dhimmi et violences antijuives dans l’empire ottoman, affaire Dreyfus en France, pétition des 200000 en Allemagne, floraison des ligues et des partis antisémites, etc. – ils entendent reconstituer leur nation. En Allemagne notamment 200000 signataires réclament que les Juifs soient déchus de leurs droits, récemment acquis ; cela se passe plus d’un siècle avant la Shoah, c’est déjà un évènement annonciateur…La dynamique du sionisme est à cet égard constante, depuis Moses Hess, jusqu’à Théodore Herzl, en passant par Léo Pinsker. Il s’agit pour les penseurs sionistes de rendre au peuple juif sa dimension historico-politique, ni plus ni moins.

Or ce n’est pas ainsi que l’entendent les nations, habituées, du fait de la polémique théologique contre le judaïsme, à considérer celui-ci comme une « religion ». Récemment, les travaux de Philippe Borgeaud – en particulier son étude : L’histoire des religions[4], a bien mis en évidence que cette notion de « religion » ne saurait s’appliquer à quelque culture que ce soit, en dehors du christianisme, parce que celui-ci va faire corps avec la « religion impériale » de Rome, et s’en approprier les formes symboliques, en tant que « religion d’État ». Le Judaïsme est une civilisation, qui a été déracinée par les empires. C’est à cette situation que le sionisme a entendu mettre fin. Le second paradoxe tient au fait que la souveraineté juive s’est surtout affirmée concomitamment à la fin de la Seconde Guerre mondiale, à une époque marquée par le reflux du nationalisme, et bientôt la critique de l’État Nation. Le reflux du nationalisme est forcément assimilé au refus du bellicisme et de la violence doctrinale dont ont fait preuve le national-socialisme et les fascismes. Quant à la critique de l’État-Nation, elle s’est peu à peu déduite de la formation de l’Europe supranationale, dans le contexte de la polarisation Est/Ouest, à l’époque de la guerre froide. Une nouvelle ère culturelle s’est épanouie, fortement favorisée par le développement du post-marxisme et du post-structuralisme, sous le rapport de ce que l’on appelle d’un terme assez vague la philosophie post-moderne. Or cette pensée post-moderne est paradoxalement très marquée par la philosophie de Heidegger, l’artisan de Abbau, la destruction/déconstruction de… l’humanisme européen. À cet égard, les analyses de Jean-Pierre Faye (Le Piège[5], mais aussi la Lettre sur Derrida[6]) et celles de son fils Emmanuel Faye (L’introduction du nazisme dans la philosophie[7]) gagnent à être mieux connues. Au-delà du champ philosophique, le principe de la déconstruction a fait souche dans le débat idéologique : l’idéologie décoloniale est une métastase du post-marxisme mâtiné de déconstruction. C’est là que les deux souches virulentes se rejoignent : d’un côté la mauvaise conscience de l’Occident, qui, pour s’exprimer, recycle follement les idées du plus grand penseur nazi du XXè siècle, d’autre part l’idéologie du djihad conquérant, qui révèle le principe historique de l’islam primitif. Ces deux souches culminent dans une posture inlassable de ressentiment, dont Max Scheler a explicité les mécanismes, il y a déjà un siècle[8]. Néanmoins, la critique du néo-antisémitisme que représente sciemment l’antisionisme constitue un angle mort du débat public, comme s’il ne s’agissait que d’une « affaire juive ». Or c’est tout le contraire. Par leur complaisance et leur démagogie, les démocraties occidentales ont joué le jeu de la centrale palestinienne, elles l’ont financée, en relayant sa propagande anti-juive, depuis le milieu des années 60. Si des germes d’antisémitisme demeuraient vivaces en Europe, après la Libération, c’est à l’OLP que le monde actuel doit d’avoir été de nouveau submergé par cette vague d’antisémitisme. L’OLP dont j’ai naguère analysé la Charte[9], demeure le vecteur de propagation le plus virulent : elle a pris le relais de l’Église en matière de diffusion universelle de l’enseignement du mépris. Le discours canoniquede l’antisionisme, sa charte internationale, c’est précisément celle de l’OLP. Par ce texte, l’OLP signe sa double filiation : d’abord nazie et stalinienne, mais aussi par sa tonalité tiers-mondiste qui lui a conféré sa « respectabilité », pendant des décennies, auprès des gauches européennes. A la souche totalitaire, l’OLP emprunte explicitement, le schème conspirationniste des Protocoles des Sages de Sion, au tiers-mondisme, l’OLP emprunte l’idéologie anticolonialiste et l’anti-américanisme.

La charte du Hamas, plus récente, campe sur les mêmes positions. Voilà comment Y. Arafat, le jeune loup du Mufti, a refait surface, dans les années soixante, sous la guise de l’agnus dei au moment de la création du Fatah. Les anciennes connivences se sont manifestées ouvertement au moment du massacre des athlètes israéliens aux jeux olympiques de Munich : cet attentat avait été rendu possible grâce à la caution logistique d’anciens nazis. De nos jours, dans les manifestations « pro-palestiniennes », les « antisionistes » exhibent de nouveau la croix gammée sur leurs banderoles aux couleurs de la Palestine, ce n’est pas l’expression d’un ‘’dérapage’’, mais la signature d’une authentique filiation…Il y a ensuite la connivence totalement inattendue, mais par un effet de conjoncture, du discours des grands médias et du discours de l’extrême gauche, qui ont servi de relais aux prétentions de l’OLP, en fabriquant un véritable catéchisme – en un mot un vulgate– à destination du grand public : les grands médias, en vertu de l’alignement pro-palestinien des gouvernements successifs, depuis 1967, l’extrême gauche par son action continue sur la société civile, et ses capacités d’entrisme à l’université notamment. Voilà très précisément l’origine de la doxa antisioniste. Ceci tisse une trame très complexe, que l’absence totale de connaissance historique rend difficile à dénouer. D’où l’existence d’un phénomène idéologique globalement très structuré, qui constitue du point de vue cognitif une structure de piège, à laquelle il est presque impossible d’échapper. Lorsque la répétition s’en mêle, cela donne un mécanisme psycho-affectif qui court-circuite la possibilité même de la pensée, et impose au tout venant des conduites-réflexes. Cette doxa crée les conditions d’une véritable inhibition cognitive. L’ensemble de ces paramètres, leur combinatoire historique, liée à des stratégies délibérées, gouvernementales mais aussi militantes – de niveau logique entièrement distinct- contribuent à définir l’espace massif de ce « point mort », de ce que j’appelle l’angle mort du débat public en France, mais pas seulement.

YG : Nous savons depuis l’heureuse formule de Jankélévitch que « l’antisionisme est une incroyable aubaine pour les antisémites. L’antisionisme est l’antisémitisme justifié, mis enfin à la portée de tous. Il est permission d’être démocratiquement antisémite ». Nous avons Tariq Ramadan ou encore  Jean-Luc Mélenchon comme exemples d’antisionisme radical. Mais il existe aussi des Juifs antisionistes en France, et des Israéliens antisionistes aussi : cela va de Shlomo Sand jusqu’à Elie Barnavi. Pourriez-vous faire la distinction entre ces formes d’antisionisme ? Qu’est-ce que c’est d’être antisioniste ?

GES : Vladimir Jankélévitch avait vu juste, en identifiant le principe génétique de l’antisionisme. L’antisionisme radical est une forgerie du nazisme et du stalinisme, reprise par le nationalisme islamiste des Palestiniens au début du Mandat britannique sur la Palestine, pour s’opposer à la progression du mouvement sioniste. Jankélévitch, tout comme Poliakov, qui avaient la mémoire des choses, appartiennent à cette génération qui a été témoin de la mue de la judéophobie traditionnelle. Selon moi, l’antisionisme est la dernière modalité historique connue de la judéophobie, après l’antijudaïsme théologique (chrétien puis musulman), et l’antisémitisme moderne (culturel, raciste et/ou nationaliste). Ces trois modalités sont liées par un même invariant : la criminalisation du fait juif, comme je l’ai écrit au début des années 2000 dans mon essai L’antisionisme. Israël/Palestine aux miroirs d’Occident, que Pierre-André Taguieff avait accueilli dans la collection qu’il dirigeait alors aux éditions Berg. À cet égard, l’antisionisme de Tarik Ramadan est congruent avec l’idéologie des Frères musulmans. Si nous savons généralement que son grand-père était le fondateur de la confrérie, l’on sait moins en revanche que son père était l’émissaire pour la Palestine du Grand Mufti de Jérusalem. Quant à Jean-Luc Mélenchon, son antisionisme est celui d’un communiste pro-soviétique reconverti dans le populisme islamo-gauchiste, rien que de très congruent là encore. Il existe donc bien ce que j’appelle une archive judéophobe, très étayée, dont la matrice est recyclée au gré des conjonctures. Sous ce rapport, l’antisionisme est un phénomène idéologique très structuré, qui permet de donner le change, sous le prétexte de faire valoir un point de vue anticolonialiste, aujourd’hui « décolonial ».T. Ramadan et J.-L. Mélenchon, sont des incarnations des souches idéologiques que je viens d’évoquer et de situer l’une par rapport à l’autre. Ce sont des alliés objectifs du point de vue tactique, et des alliés subjectifs du point de vue de leurs convictions propres : l’islamisme radical du premier, le laïcardisme agressif et l’opportunisme électoraliste de l’autre. Il existe aussi une genèse intellectuelle de gauche de l’antisionisme français, qui est lié à certaines lectures juives du marxisme, dans le contexte de l’après-guerre mais aussi de la décolonisation. Je vous propose d’examiner cet éventail de positons. Indépendamment d’une affiliation marxiste, pour beaucoup, le sionisme a été vécu comme une assignation, et la réponse élémentaire a consisté à opposer un refus, en cherchant à théoriser une alternative.

Ce fut le cas d’un intellectuel comme Richard Marienstrass, l’auteur d’Etre un peuple en diaspora (1977), qui reconduisait les conceptions diasporistes de l’historien Simon Dubnov, assassiné au moment de la liquidation du ghetto de Riga. À côté de cela, il faut prendre en considération le cas de la gauche juive, critique du sionisme, modérée ou radicale, qui  s’explique autrement. Cette conception s’origine d’une part dans Marx lui-même, mais très certainement dans les élaborations ultérieures – notamment autonomistes (le Bund) spécifiquement juives, ou internationalistes (trotskystes). L’opusculed’Abraham Léon : La conception matérialiste de ma question juive[10], a exercé une influence notable dans de nombreux milieux juifs détachés du judaïsme traditionnel. On voit pointer là la perspective d’une résolution de la question juive dans le cadre d’un universalisme de sensibilité révolutionnaire. Un universitaire influent en son temps tel que Maxime Rodinson, a occupé une place central dans ce dispositif. Auteur de Question juive ou problème juif ? ,il a fixé pour longtemps la norme de l’interprétation « coloniale » du sionisme, en donnant le ton par son article rédigé pour l’Encyclopaedia Universalis au début des années 70 du vingtième siècle. Simultanément, la descendance idéologique de communistes d’origine juive, tel que Henri Curiel, via Le Monde diplomatique, avec des vecteurs d’opinion comme son fils Alain Greisch, ou Dominique Vidal – tous deux passionnément antisionistes- a contribué et continue encore à brouiller les cartes sur la question de savoir qui est juif et surtout comment l’être. Ce sont ces intellectuels de gauche, « universalistes », qui ont contribué à ethniciser le sionisme, à le défigurer en présentant des versions controuvées de la révolution sioniste. Ces deux journalistes, experts auto-proclamés du Proche Orient ont consacré une bonne partie de leurs écrits et de leurs interventions à tâcher d’apporter la démonstration de l’indépendance de l’antisionisme et de l’antisémitisme.

Au regard de la connaissance historiques, ce sont des gesticulations sans pertinence, de pures théorisations polémiques qui servent des buts de conquête idéologique de l’espace public. Quant à leur collusion avec l’islamisme radical, elle est une caractéristique intrinsèque de leur engagement[11]. En leur temps, cela ne les a pas empêchés de suggérer à l’OLP de se rapprocher de la gauche européenne, ni de s’aligner eux-mêmes sur le principe du « socialisme dans un seul pays », qui, après tout, est un ultra-nationalisme, un nationalisme impérial au sens obvie de ce terme. Quelque chose de cette fibre est passé dans la gauche française parlementaire, laquelle entre socialisme et communisme a longtemps balancé pour adopter une position claire sur ce sujet. Les communistes ont toujours hurlé avec les loups, au nom de l’anticolonialisme et de l’anti-impérialisme. Quant aux socialistes ils étaient divisés, ou ambivalents, ou dans le déni. On se souvient du retournement du Parti Socialiste, pour des motifs électoralistes, au début des années 2000 : il suffit de rappeler les positions d’un Pascal Boniface, auteur de : Est-il permis de critiquer Israël ?, mais aussi à l’attitude de Lionel Jospin, alors premier ministre, au moment de la deuxième intifada : il n’y avait pas d’antisémitisme dans les universités, et l’antisionisme était un non-sujet… Le cas des israéliens antisionistes est différent, même si leur discours entre en convergence avec celui des antisionistes radicaux, en leur conférant une précieuse justification (« si ce sont des Juifs qui le disent, alors il est illégitime de nous taxer d’antisémitisme », etc.). L’antisionisme israélien repose sur plusieurs composantes. Il a différentes sources : le Berit Chalom[12], le sionisme marxiste, le sionisme socialiste, pénétré de moralisme, les nouveaux historiens, et le post-sionisme, qui est la modalité israélienne du post-modernisme. Chez les militants du Berit Chalom, règne une certaine naïveté, qui se condense dans l’impératif d’une éthique sans politique, à l’heure des pogroms antijuifs déclenchés par le mouvement palestinien ! De cette posture, il reste l’essentiel chez les antionistes israéliens, qui est un moralisme belliciste. Ainsi, le cas de Shlomo Sand est paradigmatique : il cumule la posture moraliste, le rejet de la tradition juive, comme prisme d’intelligibilité de la signification historique du sionisme, et l’adhésion crypto-communiste à la critique anticolonialiste, héritée du prisme de lecture marxiste. Quant à Elie Barnavi, ou à Abraham Bourg, ils sont représentatifs de l’élite du pays, installé, comme beaucoup d’intellectuels, dans la posture du donneur de leçon, également perméables au thème marxiste et post-marxiste de la prétendue culpabilité de l’Occident. Pour moi, ces esprits se leurrent, leur analyse est fausse, car elle prend pour référentiel les catégories de l’historiographie hégélienne : les Juifs ne sauraient avoir d’État, et s’ils en ont un, il ne faut surtout pas que celui-ci se distingue par des traits de caractère juifs. Mais le sionisme c’est précisément cela. Il a été pensé par le peuple juif dans un moment de grand péril, pour rétablir la souveraineté juive, en assumant l’histoire juive. Le sionisme authentique n’est pas en rupture avec le messianisme juif, il le vivifie mais ne l’abolit pas.

Les antisionistes juifs, on peut le présumer, expriment d’abord un besoin de normalisation, qui cache une demande d’amour : « ’Acceptez-nous, aimez-nous, nous ne sommes pas différents de vous, nous sommes comme vous ». À ce compte, il était inutile de se défendre contre la judéophobie, ou de chercher à affirmer une indépendance nationale. Les nations avaient envisagé tout ce qui pouvait convenir à ces Juifs-malgré-eux : depuis l’universalisme-assimilationniste des Lumières, jusqu’à la solution finale des nazis. C’est ce malaise, ce refus d’être soi-même qui explique l’histrionisme pathétique d’un Shlomo Sand, et avant lui d’un Michel Warshawski.  Que l’ENS-Ulm accueille Sand en conférencier est un signe marquant de décadence culturelle. Je crois qu’étant donné le peu de rigueur intellectuel de Sand, même Louis Althusser ne l’aurait pas toléré … On serait tenté, dans le cas de Sand, d’arguer de la haine de soi, dont Théodore Lessing a fait l’analyse.. Mais je ne suis pas favorable à cette analyse psychologique. Il s’agit pour moi d’un problème idéologique qui a sans doute des conséquences psychiques. Lessing parlait pour une certaine catégorie de Juifs cruellement atteints par le malaise identitaire dans une société qui les rejetait, en dépit de leur volonté d’assimilation et de leur loyalisme. Tout cela c’était avant la Shoah, et avant la création de l’État d’Israël. L’antisionisme d’une partie des israéliens n’a plus grand-chose à voir avec ce phénomène individuel. Il est le symptôme partiellement collectif d’une volonté de normalisation. Volonté très marquée à gauche notamment : « Être un peuple comme les autres », mais sans la fierté patriotique des premiers sionistes. N’est-ce pas l’écrivain A. B. Yehoshua qui a publié un essai au titre éloquent : Pour une normalité juive. Selon cet auteur, la normalité juive, c’est la normalité des nations, mais dans un contexte historico-politique, où à l’heure des nations précisément, la judaïté cesserait d’être un point de reconnaissance identitaire. Cette tendance s’explique encore justement par le poids rétrospectif mais toujours pesant que représente le double héritage de l’histoire juive, sous son versant négatif avec la Shoah, dont il ne faut pas sous-estimer la gravité en matière de traumatisme collectif, et sous son versant biblique non pas « particulariste », mais singulier. Ce double héritage est très lourd à porter. Comme l’a montré E. Yakira dans : Sionisme, post-modernisme, Shoah[13], l’État d’Israël s’est en partie construit contre l’histoire du judaïsme diasporique. Les fondateurs ont voulu apurer les comptes, et bâtir une nation israélienne qui ne serait plus comptable de ce passé qui était aussi un passif. Ce sionisme déraciné de son historicité -positive (la tradition du judaïsme historique) et négative (la Shoah, rançon de la judéophobie diasporique)- c’est cela qui a fait le lit du post-sionisme. Il y a enfin le cas d’intellectuels dont on ne peut pas dire qu’ils soient antisionistes, mais qui du fait de leur adhésion au schéma de l’analyse marxiste de l’histoire tendent à ignorer la singularité de l’histoire juive, en projetant sur l’histoire du sionisme les mécanismes coloniaux. Il est symptomatique que lorsqu’ils sont francophones, ces intellectuels fourbissent leur critique en usant de références qui sont celles de la colonisation française. Ils seront ainsi enclins à analyser le conflit palestino-israélien dans les mêmes termes que des militants du F.L.N analysaient la nécessité de l’indépendance algérienne. Je me souviens ainsi d’une soirée thématique, au début des années 90, à la cinémathèque de Tel-Aviv, organisée par Denis Charbit et Elie Barnavi, autour de la projection du film : La bataille d’Alger. Voilà le fonds de commerce idéologique de la gauche israélienne, à l’heure du débat sur l’identité nationale… Après la projection, tout l’échange avec la salle a tourné autour de l’argumentaire selon lequel les Israéliens agissaient dans les « territoires » comme les bérets rouges de Bigeard avec le F.L.N. Ce jugement faux n’est pas de nature à enrichir la compréhension des véritables enjeux du refus palestinien. À partir de ce schème, plusieurs générations d’Israéliens déculturés, ont été éduqués par de mauvais maîtres avec la conviction d’être issus d’une nation d’envahisseurs et de colons, au sens des impérialismes européens. Mais un Juif ne sera jamais un « colon » en Judée ! L’inculcation de ce même schéma dans les universités, et le développement de deux discours concomitants, à partir de grilles de lecture complètement inappropriées, à quoi se sont ajoutées les thèses analogues des « nouveaux historiens » (exception faite de Benny Morris) procède d’une erreur de jugement, qu’il est aisé de repérer.

Y.G. : Vous avez fait allusion au climat qui règne dans les universités françaises. Quel rôle jouent-elles dans la diffusion de l’antisionisme ?

G.-E.S. : Ce sont moins les universités en tant que telles que certains universitaires, militants actifs de la cause palestinienne, qui ont considérablement pesé dans la politisation des universités. Au fil des décennies, celles-ci sont devenues des foyers significatifs de promotion de l’antisionisme. Une fois encore cela remonte à la fin des années soixante, lorsque l’extrême gauche a inventé de toute pièce la cause palestinienne, comme un motif clef de la mobilisation du monde étudiant. D’année en année, il s’est créé un profil type de l’universitaire progressiste, nécessairement hostile à Israël, précisément sur le thème anticolonialiste, ce qui en dit long sur l’ignorance ou la mauvaise foi partisane de ces individus. Ils n’ont aucune autonomie de pensée, puisqu’ils participent par leurs discours consensuel d’une culture du psittacisme qui leur donne forcément raison… Au début des années 2000, ces mêmes collègues ont été des acteurs actifs du BDS, et nous avions dû faire beaucoup d’efforts pour enrayer une première fois ce mouvement. Ce sont les mêmes qui ont érigé en spécialité professionnelle l’analyse du discours des candidats à la présidence de la République, ou bien l’analyse du discours du Front national, pensant ainsi faire acte de résistance. Comme si l’histoire se répétait. Mais voilà une conception bien pauvre de la fonction critique, aussi bien que de la résistance, puisqu’à bien considérer les positions politiques en jeu, ces mêmes universitaires-militants forment la 5è colonne de l’islam radical. Ils représentent un certain dévoiement de la gauche, puisque par la nature même de leurs actions, ils fédèrent la nouvelle internationale antisémite, en lui offrant une caution académique. En admettant qu’il y ait quelque chose de progressiste à défendre la cause palestinienne, je pense avoir rappelé ce que cette cause avait de sujette à caution à sa racine même. Comment des gens qui se prétendent démocrates peuvent cautionner un mouvement dont l’idéologie de référence est celle des Frères musulmans ? Il y a là une sorte de dissociation philosophique que je m’explique mal, puisqu’à tout prendre, ces fonctionnaires de la République cautionnent quand même un projet – si on peut encore user de ce terme – profondément rétrograde : le refus de la souveraineté juive, la diffusion de l’agenda politique du terrorisme, et bien entendu le rejet de la société ouverte. Le discours de cette clique est celui d’une nouvelle forme de  fascisme: désignation de l’ennemi (« l’entité sioniste », « les sionistes »), suivi de son essentialisation (« colons », « occupants », avec toutes les connotations inhérentes à ces termes en Europe), le simplisme idéologique, le révisionnisme historique, l’esprit de délation, etc. Il s’agit d’une véritable institutionnalisation de la délinquance, fondée sur la diffusion d’un nouvel enseignement du mépris qui fait lien avec le modus operandi de l’antisémitisme classique. La péjoration constante du sionisme, ainsi que la délégitimation morale de l’État d’Israël, les mensonges régulièrement distillés n’ont pas peu contribué à la subversion du débat public. En ce sens le nouvel antisémitisme se trouve alimenté par le discours des ennemis d’Israël entré en convergence avec celui que véhicule, pour des raisons économiques ou électoralistes, les élites gouvernementales. Ce climat fait chorus avec la désinformation qui prévaut en France, si bien que ces enseignants portent une grande part de responsabilité dans l’effondrement du niveau culturel et le décervelage des étudiants dont ils ont la charge. Il y a enfin un paradoxe qui ne laisse de me faire méditer : l’antisionisme s’affirme au nom de l’amour de la paix, mais il faut bien dire qu’en tant que pacifisme de principe, il constitue la forme la plus sournoise du bellicisme.

YG : La France soutient l’OLP, organisation terroriste dirigée aujourd’hui par un négationniste, Mahmoud Abbas, couronné par l’Académie des Science russe pour sa thèse qui met en doute la Shoah. Elle a aussi soutenu son prédécesseur, Arafat, auteur de nombreux actes terroristes, organisateur de massacres génocidaires au Liban dont peu de français ont entendu parler. Quel est l’intérêt de la France dans ce soutien ?

GES : Les intérêts géopolitiques de la France ont amené les régimes et les gouvernements successifs à considérer que le monde arabe était un débouché et un allié naturel : sous la  monarchie, l’empire, la République, c’est un invariant. Au sortir de la Seconde Guerre mondiale, nous savons que la France a offert l’asile au Mufti de Jérusalem, qu’elle a aussi permis sa fuite, sous une fausse identité, ce qui lui a permis d’échapper au Procès de Nuremberg. La France savait ce qu’elle faisait, mais elle l’a fait en songeant au bénéfice qu’elle pourrait un jour tirer de ce geste. Après le renversement d’alliance, le tournant anti-israélien pris par De Gaulle, la France a choisi de s’impliquer en faveur de la cause palestinienne : Arafat, qui avait été l’émule du Mufti (il comptait au nombre de ses proches à l’époque de l’alliance entre le mouvement national palestinien et la diplomatie nazie), est devenu un allié fiable et fidèle. Elle lui a témoigné son soutien, et l’a accueilli dans ses deniers jours à l’hôpital des armées du Val de Grâce, tout un poème. Mais c’est aussi la France, qui a offert l’hospitalité à l’imam Khomeini, en chemin vers Téhéran, au moment de la révolution islamique. C’est cela la realpolitik…C’est encore la France républicaine qui a doté l’Irak antisioniste de Saddam Hussein d’un réacteur nucléaire que l’aviation israélienne a détruit pour ne pas permettre qu’Israël vive sous la menace d’une extermination nucléaire. N’eusse-t-il pas été plus cohérent que la France des Lumières, persiste à s’affirmer l’alliée naturelle d’Israël, après Vichy, après des siècles de présence des communautés juives en France ? C’est aussi la France républicaine qui a délibérément pris le parti de désinformer les citoyens français, en distillant via l’AFP les contre-vérités les plus grossières. Realpolitik, une fois de plus. Selon la même ligne de cohérence diplomatique, c’est encore la France qui détient à l’ONU le record des condamnations d’Israël, aux côtés de la majorité automatique, traditionnellement hostile à Israël (en vertu de la théologie politique de l’islam). Ceci étant, j’attends le moment où les paix d’Abraham, récemment conclues entre Israël et ses principaux ennemis arabes, porteront de tels fruits, que certains secteurs de l’Europe seront les derniers tenants de l’antisionisme, tandis que l’antisionisme sera devenu minoritaire parmi ses principaux tenants historiques. Aujourd’hui le gouvernement de Khartoum demande la « normalisation » avec Israël, alors que c’est à Khartoum que fut proclamé par la Ligue Arabe, en 1967, le programme des « 3 non à Israël » : non à la reconnaissance, non à la négociation, non à la paix… La topologie internationale sera entièrement modifiée : il y aura d’un côté les anciens ennemis ligués dans des alliances de coopération, et de l’autre les antisionistes has been, décoloniaux et post-modernes, emmenés par la France, avec ses mantras du Quai d’Orsay (« la solution à deux États »…). La position intangible de la France participe d’une longue tradition de réalisme politique et de pusillanimité, très bien analysée par David Pryce-Jones, dans son ouvrage : Un siècle de trahison, la diplomatie française, les Juifs et Israël (1894-2007). À mes yeux, cela est impardonnable, car la France – précisément en tant que puissance impériale et coloniale- a été présente dans le monde arabo-musulman pendant près d’un siècle et demi. N’a-t-elle rien retenu de cette si longue présence ? N’a-t-elle tiré aucune leçon du jusqu’auboutisme du FLN, dont les historiens admettent seulement aujourd’hui les racines islamistes ? En un sens nous avons là le même phénomène qu’avec l’OLP, qui est en réalité une émanation des Frères Musulmans palestiniens, mais qui a eu l’intelligence tactique de se couler dans le tiers-mondisme pour rendre acceptable son antisionisme. Le véritable point de mue se situe là, c’est cela la convergence des luttes…

YG : Pourquoi qualifiez-vous de mantra la position française et européenne de « la solution à deux États » ?

GES : Pour plusieurs raisons. Tout d’abord, parce que cette formulation, aujourd’hui dotée d’une efficience quasi-hypnotique, n’est qu’un argument d’autorité, dans la mesure où elle fait écho avec les pseudo-arguments de la sous-culture antisioniste. La prétendue « solution à deux États » est la traduction diplomatique du narratif palestinien, de la contre-vérité selon laquelle « le » sionisme, et l’État d’Israël sont fondés sur l’exclusion et l’expulsion des Arabes de Palestine. Or il faut ici rappeler un certain nombre de faits, que la propagande et la Realpolitik méprisent sans reste. Tout d’abord la Palestine, qui est le cadre de référence géopolitique à l’intérieur duquel se sont développés les deux nationalismes – juif et arabe- n’a jamais été le cadre de la moindre entité nationale palestinienne. « La » Palestine fait alors partie de la grande Palestine, qui inclut alors la Syrie et le Liban. Du reste, les congrès nationalistes ne se tiennent pas en « Palestine » (ni à Gaza, ni à « Jérusalem-Est », ni à Jéricho), mais à Damas. Pendant la période du Mandat britannique sur la Palestine (une autre partie de la Palestine est confiée à l’administration française…), les « Palestiniens » du Mufti de Jérusalem n’auront pas le moindre respect pour les communautés juives religieuses, ce dont témoigne le massacre de Hébron, notamment. Lorsqu’ensuite, au sortir de la Seconde Guerre mondiale, l’ONU vote le partage de la Palestine, en deux États – l’un juif, l’autre arabe-, les Arabes palestiniens, ont la possibilité d’affirmer leur dignité nationale. Non seulement ils rejettent cette décision internationale, mais ils se lancent avec la Ligue Arabe, dans une guerre d’extermination contre l’État d’Israël, car le mouvement sioniste, quant à lui, a dit « oui » à ce partage, et s’en contente. La possibilité d’un État palestinien faisait donc partie de l’agenda international, et il a été refusé au mépris du droit international. Après la défaite militaire, les Arabes de Palestine, sous la emmenés par le Fatah, ont inventé le terrorisme international, c’était leur alternative au droit international, précisément. Il faut encore rappeler, et cela ne choque personne et n’a jamais choqué personne, que les Britanniques ont créé la « Trans-Jordanie » (l’actuelle Jordanie) en …1922, pour trouver justement une solution nationale au « problème palestinien ». Tout cela est oublié. À la suite de la guerre d’indépendance, les portions territoriales allouées à l’État Arabe de Palestine, ont été annexées, respectivement par l’Égypte (la bande de Gaza) et la Jordanie (la Cisjordanie). Ce n’est qu’à la fin des années soixante-dix que l’Égypte et la Jordanie ont renoncé à leurs annexions, obligeant Israël à se débrouiller avec les populations de ces territoires. Il s’est produit dans l’intervalle deux autres guerres d’extermination – celle de 1967 et celle de 1973- que la Ligue arabe a encore perdues. Puis, l’État d’Israël a cru bon d’engager des négociations avec la centrale palestinienne (OLP), ce qui a conduit aux Accords d’Oslo, parce que depuis la création du Fatah et le ralliement international à « la cause palestinienne », la terre entière exigeait à l’unisson une « solution à deux États ». Nous connaissons la suite : aux termes des Accords de 1993 (Oslo), les « Palestiniens » ont obtenu l’autonomie politique graduelle. C’est la vague d’attentats des années suivantes qui a enrayé ce processus, et l’irrédentisme des mêmes « Palestiniens », bientôt rejoints par la faction plus radicale du Hamas. Depuis 2006, les « Palestiniens » sont gouvernés par deux entités politiques : le Hamas dans la Bande de Gaza, l’Autorité palestinienne en « Judée-Samarie », c’est-à-dire sur le territoire qui est le berceau historique du peuple juif. Voilà pourquoi le principe de « la solution à deux États » est un mantra hypnotique, parce qu’en vérité il existe déjà trois entités nationales palestiniennes : une monarchie (la Jordanie), un mini-État islamique (la Bande de Gaza), et une dictature tiers-mondiste (Jéricho et ses dépendances). En sorte que l’État palestinien que revendique l’antisionisme coïncide avec l’exigence inacceptable de la disparition de l’État d’Israël en tant qu’État du peuple juif. À cet égard, alors que les antisionistes et leurs émules moutonniers se sont fait une spécialité de dénoncer les « crimes de guerre » d’Israël, et les entorses au droit, ce sont eux en vérité qui incarnent le parangon du non- respect du droit international, et ceci depuis le début de l’histoire d’un conflit, dont ils sont les uniques responsables.

Si l’antisionisme ainsi compris triomphait, la solution à « deux États », serait en vérité une solution à quatre États : l’État d’Israël, devenu binational, la Bande de Gaza, la Jordanie, et les territoires de l’Autorité palestinienne de M. Abbas. Le principe de la « solution à deux États » est une formule qui n’a qu’une portée et qu’une valeur idéologique, dans un monde désymbolisé. Il est le symptôme manifeste de ce que l’Europe, mais aussi une partie des États-Unis, et par extension tous les partisans de la « solution à deux Etats » ignorent avec l’histoire les rudiments du calcul mental, en se convertissant massivement au narratif palestinien, qui est la version laïque de la sha’ada – la formule religieuse de la conversion à l’Islam. Du reste si les analphabètes ne savent pas lire, ils ont à tout le moins la possibilité de s’informer par des supports visuels : il suffit de ne pas être aveugle pour lire sans le moindre risque d’erreur la signification du logo de l’OLP, ou celui du Hamas. Le logo de l’OLP représente la géographie de l’actuel État d’Israël, couverte par deux fusils croisés, tandis que celui du Hamas, représente la Mosquée d’El Aqsa, auréolée de deux sabres : un beau mélange des deux versions de l’islam, radical avec les cimeterres  de l’expansion des premiers siècles, et « modéré » avec les fusils vendus par la Russie, et la Chine. On ne peut mieux établir le caractère substitutif de la « cause palestinienne », qui est le nouveau cri de ralliement des antisémites, pour toutes les raisons que j’ai dites. À tous égards, c’est l’antisionisme qui est intrinsèquement hors la loi.

YG : Vous faites apparaître le caractère pervers de ce narratif, banalisé à l’extrême

GES: Pour le moins, puisque le narratif palestinien est un narratif de substitution du narratif de l’histoire juive. La différence entre les deux narratifs, c’est que le narratif juif articule une mémoire historique, alors que le narratif palestinien est un leurre idéologique, l’un des aspects du caractère spéculaire de toute idéologie. Le narratif palestinien donne à reconnaître quelque chose qui ressemble à la passion du Christ. Les « Palestiniens » sont les nouveaux crucifiés… Leur propagande victimaire a su exploiter tous les ressorts de l’âme occidentale, et de la culpabilité européenne. Quoi de plus apaisant pour des nations qui ont été le théâtre de la Shoah de se convaincre, à l’unisson avec les faussaires du Hamas et les négationnistes de l’OLP que « les victimes d’hier, sont les bourreaux d’aujourd’hui », en faisant accroire qu’Israël a mis en œuvre « le génocide du Peuple palestinien » ? Le narratif palestinien reprend mot pour mot les éléments de langage de la mémoire juive : la clef de la maison que l’on a dû abandonner, le thème de l’exil et de la diaspora, celui de la spoliation, des massacres, de la résistance « héroïque » (des « combattants palestiniens »), analogue de celle du ghetto de Varsovie. C’était la rhétorique du journal Libération, à l’issue de la première guerre du Liban, au moment où l’OLP a quitté Beyrouth, sous escorte internationale. En leur temps, les combattants du Ghetto de Varsovie, qui étaient sionistes, et qui ont livré leur combat dans l’indifférence générale, n’ont pas eu cette chance…

Le motif de « la clef de la maison », est un emprunt aux récits des Juifs sépharades et orientaux expulsés des pays arabes après les indépendances. De ce seul point de vue, l’antisionisme a aussi su faire oublier qu’un million de Juifs ont été expulsés des pays arabes, entre 1948 et 1975, et qu’à ce jour il ne subsiste plus une seule communauté juive d’importance significative sous ces latitudes. Je suis moi-même issue d’une famille sépharade, et à ma connaissance, aucun Juif issu de ces contrées n’a été élevé dans la haine de ses anciens voisins, ni envisagé de demander un statut de réfugié héréditaire…Quant aux comparaisons outrancières, elles sont des lieux communs bien connus de la presse de gauche et d’extrême gauche, depuis que l’AFP, s’est mise au service de la « cause palestinienne », et qu’elle diffuse journellement les contes et légende de Palestine à l’intention de populations anesthésiées. On conçoit aisément la part de distorsion, de manipulation et de cynisme qui entre dans cette réécriture intégrale de l’histoire. En vérité la progression de l’antisionisme, lorsque l’on évoque la profondeur de son arrière-plan historique, se confond avec l’histoire d’une catastrophe culturelle de très grande ampleur : déshistorisation, naturalisation de contre-vérités, standardisation des mentalités, dégradation de la vie politique, subversion militante des institutions, polarisation extrême des adversaires, langue de bois et langue de coton, nivellement des « élites »,  « rationalisme morbide », au sens de la psychopathologie.

YG : La cause palestinienne est la raison d’entente entre tous les mouvements destructeurs qu’on appelle depuis une vingtaine d’années « islamogauchistes ». Si la France et l’Europe soutiennent cette cause contre Israël, comment espérer venir à bout de la haine d’Israël et comment arrêter la destruction de l’État Nation dont Israël donne l’image exemplaire et si détestée par les décoloniaux ?

GES: Notez bien que pour la coalition islamo-gauchiste, la destruction de l’État-Nation, et le harcèlement d’Israël sont de bonnes et saintes causes. Il n’y a que ceux qui se reconnaissent dans la forme de l’État-Nation, ceux qui mesurent la vie politique à l’aune des prérogatives et des devoirs de l’État-Nation – notamment démocratique- qui se sentent affectés par ce que vous qualifiez de destructivité. Il y a également ceux pour lesquels la souveraineté d’Israël est indiscutable, qui ont encore conscience du danger que représente l’islamo-gauchisme, pas seulement sur le plan politique, mais également culturel et sociétale. Une Europe des nations, qui exprimerait formellement son attachement à la démocratie, aux principes de la société ouverte, sans rien concéder à ses ennemis, serait sans doute la première étape de ce nécessaire redressement. Ensuite, un sérieux examen de conscience de la classe politique, de la gauche en particulier, aujourd’hui éclatée et divisée. Les fractions de droite aussi doivent se poser des questions, tout particulièrement la droite mondialiste, qui n’a eu de cesse pour des motifs économistes de contribuer à l’affaiblissement des identités nationales. Un débat sérieux doit se mener en Europe sur l’identité et la raison d’être de ce que Husserl appelait le telos de l’humanité européenne. Mais le problème est que les États-Nations européens n’ont pas fait le choix de défendre l’État d’Israël, et cela apparaît finalement comme leur talon d’Achille : comment concilier l’universalisme abstrait avec l’engagement soutenu qu’exigerait la défense d’Israël, qui, après tout, se situe dans le même camp politique et culturel qu’eux-mêmes ? Les élites européennes doivent cesser de se montrer pusillanimes et d’encourager à l’abdication de tout patriotisme. Cela me paraît d’autant plus nécessaire que l’État-nation laïc et universaliste est une forme historique, comme telle susceptible de passer. Or du point de vue historique, les identités ont été contenues et justifiées par deux sortes d’ensembles : étatiques ou impériaux. À quoi ressemblerait l’Europe fondée sur le principe de l’État-nation, en cas de victoire de l’islamo-gauchisme ?

YG : Quel rôle jouent les intellectuels dans la propagation des idées antisémites et antisionistes ? Qui sont aujourd’hui les propagateurs essentiels des idées anti-juives ?

GES : Tous ceux qui les diffusent, mais aussi tous ceux qui sont indifférents à leur diffusion et ne s’y opposent pas explicitement ni publiquement. Le spectre est assez large, il peut inclure nombre de nos collègues pour lesquels l’antisionisme, sa banalisation, font partie des naturalités de la vie politique et civique française avec lesquelles il est possible de composer. Par leur inaction, ils y contribuent. Qui ne dit mot consent. Je crois discerner quelques sursauts en ce moment, mais ils se sont tus longtemps, optant pour la posture de la majorité silencieuse en temps de crise. En sorte que là comme naguère l’antisémitisme était une affaire juive, aujourd’hui l’antisionisme est-il l’affaire de ce que la propagande désigne comme les « sionistes », avec cette tonalité d’invective qui entache aujourd’hui l’usage de ce signe. Cela me rappelle le mot du pasteur Niemöller : «  Quand les nazis sont venus chercher les communistes, je n’ai rien dit, je n’étais pas communiste ; Quand ils ont enfermé les sociaux-démocrates, je n’ai rien dit, je n’étais pas social-démocrate ; Quand ils sont venus chercher les syndicalistes, je n’ai rien dit, je n’étais pas syndicaliste ; Quand ils sont venus me chercher, il ne restait plus personne pour protester.  » Puissent nos collègues n’avoir pas réagi trop tard. Mais c’est une loi toute humaine, démentie par un nombre infime d’intellectuels – je pense à François Rastier. Les gens ne réagissent, s’ils le peuvent encore, que lorsqu’ils se sentent inquiétés dans leurs intérêts immédiats, ce sont des mécanismes corporatistes. Les intellectuels anti-décolonialistes réagissent aujourd’hui, parce qu’ils ont fini par se sentir concernés par les attaques du décolonialisme. Comme la plupart sont aujourd’hui gênés pour faire leur travail – la grande majorité sont des professeurs d’universités, et mieux encore des professeurs en retraite, presque au sens militaire du mot ! – eh bien ils réagissent, et pour les plus âgés, ils se désolent de voir les outrages que l’on fait subir à leur Alma Mater. Où étaient-ils depuis les premiers coups de boutoir de l’islamo-gauchisme ? Étaient-ils sourds, ou aveugles, ou naïvement persuadés que ce mouvement ne sortirait pas des marges ? Quant à s’impliquer pour réfuter la xénophobie antisioniste, à ce jour, et depuis 20 ans je n’ai pas lu une ligne de l’un d’entre eux sur ce sujet. Cela doit faire partie de ce qui est supportable, et peut être normal, voire éthiquement acceptable. Ils sont aussi comptables d’un clivage que toute la gauche, disons respectable, de Mitterand à Hollande, mais aussi la droite – de De Gaulle à Macron- a fortement inculquée : il faut protéger les Juifs, sanctuariser les victimes de la Shoah- mais il est nécessaire de participer aux pogroms médiatiques et diplomatiques contre Israël. Au mieux, ils s’abstiennent. C’est proprement le fait d’une cécité, aussi bien en matière de connaissance historique que de façonnement du « citoyen français ». Mais à leur décharge, je dois admettre qu’il était peut-être difficile d’interpréter que l’antisionisme des années 2000 était le signe avant-coureur de l’idéologie décolonialiste protéiforme qu’ils combattent aujourd’hui. Ceux qui le font, tous les collègues qui se sont aujourd’hui fédérés dans l’Observatoire du décolonialisme ne manquent ni de courage ni d’acuité pour le combattre et le réfuter avec une belle intelligence, et l’engagement dont ils témoignent les honorent. À côté de cela, la naturalisation de l’antisionisme, radical puis distingué, sous couvert de critique de la politique israélienne, est un tropisme caractéristique de la mentalité européenne, l’une de ses figures obligées. Or tout est là, sur l’échelle du préjugé, où situer le degré d’acceptabilité d’un énoncé ? Par leur non-interventionnisme, par leur silence – embarrassé ou complice- les intellectuels jouent donc un rôle majeur, celui de vecteurs d’opinion, même quand ils ne font rien, du moment qu’ils ne s’y opposent pas. Tout dépend, au-delà de la sphère académique, ce que l’on entend par « intellectuel » : les journalistes qui sont aujourd’hui des militants pro-palestiniens, et qui ont contribué à désinformer la population sur Israël, en relayant le narratif de l’OLP sont-ils des intellectuels ? Qu’est-ce qu’un porte-parole alphabétisé mais entièrement ignorant, et entièrement conditionné par le Zeitgeist de son aire culturelle ?

YG : Des personnalités phares du néo-féminisme radical se distinguent par leur antisionisme affiché. Judith Butler soutient ouvertement le mouvement BDS et signe régulièrement les pétitions anti-israéliennes, elle n’hésite pas à déclarer que les Frères Musulmans sont une organisation démocratique et qu’Israël est un état colonisateur. Angela Davis est une illustre antisioniste, la très décoloniale Françoise Vergès n’hésite pas à parler de l’état colonial, militariste, machiste et indifférent à l’autre. Pourquoi ces féministes radicales se fixent sur Israël à l’instar des décoloniaux, de la gauche radicale et des islamistes ?

GES : En agissant comme elles le font, toutes ces personnalités ont la conviction de témoigner publiquement de leur engagement humaniste et universaliste. Autrement, elles ne le feraient pas. C’est donc qu’elles ont intériorisé les équations efficaces dont je parlais tout à l’heure. Mais au fond de leur engagement, il se joue pour elles, un combat éthique de premier plan, très caractéristique de la post-modernité : c’est la lutte contre la civilisation patriarcale. Mieux, c’est la volonté d’en découdre avec le fantasme du patriarcat oppressif. De ce seul point de vue, le féminisme radical se déduit de l’antijudaïsme qui sous-tend l’antisionisme. Le signifiant Israël agrège toutes les figures de l’autorité : le père, le juge, le maître, le guerrier… Ce radicalisme est la marque de l’intolérance à ce que représente la figure archétype du juif. Il n’est donc pas étonnant que la convergence des luttes s’articulent également sur un substrat symbolique qu’il s’agit de contester à sa racine. C’est une expression de ce que les psychanalystes Bella Grumberger et Jeanine Chasseguet-Smirgelont appelé L’univers contestationnaire. Il s’agit toujours de tuer le juif symbolique. C’est le principe même de la désymbolisation contemporaine, qui consiste à s’attaquer au cadre du moralisme judéo-chrétien présumé. Il y a au fond de cette posture un fantasme parricide. Les psychanalystes les plus avisés ont identifié et dénoncé le danger d’une telle geste : la contestation de la tradition est au cœur de la destruction des généalogies que garantit le nom du père. Or le monde d’après Auschwitz se distingue justement par ce que A. Mitscherlich a appelé « la société sans père », et Lacan après lui le « déclin de la fonction paternelle ». Le mal est profond, et ce même diagnostic reconduit par des auteurs plus récents : Charles Melman, Jean-Pierre Winter, etc. Il y a peut-être une corrélation entre la destruction des Juifs d’Europe et la poursuite du fantasme parricide. Ce même fantasme commande d’abord les polémiques théologiques, il s’agit toujours de détrôner le père, de le remplacer. L’antisionisme est une figure freudienne, la horde des fils lancés dans la reconduction inlassable du meurtre du père, et revendiquant pour eux une infinité de droit, une jouissance infinie.

YG : Y-a-t-il une particularité de l’antisionisme de certains intellectuels juifs, comme J. Butler que j’évoquais à l’instant, ou bien N. Chomsky ?

GES : Le discours que tient J. Butler procède d’une posture typiquement juive, caractéristique de l’Amérique du Nord. N. Chomsky l’a précédée, au nom de la critique de l’impérialisme. Le propre de ces « intellectuels juifs » est précisément de ne plus se rallier au judaïsme au sens historique et culturel de ce terme. Ce profil intellectuel s’analyse en termes très particuliers. Ces intellectuels appartiennent à la tradition du radicalisme américain, assez proche de la philosophie libertaire, quoique Butler ait évoluée vers la déconstruction, ce que n’a pas fait Chomsky, lequel campe sur des positions qui sont celles du paradigme anti-impérialiste « classique ». Il s’agit d’intellectuels d’origine juive, entièrement déjudaisés. Ils ont été littéralement aspirés par la logique centrifuge du narratif victimaire, distinctif du palestinisme. Ils sont également très représentatifs, à ce titre, des effets clivants de la judéophobie : la culpabilisation des Juifs par la propagande palestinienne, a poussé nombre de bons esprits à se désolidariser du peuple juif et du destin national du peuple juif, en préférant un choix individualiste, plus fortement valorisé dans le contexte d’une culture académique-universaliste. Autrement dit, c’est un ethos. À cet égard, ils sont des incarnations de l’universalisme abstrait, sans se rendre compte qu’en tant qu’idéologie dominante de l’impérium Nord-américain, cette posture est un ethnocentrisme qui s’ignore. Il en résulte que toute identité singulière collective, devient la cible de leur péjoration. Dans la droite ligne de leur choix philosophique, ils naturalisent leur choix existentiel, qui est celui  d’une assimilation provocatrice qui les exonère de toute compromission avec l’Israël historique qu’ils appellent à discriminer. De manière tendancielle, ce sont des figures héroïques de l’identification à l’agresseur, de solides cautions de l’antisionisme, puisque si ce sont des Juifs qui le diffusent, alors c’est que ce doit être « vrai ». Cette façon de donner le change les installe comme des porte-parole de la justice, alors qu’ils pêchent contre l’esprit. Mais ces choix les protègent de l’hostilité d’ennemis inconciliables, puisqu’ils les devancent et les justifient.

YG : Vous revenez souvent sur l’idée que l’hostilité vis-à-vis du principe de l’État juif trouve aussi sa source dans une conception abstraite de l’universalisme. Que voulez-vous dire ?

GES : Il s’agit en effet d’un point important. La plupart des adversaires doctrinaux d’Israël s’entêtent à critiquer son « particularisme », son « exclusivisme », etc. Notez-bien que cette objection est en phase avec une caractéristique originaire de la judéophobie historique, puisque l’Église, aussi bien que l’Islam visent justement le « séparatisme » juif, son entêtement à refuser de se fondre dans la majorité, en reconnaissant la vérité théologique des deux autres monothéismes. Cette même disposition a conditionné la conception de l’universalisme des sociétés sécularisées. Un certain nombre de penseurs, dont Karl Lowith dans Histoire et salut. Les présupposés théologiques de la philosophie de l’histoire, ont fait apparaître que la modernité est en effet une sécularisation de la théologie de l’histoire : c’est le principe même de la généralisation d’un modèle de société qui se comprend lui-même comme impliquant l’uniformisation idéologique des membres qui la constituent, même lorsque ces sociétés se fondent sur la séparation des pouvoirs, et que de ce fait elle garantissent les libertés individuelles (de conscience, de religion, notamment). Il est également remarquable, que la plupart des penseurs postmodernistes ont appuyé leur critique socio-politique de la mondialisation capitaliste sur un retour à l’universalisme paulinien, dont l’allergie au « particularisme » juif est emblématique. D’autant qu’il s’agit d’un particularisme coupable (historiquement lié au rejet de la messianité de Jésus). Le thème théologique de la perfidie des Juifs – c’est-à-dire de leur « infidélité »- est constitutif de cette conception. Or, sans la moindre exception, les principaux théoriciens du postmodernisme professent une position antisioniste, en reconduisant à l’encontre d’Israël, l’objection de particularisme, et pour ce faire, ils articulent leur conception sur une référence explicite à l’universalisme de St Paul ! Le tournant altermondialiste des penseurs post-modernes Toni Negri, Alain Badiou, Giorgio Agamben, Slavoj Zižek, signe l’appartenance de leur vues à cette double dépendance matricielle : la promotion de ce que j’appelle « l’universalisme abstrait » coïncidant avec la dénonciation du « particularisme juif », qui s’exprime sous le rapport du « sionisme », notamment chez les trois premiers. Une fois de plus, sous la plume de ces auteurs, Israël s’est rendu coupable de déroger à cette conception d’un universalisme allergique à la différence, d’un universalisme assimilateur. Mais à notre époque, la critique du « particularisme sioniste » étaye une accusation sous-jacente : ce particularisme serait « raciste », et l’État d’Israël formerait une « ethno-démocratie ».

Ces thèmes sont des invariants du postmodernisme politique : cette conception de l’universalisme sous-tend la péjoration de l’identité juive, depuis la plus haute antiquité. Le particularisme est toujours l’expression d’une dérogation, l’indice constant du refus d’adhérer à l’ordre de la majorité. Comme tel, il est ressenti comme un pôle d’adversité. Il y a là quelque chose d’un résidu de la mentalité primitive qui consiste à poser a priori que l’autre – du fait de sa différence- représente un danger, qu’il est aussi un ennemi. Le même ethos caractérise le grand nombre d’intellectuels juifs qui se sont éloignés de la culture juive, et qui au nom du post-sionisme font chorus avec leurs homologues non-juifs. Ils ne sont plus ni juifs, ni sionistes – ils dénoncent l’un et l’autre au nom de « l’universalisme », ce sont des « alter-juifs ». Aujourd’hui, le mouvement alter-juif forme une nébuleuse pro-active, sympathisante du lobby de Georges Sorros : The New Israël Found, qui a pour vocation de dévitaliser le caractère juif de l’État d’Israël, en menant des campagnes de diffamation, et en soutenant des politiques d’ingérence (JSreet, JCall). En Israël, c’est l’association Im Tirtzu qui a dévoilé la structure et les agissements de ce lobby. Dans de nombreux cas, leur accointance avec l’antisionisme et leur sympathie affichée pour « la cause palestinienne » est une figure obligée de leur propagande. En regard de cet activisme qui n’a de juif que le nom, depuis la plus haute antiquité, la tradition hébraïque a affirmé une conception fort différente de l’universalisme. La tradition biblique développe une vision originale qui tranche avec les mythologies des autres civilisations : la diversité humaine procède d’une même souche appelée à se différencier en peuples distincts, chacun ayant une vocation spécifique. Le thème hébraïque du particularisme est toujours l’indice d’un trait positif, puisque la différence est constitutive de l’identité humaine. Au 20è siècle, c’est à Elie Benamozheg – l’auteur de : Israël et l’humanité, que nous devons le plus bel exposé de cette conception. Dans cette perspective, l’universalisme hébraïque, qui continue d’informer à la fois le Judaïsme, la pensée et l’histoire du peuple juif est un universalisme différentialiste. Ce n’est ni le signe d’un exclusivisme, ni le signe d’une hostilité, mais au contraire la marque distinctive d’une distinction culturelle. La Bible hébraïque est de ce point de vue un modèle de tolérance et de respect des différences personnelles et collectives. Dans le narratif biblique, celui de la Torah (du Premier Testament), il n’existe qu’un peuple indigne, c’est Amalek. Amalek dont toute la spécificité est de haïr Israël et de rechercher sa destruction. Il n’a pas d’autre raison d’être. C’est littéralement un non-peuple, qui se nourrit d’une fausse identité, laquelle n’est que négative et négativité. L’antisionisme mime à s’y méprendre la dialectique du positionnement archétype d’Amalek : il ne dit pas ce qu’il est, il dit seulement qu’Israël ne doit pas être, il projette sur Israël sa propre négativité. Par ailleurs, l’ignorance de la conception hébraïque et juive de la forme différentialiste de l’universalisme ne saurait excuser cette charge permanente contre le sionisme, elle est aussi l’indice de ce que le concept de tolérance, si cher aux « universalistes éclairés » n’est qu’un slogan creux quand il s’agit des Juifs, et d’Israël.

YG : Vous disiez que le sionisme a été combattu, mais qu’il n’a jamais été compris. Qu’est-ce qui fait obstacle à sa compréhension ?

GES. : Cette incompréhension fondamentale trouve sa principale origine dans ce que j’appelle la conception exogène de l’identité juive, qui est la conception commune, selon laquelle le judaïsme est une religion. J’oppose à cette conception ce que je nomme la conception endogène du fait juif, et qui désigne la manière dont les Juifs qui connaissent leur histoire se conçoivent eux-mêmes, et comprennent leur identité historique. Pour ces derniers – et j’y inclus les Juifs israéliens- ce qu’il est convenu de désigner du terme de « religion » n’est que l’un des paramètres de l’identité juive. C’est sous le coup de la polémique théologique – chrétienne et musulmane – contre le judaïsme, que la civilisation juive, dans une situation prolongée d’exil – c’est-à-dire de perte de souveraineté et de déterritorialisation- s’est trouvée réduite à sa dimension spirituelle et cultuelle. J’ai naguère minutieusement analysé ce processus dans mon livre : Discours ordinaire et identité juive, dans lequel j’ai fait la démonstration des étapes successives de la « réduction cléricale » du judaïsme. Il s’agit d’une véritable assignation aux catégories théologiques dominantes, en sorte que pour assurer sa pérennité, le peuple juif a en effet tendanciellement intériorisé cette identification. Il en est résulté que l’identité juive s’est trouvée prise dans une série de partages, qui ont été fondateurs de la civilisation occidentale: l’opposition ancien/nouveau (à partir de la distinction chrétienne entre l’ancien et le nouveau testament) s’avère ici déterminante. À partir du moment où s’affirme un sentiment national juif – à travers le sionisme, dès la fin du 19è siècle, un certain nombre de questions se posent, qui témoignent de la perturbation que fait naître cet éveil : comment une collectivité « religieuse » peut-elle prétendre à se constituer en État, et de surcroît en État-nation moderne ? L’idée d’un « État juif » n’est-elle pas une contradiction dans les termes ? L’existence d’un tel État n’est-il pas l’indice d’une affirmation théocratique ? Le sionisme est-il autre chose qu’un colonialisme ? Ces questions, qui expriment toutes le point de vue exogène, ignorent de fait la continuité effective du sentiment national juif, inhérent au messianisme juif. Tout l’enseignement du judaïsme repose sur la perspective du retour des enfants d’Israël sur la terre d’Israël, dont le centre se trouve à Sion/Jérusalem. Il faut tout ignorer de l’histoire juive, mais aussi de l’histoire universelle qui a imposé ses rythmes au peuple juif, pour tenir ces questions pour des questions pertinentes. Ce point de cécité est une caractéristique majeure d’une mentalité qui a été façonnée par une écriture de l’histoire universelle qui est celle des vainqueurs. C’est en effet le point de vue de l’empire Romain qui depuis deux millénaires commande aux catégories de l’analyse historique. À commencer par le nom de « Palestine », dont nous savons qu’il a été donné par l’empereur Hadrien en 135 de l’ère commune à la terre d’Israël, pour effacer le nom de la Judée. L’Europe chrétienne a hérité de cette vision, et à sa suite l’historiographie scientifique « laïque ». Cela est passé dans le catéchisme de l’Église de Rome, mais pas seulement, où l’on peut lire que « Jésus est né en Palestine », cela a été naturalisé par les chroniqueurs, les cartographes, les diplomates, les juristes, les biblistes (à commencer par la plupart des spécialistes de « l’Ancien Testament » (sic)), les analystes politiques, et bien entendu les journalistes, etc. Sous ce rapport, l’histoire du peuple juif, à laquelle appartient l’histoire du sionisme, est dans la situation du sujet minoritaire : son existence n’est acceptée que s’il accepte de se soumettre, sa parole n’est entendue qu’à la condition qu’il parle la langue du maître, etc. C’est ce qu’a exigé l’Église triomphante pendant des siècles, c’est ce qu’exige toujours l’islam, religion d’État, partout où les Musulmans gouvernent. Qui sait en ce début du XXIème siècle que les premiers sionistes possédaient un passeport estampillé « Palestine », et qu’ils étaient avant la création de l’État d’Israël ceux auxquels s’appliquaient de manière exclusive, la désignation de « Palestiniens » ? Le sionisme dérange aussi parce qu’il fait voler en éclat les catégories théologico-politiques sur lesquelles se sont édifiées aussi bien le christianisme que l’islam, ainsi que la modernité séculière : le sionisme accomplit l’espérance du Retour à Sion, et de ce fait il met en échec le christianisme – et dans une moindre mesure l’islam-  dont toute la théologie politique s’est édifiée sur l’hypothèse de la disparition des Juifs de la scène de l’histoire. Le sionisme dérange d’autant plus dans un monde sécularisé, puisque dans le contexte de son émergence endogène, il déroge aux conditions de formation des États nations. L’idée d’un Israël national tranche avec l’idée d’un Israël entendu comme catégorie liturgique, « peuple du Livre », ou « peuple témoin », etc. Israël peuple historique de nouveau territorialisé et souverain, cela connote l’archaïsme et suscite une haine archaïque. Le philosophe israélien, Israël Eldad, dans son essai sur la souveraineté d’Israël  – intitulé : La révolution juive, décrit très bien ces réactions.

YG : Quel lien faites-vous entre cette hantise archaïque et la virulence de l’antisionisme ?

GES. : Le lien est direct. L’émergence, puis le développement du sionisme, et enfin sa concrétisation dans une réalisation nationale, cela s’apparente à un immense retour du refoulé. C’est l’histoire d’un spectre revenu à la vie, et cela est des plus dérangeants. L’ordre symbolique occidental mais aussi oriental procédait de ce refoulement. Rien n’y a fait, le peuple juif a survécu, non seulement il a survécu, mais de surcroît il a regagné son indépendance. Comment ne pas entrer en guerre contre cette présence que l’on croyait réduite, et sur laquelle nombre d’identité se sont construites ? C’est une vision spectrale. Cette surprise questionne la vérité de l’histoire. Le sionisme résonne comme une instance qui dément le « jugement de l’histoire », Israël semble juger l’histoire. Le philosophe Eliezer Berkovits a écrit que la survie inexplicable d’Israël a inspiré les théories du complot, et notamment les deux versions les plus délétères : au Moyen Age, l’Église expliquait la persistance du Judaïsme par l’hypothèse théologique que ce dernier était une incarnation du Diable, avec l’essor de la modernité, c’est le mythe des Protocoles des Sages de Sion, qui s’est efforcé d’ « expliquer » par l’existence d’une « conspiration juive », les grandes mutations de l’histoire récente (la Révolution française, la Révolution bolchévique, la première et la seconde guerre mondiales, etc.) Si après tout ce qu’ils ont subi, les Juifs n’ont pas disparu, c’est qu’ils détiennent des pouvoirs occultes, qu’ils sont protégés par une puissance surnaturelle. L’antisionisme, comme les autres formes de la judéophobie, s’alimente à une haine métaphysique. Seule une haine métaphysique a pu inspirer le projet satanique de la Solution finale, et seule une haine métaphysique peut encore et toujours inspirer – après la Shoah- la reviviscence de l’antisémitisme. Cette dimension de l’antisionisme doit être soulignée, elle éclaire ce qu’il y a d’irrationnel et d’irrédentiste dans l’antisémitisme. L’on voit aussi comment l’antisionisme qui est une formation du sens commun (de la « sagesse des nations »…) peut-aussi opérer comme un principe d’identité sur lequel s’articule cette violence.

YG : Comment interprétez-vous la situation de guerre qui prévaut entre le Hamas et l’État d’Israël, mais aussi les violences internes, entre Juifs et Arabes ? Et quelle solution entrevoyez-vous ?

GES. : L’agression du Hamas, et la réplique entièrement justifiée d’Israël s’inscrivent dans la droite ligne du refus palestinien de l’existence de l’État juif. Contrairement aux antisémites « classiques », habitués à bafouer les Juifs sans qu’ils aient les moyens de se défendre, les nouveaux antisémites que sont les « antisionistes » connaissent le prix de leur propre violence. Quant à ce qui s’est produit à l’intérieur même d’Israël, dans ce que la presse appelle les « villes mixtes », les violences entre Arabes et Juifs sont de précieux indicateurs de la persistance du refus de la souveraineté juive parmi les citoyens israéliens arabes. Je n’ai aucune disposition pour la mantique, mais je peux seulement vous donner mon avis. À mon sens, après la fin de ces violences, il conviendra de mener une réflexion politique très sérieuse, et de tirer les leçons de la situation. Outre qu’elle est résolument révélatrice de l’attitude d’une partie de la population arabe à l’égard de l’État d’Israël, elle est aussi révélatrice de l’échec d’une classe politique qui s’est détournée depuis quelques années des principes du sionisme : un certain irénisme, un certain angélisme avait convaincu les gouvernements successifs – aussi bien de gauche, que de droite- de faire évoluer le pays vers une modèle européen. Les intellectuels post-sionistes ont leur part de responsabilité – la responsabilité des intellectuels est toujours significative, même si elle est discrète. Nous savons que les partisans du post-sionisme sont favorables à un État d’Israël déjudaïsé, un État d’Israël qui renoncerait à son caractère juif. L’expérience historique nous a enseigné à ne pas sous-estimer la virulence du refus palestinien ; et la naïveté de la classe politique et des intellectuels des post-sionistes a été de s’imaginer que leur option favoriserait l’émergence d’une harmonie définitive entre citoyens israéliens d’origine juive et d’origine arabe. Voilà des années que nous entendons parler de la nécessité de transformer Israël en « état de tous ses citoyens », encore l’un de ces mantras à l’efficience hypnotique. Comme si ce n’était pas déjà le cas depuis 1948. Seulement, dans la bouche de ceux qui utilisent cette formule, elle signifie de faire évoluer l’État d’Israël vers la forme d’un État binational, qui serait appelé de surcroît à coexister avec un État palestinien, qui lui, bien entendu, serait judenrein (vide de Juifs). C’est déjà le cas de la Jordanie, et des territoires autonomes où l’existence juive est assimilée à un état de fait délictueux. Ceci est un effet pratique de la législation de ces entités, fondamentalement hétérophobes.

Or, contrairement à ce que l’opinion majoritaire s’imagine – encore une fois sous les effets de discours du post-sionisme (Sand en est une bonne illustration)-, c’est le fait que l’État d’Israël soit déjà l’État de «tous ses citoyens » qui a permis à ceux qui n’en veulent pas de le faire savoir violemment, à l’occasion de l’agression du Hamas, en mai 2021. Il faudra en tirer les conséquences : condamner les émeutiers – y compris juifs- à de lourdes peines, et rappeler les citoyens arabes récalcitrants à la nature du contrat social du sionisme démocratique : « Vivez en paix et dans la pleine égalité de droits avec vos concitoyens juifs, ou bien quittez le pays, choisissez entre les trois entités nationales palestiniennes qui existent déjà : la Jordanie, depuis 1922, la Bande de Gaza, depuis le coup d’État du Hamas, en 2007, ou la Cisjordanie de l’Autorité palestinienne, consacrée par les Accords d’Oslo, depuis 1993, parce qu’ici vous êtes dans un État à caractère juif. »  Le vote de la « Loi Israël, État nation du peuple juif », adoptée par la Knesset le 19 Juillet 2018 va justement dans ce sens. Elle consiste à rappeler trois principes fondamentaux, et de ce point de vue, elle ne fait que réitérer les grandes thèmes de la Déclaration d’indépendance de 1948, proclamée par David Ben Gourion : (1) Israël est la patrie historique du peuple juif, dans laquelle l’État d’Israël a été établi ;(2) L’État d’Israël est le foyer national du peuple juif dans lequel il satisfait son droit naturel, culturel, religieux et historique à l’autodétermination ; (3) Le droit à exercer l’auto-détermination nationale dans l’État d’Israël est propre au peuple juif. D’aucuns – laminés par l’état d’esprit de l’antisionisme- pourraient m’objecter que c’est là un discours « raciste », et bien entendu « fasciste », mais je leur rappellerai une simple prémisse : l’État d’Israël a été fondé par le mouvement sioniste pour garantir la souveraineté et la sécurité du peuple juif, sur un territoire où jamais aucun état palestinien n’a existé, et l’État d’Israël a offert la citoyenneté, avec parité de droits, à tous ses citoyens, depuis sa création. Nous savons, par ailleurs, que pour rien au monde, la majorité des citoyens israéliens arabes ne voudraient vivre sous domination palestinienne. Il est donc aberrant de construire toute une rhétorique, fondée sur la criminalisation de l’État juif, au prétexte qu’il procède du sionisme, puisqu’ainsi conçu il est en effet le fruit du sionisme, et qu’il a été conçu pour les Juifs, avec l’assentiment de la majorité des Nations Unies, par voie de droit. La guerre a été la conséquence du refus arabe, et depuis 1948, la conséquence du refus persistant des « Palestiniens », qui se sont fait une spécialité de violer le droit international. Mais si l’on considère que le caractère juif de l’État d’Israël constitue une discrimination des non-Juifs, c’est que l’on n’a pas l’intelligence élémentaire d’en comprendre la raison d’être. L’originalité et la grandeur de l’État d’Israël réside en effet dans ceci : tout en étant l’État édifié pour garantir la souveraineté et la sécurité du peuple juif, ses lois fondamentales garantissent les droits individuels de tous ses citoyens, sans exception d’origine, de religion, de conviction, etc. C’est un État démocratique : la licence de la violence palestinienne aussi bien que la prospérité du discours post-sioniste en sont deux preuves éloquentes. Les troubles à l’ordre public sont les indices du refus de la loi d’Israël dans l’État d’Israël. Ce n’est pas tolérable.

YG : Est-il possible de lutter contre l’antisionisme ?

GES : Après avoir consacré sa vie à écrire une Histoire de l’antisémitisme, Léon Poliakov me disait qu’on ne lutte pas contre la judéophobie avec des arguments rationnels. C’est cependant une nécessité politique, culturelle et civique de s’impliquer dans cette lutte. Mais elle ne fait pas tout ; cet engagement doit s’affirmer comme le corrélat d’initiatives éducatives. Je crois pour ma part que la meilleure façon de combattre la judéophobie, quelle qu’elle soit, repose sur différentes formes d’enseignement et de processus éducatifs. Il faut commencer par l’enseignement de textes, ceux de la Bible hébraïque, qui ont enseigné au monde le principe de l’unité du genre humain, mais aussi l’égale dignité des êtres humains, et surtout l’idéal universaliste bien compris. L’ironie de l’histoire, c’est que les grands principes de la fonction critique qui sont forgés par l’hébraïsme sont instrumentalisés contre le peuple qui les porte ! Voilà pourquoi, selon moi, la transmission est ici le maître-mot, celle de l’histoire et des systèmes de pensée, mais aussi l’exercice de la psychanalyse, car analyser c’est aussi questionner le préjugé, stimuler le désir de savoir… Aujourd’hui, la lutte contre la judéophobie s’inscrit dans le cadre de la réfutation sans concession des thèses « décolonialistes ». Il convient aussi d’enseigner et de défendre les valeurs de la République, pas seulement en polémiquant contre les décoloniaux, mais également en en faisant une priorité de l’Éducation nationale, qui est l’un des lieux de cette guerre psycho-idéologique, avant qu’elle ne bascule entièrement dans la liste des territoires perdus de la République.  Pour ma part, après avoir consacré ¼ de siècle à « lutter contre l’antisionisme », je me suis résolu à développer ma théorie du sens commun, tout en enseignant les études bibliques et la pensée juive, ce qui est une autre forme de don quichotisme, pas moins nécessaire cependant. Si l’état des mentalités sur le chapitre des Juifs n’étaient pas aujourd’hui ce qu’il était sans doute au Moyen Age, peut-être que l’antisionisme serait hors la loi…Quand notre ami et collègue Xavier-Laurent Salvador déclare que : « Notre attachement, c’est la lutte contre la justification de l’antisémitisme et du racisme par la pseudoscience, et la défense des institutions de la République qui dépendent de nous en tant qu’enseignants (la langue, l’école, ses enseignants, la laïcité) », je ne peux que lui donner entièrement raison. Cependant, c’est l’immense majorité des cadres enseignants de la République, et de ses représentants élus, qui a laissé s’installer la situation délétère que nous connaissons. La République est un cadre vide si aucune transmission ne garantit la défense et l’inculcation philosophique, culturelle, et citoyenne de ses raisons d’être.


[1] « Je ne sais pas si Jésus était sur La Croix, je sais qui l’y a mis, paraît-il, ce sont ses propres compatriotes »   (15 juillet BFMtélé)

[2] M. Cuppers et K.-M.  Mallmann (2009), Croissant fertile et croix gammée, éd. Verdier, Paris. Traduit de l’allemand par Barbara Fontaine

[3] Poliakov, L. De l’antisémitisme à l’antisionisme,  (1969), Calmann-Levy, Paris ; De Moscou à Beyrouth. Essai sur la désinformation, 1983), Calman-Lévy.

[4]Ph. Borgeaud, L’histoire des religions, (2013), Paris, Infolio.

[5] Faye, J.P. (1994) Le piège, Balland, Paris.

[6] Faye, J .P.(2013) Lettre sur Derrida. Combat au-dessus du vide, éd. Germinia, Paris.

[7] Faye, E. (2005) , L’introduction du nazisme dans la philosophie, Albin Michel, Paris.

[8] Scheler, M.(1933/1970) L’Homme du ressentiment, Gallimard, Paris.

[9] Sarfati, G. E. (1997), « La charte de l’OLP en instance d’abrogation » in Mot. Les langages du politique, n°50, pp. 23-39.

[10] Leon, A. (1942),La conception matérialiste de la question juive. Consultable ici https://www.marxists.org/francais/leon/CMQJ00.htm

[11]Par exemple : D. Vidal : Antisionisme= Antisémitisme. Réponse à Emmanuel Macron, Libertalia, 2018 ; A. Gresh-T. Ramadan, L’islam en question, Actes Sud, 2000, ou encore : De quoi la Palestine est-elle le nom ? , Les liens qui libèrent, 2010.

[12] En hébreu : « Association pour la paix », fondée en 1925 par un groupe d’intellectuels juifs fraîchement établis en Palestine mandataire. Son but était de  « promouvoir la compréhension entre Juifs et Arabes, en vue d’une vie commune sur la Terre d’Israël, et ce dans un esprit de complète égalité des droits politiques des deux entités. »

[13] Yakira, E.  (2010) ost-sionisme, post-shoah, PUF.

Voir enfin:

The Mendacious Maps of Palestinian “Loss”

Anti-Israel activists often use doctored maps to show Israel’s supposed malfeasance over the past century. Such claims are made by people who, in the best case, have no knowledge of the facts, and in the worst case, have no moral compass.

Shany Mor

Writer based in Paris; former director for foreign policy, Israeli National Security Council

January 2015

You can’t walk very far on an American or European university campus these days without encountering some version of the “Palestinian Land Loss” maps. This series of four—occasionally five—maps purports to show how rapacious Zionists have steadily encroached upon Palestinian land. Postcards of it can be purchased for distribution, and it has featured in paid advertisements on the sides of buses in Vancouver as well as train stations in New York. Anti-Israel bloggers Andrew Sullivan and Juan Cole have both posted versions of it, and it occasionally creeps into supposedly reputable media sources, like Al Jazeera English.

Indeed, it recently appeared as a “Chart of the Day” in the UK’s respected magazine New Statesman. Beneath it was a tiny line of text listing its sources as the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs and a CIA atlas from 1973. Given that the maps included information far more recent than 1973, the source struck me as slightly dubious. I contacted the staff writer who created the feature and asked him about it. He was very reluctant to admit that he had lifted it from anti-Israel propaganda sources, so he directed me to the 1973 CIA atlas. Unfortunately, nothing like the series appears in the CIA World Factbook and nothing like it could have appeared in an atlas published decades before several of the events it claims to portray. The writer then apologized for not being able to track down his sources any further and explained that he no longer works at New Statesman. He has moved on to The Guardian, and given that particular publication’s attitude toward Israel, he should have no trouble fitting in.

There is a reason why those who make use of these maps avoid examining their provenance or proving their accuracy: The maps are egregiously, almost childishly dishonest. But they have become so ubiquitous that it is worth taking the time to examine them, and what their dishonesty can teach us about the Palestinian cause and its supporters.

In whatever form they take, the “Land Loss” maps show very little variation. The standard version looks something like this:

001_Shany_Mor_Palestinian_Propoganda_Map

Sometimes, a fifth map is added, this one dated 1920, showing the entirety of what was once British Mandatory Palestine in a single solid color, labeled “Palestinian.” This accomplishes the seemingly impossible and makes the series of maps even more dishonest than before.

Whether made up of four or five maps, the message of the series is clear: The Jews of Palestine have been assiduously gobbling up more and more “Palestinian land,” spreading like some sort of fungal infection that eventually devours its host.

There are some outright lies in these maps, to be sure. But the most egregious falsehoods transcend mere lies. They emerge from a more general and quite deliberate refusal to differentiate between private property and sovereign land, as well as a total erasure of any political context.

This final point is especially crucial. It goes to the question of whether the Palestinians actually “lost” this land and the context of that alleged “loss.” We could quite easily, for example, make a panel of maps showing German “land loss” in the first half of the 20th century. It would be geographically accurate but, without the political context, it would tell a completely misleading story amounting to a flat-out lie. And that is precisely what these maps are: A lie.

Taking each map in turn, it is easy to demonstrate that the first one is by far the most dishonest of the lot. As far as I have been able to determine, it is based on a map of Jewish National Fund (JNF) land purchases dating roughly from the 1920s. The JNF was founded to purchase land for Jewish residents and immigrants in then-Palestine, and was partly funded through charity boxes that were once found in almost every Jewish school and organization in the West. Ironically, this map often adorned those ubiquitous boxes.

The dishonesty of using an out-of-date map for pre-1948 Jewish land purchases is actually relatively minor. So is not omitting the political context: After 1939, Jews were forbidden from making any further land purchases by British authorities, a measure taken as a sop to Arab terrorism. Even the deceptive use of JNF land and only JNF land as a proxy for the entire Palestinian Jewish presence is but a trifle compared to the epic lie represented by this map: It deliberately conflates private property with political control.

They are not at all the same thing. The simple fact is that none of pre-1948 Palestine was under the political authority of Arabs or Jews. It was ruled by the British Mandatory government, established by the League of Nations for the express purpose of creating a “Jewish National Home.” It was also—contrary to the claims of innumerable pro-Palestinian activists—the first time a discrete political entity called “Palestine” existed in modern history. And this entity was established in order to fulfill a goal that was essentially Zionist in nature.

But this lie is compounded by another that is even more epic in scope: Labeling every single patch of land not owned by the JNF as Arab or Palestinian. This was quite simply not the case. We have incomplete data on land ownership in modern Palestine, and even less on Arab property than Jewish property, partly due to the very complicated nature of property law in Ottoman times. But anyone’s map of private property in Mandatory Palestine from this period would be mostly empty—half the country is, after all, desert. It would show small patches of private Jewish land—as this map does—alongside small patches of private Arab land, as this map shamelessly does not.

The next map is labeled 1947. This is inaccurate, as any other date would be, because the map does not represent the situation on the ground in 1947 or at any other time. Instead, it represents the partition plan adopted by the United Nations General Assembly in 1947 as UN Resolution 181. It called for two independent states to be formed after the end of the British Mandate, one Jewish and one Arab.

Needless to say, the resolution was never implemented. It was rejected by a Palestinian Arab leadership that just two years before had still been allied with Nazi Germany. The day after its passage, Arab rioting began against Jewish businesses, followed by deadly Arab attacks against Jewish civilians. Events quickly escalated into all-out war, with Arabs laying siege to major Jewish population centers—cutting off all supplies, including food and water. In some places, the siege worked, but for the most part, it was resisted successfully.

At this point, with partition rejected by the Arabs and no help from the international community in sight, the Jews declared independence and formed what would become the Israel Defense Forces. The Arab states promptly launched a full-scale invasion, whose aims—depending on which Arab leader you choose to quote—ranged from expulsion to outright genocide. And the Arabs lost. At war’s end in 1949, the situation looked roughly like the third map in the series—the first of the lot that even comes close to describing the political reality on the ground.

I say “close” because it too is remarkably dishonest. It is only because one’s standards of dishonesty have been stretched so far by its predecessors that it almost seems true. But, alas, it is not. The map is dated 1967. What it shows are the so-called “armistice lines,” i.e., the borders where the Israeli and Arab armies stopped fighting in 1949. These lines held more or less until 1967. As far as Israel’s borders are concerned, then, the map accurately presents the situation over those 19 years.

But what lies on the other side of the line, in the territories that are today called the West Bank and the Gaza Strip, is again presented in radically dishonest fashion. These lands were not—not before, during, or after 1967—“Palestinian” in the sense of being controlled by a Palestinian Arab political entity. Both territories were occupied by invading Arab armies when the armistice was declared in 1949, the Gaza Strip by Egypt and the West Bank by Jordan. The latter was soon annexed, while the former remained under Egyptian military administration. This status quo lasted until 1967, when both were captured by Israel.

In the 1967 Six Day War, which was marked by Arab rhetoric that was sometimes even more genocidal than 1948, Israel also took the Golan Heights from Syria and the Sinai Peninsula from Egypt, more than trebling the amount of land under its control. Israel has since withdrawn from more than 90 percent of the land it occupied—mostly in the Sinai withdrawal that led to peace with Egypt. Unsurprisingly, there are no heartfelt “Israeli Land Loss” maps representing this.

The first three maps, then, confuse ethnic and national categories (Jewish and Israeli, Arab and Palestinian), property and sovereignty, and the Palestinian national movement with Arab states that ruled over occupied territory for a generation. They are a masterpiece of shameless deception.

As we move to the fourth map, shameless deception is the only thing that remains consistent. This map, usually labeled either 2005 or “present,” purports to show the distribution of political control following the Oslo process and the Israeli withdrawal from Gaza. The patches of Palestinian land in the West Bank are areas handed over to the Palestinian Authority in the 1990s, mostly under the 1995 Oslo II agreement. Expanding upon the autonomy put in place after previous agreements in the Oslo process since 1993, this agreement created a complex patchwork of administrative and security zones, splitting the West Bank into areas of exclusive Palestinian control, joint control, and Israeli control. It was meant as a five-year interim arrangement, after which a final status agreement would be negotiated.

Final status talks did indeed take place. But no agreement was reached. As in 1947, the principal reason was Palestinian rejectionism. This time, the Palestinian leadership rejected a state on over 90 percent of the West Bank and 100 percent of the Gaza Strip. They then broke their pledge not to return to the “armed struggle” and embarked on a campaign of suicide bombings and other terrorist atrocities that were not only morally indefensible but lost them the trappings of sovereignty they had gained over the previous decade.

After tamping down the worst of the violence, Israel decided to leave the areas of the Gaza Strip it had not evacuated a decade before. The withdrawal took place in 2005. Two years later, the Islamist group Hamas took over the Strip in a violent coup d’etat. Since then, there have been two Palestinian governments—the Hamas regime in Gaza and the Fatah-led regime in the West Bank.

Both of these regimes are marked with the same color on this fourth map, thus failing to acknowledge the split between the two regimes, though it is the first map in the series to correctly label areas under Palestinian Arab political control. Nonetheless, it does not distinguish between the sovereign territory of the State of Israel—or, in the case of East Jerusalem, territory that Israel claims as sovereign without international recognition—and territories in the West Bank that, according to agreements endorsed by both sides, are under Israeli control until a final status agreement.

Taken together, what we have is not four maps in a chronological series, but four different categories of territorial control presented with varying degrees of inaccuracy. Those categories are private property (“1946”), political control (“1967” and “2005”), and international partition plans (“1947”). They are presented in a fashion that is either tendentiously inaccurate (“2005”), essentially mendacious (“1947” and “1967”), or radically untrue (“1946”).

An honest approach would look very different. It would take each of these categories and depict how they developed over time. For example, basing ourselves on the most blatantly deceitful map, 1946, we might want to show the chronological development of private property distribution. But we’d first have to adjust the original series’ 1946 map by labeling only Arab property as Arab, rather than simply filling in the entire country with the desired color. It would be a lot of data to collect, and then we’d then have to repeat the effort for other years appropriate to the discussion: Perhaps 1950, after Israel and Jordan both instituted Absentee Property Laws; 1993, just before Palestinian self-rule began; or 2005, just after the disengagement from Gaza and the northern West Bank. The maps would have to be consistent as well, showing Arab property inside Israel as well as Jewish property in the West Bank and Gaza. I don’t know if anyone has bothered to collect all this data, and I’m not sure what it would show in any case. What argument would it advance? That Jews and Arabs should be forbidden to buy land from each other?

On the other hand, the categories of political control and international partition plans are quite easy to map out over time. Since the concern of those publicizing the maps above is Palestinian control of land, we can illustrate this with a more honest series of maps showing areas of political control, using the same years as the original—adding one for clarity.

002_Shany_Mor_Political_Control_Map

As seen above, 1946 has exactly zero land under Palestinian Arab control—not autonomous, not sovereign, not anything—as it was all under British authority. We could go further back in time, to the Ottoman era, for example, and the map wouldn’t change in the slightest. 1947 sees no changes to the map, as Palestine was still under British control. Before the war in June 1967, control is divided between three states, and none of them is Palestinian. The 2005 map would be exactly as it is presented in the original series, showing the very first lands ever be ruled by Palestinian Arabs qua Palestinian Arabs. To clarify this a bit more, I have added a map from 1995, showing the withdrawals undertaken during the first two years of the Oslo process, just up to but not including the 1997 Hebron Protocol.

In fact, if we zoomed in a bit more, we would see how the peace process of the 1990s resulted in the first time a Palestinian Arab regime ruled over any piece of land. This occurred in 1994 with the establishment of the Palestinian Authority in Gaza and Jericho. That control steadily expanded over more and more land during the years leading up to the failed final status talks. Much of it was then lost during the second intifada, but eventually regained as violence died down, and the Gaza disengagement even expanded it slightly. All of these Palestinian land gains have taken place in the last 20 years and every square meter of it came not from Turkey or Britain or Jordan or Egypt, but from Israel alone; and nearly all of it through peace negotiations.

It is true that this is a smaller amount of land than that controlled by Israel—which is nonetheless an extremely small country by global standards. More importantly, however, it is small compared to what could have been ruled by a Palestinian state had the Palestinians not rejected partition and peace in 1947 and again in 2000. That is, had the Palestinians been motivated by the interests of their own people rather than the wish to destroy another people.

One could very easily create a theoretical series of maps that would begin in 1947 and show the distribution of political control, not as it existed, but as it could have existed. In contrast to the previous series charting political control over the years, this series would map out the international proposals to partition the country. It would begin with the Peel Commission’s 1937 partition plan, through the United Nations Special Committee on Palestine (UNSCOP) partition resolution, and end with the Clinton Parameters of 2000—which were very close to the rejected offers made by Israeli Prime Ministers Ehud Barak earlier that same year at Camp David and Ehud Olmert eight years later. But these international efforts to partition the land would be incomplete without a word or two about each side’s reaction to the proposal.

003_Shany_Mor_Intl_Proposals_Map

Here too there is a continuing trend of losses for the Palestinian side. Not loss of land, but loss of potential. Each successive rejection left the Palestinians with less and less to bargain with. Surely, there is a lesson in this. But it seems that, if the Palestinians are ever to learn it, it will not be with the help of their Western supporters.

We could also make a set of maps that would present a story of Jewish “land loss.” It would begin with the first iteration of the British Mandate, before Transjordan was split off and Jewish land purchases and immigration banned. We are forever being reminded that the Palestinians have supposedly conceded 77 percent of their historic claims already, implicitly saying that all of Israel proper somehow belongs to them. But territorial maximalists on the Israeli side are not wrong when they use the same standards to claim that they have given up 73 percent of what was promised to them, including Transjordan. It is the business of pro-Palestinian activists to privilege one of these claims over the other; but in fact, both are equally wrong: The idea that the Israeli “concession” of Transjordan entitles Israel to 100 percent of the West Bank is as absurd as the Palestinians’ claim that their “concession” of Haifa entitles them to the same.

A series of actual Israeli withdrawals, however, could fill a rather long series of maps. It would include the 1957 withdrawal from Sinai, the Disengagement of Forces agreements in 1974 and 1975, the staged withdrawals stemming from the Israeli-Egyptian peace treaty in 1979 and 1982, the withdrawal from most of Lebanon in 1985, the staged withdrawals undertaken according to the Oslo Accords from 1994 to 1997, the unilateral withdrawal from southern Lebanon in 2000, and the complete withdrawal from Gaza in 2005. These maps, unlike those used by pro-Palestinian activists, have the benefit of being accurate, but I am not sure the case for “Israeli Land Loss” would convince anyone but the most partisan and ignorant of Israel’s supporters.

Perhaps the best way to illustrate the bankruptcy of the “Palestinian Land Loss” myth is to compare it to a similar situation elsewhere.

An equally absurd set of maps could be drawn up of the Indian subcontinent before and after the end of British rule. It could start with a 1946 map of the entire subcontinent, labeling any private property owned by Hindus as “Indian” and the rest as “Pakistani.” Hindus, after all, are 80 percent of India’s population today, just as Jews are 80 percent of Israel’s. It is absurd to consider anything not privately owned by Hindus under British rule as “Pakistani” when the state of Pakistan did not yet exist, but that is roughly the same as labeling anything not privately owned by Jews under the Mandate as “Palestinian.”

We could then put up a partition map from 1947, with West and East Pakistan next to a much larger India; as well as a post-partition map—perhaps from 1955—showing the land losses along the Radcliffe Line. Finally, we could draw a map from 1971 with East Pakistan shorn off into Bangladesh. A fervently dishonest person might call this series “Pakistani Land Loss,” but it would be such an obvious piece of fiction that no one could possibly take it seriously.

And no thinking person can take “Palestinian Land Loss” seriously. It is just as absurd and just as much a fiction. But it is also, in its own way, extremely destructive. Because these maps and the lies they propagate only encourage Palestinian rejectionism and violence; and as illustrated above, these have always left the Palestinians with less than they had before.

Voir par ailleurs:

Mr. Sanders is a senator from Vermont.

“Israel has the right to defend itself.”These are the words we hear from both Democratic and Republican administrations whenever the government of Israel, with its enormous military power, responds to rocket attacks from Gaza.

Let’s be clear. No one is arguing that Israel, or any government, does not have the right to self-defense or to protect its people. So why are these words repeated year after year, war after war? And why is the question almost never asked: “What are the rights of the Palestinian people?”

And why do we seem to take notice of the violence in Israel and Palestine only when rockets are falling on Israel?

In this moment of crisis, the United States should be urging an immediate cease-fire. We should also understand that, while Hamas firing rockets into Israeli communities is absolutely unacceptable, today’s conflict did not begin with those rockets.

Palestinian families in the Jerusalem neighborhood of Sheikh Jarrah have been living under the threat of eviction for many years, navigating a legal system designed to facilitate their forced displacement. And over the past weeks, extremist settlers have intensified their efforts to evict them.

And, tragically, those evictions are just one part of a broader system of political and economic oppression. For years we have seen a deepening Israeli occupation in the West Bank and East Jerusalem and a continuing blockade on Gaza that make life increasingly intolerable for Palestinians. In Gaza, which has about two million inhabitants, 70 percent of young people are unemployed and have little hope for the future.

Further, we have seen Benjamin Netanyahu’s government work to marginalize and demonize Palestinian citizens of Israel, pursue settlement policies designed to foreclose the possibility of a two-state solution and pass laws that entrench systemic inequality between Jewish and Palestinian citizens of Israel.

None of this excuses the attacks by Hamas, which were an attempt to exploit the unrest in Jerusalem, or the failures of the corrupt and ineffective Palestinian Authority, which recently postponed long-overdue elections. But the fact of the matter is that Israel remains the one sovereign authority in the land of Israel and Palestine, and rather than preparing for peace and justice, it has been entrenching its unequal and undemocratic control.

Over more than a decade of his right-wing rule in Israel, Mr. Netanyahu has cultivated an increasingly intolerant and authoritarian type of racist nationalism. In his frantic effort to stay in power and avoid prosecution for corruption, Mr. Netanyahu has legitimized these forces, including Itamar Ben Gvir and his extremist Jewish Power party, by bringing them into the government. It is shocking and saddening that racist mobs that attack Palestinians on the streets of Jerusalem now have representation in its Knesset.

These dangerous trends are not unique to Israel. Around the world, in Europe, in Asia, in South America and here in the United States, we have seen the rise of similar authoritarian nationalist movements. These movements exploit ethnic and racial hatreds in order to build power for a corrupt few rather than prosperity, justice and peace for the many. For the last four years, these movements had a friend in the White House.

At the same time, we are seeing the rise of a new generation of activists who want to build societies based on human needs and political equality. We saw these activists in American streets last summer in the wake of the murder of George Floyd. We see them in Israel. We see them in the Palestinian territories.

With a new president, the United States now has the opportunity to develop a new approach to the world — one based on justice and democracy. Whether it is helping poor countries get the vaccines they need, leading the world to combat climate change or fighting for democracy and human rights around the globe, the United States must lead by promoting cooperation over conflict.

In the Middle East, where we provide nearly $4 billion a year in aid to Israel, we can no longer be apologists for the right-wing Netanyahu government and its undemocratic and racist behavior. We must change course and adopt an evenhanded approach, one that upholds and strengthens international law regarding the protection of civilians, as well as existing U.S. law holding that the provision of U.S. military aid must not enable human rights abuses.

This approach must recognize that Israel has the absolute right to live in peace and security, but so do the Palestinians. I strongly believe that the United States has a major role to play in helping Israelis and Palestinians to build that future. But if the United States is going to be a credible voice on human rights on the global stage, we must uphold international standards of human rights consistently, even when it’s politically difficult. We must recognize that Palestinian rights matter. Palestinian lives matter.

Voir la traduction:

Israël a le droit de se défendre. » sont les mots que nous entendons des gouvernements démocrates et républicains chaque fois que le gouvernement israélien, avec son énorme puissance militaire, réagit aux tirs de roquette de Gaza.
Soyons clairs. Personne ne soutient qu’Israël, ou aucun gouvernement, n’a pas le droit de se défendre ou de protéger son peuple. Alors pourquoi ces mots se répètent-ils année après année, guerre après guerre ? Et pourquoi la question n’est-elle presque jamais posée : ′′ Quels sont les droits du peuple palestinien ? ′′Et pourquoi semblons-nous prendre note de la violence en Israël et en Palestine uniquement lorsque des roquettes tombent sur Israël ?
En ce moment de crise, les États-Unis devraient demander instamment un cessez-le-feu immédiat. Nous devrions également comprendre que, même si le Hamas tire des roquettes sur les communautés israéliennes est absolument inacceptable, le conflit d’aujourd’hui n’a pas commencé avec ces roquettes.
Les familles palestiniennes dans le quartier de Jérusalem de Sheikh Jarrah vivent sous la menace d’expulsion depuis de nombreuses années, naviguant dans un système juridique conçu pour faciliter leur déplacement forcé. Et au cours des dernières semaines, les colons extrémistes ont intensifié leurs efforts pour les expulser.
Et, tragiquement, ces expulsions ne sont qu’une partie d’un système plus large d’oppression politique et économique.
Depuis des années, nous avons assisté à une aggravation de l’occupation israélienne en Cisjordanie et à Jérusalem-Est et à un blocus continu sur Gaza qui rend la vie de plus en plus intolérable À Gaza, qui compte environ deux millions d’habitants, 70 % des jeunes sont au chômage et n’ont guère d’espoir pour l’avenir.
En outre, nous avons vu le gouvernement de Benjamin Netanyahu travailler à marginaliser et diaboliser les citoyens palestiniens d’Israël, à mener des politiques de colonisation conçues pour exclure la possibilité d’une solution à deux États et adopter des lois qui engendrent les inégalités systémiques entre les citoyens juifs et palestiniens israéliens.
Rien de tout cela n’excuse les attaques du Hamas, qui ont été une tentative d’exploiter les troubles à Jérusalem, ou les échecs de l’Autorité palestinienne corrompue et inefficace, qui a récemment reporté les élections en retard depuis longtemps. Mais le fait est qu’Israël reste la seule autorité souveraine au pays d’Israël et de Palestine, et plutôt que de se préparer à la paix et à la justice, il a été enraciné son contrôle inégal et antidémocratique.
Plus d’une décennie de sa règle de droite en Israël, M. Netanyahu a cultivé un nationalisme raciste de plus en plus intolérant et autoritaire. Dans son effort effréné pour rester au pouvoir et éviter les poursuites judiciaires pour corruption, M. Netanyahu a légitimé ces forces, dont Itamar Ben Gvir et son parti extrémiste du pouvoir juif, en les faisant entrer dans le gouvernement. C’est choquant et attristant que les mensonges racistes qui attaquent les Palestiniens dans les rues de Jérusalem soient maintenant représentés à la Knesset.
Ces tendances dangereuses ne sont pas propres à Israël. Partout dans le monde, en Europe, en Asie, en Amérique du Sud et ici aux États-Unis, nous avons vu la montée de mouvements nationalistes autoritaires similaires. Ces mouvements exploitent la haine ethnique et raciale pour construire le pouvoir pour un peu de corrompus plutôt que la prospérité, la justice et la paix pour les plus nombreux. Ces quatre dernières années, ces mouvements avaient un ami à la Maison Blanche.
En même temps, nous assistons à la montée d’une nouvelle génération d’activistes qui veulent construire des sociétés basées sur les besoins humains et l’égalité politique. Nous avons vu ces militants dans les rues américaines l’été dernier à la suite du meurtre de George Floyd. Nous les voyons en Israël. Nous les voyons dans les territoires palestiniens.
Avec un nouveau président, les États-Unis ont maintenant la possibilité de développer une nouvelle approche du monde – fondée sur la justice et la démocratie. Qu’ils aident les pays pauvres à obtenir les vaccins dont ils ont besoin, conduisent le monde à lutter contre le changement climatique ou à lutter pour la démocratie et les droits de l’homme partout dans le monde, les États-Unis doivent montrer l’exemple et favoriser la coopération en cas de conflit.
Au Moyen-Orient, où nous fournissons une aide de près de 4 milliards de dollars par an à Israël, nous ne pouvons plus être des apologistes du gouvernement de droite de Netanyahu et son comportement antidémocratique et raciste.
Nous devons changer de cap et adopter une approche impartiale, une approche qui respecte et renforce le droit international concernant la protection des civils, ainsi que la législation américaine actuelle en vigueur, selon laquelle la fourniture d’aide militaire américaine ne doit pas permettre de respecter les droits de l’homme.
Cette approche doit reconnaître qu’Israël a le droit absolu de vivre dans la paix et la sécurité, tout comme les Palestiniens.
Je suis fermement convaincu que les États-Unis ont un rôle important à jouer pour aider les Israéliens et les Palestiniens à construire cet avenir. Mais si les États-Unis veulent être une voix crédible sur les droits de l’homme sur la scène mondiale, nous devons respecter les normes internationales en matière de droits de l’homme de manière cohérente, même lorsque c’est politiquement difficile. Nous devons reconnaître que les droits palestiniens sont importants. La vie palestinienne compte.
Le sénateur Bernie Sanders est un sénateur du Vermont.

Voir aussi:

Israel-Gaza: The Democrats’ ‘tectonic’ shift on the conflict
Anthony Zurcher
BBC
21 May 2021

The latest clashes between Israel and the Palestinians have revealed exactly how much the political centre of gravity in the Democratic Party has moved on the conflict in recent years.
« The shift is dramatic; it’s tectonic, » says pollster John Zogby, who has tracked US views on the Middle East for decades. In particular, younger generations are considerably more sympathetic to the Palestinians – and that age gap has been on full display with the Democratic Party.
While President Joe Biden has expressed a more traditional view, repeatedly emphasising that Israel has the right to defend itself against Hamas rocket attacks, he’s finding himself out of step in a party that is now at least as concerned with the conditions on the ground for the Palestinians in Gaza and the West Bank – and Israeli policies viewed as contributing to their plight.
Democratic diversity in Congress
To track the shift within the Democratic Party on Israel and the Palestinians, one can start by looking at that most representative US political institution, Congress. In the national legislature, US foreign policy sympathies have tended to tilt historically toward Israel’s perspective in Middle East conflicts – in part because of the preferences of both Jewish voters (a key Democratic constituency) and evangelicals (important for Republicans).
As the US Congress has become an increasingly diverse body, however, that has had some serious consequences for US policy toward Israel. In 2021, a record 23% of members of the House and Senate were people of black, Hispanic, Asian/Pacific Islander or Native American heritage, according to a Pew Foundation study.
Two decades earlier, that number was 11%. In 1945, it was 1%.

A diversity of backgrounds has led to a wider diversity of viewpoints and a diffusion of power. The influential group of young liberal congresswomen, known informally as « The Squad », includes Palestinian-American Rashida Tlaib of Michigan and Somalian refugee Ilhan Omar of Minnesota, for instance.
image copyrightCQ Roll Call via Getty Images
image captionReps Ilhan Omar, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, and Rashida Tlaib are members of ‘The Squad’
The most prominent member of this group, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez of New York, won her congressional seat by ousting a senior member of the Democratic congressional leadership, Joe Crowley, who consistently sided with Israel in past conflicts in the occupied territories.
How social media is fuelling US Israel-Gaza debate
The Israel-Palestinian conflict explained
Overall, the party – and its voters – look a lot more like the Puerto Rican descended 31-year-old Ocasio-Cortez than the 59-year-old Crowley – and that is making a difference.
« There is a non-white population, particularly among Democrats, who are very sensitive to the treatment of fellow non-whites, » Zogby said during a recording of the BBC podcast Americast. « They see Israel as an aggressor. »
They don’t know Israel’s early history and odds-defying triumph over adversity, he says.
« They know post-Intifada; they know the various wars, the asymmetrical bombing that have taken place, the innocent civilians that have been killed. »

The Bernie factor
If the growing diversity in Congress is in part the result of the left-wing progressive movement that elected politicians like Ocasio-Cortez, that progressive movement owes a considerable debt to one man, Vermont democratic socialist Bernie Sanders.
Early in his career, Sanders – who was raised Jewish and spent time in Israel in the 1960s – was generally sympathetic toward Israel’s policies. By the time he first ran for president in 2016, however, he was expressing more support for Palestinian concerns – a view that set him apart from the rest of the Democratic field.
In a primary debate with Hillary Clinton, held during a March 2016 outbreak of Hamas rocket attacks on Israel, Sanders spoke directly about the plight of Palestinians – their high unemployment, « decimated houses, decimated healthcare, decimated schools ».
As noted by the Guardian’s Ed Pilkington at the time, this broke an « unwritten rule » that talking about Palestinian suffering was a losing issue for politicians seeking higher office.
image copyrightPool via Getty Images
Sanders lost both his presidential bids, of course. The popularity of his expressed views, however, opened the door for down-ballot Democrats to take up the issue – as they also took up other parts of his progressive platform, including expanded healthcare, free college education, a higher minimum wage and environmental reform.
Since then, Sanders has hardened his condemnations of Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, whom he called a « desperate, racist authoritarian ». And last week, he penned an opinion column in the New York times that, while pulling no punches, no longer seems a fringe Democratic view.

« The fact of the matter is that Israel remains the one sovereign authority in the land of Israel and Palestine, » Sanders wrote, « and rather than preparing for peace and justice, it has been entrenching its unequal and undemocratic control. »
Palestinian lives matter
In that Times column, Sanders concludes by heralding the rise of « a new generation of activists » in the US.
« We saw these activists in American streets last summer in the wake of the murder of George Floyd, » he writes. « We see them in Israel. We see them in the Palestinian territories. »
A major foreign policy headache for Biden
The child victims of the Israel-Gaza conflict
His final words lift a direct line from the Black Lives Matter movement: « Palestinian lives matter ».
Sanders is noting what has become obvious during clashes between Israel forces and Palestinians over the past two weeks. Americans who found their political voice during last summer’s activism in US cities are now turning their focus, and their rhetoric, on what they see as similar unchecked oppression in the Middle East.

media captionWatch: Biden accelerates away when asked about Israel
« St Louis sent me here to save lives, » Congresswoman Cori Bush of St Louis – who unseated a long-time Democratic politician in a primary last year – said on the floor of the House on Thursday.
« That means we oppose our money going to fund militarised policing, occupation and systems of violent oppression and trauma. We are anti-war, we are anti-occupation, and we are anti-apartheid. Period. »
That has translated into growing calls to cut off US military aid to Israel – or at least use the threat of doing so to pressure Netanyahu to move away from his aggressive policies in the occupied territories.
The « defund the police » slogan now has a foreign policy companion: « defund the Israeli military ».
Donald and Bibi
Complicating matters for Israel’s traditional backers in the Democratic Party is that US policy toward the Jewish state, like almost everything in national politics, has become increasingly polarised on partisan lines.
image copyrightPool via Getty Images
That, in no small part, has been helped along by long-time Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu, who has forged closer ties with the American right over recent years. Obama-era Democrats have not forgotten Netanyahu’s address to a joint session of Congress in 2015 at the invitation of Republicans, during which he made an unsuccessful attempt to torpedo congressional approval of the administration’s signature diplomatic initiative, the Iran nuclear agreement.
Meanwhile, Donald Trump spent four years trumpeting his close relationship with Netanyahu and Israel’s political right. He cut off humanitarian aid to the Palestinian authority, moved the US embassy from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem, and bypassed the Palestinians in his Middle East diplomatic negotiations.
That one-two political punch from Trump and Netanyahu was more than enough to have even some centrist Democrats rethinking their views on the Palestinian situation.
That trend could continue, in part because, Zogby says, Trump’s efforts to cater to Israeli interests haven’t translated into shifting support among Jewish voters for Republican candidates.
« That is wishful thinking on their part, » Zogby says. « American Jews are fundamentally a liberal to progressive voting entity. »
If Democrats can satisfy their progressive base without alienating their traditional Jewish voters, it becomes a much more comfortable political move.
Old-school Biden
If the Israel debate among Democrats in Washington is changing, the direction from the White House has only just begun to reflect that.
Biden and his top officials were slow to call for a ceasefire between Israel and Hamas – lagging behind even traditional Israel backers like Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer.
image copyrightAnadolu Agency via Getty Images
image captionSmoke rises over Gaza City
They repeatedly blocked a UN Security Council resolution that also endorsed a ceasefire. The readouts of Biden’s calls with Netanyahu have repeatedly noted that the president has emphasised Israel’s right to self-defence, with little hint of criticism.
There’s been no talk of putting conditions on US military aid to Israel – and, in fact, before the most recent outbreak of violence, Biden authorised the sale of $735m (£518m) in arms to the Jewish state, much to the dismay of his party’s progressives. During the 2020 presidential primary, he said calls to add conditions to US aid to Israel by Sanders and others were « bizarre ».
The risk for Biden on this issue is clear, however. The president needs the backing of left-wing progressives in his coalition if he wants to pass his legislative agenda, including an ambitious infrastructure and social safety-net package.
Up until now, that support has been there. But if the Democratic left believes Biden is turning his back on what they view as Israel’s gross human rights abuses, they could abandon him.
« We’ve seen a steady growth in support for Palestinians, but it’s never really been a high-intensity issue, » Zogby says. « It’s becoming that. It’s becoming a major wedge issue, particularly among Democrats, driven by non-white voters and younger voters, by progressives in general. »
That this might happen in a foreign policy area, the Middle East, that has been a low priority for Biden so far in his presidency would be particularly stinging – and it’s one of the reasons why Israel’s advocates in the Democratic Party are concerned that Biden’s support, which has been largely unwavering over decades of public service, may end up shaky.
Politicians can only stay out of step with their political base for so long.

Voir encore:

The Realignment
In the Middle East, Biden is finishing what Obama started. And his top advisers are all on board.
Michael Doran and Tony Badran
Tablet magazine
May 11, 2021

On Sunday, National Security Adviser Jake Sullivan phoned his Israeli counterpart and turned back the hands of time. According to the American readout of the conversation, Sullivan called “to express the United States’ serious concerns” about two things: the pending eviction, by court order, of a number of Palestinian families from their homes in the Sheikh Jarrah neighborhood of Jerusalem, and the weekend’s violent clashes on the Temple Mount between Israeli police and Palestinian rioters. The Biden administration, in other words, publicly asserted an American national interest in preventing the Sheikh Jarrah evictions, regardless of the dictates of Israeli law—just as Hamas was sending rockets and incendiary devices into Israel with the same message. This conscious effort to put “daylight” between the United States and Israel marked a clear return to the approach of President Barack Obama.

Sullivan’s call invites us to reopen an unresolved debate that began even before President Joe Biden took the oath of office. Is the new president forging his own path in the Middle East, or is he following in the footsteps of Obama? Until now, those who feared that his presidency might become the third term of Obama fixed their wary eyes on Robert Malley, the president’s choice as Iran envoy. When serving in the Obama White House, Malley helped negotiate the Iran nuclear deal, which sought accommodations with Tehran that came at the expense of America’s allies in the Middle East. In a revealing Foreign Affairs article, written in 2019, Malley expressed regret that Obama failed to arrive at more such accommodations. The direction of Obama’s policy was praiseworthy, Malley wrote, but his “moderation” was the enemy of his project. Being “a gradualist,” he presided over “an experiment that got suspended halfway through.”

Malley, the article leads one to assume, is now advising Biden to go all the way—and fast. But surely it is the president, not his Iran envoy, who determines the direction and pace of policy. Over the course of a career in Washington spanning nearly half a century, Biden has never cut a radical profile. Nor have Sullivan or Secretary of State Antony Blinken. The presence of this pair at Biden’s side signaled to many that Malley would not drive Iran policy. Shortly after the election, a veteran Washington insider noted to a journalist that “Blinken and Sullivan are certainly from the more moderate wing of the party, and that is reassuring.”

At his Senate confirmation hearing in January, Blinken continued to reassure by expressing his intention to fix the defects of the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA), as the Iran nuclear deal is known. The following month, Foreign Policy reported that a split had opened up inside the government, with Sullivan and Blinken fulfilling the hopes placed on them. When Malley argued in favor of giving “inducements” to Iran to convince it to return quickly to the JCPOA, Sullivan and Blinken “dominated the discussion” by “toeing a harder line.”

Over the past month, that line became even harder—as in harder to see. On April 2, Malley gave an interview to PBS that raised eyebrows in Jerusalem, Riyadh, and in Congress. Ahead of nuclear talks in Vienna, where the Europeans were about to host indirect negotiations between Biden officials and Iranian representatives about resurrecting the JCPOA, Malley expressed an eagerness to lift American sanctions on Iran and ensure “that Iran enjoys the benefits that it was supposed to enjoy under the deal.” About the interview, an anonymous senior Israeli official said, “If this is American policy, we are concerned.”

Israeli intelligence operatives put an exclamation point on that sentence when they (it seems clear) sabotaged a power generator at the Iranian nuclear enrichment facility in Natanz. While damaging Iran’s nuclear program, the operation also signaled Israeli opposition to the American position in the Vienna talks, now underway.

The alarm in Jerusalem is justified, if the May 1 statement by Abbas Araghchi, Iran’s lead negotiator in Vienna, is anything to go by. The American negotiators, he claimed, had already agreed in principle to remove sanctions on Iran’s energy sector, automotive industry, financial services, banking industry, and ports—to eliminate, in other words, all of the most significant economic sanctions ever imposed on Iran. Recent statements from Biden administration officials give us no reason to disbelieve Araghchi, and the smart money is now on a full resurrection of the JCPOA in relatively short order.

But even the Israelis have yet to absorb the full scope and magnitude of Biden’s accommodation of Iran. The problem is not that Sullivan and Blinken are failing to restrain Malley, but that they are marching in lockstep with him. A consensus reigns inside the administration, not just on the JCPOA but on every big question of Middle East strategy: Everyone from the president on down agrees about the need to complete what Obama started—which means that the worst is yet to come.

If the control that Obama’s project exercises over every mind in the Biden administration is not already obvious, it is because confusion still reigns about the project’s true nature. Doubt us? Then take the following one-question quiz: To what, precisely, was Robert Malley referring when he spoke of Obama’s half-completed “experiment”?

If you answered “the JCPOA,” you got it wrong.

If you said “improving relations with Iran,” you scored much higher, but you still failed.

The president’s “ultimate goal,” Malley wrote, was “to help the [Middle East] find a more stable balance of power that would make it less dependent on direct U.S. interference or protection.” That is a roundabout way of saying that Obama dreamed of a new Middle Eastern order—one that relies more on partnership with Iran.

And the dream lives on. In May 2020, six months after Malley penned his Foreign Affairs essay, Jake Sullivan, writing as an adviser to Biden’s presidential campaign, co-authored his own article laying out a Middle East strategy. The goal, he explained, is to be “less ambitious” militarily, “but more ambitious in using U.S. leverage and diplomacy to press for a de-escalation in tensions and eventually a new modus vivendi among the key regional actors.” If we substitute the word “balance” for “modus vivendi,” and if we recognize that “de-escalation” and “diplomacy” require cooperation with Iran, then Sullivan’s vision is identical to Obama’s “ultimate goal” as described by Malley. Sullivan emphasized that equivalence when he defined the objective of his plan as “changing the United States’ role in a regional order it helped create.”

This project to create a new Middle Eastern order, which now spans two presidential administrations, deserves a name. The “Obama-Biden-Malley-Blinken-Sullivan initiative” is quite a mouthful. Instead, we hereby dub it “the Realignment.” That it should fall to us, and at this late date, to name a project on which many talented people have been working for the better part of a decade is more than a little odd. Typically, presidents launch initiatives as grand as this one with a major address, and they further embroider their vision with dozens of smaller speeches and interviews. One searches in vain for Obama’s speech, “A New Order in the Middle East.”

Obama, it seems clear, felt his project would advance best with stealth and misdirection, not aggressive salesmanship. Biden, while keeping Obama’s second-term foreign policy team nearly intact, is using the same playbook. He and his aides recognize that confusion about the “ultimate goal” makes achieving it easier. Indeed, confusion is the Realignment’s best friend.

“Calculated to confuse” would make a fitting epitaph for the JCPOA—if ever it were to shuffle off this mortal coil. At 159 pages, containing five annexes, and replete with secret side deals, it packed into one binder enough smoke and mirrors to keep the American public confused for the past six years. Although the JCPOA is only one component of Obama’s grand project, its role is indispensable.

Let’s start with what the JCPOA does not do. Contrary to what its architects have claimed since 2015, the JCPOA does not block all the pathways to an Iranian nuclear weapon. How could it? The deal’s so-called “sunset provisions”—the clauses that eliminate all meaningful restrictions on Iran’s nuclear program—will all have taken effect in less than a decade; some of the most significant restrictions will disappear by 2025. By 2031, the Islamic Republic will have, with international protection and assistance, an unfettered nuclear weapons program resting on an industrial-scale enrichment capability. On the basis of this fact alone, the best one can possibly say about the deal is that it buys a decade of freedom from Iranian nuclear extortion.

But even that modest claim does not withstand scrutiny. The deal permits a robust research and development program, and it does not destroy facilities (such as the fortified bunker in the mountains at Fordow) that are indisputably part of a military, not a civilian, nuclear program. In other words, Iran is pursuing its nuclear weapons ambitions even during this period of supposed restrictions, and its program is continuing, as any newspaper reader can see, to serve as a tool of extortion.

So blatant are the deal’s failings that Biden officials do not deny the problem. Instead, they pretend to have a fix. Their plan? A “follow-on accord.” The JCPOA, they claim, is stage one in a multistage process, like a Silicon Valley product awaiting an upgrade.

It was Sullivan, in his Foreign Affairs article, who first floated the “follow-on” idea. Blinken then promised, at both his Senate confirmation hearing in January and a press conference on his first day on the job, to work for a “longer and stronger agreement.”

“Lengthen and Strengthen with Sullivan and Blinken!” would make for a catchy slogan if JCPOA 2.0 actually had a chance in reality. But the Biden administration insists it will not raise the idea of a longer and stronger agreement until after the full restoration of JCPOA 1.0. However, as we noted, JCPOA 1.0 quickly expunges all significant limitations on Iran’s nuclear program—permanently, and with an international seal of approval. By giving Tehran everything it ever wanted up front, JCPOA 1.0 obviates JCPOA 2.0.

Sullivan and Blinken profess to recognize the hideous flaws of the JCPOA, even as they sweat and toil to resurrect it from the tomb where Trump had buried it. The comfort they offered worried minds only increased when, according to the February Foreign Policy report, they overruled Malley, refusing Iran’s demand that the United States lift all sanctions as a precondition for returning to the JCPOA. The men of understanding, we were led to believe, were also men with backbone.

But that report merely deflected watchful eyes from the real story: the bargaining between Washington and Tehran that started the minute the administration took office. Even before the Vienna negotiations began in April, messages were winging their way from Tehran to Washington, through intermediaries who interceded with ideas about how the United States could relax sanctions without formally lifting them.

As a result, Sullivan and Blinken delivered inducements to Tehran—and lots of them. To give just a few examples: The Biden administration dropped American objections to a $5 billion International Monetary Fund loan to Iran. It rescinded the Trump-era policy at the United Nations, which had triggered the so-called snapback mechanism—a move to reimpose international sanctions on Iran for its violation of the deal. It released frozen Iranian oil funds in South Korea, Iraq, and Oman. These steps portended the imminent end of the sanctions regime, thus encouraging the Chinese to buy Iranian oil at a much higher rate than at any time since 2017. Against this background came Malley’s April 2 interview on PBS, in which he expressed an eagerness to lift all sanctions as quickly as possible.

The administration’s enthusiasm for maximum accommodation of Iran came as a shock to many observers, among them Sen. James Inhofe of Oklahoma, the ranking Republican on the Senate Armed Services Committee, who released a statement accusing the administration of breaking its word. Inhofe, the Israelis, and countless others had mistaken Blinken’s rhetoric for an actual plan to use the leverage built up by Trump to “fix” the nuclear deal.

To be fair, Blinken always said the administration intended to return to the JCPOA. About that, neither he nor Sullivan nor any other administration official ever lied. But they did strategically encourage people to believe things they knew were not, and never would be, true.

Their deceptions have gone far beyond narrow nuclear questions. Contrary to the claims of the administration, the JCPOA ends all of the most damaging sanctions on Iran—nuclear and nonnuclear alike. Thanks to one of its early sunset clauses, the JCPOA already ended an international ban on conventional arms sales to Iran, thus offering Tehran avenues for expanding its defense cooperation with Russia and China. As the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) will grow richer from oil sales, its international partnerships will also grow stronger. The network of militias surrounding Israel and America’s Arab allies will expand, and their sting, delivered by precision-guided weaponry, will become more venomous. Compounded by the backing of powerful friends like Russia and China, the difficulty of containing Iran’s regional project will increase. This analysis is not a theory; it is common sense.

The deceptions surrounding the JCPOA have a clear purpose: to make the administration appear supportive of containment when, in fact, it is ending it. But why are officials like Blinken and Sullivan so comfortable with such duplicity? Answering this question requires entering the Realignment mentality. The Foreign Affairs articles certainly offer one way in, but the most direct route is through the mind of Barack Obama, the author of the policy that Blinken and Sullivan are glossing.

The deceptions surrounding the JCPOA have a clear purpose: to make the administration appear supportive of containment when, in fact, it is ending it.

The Realignment mentality fully crystalized on Aug. 31, 2013, the day Obama erased his red line on Syria’s use of chemical weapons. Obama first drew the red line for U.S. military action in the summer of 2012, after receiving reports indicating that Syrian dictator Bashar Assad was either using or preparing to use chemical weapons against civilians. Some of Obama’s advisers urged him, in response, to increase support for the rebels seeking to overthrow Assad. Instead, Obama drew his red line, hoping that Moscow and Tehran would restrain Assad and the White House would not be forced to take action. But almost exactly one year later, Assad dashed Obama’s hopes with a sarin gas attack that killed hundreds of civilians, perhaps over a thousand.

Nevertheless, Obama was as determined as ever to prevent American intervention in Syria—still with the assistance of Moscow and Tehran. What if, he asked himself, the United States were able to work in greater partnership with Russia and Iran to stabilize not just Syria but other trouble spots too? After all, a tacit U.S. arrangement with Iran already existed in Iraq, based on a supposed mutual hostility to Sunni jihadism. Couldn’t that model be expanded to cover the entire Middle East? A partnership with Russia and Iran could stabilize this vexed region. An attack on Syria, however, would alienate both Moscow and Tehran, damaging Obama’s dream of a new regional order.

As the American military readied a strike on Assad, Obama searched for a pretext to call it off. He found it by suddenly remembering his constitutional duty to seek congressional authorization for military operations. Republicans in Congress, Obama knew, would refuse to authorize military action, making them responsible for erasing his red line. The Republicans’ refusal to strike, Obama told Ben Rhodes, an aide and member of his inner circle, “will drive a stake through the heart of neoconservatism—everyone will see they have no votes.”

Obama had zero interest in weakening the Russian-Iranian entente. Instead, he sought to hobble the “correlation of forces” (to use the Soviet terminology) that he believed was boxing him in. Those forces included, in addition to a variety of groups in American domestic politics, traditional allies in the Middle East—Israel, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey—all of whom were alarmed, each for its own reasons, by the rising power of the Russian-Iranian entente.

For his part, Russian leader Vladimir Putin understood Obama’s dilemma. He quickly offered a fig leaf that Obama readily accepted. Together, the two pretended to strip Assad of his chemical weapons. We say “pretended,” because the joint Russian-American initiative was a Potemkin facade designed to put an honorable face on Obama’s retreat. In return for the prize of American abstention from Syria, Putin was more than happy to destroy some of Assad’s chemical weapons.

But only some. The Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons, the group that carried out the joint American-Russian policy, only destroyed the chemical weapons that Assad officially declared. Of course, he didn’t declare everything, a fact that became irrefutable in April 2017, when Assad conducted another sarin gas attack, this time killing almost 100 people.

For Obama, however, deterring Assad was always a secondary concern. He had now achieved what he saw as the biggest prize of all, namely, opening a path to a strategic accommodation with Iran, Russia’s ally in Syria. “If the U.S. had intervened more forcefully in Syria,” Rhodes told a reporter at the end of the Obama presidency, “it would have dominated Obama’s second term and the JCPOA would have been impossible to achieve.”

With the Syria example fixed in our minds, we are finally in a position to define what the JCPOA truly is rather than what it is not. As understood by its architects, the deal is two things at once. First, it is a vehicle for towing Iran’s nuclear program out of the main lanes of U.S.-Iranian relations and parking it off to one side, thereby creating political and diplomatic space for greater interaction between Washington and Tehran—a fundamental condition for building the new regional order to which the Realignment aspires.

Second, it is a tool for erasing the containment option in American foreign policy. Many analysts have interpreted the elimination of nonnuclear sanctions by the JCPOA as the product of inept bargaining. Wily Iranian negotiators, we have frequently been told, hoodwinked the naïve Obama, who, poor man, just can’t seem to get his head around the concept of leverage in negotiations.

On the contrary, a savvy Obama fooled the analysts by disguising the JCPOA as a nonproliferation agreement. In reality, the deal was a sneak attack on a traditional American foreign policy. It was and remains a Trojan horse designed to recast America’s position and role in the Middle East. Sullivan and Blinken’s task is to wheel the Trojan horse into the central square of American foreign policy and, by brandishing their “centrist” political credentials, sell it as an imperfect but valuable vehicle of containment.

The doctrine of Realignment builds on the erroneous assumption that Iran is a status quo power, one that shares a number of major interests with the United States. According to this doctrine, conservative Americans and supporters of Israel fixate on Iran’s ideology—which is steeped in bigotry toward non-Muslims in general, and which advertises its annihilationist aspirations toward the Jewish state in particular—but it is not useful as a practical guide to Tehran’s behavior. That’s what professor Obama taught us in a 2014 interview, when he claimed that Iran’s leaders “are strategic,” rational people who “respond to costs and benefits” and “to incentives.”

U.S. allies needed to learn “to share the neighborhood” with Iran, he said in another interview. Their hostility was preventing Washington from gaining access to the more pragmatic dimensions of the Iranian government’s character. Israel, Turkey, and Saudi Arabia nurture paranoid fears, outsize ambitions, and grubby sectarian agendas that draw them into shadow wars with Iran. Out of excessive loyalty to its allies, America has allowed itself to be dragged into supporting their wars, needlessly embittering U.S.-Iranian relations while simultaneously exacerbating local conflicts.

According to the Realignment doctrine, America will help its allies protect their sovereign territory from Iranian or Iranian-backed attacks, but not compete with Iran beyond their borders. In the contested spaces of Syria, Yemen, and Iraq, the United States will force others to respect Iran’s “equities,” a term Obama once used to describe Iran’s positions of power. Thus, in practical terms, America will use its influence to elevate the interests of Iran over those of U.S. allies in key areas of the Middle East.

At home, this policy is controversial, to say the least, and necessitates the development of tactics to camouflage the tilt toward Tehran. The presentation of the JCPOA as a narrow arms control agreement is the most important of these tactics, but two others are particularly noteworthy.

The first is the bear hug: a squeeze that can be presented to the outside world as a gesture of love, but which immobilizes its recipient. The Obama administration perfected the move on Israel during JCPOA negotiations. American officials routinely bragged that they had raised military-to-military relations between the United States and Israel to glorious new heights. To be fair, the claim is not entirely baseless, thanks to joint projects such as the Iron Dome missile defense system, which allows Israel to protect its territory from Iranian-sponsored rocket attacks. But if Iron Dome was the seemingly loving aspect of the bear hug, the immobilizing part was the strong discouragement of Israeli military and intelligence operations against Iran’s nuclear program and its regional military network. Obama made both seem less necessary by continually pointing to Iron Dome, which became a U.S. device for forcing Israel into a more passive posture in the face of Iran’s rising power and continued aggression.

The bear hug is also a tool for gaslighting critics who accurately claim that the Realignment guts the policy of containment. The ongoing provision of American security assistance to allies allows the administration to plausibly claim that containment is alive and well—that the United States is indeed “pushing back” against Iran’s “destabilizing activities,” and that far from discarding its old allies, it is committed to their welfare.

The second tactic is the values feint. When Washington tilts toward Iran, it disguises its true motivations with pronouncements of high-minded humanitarianism—ceasing to be a superpower and instead becoming a Florence Nightingale among the nations, decrying human suffering and repeating mantras like “There is no military solution to this conflict.” The values feint exhorts allies, in public, not to retreat before Iran but to engage in the “three D’s”: diplomacy, dialogue, and de-escalation. This trio, first deployed by Obama in Syria, now routinely rolls off the tongues of Biden officials who, in keeping with a plan presented in Sullivan’s Foreign Affairs article, are busy encouraging America’s allies to sit down and negotiate with the Iranians.

“We support any Iranian dialogue with international, regional, or Arab powers,” Hassan Nasrallah said last week. “We consider it as helpful to calming tension in the region.” The leader of Lebanon’s Hezbollah, the most lethal Iranian-backed militia in the Arab world, strongly approves of the Sullivan plan. And why wouldn’t he? The three D’s transform Iran and its proxies into America’s partners in “peace” diplomacy, and those seeking to contain them into bloodthirsty enemies of peace.

Now that we can see past the cute tricks that hide the Realignment’s true goals, we can state its four strategic imperatives in plain English: First, allow Tehran an unfettered nuclear weapons program by 2031; second, end the sanctions on the Iranian economic and financial system; third, implement a policy of accommodation of Iran and its tentacles in Iraq, Syria, Yemen, and Lebanon; and fourth, force that policy on America’s closest allies. If the United States follows those commandments, then a kind of natural regional balance will fall into place. The United States, so the thinking goes, will then finally remove itself from the war footing that traditional allies, with their anti-Iran agenda, have forced on it. Thereafter, diplomatic engagement with Iran will be the primary tool needed to maintain regional stability. (If you doubt us on this, give Malley’s and Sullivan’s Foreign Affairs articles a closer read.)

The Realignment rests on, to put it mildly, a hollow theory. It misstates the nature of the Islamic Republic and the scope of its ambitions. A regime that has led “Death to America” chants for the last 40 years is an inveterately revisionist regime. The Islamic Republic sees itself as a global power, the leader of the Muslim world, and it covets hegemony over the Persian Gulf—indeed, the entire Middle East. But the only instrument it has ever had to achieve its objectives is regional subversion.

Ayatollah Khamenei, the head of this colossal project, is a lord of chaos. After oil, the Islamic Republic’s major export item is the IRGC-commanded terrorist militia—the only export that Iran consistently produces at a peerless level. Malley and Sullivan got it exactly wrong when they argued, in effect, that allies are suckering the United States into conflict with Iran. It is not the allies but the Islamic Republic that is blanketing the Arab world with terrorist militias, arming them with precision-guided weapons, and styling the alliance it leads as “the Resistance Axis.” It does so for one simple reason: It is out to destroy the American order in the Middle East.

Iran’s militia network and nuclear program have made it strong enough to be a major factor in every troubled corner of the Middle East, but not strong enough to build an alternative order. Herein lies a curious contradiction in Khamenei’s project. Iran cannot actually hold or stabilize contested areas without a helpful American posture.

Iran is strong enough to be a major factor in every troubled corner of the Middle East, but not strong enough to build an alternative order.

This same contradiction bedevils the Realignment, whose architects think that partnership with Iran is the ticket to ending American military interventions in the Middle East. But the experiences of both Iraq and Syria proved the fallacy of this vision. On Obama’s watch, when the U.S. withdrew its troops from Iraq, Iran’s influence increased exponentially. And what happened? Iran-backed militias sprouted like weeds across the landscape. The ensuing chaos created the vacuum which the Islamic State filled, forcing Obama to re-intervene militarily—but now with the American military serving, in effect, as the air force of Iran’s militias. Obama didn’t end military interventions; he just switched sides.

An analogous process took place in Syria. In order to save the Assad regime, Iran needed not just the intervention of the Russian military to shore up its position against the Syrian opposition forces, but the assistance of the United States. Obama kept both Turkey and Israel at bay while the Russians, Iranians, and Iran’s militias slaughtered over 500,000 people and uprooted 10 million more from their homes.

Obama and his staffers, who are now Biden’s staffers, already tested the potential of Realignment. It brought only suffering and death, not to mention a general weakening of the American position.

Domestic politics partially explains the hold that this empty theory exercises over otherwise bright minds. The Realignment was the signature initiative of Barack Obama, who remains either the most powerful man in Democratic politics or a very close second. By winning the presidency, Biden is the leader of the party today, but he owes much of his personal popularity as well as his victory itself to his former boss.

The organizational chart of the State Department says that Malley reports to the secretary of state. What the chart does not reveal is that Malley, as the keeper of Obama’s Iran flame, reports to Blinken, in effect, through Obama. As for Sullivan, he reports to Biden directly, but his ability to deviate from Obama’s agenda is limited by a simple fact of life. As Sullivan himself observed in a December interview, “We’ve reached a point where foreign policy is domestic policy, and domestic policy is foreign policy.”

Biden won the electoral college by only 45,000 votes spread over three states—a razor thin margin. He still desperately needs the support of Obama, who alone can bridge the Democratic Party’s progressive and Clintonian wings. Moreover, if power is the ability to convince people that their success in the future requires keeping you happy in the present, then Obama has a lot of direct power over Sullivan. If Sullivan aspires to one day serve as secretary of state or secretary of defense, he knows that Obama will remain a power broker in Democratic politics long after Biden has left the scene.

The political heft of the Realignment derives not just from Obama’s personal support but also from the support of progressives whose cosmology it affirms. It equates a policy of containing Iran with a path to endless war, and transforms a policy of accommodating Iran into the path to peace. It reduces the complexities of the Middle East to a Manichean morality tale that pits the progressives against their mythological foes—Evangelical Christians, “neoconservatives,” and Zionists. The Realignment depicts these foes as co-conspirators with Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman and Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, plotting to keep America mired in the Middle East.

The role that the Realignment casts for Israel bears close scrutiny. Jake Sullivan’s Foreign Affairs article called for preventing U.S. allies from holding American policy “hostage to maximalist regional demands” regarding the JCPOA. Yet Sullivan all but abstained from mentioning Israel, the country that has been most vocal and effective at making such demands. This omission is, of course, no accident.

Contemporary progressivism is, shall we say, less than enthusiastic about Zionism. One of its cherished goals is to reduce American support for Israel, and the Realignment helps it realize that ambition—but it does so slyly. It refrains from making its anti-Zionism explicit for fear of stirring up opposition to the project among the largely pro-Israel American people. But by upgrading relations with Iran, the Realignment perforce downgrades the Jewish state.

How Israel responds to this downgrading will depend on how its prolonged domestic crisis, marked by four national elections in two years’ time, finally gets resolved. Netanyahu haters in the Biden administration will be sure to delight if he is toppled from power and succeeded by someone with less foreign policy experience, such as Yair Lapid, the chairman of the Yesh Atid party. The White House believes that a post-Netanyahu Israel will work to accommodate its main demands. If, however, Netanyahu remains in power (or if he is succeeded by someone with a similar disposition on Iran), then the Israelis will not readily accept the diminished role assigned to them by the Realignment.

As Biden moves swiftly to put Netanyahu (or a like-minded successor) in a bear hug, the Israeli prime minister will bend, twist, squirm, and occasionally throw a sharp elbow and kick a shin. Both Biden and Netanyahu, each for his own domestic reasons, will deny the depth of the conflict. Broad smiles, professions of friendship, and much fancy footwork, all produced for the benefit of the cameras, will turn this wrestling match into a contorted tango.

Their dance will move through five flashpoints—the five irresolvable tensions between Jerusalem and Washington that the Realignment creates. The first is, of course, the JCPOA. The Israelis, for their part, will try to prevent the quarrel from poisoning cooperation in general, but will not refrain from exposing the defects of the deal to the world, and especially to Congress. The JCPOA breathes an air of distrust into U.S.-Israel relations, which will thicken as Israel continues to conduct covert actions inside Iran. The Biden team’s response, as we have already seen, will be to urge restraint on Jerusalem, thus generating the second flashpoint.

The primary goal of Israeli covert operations has historically been to sabotage Iran’s nuclear program, but more recently, they have also served as a means to publicize the flaws of the JCPOA and to expose Iranian cheating. The covert Israeli campaign now also serves as propaganda by action, showcasing opposition to Biden’s Realignment. The recent sabotage of the Natanz nuclear facility’s power station, a case in point, coincided not just with the negotiations in Vienna over the JCPOA, but also with the visit of Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin to Jerusalem. The operation embarrassed Washington, not least by refuting its contention that the only way to prevent war is to legitimize Iran’s nuclear program. If diminutive Israel can sabotage Iran’s most secure facilities on its own without sparking a war, how much more could it accomplish with the active assistance of the United States?

For its part, the Biden administration responded to the embarrassment by issuing a private rebuke to Jerusalem, while calling for more coordination and an agreed policy of “no surprises.” A similar dynamic is playing out over the third flashpoint—namely, the clash between Washington and Jerusalem over Israeli attacks on Iranian military targets in Syria and elsewhere in the region. A meeting in April between Sullivan and his Israeli counterpart, Meir Ben-Shabbat, established “an interagency working group” to focus on the threat of Iranian-produced precision-guided missiles, which Tehran provides to its regional assets. The White House will spin the working group as a united effort to “push back” on Iran, but it is actually a tool for monitoring and restraining Israel.

As the pressure from Washington to support the three D’s mounts, Jerusalem will search for partners who can assist it, both in containing Iran and in persuading the United States to abandon the Realignment. Impediments to effective coordination between Riyadh and Jerusalem abound, but the Saudis remain the most likely candidate, as there is still a chance that shared circumstances will force closer coordination between the two. But the Biden team will monitor relations between Riyadh and Jerusalem and interdict when necessary—thus creating the fourth flash point.

It was, once again, the Obama administration that fashioned the template for such interdiction. In 2012, when Washington grew fearful that Israel might launch an attack on Iran’s nuclear facilities, four senior U.S. diplomats and military intelligence officials briefed Foreign Policy on alleged cooperation between Azerbaijan and Israel in preparation for the attack. “The Israelis have bought an airfield,” one anonymous official said, “and the airfield is called Azerbaijan.” Officials in Baku categorically denied the report, which indeed was likely bogus. But the point was to intimidate Jerusalem and any of its potential anti-Iran partners, not to put out truthful information.

The final flashpoint will be the Palestinian question. As tensions with Jerusalem rise over Iran, the administration will execute its values feint, criticizing Israel for choosing the path of “war.” But it will be over the Palestinian issue that the Biden team will deliver the harshest public scolding. The issue helps camouflage American rage over Israel’s independent Iran policy, presenting it instead as a righteous fight over “values.”

The administration wasted no time in reviving this values conflict. On April 7, Blinken resumed U.S. funding for the Palestinian leadership that the Trump administration had cut, including for the controversial United Nations Relief and Works Agency, saying it “aligns with the values and interests of our allies” (as defined solely by the Biden administration, he neglected to add). Gilad Erdan, Israel’s ambassador to the United States and the United Nations, quickly clarified that “Israel is strongly opposed to the anti-Israel and antisemitic activity happening in UNRWA’s facilities.”

Elevating the Palestinian question to the top of U.S.-Israel relations will further reduce the chance of a bilateral Saudi-Israeli breakthrough. Any efforts to advance the Abraham Accords, or to thwart the White House’s Iran policy, will be met with rebukes that Israel is trying to detract from justice for the Palestinians. The launch of another round of Israeli-Palestinian negotiations might be one way for the Biden team to lend plausibility to this claim. Given the failure of previous rounds, however, Biden may instead choose to launch talks with Israelis and Palestinians about how to preserve the two-state solution in the absence of a peace process. From any such talks, demands on Israel to take impossible actions will flow like a gusher, allowing Washington to pose as the champion of Palestinian rights against the recalcitrant Israelis.

With the stage thus set, an echo chamber of “independent” voices in the media will deliver a harsh reproach to Israel, which the Biden team will have scripted but will prefer not to deliver directly. “The United States needs to tell Israeli leaders to cease provocative settlement construction and … oppressive security practices,” wrote Obama’s CIA director, John Brennan, in The New York Times on April 27. This was an early warning. As the tensions between Jerusalem and Washington mount, voices shriller than Brennan’s will decry the Israelis as corrupt and cruel warmongers, sabotaging not just peace diplomacy, but also mom and apple pie.

For the pro-Israel community, the Realignment represents both an intellectual and political challenge. Intellectually, it forces a rethinking of what constitutes a pro-Israel policy. Traditionally, a position passes this litmus test if it supports strong bilateral ties, including the provision of American military aid. But supporters of the Realignment—by guaranteeing Israel’s qualitative military edge and right to defend itself, and by verbally affirming the enduring strength of American-Israeli bonds—easily pass this test, even as they empower Iran across the Middle East and provide it with a pathway to a nuclear weapon. To give the term “pro-Israel” a definition that meets the challenge of the day requires advocating for the containment of Iran, not just the defense of Israel, and for a peace strategy that focuses on Saudi Arabia.

For Jewish Democrats especially, this definition poses a severe political challenge. Progressives and Biden surrogates will attack this definition of “pro-Israel” as the “Trumpist” version, which to them means repudiating American values, choosing war over diplomacy, whitewashing Saudi “crimes,” and helping Israeli settlers “colonize” the Palestinians.

Some supporters of the administration will not hesitate to accuse Jews of sending American men and women in uniform to die for Israel. In 2018, when the Mossad spirited the nuclear archive from Tehran, Colin Kahl, a Stanford professor and Biden’s former national security adviser, tweeted that the Israeli operation “sure has an eerie pre-2003 Iraq vibe to it.” In other words, the Israeli intelligence operation, a heroic feat straight out of a Hollywood movie, was a Jewish plot to sucker America into a war for Israel. Kahl is now Joe Biden’s undersecretary of defense for policy, the third most powerful person in the Pentagon. During his Senate confirmation process, Kahl’s supporters defended him against the accusation that he harbored an anti-Israel bias by noting that, under Obama, he helped advance American-Israeli cooperation on Iron Dome.

As the pro-Israel community debates what constitutes sensible policy, its right and left wings are gearing up for a fight. Enter: Sullivan and Blinken. They move between the bickering factions, holding up their arms in a plea for calm. The duo have exactly what it takes to forge a third way between Trump’s “maximum pressure” and Obama’s Realignment—a Clintonian way that will square the circle, thread the needle, and ride two horses at once. Don’t brawl with each other, they say. Don’t split your community. Rest assured, we have your back. We have no illusions about Iran. Our commitment to Israel’s security remains unyielding.

Wouldn’t it be nice to believe all that? Unfortunately, this third way is a myth—and a dangerous one at that. It is buying time and goodwill for an administration that, as it races hell-for-leather to finish what Obama started, deserves neither.

The Realignment is just clever enough to be stupid on a grand scale. When Malley refers to Obama’s presidency as a half-finished experiment, he means, more specifically, that the United States failed to compel its Middle Eastern allies to accommodate Iran. Washington, he explained in his Foreign Affairs article, must stop “giving its partners carte blanche” and “enabling their more bellicose actions” directed at Iran and its proxies. The ally who needs its blank check revoked most urgently, Malley explains, is Saudi Arabia, and the arena in which to start is Yemen. Washington, he wrote bluntly, must press Riyadh “to bring the conflict to an end.”

Sullivan’s Foreign Affairs article took this idea further, developing the plan for pressing Riyadh to end the war in Yemen. The United States, he explained, should tell the Saudis in no uncertain terms that a failure to end the intervention would put at risk the American security guarantee for Saudi Arabia. According to Sullivan, Washington must “insist on serious, good-faith Saudi diplomatic efforts to end the Yemen war and de-escalate with Iran as part of the terms under which it maintains a complement of U.S. troops deployed in Saudi Arabia.” To sustain this “de-escalation,” the U.S. must then press Riyadh to enter into “dialogue” with Tehran.

Clearly, the plan to give a rib-cracking bear hug to Saudi Arabia was in place long before the election of Biden. Once the new team took office, it lost no time in putting on the squeeze. On Jan. 27, the administration announced a freeze on arms sales. On Feb. 4, it declared an end to support for “offensive” operations in Yemen. On Feb. 5, it expressed its intentions to remove the Houthis, Iran’s proxy in Yemen, from the terrorism list, and on Feb. 16, it made good on its promise.

Taking a leaf from Obama’s Syria playbook, the Biden administration thus recognized Yemen as a de facto Iranian sphere of interest. However, the slogan of the Houthi movement—“Allah is Great, Death to America, Death to Israel, Curse on the Jews, Victory to Islam”—does not poll well among a majority of American voters. To disguise the fact that its policies are empowering the Houthis and the Iranians, the Biden administration deployed the values feint.

The Biden administration thus recognized Yemen as a de facto Iranian sphere of interest.

The goal of the decision to lift the terrorism designation on the Houthis, Blinken explained, was to alleviate “the dire humanitarian situation in Yemen.” The administration came to the decision, he said, because it listened to the United Nations, humanitarian groups, and bipartisan members of Congress, all of whom had warned that designating the Houthis as terrorists “could have a devastating impact on Yemenis’ access to basic commodities like food and fuel.”

The Yemen values feint is a full-spectrum affair, with America not just celebrating itself as Florence Nightingale, but disparaging Saudi Arabia as a malevolent beast. On Feb. 26, the Biden administration released a declassified intelligence report on the killing of Jamal Khashoggi, the columnist whom a team of Saudi operatives killed in Istanbul in 2018. The report, which concluded that the crown prince approved the assassination, came in response to no new developments. The administration dredged up the 2-year-old file purely in order to use it as fodder in a values barrage.

The crown prince, for his part, was in no doubt about the true reason for this salvo. “We are seeking to have good relations with Iran,” he said in a major television interview at the end of April. “We aim to see a prosperous Iran. We are working with our partners in the region to overcome our differences with Iran.”

But on March 7, two weeks after the release of the Khashoggi report, the administration’s values guns fell conspicuously silent. On that day, dozens of Ethiopian migrants in a detention center in Sanaa, Yemen, protested their unbearable living conditions. Their Houthi guards corralled the protesters into a hangar, told them to say their “final prayers,” and tossed explosive grenades into the structure. “[P]eople were roasted alive,” said one of the survivors. “I had to step on their dead bodies to escape.” Nary a peep was heard in Washington about this attack, let alone about the Houthi military campaign in Yemen which redoubled thanks to America’s green light.

By rewarding Iranian aggression, the Realignment’s faux humanitarianism only brings greater suffering to the people whose afflictions it pretends to alleviate. The sanctimonious policy simply ensures that Iran will enjoy a permanent Arabian base for launching strikes against America’s most important Arab ally, Saudi Arabia.

The tilt toward Iran in Yemen also has sinister implications for America’s rivalry with its greatest competitor in the world today. China and Iran recently signed a 25-year “strategic partnership” that funnels hundreds of millions of dollars into Iran, helping Tehran expand its nuclear power program, modernize its ports, and develop its energy sector. The deal also includes greater cooperation on defense and the transfer of Chinese military technology. Meanwhile, Beijing is upgrading its naval base in Djibouti, building a dock that can accommodate aircraft carriers 20 miles from Yemen across the Bab-el-Mandeb Strait, which controls the approaches to the Suez Canal from the Indian Ocean. With each passing day, the prospect of a Chinese-Iranian alliance capable of dominating the strait increases.

The expansion of Tehran’s strategic cooperation with Beijing immediately after the election of Biden mirrors the cooperation with Moscow that followed the completion of the JCPOA in 2015. Iran’s growing international partnerships, themselves a product of the Realignment, only strengthen Tehran’s resolve to destroy the American regional security system. The Islamic Republic is an unappeasable power. Khamenei will pocket every concession that America offers and then demand more—in blood.

Yet it is with supreme confidence that the supporters of Realignment present their policy. They make as if the superiority of their method has been proven—as if we can all see that their formula will take America off its war footing, and stabilize the Middle East, and protect America’s interests, and safeguard its closest allies. Not only is the claim too good to be true, but there is simply no evidentiary basis for it—zero. If any evidence did exist, the supporters of Realignment would make their argument honestly and forthrightly and stop hiding behind a high wall of cute deceptions.

The same supreme confidence also characterizes the Biden team’s attitude toward Trump’s “maximum pressure” campaign, which it derides as reckless, incoherent, and ineffective. On Trump’s watch, the Iranian economy suffered catastrophic losses. Not only did anti-regime demonstrations break out in every major Iranian city in 2019, but corresponding protests erupted in Iraq, aimed directly or indirectly at Iran’s proxies there. But Trump’s “maximum pressure” policy was much more than just the imposition of economic sanctions. It also included direct American military action, support for military action by allies, unilateral American covert operations, and support for the covert operations of allies—all of which the Realignment is bringing to an abrupt end.

Most impressive of all was the blow that Trump delivered to the IRGC, the most feared element in a regime that, increasingly, rules through fear alone. Trump ended the fiction, which had greatly benefited Iran, that its proxies were independent actors rather than direct arms of the IRGC. This policy of holding Iran directly responsible culminated in the killing of Qassem Soleimani, the head of the IRGC’s Quds Force and the second most powerful man in Iran.

Meanwhile, the Israelis (presumably) escalated their covert campaign of sabotage and intelligence collection against Iran’s nuclear program. Earlier in Trump’s presidency, they damaged dozens of sensitive Iranian facilities and captured its nuclear archive. In a dramatic operation, they killed Mohsen Fakhrizadeh, the head of Iran’s nuclear program. To the best of our knowledge, Iran has apprehended no Israeli operatives, who apparently have the run of the entire country.

By penetrating Iran’s defenses, Israel—with the support of the Trump administration—shredded Obama’s major justification for the JCPOA by demonstrating that the United States can manage the Iran challenge, including its nuclear dimension, with a relatively light American military commitment. The networks inside Iran sabotaging the nuclear program are not American; they are Israeli. By supporting America’s ally, Trump did not get suckered into unwanted conflicts; he empowered others to do America’s work for it.

Trump followed the example of all U.S. presidents prior to Obama, who conceived of the Middle East as a rectangular table, with America and its traditional allies seated on one side, and America’s rivals, including Iran and Russia, on the other. The job of the United States, in this time-honored conception, is twofold: to mediate among the allies, who are a fractious lot, and to support them against the opposing side.

“Maximum pressure” was a form of collective security. It encouraged closer cooperation between American allies, and therefore played a major role in the Abraham Accords, the peace agreements leading to expanded cultural, economic, and military ties between Israel and Bahrain, the United Arab Emirates, Morocco, and Sudan—all of which are close to Saudi Arabia. None would have normalized relations with Israel if Riyadh had opposed the move. The next logical step in the process, and the strategic prize of the effort, was for the next U.S. president to advance the Israeli-Saudi rapprochement.

It is impossible to exaggerate the value to the United States of a full-blown Saudi-Israeli peace agreement or even of significant steps in that direction. The 9/11 attacks announced that a doctrine of radical intolerance had taken deeper root inside the Muslim world than we had realized—a doctrine that seeks to wall off Muslim societies from non-Muslim influences. The Emiratis, the lead players in the Abraham Accords, see peace with Israel as part of a multipronged effort to refute this intolerant view of Islam and Muslim history. Saudi Arabia is the most powerful Arab country and, thanks to its guardianship of Mecca and Medina, one of the most influential countries in the entire Muslim world. It has also long been the fortress of conservative Islamic jurisprudence and Quranic literalism. If the country toward which all Muslims pray five times a day, and to which some 2 million make annual pilgrimages, develops openly friendly relations with the Jewish state, the implications for relations between Muslims and non-Muslims everywhere would be profound.

Yet the Biden administration has forbidden its officials from even using the term “Abraham Accords,” which, under the influence of the Realignment, it abhors. Because the accords are politically popular, even in Democratic circles, the administration will refrain from expressing its abhorrence frankly, and will look for every opportunity to claim that it looks favorably on the normalization of relations between Saudi Arabia and Israel.

In reality, however, the Biden team has no intention to expand the Abraham Accords, whose very existence is a blot on the Democrats’ record. It refutes the dogma preached by the Obama administration that peace between Israel and the Arab world must begin with a Palestinian-Israeli agreement.

More importantly, the accords are also a threat to the Realignment itself. The Saudi-Israeli thaw resulted in part from the sense of threat they share about the rise of Iran, and the increasing unreliability of the American security guarantee. A strong partnership between Riyadh and Jerusalem would inevitably become the primary node of opposition to the Realignment from within the American alliance system. A desire to end any unsupervised discussion of expanding the Abraham Accords is probably an additional reason why the Biden administration devoted its first days in office to publicly disparaging Mohammed bin Salman and privately pressing him to kowtow to Tehran. “Do not dare assist Israel” was another implicit command that the Khashoggi values barrage delivered to Riyadh.

When Biden took office, he faced a fork in the road. On one path stood a multilateral alliance designed to contain Iran. It had a proven track record of success and plans of even better things to come, as the recent act of sabotage at Natanz demonstrated. The alliance’s leading members were beckoning Biden to work against a common foe, but also to promote greater cooperation and possibly even an official peace agreement between Saudi Arabia and Israel. On the other path stood the Islamic Republic, hated by its own people and, indeed, by most people in the Middle East. It offered nothing but the same vile message it had always espoused. Standing with it were all of the most malignant forces in the Middle East, who either look directly to Tehran for leadership or thrive on the chaos it sows.

Biden chose Iran, fracturing the U.S. alliance system and setting back the cause of peace. His choice also delivered a victory to China and Russia, who are working with Iran, each in its own way, toward America’s undoing. In a perverse effort to liberate itself from its allies, the United States is soiling its own nest.

Michael Doran is a Senior Fellow at the Hudson Institute in Washington, D.C.

Tony Badran is Tablet magazine’s Levant analyst and a research fellow at the Foundation for Defense of Democracies. He tweets @AcrossTheBay.

Voir enfin:

Why the Middle East Is More Combustible Than Ever
Robert Malley
Foreign Affairs Magazine
November/December 2019

The war that now looms largest is a war nobody apparently wants. During his presidential campaign, Donald Trump railed against the United States’ entanglement in Middle Eastern wars, and since assuming office, he has not changed his tune. Iran has no interest in a wide-ranging conflict that it knows it could not win. Israel is satisfied with calibrated operations in Iraq, Lebanon, Syria, and Gaza but fears a larger confrontation that could expose it to thousands of rockets. Saudi Arabia is determined to push back against Iran, but without confronting it militarily. Yet the conditions for an all-out war in the Middle East are riper than at any time in recent memory.

A conflict could break out in any one of a number of places for any one of a number of reasons. Consider the September 14 attack on Saudi oil facilities: it could theoretically have been perpetrated by the Houthis, a Yemeni rebel group, as part of their war with the kingdom; by Iran, as a response to debilitating U.S. sanctions; or by an Iranian-backed Shiite militia in Iraq. If Washington decided to take military action against Tehran, this could in turn prompt Iranian retaliation against the United States’ Gulf allies, an attack by Hezbollah on Israel, or a Shiite militia operation against U.S. personnel in Iraq. Likewise, Israeli operations against Iranian allies anywhere in the Middle East could trigger a regionwide chain reaction. Because any development anywhere in the region can have ripple effects everywhere, narrowly containing a crisis is fast becoming an exercise in futility.

When it comes to the Middle East, Tip O’Neill, the storied Democratic politician, had it backward: all politics—especially local politics—is international. In Yemen, a war pitting the Houthis, until not long ago a relatively unexceptional rebel group, against a debilitated central government in the region’s poorest nation, one whose prior internal conflicts barely caught the world’s notice, has become a focal point for the Iranian-Saudi rivalry. It has also become a possible trigger for deeper U.S. military involvement. The Syrian regime’s repression of a popular uprising, far more brutal than prior crackdowns but hardly the first in the region’s or even Syria’s modern history, morphed into an international confrontation drawing in a dozen countries. It has resulted in the largest number of Russians ever killed by the United States and has thrust both Russia and Turkey and Iran and Israel to the brink of war. Internal strife in Libya sucked in not just Egypt, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, and the United Arab Emirates (UAE) but also Russia and the United States.

There is a principal explanation for such risks. The Middle East has become the world’s most polarized region and, paradoxically, its most integrated. That combination—along with weak state structures, powerful nonstate actors, and multiple transitions occurring almost simultaneously—also makes the Middle East the world’s most volatile region. It further means that as long as its regional posture remains as it is, the United States will be just one poorly timed or dangerously aimed Houthi drone strike, or one particularly effective Israeli operation against a Shiite militia, away from its next costly regional entanglement. Ultimately, the question is not chiefly whether the United States should disengage from the region. It is how it should choose to engage: diplomatically or militarily, by exacerbating divides or mitigating them, and by aligning

ACT LOCALLY, THINK REGIONALLY

The story of the contemporary Middle East is one of a succession of rifts, each new one sitting atop its precursors, some taking momentary precedence over others, none ever truly or fully resolved. Today, the three most important rifts—between Israel and its foes, between Iran and Saudi Arabia, and between competing Sunni blocs—intersect in dangerous and potentially explosive ways.

Israel’s current adversaries are chiefly represented by the so-called axis of resistance: Iran, Hezbollah, Hamas, and, although presently otherwise occupied, Syria. The struggle is playing out in the traditional arenas of the West Bank and Gaza but also in Syria, where Israel routinely strikes Iranian forces and Iranian-affiliated groups; in cyberspace; in Lebanon, where Israel faces the heavily armed, Iranian-backed Hezbollah; and even in Iraq, where Israel has reportedly begun to target Iranian allies. The absence of most Arab states from this frontline makes it less prominent but no less dangerous.

For those Arab states, the Israeli-Palestinian conflict has been nudged to the sidelines by the two other battles. Saudi Arabia prioritizes its rivalry with Iran. Both countries exploit the Shiite-Sunni rift to mobilize their respective constituencies but are in reality moved by power politics, a tug of war for regional influence unfolding in Iraq, Lebanon, Syria, Yemen, and the Gulf states.

Finally, there is the Sunni-Sunni rift, with Egypt, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE vying with Qatar and Turkey. As Hussein Agha and I wrote in The New Yorker in March, this is the more momentous, if least covered, of the divides, with both supremacy over the Sunni world and the role of political Islam at stake. Whether in Egypt, Libya, Syria, Tunisia, or as far afield as Sudan, this competition will largely define the region’s future.

Together with the region’s polarization is a lack of effective communication, which makes things ever more perilous. There is no meaningful channel between Iran and Israel, no official one between Iran and Saudi Arabia, and little real diplomacy beyond rhetorical jousting between the rival Sunni blocs.

With these fault lines intersecting in complex ways, various groupings at times join forces and at other times compete. When it came to seeking to topple Syrian President Bashar al-Assad, Saudi Arabia and the UAE were on the same side as Qatar and Turkey, backing Syrian rebels—albeit different ones, reflecting their divergent views on the Islamists’ proper role. But those states took opposite stances on Egypt, with Doha and Ankara investing heavily to shore up a Muslim Brotherhood–led government that Riyadh and Abu Dhabi were trying to help bring down (the government fell in 2013, to be replaced by the authoritarian rule of Abdel Fattah el-Sisi). Qatar and Turkey fear Iran but fear Saudi Arabia even more. Hamas stands with Syria in opposition to Israel but stood with the Syrian opposition and other Islamists against Assad. The geometry of the Middle East’s internal schisms may fluctuate, yet one struggles to think of another region whose dynamics are as thoroughly defined by a discrete number of identifiable and all-encompassing fault lines.

One also struggles to think of a region that is as integrated, which is the second source of its precarious status. This may strike many as odd. Economically, it ranks among the least integrated areas of the world; institutionally, the Arab League is less coherent than the European Union, less effective than the African Union, and more dysfunctional than the Organization of American States. Nor is there any regional entity to which Arab countries and the three most active non-Arab players (Iran, Israel, and Turkey) belong.

Yet in so many other ways, the Middle East functions as a unified space. Ideologies and movements spread across borders: in times past, Arabism and Nasserism; today, political Islam and jihadism. The Muslim Brotherhood has active branches in Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, the Palestinian territories, Syria, Turkey, the Gulf states, and North Africa. Jihadi movements such as al Qaeda and the Islamic State, or ISIS, espouse a transnational agenda that rejects the nation-state and national boundaries altogether. Iran’s Shiite coreligionists are present in varying numbers in the Levant and the Gulf, often organized as armed militias that look to Tehran for inspiration or support. Saudi Arabia has sought to export Wahhabism, a puritanical strain of Islam, and funds politicians and movements across the region. Media outlets backed by one side or another of the Sunni-Sunni rift—Qatar’s Al Jazeera, Saudi Arabia’s Al Arabiya—have regional reach. The Palestinian cause, damaged as it may now seem, still resonates across the region and can mobilize its citizens in a way that arguably has no equivalent worldwide. Even subnational movements, such as Kurdish nationalism, which spreads across four countries, promote transnational objectives.

Accordingly, local struggles quickly take on regional significance—and thus attract weapons, money, and political support from the outside. The Houthis may view their fight as being primarily about Yemen, Hezbollah may be focused on power and politics in Lebanon, Hamas may be a Palestinian movement advancing a Palestinian cause, and Syria’s various opposition groups may be pursuing national goals. But in a region that is both polarized and integrated, those local drivers inevitably become subsumed by larger forces.

The fate of the Arab uprisings that began in late 2010 illustrates the dynamic well, with Tunisia, where it all began, being the lone exception. The toppling of the regime there happened too swiftly, too unexpectedly, and in a country that was too much on the margins of regional politics for other states to react in time. But they soon found their bearings. Every subsequent rebellion almost instantaneously became a regional and then international affair. In Egypt, the Muslim Brotherhood’s fortunes and the future of political Islam were at stake, and so Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, and the UAE dove in. The same was true in Libya, where Egypt, once Sisi had prevailed and the Brotherhood had been pushed out, joined the fray. Likewise for Syria, where the civil war drew in all three regional battles: Israel’s confrontation with the “axis of resistance,” the Iranian-Saudi struggle, and the intra-Sunni competition. A similar scenario has played out in Yemen, too.

STATES OF CHAOS

Along with the Middle East’s polarization and integration, its dysfunctional state structures present another risk factor. Some states are more akin to nonstate actors: the central governments in Libya, Syria, and Yemen lack control over large swaths of their territories and populations. Conversely, several nonstate actors operate as virtual states, including Hamas, the Houthis, the Kurds, and the Islamic State before it was toppled. And these nonstate actors often must contend with nonstate spoilers of their own: in Gaza, Hamas vies with jihadi groups that sometimes behave in ways that undermine its rule or contradict its goals. Even in more functional states, it is not always clear where the ultimate policymaking authority lies. Shiite militias in Iraq and Hezbollah in Lebanon, for example, engage in activities that their titular sovereigns don’t control, let alone condone.

Weak states cohabiting with powerful nonstate actors creates the ideal circumstances for external interference. It’s a two-way street—foreign states exploit armed groups to advance their interests, and armed groups turn to foreign states to promote their own causes—that is all too open to misinterpretation. Iran almost certainly helps the Houthis and Iraqi Shiite militias, but does it control them? The People’s Protection Units, a movement of Kurdish fighters in Syria, are affiliated with the Kurdistan Workers’ Party in Turkey, but do they follow its command?

The fact that nonstate actors operate as both proxies and independent players makes it hard to establish accountability for violence or deter it in the first place. Iran might wrongly assume that it will not be held responsible for a Houthi drone attack on Saudi Arabia, a Palestinian Islamic Jihad attack on Israel, or an Iraqi Shiite militia strike on a U.S. target. Saudi Arabia might misguidedly blame Iran for every Houthi attack, just as Iran might blame Saudi Arabia for any violent incident on its soil perpetrated by internal dissident groups. The United States might be convinced that every Shiite militia is an Iranian proxy doing Tehran’s bidding. Israel might deem Hamas accountable for every attack emanating from Gaza, Iran for every attack emanating from Syria, the Lebanese state for every attack launched by Hezbollah. In each of these instances, the price of misattribution could be high.

This is no mere thought exercise: After the attack on Saudi oil facilities in September, the Houthis immediately claimed responsibility, possibly in the hope of enhancing their stature. Iran, likely seeking to avoid U.S. retaliation, denied any involvement. Who conducted the operation and who—if anyone—is punished could have wide-ranging implications.

Even in seemingly well-structured states, the locus of decision-making has become opaque. In Iran, the government and the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps, the branch of the military that answers directly to the country’s supreme leader, at times seem to go their separate ways. Whether this reflects a conscious division of labor or an actual tug of war is a matter of debate, as is the question of who exactly pulls the strings.

THREAT MULTIPLIERS

A series of global, regional, and local transitions has made these dynamics even more uncertain. The global transitions include a newly present China, a resurgent Russia, and a United States in relative decline. There are also the aftershocks of the recent Arab uprisings, notably the dismantling of the regional order and the propagation of failed states. These are exacerbated by domestic political changes: a new, unusually assertive leadership in Saudi Arabia and a new, unusual leadership in the United States. All these developments fuel the sense of a region in which everything is up for grabs and in which opportunities not grabbed quickly will be lost for good.

The United States’ key regional allies are simultaneously worried about the country’s staying power, heartened by the policies of the Trump administration, and anxious about them. The president made it a priority to repair relations with Egypt, Israel, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE, all of which had frayed under his predecessor. But Trump’s reluctance to use force has been equally clear, as has his willingness to betray long-standing allies in other parts of the world.

That combination of encouragement and concern helps explain, for example, Saudi Arabia’s uncharacteristic risk-taking under the leadership of Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman, or MBS: its continuing war in Yemen, its blockade of Qatar, its kidnapping of the Lebanese prime minister, its killing of the dissident Jamal Khashoggi. MBS perceives the current alignment with Washington as a fleeting opportunity—because Trump might not win reelection, because he is capable of an abrupt policy swing that could see him reach a deal with Iran, and because the United States has a long-standing desire to extricate itself from Middle Eastern entanglements. The feeling in Israel is similar. The United States’ partners in the region are both seeking to take advantage of Trump’s tenure and hedging against one of his sudden pivots and the possibility of a one-term presidency, an attitude that makes the situation even more fluid and unpredictable.

Meanwhile, growing Chinese and Russian influence have given Iran some encouragement, but hardly real confidence. In the event of an escalation of tensions between Tehran and Washington, would Moscow stand with Iran or, hoping to benefit from regional disruption, stand on the sidelines? Will China ignore American threats of sanctions and buy Iranian oil or, in the wake of a potential trade deal with the United States, abide by Washington’s demands? Uncertainty about American intentions could be even more dangerous. Iran senses Trump’s distaste for war and is therefore tempted to push the envelope, pressuring Washington in the hope of securing some degree of sanctions relief. But because Tehran does not know where the line is, it runs the risk of going too far and paying the price.

TWO CAUTIONARY TALES

To understand how these dynamics could interact in the future, it is instructive to look at how similar dynamics have interacted in the recent past, in Syria. Saudi Arabia and others seized on a homegrown effort to topple the Assad regime as an opportunity to change the regional balance of power. They banked on the opposition prevailing and thereby ending Damascus’ longtime alliance with Tehran. Iran and Hezbollah, fearful of that outcome, poured resources into the fight on the regime’s behalf, at huge human cost. Israel also stepped in, seeking to roll back Iran’s growing presence at its borders. Qatar and Turkey backed one set of Islamist-leaning rebel groups, and Saudi Arabia and its allies backed others. Russia—concerned about a shift in Syria’s orientation and sensing American hesitation—saw a chance to reassert itself in the Middle East and also intervened, placing it directly at odds with the United States and, for a time, Turkey. And Turkey, alarmed at the prospect of U.S.-backed Kurdish forces enjoying a safe haven in northern Syria, intervened directly while also supporting Syrian Arab opposition groups that it hoped would fight the Kurds.

With Syria an arena for regional tensions, clashes there, even inadvertent ones, risk becoming flash points for larger confrontations. Turkey shot down one Russian fighter jet (Moscow blamed Israel for the downing of another), and U.S. forces killed hundreds of members of a private Russian paramilitary group in eastern Syria. Turkey has attacked U.S.-backed Kurds, raising the prospect of a U.S.-Turkish military collision. And Israel has struck Iranian or Iranian-linked targets in Syria hundreds of times.

Syria also illustrates why it is so difficult for the United States to circumscribe its involvement in Middle Eastern conflicts. During the Obama administration, Washington backed rebel groups fighting both the Assad regime and ISIS but claimed not to be pursuing regime change (despite supporting forces that wanted exactly that), not to be seeking a regional rebalance (despite the clear impact Assad’s downfall would have on Iran’s influence), not to be boosting Turkey’s foes (despite supporting a Kurdish movement affiliated with Turkey’s mortal enemy), and not to be seeking to weaken Russia (despite Moscow’s affinity for Assad). But the United States could not, of course, back rebel groups while distancing itself from their objectives, or claim purely local aims while everyone else involved saw the Syrian conflict in a broader context. Washington became a central player in a regional and international game that it purportedly wanted nothing to do with.

A similar scene has played out in Yemen. Since 2004, the north of the country had been the arena of recurring armed conflict between the Houthis and the central government. Government officials early on pointed to supposed Iranian financial and military aid to the rebels, just as Houthi leaders claimed Saudi interference. After the Houthis seized the capital and marched southward in 2014–15, Saudi Arabia—dreading the prospect of an Iranian-backed militia controlling its southern neighbor—responded. Its reaction was magnified by the rise of MBS, who was distrustful of the United States, determined to show Iran the days of old were over, and intent on making his mark at home. Faced with intense pushback, the Houthis increasingly turned to Iran for military assistance, and Iran, seeing a low-cost opportunity to enhance its influence and bog down Saudi Arabia, obliged. Washington, still in the midst of negotiations over a nuclear deal with Tehran, which Riyadh vehemently opposed, felt it could not afford to add another crisis to the brittle relations with its Gulf ally.

Despite its misgivings about the war, Washington thus threw its weight behind the Saudi-led coalition, sharing intelligence, providing weapons, and offering diplomatic support. As in Syria, the Obama administration looked to limit U.S. aims. It would help defend Saudi territorial integrity but not join Riyadh’s anti-Houthi fight or get sucked into an Iranian-Saudi battle. As in Syria, this effort largely was in vain. The United States could not cherry-pick one part of the war: if it was with Saudi Arabia, that meant it was against the Houthis, which meant it would be against Iran.

WASHINGTON ADRIFT

President Barack Obama’s largely fruitless attempt to confine U.S. involvement in the region reveals something about the unavoidable linkages that bind various Middle Eastern conflicts together. It also reveals something about the choices now facing the United States. Obama (in whose administration I served) had in mind the United States’ extrication from what he considered the broader Middle Eastern quagmire. He withdrew U.S. troops from Iraq, tried to resolve the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, expressed sympathy for Arab popular uprisings and for a time distanced himself from autocratic leaders, shunned direct military intervention in Syria, and pursued a deal with Iran to prevent its nuclear program from becoming a trigger for war. Libya doesn’t fit this pattern, although even there he apparently labored under the belief that the 2011 NATO-led intervention could be tightly limited; that this assumption proved wrong only reinforced his initial desire to keep his distance from regional conflicts. His ultimate goal was to help the region find a more stable balance of power that would make it less dependent on direct U.S. interference or protection. Much to the Saudis’ consternation, he spoke of Tehran and Riyadh needing to find a way to “share” the region.

But Obama was a gradualist; he was persuaded that the United States could neither abruptly nor radically shift gears and imperil regional relationships that had been decades in the making. As he once put it to some of us working in the White House, conducting U.S. policy was akin to steering a large vessel: a course correction of a few degrees might not seem like much in the moment, but over time, the destination would differ drastically. What he did, he did in moderation. Thus, while seeking to persuade Riyadh to open channels with Tehran, he did so gently, carefully balancing continuity and change in the United States’ Middle East policy. And although he wanted to avoid military entanglements, his presidency nonetheless was marked by several costly interventions: both direct, as in Libya, and indirect, as in Syria and Yemen.

In a sense, his administration was an experiment that got suspended halfway through. At least when it came to his approach to the Middle East, Obama’s presidency was premised on the belief that someone else would pick up where he left off. It was premised on his being succeeded by someone like him, maybe a Hillary Clinton, but certainly not a Donald Trump.

Trump has opted for a very different course (perhaps driven in part by a simple desire to do the opposite of what his predecessor did). Instead of striving for some kind of balance, Trump has tilted entirely to one side: doubling down on support for Israel; wholly aligning himself with MBS, Sisi, and other leaders who felt spurned by Obama; withdrawing from the Iran nuclear deal and zealously joining up with the region’s anti-Iranian axis. Indeed, seeking to weaken Iran, Washington has chosen to confront it on all fronts across much of the region: in the nuclear and economic realms; in Syria, where U.S. officials have explicitly tied the continued U.S. presence to countering Iran; in Iraq, where the United States wants a fragile government that is now dependent on close ties to Tehran to cut those ties; in Yemen, where the administration, flouting Congress’ will, has increased support for the Saudi-led coalition; and in Lebanon, where it has added to sanctions on Hezbollah.

Iran has also chosen to treat the region as its canvas. Besides chipping away at its own compliance with the nuclear deal, it has seized tankers in the Gulf; shot down a U.S. drone; and, if U.S. claims are to be believed, used Shiite militias to threaten Americans in Iraq, attacked commercial vessels in the Strait of Hormuz, and struck Saudi oil fields. In June of this year, when the drone came down and Trump contemplated military retaliation, Iran was quick to warn Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE that they would be fair game if they played any role in enabling a U.S. attack. (There is no reason to trust that the domino effect would have ended there; Iraq, Israel, Lebanon, and Syria could well have been drawn into the ensuing hostilities.) And in Yemen, the Houthis have intensified their attacks on Saudi targets, which may or may not be at Iran’s instigation—although, at a minimum, it is almost certainly not over Tehran’s objections. Houthi leaders with whom I recently spoke in Sanaa, Yemen’s capital, denied acting at Iran’s behest yet added that they would undoubtedly join forces with Iran in a war against Saudi Arabia if their own conflict with the kingdom were still ongoing. In short, the Trump administration’s policies, which Washington claimed would moderate Iran’s behavior and achieve a more stringent nuclear deal, have prompted Tehran to intensify its regional activities and ignore some of the existing nuclear deal’s restraints. This gets to the contradiction at the heart of the president’s Middle East policies: they make likelier the very military confrontation he is determined to avoid.

WHAT MATTERS NOW

A regional conflagration is far from inevitable; none of the parties wants one, and so far, all have for the most part shown the ability to calibrate their actions so as to avoid an escalation. But even finely tuned action can have unintentional, outsize repercussions given the regional dynamics. Another Iranian attack in the Gulf. An Israeli strike in Iraq or Syria that crosses an unclear Iranian redline. A Houthi missile that kills too many Saudis or an American, and a reply that, this time, aims at the assumed Iranian source. A Shiite militia that kills an American soldier in Iraq. An Iranian nuclear program that, now unshackled from the nuclear deal’s constraints, exceeds Israel’s or the United States’ unidentified tolerance level. One can readily imagine how any of these incidents could spread across boundaries, each party searching for the arena in which its comparative advantage is greatest.

With such ongoing risks, the debate about the extent to which the United States should distance itself from the region and reduce its military footprint is important but somewhat beside the point. Should any of these scenarios unfold, the United States would almost certainly find itself dragged in, whether or not it had made the strategic choice of withdrawing from the Middle East.

The more consequential question, therefore, is what kind of Middle East the United States will remain engaged in or disengaged from. A polarized region with intersecting rifts, where local disputes invariably take on broader significance, will remain at constant risk of combusting and therefore of implicating the United States in ways that will prove wasteful and debilitating. De-escalating tensions is not something the country can do on its own. Yet at a minimum, it can stop aggravating those tensions and, without abandoning or shunning them, avoid giving its partners carte blanche or enabling their more bellicose actions. That would mean ending its support for the war in Yemen and pressing its allies to bring the conflict to an end. It would mean shelving its efforts to wreck Iran’s economy, rejoining the nuclear deal, and then negotiating a more comprehensive agreement. It would mean halting its punishing campaign against the Palestinians and considering new ways to end the Israeli occupation. In the case of Iraq, it would mean no longer forcing Baghdad to pick a side between Tehran and Washington. And as far as the Iranian-Saudi rivalry is concerned, the United States could encourage the two parties to work on modest confidence-building measures—on maritime security, environmental protection, nuclear safety, and transparency around military exercises—before moving on to the more ambitious task of establishing a new, inclusive regional architecture that would begin to address both countries’ security concerns.

An administration intent on pursuing this course won’t be starting from scratch. Recently, some Gulf states—the UAE chief among them—have taken tentative steps to reach out to Iran in an effort to reduce tensions. They saw the growing risks of the regional crisis spinning out of control and recognized its potential costs. Washington should, too, before it is too late.

Voir par ailleurs:

How Many Jews Need to Be Attacked in America Before Progressives Speak Up
Seffi Kogen, Global Director of Young Leadership at the American Jewish Committee
Newsweek
5/21/21

Perhaps it’s fitting that May is Jewish American Heritage Month. After all, despite our success in America and the richness and beauty of our faith and culture, there may be no more consistent part of our heritage as Jews than to be violently attacked, viciously demeaned, and utterly disregarded as we cry out for support. In that respect, some of our fellow Americans have been doing an excellent job marking the month.

On May 10, after years of relative quiet between Israel and Gaza, the Hamas terrorists who rule that enclave exploited a long-running legal dispute in Jerusalem as a pretext to launch a barrage of rockets at Israel, unprecedented in its size. The Israel Defense Forces responded with air strikes to knock out terror targets, and one of those micro-wars that periodically spring up in this conflict ensued. As of Thursday night, May 20, a ceasefire had begun; the worst of the fighting is hopefully over.

At least, it was in Israel and Gaza. But around the world, Jews were paying the price.

At a trendy sushi place on La Cienega in Los Angeles, a group of men whose faces were wrapped in kefiyyehs hopped out of a car flying a Palestinian flag, asked the diners who was Jewish, and then proceeded to physically assault them in what L.A. mayor Eric Garcetti called « an organized, antisemitic attack. »

Another such attack took place outside a bagel place (speaking of Jewish American heritage!) in Manhattan’s Midtown East. Video shows two men, one of whom is holding an Israeli flag, get clobbered in broad daylight by a mob of at least a dozen people wielding fists, Palestinian flags, and more than a couple glass bottles.

A different video from Manhattan shows Palestinian activists attacking Jews, again in midday, in the Diamond District, this time adding some kind of incendiary device to their arsenal of weapons.

Synagogues across the country have been vandalized. Rallies in support of the Palestinian cause in Michigan, Florida, Washington, D.C., and elsewhere have turned anti-Semitic. Attendees have waved signs with messages like « Jesus was Palestinian and you killed him too » or « one Holocaust doesn’t justify another, » indiscriminately turning ancient, blood-soaked religious canards and recent Jewish trauma into verbal weapons with which to bludgeon American Jews who are not, of course, responsible for the actions of another set of Jews 5,000 miles away.

And almost as bad as the violence is the silence around it from major publications. The New York Times hasn’t deemed news of these attacks on New York Jews « fit to print, » though it did run a short story about the similarly horrific spate of attacks across Europe, including one incident in London in which a caravan of cars draped in Palestinian flags drove through a Jewish neighborhood as its passengers chanted « rape Jewish daughters. »

But surely, you might be thinking, regardless of their opinion on how Israel prosecutes its defense war against Hamas terrorists, all political leaders in the U.S. can speak up against these attacks on Jews in American cities, right?

Alas, wrong.

While anti-Zionist gangs beat up Jews in her city, Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez was providing a quasi-intellectual basis for their actions, defaming Israel as an apartheid state employing indiscriminate force in what she seems to think is a capricious quest to murder as many Palestinian children as possible, instead of a highly restrained military operation tightly targeted on terrorists.

Rep. Ocasio-Cortez didn’t call for violence, but she carved out an area of respectability for a certain type of anti-Semitism, and others were only too happy to rush in, fists flying.

It turns out, if you ignore all evidence, turn Israel into the villain in your morality play, and insist that Americans have a « responsibility » to do something about Israel, the thing that they will do is beat up American Jews, throw rocks through the windows of American synagogues, and harass Jews who try to speak up on social media.

And it’s not like Rep. Ocasio-Cortez doesn’t know that anti-Semitism is out there. In the midst of her sustained anti-Israel Twitter diatribe, she found time to retweet CNN‘s Jake Tapper objecting to a right-wing Newsmax host’s anti-Semitic comment. She’s capable of seeing anti-Semitism—but only when she wants to.

She also knows that words matter. Ocasio-Cortez has correctly expressed concern in the past that political rhetoric could endanger her and her colleagues. Unfortunately, her view that overheated demagoguery puts people at risk doesn’t extend to Jews.

This puts me in danger every time.

Almost every time this uncalled for rhetoric gets blasted by conserv. grps, we get a spike in death threats to refer to Capitol Police.

Multiple ppl have been arrested trying to harm me, Ilhan, & others.@GOP, what’s it going to take to stop? https://t.co/vpous77RbT

— Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (@AOC) April 10, 2019

And AOC is not the only one struck blind by partisanship. Sen. Bernie Sanders published his own dangerous anti-Israel harangue in an Op-Ed which began, « No one is arguing that Israel… does not have the right to self-defense or to protect its people, » even as his own supporters were arguing just that on social media.

Comedians John Oliver and Trevor Noah made the same case into their media megaphones, arguing that Israel was wrong to attack the terrorists aiming for Israeli civilians because Israel’s Iron Dome missile defense system can prevent most (but not all) civilian deaths from Hamas rockets.

There’s more: Rep. Mark Pocan and Rep. Betty McCollum are laser-focused on spreading the contemporary blood libel that Israel indiscriminately murders children. And in the same week that the Pew Research Center found that 80 percent of Jews believe caring about Israel to be an « important » or « essential » part of being Jewish, Rep. Ilhan Omar called support for Israel « disgusting and immoral. »

I have always been vocal about calling out anti-Semitism when it comes from the political right wing. But now I’m seeing it surge on the American left and I have to ask: Where is the outrage?

Palestinian mobs attack Jews
Twitter Screenshot

People like Rep. Ocasio-Cortez and Sen. Sanders (and too many other progressive members of Congress, unfortunately) are greatly concerned about whether Israel’s response to Palestinian terror meets a standard of acceptable « proportionality. » But what are the acceptable numbers in America of Jews assaulted and synagogues vandalized? How many Jewish victims before these progressive leaders see the error of their incitement and speak up against anti-Jewish hate?

And why is it that now, every time I hear loud noises from the street outside my apartment on Manhattan’s extremely Jewish Upper West Side, I have to wonder whether there’s an anti-Semitic mob gathered below, attacking my neighbors?

Happy Jewish American Heritage Month, I guess.

Seffi Kogen is the Global Director of Young Leadership at the American Jewish Committee.

When the New York Times finally reported on the plague of nationwide street vio-lence against Jews in the spring of 2021, more than a week after the attacks began in the wake of Hamas using rockets to strike Israel, the tone it took was less one of outrage than of bewilderment. “Until the latest surge,” read a May 26 story, “anti-Semitic violence in recent years was largely considered a right-wing phenomenon, driven by a white supremacist movement emboldened by rhetoric from former President Donald J. Trump, who often trafficked in stereotypes.” This was nonsense: The most common street violence against Jews took place in New York and New Jersey, and it had nothing at all to do with Trump or “right-wing” politics. Par for the course for the Gray Lady, perhaps, but far more concerning was where the reporters seemed to be getting the misinformation. “This is why Jews feel so terrified in this moment,” Anti-Defamation League CEO Jonathan Greenblatt told the paper. “For four years it seemed to be stimulated from the political right, with devastating consequences.” At the scenes of Jew-hunting that began in May, during the war between Israel and Hamas, Greenblatt lamented, “No one is wearing MAGA hats.”

If there’s one organization whose responsibility it is to prepare not just the Jewish community but the wider United States public and its government for emerging anti-Semitic threats, it’s the ADL. Instead, the head of the ADL has been spreading a cynical left-wing myth about anti-Semitism while threats to the Jewish community fester.

And it’s even worse than it looks, because while there’s long been a willful blindness toward anti-Semitism from the left, the ADL and other partisan groups aren’t the ones experiencing this blindness. They’re the blinders.

_____________

THE ADL TRACKS various kinds of anti-Israel extremism when Israel is at war. It issued a list during the latest flare-up with Hamas on May 20 titled “Prominent Voices Demonize Israel Regarding the Conflict.” Demonizing rhetoric, the ADL warned, can “enable an environment whereby hateful actions against Jews and supporters of Israel are accepted more freely, and where anti-Jewish tropes may be normalized.” One category the list featured was of those “Accusing Israel of ‘Attacking al-Aqsa,’” a hoary libel falsely claiming that Jews want to destroy the central Mosque in Jerusalem. It has been used to incite anti-Jewish riots for a century. What was notable here was one name missing from the list, and arguably the worst offender.

 

On May 12, Representative Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez had castigated President Joe Biden on Twitter for expressing Israel’s right to defend itself while noting what supposedly was to blame for the violence: “the expulsions of Palestinians and the attacks on Al Aqsa.” Her name and her statement were missing from the ADL’s list of slanders and slanderers. (…) A day later, on May 13, came a chilling session of the House of Representatives, with dark echoes of Jewish history. Several Democratic members of the House took turns standing next to blown-up photos of bloodied Palestinian children and gave fiery speeches denouncing Zionist perfidy—the sorts of words and charges that, since the age of the czars, have been followed by the spilling of Jewish blood. This time was no different, except it wasn’t a Russian backwater or a Munich beer hall. It was on the floor of the United States Congress. One by one, these members of Congress, Democrats all, sought to make the Jewish state the stand-in for “systems of oppression here in the United States and globally,” as Representative Ayanna Pressley of Massachusetts put it. (…) In the days and weeks that followed, even after an Israel–Hamas cease-fire was in place, Jews in America were physically attacked with abandon—diners at restaurants in Los Angeles and Manhattan, Jews on the streets of New York, families in Florida attending synagogue services. The ADL saw a 75 percent uptick in reported incidents. In one typical attack, a group of men reportedly drove around Brooklyn assaulting Jews in the open while yelling, “Free Palestine!” When called out for their silence, progressive Democratic lawmakers condemned “anti-Semitism and Islamophobia” as one, knowing that their audience would interpret any specific denunciation of anti-Semitism as a statement in support of Israel. (…) Throughout this whole affair, not a single congressional Democrat would criticize any of his colleagues by name. (…) Neither the ADL nor the JDCA uttered a peep. As usual, one exceptional voice in all this was that of the American Jewish Committee, whose young leadership director, Seffi Kogen, noted in Newsweek that “while anti-Zionist gangs beat up Jews in her city, Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez was providing a quasi-intellectual basis for their actions.” But for a large part of the organized Jewish community, the outburst of violence was met with inexcusable surprise.

 

Events in early June then gave the dwindling band of Democratic anti-Corbynistas one more bite at the apple. On June 7, Omar tweeted a summary of a question she had for Secretary of State Antony Blinken: “We must have the same level of accountability and justice for all victims of crimes against humanity. We have seen unthinkable atrocities committed by the U.S., Hamas, Israel, Afghanistan, and the Taliban. I asked @SecBlinken where people are supposed to go for justice.”

 

 

What happened in between the release of the letter and Pelosi’s public declaration of Omar’s righteousness was instructive: The Squad went nuclear. Ocasio-Cortez accused her Jewish colleagues of “targeting” Omar and putting her in “danger.” Cori Bush said her Jewish colleagues were motivated by “anti-Blackness and Islamophobia.” Jamaal Bowman, who ousted the pro-Israel stalwart Eliot Engel in a 2020 primary and who represents a New York district with a large Jewish contingent, likewise suggested that the complaints from his colleagues were due to Omar’s being a Muslim black woman. Omar herself complained of the “constant harassment and silencing” by her Jewish colleagues and the “Islamophobic tropes” they supposedly used.

 

It was an astonishingly vile and aggressive coordinated attack against the Jewish group. The ADL was silent. JDCA was silent. The Democratic Party sided with the Squad. The Jewish community had been abandoned to the rise of the dominant left-of-center ideology according to which Jews are part of a white power structure of which Israel is a prime example. (…) The New Yorker’s Helen Rosner suggested it would be a good tactic not to beat up Jews, as part of an overall strategy to undermine Israel’s legitimacy. (This after the New Yorker’s union put out a statement of solidarity with the Palestinians that included the phrase “from the river to the sea.”) Michelle Goldberg of the New York Times wrote a column with a headline so instantly infamous that the Times eventually and quietly changed it: “Attacks on Jews Over Israel Are a Gift to the Right.” Meanwhile, the comedian Sarah Silverman objected to attacks on Jews in Los Angeles not on the grounds that they were evil acts of anti-Semitic violence but rather because “WE ARE NOT ISRAEL.” For his part, Kenneth Roth, the obsessively anti-Israel executive director of Human Rights Watch, declared, “It is WRONG to equate the Jewish people with the apartheid and deadly bombardment of Prime Minister Netanyahu’s government.”

 

Throwing fellow Jews to the wolves is abominable moral behavior. Delicately excising the name and words of a chic Democratic politician from a list of anti-Semitic statements to protect her—or to protect the organization you run from her wrath—constitutes an act of complicity in the violence that ensued in whatever small measure from her remarks. And the man who was thus complicit—Jonathan Greenblatt—had the nerve to act surprised. The anti-Semitic street violence in America is “literally happening from coast to coast, and spreading like wildfire,” Greenblatt told the Times. “The sheer audacity of these attacks feels very different.”

 

It feels different because it feels so familiar. And if the American Jewish community is to survive, it must start acting like it. And we must start by cleaning our own corrupted house.

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE ADL TRACKS various kinds of anti-Israel extremism when Israel is at war. It issued a list during the latest flare-up with Hamas on May 20 titled “Prominent Voices Demonize Israel Regarding the Conflict.” Demonizing rhetoric, the ADL warned, can “enable an environment whereby hateful actions against Jews and supporters of Israel are accepted more freely, and where anti-Jewish tropes may be normalized.” One category the list featured was of those “Accusing Israel of ‘Attacking al-Aqsa,’” a hoary libel falsely claiming that Jews want to destroy the central Mosque in Jerusalem. It has been used to incite anti-Jewish riots for a century. What was notable here was one name missing from the list, and arguably the worst offender.

 

On May 12, Representative Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez had castigated President Joe Biden on Twitter for expressing Israel’s right to defend itself while noting what supposedly was to blame for the violence: “the expulsions of Palestinians and the attacks on Al Aqsa.” Her name and her statement were missing from the ADL’s list of slanders and slanderers. The Jerusalem Post’s Lahav Harkov asked Greenblatt why.

 

He answered: “We’ve been speaking out pretty regularly, calling out individuals and examples of these crazed—the things I’m talking about right now.”

 

“Any members of Congress, lately?” Harkov responded.

 

“I’ll have to go back and look,” Greenblatt said.

 

He didn’t have to go back and look. It’s likely that the omission was at his explicit direction. He came to the ADL after serving in the Obama administration. His fellow ex-Obama official, Halie Soifer, who served as a national-security adviser to Kamala Harris before she became vice president, took over the flagship Democratic Jewish organization, the Jewish Democratic Council of America. The JDCA’s executive committee is loaded up with current or former presidents and executives of such mainstream Jewish groups as AIPAC, the Jewish Federations, and the American-Jewish Joint Distribution Committee. After pressure built to respond to AOC’s tweet and the others like it, Soifer wrote: “Proud to be a Democrat in this moment when leaders recognize there is no binary choice to be made between Israel’s security & right to self-defense, and Palestinian rights & safety. We can do both at the same time, while rejecting the forced false dichotomy & narrative of divide.” Thus did Soifer give a seal of approval to the effort to dress up hateful anti-Zionism as merely legitimate criticism of Israel’s government.

 

As Harkov noted, “the ADL’s voice hasn’t been heard on some of these members of Congress who have been calling Israel an apartheid state, who have claimed that Israel has raided al Aqsa, who have also said that Israel is killing too many children, implying that it’s intentional.” Indeed, Ocasio-Cortez’s tweet was just the opening salvo. A day later, on May 13, came a chilling session of the House of Representatives, with dark echoes of Jewish history.

 

Several Democratic members of the House took turns standing next to blown-up photos of bloodied Palestinian children and gave fiery speeches denouncing Zionist perfidy—the sorts of words and charges that, since the age of the czars, have been followed by the spilling of Jewish blood. This time was no different, except it wasn’t a Russian backwater or a Munich beer hall. It was on the floor of the United States Congress.

 

One by one, these members of Congress, Democrats all, sought to make the Jewish state the stand-in for “systems of oppression here in the United States and globally,” as Representative Ayanna Pressley of Massachusetts put it. Everyone in the world, according to these diatribes, had something to fear from Jerusalem. Ocasio-Cortez, whose family is from Puerto Rico, talked about the U.S. naval exercises held on the Puerto Rican island of Vieques for decades until the Navy left in 2003. The Navy stands accused of testing bombs and other weapons using napalm, depleted uranium, and Agent Orange, sickening the local population. Ocasio-Cortez offered a bizarre conspiratorial accusation: “When I saw those [Israeli] airstrikes that are supported with U.S. funds, I could not help but wonder if our communities were practice for this.”

 

Pressley equated crowd dispersal conducted by Israeli police at a riot on the Temple Mount to “students protesting to end poverty and oppression in the streets of Bogota [being] shot dead,” white supremacists storming the U.S. Capitol, and “police brutality and state-sanctioned violence” against black Americans.

 

Missouri Representative Cori Bush made a point of referring to the holy city as “Jerusalem, Palestine,” and suggested that the U.S. was following an Israeli playbook when it “brutalized” black protesters.

 

Minnesota Representative Ilhan Omar, who has in the past accused American Jews of disloyalty and shared anti-Semitic content on social media, insisted that the source of the conflict was Jewish settlers uprooting Palestinian Arabs and taking nearly all their land—in 1948, in the “Nakba.”

 

Rashida Tlaib, the Michigan-born congresswoman of Palestinian descent who has also relentlessly targeted Jews during her few years in the House, spoke that day, but she had laid the groundwork for it at an anti-Israel protest two days earlier. “What they are doing to the Palestinians is what they are doing to our black brothers and sisters here,” Tlaib told the crowd May 11. As she left the stage, the crowd chanted, “Long live Palestine, down down Israel.”

 

In the days and weeks that followed, even after an Israel–Hamas cease-fire was in place, Jews in America were physically attacked with abandon—diners at restaurants in Los Angeles and Manhattan, Jews on the streets of New York, families in Florida attending synagogue services. The ADL saw a 75 percent uptick in reported incidents. In one typical attack, a group of men reportedly drove around Brooklyn assaulting Jews in the open while yelling, “Free Palestine!”

 

When called out for their silence, progressive Democratic lawmakers condemned “anti-Semitism and Islamophobia” as one, knowing that their audience would interpret any specific denunciation of anti-Semitism as a statement in support of Israel. That’s what happened at Rutgers University, the school with the largest Jewish undergraduate population in the country. Its provost and chancellor put out a statement decrying anti-Semitism and then were bullied into apologizing for it by a pro-Palestinian group on campus that claimed the statement was insensitive to Palestinians.

 

Throughout this whole affair, not a single congressional Democrat would criticize any of his colleagues by name. That includes Chuck Schumer, now the Senate majority leader (whose former top aide is also on the executive committee of the National Jewish Democratic Council), who couldn’t be roused from his cowardly torpor even when explosive devices were thrown at Jews in his own city.

 

The closest anyone came was Representative Josh Gottheimer of New Jersey. He and three other Jewish Democrats wrote a public letter to their leadership referencing the types of hateful comments made by their progressive colleagues—without naming them—in an attempt to get support from Democratic Party leadership. The bid failed. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi stuck with the purveyors of anti-Semitism in her caucus and threw the Jewish Democrats under the bus. Neither the ADL nor the JDCA uttered a peep.

 

As usual, one exceptional voice in all this was that of the American Jewish Committee, whose young leadership director, Seffi Kogen, noted in Newsweek that “while anti-Zionist gangs beat up Jews in her city, Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez was providing a quasi-intellectual basis for their actions.” But for a large part of the organized Jewish community, the outburst of violence was met with inexcusable surprise.

 

As I wrote in these pages in March 2020, after watching mainstream Jewish organizations and political figures bash President Donald Trump’s peace proposal because they deemed it too biased in favor of Israel’s security: “What’s happening here is more than a skirmish over a peace plan, or a distressing glimpse into the way American Jewry’s leaders privilege their partisan leanings over the fact that their leadership roles in American society are due to their Judaism and not their Democratic Party membership. What we are seeing is the way American Jewish leaders fail to take seriously the rising tide of anti-Semitism that masquerades as ‘anti-Zionism’—and even the way progressive groups enable it.”1

 

Ocasio-Cortez and Tlaib, I explained, elevated leftist Jewish groups such as IfNotNow to new prominence by using them to shield the Squad from accusations of anti-Semitism. With their endorsements, in turn, IfNotNow and the New Israel Fund launched a frontal assault on the Jewish Federations because the latter wouldn’t accept a donation earmarked for IfNotNow. The Jewish establishment was trying to hold the line on support for the Jewish state even as progressive politicians were helping foment a rebellion against these very basic Jewish values. The Squad entered a similar alliance with Jewish Voice for Peace, which had pushed one of the anti-Zionist conspiracy theories that reportedly motivated the perpetrators of the 2019 shooting at a Jewish shop in Jersey City.

 

Nothing has changed. In May 2021, IfNotNow used the occasion of the outbreak of anti-Jewish street violence to launch an invitation to a seminar on “Zionism and Apartheid.” Jewish Democrats in Congress who made general statements against anti-Semitism were accused by Jewish Voice for Peace of “using anti-Semitism as a political weapon to shield the Israeli government from accountability.”

 

Last year, Sean Cooper of Tablet exposed how the Jewish organization Bend the Arc deliberately turned the group’s work away from the Jewish community and toward various liberal and Democratic Party causes, shaping the activism of its member synagogues along the way. Rabbi David Saperstein, who for years led the Reform movement’s political arm, was listed as a Bend the Arc board member and served as President Obama’s religious-freedom ambassador. During the recent spate of violence, Bend the Arc’s political arm took the time to oppose police protection at synagogues on racial grounds, while also blaming the increase in anti-Semitism during the conflict on “white nationalists.”

 

Perhaps the most consequential of the progressive left’s alliances has been with Bernie Sanders, the senator from Vermont and former presidential candidate who arguably has achieved more political success and visibility than any American Jewish politician other than near-miss vice-presidential candidate Joseph Lieberman. Sanders is a mentor and trailblazer for young progressives in Congress, and he made a point of putting the Squad and other anti-Israel activists in visible roles on his 2020 presidential campaign. His moves have scrambled the Jewish community’s response to Sanders’s politics and those of his protégés. That is a feature, not a bug, of this alliance, as far as Sanders and the Squad see it.

 

“What does it look like when a national Jewish community understands what’s at stake?” I asked here last year. My answer then was the united front the UK Jewish community put up to oppose Jeremy Corbyn, the since-deposed Labour leader who had turned his party into a thoroughly anti-Semitic organization that harassed the Jews in its ranks and incited London’s streets against its Jewish community. Nearly nine of out ten UK Jews agreed that Corbyn was an anti-Semite, and before the election that finally sealed Corbyn’s doom, the country’s chief rabbi was moved to speak out against him.

 

Sanders and Corbyn were mutual admirers. Ocasio-Cortez backed Corbyn in his election. The warnings that Sanders and Ocasio-Cortez were openly modeling the future of their party on Corbyn’s Labour went ignored or dismissed. The events of May have made the Democratic Party’s Corbynization indisputable.

 

Events in early June then gave the dwindling band of Democratic anti-Corbynistas one more bite at the apple. On June 7, Omar tweeted a summary of a question she had for Secretary of State Antony Blinken: “We must have the same level of accountability and justice for all victims of crimes against humanity. We have seen unthinkable atrocities committed by the U.S., Hamas, Israel, Afghanistan, and the Taliban. I asked @SecBlinken where people are supposed to go for justice.”

 

The comparison of the U.S. and Israel to Hamas and the Taliban seemed a typically gratuitous demonstration of Omar’s untouchable status. Twelve Jewish Democrats wrote a letter finally naming her while refraining from calling her an anti-Semite.

 

The response to the letter revealed the depressing reality at the core of American Jewish life: the complete abandonment of the Jews by their own supposed watchdogs and the merger of those groups into semiofficial arms of the very political party now enabling their torment. Greenblatt merely retweeted one of the signatories’ tweets of the letter, adding his own comment: “Well said.” His me-tooing of the statement added insult to injury: Not only were the congressmen given no cover by the ADL, but once they ventured into the breach they were given no reinforcement by it. The following morning, the JDCA tweeted: “Jewish Dems will be meeting with Rep. Omar during our Week of Action to discuss her recent comments on Israel, as well as other priorities of Jewish Dems in Minnesota. There is no equivalence between Israel and terrorist organizations such as Hamas.” The organization sounded more annoyed at having to say something than outraged by what Omar had said.

 

The final blow came from Pelosi, who told CNN days later: “We did not rebuke her. We thanked—acknowledged that she made a clarification… Congresswoman Omar is a valued member of our caucus.”

 

What happened in between the release of the letter and Pelosi’s public declaration of Omar’s righteousness was instructive: The Squad went nuclear. Ocasio-Cortez accused her Jewish colleagues of “targeting” Omar and putting her in “danger.” Cori Bush said her Jewish colleagues were motivated by “anti-Blackness and Islamophobia.” Jamaal Bowman, who ousted the pro-Israel stalwart Eliot Engel in a 2020 primary and who represents a New York district with a large Jewish contingent, likewise suggested that the complaints from his colleagues were due to Omar’s being a Muslim black woman. Omar herself complained of the “constant harassment and silencing” by her Jewish colleagues and the “Islamophobic tropes” they supposedly used.

 

It was an astonishingly vile and aggressive coordinated attack against the Jewish group. The ADL was silent. JDCA was silent. The Democratic Party sided with the Squad. The Jewish community had been abandoned to the rise of the dominant left-of-center ideology according to which Jews are part of a white power structure of which Israel is a prime example.

 

Corbyn’s attempt to separate the Jews from the Jewish state in the UK failed miserably. But the Squad’s efforts to do the same here are not failing. And it’s not just in the halls of Congress. The New Yorker’s Helen Rosner suggested it would be a good tactic not to beat up Jews, as part of an overall strategy to undermine Israel’s legitimacy. (This after the New Yorker’s union put out a statement of solidarity with the Palestinians that included the phrase “from the river to the sea.”) Michelle Goldberg of the New York Times wrote a column with a headline so instantly infamous that the Times eventually and quietly changed it: “Attacks on Jews Over Israel Are a Gift to the Right.”

 

Meanwhile, the comedian Sarah Silverman objected to attacks on Jews in Los Angeles not on the grounds that they were evil acts of anti-Semitic violence but rather because “WE ARE NOT ISRAEL.” For his part, Kenneth Roth, the obsessively anti-Israel executive director of Human Rights Watch, declared, “It is WRONG to equate the Jewish people with the apartheid and deadly bombardment of Prime Minister Netanyahu’s government.”

 

Throwing fellow Jews to the wolves is abominable moral behavior. Delicately excising the name and words of a chic Democratic politician from a list of anti-Semitic statements to protect her—or to protect the organization you run from her wrath—constitutes an act of complicity in the violence that ensued in whatever small measure from her remarks. And the man who was thus complicit—Jonathan Greenblatt—had the nerve to act surprised. The anti-Semitic street violence in America is “literally happening from coast to coast, and spreading like wildfire,” Greenblatt told the Times. “The sheer audacity of these attacks feels very different.”

 

It feels different because it feels so familiar. And if the American Jewish community is to survive, it must start acting like it. And we must start by cleaning our own corrupted house.

 

1 “The Rot Inside American Jewish Organizations,” March 2020

 


Affaire Enderlin/20e: Montrez-moi le pays et je vous trouve le crime (Looking back at the fake news of the century)

30 septembre, 2020

https://i1.wp.com/www.theaugeanstables.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ghetto-boy-2.jpg

Montrez-moi l’homme et je vous trouve le crime. Lavrenti Beria (chef de la police secrète de Staline)
L’image correspondait à la réalité de la situation, non seulement à Gaza, mais en Cisjordanie. Charles Enderlin (Le Figaro, 27/01/05)
The narrative tension of our podcast ‘Caliphate’ is the question of whether his account is true. Rukimini Callimachi (NYT)
If you look at the whole series, we did make it clear in the series that there were questions about his story, but given what happened in Canada, given the allegation he made everything up, we are going to re-report it. Dean Baquet (NYT executive editor)
We are going to look for the truth of his story and inevitably we are going to also ask the question about how we presented him so we are going to put together a group of reporters and take a new look at the story, his story and inevitably how we presented his story. Dean Baquet (NYT executive editor)
In May 2018, Rukmini Callimachi, a star reporter for the New York Times, faced some questions about her reporting. Her podcast series, “Caliphate,” focused on a young Pakistani-Canadian man who claimed that he’d traveled to Syria in 2014 and joined forces with the Islamic State. “Abu Huzayfah” — the man’s nom de guerre — told Callimachi he had executed two men. Trouble was, he told a Canadian interviewer that he’d killed no one. Pressed on the discrepancy, Callimachi told CBC News, “We were able to get to both before any other media had gotten to him, but crucially before law enforcement had gotten to him.… He was speaking to us in this window of time when he essentially thought he had slipped through the cracks.” But last week, as reported previously in this space, Abu Huzayfah was charged with fabricating his life as a terrorist. Scrutiny of this sort occasionally lands on Callimachi’s work. Her reporting has won numerous prizes, but it has also raised questions, including from her own colleagues, about how she gathers and verifies her scoops. Since joining the Times in 2014 from the Associated Press, Callimachi has become the most famous terrorism reporter in the world, in part because of her enterprise on Twitter, where she posted marathon threads about developments on her beat. She sought information everywhere, from chat rooms where terrorists lurked to hot spots like Mosul. Wired in 2016 wrote that she was “arguably the best reporter on the most impor­tant beat in the world.” Poynter in 2017 called her an “unrelenting and insightful observer of terrorism.” A fine collection of plaques commemorates Callimachi’s hard work. She is a four-time finalist for the Pulitzer Prize: first in 2009 for an AP project on the exploitation of children in Africa; next in 2014 for a stunning investigation of al-Qaeda relying on the terrorist network’s own documents; and finally in 2019, for both an exposé on the Islamic State — also driven by documents — and the “Caliphate” podcast. She made history by winning two Overseas Press Club awards for that al-Qaeda investigation. Like the awards, the journalistic stumbles of Callimachi have played out in public, right in the pages of the Times. They have prompted Times reporters to raise concerns with their bosses about her work and the reliability of her sources. Those concerns mix with an awkward and anguished institutional culture: Her critics worry that their complaints are interpreted as professional envy toward a multiplatform star of the Times. “There is some internal and external griping about certain elements of Rukmini’s reporting style,” one source told the Erik Wemple Blog in 2018. “She’s a classic giant personality.… She’s very good at describing her work and taking credit for it and living the risk. There are some people on staff who don’t like that.” Last October, Callimachi published a scoop on an unorthodox situation in which the Islamic State was allegedly paying a rival group — Hurras al-Din — to provide security for late leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi. The basis for the story was a series of receipts secured by Callimachi, who had turned terrorist document-hunting into her niche.  (…) Then the story crumbled. An expert quoted in the story as endorsing the receipts’ authenticity wrote a post reviewing the whole situation. Whereas Callimachi indicated in her article that the expert — Aymenn Jawad al-Tamimi — reviewed eight receipts, he had originally been given only four receipts, as a subsequent Times correction made clear. After reviewing all eight, he concluded that they were “not authentic.” (…) Questions were raised, too, over a February 2018 story on the deaths of four U.S. soldiers killed in a fight with militants in the Niger desert. Callimachi spearheaded the paper’s efforts to secure footage shedding light on the incident, and the newspaper issued this disclosure on the video (…) The Times’s decision to purchase the video rights was particularly controversial. To Callimachi’s credit, the story — for which she was the lead byline — made clear the paper’s actions in pursuing the footage. Yet some Times journalists chafed: Why was the paper arranging to procure terrorist propaganda? In particular, the “news agency” from which the video was purchased was not exactly an objective, professional organization. A 2017 story co-authored by Callimachi noted that “Agence Nouakchott d’Information, or ANI, is associated with Al Qaeda’s branches in Africa.” (…) Video was also at the center of a 2016 Callimachi dust-up that embarrassed the Times. In August of that year, Callimachi published an investigative piece about Islamic State efforts to export terrorism around the globe. The narrative tissue for the piece was an interview with Harry Sarfo, a former Islamic State terrorist who fled the territory and returned to Germany, where he was arrested and sentenced to prison. It was such a coup that the newspaper did a “Times Insider” piece — titled “Talking to Terrorists” — in which Callimachi described coming “face to face with a former terrorist whose proof of identity and affiliation were solid enough that she could quote him in a story.” The story that Sarfo told Callimachi — and other outlets as well — was that he was turned off by the bloodlust of the Islamic State and didn’t partake in any such violence. Then The Post dug up some footage that challenged Sarfo’s version of events: “Previously unreleased video shows Sarfo moving doomed hostages into position for a public execution in Palmyra last year, and then apparently firing his own weapon at one of the fallen men. » (…) After Callimachi’s December 2014 story about paying ransom for Islamic State hostages, the Times assigned one of its journalists to vet the story. Tim Arango, then an overseas reporter for the paper, looked into a source who provided the narrative bookends for the story, a man identified as Louai Abo Aljoud, a Syrian journalist who was reported to have glimpsed U.S. hostages of the Islamic State in confinement. Arango’s assignment came after voices both within and outside of the Times raised objections to the reporting. More than a month after the story’s publication, this correction was added: An article on Dec. 28 about the consequences of the United States’ refusal to pay kidnappers to free American hostages referred imprecisely to a Syrian journalist who had been held by the Islamic State terrorist group and said American officials did not pursue information he gave them about Americans being held by the group. The surname of the journalist, Louai Abo Aljoud, is an assumed one that he has been using for several years to protect family members still in Syria; Aljoud is not his real family name. This correction was delayed to verify Mr. Abo Aljoud’s information. The Times told this blog, “After questions were raised, we sent reporters to do a follow up in person interview with the source and did not learn anything that called for further action. We added a correction to the story [nytimes.com] that addressed the source’s name.” (…) Terrorism reporting is one of the toughest beats in journalism. The field is strewn with liars and murderers who are keen on manipulating the world’s most prominent outlets. So occasional screw-ups will happen. But Callimachi has shown a reluctance to reckon with the scrutiny that comes with her standing as journalism’s No. 1 terrorist correspondent. (…) In the immediate aftermath of the Abu Huzayfah news last Friday, the Times supported Callimachi, stating that “uncertainty about Abu Huzayfah’s story is central to every episode of Caliphate that featured him.” It also called the series “responsible journalism that helped listeners understand the power and pull of extremism.” On Wednesday, however, the Times sent a new statement with a different tone: “While the uncertainty about Abu Huzayfah’s story was explored directly in episodes of Caliphate that featured him, his arrest and the allegations surrounding it have raised new and important questions about him and his motivations. We’re undertaking a fresh examination of his history and the way we presented him in our series. We will have more to say when we complete that effort.” Here’s one major New York Times project on the Islamic State that’ll have to proceed without the input of Rukmini Callimachi. Erik Wemple
En répondant à Denis Jeambar et à Daniel Leconte dans le Figaro du 23 janvier 2005 que « l’image correspondait à la réalité de la situation, non seulement à Gaza, mais en Cisjordanie », alors que la diffusion d’un reportage s’entend comme le témoignage de ce que le journaliste a vu et entendu, Charles Enderlin a reconnu que le film qui a fait le tour du monde en entrainant des violences sans précédent dans toute la région ne correspondait peut-être pas au commentaire qu’il avait donné. Laurence Trébucq (Présidente de la Cour d’appel de Paris, 21.05.08)
This is not staging, it’s playing for the camera. When they threw stones and Molotov cocktails, it was in part for the camera. That doesn’t mean it’s not true. They wanted to be filmed throwing stones and being hit by rubber bullets. All of us — the ARD too — did reports on kids confronting the Israeli army, in order to be filmed in Ramallah, in Gaza. That’s not staging, that’s reality. Charles Enderlin
La mort de Mohammed annule, efface celle de l’enfant juif, les mains en l’air devant les SS, dans le Ghetto de Varsovie. Catherine Nay (Europe 1)
Enderlin (Charles) : Scénariste et producteur de fictions. Capable de transformer le vivant en mort ; de faire apparaître et disparaître les cicatrices ; d’empêcher les blessures par balles de guerre de saigner. Journaliste à l’objectivité sans faille. Modèle professionnel de Jacques Chirac et des journalistes français. Détenteur de rushes invisibles, mais néanmoins accablants. Les montrera le jour suivant la Saint-GlinGlin 2019, à cause d’une clause signée avec les acteurs, MM. Al-Dura père et fils. Laurent Murawiec
Ce reportage de 27 secondes a été une « source d’inspiration » et a servi à justifier le terrorisme, l’antisémitisme, et la délégitimation de l’Etat juif. L’image choc a été diffusée et rediffusée sur toutes les chaînes de la planète et a déclenché dans les territoires et en Israël des vagues de protestation, de haine et de violence. Depuis lors, « les soldats de Tsahal sont désormais des tueurs à gage et des assassins d’enfants innocents. » « Les soldats juifs se comportent comme des nazis… » Et l’enfant palestinien devient martyr et comparé à la célèbre photo de l’enfant juif du ghetto de Varsovie, levant les bras devant un soldat allemand… Dans les pays arabes, la mort du petit Mohammed est sur toutes les lèvres. Des milliers de photos sont affichées sur les murs des rues et dans les appartements. Les nouveau-nés prennent le nom de Mohammed al-Doura. Des timbres nationaux et des places publiques aussi. L’enfant tué « avec préméditation » devient le symbole de la lutte des Palestiniens contre l’occupation israélienne dans les territoires et dans les pays islamiques. Freddy Eytan
Ce reportage est devenu une « affaire » parce qu’il a été monté de toutes pièces, semblable à « l’affaire Dreyfus » dans lequel on retrouve désinformation, manipulation et mensonge, Charles Enderlin n’était même pas présent sur le lieu du « crime » qu’il décrivait. Avec une différence, la France de Dreyfus était divisée, alors que la France d’Enderlin est unie dans son antisionisme, il y a même un parti politique antisioniste, le PAS. (…) Charles Enderlin est coupable d’avoir oublié ses certitudes et d’avoir fait siennes les convictions d’une France majoritairement antisioniste, anti-israélienne. Charles Enderlin est coupable d’avoir choisi l’autre côté, l’autre coté, c’est le chemin de tout le monde, c’est le chemin de la majorité. La France veut des reportages anti-israéliens, Charles Enderlin va les lui fournir, avec zèle. (…) Charles Enderlin s’est condamné lui-même, il est condamné à être l’ami de tous les anti-sionistes, les anti-Israéliens, les antijuifs, du premier tristement célèbre d’entre eux, Pascal Boniface. Lui le juif, le sioniste, va servir d’alibi à Dieudonné et à ses amis, il va devenir leur exemple, leur modèle. Raphaël Kalfon
Il est maintenant établi, grâce au travail d’investigation de personnes issues de pays et de professions très variées (journalistes, documentaristes, universitaires, experts médicaux et balistiques) que le reportage diffusé le 30 septembre 2000 au JT de France 2, où Charles Enderlin affirme, sur la foi d’images tournées à Gaza par son cameraman palestinien Talal Abou Rahma qu’un enfant, Mohammed Al Dura, a été tué et son père Jamal grièvement blessé par des tirs venus d’une position militaire israélienne, était une mise en scène. Depuis douze ans, Charles Enderlin s’est enfermé dans un déni le contraignant à enchaîner mensonges sur mensonges pour sauver sa peau de journaliste vedette de la chaîne publique française. Depuis douze ans tous les moyens ont été mis en œuvre pour faire obstacle au surgissement de cette vérité maintenant admise presque partout, sauf en France. France Télévisions a d’abord prétexté de la protection des sources pour ne pas livrer à la justice les « rushes », c’est-à-dire les images tournées par Talal Abou Rahma, mais non diffusées dans le sujet du JT. Lorsqu’elles furent rendues publiques sur l’injonction de la présidente de la Cour d’appel de Paris, il apparut de manière éclatante que la version servie jusque-là par Enderlin et France 2 ne tenait pas la route : les images invalidaient tous les récits du drame dont ses protagonistes ne s’étaient pas montrés avares dans les médias du monde entier. L’affirmation répétée moult fois par Enderlin qu’il avait coupé au montage celles montrant l’agonie de l’enfant, car elles étaient trop horribles, s’est révélée totalement mensongère. D’autres éléments mis en lumière par ces rushes sont tout aussi accablants pour la thèse défendue par France 2 : absence de sang sur les vêtements de Mohammed et Jamal Al Dura, incompatibilité des cicatrices présentes sur le corps du père avec des blessures par balles, etc. Une journaliste allemande de premier plan, Esther Schapira, aujourd’hui chef du service documentaire de la principale chaîne de télévision d’Outre-Rhin a réuni, dans un film impressionnant « L’enfant, la mort et la vérité » (http://vimeo.com/59475901) une série de témoignages accablants pour Charles Enderlin et Talal Abou Rahma. Leurs mensonges successifs, leurs faux fuyants ne résistent pas une seconde aux « vérités de faits » collectés sur le terrain, à Gaza et en Israël. Les téléspectateurs français ont été privés de la possibilité de se faire une opinion sur le travail d’Esther Schapira : France 2 a exercé des pressions sur toutes les chaînes diffusées en France, y compris ARTE, pourtant franco-allemande, pour empêcher de programmer ce documentaire. Pire, elle a menacé l’ARD de dénoncer les accords de coopération entre les deux chaînes si l’ARD vendait ce programme à l’étranger. Fort heureusement, les dirigeants de cette dernière ne se sont pas laissé intimider par France 2 et le documentaire a été diffusé en Israël et de nombreux pays. Luc Rosenzweig
La tâche sacrée des journalistes musulmans est, d’une part, de protéger la Umma des « dangers imminents », et donc, à cette fin, de « censurer tous les matériaux » et, d’autre part, « de combattre le sionisme et sa politique colonialiste de création d’implantations, ainsi que son anéantissement impitoyable du peuple palestinien ». Charte des médias islamiques de grande diffusion (Jakarta, 1980)
Il s’agit de formes d’expression artistique, mais tout cela sert à exprimer la vérité… Nous n’oublions jamais nos principes journalistiques les plus élevés auxquels nous nous sommes engagés, de dire la vérité et rien que la vérité. Haut responsable de la Télévision de l’Autorité palestinienne
Karsenty est donc si choqué que des images truquées soient utilisées et éditées à Gaza ? Mais cela a lieu partout à la télévision, et aucun journaliste de télévision de terrain, aucun monteur de film, ne seraient choqués. Clément Weill-Raynal (France 3)
Nous avons toujours respecté (et continuerons à respecter) les procédures journalistiques de l’Autorité palestinienne en matière d’exercice de la profession de journaliste en Palestine… (Roberto Cristiano, représentant de la « chaîne de télévision officielle RAI, Lettre à l’Autorité palestinienne)
Je suis venu au journalisme afin de poursuivre la lutte en faveur de mon peuple. Talal Abu Rahma (lors de la réception d’un prix, au Maroc, en 2001, pour sa vidéo sur al-Dura)

Montrez-moi le pays et je vous trouve le crime !

En ce triste 20e anniversaire …

Du faux du siècle …

Et d’un reportage de 27 secondes qui, diffusé et rediffusé sur la planète entière et entre posters, timbres et noms de rue …

A inspiré et servi à justifier les pires exactions terroristes comme l’antisémitisme et la délégitimation de l’Etat d’Israël …

Alors que le New York Times ajoute une nouvelle recrue à sa déjà longue liste de faussaires

Et à l’heure où complètement discrédités – Accord du siècle de Trump oblige – par leurs anciens soutiens au sein même du Monde arabe …

Les dirigeants, de l’Autorité palestinienne au Hamas et au Hezbollah, des divers mouvements terroristes palestiniens …

N’auront bientôt plus comme raison d’être pour continuer à martyriser leur peuple et assassiner des innocents …

Que la perversité de leurs commanditaires iraniens, turcs et qataris …

Ou, Macron et Biden en tête, l’ignorance et la naïveté de leurs idiots utiles occidentaux …

Quelle meilleure et plus révélatrice preuve de l’infâmie …

Que cette phrase de celui par qui, avec l’aide du correspondant de France 2 Charles Enderlin, le scandale est arrivé …

Et que célèbre aujourd’hui 20 ans après la notoire chaine boute-feu qatarie Al Jazeera

Le preneur de vue palestinien lui-même, Tala Abou Rahma, lors de la réception d’un prix un an plus tard au Maroc:

« Je suis venu au journalisme afin de poursuivre la lutte en faveur de mon peuple » ?

Behind the lens: Remembering Muhammad al-Durrah, 20 years on

Twenty years ago, a video of a 12-year-old boy being killed in Gaza reverberated around the world. Talal Abu Rahma, the cameraman who shot the video, remembers that day.

On September 30, 2000, a Palestinian cameraman from Gaza, Talal Abu Rahma, shot a video of a father and his 12-year-old son under fire on the Saladin Road, south of Gaza City. The boy, Muhammad al-Durrah, was mortally wounded and died soon after.

The video of Jamal al-Durrah trying to shield his son as bullets rained down on them was aired by France 2, the news channel Abu Rahma was working for. It became one of the most powerful images of the Second Intifada.

The Israeli government tried to challenge the veracity of the video, with the Israeli military denying that its soldiers had been responsible.

It took until 2013 for a French court to vindicate France 2 and Abu Rahma, ultimately upholding their defamation case against Philippe Karsenty, a French media commentator who had accused them of staging the video, and fining him 7,000 euros.

Abu Rahma, who has won numerous awards for his work, including the Rory Peck Award in 2001, is now based in Greece, where he, his wife and six-year-old son are residents. He works between there and Amman, Jordan. He has been banned from returning to Gaza since 2017.

Twenty years on, he recalls the events of that day:

The day before, I was in Jerusalem working at the France 2 office. Charles Enderlin, the France 2 bureau chief in Jerusalem, called me at 10am and said “I am sending you the car, you have to go back quickly to Gaza because the situation in the West Bank is getting very, very bad.”

So I went back. Charles called me when I arrived and asked about the situation in Gaza. I said: “Gaza, it’s quiet, nothing in Gaza.” “OK,” he replied, “well keep your eyes on it, if anything happens, just let me know and go and film.”

At 3pm, 4pm, there was nothing happening. It was a Friday, you know. The West Bank was on fire, but Gaza was really quiet. I knew why it was quiet – because the schools were closed and it was the holy day.

We were watching the situation and I knew, as a journalist, that on Saturday morning there would be a demonstration in Gaza. At that time there were three very sensitive points in Gaza – one at Erez, one north of Gaza City, and the third in the middle, on Saladin Road.

Many people have asked why I went to Saladin Road. It was because it was in the middle. If something happened in Erez or elsewhere I could quickly move there. Like me, all the journalists knew what would happen on Saturday morning. I went down at about 7am because that is the time the students go to school and I knew there would be lots of people around.

They started throwing stones. And hour by hour it increased. I was in contact with my colleagues at Erez, to know what was going on over there – as that was the real hot point.

I stayed where I was until about 1pm. At this point it was tear gas, it was rubber bullets, it was stone-throwing; you know, it was normal. But there were a lot of people throwing stones. Not hundreds. Thousands.

I called the office and told them that about 40 people had been injured by rubber bullets and tear gas. Charles told me “OK, try to make interviews and send it in by satellite.”

‘It was raining bullets’

As I was conducting my second interview, the shooting started. I took my camera off its stand and put it on my shoulder. I started moving left and right to see who was shooting – shooting like crazy. Who was shooting at whom and why, I really didn’t know. I tried to hide myself because there were a lot of bullets flying around.

There was a van to my left, so I hid behind it. Then a few children came and hid there, too. At that point, I hadn’t seen the man and the boy. Ambulances were arriving and taking the injured away.

I could not hear anybody over the sound of the bullets. It just kept getting worse. There was a lot of shooting, many injured. I was really scared. There was blood on the ground. People were running, falling down; they didn’t know where the bullets were coming from, they were just trying to hide. I was confused about what to do to – whether to continue filming or to run away. But I’m a stubborn journalist.

At that moment, Charles called and asked me, “Talal, do you have your helmet on, do you have your jacket on?” Because he knows me, I don’t put the helmet and flak jacket on – it’s too heavy. But he was screaming at me, “Put it on, please, Talal.” I got really mad because I didn’t want to hear it. I told him, “I am in danger. Please, Charles, if something happens to me, take care of my family.” Then I hung up the phone.

In that moment, I was thinking about my family: about my girls, about my boy, about my wife, and about myself. I could smell death. Every second I was checking myself to see if I had been injured.

Then one of the children who was hiding beside me said: “They are shooting at them.” I asked: “Shooting at who?” That was when I saw the man and the boy against the wall. They were hiding and the man was moving his hand and saying something. The bullets were coming right at them. But I couldn’t tell where they were coming from.

In the corner on the right side of the man, there were Israeli soldiers and Palestinian security forces. In front of that point was the Israeli base. What could I do? I couldn’t cross the street. It was too busy and very wide, and the shooting was like rain. I couldn’t do anything.

The children beside me were scared and screaming and, in that moment, I saw through my camera that the boy had been injured. Then the man was injured, but he was still waving and shouting, asking for help, asking for the shooting to stop. The boys with me were really going crazy. I was trying to calm them down. I was scared about taking care of myself and them. But I had to film. This is my career. This is my work. I was not there just to take care of myself. There is a rule: a picture is not more valuable than a life. But, believe me, I tried to protect myself and I tried to save this boy and the father, but the shooting was too much.

France 2 TV footage shows Muhammad al-Durrah after he was fatally struck in the abdomen; his seriously wounded father, Jamal, shook with convulsions and lost consciousness, and was later hospitalised in Gaza [Photo by France 2/AFP]

It was too dangerous to cross the street. It was raining bullets. Then, I heard a boom and the picture was filled with white smoke.

Before the boom, the boy was alive but injured. I think the first injury was to his leg. But after the smoke moved, the next time I saw the boy, he was laying down on his father’s lap and his father was against the wall, not moving. The boy was bleeding from his stomach.

The ambulances tried to get in many times. I saw them. But they couldn’t because it was too dangerous. Eventually, one ambulance came in and picked up the boy and the man. I whistled to the driver, he saw me clearly and slowed down. I asked if we could go with him. He said, “No, no, no, I have very serious cases” and then he drove off.

When the shooting stopped, the boys near me started running, left and right. I stayed by myself and then decided to walk away. I walked for about five to seven minutes towards my car. I was trying to call the office in Jerusalem – it took a while to get a signal back then when mobile phones were still quite new. As I was walking, I saw a colleague from another news agency.

I asked him, “How many injured, how many killed?” He told me about three. I said, “Look, if you are talking about the three dead, add another two. I think there are another two, they were killed against the wall.” I showed him what I had filmed and he started screaming, “Oh no! Oh no! This is Jamal, this is his son, Muhammad, they were in the market. Oh my God, oh my God!”

I asked him, “Do you know them?” He replied, “Yes, I am married to his sister.”

The office was silent

I called Charles and he asked me, “Where have you been?” I said, “Don’t talk to me, I am very tired.” He said, “OK, you’ve got until 5pm, go feed it right now.”

When I fed the footage, everyone in my office in Gaza and in the France 2 office in Jerusalem went quiet. You couldn’t hear any noise. Everyone was astonished; even the journalists around me.

Charles spoke first. He said, “OK, Talal, I think you need to rest because this is unbelievable. But are you sure no one else filmed it?”

I said, “I was on my own, you can write exclusive for France 2.”

He said, “OK, go rest” and I went back home.

‘The camera doesn’t lie’

Then Charles called me back and asked me some questions: the angles of my footage, my position, how, who – a lot of questions. It aired at 8pm that day but Charles had to deal with a lot of questions. High-level people in Paris and Israel, he called the Israeli army, as he was obliged to, according to the law. These were strong pictures.

High-level people in Paris started asking me questions. I answered it all, knowing that Charles trusts me and knows who I am. I am not biased. From the beginning, before I started working for France 2, Charles told me, “Talal, don’t be biased.” And up until now I have taken him at his word, not to be biased.

There was a lot of talk about this video, claims that it was fake. But the people saying this didn’t even know the area. There were a lot of calls and investigations with me about how true the images were. I had one answer for them. The camera doesn’t lie. Whatever they say about these pictures, it can’t hurt me, except in one way – my career. They hurt what I am working for – journalism. To me journalism is my religion, my language, there are no borders for journalism.

I received a lot of awards for that video. I was honoured in Dubai, in Qatar, even in London twice. I received awards from America and France. I really don’t know how these people think we could have staged it.

The day after the shooting, I went to the hospital to see Jamal. I could not talk to him too much. I took a few pictures and spoke to a doctor who told me that Jamal’s condition was very bad, that there were a lot of bullets in his body.

A few people asked me how much we sold the pictures for. But France 2 told me the images would be distributed for free and I was in agreement with them. They said, “We will not make money from the blood of children.”

The court case in Paris went on until 2013. We won. We didn’t receive any money at all from the case. It was the dignity of our job that pushed us to fight the case.

This account has been edited for clarity and brevity.

Voir aussi:


Caricatures: Un antisémite est caché dans ce dessin, sauras-tu le retrouver ? (Looking back with Plantu at Le Monde’s long tradition of antisemitic cartoons)

3 novembre, 2019

Image result for Plantu est caché dans ce dessin, sauras-tu le retrouverLa controverse soulevée par une caricature de Plantu continue - The Times of IsraëlPLANTU Officiel on Twitter: "PALESTINE https://t.co/WQgNZYUwo8" / TwitterImage result for Plantu antisemitic cartoonsRelated imageRelated imageRelated imageImage result for Plantu antisemitic cartoons

MUR-BERLIN-PALESTINE-550Related image
Image result for Plantu antisemitic cartoons
Related imageRelated imageImage result for Plantu caricatures antisémites 29 juillet 2015L’antisémitisme, c’est de prendre l’exemple d’une caractéristique ou d’une action qui est répandue, sinon universelle, et de n’en accuser que les Juifs. Alan Dershowitz
Le Monde should be mindful that what started as cartoons in the 1930’s ultimately led to violence and unspeakable tragedy. French Jewry has seen enough in the way of terror and violence and anti-Semitic vitriol, undoubtedly fueled by hateful cartoons like these. It’s not only libelous, it’s reckless and dangerous in light of the terror attacks earlier this year. There is an ignorance and prejudice buried in the image itself. It says more about the preconception in the mind of the illustrator than the reality on the ground. Joe Hyams (HonestReporting)
A political cartoon is one of the most effective tools of communication. People see an image and remember it longer than an article or an essay. Unfortunately, it’s also an extremely effective way of passing misinformation. And that’s the problem with a recent cartoon in Le Monde, France’s paper of record. The cartoon shows an IDF soldier firing his gun at Palestinian civilians, who appear to be dying in the rubble in front of him. The soldier is joined by a stereotypical religious Jew, depicted with a long beard, hat and coat, and even a rifle on his shoulder. The religious Jew is also holding a suitcase labeled New Settlements, and he’s telling the soldier: “Can’t you shoot any quicker? I’m in a hurry to move in!” In the background, an Israeli helicopter is firing on Palestinian buildings. The meaning of the cartoon is unmistakable: Israel is intentionally killing Palestinians in order to steal the land for its own use. The cartoon, by veteran cartoonist Jean Plantureux (known as Plantu), is shocking not only because of its false and gruesome depiction of Israeli soldiers and its caricature of the religious but also because it comes at a time of deep soul searching in Israel over the death of a Palestinian baby, who was killed in a house fire widely believed to have been set by Jewish extremists. The incident was widely condemned across Israeli society and led to stricter security measures against Israeli extremists. To present Israeli soldiers as wanton killers and religious Jews as promoters of genocide is a crass distortion of Israel that will breed more hate towards Jews and less understanding of the complex reality in the region. The death of the baby does not appear to be referenced in the cartoon. Instead, it may have been triggered by an announcement of plans for 300 new units in the settlements, which took place as Israeli security forces grappled with the removal of Jewish homes in Beit El. Honest reporting

Un antisémite est caché dans ces dessins, sauras-tu le retrouver ?

Suite à l’invitation de Plantu lui-même sur sa page Facebook

Avec la reproduction de son dessin faussement didactique de l’Express de 2015 …

Intitulé « Un Etat palestinien est caché dans ce dessin, sauras-tu le retrouver ? » …

Et dénonçant les nouvelles implantations (pardon: « colonies » israéliennes) dans les territoires occupés (pardon: « palestiniens ») …

Petit retour en images …

Les quelques exceptions qui confirment la règle mises à part …

Sur la longue tradition à laquelle …

Entre deux caricatures anti-américaines

Il a largement contribué avec Le Monde

Israel Accused of Genocide in Outrageous Cartoon

A political cartoon is one of the most effective tools of communication. People see an image and remember it longer than an article or an essay. Unfortunately, it’s also an extremely effective way of passing misinformation. And that’s the problem with a recent cartoon in Le Monde, France’s paper of record.

The cartoon shows an IDF soldier firing his gun at Palestinian civilians, who appear to be dying in the rubble in front of him. The soldier is joined by a stereotypical religious Jew, depicted with a long beard, hat and coat, and even a rifle on his shoulder. The religious Jew is also holding a suitcase labeled New Settlements, and he’s telling the soldier: “Can’t you shoot any quicker? I’m in a hurry to move in!” In the background, an Israeli helicopter is firing on Palestinian buildings.

The meaning of the cartoon is unmistakable: Israel is intentionally killing Palestinians in order to steal the land for its own use.

The cartoon, by veteran cartoonist Jean Plantureux (known as Plantu), is shocking not only because of its false and gruesome depiction of Israeli soldiers and its caricature of the religious but also because it comes at a time of deep soul searching in Israel over the death of a Palestinian baby, who was killed in a house fire widely believed to have been set by Jewish extremists.

The incident was widely condemned across Israeli society and led to stricter security measures against Israeli extremists. To present Israeli soldiers as wanton killers and religious Jews as promoters of genocide is a crass distortion of Israel that will breed more hate towards Jews and less understanding of the complex reality in the region.

The death of the baby does not appear to be referenced in the cartoon. Instead, it may have been triggered by an announcement of plans for 300 new units in the settlements, which took place as Israeli security forces grappled with the removal of Jewish homes in Beit El.

It’s actually the third straight cartoon by Plantu on the settlement issue, but the first directly accusing Israel of genocide.

HonestReporting CEO Joe Hyams condemned Le Monde for spreading hateful propaganda that reinforces a false narrative.

“Le Monde should be mindful that what started as cartoons in the 1930’s ultimately led to violence and unspeakable tragedy,” Mr Hyams said. “French Jewry has seen enough in the way of terror and violence and anti-Semitic vitriol, undoubtedly fueled by hateful cartoons like these.

“It’s not only libelous, it’s reckless and dangerous in light of the terror attacks earlier this year. There is an ignorance and prejudice buried in the image itself. It says more about the preconception in the mind of the illustrator than the reality on the ground,” he added.

CALL TO ACTION:

We call on Le Monde to remove the cartoon and acknowledge the damage to the Jewish community. Let the editors know what you think on their Facebook page at https://www.facebook.com/lemonde.fr

This is not the first time Israel has been demonized through political cartoons. The slidshow below looks at some of the recent examples.


Fake news: Haro sur le Daily Mail ! (After the Wikipedia ban of the British conservative Daily Mail as a reliable source, is the antisemitic cartoon-peddling NYT next in the post-truth firing line ?)

31 Mai, 2019
https://jcdurbant.files.wordpress.com/2019/05/efe2c-daily2bmail2bdishonest2b2017.pngMail Online
https://twitter.com/Harry1T6/status/1122140959968350209?ref_src=twsrc^tfw
A screenshot of an old, photocopied file page detailing Dr King's alleged sexual misconductLife is a continual story of shattered dreams. (…) Now not only is that struggle structured out somewhere in the external forces of the universe, it’s structured in our own lives. Psychologists have tried to grapple with it in their way, and so they say various things. (…) There’s a civil war going on. There is a schizophrenia, as the psychologists or the psychiatrists would call it, going on within all of us. And there are times that all of us know somehow that there is a Mr. Hyde and a Dr. Jekyll in us. (…) sometimes we even have to end up crying out with Saint Augustine as he said in his Confessions, « Lord, make me pure, but not yet. » We end up crying out with the Apostle Paul, « The good that I would I do not: And the evil that I would not, that I do. » Or we end up having to say with Goethe that « there’s enough stuff in me to make both a gentleman and a rogue. » There’s a tension at the heart of human nature. And whenever we set out to dream our dreams and to build our temples, we must be honest enough to recognize it. And this brings me to the basic point of the text. In the final analysis, God does not judge us by the separate incidents or the separate mistakes that we make, but by the total bent of our lives. In the final analysis, God knows that his children are weak and they are frail. In the final analysis, what God requires is that your heart is right. Salvation isn’t reaching the destination of absolute morality, but it’s being in the process and on the right road. Martin Luther King (Ebenezer Baptist Church, Atlanta, Georgia, March 3, 1968)
L’image correspondait à la réalité de la situation, non seulement à Gaza, mais en Cisjordanie. Charles Enderlin (Le Figaro, 27/01/05)
Look, you read it, right? You liked it? You had fun? Well, what’s the problem? Armisen-as-Wolff
The Israelis say they’re actually trying to restrict our access to these areas and they say it’s too dangerous for you to be there and my response to that is that it wouldn’t be nearly as dangerous if you didn’t shoot at us when we’re clearly labelled as CNN crews and journalists. And so this must stop, this targeting of the news media both literally and figuratively must come to an end immediately. Eason Jordan
Over the last dozen years I made 13 trips to Baghdad to lobby the government to keep CNN’s Baghdad bureau open and to arrange interviews with Iraqi leaders. Each time I visited, I became more distressed by what I saw and heard — awful things that could not be reported because doing so would have jeopardized the lives of Iraqis, particularly those on our Baghdad staff. For example, in the mid-1990’s one of our Iraqi cameramen was abducted. For weeks he was beaten and subjected to electroshock torture in the basement of a secret police headquarters because he refused to confirm the government’s ludicrous suspicion that I was the Central Intelligence Agency’s Iraq station chief. CNN had been in Baghdad long enough to know that telling the world about the torture of one of its employees would almost certainly have gotten him killed and put his family and co-workers at grave risk. Working for a foreign news organization provided Iraqi citizens no protection. The secret police terrorized Iraqis working for international press services who were courageous enough to try to provide accurate reporting. Some vanished, never to be heard from again. Others disappeared and then surfaced later with whispered tales of being hauled off and tortured in unimaginable ways. Obviously, other news organizations were in the same bind we were when it came to reporting on their own workers. We also had to worry that our reporting might endanger Iraqis not on our payroll. I knew that CNN could not report that Saddam Hussein’s eldest son, Uday, told me in 1995 that he intended to assassinate two of his brothers-in-law who had defected and also the man giving them asylum, King Hussein of Jordan. If we had gone with the story, I was sure he would have responded by killing the Iraqi translator who was the only other participant in the meeting. After all, secret police thugs brutalized even senior officials of the Information Ministry, just to keep them in line (one such official has long been missing all his fingernails). Still, I felt I had a moral obligation to warn Jordan’s monarch, and I did so the next day. King Hussein dismissed the threat as a madman’s rant. A few months later Uday lured the brothers-in-law back to Baghdad; they were soon killed. I came to know several Iraqi officials well enough that they confided in me that Saddam Hussein was a maniac who had to be removed. One Foreign Ministry officer told me of a colleague who, finding out his brother had been executed by the regime, was forced, as a test of loyalty, to write a letter of congratulations on the act to Saddam Hussein. An aide to Uday once told me why he had no front teeth: henchmen had ripped them out with pliers and told him never to wear dentures, so he would always remember the price to be paid for upsetting his boss. Again, we could not broadcast anything these men said to us. (…) Then there were the events that were not unreported but that nonetheless still haunt me. A 31-year-old Kuwaiti woman, Asrar Qabandi, was captured by Iraqi secret police occupying her country in 1990 for  »crimes, » one of which included speaking with CNN on the phone. They beat her daily for two months, forcing her father to watch. In January 1991, on the eve of the American-led offensive, they smashed her skull and tore her body apart limb by limb. A plastic bag containing her body parts was left on the doorstep of her family’s home. I felt awful having these stories bottled up inside me. Now that Saddam Hussein’s regime is gone, I suspect we will hear many, many more gut-wrenching tales from Iraqis about the decades of torment. At last, these stories can be told freely. Eason Jordan (2003)
The only CNN journalist wounded in that region was Ben Wedeman, who got shot when he wandered into a crossfire. [Jordan’s] own producer, Bruce Conover, told CNN that no one could tell who shot him, as the bullets and mortars were flying in from all directions. Ed Morrisey
[Eason Jordan] made a mistake. I did not think he deserved to lose his job over it. A little context is important. He had just come back from Baghdad, 16th trip. We were on the eve of the elections there. He was extremely tense, because he thought a CNN journalist as well as other journalists were in great danger there, and he was — he praised U.S. troops for protecting CNN journalists and others, but he said, look, this is a place where we lost 63 journalists on all sides, and journalists on all sides are being — are getting killed often carelessly — and he used the word targeting. And certainly left the impression that U.S. troops were targeting journalists on the other side — Al Jazeera, for example — just as insurgents were clearly targeting American journalists. And it was a startling charge, and I think everybody in the room sort of, you know, their head swerved. But as soon as he said it, it was clear he knew he had made a mistake. He had gone too far. Used — he’d been — his emotions I think just got the better of him. And he tried to walk it back. And he tried to be — clarify it. But soon it was on the blog, and frankly, the — it just — the story just built up. David Gergen
As prejudices go, anti-Semitism can sometimes be hard to pin down, but on Thursday the opinion pages of The New York Times international edition provided a textbook illustration of it. Except that The Times wasn’t explaining anti-Semitism. It was purveying it. It did so in the form of a cartoon, provided to the newspaper by a wire service and published directly above an unrelated column by Tom Friedman, in which a guide dog with a prideful countenance and the face of Benjamin Netanyahu leads a blind, fat Donald Trump wearing dark glasses and a black yarmulke. Lest there be any doubt as to the identity of the dog-man, it wears a collar from which hangs a Star of David. Here was an image that, in another age, might have been published in the pages of Der Stürmer. The Jew in the form of a dog. The small but wily Jew leading the dumb and trusting American. The hated Trump being Judaized with a skullcap. The nominal servant acting as the true master. The cartoon checked so many anti-Semitic boxes that the only thing missing was a dollar sign. (…) The Times has a longstanding Jewish problem, dating back to World War II, when it mostly buried news about the Holocaust, and continuing into the present day in the form of intensely adversarial coverage of Israel. The criticism goes double when it comes to the editorial pages, whose overall approach toward the Jewish state tends to range, with some notable exceptions, from tut-tutting disappointment to thunderous condemnation. (…) The problem with the cartoon isn’t that its publication was a willful act of anti-Semitism. It wasn’t. The problem is that its publication was an astonishing act of ignorance of anti-Semitism — and that, at a publication that is otherwise hyper-alert to nearly every conceivable expression of prejudice, from mansplaining to racial microaggressions to transphobia. Imagine, for instance, if the dog on a leash in the image hadn’t been the Israeli prime minister but instead a prominent woman such as Nancy Pelosi, a person of color such as John Lewis, or a Muslim such as Ilhan Omar. Would that have gone unnoticed by either the wire service that provides the Times with images or the editor who, even if he were working in haste, selected it? The question answers itself. And it raises a follow-on: How have even the most blatant expressions of anti-Semitism become almost undetectable to editors who think it’s part of their job to stand up to bigotry? The reason is the almost torrential criticism of Israel and the mainstreaming of anti-Zionism, including by this paper, which has become so common that people have been desensitized to its inherent bigotry. So long as anti-Semitic arguments or images are framed, however speciously, as commentary about Israel, there will be a tendency to view them as a form of political opinion, not ethnic prejudice. But as I noted in a Sunday Review essay in February, anti-Zionism is all but indistinguishable from anti-Semitism in practice and often in intent, however much progressives try to deny this. Add to the mix the media’s routine demonization of Netanyahu, and it is easy to see how the cartoon came to be drawn and published: Already depicted as a malevolent Jewish leader, it’s just a short step to depict him as a malevolent Jew. The paper (…) owes itself some serious reflection as to how its publication came, to many longtime readers, as a shock but not a surprise. Bret L. Stephens
The past several days have left many Jews in the United States feeling shell-shocked. Attacks against them seem to be coming from all quarters. First, on Thursday, the New York Times’ International Edition published a stunningly antisemitic cartoon on its op-ed page. It portrayed a blind President Donald Trump wearing the garb of an ultra-Orthodox Jew, replete with a black suit and a black yarmulke, with the blackened sunglasses of a blind man being led by a seeing-eye dog with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s face. If the message – that Jewish dogs are leading the blind American by the nose — wasn’t clear enough, the Netanyahu dog was wearing a collar with a Star of David medallion, just to make the point unmistakable. Under a torrent of criticism, after first refusing to apologize for the cartoon, which it removed from its online edition, the Times issued an acknowledment on Sunday, but has taken no action against the editors responsible. Two days after the Times published its hateful cartoon, Jews at the Chabad House synagogue in Poway, outside San Diego, were attacked by a rifle-bearing white supremacist as they prayed. (…) On the face of things, there is no meaningful connection between the Times’ cartoon and the Poway attack. In his online manifesto, Earnest presented himself as a Nazi in the mold of Robert Bowers, the white supremacist who massacred 11 Jews at the Tree of Life Synagogue last October. The New York Times, on the other hand, is outspoken in its hatred of white supremacists whom it associates with President Donald Trump, the paper’s archenemy. On the surface, the two schools of Jew hatred share no common ground. But a serious consideration of the Times’ anti-Jewish propaganda leads to the opposite conclusion. The New York Times — as an institution that propagates anti-Jewish messages, narratives, and demonizations — is deeply tied to the rise in white supremacist violence against Jews. This is the case for several reasons. First, as Seth Franzman of the Jerusalem Post pointed out, Bowers and Earnest share two hatreds – for Jews and for Trump. Both men hate Trump, whom they view as a friend of the Jews. Earnest referred to Trump as “That Zionist, Jew-loving, anti-White, traitorous c**ks****er.” Bowers wrote that he opposed Trump because he is supposedly surrounded by Jews, whom Bowers called an “infestation” in the White House. The New York Times also hates Trump. And like Bowers and Earnest, it promotes the notion in both news stories and editorials that Trump’s support for Israel harms U.S. interests to benefit avaricious Jews. In 2017, just as the Russia collusion narrative was taking hold, Politico spun an antisemitic conspiracy theory that placed Chabad at the center of the nefarious scheme in which Russian President Vladimir Putin connived with Trump to steal the election from Democratic nominee Hillary Clinton. (…) The story, titled “The Happy-Go-Lucky Jewish Group that Connects Trump and Putin,” claimed that Russia’s Chief Rabbi Berel Lazar, who is Chabad’s senior representative there, served as an intermediary between Putin and Trum-p. He did this, Politico alleged, through his close ties to Chabad rabbis in the United States who have longstanding ties to Trump. (…) In other words, the antisemitic Chabad conspiracy theory laid out by Politico, which slanderously placed Chabad at the center of a nefarious plot to steal the U.S. presidency for Trump, was first proposed by the New York Times. The Times is well known for its hostility towards Israel. But that hostility is never limited to Israel itself. It also encompasses Jewish Americans who support Israel. For instance, in a 11,000 word “analysis” of the antisemitic “boycott, divestment, sanctions” (BDS) movement published in late March, the Times effectively delegitimized all Jewish support for Israel. (…) Last week the Times erroneously claimed that Jesus was a Palestinian. The falsehood was picked up by antisemitic Rep. Ilhan Omar (D-MN). The Times waited a week to issue a correction. (…) In an op-ed following the cartoon’s publication, the Times’ in-house NeverTrump pro-Israel columnist Bret Stephens at once condemned the cartoon and the paper’s easy-breezy relationship with antisemitism, and minimized the role that antisemitism plays at the New York Times. Stephens attributed the decision to publish the cartoon in the New York Times international edition to the small staff in the paper’s Paris office and insisted that “the charge that the institution [i.e., the Times] is in any way antisemitic is a calumny.” (…) Stephens tried to minimize the Times’ power to influence the public discourse in the U.S. by placing its antisemitic reporting in the context of a larger phenomenon. But the fact is that while the New York Times has long since ceased serving as the “paper of record” for anyone not on the political left in America, it is still the most powerful news organization in the United States, and arguably in the world. The Times has the power to set the terms of the discourse on every subject it touches. Politico felt it was reasonable to allege a Jewish world conspiracy run by Chabad that linked Putin with Trump because, as Haberman suggested, the Times had invented the preposterous, bigoted theory three weeks earlier. New York University felt comfortable giving a prestigious award to the Hamas-linked antisemitic group Students for Justice in Palestine last week because the Times promotes its harassment campaign against Jewish students. (…) It has co-opted of the discourse on antisemitism in a manner that sanitizes the paper and its followers from allegations of being part of the problem. It has led the charge in reducing the acceptable discourse on antisemitism to a discussion of right wing antisemitism. Led by reporter Jonathan Weisman, with able assists from Weiss and Stephens, the Times has pushed the view that the most dangerous antisemites in America are Trump supporters. The basis of this slander is the false claim that Trump referred to the neo-Nazis who protested in Charlottesville in August 2017 as “very fine people.” As Breitbart’s Joel Pollak noted, Trump specifically singled out the neo-Nazis for condemnation and said merely that the protesters at the scene who simply wanted the statue of Robert E. Lee preserved (and those who peacefully opposed them) were decent people. The Times has used this falsehood as a means to project the view that hatred of Jews begins with Trump – arguably the most pro-Jewish president in U.S. history, goes through the Republican Party, which has actively defended Jews in the face of Democratic bigotry, and ends with his supporters. By attributing an imaginary hostility against Jews to Trump, Republicans, and Trump supporters, the Times has effectively given carte blanche to itself, the Democrats, and its fellow Trump-hating antisemites to promote Jew-hatred. John Earnest and Robert Bowers were not ordered to enter synagogues and massacre Jews by the editors of the New York Times. But their decisions to do so was made in an environment of hatred for Jews that the Times promotes every day. Following the Bowers massacre of Jewish worshippers at the Tree of Life Synagogue in Pittsburgh, the New York Times and its Trump-hating columnists blamed Trump for Bowers’s action. Not only was this a slander. It was also pure projection. Caroline Glick
Avec la multiplication de ces auditions à la DGSI, on a l’impression que c’est une logique antiterroriste qui est appliquée aux journalistes. (…) On parle de l’affaire Benalla, une affaire d’État. On parle des armes françaises au Yémen, un mensonge d’État. Et là, on n’est pas dans le cadre traditionnel du droit de la presse, devant les tribunaux devant lesquels on peut se défendre. (…) le journaliste a une fonction sociale, il n’est pas là uniquement pour publier passivement des communiqués officiels du gouvernement. Dans le cas des ventes d’armes de la France utilisées au Yémen, on parle quand même de la pire catastrophe humanitaire depuis la Deuxième Guerre Mondiale : on entend que les journalistes ne sont pas au-dessus des lois, mais l’État non plus ! La France ne respecte pas les traités sur le commerce des armes qu’elle a signés. Benoît Collombat (Radio France)
Des entraîneurs et des stratégistes du Hezbollah ainsi que des Iraniens ont travaillé avec les houthis et les ont supervisés, ce qui les a aidés à prendre Sanaa. L’Iran a également aidé les houthis à développer la technologie de fabrication d’armes, y compris des missiles. Nadwa Dawsari (Center for Civilians in Conflict in Yemen)
Nous sommes d’accord avec la conclusion du Groupe d’experts, selon laquelle les missiles tirés par les houthistes – d’origine iranienne et fournis après l’imposition de l’embargo sur les armes – signifient que l’Iran a agi en violation du paragraphe 14 de la résolution 2216 (2015). Nous demandons à l’Iran de cesser toutes les activités qui alimentent le conflit au Yémen. Stephen Hickey (représentant britannique à l’ONU)
L’offensive des houthistes, avec le soutien de l’Iran, menace la stabilité de la région, et les groupes terroristes comme Daech et Al-Qaida profitent de cette situation pour promouvoir leurs visées malsaines. (…) Ainsi que le rapport du Groupe d’experts (S/2018/68) l’indique clairement, l’Iran viole l’embargo ciblé sur les armes mis en place par la résolution 2216 (2015). Plus précisément, le Groupe a conclu que les missiles tirés par les rebelles houthistes contre l’Arabie saoudite l’année dernière étaient d’origine iranienne et avaient été introduits au Yémen après l’imposition de l’embargo ciblé sur les armes. Hier, nous avons vu la délégation russe user de son droit de veto afin d’éviter que la résolution assortie de sanctions sur le Yémen ne mentionne les activités de l’Iran dans ce pays. Cependant, les preuves montrent clairement que les missiles balistiques étaient d’origine iranienne. Le mois dernier à Washington, les membres du Conseil ont vu de leurs propres yeux certaines des preuves impliquant l’Iran. Onze membres du Conseil ont convenu avec nous que ces préoccupations méritaient d’être mentionnées dans la résolution assorties de sanctions, et seuls deux membres du Conseil ont voté contre.Nous continuerons de parler haut et fort pour rap-peler au Conseil que nous avons l’obligation de dénoncer tous les comportements dangereux et déstabilisateurs chaque fois que nous les constaterons. L’Iran ne peut pas violer les sanctions du Conseil de sécurité en toute impunité. Le Conseil doit faire en sorte que ceux qui, comme l’Iran, enfreignent le régime de sanctions répondent de leurs actes. Il doit également veiller à ce que les tech-nologies militaires, les missiles balistiques, les engins explosifs aquatiques improvisés, les mines marines, les drones militaires et autres armes iraniennes ne parviennent aux personnes et entités désignées au Yémen. Kelley Eckels-Currie (représentante américaine à l’ONU)
Nous avons dit notre préoccupation face aux conclusions du rapport du Groupe d’experts sur le Yémen publié le 15 février, et condamné à plusieurs reprises les tirs de missiles balistiques effectués par les houthistes, en particulier contre l’Arabie saoudite. Comme nous l’avons dit hier, la France continuera d’être mobilisée sur la question des transferts de technologies et biens balistiques dans la région dans les mois à venir. C’est un sujet que le Ministre de l’Europe et des affaires étrangères, M. Jean-Yves Le Drian, abordera à Téhéran à l’occasion de son déplacement, le 5 mars. François Delattre (représentant français à l’ONU)
NewsGuard has made changes to the dailymail.co.uk Nutrition Label shown above, which reflect the discussions we have had with a senior Daily Mail news executive who insisted that we not use his name… The senior Daily Mail news executive wrote NewsGuard a long, point by point letter summarising the complaints and the views that he expressed in the discussions we had with him. However, he declined to allow us to publish the letter, which is what we would have preferred. Thus, what follows is a review of the points he made in our discussions and in the letter, followed by our reaction to them… The senior Daily Mail news executive complained that we had overstated and relied too heavily on the number of complaints against the Daily Mail, MailOnline, and Mail on Sunday that had been verified by the Independent Press Standards Organisation (IPSO), and, in fact, that the newsrooms’ voluntary participation in IPSO’s process was evidence of its dedication to high standards. After reflecting on his comments — and following discussions with some of the U.K.-based journalists whom we are consulting as we prepare to launch in the United Kingdom — we agree. We have changed this rating to green… …the senior Daily Mail news executive also stated that dailymail.co.uk published 144,000 articles over the last year. While we do not believe measuring a set percentage of “false” articles is appropriate, some consideration of volume is appropriate when considering whether a website repeatedly publishes content that is clearly and significantly false. Because the content on a website is also cumulative — it does not disappear daily — consideration should also be given to whether the website corrects and/or takes down content discovered to be false. In other words, because NewsGuard is attempting to inform online users of the overall reliability of a website, the best measure of “repeatedly” should include how likely is it that on any given day a reader will see false content. Therefore, NewsGuard has now determined that dailymail.co.uk does not repeatedly publish content that is clearly and significantly false… The senior Daily Mail news executive maintained that the website’s headlines are not deceptive — and that they accurately reflect what is in the ensuing story. After undertaking a new review of the website and considering also the argument that a few arguably deceptive headlines (or at least headlines that overstate the importance of the story) need to be considered against the volume of stories published on dailymail.co.uk, we agree. We made a mistake and have changed the rating. Newsguard
My tweet yesterday about Trump preferring Kim Jong Un to Biden as President was meant in jest. The President correctly quoted me as saying it was a “completely ludicrous” statement. I should have been clearer. My apologies. Ian Bremmer
Bon nombre de récits de ce qui s’est passé à la Maison-Blanche sous Trump se contredisent ; beaucoup, à l’image de ceux de Trump, sont tout bonnement faux. Ces conflits, et ce flou avec la vérité, sinon avec la réalité elle-même, sont un fil conducteur élémentaire du livre. Parfois, j’ai laissé les acteurs offrir leurs versions, à tour de rôle, permettant au lecteur de les juger. Dans d’autres cas, grâce à la cohérence des récits et aux sources auxquelles j’ai fait confiance, je suis parvenu à une version des faits que je crois vraie. Michael Wolff
Even if some things are inaccurate/flat-out false, there’s enough notionally accurate that people have difficulty knocking it down. Maggie Haberman (NYT)
There are two issues here. One is Michael Wolff himself. In my view, I don’t know what to believe in the book because I don’t think he practices the kind of journalism that we practice. He doesn’t practice the kind that could allow you to work in The New York Times, The Washington Post, The Wall Street Journal, PBS. Many of the things he reports are true, and many of the things he reports are fictionalized. And a lot of things all throughout his career — this is not a new thing with him. Some of the things in the book are factually completely inaccurate. Some of the things ring false to me. Maybe somebody told him, so he put it in the book without checking it out. When I started my career in journalism at the City News Bureau of Chicago, we had a phrase- If your mom tells you she loves you, check it out. And I’m not sure he does a lot of that. So, that’s one fact. So, I’m very dubious about accepting everything. (…) Nonetheless, the general picture confirms what we already knew. And I think there is a general sense the president is unfit. They treat — they do treat him like a child. It’s too simplistic, though, to say it’s like the madness of King George. I certainly have talked to many people over the last several months who said, yes, I went into a meeting, he was surprisingly well-informed, surprisingly ran a good meeting. I have certainly had that experience. And he’s running a White House that, whether you approve of the policies or not, has done this Pakistan deal, or the change in Pakistan policy, which is defensible — they did pass a tax bill. They are doing this regulatory stuff, this judicial stuff. It’s not completely dysfunctional. They are getting stuff done. And so I think that he has severe mental flaws. But the picture that’s coming out that he’s completely off his rocker, I think that’s overly simplistic and underestimates this… David Brooks
I don’t think there’s any question that the explosive in this book, as far as Donald Trump is concerned, were the charges about the meeting that Donald Trump Jr. hosted with Paul Manafort and others at the Trump Tower with the Russians, and that he called it traitorous. (…) Steve Bannon, whatever his shortcomings are — and I think they are manifest — is somebody who has worn the uniform of his country, did serve at the Pentagon, and has a gravitas on these matters that nobody in that meeting had or understood. Mark Shields (PBS)
Trump was vulnerable because for 40 years he had run what increasingly seemed to resemble a semi-criminal enterprise. I think we can drop the ‘semi’ part. (…) This is where it isn’t a witch hunt – even for the hard core, this is where he turns into just a crooked business guy, and one worth $50m instead of $10bn. Not the billionaire he said he was, just another scumbag. Steve Bannon (cité par Michael Wolff)
It’s a distinction between journalists who are institutionally wedded and those who are not. I’m not. You make those pro forma calls to protect yourself, to protect the institution. It’s what the institution demands. I’m talking about those calls where you absolutely know what the response is going to be. They put you in the position in which you’re potentially having to negotiate what you know. In some curious way, that’s what much journalism is about. It’s about a negotiated truth. For someone else, a book writer, I don’t have to do that. When I know something is true, I don’t have to go back and establish some kind of middle ground with whoever I’m writing about, which will allow me at some point to go back to them… As a journalist — or as a writer — my obligation is to come as close to the truth as I possibly can. And that’s not as close to someone else’s truth, but the truth as I see it. Remember, it’s a difference between a book and something else — you don’t have to read my book, you don’t have to agree with my book. But at the end of the day, what you are going to know is that it is my book. It is my vision. It is my report on my experience. It’s not put together by a committee. What you do is a committee project at some point. What I do is not. And I’m not saying one is better than the other, they’re just different functions. Michael Wolff
“Fire and Fury,” which portrayed a president with a strained relationship to the truth, raised questions about Mr. Wolff’s own adherence to the facts. Minor errors cropped up; anecdotes were denied. (…) The new book’s claims range from the intriguing — Mr. Wolff writes that Alan Dershowitz asked for a million-dollar retainer to defend Mr. Trump, a claim Mr. Dershowitz said on Wednesday was “completely, categorically false”— to the lurid, including a description based on a secondhand source of a supposed encounter between Mr. Trump and an unnamed woman aboard his private jet before his presidency. In an interview at his Manhattan townhouse on Tuesday — his first public comments about “Siege” — Mr. Wolff, 65, praised his reporting, defended his reliance on Mr. Bannon as a source and explained why he had little use for the usual fact-checking procedures valued by reporters at mainstream news outlets. He was trending on Twitter at the time of the interview. A spokesman for the special counsel, Robert S. Mueller III, had issued a rare statement denying a central claim of “Siege,” which had just leaked out: that Mr. Mueller’s team had drafted an indictment of Mr. Trump on obstruction charges that was never used. NYT
I would only say my source is impeccable, and I have no doubt about the authenticity and the significance of the documents. (…) When “Fire and Fury” came out, I thought Steve Bannon would certainly never speak to me again, and the truth is, he never stopped speaking. But the other element of this is — I think a key one — is I’m a New York guy. Donald Trump is a New York guy. In the end, we know a lot of the same people. There is this conversation among these people about Donald Trump. And I am fortunate to be in that loop. (…) I have not been in the White House for this book, no. But a very large percentage of the people who spoke to me for the first book have continued to speak to me for the second book. Partly because they can’t stop talking about Donald Trump, and I’m a good listener. But also because I think the portrait in the first book worked for them. (…) I think that would be a fool’s errand, to invite the president of the United States to come down on you. (…) If the president of the United States comes after you, you feel concerned. (…) I’ve said many times: I’m not a Washington reporter. And Washington reporters, they do a great job. They do their job. I approached this as, that the more significant factor here, beyond policy, was buffoonery, psychopathology, random and ad hominem cruelties. In a way, my thesis is that this administration, this character, needed a different kind of writer. (…) I’ve been sorting this now for actually close to three years, so I think I have a fairly good sense of the reality quotient at any given point. But then I think you have to look to Bannon’s insights. When he says something, in my experience, he can often get right to the kernel, into the hub of the situation, where you say, ‘Damn, of course that’s it.’ Among the hundreds of people I have spoken to, he is the most insightful person about Donald Trump, about what makes him tick. (…) As I say, I didn’t contact Donald Trump at all. But why would you? Literally, this is not a man who is going to suddenly at this point of his life ’fess up to being a sexual harasser. (…) it’s a difference between an institutional reporter and a non-institutional reporter. I don’t have to ask the silly questions. (…) because can you imagine a circumstance under the sun in which Fox would come clean on that? (…) I actually don’t believe, if you know the answer, it is necessary to go through the motions of getting an answer that you are absolutely certain of. (…) It’s a distinction between journalists who are institutionally wedded and those who are not. I’m not. You make those pro forma calls to protect yourself, to protect the institution. It’s what the institution demands. I’m talking about those calls where you absolutely know what the response is going to be. They put you in the position in which you’re potentially having to negotiate what you know. In some curious way, that’s what much journalism is about. It’s about a negotiated truth. For someone else, a book writer, I don’t have to do that. When I know something is true, I don’t have to go back and establish some kind of middle ground with whoever I’m writing about, which will allow me at some point to go back to them. (…) As a journalist — or as a writer — my obligation is to come as close to the truth as I possibly can. And that’s not as close to someone else’s truth, but the truth as I see it. Remember, it’s a difference between a book and something else — you don’t have to read my book, you don’t have to agree with my book. But at the end of the day, what you are going to know is that it is my book. It is my vision. It is my report on my experience. It’s not put together by a committee. What you do is a committee project at some point. What I do is not. And I’m not saying one is better than the other, they’re just different functions. Michael Wolff
Bannon has been driven out of the White House by Trump and dumped by his financial patrons, the Mercers, and has set up shop in a shabby Capitol Hill townhouse, theatrically known as the Embassy, which, it slowly becomes clear, might as well be Hoth. It takes 193 pages, but we eventually learn that Bannon hasn’t talked to Trump since he was fired. That doesn’t prevent Wolff from centering the entire narrative on the president’s former aide. So the new Wolff book is much like the last one: a sail through the Trump diaspora and inside the president’s head with Bannon as the cruise director. But also like the last book, “Siege” is ultimately crippled by three flaws: Wolff’s overreliance on a single character, and one who is now more distant from the action; factual errors that mar the author’s credibility; and sourcing that is so opaque it renders the scoops highly suspicious and unreliable. For long stretches of “Siege,” Trump and the White House staff disappear and the reader is subjected to a tedious ticktock of Bannon’s travels and his plotting from the Embassy, where he pontificates throughout 2018 about how the Republicans will win the midterms (they didn’t), how his nationalist project is still ascendant in the GOP (it isn’t), how Robert Mueller will destroy the Trump presidency (he didn’t), and how Bannon himself may have to replace Trump and run for president in 2020, with Sean Hannity as his running mate (we’ll have to wait for Episode III). In the acknowledgments, Bannon is the only named source whom Wolff thanks, praising him effusively and, in an allusion to Dante’s “Divine Comedy,” calling him “the Virgil anyone might be lucky enough to have as a guide for a descent into Trumpworld.” In reality Bannon is more like Wolff’s Farinata, the former Florentine political leader whom Dante portrays as banished to the circle of hell for heretics, where, alone in his tomb, he still obsesses about his own era in politics but has no access to current events unless one of the dead brings him a snippet of news from the center of power. In “Siege,” the dead arrive at Bannon’s doorstep in the form of former Trump aides such as Corey Lewandowski, David Bossie, Sam Nunberg and Jason Miller, and Wolff, like many other Washington reporters, absorbs a mix of gossip, misinformation and occasional insight that the outer rings of Trump advisers are famous for circulating. This rogues’ gallery of Trump hangers-on that Wolff seems to depend on is sometimes presented as a group of devoted ideological rebels trying to keep the flame of true MAGA alive. According to Wolff, several of them, usually working through Hannity, who has better access to the president, press Trump on issues like building the border wall or declaring a national emergency over immigration. Bossie and Lewandowski “weren’t operatives, they were believers,” Wolff credulously reports, a statement that will generate guffaws among Republicans. But mostly, Bannon’s knitting circle is involved in low-level score-settling — often against then-White House Chief of Staff John Kelly and Trump son-in-law Jared Kushner — and making money off their association with Trump. Lewandowski and Bossie hawk a conspiracy book about the “deep state” even though, according to Wolff, Bannon tells their ghostwriter that “none of this is true.” (…) Wolff’s broad conceptual error — that the real heart of Trumpism is heroically being kept alive by Bannon’s band of true-believing outsiders — would be forgivable if the book wasn’t marred by two more strikes: some cringeworthy errors, and sourcing that is so opaque it renders the extremely fun and juicy quotes sprinkled across every chapter as — sadly — difficult to trust. Wolff reports that he had two fact-checkers assigned to the book, but they apparently weren’t enough. He writes that after Ty Cobb left the White House, Trump’s only lawyers were Jay Sekulow and Rudy Giuliani (whom he describes as “drunk on a bid for further attention, or just drunk”). Wolff seems not to know that Trump hired Jane and Martin Raskin, whose names do not appear in the book, to deal with the Mueller probe. He writes that Russians hacked the email account of John Podesta and servers at the Democratic National Committee after July 27, 2016, the day Trump famously called on Russia to find Hillary Clinton’s missing emails. That’s wrong. The Podesta hack happened in March, the DNC hack happened in April, and the fruits of those hacks had already been released, which is why Trump made the comment. (…) Dramatic scoops are plopped down on the page with no sourcing whatsoever. Would-be newsmaking quotes are often attributed to Trump and senior officials without any context about when or to whom they were made. Wolff clearly relies on the work of dozens of other reporters on the Trump beat, but because he rarely uses any attributions, the reader never knows whether a fact he’s relaying comes from him or elsewhere. For example, he writes that Kushner was briefed by intelligence officials that his friend Wendi Deng might be a Chinese spy. The reader would be forgiven for thinking this was another Wolff scoop, rather than a major exclusive reported by the Wall Street Journal in early 2018. The cutting comments Wolff attributes to Trump certainly sound like the president: “the stupidest man in Congress” and a “religious nut” (Mike Pence); “gives me the creeps” (Karen Pence); “feeble” (John Kelly); “a girl” (Kushner); “looks like a mental patient” (Giuliani); “a pretty stupid boy” who “has too many f—ing kids” (Donald Trump Jr.); “men’s shop salesmen” (Republican House candidates); “ignoramuses” (Trump’s communications team); “the only stupid Jew” (Michael Cohen); “a dirty rat” (former White House counsel Donald McGahn); a “virgin crybaby” who was “probably molested by a priest” (Brett Kavanaugh); “the poor man’s Ann Coulter” (Kellyanne Conway); “sweaty” (Stephen Miller). But the lack of sourcing transparency and footnotes does not inspire confidence. By far the biggest scoop in the book is a document that Wolff alleges is a draft indictment, eventually ignored, of the president from inside the special counsel’s office. In addition to the alleged indictment, Wolff reports on several interesting and newsworthy memos outlining Mueller’s legal strategy for what to do if Trump pardoned Michael Flynn or tried to shut down the investigation. These documents, if verified, would rescue the book, because they offer the first real glimpse inside the nearly airtight Mueller operation. On Tuesday, the special counsel’s office issued a rare on-the-record statement insisting that the “documents described do not exist.” Ryan Lizza (senior political analyst for CNN)
Several news outlets published excerpts of Michael Wolff’s new book about the Trump campaign and the White House. And almost every word of it is unbelievable. Some of it, literally so. In one passage from “Fire and Fury: Inside the Trump White House,” Wolff recounts how Roger Ailes recommended former House speaker John A. Boehner (R-Ohio) to serve as Trump’s chief of staff. Trump’s response, according to Wolff: “Who’s that?” Never mind that Trump had golfed with Boehner in 2013 and mentioned him several times on the 2016 campaign trail. Using the Donald Trump Factbase, I found Trump mentioning Boehner on the campaign trail at least four times: April 10, 2016; Nov. 30, 2015; Oct. 14, 2015; and Sept. 25, 2015. He also tweeted about him on Oct. 8, 2015, and Sept. 25, 2015 — that last date being when Boehner resigned as speaker during the 2016 campaign. Is it possible Trump misheard the name or momentarily forgot who Boehner was? Sure. He may have even meant the “Who’s that?” as a slight to Boehner. But the impression Wolff seeks to leave is that Trump is a novice completely out of his element in the Oval Office. This was an anecdote meant to serve that narrative. (…) Then there is the apparent re-created conversation between Stephen K. Bannon and Ailes, the New York Times’s Nick Confessore points out, which raises questions about accuracy. As for the other claims, many are of the kind that has been whispered about but never reported on with any authority or certainty. Wolff has taken some of the most gossiped-about aspects of the Trump White House and put them forward as fact — often plainly stated fact without even anonymous sources cited. In his introduction, Wolff acknowledges this is an imperfect exercise and often a daunting challenge. Here’s a key excerpt pulled by Benjy Sarlin: Many of the accounts of what has happened in the Trump White House are in conflict with one another; many, in Trumpian fashion, are baldly untrue. Those conflicts, and that looseness with the truth, if not with reality itself, are an elemental thread of the book. Sometimes I have let the players offer their versions, in turn allowing the reader to judge them. In other instances I have, through a consistency in accounts and through sources I have come to trust, settled on a version of events I believe to be true. In some ways, this is the tell-all that Trump’s post-truth presidency deserves. Trump’s own version of the truth is often subject to his own fantastic impulses and changes at a moment’s notice. The leaks from his administration have followed that pattern, often painting credulity-straining images of an American president. As the New York Times’s Maggie Haberman notes, that makes claims in Wolff’s book that would ordinarily seem implausible suddenly plausible. But just because the administration doesn’t seem to have much regard for the truth and because there are all kinds of insane things happening behind closed doors doesn’t mean the truth isn’t a goal worth attaining. And in an environment in which the press is widely distrusted by a large swath of the American people — and overwhelmingly by Trump’s base — the onus is even more on accounts of his presidency to try to filter out the tabloid stuff. Part of Trump’s mission statement is fomenting distrust of the press. Oftentimes the wild leaks that come from the White House seem to further that goal by giving the media juicy stories that will ring false to people who doubt reporters’ anonymous sources. Wolff even writes that it’s often Trump himself doing the gossiping about White House staff — which seems about right. For whatever reason, Wolff seems to have arrived at a stunning amount of incredible conclusions that hundreds of dogged reporters from major newspapers haven’t. Whether that’s because he had unprecedented access — Wolff says he had “something like a semi-permanent seat on a couch in the West Wing” — or because his filter was just more relaxed than others, it’s worth evaluating each claim individually and not just taking every scandalous thing said about the White House as gospel. Aaron Blake (NYT)
Le Feu et la Fureur : Trump à la Maison-Blanche (Fire and Fury: Inside the Trump White House) est un livre de Michael Wolff qui décrit en détail le quotidien du président américain Donald Trump, ainsi que celui de son équipe de campagne en 2016 et de ses collaborateurs à la Maison-Blanche. L’ouvrage dresse un portrait peu flatteur de Trump, décrit comme un homme au comportement chaotique, et de ses relations avec son équipe. Il fait notamment une large place à l’ancien conseiller stratégique Steve Bannon, qui livre entre autres des commentaires désobligeants sur la famille Trump. Donald Trump apparaît dans ce livre comme un chef d’État tenu en piètre estime par son entourage à la Maison-Blanche, ce qui conduit Wolff à postuler que « 100 % des gens autour de lui » pensent que le président des États-Unis n’est pas capable de remplir sa fonction. (…) L’ouvrage fait l’objet d’un accueil très contrasté, la validité de son contenu étant totalement niée par Donald Trump et Sarah Huckabee Sanders, la porte-parole de la Maison-Blanche. Des critiques mettent en doute les sources d’une partie du livre, mais estiment néanmoins qu’il constitue un travail majeur sur la présidence de Trump, et que le tableau qu’il en dresse est globalement exact. (…) La plupart des citations le plus controversées du livre proviennent de Steve Bannon, directeur de la campagne de Trump dans ses derniers mois et chef stratège de la Maison Blanche de janvier à août 2017. (…) Un biographe de Trump, Michael D’Antonio, déclare à CNN que le portrait de Trump dressé par Wolff est globalement conforme à sa propre compréhension, comme à celle d’autres biographes de celui-ci, notamment en ce qu’il attire l’attention sur des aspects qui ont fait polémique, tels sa misogynie et son suprémacisme blanc allégués, ainsi que son opinion sur la « surestimation de l’expertise ». Il ajoute que les descriptions par Wolff de l’entourage de Trump forment aussi « un tableau crédible ». Bien qu’il critique la « prose [de] tabloïd » de Wolff et recommande au lecteur de lire le livre avec un certain scepticisme, D’Antonio conclut qu’il s’agit d’une « lecture essentielle » qui fournit un cadre sur lequel les futurs écrivains pourront s’appuyer. David Brooks, s’exprimant sur la chaîne PBS NewsHour, déclare que, parce que dans le passé Wolff s’est fait connaitre pour ne pas vérifier les faits, il est « très dubitatif sur l’acceptation de tout ce qui est » dans le livre. « Néanmoins, de manière générale, cela confirme ce que nous savions déjà. Et je pense qu’il y a un sens général, le président est inapte. Ils le traitent — ils le font traiter comme un enfant ». Wikipedia
Un biographe de Trump, Michael D’Antonio, déclare à CNN que le portrait de Trump dressé par Wolff est globalement conforme à sa propre compréhension, comme à celle d’autres biographes de celui-ci, notamment en ce qu’il attire l’attention sur des aspects qui ont fait polémique, tels sa misogynie et son suprémacisme blanc allégués, ainsi que son opinion sur la « surestimation de l’expertise ». Il ajoute que les descriptions par Wolff de l’entourage de Trump forment aussi « un tableau crédible ». Bien qu’il critique la « prose [de] tabloïd » de Wolff et recommande au lecteur de lire le livre avec un certain scepticisme, D’Antonio conclut qu’il s’agit d’une « lecture essentielle » qui fournit un cadre sur lequel les futurs écrivains pourront s’appuyer. David Brooks, s’exprimant sur la chaîne PBS NewsHour, déclare que, parce que dans le passé Wolff s’est fait connaitre pour ne pas vérifier les faits, il est « très dubitatif sur l’acceptation de tout ce qui est » dans le livre. « Néanmoins, de manière générale, cela confirme ce que nous savions déjà. Et je pense qu’il y a un sens général, le président est inapte. Ils le traitent — ils le font traiter comme un enfant Les journalistes d’Axios, Jim VandeHei et Mike Allen, estiment qu’il y a des parties de l’ouvrage qui ont été « mal [enregistrées], bâclées, ou qui trahissent la confidentialité de l’enregistrement, mais [que] deux choses sont tout à fait vraies » : la description de Trump comme un « président émotionnellement erratique » et celle de la « mauvaise opinion » qu’ont de lui certains membres de la Maison-Blanche. Andrew Prokop écrit dans Vox que « nous devons interpréter le livre comme un recueil de ragots que Wolff a entendu. Une bonne quantité de ceux-ci ne semblent manifestement pas précis ». Aaron Blake écrit pour The Washington Post que « Wolff semble être arrivé à une quantité superbe et incroyable de conclusions que des centaines de journalistes tenaces de grands quotidiens n’ont pas trouvées… il faut évaluer chaque déclaration individuellement et non pas seulement prendre chaque chose scandaleuse dite au sujet de la Maison-Blanche comme vérité d’évangile ». Mick Brown dans The Daily Telegraph décrit un livre à sensation, à la fois emphatique et tout à fait fidèle à son sujet. Pour David Sexton, de l’Evening Standard, le livre est un reportage politique qui vaut la peine d’être lu et qui est « destiné à devenir le principal compte-rendu des neuf premiers mois de présidence de Trump ». Lloyd Green, dans The Guardian parle d’un livre « à lire absolument », qui dévoile tout sur la Maison-Blanche de Trump en donnant la parole à ceux qui connaissent le mieux le président des États-Unis. Dans The Independent, Andrew Griffin écrit que « pour un livre qui a pour but de raconter l’histoire de l’homme le plus important dans la construction du monde, le nouveau travail explosif de Michael Wolff consiste à se battre, pas à penser ; c’est un livre qui a en son centre un vide géant – celui qui est à l’intérieur de la tête de Trump. Ce n’est pas vraiment un livre sur Trump, mais sur les gens qui essaient de combler ce trou noir ». Il note également que le livre est surtout concentré sur Bannon. Dans l’Irish Independent, Darragh McManus note que Fire and Fury « semble être le livre révélateur d’autres livres parlant du “Commandant Suprême”, avant d’énumérer « une douzaine de déclarations parmi les plus explosives ». Wikipedia
Michael Wolff, né le 27 août 1953, est un écrivain et journaliste américain. Il écrit régulièrement pour USA Today, The Hollywood Reporter, et l’édition britannique de GQ. Il a reçu deux National Magazine Award, un Mirror Award, et il a publié sept livres dont Burn Rate (1998) qui parle de sa propre entreprise internet, et The Man Who Owns the News (2008), une biographie de Rupert Murdoch. Pour ce dernier livre, il réussit à initialement gagner la confiance du magnat de la presse en critiquant le travail de ses confrères journalistes à son égard et en prenant la défense de son interlocuteur ; il réussit ainsi à obtenir des confidences faisant regretter par la suite à Rupert Murdoch d’avoir accepté de le rencontrer, l’ouvrage le présentant sous un jour négatif. (…) En janvier 2018, après avoir réutilisé qu’avec Rupert Murdoch la même tactique pour approcher le président, il publie le livre Fire and Fury: Inside the Trump White House, consacré à la première année de présidence de Donald Trump. L’ouvrage contient des descriptions peu flatteuses du comportement de Trump et du fonctionnement chaotique de son équipe, ainsi des commentaires désobligeants sur la famille Trump émis par l’ancien stratège en chef de la Maison Blanche, Steve Bannon. Wikipedia
The Daily Mail’s front page had helped to open the story up. In fact the press had always been interested, but that report was said to have “touched Middle England”, the feelings of white people who don’t normally care much what happens to black youths in inner cities. Baroness Lawrence
Quite simply, I don’t think it’s an exaggeration to say that if it hadn’t been for the Mail’s headline in 1997 – “Murderers: The Mail accuses these men of killing” – and our years of campaigning, none of this would have happened: Britain’s police might not have undergone the huge internal reform that was so necessary; race relations might not have taken the significant step forward that they have;  and an 18-year-old A-Level student who dreamed of being an architect would have been denied justice. Paul Dacre
When David Cameron gave evidence to the Leveson Inquiry he wanted to give an example of newspaper campaigning that had benefited society. With the entire modern output of the national press to pick from, he chose the Daily Mail’s work on the Stephen Lawrence murder. This, he informed the judge, had been ‘extremely important’. No doubt many others would have made the same choice. Even the Mail’s rivals sometimes hold up its coverage of the infamous 1993 race murder as a high point for British journalism and as proof of the essential role of the press. As for the Mail’s critics, they find the case a stumbling block. If the Mail really played a heroic part in achieving justice for a black family that had been failed by the white establishment, it becomes harder for them to classify the paper as simply intolerant or racist. (…) Most famously, in February 1997, at a moment when the police and the justice system appeared to have failed the Lawrence family, it published a front page accusing five young men of the murder and defying them to sue for libel. A stroke of editorial brilliance, this caused a sensation, raising the profile of this troubling case and stirring debate about trial by media. Over the years that followed, the Mail would return many times to the Lawrence case in front pages, inside spreads and editorials, and the paper has made some bold claims about the difference it made. (…) The Mail has also claimed that its reporting brought about the 1998-99 Macpherson Inquiry into the murder and that its campaigning led to the reform of the double jeopardy rule that made possible one of the 2012 convictions. Dacre has also asserted that he risked jail by publishing the 1997 front page. These claims have rarely been examined closely, but in an article just published in the journal Political Quarterly I have tested them against the historical record. I found that, while the paper’s actions involved editorial brilliance and probably had positive consequences, its principal claims are at best exaggerated and at worst unsupported by evidence. Even where it can be argued that the paper did help bring about changes for the better, they were not the changes it actually sought. One example is the assertion that the Mail’s reporting ‘prompted Home Secretary Jack Straw to initiate a major inquiry’, as the paper put it in February 1999. That claim has been made on a number of occasions but it is problematic and at the very least needs careful qualification – chiefly because in the relevant months of 1997 the Mail never once called for a public inquiry. Even when the Lawrence family demanded one, the Mail conspicuously did not give its support. And once it became clear, in the early summer of 1997, that there would be an inquiry, the Mail publicly opposed the kind of inquiry – into police failures – that Doreen (now Baroness) Lawrence was arguing for and that the government of the time ultimately set up. In short, the paper has been claiming credit for the establishment of an inquiry which the record shows it didn’t seek and which took a form it actually opposed. Of course this is not a simple matter. While Jack Straw, in his autobiography, gave credit for the establishment of the inquiry ‘above all’ to Baroness Lawrence, he also wrote that the Mail helped give him political ‘space’ to make his decision. No doubt this is correct: that a conservative paper was conspicuously involved will have made a difference, but again the context must be considered. Straw made his decision in July 1997. It is conceivable that, had he not had the ‘space’ created by the Mail, he might have said no. But the events of 1997 show that six months later, no matter what the position of the Daily Mail, he would have had no choice but to order an inquiry anyway. When, that December, a report by the Police Complaints Authority (PCA) revealed wholesale incompetence and worse in the original police investigation of Stephen Lawrence’s murder, all arguments against a public inquiry would have fallen away. In other words, insofar as the Mail’s involvement might have made a difference by giving Straw more room to act, the difference was between the announcement of an inquiry in July 1997 and the same announcement five months later. The Mail’s claim – repeated as recently as June this year during an angry spat with the Guardian – that its campaign to bring the Stephen Lawrence murderers to justice “did more to improve race relations in this country than anything the Guardian has achieved” is a claim which, at best, requires considerable qualification, not least because throughout the whole history of the Lawrence case the Mail’s understanding of the role of race has been a very particular one. In its reporting just after the murder in 1993 its principal interest was in challenging mostly black ‘race militants’ whom it accused of ‘hijacking a tragedy’. The paper was happy to quote the Lawrences when they expressed concern about ‘militants’, but it conspicuously failed to quote them on the subject of racism in British law enforcement and justice and its role in their plight. Even in 1997 the Mail still refused to accept that the Lawrences’ colour might have made a difference. An editorial published on the same day as the famous ‘Murderers’ front page declared bluntly: ‘But suggestions made by his grief-stricken mother that that police were less than assiduous because of Stephen’s colour are misplaced.’ In the eyes of the Mail, in other words, Doreen Lawrence was simply wrong to see racism in the British establishment as a factor in her family’s tragedy. Why did the Mail get involved at all, if it took that view? Look at the record and the answer is clear. Dacre was outraged by what he called the swaggering conduct of the five suspects at the inquest (which had just ended when the front page was published). He was appalled that they appeared to be getting away with murder, as his own crime reporters and senior police officers told him they were. His focus and that of his paper was on five white ‘thugs’ from southeast London, and accusations about racism in the police or the justice system or in wider British society were wrong, and worse, were damaging distractions. It was for that reason that the Mail did not want a public inquiry into police failure and instead looked to the Macpherson inquiry (in vain) to hold the five suspects to account. When the inquiry report declared that the police service suffered from ‘institutional racism’, and when the Tony Blair government asserted that the whole country had lessons to learn from this, the Mail was openly disgusted. This was, it said, ‘a kind of politically correct McCarthyism’, and it asked: ‘Should the majority in this fundamentally decent and tolerant nation be tainted by collective guilt?’ The only racism the Mail would ever acknowledge in the case was the racism of the attackers (who were heard to use the word ‘n****r’) and conceivably of a few ‘bad apple’ police officers who, it said, should be driven out of the police service. Against this background, assertions by the Mail that it was instrumental in improvements in race relations and also in reforms of the police that flowed from the Macpherson inquiry must ring hollow. Not only did it not want the inquiry in the first place, but it was also broadly dismissive of the inquiry’s eventual findings. There is, however, one significant way in which the Mail probably helped bring positive change. The Stephen Lawrence affair was the first occasion when the white majority in this country came to understand and identify with the grief and anger of a black British family. They saw past angry black faces and recognised human suffering and a case of injustice. Those chiefly responsible for that change are the Lawrences themselves, but the Mail also deserves some credit. Baroness Lawrence wrote in her autobiography, And Still I Rise: ‘The Daily Mail’s front page had helped to open the story up. In fact the press had always been interested, but that report was said to have “touched Middle England”, the feelings of white people who don’t normally care much what happens to black youths in inner cities.’ It may well be that the public inquiry would have done this anyway, with its months of shocking testimony vindicating the family’s position, but it is clear that the Mail’s sensational intervention in February 1997 accelerated the process and it seems likely that many who would not otherwise have given consideration to the Lawrences’ grievances were induced to do so as a result. My article in Political Quarterly looks at all of this in some detail, and also at the other claims made by the Mail. For example, I found no evidence in the historical record to support the suggestion that the Mail campaigned in any sustained way for reform of the double jeopardy rule, nor for the suggestion that the editor of the Mail risked jail when he accused the five suspects of murder. Dacre’s assertion that if it had not been for the Mail Stephen Lawrence would have been denied justice is particularly hard to credit since there is nothing to support it in the known narrative of the police investigation that led to the two convictions. Even a general proposition that the Mail helped bring about convictions by continuing to highlight the issue does not withstand scrutiny. Brian Cathart
«Meurtriers», titrait hier le Daily Mail, ajoutant en une, photos et identités à l’appui: «le Mail accuse ces cinq hommes d’un meurtre raciste. Si nous avons tort, qu’ils nous fassent un procès.» Il n’est pas dans les habitudes du tabloïd conservateur de prendre ainsi parti dans un crime raciste. Mais son rédacteur en chef expliquait hier soir que l’assassinat jusqu’ici impuni d’un adolescent noir, il y a quatre ans, était devenu le symbole d’une justice à deux vitesses, efficace pour les Blancs, déficiente pour les sujets de couleur de Sa Majesté. Avant d’ajouter que le Daily Mail entendait faire pression sur le gouvernement. Jeudi soir, les parents de Stephen Lawrence, qui mènent combat depuis quatre ans pour que justice soit faite, ont finalement obtenu qu’un tribunal reconnaisse que leur fils a été tué «au cours d’une attaque raciste, non provoquée, par cinq jeunes Blancs». Une victoire certes, mais limitée: les cinq jeunes dénoncés par le Daily Mail et meurtriers présumés de l’adolescent restent libres, après une enquête de police bâclée et une instruction maladroite. Stephen Lawrence a été poignardé à mort en avril 1993 par un groupe de cinq jeunes Blancs alors qu’il attendait le bus à Eltham, dans le sud-est de Londres. Stephen avait dix-huit ans et a été tué parce qu’il était noir. «Prends-ça, sale Nègre», avait crié l’un des meurtriers, le perçant de coups de couteau. Sa famille était arrivée de Jamaïque, sa mère est institutrice, son père maçon, et Stephen, étudiant brillant, voulait devenir architecte. Les soupçons de la police se portent immédiatement sur un groupe de cinq jeunes, membres d’un club, «The Firm», ouvertement raciste et supporters du National Front (un minuscule parti raciste britannique ), qui vivent dans une cité voisine. Ils ont déjà injurié et agressé les quelques Noirs vivant dans le quartier. Entre mai et juin 1993, ils sont tous arrêtés mais nient avoir tué Stephen; faute de preuves suffisantes présentées par la police, le procureur les libère. La famille persévère et, à ses frais, monte en avril 1996 une private prosecution, un «procès privé», comme l’autorise une procédure rarement usitée du droit anglais, devant des magistrats publics de l’Old Bailey de Londres (l’équivalent de la Cour de cassation). Personne ne veut se présenter à l’audience pour témoigner contre les cinq assassins présumés. Par peur, selon la police; parce que l’enquête a été mal faite, selon la famille. Les enquêteurs peuvent seulement présenter des enregistrements effectués par la police de conversations ouvertement racistes des cinq jeunes. On entend l’un d’entre eux dire: «Il faut couper les bras et les jambes des Noirs pour qu’ils n’aient plus que des putains de moignons.» On voit un autre, sur un film vidéo, donner des coups de couteau dans l’air en criant: «Sale Nègre, sale Nègre.» Des éléments à charge certes, mais pas de preuves, témoignages ou aveux suffisants pour assurer une condamnation. Ce nouveau procès s’effondre. Entre-temps, Stephen est devenu une cause célèbre: Nelson Mandela, lors de sa visite en Grande-Bretagne, rencontrera même les parents de l’adolescent assassiné. Jeudi soir, le ministre de l’Intérieur a finalement décidé d’ouvrir une enquête sur le travail de la police. Sinon, reconnaissait l’avocat de la famille, Imran Khan, «les Britanniques de couleur finiront pas croire qu’ils doivent eux-mêmes se faire justice». Libération
L’affaire Stephen Lawrence fait suite au meurtre d’un adolescent noir britannique, tué le 22 avril 1993 à l’âge de 18 ans lors d’une agression pendant qu’il attendait un autobus. Cet homicide devint une cause célèbre et l’un des meurtres raciaux les plus en vue dans l’histoire du Royaume-Uni. Il a amené de profonds changements culturels dans l’attitude vis-à-vis du racisme, notamment dans les forces de police, et des modifications importantes de la législation et des pratiques policières ; ainsi de la révocation partielle des lois appelées double jeopardy (dérivées du Non bis in idem et par lesquelles une personne ne peut être jugée deux fois pour la même chose). Deux des meurtriers furent finalement condamnés presque vingt ans plus tard en 2012. Après sa journée du jeudi 22 avril 1993 à son école la Blackheath Bluecoat School, Stephen Lawrence visite quelques magasins à Lewisham puis passe la soirée chez l’un de ses oncles à jouer à des jeux vidéo en compagnie de son ami Duwayne Brooksnote. Quittant la maison vers 22h00, les deux amis décident de revenir chez eux par l’un ou l’autre des bus 161 ou 122 sur Well Hall Road (faisant partie de la South Circular road), au lieu du bus 286 qui passe dans une rue proche mais les ramènerait chez eux plus tard. Ils arrivent à l’arrêt de bus sur Well Hall Road à 22h25. Lawrence marche jusqu’à la jonction de Dickson Road pour voir si un bus est sur le point d’arriver ; puis il revient vers l’arrêt de bus. (…) À ce stade, Brooks voit un groupe de 5 ou 6 jeunes blancs en train de traverser Rochester Way de l’autre côté de la route (par rapport à l’arrêt de bus), vers le passage pour piétons, et venant dans leur direction. À 22h38 ou juste après, il appelle Lawrence pour lui demander s’il voit un bus venir. Brooks affirme que l’un du groupe dit alors : « What, what, nigger? » (« Quoi, quoi, nègre ? »), pendant que le groupe traverse la rue et submerge Lawrence. Lawrence est poussé à terre et est poignardé deux fois : à la clavicule droite et à l’épaule gauche, à une profondeur d’environ 13 cm, sur l’avant du corps. Chacune des deux blessures coupe en deux endroits les artères axillaires pour chaque bras, et un poumon est également percé. Son bras droit perd toute sensation, et sa respiration est perturbée. Brooks, qui a commencé à courir pour fuir les assaillants, crie à Lawrence de courir aussi. Pendant que les assaillants s’enfuient par Dickson Road, Brooks et Lawrence courent vers Shooters Hill ; mais Lawrence tombe après avoir couru 120 mètres, et perd son sang jusqu’à en mourir. (…) Lawrence a été tué seulement 9 mois après que Rohit Duggal, un garçon d’origine asiatique, a été poignardé à mort à Eltham dans une autre attaque raciste non provoquée. Une première enquête a lieu. Les trois témoins à l’arrêt de bus font état d’une attaque rapide et courte ; aucun ne peut identifier les suspects3. Dès le lendemain du meurtre cinq suspects sont identifiés : les frères Neil et Jamie Acourt, David Norris, Gary Dobson et Luke Knight, dont les quatre premiers nommés dans une lettre anonyme. Cependant, très rapidement l’enquête est publiquement taxée de biais ; vue par beaucoup comme un crime haineux, la mort de Lawrence est généralement perçue comme étant due à son origine ethnique et les policiers chargés de l’enquête comme racistes ainsi que les employés du Crown Prosecution Service concernés. Les parents de Stephen tiennent une conférence de presse le 04 mai, soutenant que la police ne traite pas le cas assez activement, et rencontrent Nelson Mandela le 06 mai. Entre le 7 mai et le 23 juin 1993, les cinq sont arrêtés et Neil Acourt et Luke Knight sont mis en accusation ; mais le Crown Prosecution Service tient pour non fiable la déposition de Duwayne Brooks en regard de l’identification de Neil Acourt et Luke Knight. Les charges envers Acourt et Knight sont annulées le 29 juillet, et les trois autres sont acquittés. Quelques mois plus tard l’avocat de la famille Lawrence annonce de nouvelles données, mais le coroner fait cesser l’enquête le 22 décembre 1993, et en avril 1994 le Crown Prosecution Service refuse de poursuivre l’accusation malgré de nouvelles preuves de l’identification des suspects. Le ministère public ayant refusé d’instruire l’affaire, les parents de Stephen lancent des poursuites judiciaires à titre privé contre Gary Dobson, Luke Knight et Neil Acourt en septembre 1994. En décembre – trois mois plus tard – des caméras cachées installées par la police montrent les trois, ainsi que Norris, usant de langage violent et raciste. Les poursuites sont présentées en tribunal du 18 au 25 avril 1996, mais les plaignants sont déboutés sur la même base que précédemment : les preuves d’identification fournies par Brooks sont refusées comme peu fiables. Les trois accusés sont de nouveau acquittés. Le 13 février 1997 l’enquête recommence. Les cinq accusés refusent de répondre aux questions. Verdict : meurtre au cours d’une attaque entièrement non provoquée perpétrée par cinq jeunes. Le lendemain 14 février, le Daily Mail consacre sa première page aux photos des cinq accusés surmontées d’un titre-choc : « Meurtriers – Le Mail accuse ces hommes de tuerie. Si c’est faux, qu’ils nous mènent en justice. » — Daily Mail, 14 février Cette intervention vigoureuse du Daily Mail modifie profondément la perception du public concernant l’affaire Lawrence. Cinq semaines plus tard, le 20 mars 1997 la Commission indépendante des plaintes contre la police pour le Kent lance une investigation sur le comportement de la police dans l’affaire Lawrence. Neuf mois plus tard cette enquête conclut à des « faiblesses significatives, oublis et opportunités manquées», mais sans reconnaître de conduite raciste. En juillet 1997 Jack Straw, Home Secretary (ministre de l’Intérieur) à l’époque, ordonne une enquête publique sur le meurtre et sur son investigation réalisée par le Metropolitan Police Service (MPS, couramment abrégé en « Met »). L’enquête est présidée par Sir William Macpherson, juge retraité de la Haute Cour de justice d’Angleterre et du pays de Galles, avec l’aide notamment de trois conseillers : Tom Cook (président du Runnymede Trust), John Sentamu (évêque de Stepne et Richard Stone (officier de police). L’enquête publique est ouverte le 20 mars 19982,15,16. En juillet 1998 la famille Lawrence demande la démission du chef de la Met Sir Paul Condon, qui en octobre 1998 présente des excuses publiques et admet que des erreurs ont été commises. Le rapport de l’enquête publique, couramment appelé rapport Macpherson (Macpherson report), est publié en février 1999. Il conclut que la force policière est « institutionnellement raciste » et contient 70 recommandations destinées à améliorer l’attitude de la police concernant le racisme, ainsi que des propositions de changements dans la loi pour renforcer le Race Relations Act qui vise à promouvoir l’égalité entre les races ; il propose notoirement que la règle non bis in idem soit abrogée dans le cas de meurtres, ceci en vue de permettre la tenue d’un nouveau procès sur présentation de nouvelles preuves convaincantes. C’est ce que permet le Criminal Justice Act (2003) britannique entré en vigueur en 2005. La publication en 1999 du Macpherson Report est qualifiée « d’un des plus importants moments de l’histoire moderne de la justice criminelle en Grande Bretagne». Dès 2004 son remarquable impact sur le débat des relations raciales s’est étendu non seulement sur l’appareil de justice criminelle, avec entre autres de nombreux changements à Scotland Yard pour éliminer le racisme, mais sur toutes les institutions publiques qui sont dès lors elles aussi tenues par la loi de promouvoir l’égalité et d’éliminer la discrimination en regard des diverses minorités. (…) Le 5 mai 2004 un nouveau passage au tribunal est bloqué : le Crown Prosecution Service annonce que suite à une revue du cas les preuves sont insuffisantes pour accuser quiconque dans l’affaire Lawrence. Mais en avril 2005 le principe légal de double jeopardy est amendé, rendant possible une deuxième mise en accusation après un acquittement préalable pour le même cas. 26 July 2006 – un documentaire de la BBC examine l’affaire Lawrence et émet de nouvelles questions quant aux principaux suspects. Subséquemment, la Met doit revoir ses preuves ; en octobre 2007 la Commission indépendante des plaintes contre la police affirme que contrairement à ce qu’affirme le documentaire elle n’a pas trouvé de preuve d’exactions par un officier. Mais le 8 novembre 2007 la police confirme qu’après cette revue du cas par une équipe de 32 officiers l’été précédent, la médecine légale examine de nouvelles preuves. La revue s’est penchée sur les données réunies à l’époque du meurtre, utilisant de nouvelles techniques d’examen pour les objets. Trois mois plus tard, le 07 février 2008 Doreen Lawrence, mère de Stephen, inaugure le centre éducatif Stephen Lawrence à Deptford2 ; ce dernier est attaqué plusieurs fois peu après18. En février 2009, 10 ans après le rapport Macpherson, Richard Stone – conseiller pour l’investigation et la rédaction de ce rapport – affirme que la police a fait des progrès notables dans le sens de sa propre réforme mais que le racisme y persiste. Jack Straw, alors ministre de la Justice, dit que la police n’est plus institutionnellement raciste ; mais la mère de Stephen Lawrence dit pour sa part que la police manque encore à son devoir vis-à-vis des Britanniques de couleur. En 2010, le meurtre est cité comme « l’un des plus évidents meurtres raciaux n’ayant pas été résolus». Toutefois, suite à la revue des preuves commencée en été 2006 Dobson (qui a été emprisonné pour 5 ans le 9 juillet 2010 pour fourniture de drogue de classe B) et Norris sont de nouveau accusés du meurtre en septembre 2010 ; et la cour d’appel décide en mai 2011 que les nouvelles données recueillies sont suffisantes pour les ramener au tribunal. L’acquittement de Dobson en juillet 1993 est donc supprimé, ce qui n’était pas possible avant l’amendement du double jeopardy act de 2005. Les deux accusés font face au tribunal le 14 novembre 20112. De l’ADN provenant de Stephen Lawrence a été trouvé dans les vêtements des accusés. Une minuscule tache de sang sur la veste de Dobson ne pouvait provenir que de Lawrence, ainsi qu’un cheveu sur les jeans de Norris, et des fibres des vêtements de Stephen ont été retrouvées sur les vêtements des accusés20. Les deux accusés sont déclarés coupables le 03 janvier 2012 et condamnés à vie, avec Dobson emprisonné pour un minimum de 15 ans et 2 mois, et Norris pour un minimum de 14 ans et 3 mois. Le 24 juin 2013 The Guardian présente les révélations de Peter Francis alias Pete Black, ancien officier de police ayant appartenu à la Special Demonstration Squad spécialiste de l’infiltration de groupes de protestations. Peter Francis aurait avec trois autres officiers participé à une opération en vue d’espionner et de tenter de vilipender la famille Lawrence, son ami Duwaine Brooks témoin du crime et les groupes de campagne et de soutien à la famille en colère de l’absence de condamnation des coupables. Il aurait infiltré ces groupes dès 1993, à la recherche de « désinformation » à utiliser contre ceux qui critiquaient la police. Il aurait également avec un autre officier cherché parmi les films pris de la manifestation de mai 1993 du matériel afin d’incriminer Duwaine Brooks, qui fut subséquemment arrêté et accusé de dégâts criminels ; mais cette affaire fut rejetée par le juge responsable qui considéra qu’il y avait là un abus de la procédure légale. Peter Francis affirme que cette démarche faisait partie d’un plan plus général visant à endommager le mouvement de campagne grandissant autour de la mort de Lawrence et tenter de stopper la campagne. La mère de Stephen signale qu’en 1993 la famille avait été très surprise de ce que la police prit les noms de toutes les personnes entrant et sortant de la maison, et qu’ils en arrivèrent rapidement à soupçonner la police de chercher des preuves pour discréditer la famille ; cette dernière n’avait à l’époque aucun rapport avec les groupes de soutien naissants, et n’était pas politisée. Francis confirme que malgré toutes leurs recherches pour du matériel de désinformation, aucun des quatre officiers n’a trouvé quoi que ce soit de concret. En 1997, lors de l’enquête publique dans le cadre du rapport Macpherson, Peter Francis souhaite que la Special Demonstration Squad fasse connaître l’opération sous couverture auquel il avait participé concernant l’affaire Lawrence. Mais ses supérieurs, fixés sur la mémoire du passage à tabac deux ans auparavant du citoyen noir Rodney King par la police de Los Angeles et des subséquentes émeutes sans précédent à Los Angeles, disent craindre des émeutes si cette opération devient publique, et la taisent. La Special Demonstration Squad, très controversée, a été démantelée en 2008 et partiellement remplacée par la National Domestic Extremism Unit. Wikipedia
Before the usual suspects start bouncing up and down, squealing ‘homophobia’, don’t bother. I supported civil partnerships long before it was fashionable and I’d rather children were fostered by loving gay couples than condemned to rot in state-run institutions, where they face a better-than-average chance of being abused. That said, and despite the fact that countless single parents do a fantastic job, I still cling to the belief that children benefit most from being brought up by a man and a woman. Which is precisely what worries me most about the Daley publicity stunt. Here we have two men drawing attention to the fact that ‘they’ are having a baby. But where’s the mum, the possessor of the womb which features in this photograph? She appears to have been written out of the script entirely. We are not told her identity, where she lives, or even when the baby is due. She is merely the anonymous incubator. My best guess is that she lives in America, since it is still illegal in Britain to pay surrogate mothers other than modest expenses. That’s why wealthy gay couples, such as Elton John and David Furnish, turn to the States when they want to start a family. Good luck to them. No one is suggesting that homosexual couples can’t make excellent parents. But nor is everyone comfortable with the trend towards treating women as mere breeding machines and babies as commodities. I’ve written before about the modern tendency in some quarters to regard children as fashion accessories, like those preposterous designer handbag dogs. (…) What I also find slightly disconcerting is that this story was reported virtually everywhere without so much as a raised eyebrow, as if it would be impolite even to ask any questions about the parentage. The Daily Mail
En novembre 2016, le groupe Lego décide de ne plus promouvoir ses jouets dans le Daily Mail à la suite des campagnes menées par celui-ci concernant le Brexit et la crise des migrants, campagnes jugées « haineuses » par le fabricant de jouets. En février 2018, Center Parcs cesse toute annonce publicitaire dans le Daily Mail à la suite d’un éditorial jugé homophobe. Ce journal est parfois critiqué pour son manque de vérification, et accusé de sensationnalisme. Son utilisation comme source a d’ailleurs été rejetée par la communauté de Wikipédia en anglais en février 2017. Ainsi, le navigateur Internet de Microsoft avertit les utilisateurs de ne pas faire confiance au journalisme du Daily Mail dans le cadre d’une fonctionnalité conçue pour lutter contre les fausses informations. Le message, qui est produit par une startup tierce appelée NewsGuard, invite le lecteur à agir avec prudence, sachant que « le site publie régulièrement des contenus qui ont porté atteinte à la réputation, provoqué une alarme répandue ou qui constituent du harcèlement ou une atteinte à la vie privée ». Le Daily Mail est également accusé par The Guardian de tenir des propos racistes, homophobes et islamophobes. Wikipedia
The Daily Telegraph has had the highest number of complaints upheld against it by the Independent Press Standards Organisation since the regulator was set up two years ago. According to adjudications posted to the IPSO website, the IPSO Complaints’ Committee found the national daily to have breached the Editor’s Code of Conduct nine times. The Times and Daily Express have each committed seven breaches, with the regulator having upheld five complaints against The Sun (including The Scottish Sun). The Sunday Times, Daily Mail and Mail Online have each had four complaints upheld over the two years of regulation under IPSO, which replaced the Press Complaints Commission in September 2014. Press Gazette
Much has been written in recent years about my friend’s weakness for women. Had others not dealt with the matter in such detail, I might have avoided any commentary. Unfortunately, some of these commentators have told only the bare facts without suggesting the reasons why Martin might have indulged in such behavior. They have also left a false impression about the range of his activities.  Martin and I were away more often than we were at home; and while this was no excuse for extramarital relations, it was a reason. Some men are better able to bear such deprivations than others, though all of us in SCLC headquarters had our weak moments. We all understood and believed in the biblical prohibition against sex outside of marriage. It was just that he had a particularly difficult time with that temptation. In addition to his personal vulnerability, he was also a man who attracted women, even when he didn’t intend to, and attracted them in droves. Part of his appeal was his predominant role in the black community and part of it was personal. During the last ten years of his life, Martin Luther King was the most important black man in America. That fact alone endowed him with an aura of power and greatness that women found very appealing. He was a hero — the greatest hero of his age — and women are always attracted to a hero. But he also had a personal charm that ingratiated him with members of the opposite sex. He was always gracious and courteous to women, whether they were attractive to him or not. He had perfect manners. He was well educated. He was warm and friendly. He could make them laugh. He was good company, something that cannot always be said of heroes. These qualities made him even more attractive in close proximity than he was at a distance. Then, too, Martin’s own love of women was apparent in ways that could not be easily pinpointed — but which women clearly sensed, even from afar. I remember on more than one occasion sitting on a stage and having Martin turn to me to say, “Do you see that woman giving me the eye, the one in the red dress?” I wouldn’t be able to pick her out at such a distance, but already she had somehow conveyed to him her attraction and he in turn had responded to it. Later I would see them talking together, as if they had known one another forever. I was always a little bewildered at how strongly and unerringly this mutual attraction operated. Ralph David Abernathy (1989)
As a historian who wrote the first major biography of King and a separate book The FBI and Martin Luther King,Jr., Garrow’s new revelations must be taken seriously. His article appears in a distinguished British newspaper, not a Murdoch British rag or a tabloid such as our country’s National Enquirer. Undoubtedly, people like Roy Moore, Richard Spencer, David Duke, and various alt-right hangers-on will revel in this news and argue that it demolishes Martin Luther King Jr.’s standing as an American hero. That would be the wrong conclusion to take. King was a man who risked his own life by practicing non-violence and who publicly rejected the two primary alternatives to the civil rights movement: black nationalism and racial separatism. He rejected the use of guns in the fight against the oppressors, especially the police. Because of this, the more radical groups were not fond of King and called him the Uncle Tom of the movement. Let me not mince words. King’s behavior toward women should not be buried or excused. They should be condemned. But does acknowledging these truths mean that we can no longer recognize King’s accomplishments as a civil rights leader? Does it mean we have to ignore what he said in his powerful sermons and writings? Does it diminish his “Letter from a Birmingham Jail”? It was there that King wrote that citizens had “not only a legal but a moral responsibility to obey just laws,” and at the same time “to disobey unjust laws.” Remember, King led an entire community to risk everything on behalf of freedom, fighting off Bull Connor’s police dogs and fire hoses as they were unleashed on unarmed citizens protesting for their rights as American citizens. Our leaders are human. King was deeply flawed in his view of women and his sexual proclivities. It is obvious, reading Garrow’s quotation from King’s sermon on March 3, 1968, that he was alluding to himself when he said “There is a schizophrenia . . . going on in all of us. There are times that all of us know somehow that there is a Mr. Hyde and a Dr. Jekyll in us.” God, King said, “does not judge us by the separate incidents or the separate mistakes that we make, but by the total bent of our lives.” The word “mistake” does not begin to cover King’s behavior toward women. But King is yet another reminder that good men can do bad things, and even bad men can sometimes accomplish great goods. How do we balance those ledgers in a final accounting? It’s hard. It’s messy. And there are no neat or obvious answers. Some thought Garrow should keep his discoveries under wraps, but it is the job of the historian to tell the truth. This is especially true for a historian who has already devoted a good chunk of his career to chronicling the man’s life. It would not be too much to say that Garrow had almost a unique duty to write this piece. It is unfortunate that the racists among us will cheer this news. But that is not an excuse to keep the truth hidden. If Garrow is right that a “profoundly painful historical reckoning and reconsideration” is upon us, then so be it. We are better off confronting the truth than living with a comfortable lie. Ronald Radosh
Should we prohibit the use of The Daily Mail as a source? I envisage something just short of blacklisting, whereby its introduction to an article could be accepted only upon there being a demonstrable need to use it instead of other sources. —Hillbillyholidaytalk 13:44, 7 January 2017 (UTC)
Consensus has determined that the Daily Mail (including its online version, dailymail.co.uk) is generally unreliable, and its use as a reference is to be generally prohibited, especially when other more reliable sources exist. As a result, the Daily Mail should not be used for determining notability, nor should it be used as a source in articles. An edit filter should be put in place going forward to warn editors attempting to use the Daily Mail as a reference. The general themes of the support votes centred on the Daily Mail’s reputation for poor fact checking, sensationalism, and flat-out fabrication. Examples were provided to back up these claims. Wikipedia
There is no justification for the blanket banning of a mass-circulation newspaper as a source. There will be cases where it is a suitable rs source. The problem with the « Mail-related arguments » mentioned, if the latest example here [2] is typical, is just with editors not knowing what appropriate sources to use. Should the Daily Mail be used to support a claim related to astronomy? Well duh, obviously not! The proposer seems to have a longterm pov agenda here, in an earlier comment he actually compared the Daily Mail to Völkischer Beobachter and has been busy compiling [3]. Tiptoethrutheminefield (talk) 14:16, 7 January 2017 (UTC)
It is hard to know whether to laugh or cry at this move by Wikipedia – a website that is notorious for its own inaccuracy and false truths, and which was co-founded by a man who doctored his own biographical entry. For the record the Daily Mail, in common with most reputable academic institutions, banned all its journalists from using Wikipedia as a sole source in 2014 because of its unreliability. Last year, the Daily Mail and Mail Online together published more than half a million stories and yet received just two upheld adjudications each for inaccuracy from the UK Industry’s regulator IPSO. This so-called ban by Wikipedia came at the end of a month-long ‘debate’ – triggered by a clearly obsessive newspaper-hater who hides behind the pseudonym ‘Hillbillyholiday’ – which attracted just 75 votes from Wikipedia’s 30 million anonymous registered editors. The debate makes it abundantly plain that the majority of those calling for the Mail to be banned were driven primarily by political motives. The so-called ‘vote’ was then endorsed by five anonymous administrators after a secret email exchange and then deliberately leaked to the media. All those people who believe in freedom of expression should be profoundly concerned at this cynical politically motivated attempt to stifle the free press. Spokesperson for Mail Newspapers
Cockram is a regular editor of the online encyclopedia Wikipedia, where (according to multiple posts on his Facebook feed) he operates under the alias ‘Hillbillyholiday’. Last month, ‘Hillbillyholiday’ was the architect of a cynical PR stunt which saw this newspaper publicly smeared by damning its journalism ‘unreliable’. He and 52 like-minded anti-Press zealots, almost all of whom remain anonymous, collaborated in a vote which persuaded Wikipedia, the sixth most popular website in the world, that it ought to ban the Daily Mail. The move by the online encyclopedia — which was founded in 2001 and has in a few short years become a hugely influential source of information — was revealed in the pages of the Left-wing Guardian newspaper. It reported that Wikipedia’s editors had decided, in a democratic ballot, that the Mail’s journalism cannot be trusted. No statistics were offered in support of this claim, which, incidentally, came days before the Mail won Sports Newspaper Of The Year for an unprecedented fourth straight time, and was shortlisted for 15 awards at the British Press Awards, the news industry’s Oscars. (Indeed, as we shall see, the Mail has an enviable record on accuracy.) Neither did Wikipedia, nor The Guardian, bother to shed much light on how this decision was reached. If they had, then it would have become apparent to readers that this supposed exercise in democracy took place in virtual secrecy, and that Wikipedia’s decision to censor the Mail — the only major news outlet on the face of the Earth to be so censored — was supported by a mere 53 of its editors, or 0.00018 per cent of the site’s 30 million total, plus five ‘administrators’. Curiously, though it has now placed a ban on this paper, the website remains happy to use the state propaganda outlets of many of the world’s most repressive and autocratic Left-wing dictatorships as a source for information. Wikipedia has not, for example, banned the Chinese government’s Xinhua news agency, Iran’s Press TV or the Kremlin mouthpiece Russia Today. Neither does it place a black mark against Kim Jong-un’s in-house propaganda outlet, the Korean Central News Agency, which in 2012 published a report claiming that archaeologists in the country’s capital, Pyongyang, had discovered the remains of a 1,000-year-old unicorn lair. Wikipedia even heralds Exaro, the now-defunct British website notorious for making false claims about an establishment paedophile ring which saw a number of innocent people arrested, as a valid ‘investigative news source’. And yet, it has declared that the Daily Mail — one of the most popular mainstream newspapers published in any Western democracy — is somehow too ‘unreliable’ to be included on its site. In an era where the term ‘fake news’ is increasingly used as a desperate slur, with Donald Trump applying it to CNN, the BBC and any major outlet that tends to disgruntle him, it’s tempting to suggest that both Wikipedia and The Guardian are guilty, in this deeply disturbing saga, of creating what might be regarded as false news. More worrying, this ban has set a dangerous precedent, raising profoundly troubling questions about free speech and censorship in the online era. And ultimately it provides an object lesson in the way well-organised campaigners from extremes of the political spectrum are now seeking to impose their prejudices on society by seizing control of the most valuable resource of the internet age: information. (…) Tasked for evidence to support this claim, ‘Hillbillyholiday’ simply claimed that this newspaper had more of press regulator IPSO’s sanctions against it than his favourite title, The Guardian. He failed to state that The Guardian is not regulated by IPSO, so can’t possibly have been sanctioned by it. In other words, this opponent of the popular Press was using a deeply misleading claim to accuse someone else of inaccuracy. As it happens, like every newspaper in the land, the Mail does of course sometimes make mistakes. In common with most titles, we correct all significant factual errors pointed out to us, via the Corrections and Clarifications column. According to IPSO’s own report, the regulator’s figures suggest the Mail’s record is better, not worse, than our peers. In 2015, with our sister website MailOnline, the Mail published more than half a million stories; IPSO upheld complaints against two of them. By way of comparison, five articles in The Times had complaints of one kind or another upheld against them, along with four in the Daily Express, and ten published by the Telegraph group. This would tend to suggest that Wikipedia’s decision to ‘ban’ the Mail was based on naked prejudice rather than any empirical evidence. It should be noted here that, ironically enough, the Mail wrote to all its writers and reporters three years ago instructing them never to rely on Wikipedia as a single source, such were the concerns about its accuracy. Of course, the Wikipedia ban would never have made headlines if news of the website’s debate result had not promptly been leaked to The Guardian which — surprise surprise — has Jimmy Wales on its board. (…) It’s a perverse state of affairs, and one which must, surely, rile Wikipedia founder Jimmy Wales. Only last month, he wrote in The Guardian on the subject of fake news, arguing: ‘None of us is comfortable with the social media giants deciding what’s valid or not.’ Yet here is Wikipedia, a social media giant whose pages are riddled with inaccuracies, unilaterally deciding, at the request of a handful of people, that a major newspaper is somehow not valid. (…) financial papers filed by the Foundation show that, for an organisation that calls itself a ‘small non-profit’ business and begs users for donations (‘the price of a cup of coffee’) to keep it afloat, it enjoys bulging cash reserves. The Foundation’s accounts show it has assets of more than $90 million (£73 million), and spent $31 million (£25 million) in salaries last year, up from $26 million (£21 million) the year before. Since the same documents state that it employs 280 members of staff and contractors, their average salary appears to be more than $110,000 (£90,000). Meanwhile, the Foundation’s last tax return showed that its former executive director, Lila Tretikov, earned $308,149 (£251,000), plus another $18,213 (£15,000) in ‘other’ compensation, while former boss Sue Gardner was on roughly the same. The Daily Mail
Editors are supposed to always use judgment when choosing sources. Usually the broadsheets are better than the tabloids but there are circumstances when tabloids provide better coverage such as sports and crime. And if we exclude the Mail, there are a lot of other publications of lower quality that would still be considered reliable. TFD (talk) 12:18, 8 January 2017 (UTC)
there are some things for which it’s useful, despite all that’s been said above. Occasionally it accurately rakes muck that nobody else has turned over. If the proposer could be a little clearer about how we might demonstrate need to use it in those rare cases where the DM can be considered reliable, I might well change my mind. Richard Keatinge (talk) 17:10, 10 January 2017 (UTC)
Noting that this has been discussed a few dozen times now. Neither the DM nor any other news source is absolutely reliable on articles concerning celebrities. IMO, Wikipedia would be best off declining to republish « celebrity gossip » in the first place. More to the point, the DM has not been shown to be unreliable in other matters, although its headlines may misstate the content of articles, this is also true of every single newspaper known to man. I suggest, in fact, that « headlines » not be allowed as a source for what an article states, and only be allowed to illustrate what the headline stated and cited as such. Collect (talk) 14:27, 11 January 2017 (UTC)
The reliability of a Daily Mail should be judged on a case-by-case basis. Most material is uncontroversial and mistakes occur no more often than in other publications. A user should not have to hunt around for the same fact to be found in a different source because the Daily Mail is disliked by certain editors. ¡Bozzio! 05:37, 15 January 2017 (UTC)<h5 style= »text-align: justify; »><em>
Daily Mail gives coverage to many international news outside Europe and America. Daily Mail is not a good source in content dispute. But Daily Mail is good to prove notability of a subject. Daily Mail covers news stories which are not getting coverage in other English Media. We can use Daily Mail to establish notability of a politician, celebrity from Eastern Europe, Asia. Sometimes Daily Mail gives coverage to very ordinary things, but due to this they give coverage to many important Asian news, North African news and East-European news (where English is not official language). Marvellous Spider-Man 03:03, 16 January 2017 (UTC)
The Daily Mail, as hated as it is, is a very mixed bag. It can contain wonderful information such as accurate and informative interviews of highly respected people like Lord Puttnam (yes, I’ve seen that; can find the link if you need it), informative and detailed film and television articles, detailed information on various openings, galas, and so on. Many of these items are exclusives, so we can’t blacklist the publication. It also has an excellent (theatre, film, etc.) review team. We just have to keep in mind that it often stoops to tabloid scandal-mongering (and ridiculous political opinions). I think any intelligent editor can tell the difference. So with this publication it has to always be on a case-by-case basis. It’s a middle-market newspaper, so we cannot avoid it or blacklist it. I’d say it’s not to be used as a source for politics, science, medicine. But as a source for entertainment updates it is often helpful and often contains accurate information that is not available anywhere else. If it is contradicted by a more reliable source, it should not be used. Nothing negative, contentious, or potentially libelous or in any way scandalous should be sourced to the DM (unless it is a direct quote from an interview). Softlavender (talk) 06:26, 16 January 2017 (UTC)
The DM falls on a spectrum of news quality and it is far from the worst; singling it out for prohibition is not the solution here. It is hard not to suspect that it is being singled out because it combines a strong right-wing bias with a very large circulation. I see several editors above citing statistics regarding complaints and corrections as though this was a reason for prohibiting its use; but WP:NEWSORG gives the very fact that a complaints process exists and corrections are published as a reason to consider the source reliable. It should certainly be considered WP:BIASED, but then so should every news organisation that takes an editorial stance. This is already policy. Outright banning established, regulated, large-circulation newspapers from use on enwiki would be a terrible precedent to set, especially for having « ridiculous political opinions, » as one editor has put it a few lines above. GoldenRing (talk) 10:56, 16 January 2017 (UTC)
Awful and biased as the Mail often is, there is also much that may be uncontentious. For example, take e.g. an article that I did some editing on a long time ago, on Mary Marquis, a Scottish newsreader of the ’70s and ’80s, who is still a much cherished and remembered figure in Scotland. The article contains multiple citations to an 1998 interview / profile piece from the Mail — all of which, I would submit, are entirely uncontroversial; and (I submit) contribute valuably to giving a rounded-out account of her. Of course there are reasons why one should very often be cautious of the Mail, but IMO a blanket ban is not the way. I would add that, although people like to throw around the word « Tabloid », there can be a distinction between the connotations of that word on different sides of the Atlantic, and I wouldn’t throw the Record or the Mirror or the Standard or Metro into the same class as eg the National Enquirer. Jheald (talk) 20:03, 16 January 2017 (UTC)
The paper has been around since 1896. Its bad reputation in the first few years of the 21st century speak nothing about the reliability of more than a hundred years of volumes. Clearly a blanket ban is unjustified (per Thincat). – Finnusertop (talkcontribs) 03:17, 17 January 2017 (UTC)
Existing policy is enough. If it is worth adding to a Wikipedia article, it will have appeared in better sources than the Mail and other red top British tabloids. I am not an anti-tabloid snob like some of the people here, and the broadsheets are not perfect either. However, the Mail should be off limits for anything BLP related. This discussion is reminiscent of this tweet by Gavin Each case has to be judged on its merits because all sources are prone to error. The Daily Mail seems fairly average as journalism goes and should not be singled out when there are many worse sources. The following specific points demonstrate this. Andrew D. (talk) 13:50, 18 January 2017 (UTC)
The Daily Mail is somewhat unusual for a UK paper as it was the first newspaper specifically aimed at women and is read by more women than men. For example, the word suffragette was first coined in the pages of the Daily Mail and so is naturally cited by the Oxford English Dictionary. When the singer Lynsey de Paul died, there was some confusion about her exact age. The Daily Mail was one of the few news sources which got this right. I started our article about churnalism and this can be found in most news media now. One interesting case was a project which deliberately planted fake stories to see whether they would be circulated. The Daily Mail didn’t fall for this when many other news media did. — Preceding unsigned comment added by Andrew Davidson (talkcontribs)
This is ridiculous that you even consider to ban such a large newspaper. It reminds me of a witch hunt or collective responsibility (good articles banned by default, because someone else did something wrong earlier). Someone reverted DM as a source, even though DM was the only source, which actually bothered to interview the authors of the paper, therefore it was a better source than all other sources. There was nothing wrong with that DM article the only reason for removal was actually this discussion here. That can’t be right. Musashi miyamoto (talk) 17:18, 24 January 2017 (UTC)

Quel deux poids deux mesures ?

A l’heure où …

Après les faux notoires des Walter Duranty (NYT), Dan Rather (NBC), Eason Jordan (CNN) ou Scott Beauchamp (NYT) …

Où  sans parler, comme avec les toutes récentes révélations d’un spécialiste de Martin Luther King initialement rejetées par tant le Guardian que l’Atlantic, de la rétention active d’information

Des usages de faux, plus près de chez nous, des Patrice De Beer et Jean-Claude Pomonti, PPDA, Charles Enderlin, Sara Daniel, Pascal Riché, Eric Laurent, Alain Ménargues (RFI) ou Michel Foucault

Le journal de référence américain lui-même se permet, hystérie anti-Trump oblige, un dessin antisémite

Ou un professeur de journalisme de NYU, parce que c’est « plausible », un faux tweet du président américain …

Où un journaliste qui présente explicitement son travail sur la présidence Trump comme …

Pour « beaucoup » « à l’image de ceux de Trump tout bonnement faux » …

Le « flou avec la vérité, sinon avec la réalité elle-même » comme  « fil conducteur élémentaire » de ses livres …

La vérité comme « une version des faits que je crois vraie » …

Son non-rappel des personnes incriminées pour vérification comme non nécessaire puisque l’on « sait à l’avance ce que la réponse sera »

Son obligation d’arriver à « la vérité telle que je la vois » comme plus importante que la vérification des faits …

Et sa principale source comme les dires d’un ancien conseiller du président américain …

Non seulement ouvertement déterminé à régler ses comptes avec celui qui l’a éconduit …

Mais considéré justement par tous comme l’âme damnée et le principal inspirateur du rapport controversé de l’hôte de la Maison Blanche à la vérité …

Ne va pas manquer, comme avec son premier livre, de remplir les colonnes de nos valeureux journalistes avec son irresistible flot d’ « anecdotes croustillantes, risibles et parfois invraisemblables sur Donald Trump » …

Et où, de ce côté-ci de l’Atlantique, les mêmes journalistes qui n’hésitent pas à balancer en une des notes classées secret défense pour dénoncer les ventes d’armes à l’Arabie saoudite ou à compromettre l’identité d’un membre des forces spéciales pour alimenter leur feuilleton Benalla

Multiplient les précautions oratoires quand ils ne mettent pas systématiquent en doute les informations des services secrets américains ou israéliens, voire de l’ONU même sur les activités explicitement terroristes, livraisons d’armes aux Houtis du Yemen comprises, des mollahs et de leurs affidés au Moyen-Orient …

Comment voir …

Non seulement la qualification de « haineux » pour avoir osé soulever …

Entre deux campagnes pour dénoncer un crime raciste ou une condamnation injuste

Les questions qui fâchent comme le problèmes de l’immigration sauvage ou la tentative par les juges de la Cour suprême britannique de remettre en cause le vote populaire du Brexit …

Ou d’ « homophobe » pour, dans les cas de parenté homosexuelle, avoir osé rappeler l’intérêt des enfants ou des mères porteuses …

Mais le rejet comme source fiable il y a deux ans du seul Daily Mail …

Par un Wikipédia qui a pourtant ses propres problèmes  …

Alors que, prenant notamment en compte l’important volume d’articles du premier site de presse britannique (144 000 articles par jour), l’extension pour navigateur Newsguard vient de lui redonner son label vert

Pour autre chose que ce qu’il n’est vraiment …

A savoir, comme le dit bien le Daily Mail lui-même, une « tentative cynique et politiquement motivée d’étouffer la presse libre » ?

Wikipedia ban condemned by Daily Mail as ‘cynical politically motivated attempt to stifle the free press’
The Daily Mail has said a decision by Wikipedia editors to ban references to its articles for sourcing entries is a “politically motivated attempt to stifle the free press”.
Freddy Mayhew
Press Gazette
February 10, 2017

The Daily Mail and Mail Online publications were the subject of a debate this week among a section of the self-regulating community of voluntary Wikipedia editors, most of whom post under pseudonyms.

It began when one editor, called Hillbillyholiday, proposed a “request for comment” from the editorial community on whether it should “prohibit the use of the Daily Mail as a source”.

They said: “I envisage something just short of blacklisting, whereby its introduction to an article could be accepted only upon there being a demonstrable need to use it instead of other sources.”

The motion passed within 24 hours, supported by 58 out of 84 editors.

It stated: “Consensus has determined that the Daily Mail (including its online version, dailymail.co.uk) is generally unreliable, and its use as a reference is to be generally prohibited, especially when other more reliable sources exist.

“As a result, the Daily Mail should not be used for determining notability, nor should it be used as a source in articles. An edit filter should be put in place going forward to warn editors attempting to use the Daily Mail as a reference.”

Editors said support for the ban “centred on the Daily Mail’s reputation for poor fact checking, sensationalism, and flat-out fabrication” and encouraged volunteers to “review” and “remove/replace” the many thousands of existing citations on Wikipedia referencing Mail stories.

The ban was opposed by some members, with one stating: “There is no justification for the blanket banning of a mass-circulation newspaper as a source. There will be cases where it is a suitable [as a] source.

“The problem with the ‘Mail-related arguments’ mentioned… is just with editors not knowing what appropriate sources to use.”

Mail Online publishes around half a million stories a year. According to Press Gazette analysis the Daily Mail and Mail Online had four adjudications upheld against them each under the first two years of press regulator IPSO (to September 2016).

Anyone can edit a Wikipedia page by simply clicking on the “edit” button along the top of an article and signing up for free. There is no vetting process and only deliberate “vandalism” will invoke arbitration.

A spokesperson for Mail Newspapers said: “It is hard to know whether to laugh or cry at this move by Wikipedia – a website that is notorious for its own inaccuracy and false truths, and which was co-founded by a man who doctored his own biographical entry.

“For the record the Daily Mail, in common with most reputable academic institutions, banned all its journalists from using Wikipedia as a sole source in 2014 because of its unreliability.

“Last year, the Daily Mail and Mail Online together published more than half a million stories and yet received just two upheld adjudications each for inaccuracy from the UK Industry’s regulator IPSO.

“This so-called ban by Wikipedia came at the end of a month-long ‘debate’ – triggered by a clearly obsessive newspaper-hater who hides behind the pseudonym ‘Hillbillyholiday’ – which attracted just 75 votes from Wikipedia’s 30 million anonymous registered editors.

“The debate makes it abundantly plain that the majority of those calling for the Mail to be banned were driven primarily by political motives.

“The so-called ‘vote’ was then endorsed by five anonymous administrators after a secret email exchange and then deliberately leaked to the media.

“All those people who believe in freedom of expression should be profoundly concerned at this cynical politically motivated attempt to stifle the free press.”

The editor behind the motion to ban the Daily Mail as a Wikipedia source, Hillbillyholiday, has since left Wikipedia. A sign on their page, which reveals next to no detail about the individual, states: “Hillbillyholiday is taking a short wikibreak and will be back on Wikipedia soon.”

In one public message from an editor called Bounder, Hillbillyholiday is awarded a merit badge for their “excellent work in opening the RfC on the Daily Mail”. Bounder added of the Mail: “Its presence on what is supposed to be an encyclopaedia is a constant source of embarrassment.”

In response, Hillbillyholiday said: “Thanks, Bounder… really didn’t expect the RfC [Request for Coment] to pass and was beginning to regret using Mail-style tactics of blatant sensationalization [sic] and flagrant misrepresentation of sources; it seemed rather ‘poetic’ at the time.

“Anyway, job’s a good’un, I’m off to hide somewhere where [Daily Mail editor Paul] Dacre won’t find me.”

In a leader column today, the Times said Wikipedia’s ban on the Daily Mail was evidence of a “promiscuous extension of the phrase ‘fake news’ to cover stories and publications that the complainer happens merely to dislike”.

“Newspapers make errors and have the responsibility to correct them. Wikipedia editors’ fastidiousness, however, appears to reflect less a concern for accuracy than dislike of the Daily Mail’s opinions,” the paper said, adding: “It is the duty of legitimate news organisations to reveal real news.”

On the Daily Mail ban, Juliet Barbara, director of communications at the Wikimedia Foundation, said in a statement: “Editors have discussed the reliability of the Daily Mail since at least early 2015.

“In January 2017, an RfC (Request for Comment) discussion was proposed to evaluate the use of the Daily Mail as a reliable source on English Wikipedia. This is one of many community discussions that take place every day about a broad range of issues, including reliable sources.

“In this case, volunteer editors seem to have come to a consensus that the Daily Mail is ‘generally unreliable and its use as a reference is to be generally prohibited, especially when other more reliable sources exist’.

“This means that there is a general recommendation according to this discussion that the Daily Mail not be referenced as a ‘reliable source’ on English Wikipedia or used to demonstrate an article subject’s notability.

“That said, I encourage you to read the comments in the RfC itself. You will find considerable discussion on the topic, including views both for and against the proposal. Wikipedia is a living, breathing ecosystem where volunteers regularly discuss and evolve the norms that guide the encyclopaedia.

“Among Wikipedia’s many policies and guidelines, there is even a policy to ignore all rules. It captures the open spirit of the community: ‘If a rule prevents you from improving or maintaining Wikipedia, ignore it.’

“As a general guide to reliable sources, articles on Wikipedia should be based on reliable, third-party, published sources with a reputation for fact-checking and accuracy. Editors assess the reliability of a source at these levels:

  • The piece of work itself (the article, book)
  • The creator of the work (the writer, journalist)
  • The publisher of the work (for example, Random House or Cambridge University Press)

“They also use a variety of criteria to evaluate reliability within each of these levels. For example, one signal that a news organization engages in fact-checking and has a reputation for accuracy is the publication of corrections.”

Voir aussi:

The making of a Wiki-Lie: Chilling story of one twisted oddball and a handful of anonymous activists who appointed themselves as censors to promote their own warped agenda on a website that’s a byword for inaccuracy 

    • Wikipedia’s editors decided that the Mail’s journalism cannot be trusted
    • The ban was supported by just 0.00018 per cent of site’s ‘administrators’
    • The Mail is the only major news outlet on the face of the Earth to be so censored
    • Ban sets a dangerous precedent, raising troubling questions about free speech

Guy Adams
The Daily Mail
4 March 2017

Here, you will learn that he’s ‘single’, is a fan of graffiti and folk music, and has worked variously as an ‘artist’ and ‘education management professional’.

Cockram boasts 153 online friends, and claims to live in Angoisse, a village in the Dordogne in south-western France. He also appears to take great pleasure in regularly circulating obscene images and racist sentiments via the social network.

His Facebook page includes an image of two gay men performing a sex act in public, a photograph of a naked, dark-haired man having oral sex with himself, and a painting that depicts bestiality between a man and a sheep.

Three years ago, Cockram wrote on his timeline that ‘all Muslim men admitted to Paradise will have an ever-erect penis and they will each marry 70 wives, all with appetising vaginas’.

Around the same time, he declared: ‘If you gently lick the outside of a Kinder Egg, you can slowly recreate the changing skin tones of Michael Jackson.’

It’s lubricious, utterly unedifying stuff. Indeed, a casual observer could be forgiven for pigeon-holing Cockram as a bigoted oddball who spends rather too much of his life in darker corners of the internet.

Yet in the modern world, bigoted oddballs who are over-familiar with the internet can wield tremendous power — and this potty-mouthed man is a case in point. For when he’s not posting obscene images or racist sentiments, Cockram is a regular editor of the online encyclopedia Wikipedia, where (according to multiple posts on his Facebook feed) he operates under the alias ‘Hillbillyholiday’.

Last month, ‘Hillbillyholiday’ was the architect of a cynical PR stunt which saw this newspaper publicly smeared by damning its journalism ‘unreliable’.

He and 52 like-minded anti-Press zealots, almost all of whom remain anonymous, collaborated in a vote which persuaded Wikipedia, the sixth most popular website in the world, that it ought to ban the Daily Mail.

The move by the online encyclopedia — which was founded in 2001 and has in a few short years become a hugely influential source of information — was revealed in the pages of the Left-wing Guardian newspaper.

It reported that Wikipedia’s editors had decided, in a democratic ballot, that the Mail’s journalism cannot be trusted.

No statistics were offered in support of this claim, which, incidentally, came days before the Mail won Sports Newspaper Of The Year for an unprecedented fourth straight time, and was shortlisted for 15 awards at the British Press Awards, the news industry’s Oscars. (Indeed, as we shall see, the Mail has an enviable record on accuracy.)

Neither did Wikipedia, nor The Guardian, bother to shed much light on how this decision was reached.

If they had, then it would have become apparent to readers that this supposed exercise in democracy took place in virtual secrecy, and that Wikipedia’s decision to censor the Mail — the only major news outlet on the face of the Earth to be so censored — was supported by a mere 53 of its editors, or 0.00018 per cent of the site’s 30 million total, plus five ‘administrators’.

Curiously, though it has now placed a ban on this paper, the website remains happy to use the state propaganda outlets of many of the world’s most repressive and autocratic Left-wing dictatorships as a source for information.

Wikipedia has not, for example, banned the Chinese government’s Xinhua news agency, Iran’s Press TV or the Kremlin mouthpiece Russia Today.

Neither does it place a black mark against Kim Jong-un’s in-house propaganda outlet, the Korean Central News Agency, which in 2012 published a report claiming that archaeologists in the country’s capital, Pyongyang, had discovered the remains of a 1,000-year-old unicorn lair.

Wikipedia even heralds Exaro, the now-defunct British website notorious for making false claims about an establishment paedophile ring which saw a number of innocent people arrested, as a valid ‘investigative news source’.

And yet, it has declared that the Daily Mail — one of the most popular mainstream newspapers published in any Western democracy — is somehow too ‘unreliable’ to be included on its site.

In an era where the term ‘fake news’ is increasingly used as a desperate slur, with Donald Trump applying it to CNN, the BBC and any major outlet that tends to disgruntle him, it’s tempting to suggest that both Wikipedia and The Guardian are guilty, in this deeply disturbing saga, of creating what might be regarded as false news.

More worrying, this ban has set a dangerous precedent, raising profoundly troubling questions about free speech and censorship in the online era.

And ultimately it provides an object lesson in the way well-organised campaigners from extremes of the political spectrum are now seeking to impose their prejudices on society by seizing control of the most valuable resource of the internet age: information.

To understand how, you must first understand Wikipedia and the manner in which it works. Founded in 2001 by Jimmy Wales, husband of Tony Blair’s former diary secretary Kate Garvey (Alastair Campbell played bagpipes at their wedding), the site is an encyclopedia whose pages can be written and edited by anyone in the world.

Wales has said he wants it to contain ‘the sum of all human knowledge available to all in their own language’.

Over time, the theory goes, successive contributors, or ‘editors’, will gradually improve and update every Wikipedia article. Thanks to the so-called ‘wisdom of crowds’, they will slowly but surely create an ever-more-valuable repository of facts.

Today, Wikipedia has more than five million pages in English, and is visited about 269 million times a day, making it more popular than the sales site Amazon.

Thirty million people have now registered as ‘editors’, of whom around 130,000 have been active in the past six months.

Since it’s easily accessed online by Google, billions more use its pages as a key source of what they assume is accurate and unbiased information.

That’s the theory, at least. However in practice, the site — so quick to smear the Mail as ‘unreliable’ — has itself become a byword for inaccuracy.

Banned as source material by many universities, Wikipedia’s reputation for carrying fake news has seen it claim (among other things) that Robbie Williams eats domestic pets, that the Greek philosopher Plato was a Hawaiian surfer who discovered Florida, and that the TV news presenter Jon Snow has been patron of the British Conifer Society. (For the record, Mr Snow himself has said: ‘I hate conifers and I’m not the society’s patron.’)

Victims of ‘Wiki-lies’ have over recent years included some of the loftiest figures in the land.

Take Lord Justice Leveson, whose vast report on the Press informed readers that the Independent newspaper had been founded by a man called Brett Straub.

In fact, Mr Straub is a Californian student whose name had been uploaded to Wikipedia by way of a prank. Leveson’s team had simply cut-and-pasted it from the online encyclopedia into the report without checking: quite a boob for a man who lectured the Press for sometimes getting facts wrong.

Behind the scenes, Wikipedia is supposed to be run along broadly democratic lines, with groups of users making key decisions and founder Jimmy Wales describing himself as its ‘constitutional monarch, like the Queen’.

He doesn’t wield executive power, and, indeed, has occasionally fallen out spectacularly with users of the site.

In 2005, they discovered that Wales had edited his own Wikipedia entry to remove references to the pornographic nature of a search engine he once ran called Bomis Babes (which contained images of ‘lesbian strip poker threesomes’ among other things). The references were soon re-added. In 2010, he deleted 1,000 pornographic images from Wikipedia only for furious users to restore 900 of them.

As a result of its devolved structure, major policy decisions that affect the online encyclopedia are supposed to be vigorously discussed in chat-rooms and then put to a vote.

That’s the idea, at least. Yet as the recent censorship of the Daily Mail shows, the website’s version of democracy does not always work perfectly in practice.

For this momentous decision was made not by a large proportion of the site’s billions of users, or even by many of its 30 million editors, but instead as the result of an online debate in which just a few dozen people participated, despite the fact that it took place over a month.

There was then an election, in which a mere 77 of them voted, with 53 endorsing a ‘ban’ on the Mail. As elections go, it’s hardly a popular landslide.

No further steps were taken to gauge the opinion of Wikipedia’s wider user base, or to establish if there was any evidence to support the contention that this paper is somehow ‘unreliable’.

The wheels of this stunt were set in motion on January 7 by ‘Hillbillyholiday’, whose attitude towards the popular Press is evident in the fact that he also uses the alias ‘Tabloid Terminator’ and who has included an image of himself burning a copy of the Mail on his profile page.

In the past, he has declared: ‘If the Daily Mail were a person, I would kick them square in the nut.’ He’s also said he ‘hates The Sun and thinks anyone who treats it as a reliable source is stark raving mad’.

Using an obscure chatroom browsed by some Wikipedia editors, he kicked things off by saying: ‘Should we prohibit the use of the Daily Mail as a source?’ He continued: ‘I envisage something just short of blacklisting.’

Blacklisting is a term which in its modern context was popularised by the Nazis, who drew up a ‘Black Book’ of 2,820 Britons, including the philosopher Bertrand Russell and Winston Churchill, who would be sent to concentration camps if Hitler won the war.

Discussion was then joined by a number of other Wikipedia editors with either Left-wing political leanings or wider anti-Press agendas. Steven Slater, a fortysomething science fiction fan from Essex, declared this newspaper a ‘fake news’ outlet.

Another regular contributor was an American called Guy Macon who has said: ‘Kill it. Kill it with fire. Under NO circumstances should the Daily Mail be used for anything, ever.’

All of them were apparently of the view that the Mail is far more inaccurate than any other news organisation on the face of the Earth. Yet they failed to cite any data to back up their contention.

Indeed, asked for evidence to support this claim, ‘Hillbillyholiday’ simply claimed that this newspaper had more of press regulator IPSO’s sanctions against it than his favourite title, The Guardian. He failed to state that The Guardian is not regulated by IPSO, so can’t possibly have been sanctioned by it.

In other words, this opponent of the popular Press was using a deeply misleading claim to accuse someone else of inaccuracy.

As it happens, like every newspaper in the land, the Mail does of course sometimes make mistakes. In common with most titles, we correct all significant factual errors pointed out to us, via the Corrections and Clarifications column.

According to IPSO’s own report, the regulator’s figures suggest the Mail’s record is better, not worse, than our peers.

In 2015, with our sister website MailOnline, the Mail published more than half a million stories; IPSO upheld complaints against two of them. By way of comparison, five articles in The Times had complaints of one kind or another upheld against them, along with four in the Daily Express, and ten published by the Telegraph group.

This would tend to suggest that Wikipedia’s decision to ‘ban’ the Mail was based on naked prejudice rather than any empirical evidence.

It should be noted here that, ironically enough, the Mail wrote to all its writers and reporters three years ago instructing them never to rely on Wikipedia as a single source, such were the concerns about its accuracy.

Of course, the Wikipedia ban would never have made headlines if news of the website’s debate result had not promptly been leaked to The Guardian which — surprise surprise — has Jimmy Wales on its board.

The Left-wing newspaper carried a short report of the Daily Mail ban in its print edition, and a longer one online. Each was originally published before this newspaper was in a position to comment.

Its online report was then re-published, with a quotation from a spokesman for this newspaper describing Wikipedia’s ban as ‘a politically motivated attempt to stifle the free Press’.

Amazingly, that comment was edited by The Guardian prior to publication to remove criticism of Jimmy Wales for editing his own Wikipedia page. Disgracefully, it was also altered to remove the crucial information about just how few of Wikipedia’s 30 million editors had been responsible for the ban.

This was only subsequently added into the online story after further representations by the Mail. Even then, The Guardian did not include the fact that the ‘vote’ had been endorsed by just five anonymous administrators.

Talk about fake news! Because, of course, by now this misleading story had been validated by its publication in a well-known national newspaper, and was being repeated verbatim by other news outlets, particularly from the Left — showing just how corruptible information has become in the online age.

To this end, it’s worth noting that while the number of articles in English-language pages of Wikipedia has more than doubled in seven years, the number of people editing the site has declined by a quarter — thus concentrating editorial power in a small number of hands, and creating a narrow nexus of obsessive meddlers.

Today, around 90 per cent of these editors are men, and most are white. Only a tiny proportion come from outside the developed world. Most are under the age of 40 and have a liberal world view. Some could be accurately described as cranks.

Such a man is Michael Cockram, whose Facebook page (in between the obscenity and racist bile) also celebrates juvenile acts of vandalism that appear to have been carried out on Wikipedia entries.

‘The common tadpole, also known as a polliwog, is in fact not from frog eggs, but from goose poo,’ reads one. ‘Tadpoles can sing at a frequency higher than what humans can hear.’

This, then is the bizarre individual who, with a self-selecting handful of other zealots, has managed to ban a major popular newspaper from the world’s sixth largest website.

It’s a perverse state of affairs, and one which must, surely, rile Wikipedia founder Jimmy Wales. Only last month, he wrote in The Guardian on the subject of fake news, arguing: ‘None of us is comfortable with the social media giants deciding what’s valid or not.’

Yet here is Wikipedia, a social media giant whose pages are riddled with inaccuracies, unilaterally deciding, at the request of a handful of people, that a major newspaper is somehow not valid.

I asked the website’s parent organisation, the Wikimedia Foundation, how it squares Wales’s ethos with recent events. It refused to answer.

Perhaps it has something to hide. After all, financial papers filed by the Foundation show that, for an organisation that calls itself a ‘small non-profit’ business and begs users for donations (‘the price of a cup of coffee’) to keep it afloat, it enjoys bulging cash reserves.

The Foundation’s accounts show it has assets of more than $90 million (£73 million), and spent $31 million (£25 million) in salaries last year, up from $26 million (£21 million) the year before.

Since the same documents state that it employs 280 members of staff and contractors, their average salary appears to be more than $110,000 (£90,000).

Meanwhile, the Foundation’s last tax return showed that its former executive director, Lila Tretikov, earned $308,149 (£251,000), plus another $18,213 (£15,000) in ‘other’ compensation, while former boss Sue Gardner was on roughly the same.

Are these amounts not excessive? Again the Foundation refused to answer my questions about the subject.

Perhaps they feel no need. For theirs is a world where it has become troublingly easy to ignore awkward questions, or indeed everything, from a newspaper which an infinitesimally small number of their members happen to dislike.

Voir également:

‘We were wrong’: US news rating tool boosts Mail Online trust ranking after talks with unnamed Daily Mail exec
James Walker
Press Gazette
January 31, 2019

US news website rating tool Newsguard has changed its verdict on Mail Online after originally declaring the UK’s most-read news website failed to uphold “basic standards of accuracy or accountability”.

Newsguard now says the website “generally maintains basic standards of accuracy and accountability”. The start-up said the changes had been made following “discussions” with an unnamed Daily Mail executive

New York-based Newsguard runs a free extension for the Google Chrome and Microsoft Edge browsers that dishes out “red” and “green” ratings to news websites based on its judgement of their trustworthiness.

It was revealed last week that the ranking tool, which is included as an opt-in extension on Microsoft Edge’s mobile web app, handed Mail Online a red rating that put it on par with Kremlin-backed newsbrands RT and Sputnik.

When the browser extension is installed, red or green shields appear to give Newsguard’s appraisal of the website, which it calls “nutrition labels”.

In its previous “red” rating for Mail Online, Newsguard claimed it failed on six counts:

  • To gather and present information responsibly
  • Handle the difference between news and opinion responsibly
  • Avoid deceptive headlines
  • Reveal who is in charge and potential conflicts of interest
  • Provide the names of content creators with contact information
  • Repeatedly published false content.

In its new “green” label for the website, Newsguard has rowed back on its previous claims about deceptive headlines, publishing false content and the failure to reveal who is in charge along with conflicts of interest.

It still regards Mail Online as failing to gather and present information responsibility, handle the difference between news and opinion responsibly and provide the names of content creators with contact information.

In its editor’s note on the updated “nutrition label” for Mail Online, Newsguard said: “This label now has the benefit of the dailymail.co.uk’s input and our view is that in some important respects their objections are right and we were wrong, which we think demonstrates the value of the transparency and accountability that imbues what we do.”

Newsguard said the Daily Mail executive pointed out that it had relied too heavily on complaints filed with watchdog the Independent Press Standards Organisation when making a judgement on whether or not the site repeatedly published fake news.

Newsguard accepted that point and said it “should not be over-relying on IPSO’s process for our judgement on this criterion” and also needed to consider the number of IPSO complaints levelled at a publication against how much content it publishes.

Mail Online publishes some 1,500 stories per day – well over half-a-million per year. It has 12m average daily unique browsers, according to circulation auditor ABC.

The “red” ratings for deceptive headlines was reversed after Newsguard similarly considered the number of Mail Online stories that carried misleading headlines versus those that did not.

The Mail executive also challenged the media start-up’s claim that it failed to handle the difference between news and opinion responsibly, pointing out that UK newspapers “have long-held politically oriented viewpoints … and that this is a widely accepted practice in British journalism”.

Newsguard said it would not change Mail Online’s “red” rating on that criteria because there was no “disclosure of its conservative orientation” on its website.

The start-up said the Mail executive agreed with its point on revealing who was in charge and possible conflicts of interest and has put more information about editorial leadership on its website.

Newsguard has claimed more than 500 online news outlets have “improved their journalism practices” based on its nine trustworthiness factors, which are:

  • Not repeatedly publishing false content
  • Gathering and presenting information responsibly
  • Regular corrections and clarifications (where necessary)
  • Handling the difference between news and opinion responsibly
  • Avoiding deceptive headlines
  • Disclosing ownership and source(s) of financing
  • Clearly labels advertising
  • Reveals who is in charge and any conflicts of interest
  • Provides name of content creators with either contact or biographical information.

It said that Mail Online, Reuters and Yahoo News are among those that have improved practices as a result of its browser extension.

Newsguard co-chief executive Steven Brill said: “We created Newsguard because we believe strongly that when news organizations are held to a high standard of accuracy and accountability, the result is good for both those news organizations and their readers.

“Our results thus far show that this is indeed the case. The most common side effect of what we do is for news organisations to improve their journalistic practices.”

Newsguard ratings are calculated by a leadership and analyst team that includes alumnus from The Week, the Wall Street Journal and the Associated Press.

Microsoft partnered with the firm in August last year as part of its Defending Democracy Program.

Brill told Press Gazette that Newsguard has so far rated the 2,000 most read news and information websites in the US – and that some UK publications happened to appear in that bracket.

It rates website on a 0 to 100 points scale, with 60 being the threshold between “green” and “red” rankings.

Each of the nine trustworthiness factors are weighted differently, with reporting true and accurate stories gaining the most points at 22 and providing information on “content creators”, such as journalist bios, the least at 5 points.

Voir de même:

The Daily Mail is an amoral cash cow, and the most effective way to reject the bile it prints is to never read it

Shortly after the Olympics opening ceremony, the Daily Mail published a great steaming turd of an article by a « journalist » called Rick Dewsbury. I won’t reproduce the whole sorry thing here, but suffice to say it was an unpleasant mix of contempt, misanthropy and thinly disguised racism. As he complained bitterly of the ceremony’s « politically driven multiculturalism », Dewsbury observed: « This was supposed to be a representation of modern life in England but it is likely to be a challenge for the organisers to find an educated white middle-aged mother and black father living together with a happy family in such a set-up. »

Every now and then the Daily Mail will publish an article that, even by its own dubious standards, is offensive to the point of unacceptable. Rick Dewsbury’s journalistic offal is the latest in a long line of these: from Richard Littlejohn’s declaration that the deaths of five women was « no great loss », to Samantha « don’t hate me because I’m beautiful » Brick. But it’s not the articles themselves that spark my curiosity; it’s the liberal reaction to them, which judging by form seems to be: 1. Angrily share the article as much as possible. 2 ????? 3. Close the Daily Mail.

I’ve often wondered whether the Daily Mail’s critics realise that the sole consequence of their actions is to increase traffic to its website, and whether next time they might consider cutting out the middle man by simply emptying the contents of their wallets on to Paul Dacre’s desk. I posed this question to those responding to the Dewsbury article and the answer I got was that, despite increasing the paper’s hit rate, it is nonetheless important to « expose » the Daily Mail. To which I ask, expose what? That a paper which once supported the Blackshirts is occasionally racist?

The blogger John Walker gave a more detailed answer. In a widely praised and shared article, he wrote:

« I still meet many people who do not understand how the Daily Mail is not just another tabloid, not just as bad as the rest of them, but instead something far more despicable and dangerous. It’s one of the most popular papers in Britain, and when we say, ‘Just ignore it – they’re just trying to get hits,’ I shudder. We do not ignore evil – we challenge it and get angry about it. »

For me, this is where it all gets a bit ridiculous. The Daily Mail is not some kind of bigoted Sauron, casting a shadow over the citizens of middle England. There is no grand conspiracy; no ideological plan to make everyone that little bit worse. The Daily Mail is an amoral cash cow; one that knows its readers frighteningly well, and makes money by appealing to their very worst instincts. For all the sexism contained therein, as Kira Cochrane pointed out some months ago, the Daily Mail has more female bylines than any other newspaper – for the simple reason that the majority of its readers are female. In other words, this is a newspaper operating upon mercenary, not malevolent principles.

The editors of the Daily Mail don’t think their readers are nice people; they think they’re small-minded, curtain-twitching misers, largely because that’s what the editors are like as well. As a Daily Mail journalist once put it to me, « There is no conspiracy with the Mail. It’s just what you get when you have a newspaper run by [censored]. »

But don’t take my word for it: read Private Eye, which will tell you that the Mail’s morning editorial conference is nicknamed « The Vagina Monologues » by staff, because of the liberty with which Paul Dacre dispenses the c-word. Or a New Yorker piece on the Mail, where journalist Lauren Collins asked picture editor Martin Clarke why he was publishing a picture of an acne-ridden actress. His response was not that he wished to ensure women’s sexual and social oppression, but: « Well, we all just looked at the picture and went, ‘Yuck, look, she’s an actress in 90210, and she’s spotty.' »

Now I am not suggesting that angry liberals should attempt to peacefully co-exist with the Daily Mail – far from it. I am arguing that said liberals should know their enemy. See, the fact is: the Daily Mail doesn’t care that you’re angry. It only cares that you buy it. And if the Daily Mail lives for profit, then the most effective way to keep it in check is to hit it in the wallet.

How do we do that? I hear you cry. Well luckily, there are plenty of precedents. In 2008, the residents of Hackney persuaded the borough’s suppliers not to stock the Hackney Gazette unless it withdrew an advert in its pages for the BNP. The campaign worked and the Hackney Gazette agreed not to run the advert. And only last year, online activists persuaded advertisers in the News of the World to withdraw their custom after the hacking of Milly Dowler’s phone, which in part led to the newspaper’s closure.

So liberals, if you are serious about taking on the Daily Mail, stop clicking and start acting. And when you find yourselves getting fruitlessly angry the next time it publishes some swill, just remember the wisdom attributed to George Bernard Shaw: « I learned long ago, never to wrestle with a pig. You get dirty, and besides, the pig likes it. »

Voir de plus:

The judgment is not about sabotaging Britain’s EU exit. It’s about respecting democracy and getting the best deal possible

It has become painfully clear since June’s vote to leave the European Union that Theresa May’s government and its supporters have little or no idea where the country is heading. Lacking a plan or a shared philosophy, they are united by an arbitrary and destructive rush to the exit. Their hysterical reaction to last week’s unanimous high court ruling that Britain cannot quit the EU without parliament’s consent also reveals extraordinary ignorance about where we, as a country, have come from. It is dismaying that those who campaigned so passionately to reclaim British sovereignty appear not to have the first idea about their country’s long-established constitutional arrangements.

It is a fundamental principle of British democracy that parliament is sovereign. Not the government. Not the executive or a self-selecting clique within it. Certainly not this prime minister, who lacks a personal mandate. Sovereign power resides with our elected, representative parliament. This state of affairs did not come about by chance. A power struggle between the crown and its subjects raged almost unceasingly in the centuries following Magna Carta. The proposition that the monarch cannot rule without parliament’s consent lay at the heart of England’s serial 17th-century civil wars. The question was settled by the parliamentarians’ victory at the battle of Worcester in 1651. Parliament’s ascendancy was legally established in the Glorious Revolution of 1688, which spawned the landmark Bill of Rights.

It is also a long-established fact of British constitutional life that the country’s senior judges do not make domestic law. Their independent role is to interpret laws agreed by parliament, say what they mean and how and if they may be legally implemented. When Britain joined what was then the EEC, the European Communities Act, passed by parliament in 1972, incorporated many European laws into domestic law. Thus it is both illogical and ignorant to castigate the high court for doing its job and stating the constitutionally obvious: that having passed the act, only parliament can override it by consenting to activate article 50 of the Lisbon treaty.

Yet castigating the judges and by extension, anybody who has the effrontery to agree with them, is exactly what the hard Tory Brexiters and their accomplices in the lie factories of Fleet Street have resorted to with a venom, vindictiveness and vituperation remarkable even by their standards. The will of the people has been thwarted by an “activist” judiciary. These bewigged, closet Remainers, members of the fabled “well-heeled liberal metropolitan elite”, are “enemies of the people”, they shriek. Some of these sleaze-peddlers even dipped into homophobia, highlighting the sexual orientation of one of the judges. Inexcusable.

This is mendacious bile. It wilfully misunderstands the relationship between parliament, government and the judiciary. Partisanship is understandable, but this level of stupidity is unforgivable. It misleads and distorts – either deliberately or out of ignorance. As Hilary Benn pointed out yesterday, the high court judgment has nothing to do with defying the “will of the people”. As he explained, “the judgment is not to do with the fact that we will be leaving the European Union. It was a ruling on who starts the process, who fires the starting gun and in upholding the principle of parliamentary sovereignty… the judges said that since it was legislation that took us in, it should be parliament that takes the decision to start that process and not the government.”

Or here is Conservative MP and ex-attorney general Dominic Grieve speaking on Newsnight on Friday: “I was horrified at the newspaper coverage, which reminded me of Robert Mugabe’s Zimbabwe. The judges did exactly what was asked of them – they highlighted that our constitution does not allow you to overturn statute law by decree.”

The judiciary are at the heart of our commitment to the rule of law and those who question their legitimacy (because they disagree with their view) threaten to undermine a critical institution vital to our democracy. Yesterday, the Bar Council took the extraordinary step of asking the lord chancellor, Liz Truss, to condemn the “serious and unjustified” attacks on senior judges over the Brexit court ruling. Senior judges having to appeal to the lord chancellor to defend them from unjustified attacks, in Britain, in 2016?

Since 23 June, the country has loosed itself from tolerant, civil discourse – on both sides. The world has often looked to Britain as an example of a pluralist, inclusive democracy and a cultured, ordered and civil society. But that is changing. As the world looked at the response of politicians and the popular press to last week’s court judgment, many will have concluded that it had more in common with Sisi’s Egypt or Erdoğan’s Turkey than the Britain they thought they knew. A country that hounds, demonises and implicitly threatens its independent judiciary is one that toys menacingly with the very tenets of democracy.

We noted in these columns some weeks ago that Theresa May, who coined the phrase the “nasty party” to describe the Conservatives some years ago, was threatening to turn Britain into the nasty country. That is increasingly the message being sent across the world. It is also the message being sent to foreigners living here, including long-resident EU nationals now afraid to speak openly for fear of rebuke or worse.

Many more reasonable Brexit supporters have rightly distanced themselves from campaign to demonise the judges responsible for last week’s ruling. But the government’s ill-advised decision to appeal to the supreme court means judges sitting on England’s highest bench, who will consider the matter next month, may now also be subject to overt political pressure and similarly contemptuous, intimidatory invective. In Turkey or Burundi, such tactics by the state and its surrogates might not be considered surprising. But here?

What sort of country is Britain becoming that this sort of menacing behaviour is not only tolerated but implicitly encouraged by senior government ministers who fear, correctly, they are losing the argument? As has been repeated ad nauseam, the issue is not about reversing or somehow sabotaging the referendum result. It is about ensuring proper democratic scrutiny of the government’s negotiating positions, about ascertaining whether its approach advances the national interest rather than sectional, business and City interests. It is about getting the best deal for Britain.

The concerted assault on the judiciary comes in the context of wider institutional vandalism indulged by the hard Tory Brexiters and their international sympathisers and emulators. They would recklessly tear up nearly 45 years of carefully navigated British relationships with our European neighbours. The resulting damage to the economy and living standards is mounting fast.

Much worse is to come. In America, Donald Trump runs a presidential campaign based on fear, prejudice, ignorance and xenophobia, which he claims represents change, not abject regression, and threatens to reject the election outcome if it goes against him. The dire cost of Trumpism to America’s national unity and cohesion is already plain.

Across Europe, iconoclastic extremist and nationalist parties compete to demonstrate who is most intolerant, most hateful and best at scaring people. In France, their vile message may be working as presidential elections approach and the Front National gains ground. But hard Tory Brexiters do not see the link, deny any crossover, cannot understand how their institutional dumpster fire stokes nihilism and chauvinism. They dwell in their Little England bubble, detached from the real world or, as the high court said of their article 50 arguments, “divorced from reality”. Anybody who disturbs their narrative, such as Stephen Phillips, who resigned as a Conservative MP on Friday, is shunned as a blood foe. Nick Clegg, for daring to add his voice to the democratic debate over Brexit, is ridiculed. Will these people who hound reasonable public figures ever understand what a mature democracy involves? Formidable, robust, intelligent and reasoned debate.

As Dominic Grieve said: “Debate helps outcomes, suppressing it destroys it.” Would they rather our public discourse – and hence, public life – be characterised by childish slurs, homophobia, distortions and vicious rhetoric? That is where Britain is being driven by a new hard Brexit elite.

It behoves any sensible, reasonable public figure to recognise that a 52-48 referendum result is one where national cohesiveness matters. And while it delivered a mandate to exit the European Union, it did not give sweeping powers to brush aside challenges on the nature, timing and texture of that exit. There is a lack of reason on both sides of this debate and there is a danger that the public fissures that have opened up since June 23rd become wider still. We all have a responsibility to ensure that does not happen. As Iain Martin says elsewhere on these pages, “Neither set of extremists is representative of, nor has a majority in, parliament or the country. What becomes ever more apparent over Brexit is that there is a need for an alliance between moderate (of which there are many) Leavers and moderate Remainers, those who regret the result on 23 June but accept it.”

The truth is, hard Tory Brexiters are fearful of losing the argument. The truth is there is little confidence that May can keep her head and rein in the irresponsible fantasies of her more wild-eyed colleagues. The truth is, May has already shown a talent for wrong-headedness, an instinct for the bad call, as seen with Hinkley Point, grammar schools, child obesity and Nissan subsidies. She appears unable to grasp the EU’s blunt insistence that access to the single market cannot be divorced from freedom of movement.

The disdain, scepticism and bewilderment of Britain’s EU partners is wounding. At last month’s Brussels summit, her first, May was kept waiting until the early morning before being allowed to deliver a short statement on Brexit. She was listened to in silence. Nobody deigned to respond. On Friday, her calls to Germany’s Angela Merkel and the commission president, Jean-Claude Juncker, when she tried to persuade them, implausibly, that her March deadline for article 50 still stood, were embarrassingly brief. Few in Europe now believe Britain’s government has a roadmap.

In such circumstances, it is imperative that parliament, now given its chance – and reminded of its duty – to shape Britain’s future course by the high court, steps up to the mark. For too long, too many MPs who support continued EU membership (a majority overall) have been cowering in silence, fearful that any expression of unease over the Brexit process will be misrepresented as a bid to overturn the referendum result. No one disputes the result of the referendum, or the social, cultural and political tensions that delivered it, but it is right that the manner of our exit are properly scrutinised. That has yet to be decided. And parliament, rightly, has a role to play.

To be worthy of its sovereign status, both Houses of Parliament should now inject themselves into the Brexit process. This means cross-examining ministers and demanding a green paper on the government’s plans. It means proposing alternative strategies. It means amending and, if need be, discarding wrong-headed approaches. And it means the holding of binding votes not only on when article 50 should be triggered but also on the final terms of any eventual exit agreement.

In short, parliament must be ready to exercise veto power over any Brexit deal that does not ultimately serve the national interest – because this government simply cannot be trusted not to deliver serious economic self-harm on the altar of blind ideology. It is a tall order. The growing prospect of an early general election, should May continue to trip, fumble and flop, presents many MPs with an existential dilemma: whether to vote with their conscience and uphold the democratic rights of parliament and their constituents or be pushed and pulled along by a populist tide, propelled by lies. Most Labour MPs, for example, represent constituencies where a majority voted Leave. It is still likely that last week’s ruling proves a pyrrhic victory, by provoking an early election that, with the current dire state of the Labour party, will give May an enhanced majority. Thus, we will have a parliament with fewer teeth and providing less scrutiny or push-back than is required.

Perhaps prodded by the shadow Brexit minister, Keir Starmer, the Labour leader, Jeremy Corbyn, could be stirred from his lethargic ambivalence over Europe. If the Liberal Democrats and Scottish Nationalists add their voice, as Nicola Sturgeon suggests they will, in opposition to any hasty Brexit “plan”, and if the House of Lords finds the courage, as it has in the past, to challenge unwise and overweening executive power, it is possible a sensible path forward acceptable to the country as a whole – and to Europe – can yet be found.

Last week, independent judges courageously stood up for constitutional governance in Britain and, defying the bullies, did their job. Now parliament must follow suit.

Voir par ailleurs:

Michael Wolff Talks ‘Siege,’ Trump, Journalism and His Definition of Truth
“I’m a New York guy,” the author says. “Trump is a New York guy. In the end, we know a lot of the same people.”
Michael M. Grynbaum
The New York Times
May 30, 2019

“Fire and Fury: Inside the Trump White House,” Michael Wolff’s account of President Trump’s early tenure, sold more than four million copies, spawned a TV deal, prompted the president to threaten legal action and led to the ouster of Stephen K. Bannon from the White House and Breitbart News.

On Tuesday, Mr. Wolff returns with a sequel, “Siege: Trump Under Fire.” Author and subject seem well-matched: A pair of acid-tongued gossipmongers fixated on the foibles of New York’s elite, Mr. Wolff and Mr. Trump are gifted storytellers who are unafraid to punch back.

But the similarities extend in less flattering ways. “Fire and Fury,” which portrayed a president with a strained relationship to the truth, raised questions about Mr. Wolff’s own adherence to the facts. Minor errors cropped up; anecdotes were denied. On “Saturday Night Live,” Fred Armisen, in Mr. Wolff’s thick glasses and bald pate, dismissed questions about the book’s accuracy.

“Look, you read it, right?” Armisen-as-Wolff said. “You liked it? You had fun? Well, what’s the problem?”

The new book’s claims range from the intriguing — Mr. Wolff writes that Alan Dershowitz asked for a million-dollar retainer to defend Mr. Trump, a claim Mr. Dershowitz said on Wednesday was “completely, categorically false”— to the lurid, including a description based on a secondhand source of a supposed encounter between Mr. Trump and an unnamed woman aboard his private jet before his presidency.

In an interview at his Manhattan townhouse on Tuesday — his first public comments about “Siege” — Mr. Wolff, 65, praised his reporting, defended his reliance on Mr. Bannon as a source and explained why he had little use for the usual fact-checking procedures valued by reporters at mainstream news outlets.

He was trending on Twitter at the time of the interview. A spokesman for the special counsel, Robert S. Mueller III, had issued a rare statement denying a central claim of “Siege,” which had just leaked out: that Mr. Mueller’s team had drafted an indictment of Mr. Trump on obstruction charges that was never used. Edited and condensed excerpts from the conversation with Mr. Wolff follow.

I’m surprised you’re not fielding calls from your lawyer.

I fielded.

The special counsel denied that the documents you describe in “Siege” exist. Do you want to respond?

I would only say my source is impeccable, and I have no doubt about the authenticity and the significance of the documents.

How did you find all these sources? After “Fire and Fury,” weren’t you persona non grata in the West Wing?

Everybody continued to talk to me. When “Fire and Fury” came out, I thought Steve Bannon would certainly never speak to me again, and the truth is, he never stopped speaking. But the other element of this is — I think a key one — is I’m a New York guy. Donald Trump is a New York guy. In the end, we know a lot of the same people. There is this conversation among these people about Donald Trump. And I am fortunate to be in that loop.

You wrote “Fire and Fury” with physical access to the White House. Did you have that this time?

I have not been in the White House for this book, no. But a very large percentage of the people who spoke to me for the first book have continued to speak to me for the second book. Partly because they can’t stop talking about Donald Trump, and I’m a good listener. But also because I think the portrait in the first book worked for them.

Did you seek an interview with the president?

No.

Why not?

He tried to stop the publication last time. I think that would be a fool’s errand, to invite the president of the United States to come down on you.

Arguably, Trump’s anger was an accelerant for the sales of the book.

As it turned out. But at that moment, it didn’t feel like that was what it was going to be.

You felt concerned?

Yeah! If the president of the United States comes after you, you feel concerned.

In your author’s note, you write that “Siege” captures “an emotional state rather than a political state” of the presidency.

I’ve said many times: I’m not a Washington reporter. And Washington reporters, they do a great job. They do their job. I approached this as, that the more significant factor here, beyond policy, was buffoonery, psychopathology, random and ad hominem cruelties. In a way, my thesis is that this administration, this character, needed a different kind of writer.

Is there an argument you wanted to make in “Siege”?

The argument is, this was a wholly different kind of president, a wholly different kind of administration. And even beyond that, you have this figure that is strangely isolated. It’s really just Donald Trump. There really isn’t a government functioning here. I think the historical understanding is that the presidency changes the person who holds the office. I think the reverse is true here — he’s changed the White House into the Trump Organization.

Steve Bannon no longer works in the White House and has been cast out from Trump’s inner circle. How much should we trust in what Bannon has to say?

I’ve been sorting this now for actually close to three years, so I think I have a fairly good sense of the reality quotient at any given point. But then I think you have to look to Bannon’s insights. When he says something, in my experience, he can often get right to the kernel, into the hub of the situation, where you say, ‘Damn, of course that’s it.’ Among the hundreds of people I have spoken to, he is the most insightful person about Donald Trump, about what makes him tick.

How many sources did you talk to for “Siege”?

150 people.

Critics of “Fire & Fury” said you were fast and loose with facts.

I think every successive account has only confirmed what was in “Fire and Fury.” And often months, or years, later.

What did you make of Fred Armisen’s impression of you?

When you get portrayed on “Saturday Night Live,” you take it any way you can get it.

In some ways, that caricature captured the central skepticism around your book.

I would push back against that. Literally every book, every account since has either repeated “Fire and Fury” in many of its specifics, or confirmed virtually everything that I wrote about in that book.

Do you think you’ll get flak from other journalists for “Siege”?

I assume so.

In “Siege,” you quote a witness — a former sound engineer on “The Apprentice” named Erik Whitestone — who describes episodes of what could be construed as sexual misconduct by Trump before his taking office. Did you seek a response from Trump?

I did not. As I say, I didn’t contact Donald Trump at all. But why would you? Literally, this is not a man who is going to suddenly at this point of his life ’fess up to being a sexual harasser.

Were you able to speak with the women involved?

No. I’m just reporting this person’s account of his life with Donald Trump.

Whitestone struck you as credible?

Wholly.

You also write that Fox News provided questions ahead of time for its interview with Brett Kavanaugh during his Supreme Court nomination fight. Did you ask Fox for comment?

No, but, again — it’s a difference between an institutional reporter and a non-institutional reporter. I don’t have to ask the silly questions.

Are they silly if it’s a matter of fact in the book?

Yes, because can you imagine a circumstance under the sun in which Fox would come clean on that?

[Contacted on Wednesday, Fox News called Mr. Wolff’s claim “pure fiction.”]

But “Siege” went through a fact-checking period?

Of course.

And that did not include reaching out to —

I actually don’t believe, if you know the answer, it is necessary to go through the motions of getting an answer that you are absolutely certain of.

Just to be clear, by “answer,” you mean the response you would hear from the subject?

Yes.

I guess I’d press you again on fact-checking.

It’s a distinction between journalists who are institutionally wedded and those who are not. I’m not. You make those pro forma calls to protect yourself, to protect the institution. It’s what the institution demands. I’m talking about those calls where you absolutely know what the response is going to be. They put you in the position in which you’re potentially having to negotiate what you know. In some curious way, that’s what much journalism is about. It’s about a negotiated truth.

For someone else, a book writer, I don’t have to do that. When I know something is true, I don’t have to go back and establish some kind of middle ground with whoever I’m writing about, which will allow me at some point to go back to them.

As a journalist, is there a responsibility to seek out the subject’s side of the story? To gather as much information as you can?

As a journalist — or as a writer — my obligation is to come as close to the truth as I possibly can. And that’s not as close to someone else’s truth, but the truth as I see it. Remember, it’s a difference between a book and something else — you don’t have to read my book, you don’t have to agree with my book. But at the end of the day, what you are going to know is that it is my book. It is my vision. It is my report on my experience. It’s not put together by a committee. What you do is a committee project at some point. What I do is not. And I’m not saying one is better than the other, they’re just different functions.

Is “Siege” a work of journalism?

Of course.

Voir aussi:

Michael Wolff’s trip inside Trumpworld, and inside the president’s head, with Steve Bannon as guide
Ryan Lizza
The Washington Post
May 29 2019
Ryan Lizza is a senior political analyst for CNN and chief political correspondent for Esquire.

The author’s note that opens “Siege,” Michael Wolff’s sequel to “Fire and Fury” — which documented President Trump’s first year in office, much of it through the anonymous musings of Steve Bannon — reads like the scene-setting crawl at the start of a Star Wars movie. The reader learns that Wolff’s new account begins in February 2018, when the “president’s capricious furies have been met by an increasingly organized and methodical institutional response” and Trump’s “own government, even his own White House, has begun to turn on him.” Instead of cutting to Hoth, the distant ice planet in “The Empire Strikes Back” that’s home to the struggling rebellion, we soon cut to Bannon’s kitchen table.

Bannon has been driven out of the White House by Trump and dumped by his financial patrons, the Mercers, and has set up shop in a shabby Capitol Hill townhouse, theatrically known as the Embassy, which, it slowly becomes clear, might as well be Hoth. It takes 193 pages, but we eventually learn that Bannon hasn’t talked to Trump since he was fired.

That doesn’t prevent Wolff from centering the entire narrative on the president’s former aide. So the new Wolff book is much like the last one: a sail through the Trump diaspora and inside the president’s head with Bannon as the cruise director. But also like the last book, “Siege” is ultimately crippled by three flaws: Wolff’s overreliance on a single character, and one who is now more distant from the action; factual errors that mar the author’s credibility; and sourcing that is so opaque it renders the scoops highly suspicious and unreliable.

For long stretches of “Siege,” Trump and the White House staff disappear and the reader is subjected to a tedious ticktock of Bannon’s travels and his plotting from the Embassy, where he pontificates throughout 2018 about how the Republicans will win the midterms (they didn’t), how his nationalist project is still ascendant in the GOP (it isn’t), how Robert Mueller will destroy the Trump presidency (he didn’t), and how Bannon himself may have to replace Trump and run for president in 2020, with Sean Hannity as his running mate (we’ll have to wait for Episode III).

In the acknowledgments, Bannon is the only named source whom Wolff thanks, praising him effusively and, in an allusion to Dante’s “Divine Comedy,” calling him “the Virgil anyone might be lucky enough to have as a guide for a descent into Trumpworld.” In reality Bannon is more like Wolff’s Farinata, the former Florentine political leader whom Dante portrays as banished to the circle of hell for heretics, where, alone in his tomb, he still obsesses about his own era in politics but has no access to current events unless one of the dead brings him a snippet of news from the center of power.

In “Siege,” the dead arrive at Bannon’s doorstep in the form of former Trump aides such as Corey Lewandowski, David Bossie, Sam Nunberg and Jason Miller, and Wolff, like many other Washington reporters, absorbs a mix of gossip, misinformation and occasional insight that the outer rings of Trump advisers are famous for circulating.

This rogues’ gallery of Trump hangers-on that Wolff seems to depend on is sometimes presented as a group of devoted ideological rebels trying to keep the flame of true MAGA alive. According to Wolff, several of them, usually working through Hannity, who has better access to the president, press Trump on issues like building the border wall or declaring a national emergency over immigration. Bossie and Lewandowski “weren’t operatives, they were believers,” Wolff credulously reports, a statement that will generate guffaws among Republicans. But mostly, Bannon’s knitting circle is involved in low-level score-settling — often against then-White House Chief of Staff John Kelly and Trump son-in-law Jared Kushner — and making money off their association with Trump. Lewandowski and Bossie hawk a conspiracy book about the “deep state” even though, according to Wolff, Bannon tells their ghostwriter that “none of this is true.”

Wolff’s rebels and Trump are co-dependent but clear-eyed about each other. Trump, Wolff writes, likes Lewandowski more than his own sons, even though he derides him as an “ass kisser.” Trump says Bossie, who unsuccessfully maneuvers to become chief of staff, is “shifty.” Nunberg is mocked by the president for living with his parents, and Wolff quotes Trump remarking of Miller, “I get the people who no one else wants.”

Likewise, they have no illusions about Trump. Wolff summarizes the view of the president from the ragtag Embassy team: Trump is a “clown,” an “idiot” and a “nutter.”

Bannon’s core political project of attaining power by stoking racial resentment is left uncriticized by Wolff. (In case there is any doubt about this, Bannon tells Wolff: “If you voted for Trump, every picture of a Mexican immigrant, a parent or a child, together or apart, reconfirms that vote.”) Wolff’s obsession with documenting Bannon’s every thought, while remaining uninterested in the reality of the racial politics unleashed by him and Trump, reaches peak hilarity when he earnestly quotes Bannon’s dissection of whether the president is an anti-Semite (probably not) or a racist (probably). While many who have studied Trump — for a fraction of the time that Wolff has — have easily made up their minds on the issue, Wolff, who quotes Trump making racist and anti-Semitic remarks and calling Mexicans “wetbacks,” writes that whether he is a racist or not is “a rosebud riddle.”

However, Bannon’s frequently shrewd observations make it clear why Wolff finds him irresistible. The author is mostly interested in Trump’s psychology. He is adept at documenting the president’s lunacy, and Bannon is frequently an able fellow shrink. For example, he credibly theorizes that Trump’s inevitable disgust with anyone who works for him is a natural outgrowth of his alleged self-hatred. “Hating himself, he of course comes to hate anyone who seems to love him,” Bannon tells Wolff. “If you seem to respect him, he thinks he’s put something over on you — therefore you’re a fool.”

But the idea that Wolff is documenting some larger ideological struggle in the Trump GOP is mostly familiar Bannon spin. According to Wolff, Lewandowski reports that “he had almost wet himself” during a White House confrontation with Kelly, a former Marine, who grabbed Lewandowski by the collar outside the Oval Office. What Wolff leaves out about this well-known episode, first reported by the New York Times, is that Kelly was yelling at Lewandowski for trying to profit off Trump’s presidency. Wolff also ignores, perhaps because of his publishing deadline, that Bossie was officially excommunicated from Trumpworld in May when the Trump campaign suggested he was running a “scam group” that was “interested in filling their own pockets with money from innocent Americans’ paychecks.” Believers indeed.

Wolff’s broad conceptual error — that the real heart of Trumpism is heroically being kept alive by Bannon’s band of true-believing outsiders — would be forgivable if the book wasn’t marred by two more strikes: some cringeworthy errors, and sourcing that is so opaque it renders the extremely fun and juicy quotes sprinkled across every chapter as — sadly — difficult to trust.

Wolff reports that he had two fact-checkers assigned to the book, but they apparently weren’t enough. He writes that after Ty Cobb left the White House, Trump’s only lawyers were Jay Sekulow and Rudy Giuliani (whom he describes as “drunk on a bid for further attention, or just drunk”). Wolff seems not to know that Trump hired Jane and Martin Raskin, whose names do not appear in the book, to deal with the Mueller probe. He writes that Russians hacked the email account of John Podesta and servers at the Democratic National Committee after July 27, 2016, the day Trump famously called on Russia to find Hillary Clinton’s missing emails. That’s wrong. The Podesta hack happened in March, the DNC hack happened in April, and the fruits of those hacks had already been released, which is why Trump made the comment.

Wolff observes that reporting on Trump is difficult because the president and many of the people who work for him or advise him lie indiscriminately. Other reporters have faced this dilemma by maximizing the number of sources needed to confirm the many rumors that swirl around Trump and by generally increasing transparency to retain reader trust in an environment where the president regularly attacks truthful reporting as fake.

Wolff takes a different approach. Dramatic scoops are plopped down on the page with no sourcing whatsoever. Would-be newsmaking quotes are often attributed to Trump and senior officials without any context about when or to whom they were made.

Wolff clearly relies on the work of dozens of other reporters on the Trump beat, but because he rarely uses any attributions, the reader never knows whether a fact he’s relaying comes from him or elsewhere. For example, he writes that Kushner was briefed by intelligence officials that his friend Wendi Deng might be a Chinese spy. The reader would be forgiven for thinking this was another Wolff scoop, rather than a major exclusive reported by the Wall Street Journal in early 2018.

The cutting comments Wolff attributes to Trump certainly sound like the president: “the stupidest man in Congress” and a “religious nut” (Mike Pence); “gives me the creeps” (Karen Pence); “feeble” (John Kelly); “a girl” (Kushner); “looks like a mental patient” (Giuliani); “a pretty stupid boy” who “has too many f—ing kids” (Donald Trump Jr.); “men’s shop salesmen” (Republican House candidates); “ignoramuses” (Trump’s communications team); “the only stupid Jew” (Michael Cohen); “a dirty rat” (former White House counsel Donald McGahn); a “virgin crybaby” who was “probably molested by a priest” (Brett Kavanaugh); “the poor man’s Ann Coulter” (Kellyanne Conway); “sweaty” (Stephen Miller). But the lack of sourcing transparency and footnotes does not inspire confidence.

By far the biggest scoop in the book is a document that Wolff alleges is a draft indictment, eventually ignored, of the president from inside the special counsel’s office. In addition to the alleged indictment, Wolff reports on several interesting and newsworthy memos outlining Mueller’s legal strategy for what to do if Trump pardoned Michael Flynn or tried to shut down the investigation. These documents, if verified, would rescue the book, because they offer the first real glimpse inside the nearly airtight Mueller operation.

On Tuesday, the special counsel’s office issued a rare on-the-record statement insisting that the “documents described do not exist.”

Siege
Trump Under Fire

By Michael Wolff

Henry Holt. 335 pp. $30

Voir de même:

Bannon described Trump Organization as ‘criminal enterprise’, Michael Wolff book claims
Former White House adviser says financial investigations will take down president in sequel to Fire and Fury
Edward Helmore
The Guardian
29 May 2019

The former White House adviser Steve Bannon has described the Trump Organization as a criminal entity and predicted that investigations into the president’s finances will lead to his political downfall, when he is revealed to be “not the billionaire he said he was, just another scumbag”.

The startling remarks are contained in Siege: Trump Under Fire, the author Michael Wolff’s forthcoming account of the second year of the Trump administration. The book, published on 4 June, is a sequel to Fire and Fury: Trump in the White House, which was a bestseller in 2018. The Guardian obtained a copy.

In a key passage, Bannon is reported as saying he believes investigations of Donald Trump’s financial history will provide proof of the underlying criminality of his eponymous company.

Assessing the president’s exposure to various investigations, many seeded by the special counsel Robert Mueller during his investigation of Russian election interference, Wolff writes: “Trump was vulnerable because for 40 years he had run what increasingly seemed to resemble a semi-criminal enterprise.”

He then quotes Bannon as saying: “I think we can drop the ‘semi’ part.”

Bannon, a leading promoter of far-right populism, was a White House adviser until August 2017, when he was removed. He was a major source for Fire and Fury, also first reported by the Guardian. Among other claims in that book, he labelled as “treasonous” an infamous Trump Tower meeting between Donald Trump Jr, Trump’s son-in-law Jared Kushner, campaign manager Paul Manafort and a Russian lawyer.

Amid publicity surrounding Fire and Fury, Bannon was ejected from circles close to Trump and his position at Breitbart News.

In Siege, Wolff pays close attention to Trump’s financial affairs. Investigations into Trump’s business dealings, spearheaded by the southern district of New York, have shuttered the president’s charity and seen the Trump Organization chief financial officer, Allen Weisselberg, receive immunity for testimony in investigations of Michael Cohen, the former Trump attorney and fixer who is now in jail in New York.

This month, the New York Times obtained tax information that showed Trump’s businesses lost more than $1bn from 1985 to 1994.

The newspaper subsequently reported that in 2016 and 2017, Deutsche Bank employees flagged concerns over possible money laundering through transactions involving legal entities controlled by the president and Kushner. Some of the transactions involved individuals in Russia.

The bank did not act but Congress and New York state are now investigating its relationship with Trump and his family. Deutsche Bank has lent billions to Trump and Kushner companies. Trump has attempted to block House subpoenas for his financial records sent to Deutsche Bank.

In Siege, Wolff quotes Bannon saying investigations into Trump’s finances will cut adrift even his most ardent supporters: “This is where it isn’t a witch hunt – even for the hard core, this is where he turns into just a crooked business guy, and one worth $50m instead of $10bn.

“Not the billionaire he said he was, just another scumbag.”

Wolff also details a 2004 Palm Beach property deal involving the now disgraced financier Jeffrey Epstein and the Putin-friendly oligarch Dmitry Rybolovlev that, the author writes, earned Trump “$55m without putting up a dime”.

Epstein, he writes, invited Trump to see a $36m Palm Beach mansion he planned to buy. According to Wolff, Trump went behind Epstein’s back to buy the foreclosed property for around $40m, a sum Epstein had reason to believe Trump couldn’t raise in his own right, through an entity called Trump Properties LLC, which was entirely financed by Deutsche Bank.

Epstein, Wolff writes, knew Trump had been loaning out his name in real estate deals for a fee and suspected that in his case Trump was fronting for the property’s real owners. Epstein threatened to expose the deal. As the dispute increased, he found himself under investigation by the Palm Beach police.

According to Wolff, Trump made only minor improvements and put the house on the market for $125m. It was purchased for $96m by Rybolovlev, part of a circle of government-aligned industrialists in Russia, thereby earning Trump $55m without risking any of his own money.

Wolff presents two theories as to how the deal worked: first, perhaps “Trump merely earned a fee for hiding the real owner – a shadow owner quite possibly being funneled cash by Rybolovlev for other reasons beyond the value of the house”.

Second, he suggests the real owner of the house and the real buyer were one and the same. “Rybolovlev might have, in effect, paid himself for the house, thereby cleansing the additional $55m for the second purchase of the house.”

“This,” Wolff writes, “was Donald Trump’s world of real estate.”

Michael Wolff’s unbelievable — sometimes literally — tell-all about the Trump administration
Three takeaways from the new book on Trump
Aaron Blake
The Washington Post
January 3, 2018

Several news outlets published excerpts of Michael Wolff’s new book about the Trump campaign and the White House. And almost every word of it is unbelievable.

Some of it, literally so.

In one passage from “Fire and Fury: Inside the Trump White House,” Wolff recounts how Roger Ailes recommended former House speaker John A. Boehner (R-Ohio) to serve as Trump’s chief of staff. Trump’s response, according to Wolff: “Who’s that?”

Never mind that Trump had golfed with Boehner in 2013 and mentioned him several times on the 2016 campaign trail. Using the Donald Trump Factbase, I found Trump mentioning Boehner on the campaign trail at least four times: April 10, 2016; Nov. 30, 2015; Oct. 14, 2015; and Sept. 25, 2015. He also tweeted about him on Oct. 8, 2015, and Sept. 25, 2015 — that last date being when Boehner resigned as speaker during the 2016 campaign.

Is it possible Trump misheard the name or momentarily forgot who Boehner was? Sure. He may have even meant the “Who’s that?” as a slight to Boehner. But the impression Wolff seeks to leave is that Trump is a novice completely out of his element in the Oval Office. This was an anecdote meant to serve that narrative.

Other bold claims made in the book (New York magazine published a whole chapter) include a deal hatched by Jared Kushner and Ivanka Trump for Ivanka to one day run for president, Ivanka making fun of her father’s “comb-over” in private, Rupert Murdoch calling Trump a “f—ing idiot,” and Trump and his wife, Melania, not actually wanting to win the presidency and basically being disappointed that they had.

In another anecdote, billionaire Robert Mercer — a former Ted Cruz backer and Breitbart investor — offers Trump’s campaign $5 million, and Trump is clueless as to why Mercer would invest in him. “This thing,” Trump reportedly told Mercer of his campaign, “is so f—ed up.”

But Mercer couldn’t give $5 million to Trump’s campaign — not legally, anyway. He spent his money on Trump through a super PAC, which is independent of the Trump campaign and is subject to plenty of rules preventing coordination between the two.

Is it possible this was shorthand — or even that Mercer represented the money as a campaign contribution rather than super PAC spending? Again, sure. But it seems a weird thing not to address in the text.

Then there is the apparent re-created conversation between Stephen K. Bannon and Ailes, the New York Times’s Nick Confessore points out, which raises questions about accuracy.

As for the other claims, many are of the kind that has been whispered about but never reported on with any authority or certainty. Wolff has taken some of the most gossiped-about aspects of the Trump White House and put them forward as fact — often plainly stated fact without even anonymous sources cited.

In his introduction, Wolff acknowledges this is an imperfect exercise and often a daunting challenge. Here’s a key excerpt pulled by Benjy Sarlin:

Many of the accounts of what has happened in the Trump White House are in conflict with one another; many, in Trumpian fashion, are baldly untrue. Those conflicts, and that looseness with the truth, if not with reality itself, are an elemental thread of the book. Sometimes I have let the players offer their versions, in turn allowing the reader to judge them. In other instances I have, through a consistency in accounts and through sources I have come to trust, settled on a version of events I believe to be true.

In some ways, this is the tell-all that Trump’s post-truth presidency deserves. Trump’s own version of the truth is often subject to his own fantastic impulses and changes at a moment’s notice. The leaks from his administration have followed that pattern, often painting credulity-straining images of an American president. As the New York Times’s Maggie Haberman notes, that makes claims in Wolff’s book that would ordinarily seem implausible suddenly plausible.

But just because the administration doesn’t seem to have much regard for the truth and because there are all kinds of insane things happening behind closed doors doesn’t mean the truth isn’t a goal worth attaining. And in an environment in which the press is widely distrusted by a large swath of the American people — and overwhelmingly by Trump’s base — the onus is even more on accounts of his presidency to try to filter out the tabloid stuff.

Part of Trump’s mission statement is fomenting distrust of the press. Oftentimes the wild leaks that come from the White House seem to further that goal by giving the media juicy stories that will ring false to people who doubt reporters’ anonymous sources. Wolff even writes that it’s often Trump himself doing the gossiping about White House staff — which seems about right.

For whatever reason, Wolff seems to have arrived at a stunning amount of incredible conclusions that hundreds of dogged reporters from major newspapers haven’t. Whether that’s because he had unprecedented access — Wolff says he had “something like a semi-permanent seat on a couch in the West Wing” — or because his filter was just more relaxed than others, it’s worth evaluating each claim individually and not just taking every scandalous thing said about the White House as gospel.

Voir encore:

Michael Wolff, l’auteur qui déclenche « le feu et la fureur » de Trump
Washington – Le journaliste américain Michael Wolff est un habitué des controverses et son livre « Le feu et la fureur: dans la Maison Blanche de Trump » provoque depuis mercredi une tempête politique à Washington.
>AFP/L’Express
04/01/2018

Washington – Le journaliste américain Michael Wolff est un habitué des controverses et son livre « Le feu et la fureur: dans la Maison Blanche de Trump » provoque depuis mercredi une tempête politique à Washington.

L’éditorialiste multicarte (Hollywood Reporter, Vanity Fair, New York Magazine…), âgé de 64 ans, affirme avoir gravité pendant 18 mois autour de la galaxie Trump, de la campagne présidentielle à la Maison Blanche, et interrogé « plus de 200 » personnes, du président à ses proches collaborateurs.

Après l’élection surprise du candidat républicain, qu’il avait interviewé en juin 2016, il demande à Donald Trump un accès à la Maison Blanche, que le président élu ne lui refuse pas. Le journaliste devient alors « une mouche sur le mur« , se fondant dans le décor. Il fait le trajet New York-Washington chaque semaine pour devenir un habitué de l’aile Ouest, compilant dans son livre confidences des conseillers de la présidence et anecdotes croustillantes.

L’une d’elles, publiée mercredi par le quotidien britannique The Guardian, a déclenché les foudres du président américain. Dans un communiqué vengeur, il a accusé son ancien conseiller Stephen Bannon d’avoir « perdu la raison » pour avoir estimé que son fils aîné Donald Trump Jr. avait commis une « trahison » en rencontrant une avocate russe offrant des informations compromettantes sur Hillary Clinton.

Natif du New Jersey mais installé de longue date à New York, Wolff est le double lauréat du prix National Magazine, section commentaire (2002 et 2004). Son livre le plus connu, sorti en 2008, est consacré à un autre magnat, Rupert Murdoch (« The man who owns the news« ).

– ‘Omniscience’ –

En 2004, un portrait dans le magazine New Republic évoque un personnage « en partie éditorialiste mondain, en partie psychothérapeute, en partie anthropologue social (qui) invite les lecteurs à être une mouche sur le mur du premier cercle des magnats« .

Mais sa narration, basée sur des conversations ou des informations obtenues de source indirecte, ont semé le trouble et provoqué des réactions furieuses.

« Historiquement, l’un des problèmes avec l’omniscience de Wolff est que même s’il peut tout savoir, il a parfois tout faux« , écrivait le critique littéraire David Carr dans le Washington Post en commentant le livre sur Murdoch.

La journaliste britannique Bella Mackie, ancienne du Guardian, a estimé sur Twitter que son nouveau livre sur la Maison Blanche était « très divertissant » avant toutefois de mettre en garde que « si vous connaissez bien MW vous l’apprécierez mais ne prendrez pas tout pour argent comptant« .

La porte-parole de la Maison Blanche, Sarah Sanders, a fustigé le contenu du livre, affirmant qu’il contenait « beaucoup de choses complètement fausses« , assurant que Michael Wolff n’avait eu qu’une « brève conversation » téléphonique de 5 à 7 minutes avec le président depuis son investiture et qui n’avait « rien à voir » avec la présidence.

M. Trump, par la voix de ses avocats personnels, a demandé jeudi à M. Wolff et au responsable des éditions Henry Holt et Cie la non-publication du livre, qui doit sortir le 9 janvier, menaçant de les poursuivre pour diffamation, atteinte à la vie privée et malveillance.

Ils se basent notamment sur l’introduction du livre, où Michael Wolff admet que « beaucoup d’informations sur ce qu’il s’est passé à la Maison Blanche de Trump sont contradictoires; beaucoup, dans le style trumpien, sont simplement fausses« . Ces contradictions ou cette prise de liberté avec la vérité constituent « le fil » du livre, dit-il, ajoutant avoir publié « la version des évènements que je croyais vraie« .

Voir par ailleurs:

The MLK tapes: Secret FBI recordings accuse Martin Luther King Jr of watching and laughing as a pastor raped a woman, having 40 extramarital affairs – and they are under lock in a U.S. archive, claims author

    • The shocking unearthed tapes have been analyzed by biographer David Garrow
    • Material shows the scale of King’s philandering and claims he fathered a child
    • It also show how King looked on while Logan Kearse raped a parishioner
    • Revelations could lead to a ‘painful historical reckoning’ for the civil rights hero

Jack Newman
The Daily Mail
26 May 2019

Secret FBI tapes that accuse Martin Luther King Jr of having extramarital affairs with ’40 to 45 women’ and even claim he ‘looked on and laughed’ as a pastor friend raped a parishioner exist, an author has claimed.

The civil rights hero was also heard allegedly joking he was the founder of the ‘International Association for the Advancement of P***y-Eaters’ on an agency recording that was obtained by bugging his room, according to the sensational claims made by biographer David Garrow – a Pulitzer prize-winning author and biographer of MLK.

Writing in British magazine Standpoint, Garrow says that the shocking files could lead to a ‘painful historical reckoning’ for the man who is celebrated across the world for his campaign against racial injustice.

Along with many US civil rights figures, King was subject to an FBI campaign of surveillance ordered by Director J Edgar Hoover in an effort to undermine his power amid fears he could have links to the Communist Party.

The FBI surveillance tapes detailing his indiscretions are being held in a vault at the U.S. National Archives and are not due for release until 2027.

How J. Edgar Hoover kept incriminating evidence against the great and the good of American society

The first FBI director was responsible for making the intelligence service what it is today but used tactics which many thought were unethical.

Hoover was mainly concerned about what he considered to be ‘subversion’ and tens of thousands of suspected radicals were interviewed under his directorship.

Some believe Hoover exaggerated the potential dangers of these subversive characters.

He has also been criticised for going too far and overstepping his brief.

Hoover founded a covert ‘dirty tricks’ program under the name COINTELPRO to disrupt the Communist Party.

He went after big-name stars such as Charlie Chaplin, Malcolm X, Ernest Hemingway, Muhammad Ali, Jane Fonda and John Lennon.

He spied on the celebrities using methods such as wire-tapping, infiltration, forging documents and spreading false rumours.

Some have even alleged COINTELPRO incited violence and arranged murders.

In one particularly controversial incident, a white civil rights worker was killed by a member of the Ku Klux Klan who happened to also be an FBI informant.

The FBI then spread rumours that she was a Communist and abandoned her children to have sex with black people involved in the civil rights movement.

FBI records later showed that Hoover personally communicated these rumours to President Johnson.

Even President Nixon said he did not fire Hoover because he feared he had too much dirt on him.

Hoover’s actions came to be seen as abuses of power and the tenure of the FBI director was later limited to ten years.

But David Garrow, a biographer of King who won a Pulitzer Prize for his 1987 book Bearing the Cross about the Baptist minister, has unearthed the FBI summaries of the various incidents.

In an article to be published in Standpoint, Garrow tells how the FBI planted transmitters in two lamps in hotel rooms booked by King in January 1964, according to The Sunday Times.

FBI director J Edgar Hoover ordered the surveillance of King in an effort to undermine his power amid fears he could have links to the Communist Party.

The intelligence service carried out surveillance on a number of civil rights figures and suspected communists and they had an interest in smearing their reputation.

The recording from the Willard Hotel near the White House shows how King was accompanied his friend Logan Kearse, the pastor of Baltimore’s Cornerstone Baptist church who died in 1991, along with several female parishioners of his church.

In King’s hotel room, the files claim they then ‘discussed which women among the parishioners would be suitable for natural and unnatural sex acts’.

The FBI document says: ‘When one of the women protested that she did not approve, the Baptist minister immediately and forcefully raped her’ as King watched.

He is alleged to have ‘looked on, laugh and offered advice’ during the encounter.

FBI agents were in the room next door but did not intervene.

The following day, King and a dozen others allegedly participated in a ‘sex orgy’ engaging in ‘acts of degeneracy and depravity’.

When one woman showed reluctance, King was allegedly heard saying that performing the act ‘would help your soul’.

Senior FBI officials later sent King a copy of the incriminating tape and called him an ‘evil abnormal beast’ and his sexual exploits would be ‘on record for all time’.

The letter also suggested he should commit suicide before his wrongs were revealed to the world.

King’s philandering has long been suspected, however Garrow, who spent several months digging through the archive material, said he had no idea of the scale or the ugliness of it and his apparent indifference to rape until he saw the files.

He said: ‘It poses so fundamental a challenge to his historical stature as to require the most complete and extensive historical review possible.’

Among the revelations is a claim by a prostitute who said she was involved in a threesome with King, which she described as the worst orgy she had ever experienced.

His wife Coretta often complained he was hardly with her and even said he would spend less than 10 hours a month at home.

Who is David Garrow?

David Garrow’s biography of King earned him a Pulitzer Prize

The American historian and author, 66, has frequently written about the civil rights movement in the US.

His 1986 biography about King, Bearing the Cross, won the Pulitzer Prize for biography.

He has taught history at a number of universities across the US and also written about Barack Obama and reproductive rights.

The distinguished researcher detailed some of King’s affairs in his original biography but he said he was not aware of its scale until now.

He also published The FBI and Martin Luther King, Jr, a work that analyses the relationship between the intelligence service and the civil rights leader.

According to one FBI report, King even said: ‘She should go out and have some sexual affairs of her own.’

There is even a suggestion in the files that King fathered a daughter with a secret girlfriend in Los Angeles.

Both the mother and child are alive but refused to talk to Garrow.

Dr King was assassinated in 1968 by James Earl Ray but many conspiracy theories suggest that the government was involved.

Small-time criminal Ray was caught trying to board a plane at London Heathrow on a fake Canadian passport. He pleaded guilty to the killing and quickly recanted, claiming he was set up.

The conviction stood and Ray died in prison at the age of 70 in 1998. He had been serving a 99-year jail term.

Marking the anniversary of Dr King’s assassination last year, President Donald Trump issued a proclamation in honour of Dr King, saying: ‘In remembrance of his profound and inspirational virtues, we look to do as Dr King did while this world was privileged enough to still have him.’

The president was heavily criticised by some speakers at MLK commemorations around the time of the anniversary as they complained of fraught race relations and other divisions since he was elected.

Thousands marched and sang civil rights songs to honour the fallen leader in April 2018.

Among the largest gatherings was a march through the Mississippi River city where the civil rights leader was shot dead on a motel balcony.

In the immediate aftermath of Dr King’s assassination there were race riots across the country, from Washington DC to Chicago and Baltimore.

A national day of mourning was later declared by then-President Lyndon B. Johnson following Dr King’s death.

From 1971 onwards Martin Luther King JR Day has been observed to remember him.

But it wasn’t until 2000 that all 50 states took part in the national holiday, the last three being Arizona, Utah and New Hampshire.

In 2016 the US Treasury Secretary announced that images from the iconic I Have A Dream speech would be among several to feature on the back of American bank notes from 2020.

Voir aussi:

The troubling legacy of Martin Luther King
Newly-revealed FBI documents portray the great civil rights leader as a sexual libertine who ‘laughed’ as a forcible rape took place
David J. Garrow
Standpoint
30/05/2019

Newly-released documents reveal the full extent of the FBI’s surveillance of the civil rights leader Dr Martin Luther King in the mid-1960s. They expose in graphic detail the FBI’s intense focus on King’s extensive extramarital sexual relationships with dozens of women, and also his presence in a Washington hotel room when a friend, a Baptist minister, allegedly raped one of his “parishioners”, while King “looked on, laughed and offered advice”. The FBI’s tape recording of that criminal assault still exists today, resting under court seal in a National Archives vault.

The FBI documents also reveal how its Director, J. Edgar Hoover, authorised top Bureau officials to send Dr King a tape-recording of his sexual activities along with an anonymous message encouraging him to take his own life.

The complete transcripts and surviving recordings are not due to be released until 2027 but when they are made fully available a painful historical reckoning concerning King’s personal conduct seems inevitable.

On January 31, 1977, US District Judge John Lewis Smith signed an extraordinary court order requiring the Federal Bureau of Investigation to surrender all the fruits of its extensive electronic surveillance of Martin Luther King, Jr to the National Archives. “Said tapes and documents,” Smith instructed, shall be “maintained by the Archivist of the United States under seal for a period of fifty years,” or until January 31, 2027.

However, in recent months, hundreds of never-before-seen FBI reports and surveillance summaries concerning King have silently slipped into public view on the Archives’ lightly-annotated and difficult-to-explore web site. This has occurred thanks to the provisions of The President John F. Kennedy Assassination Records Collection Act, which mandated the public release of tens of thousands of government documents, many of which got swept up into congressional investigations of US intelligence agencies predating Judge Smith’s order. Winnowing the new King items from amidst the Archive’s 54,602 web-links, many of which lead to multi-document PDFs that are hundreds of pages long, entailed weeks of painstaking work.

The FBI began wiretapping King’s home and Southern Christian Leadership Conference (SCLC) office in Atlanta on November 8, 1963, pursuant to Attorney General Robert F. Kennedy’s written approval. For the previous 18 months, the FBI had insistently told Kennedy that King’s closest and most influential adviser, New York attorney Stanley D. Levison, was a “secret member” of the Communist Party USA (CPUSA). Kennedy’s aides, and finally his brother—the President of the United States—warned King to cease contact with Levison, but King’s promised compliance was dissembling: he and Levison communicated indirectly through another attorney, Clarence Jones, who, like Levison, was himself already being wiretapped by the FBI. Presented with evidence of King’s duplicity, plus FBI claims that King had told Levison that he was a Marxist, a reluctant Attorney General approved the FBI’s request to place King under direct surveillance too.

Unbeknownst to Kennedy, part of the FBI’s motivation in seeking to tap King stemmed from something it had learned just prior to the August 28 March on Washington, when King had stayed at Jones’s wiretapped Bronx home to work on his soon-to-be-famous “I Have a Dream” speech. As one internal FBI memo reported, “King, who is married, maintains intimate relationships with at least three women, one in Atlanta, one in Mt Vernon, New York, and one in Washington, DC . . . King’s extramarital affairs while posing as a minister of the gospel leave him highly susceptible to coercion and possible blackmail,” presumably by knowledgeable communists.

Within weeks, the FBI’s wiretap on King’s Atlanta home confirmed the Bureau’s expectations. On December 15 King “contacted a girlfriend by the name of Lizzie Bell,” and the FBI mobilised to “determine more background information regarding this girl”. Six days later, “King was in contact with a girlfriend in Los Angeles”, Dolores Evans, the wife of a black dentist. California agents were tasked to investigate Evans “in connection with counter-intelligence program”, i.e. the Bureau’s subsequently notorious COINTELPRO dirty tricks playbook. That same day King was “in contact with another girlfriend, Barbara Meredith”, a member of his Ebenezer Baptist Church congregation, and “a file was opened on Barbara Meredith in order to determine more information regarding her background and activities in connection with counter-intelligence”.

Wiretap summaries like these were supposed to be sealed pursuant to Judge Smith’s 1977 order, but by then the Department of Justice had forced the FBI to share many of its King records with the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence Activities, often called the Church Committee after the name of its chairman, Idaho Democrat Frank Church. In turn, all of the FBI’s documents relating to the Church Committee and the subsequent House Select Committee on Assassinations came to be covered by the 1992 Kennedy assassination records act.

In December 1963, the information from the Atlanta wiretaps about King’s expansive private life whetted the FBI’s appetite for recordings more intrusive and graphic than could be obtained via telephone lines. Knowing how frequently King travelled to major US cities, the FBI resolved to plant microphone bugs in his hotel rooms. In this endeavour the prime decision-maker was not long-time FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover but Assistant Director William C. Sullivan, head of the Domestic Intelligence Division. With Supreme Court oral arguments in a case from Alabama, New York Times Co v. Sullivan—in which four black clergy supporters of King, plus the newspaper, had been socked with a $500,000 state court judgment—scheduled for January 6 and 7, 1964, King and a variety of ministerial friends were scheduled to be in Washington, DC, for a three-night stay. Immediately after the new year, FBI Washington Field Office security supervisor Ludwig Oberndorf summoned the office’s senior “sound man”, Special Agent Wilfred L. Bergeron, as well as Special Agent William Welch, the office’s “hotel contact man”. Waiting in Oberndorf’s office was Assistant Director Sullivan, who told the assembled agents that “FBI interest in King was a national security matter” on account of his “communist contacts”, Bergeron told Church Committee interviewers in another newly-available document.

Welch had ascertained that King and his party would be staying at the historic Willard Hotel, on Pennsylvania Avenue just east of the White House, and Welch introduced Bergeron to a Willard manager who arranged for Bergeron to “survey” the rooms in question. Bergeron then “placed a transmitter in each of two lamps and then through the hotel contact, it was arranged to have the housekeeper change the lamps in two rooms which had been set aside for King and his party”. In two other nearby rooms Bergeron and fellow Special Agent William D. Campbell set up “radio receivers and tape recorders” prior to when King and his friends first checked in on January 5. Staying in one of the two targeted rooms was King’s friend Logan Kearse, the pastor of Baltimore’s Cornerstone Baptist Church and, like King, the holder of a PhD from the Boston University School of Theology. Kearse “had brought to Washington several women ‘parishioners’ of his church”, a newly-released summary document from Sullivan’s personal file on King relates, and Kearse invited King and his friends to come and meet the women. “The group met in his room and discussed which women among the parishioners would be suitable for natural or unnatural sex acts. When one of the women protested that she did not approve of this, the Baptist minister immediately and forcibly raped her,” the typed summary states, parenthetically citing a specific FBI document (100-3-116-762) as its source. “King looked on, laughed and offered advice,” Sullivan or one of his deputies then added in handwriting.

While that claim appears only as an annotation, other similar marginalia, e.g. “more on this” one page prior, suggest that Sullivan was seeking an expanded, more detailed indictment of King’s behaviour. The document’s recently-released final pages, narrating events until March 30, 1968, suggest that the unfinished revision was abandoned following King’s assassination on April 4. Without question Sullivan and his aides had both the microphone-transmitted tape-recording, and a subsequent full transcript at hand while they were annotating their existing typescript; in 1977 Justice Department investigators would publicly attest to how their own review of both the tapes and the transcripts showed them to be genuine and accurate. Throughout the 1960s, when no precedent for the public release of FBI documents existed or was even anticipated, Sullivan could not have imagined that his and his aides’ jottings would ever see the light of day. Similarly, they would not have had any apparent motive for their annotations to inaccurately embellish upon the actual recording and its full transcript, both of which remain under court seal and one day will confirm or disprove the FBI’s summary allegation.

At the Willard Hotel, King and his friends’ activities resumed the following evening as approximately 12 individuals “participated in a sex orgy” which the prudish Sullivan felt included “acts of degeneracy and depravity . . . When one of the women shied away from engaging in an unnatural act, King and several of the men discussed how she was to be taught and initiated in this respect. King told her that to perform such an act would help your soul.” Sometime later, in language that would reflect just how narrow Sullivan’s mindset was, “King announced that he preferred to perform unnatural acts on women and that he had started the ‘International Association for the Advancement of Pussy Eaters’.” Anyone familiar with King’s often-bawdy sense of humour would not doubt that quotation.

At FBI headquarters, an aide to the Bureau’s number three official, Alan H. Belmont, prepared a comprehensive summary of the Willard recordings: “We do not contemplate dissemination of this information at this time but will utilise it, together with results of additional future coverage, in our plan to expose King for what he is.” Hoover disagreed, instructing in his distinctive scrawl that White House liaison Cartha “Deke” DeLoach should show the summary memo to Walter Jenkins, President Lyndon Johnson’s top aide.

Within 24 hours of King’s return to Atlanta from the Willard, his wiretapped home phone gave the Bureau more raw material. King used a modest apartment at 3006 Delmar Lane NW, rented in the name of aide Fred Bennette, as a hideaway, and there on January 8 King met alone with the woman to whom he had become closest, SCLC citizenship education staffer Dorothy Cotton. Four days later “King was in contact with another girlfriend in New York by the name of Effie”, whom the FBI quickly identified. In early February agents listened in as “King’s wife became upset and berated King for not spending enough time at home with her. This happened at a time when King was at Fred Bennette’s apartment” and the wiretap indicated “he had Dorothy Cotton . . . in the apartment alone with him”.

Stanley Levison, a “secret” member of the Communist Party,  gave King $10,000 in cash in two years, the equivalent of $87,000 today, which was only discovered by an IRS probe

The Atlanta wiretaps kept the FBI fully apprised of King’s upcoming travels, and in mid-February King, SCLC aide Wyatt Walker and Baltimore’s Reverend Kearse all flew to Honolulu to rendezvous with Dolores Evans and at least one other woman. A sound squad from the Bureau’s San Francisco office, with microphones already in place, awaited them at the Hilton Hawaiian Village. But King’s party tired of Honolulu within 72 hours and flew to Los Angeles, where they spent one night at the Ambassador Hotel before moving to the Hyatt House near Los Angeles airport, where another squad of FBI agents quickly deployed in-room microphones while standing by to carry out photographic surveillance in public areas as well. On February 23 they snapped pictures of “Wyatt Walker, Dolores Sheffey, Dorothye Boswell and Martin Luther King, Jr and Dolores Evans”; the following day they filmed movie footage of King and Evans at the Hyatt House. Assistant Director Sullivan himself telephoned the Los Angeles office for updates, with the Special Agent in Charge (SAC) explaining that television noise plus jet planes made for less-than-ideal audio recordings. Los Angeles also notified Sullivan that Evans and her husband Theodore “are both scheduled to appear in court on March 4, 1964, concerning the granting of the interlocutory decree of divorce”.

Back in Atlanta, the SCLC office wiretap memorialised King’s friend Barbara Meredith recounting how at a small party “King got very drunk and made uncomplimentary remarks about some of the SCLC personnel”.  At FBI headquarters, desire for comprehensive scrutiny of King led to a tardy discovery that would have received far more attention had not executives become so preoccupied with King’s personal life. Supervisor Seymor Fred Phillips, who had direct charge of the King case, recommended to Sullivan that they obtain King’s tax returns from the Internal Revenue Service, and when King’s IRS file arrived in mid-March, it contained a previously unreported bombshell: in 1957 and 1958, Stanley Levison, who had first met King only at the very end of 1956, had arranged for King to receive a total of $10,000 in cash gifts—the equivalent of $87,000 in 2019 dollars—from himself and a close friend, 70-year-old Alice Rosenstein Loewi. In early 1961, the IRS had subjected King’s late 1950s’ returns to “investigative scrutiny” and determined that he owed an additional $1,556.02 but had had no fraudulent intent.

In April, 1961, King, Levison, and Chicago attorney Chauncey Eskridge, himself a former IRS agent, had met with an IRS investigator, but only in response to subsequent questions regarding “adjustments in King’s income” did King say that he had received $5,000 in each of those two calendar years. “This sounded like a complete fabrication,” the investigator opined in a December 12, 1961 memo, and seeing this information for the first time more than two years later, J. Edgar Hoover asked: “Doesn’t IRS intend to take some action?” No, a liaison agent reported, but “King’s current income tax return will be scrutinised very carefully to determine whether any violations appear.” Hoover responded: “What a farce!”

Phillips prepared an unremarkable memo to Attorney General Robert F. Kennedy reporting the new IRS information, but only in the fifth paragraph, on page two, was Levison’s responsibility for the $10,000 in gift income to King finally cited. In retrospect, the FBI’s failure to highlight Levison’s remarkable munificence towards his new friend is almost as startling as its failure to similarly emphasise to Kennedy how those gifts had taken place simultaneously with Levison’s ongoing contributions to the Communist Party. Levison’s substantial involvement in CPUSA fundraising through 1956, along with that of his twin brother Roy Bennett, has long been known, but FBI documents emphasised how “as of January, 1957, Stanley Levison and Roy Bennett were to become inactive in CP financial operations”. Although it previously has been known that Levison and Bennett continued making personal contributions to the CP until an explicit break in March, 1963, not until now have internal Bureau documents revealed the astonishing amounts involved: $25,000 in 1957, $12,000 in 1958, $13,000 in 1959, $12,000 in 1960, $12,000 in 1961 and at least $2,500 in early 1962. That total of $76,500 in 1960 dollars is the equivalent of more than $650,000 today.

The FBI’s failure ever to cite those figures in its warning memos to Kennedy, coupled in March 1964 with its failure to emphasise Levison’s simultaneous large gifts to King, inexplicably rendered its “secret member” allegation against Levison far less powerful than could have been the case. To have a reported “secret member” writing some of King’s speeches, as the FBI highlighted to Kennedy, was one thing, but the remarkable dollar amounts Levison was bandying about could have made for a much more striking portrayal than the FBI ever painted.

By March, 1964, when the FBI received the IRS information about King, it appears obvious in retrospect that Sullivan’s and Phillips’s intense fixation on King’s personal conduct had totally eclipsed their once-central concern over whether Levison was exerting subversive influence on King. The extent of that preoccupation was underscored in mid-May 1964, when the FBI’s Las Vegas office furnished headquarters with a detailed memo a Nevada Gaming Control Board agent had prepared after learning what had transpired when King, Wyatt Walker, and a Los Angeles minister friend had visited Las Vegas three weeks earlier.

Agent William H. Been had heard rumours that King had patronised a local prostitute and decided that given King’s “position as a God-fearing man of the cloth . . . perhaps a casual inquiry made to the prostitute in question might shed an interesting side light to King’s extra-curricular activities”. At 3 a.m. on May 16 Been met Gail LaRue, a married 28-year-old who had left four children from a prior marriage in Sheridan, Wyoming. Gail explained that at 2 a.m. on April 27, a hotel bellman had asked her to go to the New Frontier Hotel and see the well-known black gospel musician Clara Ward, whose Clara Ward Singers were performing there. In the lobby, Ward handed Gail $100 and told her: “I have a couple of friends in town that would like to meet you and have you take care of them.” Ward said “she was paying Gail . . . because these two men did not believe in paying a girl for her service and for Gail to keep quiet about receiving any money.”

Clara took Gail to the bar at the Sands Hotel and made a call on the house phone. Martin Luther King then appeared in the bar and took both women to his room, where all three began drinking. King phoned one of his colleagues and told him to “get your damned ass down here because I have a beautiful white broad here”. Then “both the Rev King and Clara Ward stripped naked and told Gail to do the same.” With Gail seated in a chair, “King went down on his knees and started nibbling on her right breast, while Clara Ward did the same with her left breast. Gail then stated, ‘I guess the Reverend got tired of that and put his head down between my legs and started nibbling on “that”.’ After a while he got up and told Clara Ward to try some of it, so Clara went down on Gail for a while. Gail stated, ‘I think Clara Ward is queer’.”

Then King had intercourse with Gail while Clara watched. “After what Gail stated seemed like hours, King rolled off and had another drink, then climbed back on for a second go around.” After King paused again, his friend showed up, had a drink, and had intercourse with Gail “while both Clara Ward and the Rev King watched the action from a close-by position”, with Clara sometimes stroking Gail as well. “Gail then stated that she was getting scared as they were pretty drunk and all using filthy language and at last she told Clara Ward she would have to go.” Clara informed King, who “then whispered in Gail’s ear, ‘I would like to try you sometime again if I could get you away from Clara’.”

Been wrote that “Gail stated to this investigator that ‘that was the worst orgy I’ve ever gone through’,” and added that she had declined a subsequent request from Clara Ward to get together again. Been’s three-page memo made its way to the FBI’s Las Vegas SAC, who had it retyped and labelled “Secret” for direct transmission to J. Edgar Hoover. On May 23, Been conducted a follow-up interview with Gail, and passed the additional information to Bureau agents two days later. Gail volunteered that both King and his friend had each asked her to perform oral sex on them with the words “Here—eat this,” which she claimed not to have done, but Been was dubious, telling the FBI that Gail “was not too emphatic in her denial”. In yet another direct report to Hoover, this one labelled “Top Secret”, Las Vegas agents reported that “a paramour of King’s from Los Angeles, Dolores Castillo”, was “known to have spent some time in King’s suite around midnight, April 26”, prior to King’s early-morning assignation with Gail LaRue and Clara Ward.

Unsurprisingly, in late May the wiretap on King’s home telephone overheard a conversation in which “King and his wife had an argument and information was brought out concerning King’s extra-marital activities”. At headquarters, Supervisor Phillips expressed displeasure that Atlanta agents had waited 48 hours before reporting what they had heard and instructed them to “furnish the Bureau, by communication marked for the personal attention of Assistant Director William C. Sullivan, any tape available concerning the reported conversation” or “the most detailed transcript available”. Atlanta case agent Bob Nichols quickly sent the tape, explaining that “the pronouns ‘he’ and ‘she’ used by both parties” made it “impossible to know the identities of the individuals to whom they are making reference”. Sullivan himself later wrote that Coretta King had told her husband that he was “not fulfilling his marital ‘responsibilities’” and “that if he spent ten hours a month at home, this would be an exaggeration”. Sullivan added that King “told her she should go out and have some sexual affairs of her own”.

Three weeks later King called Dolores Evans and they agreed to meet in Los Angeles on July 8. Soon after Kingreturned to Atlanta, a Ms Ruby Hubert of Los Angeles called him on SCLC’s wiretapped lines “and berated him for not seeing her or calling her when he was in Los Angeles, Calif., recently. King gave the excuse that he was in a conference and could not talk to her.” That very same day King “contacted his ‘hideout’ and told Fred Bennette . . . that he was bringing Dorothy Cotton . . . out to the hideout in a few minutes”. The following month, shortly before leaving for the Democratic National Convention in Atlantic City, New Jersey, “King told Dorothy Cotton that he had contacted Fred Bennette and everything was OK for the night of 8/19/64.”

The “special squad” coverage that the FBI’s Deke DeLoach deployed against civil rights advocates during the Democratic convention at the behest of President Johnson has long been a well-known story in the annals of FBI abuses, but the newly-released documents add memorable details to this infamous tale. Special Agent Ben Hale was able to pose as NBC correspondent “Bill Peters” thanks to how Robert ‘Shad’ Northshield, a much-heralded television news executive from the 1950s until the 1990s “and a long-time, well-established contact of my office, furnished us NBC credentials”, DeLoach boasted to Bureau superiors. The Bureau also deployed two of its few black agents, John M. Cary and William P. Crawford, to Atlantic City in “undercover assignment roles”. One of the men “successfully established contact with Dick Gregory”, the entertainer and activist, “and maintained this relationship throughout the course of the entire convention. By midweek, he had become one of Gregory’s confidants.” The Johnson White House was highly impressed, and every agent involved received a financial reward.

That same month, in another newly-available document, Assistant Director Sullivan told his boss, Alan Belmont, that the Domestic Intelligence Division would “develop highly placed, quality informants in certain legitimate organisations whose activities generally relate to racial matters”, such as the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP), the Congress of Racial Equality (CORE), the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC), and King’s SCLC.

Whether pursuant to that plan, or simply by happenstance, late in the summer of 1964 a young black man with an accounting background who had already worked as an FBI informant in both San Francisco and Little Rock moved to Atlanta and began “spending a lot of his spare time working on the books of the SCLC”, Atlanta Special Agent Donald P. Burgess wrote. James A. Harrison’s role as the FBI’s sole human informant inside SCLC’s Atlanta headquarters was first revealed by this author in 1981, but only now do new documents, available on the web following a Freedom of Information Act request, reveal Harrison’s pre-existing role as an FBI informant. On October 2 Agent Burgess recounted how “Harrison has completely ingratiated himself in the SCLC and is considered a staff member at present . . . Harrison has met and been in the home of Martin Luther King, Jr, and apparently meets with the approval of King.” At least weekly, Harrison informed Atlanta agents what was happening at SCLC, but his early reports featured only mundane office gossip.

On Wednesday, November 18, J. Edgar Hoover told a group of women reporters that King was “the most notorious liar” in the US, ostensibly because of how King had criticised southern FBI agents two years earlier. Hoover added “off the record” that King “is one of the lowest characters in the country”, but the “notorious liar” characterisation generated widespread headlines. King responded with a telegram telling Hoover that he was “appalled and surprised at your reported statement maligning my integrity” and with a public statement asserting that the 69-year-old Hoover “has apparently faltered under the awesome burden, complexities and responsibilities of his office”.

King professed “nothing but sympathy for this man who has served his country so well,” but in wiretapped phone conversations that were quickly passed to FBI headquarters, King instructed aides to ask civil rights allies to speak out so that Hoover would be “hit from all sides.” Hoover complained to his own aides that “I can’t understand why we are unable to get the true facts before the public” and that “we are never taking the aggressive.”

Now, more newly-available documents offer a far more detailed account of what then transpired on Saturday November 21 in what would become the most notorious episode in the FBI’s pursuit of King. At the Domestic Intelligence Division’s offices on the eighth floor of the Riddell Building at 1730 K Street, Washington, Supervisor Seymor Phillips had possession of all the reel-to-reel tapes from the hotel room microphone surveillances on King. Early that morning Assistant Director Sullivan instructed FBI Laboratory supervisor John M. Matter to prepare multiple composite copies containing what Matter called “highlights” from the Willard Hotel and Los Angeles Hyatt House recordings. Soon thereafter, as Phillips recalled in a lengthy, never before cited recollection of that day’s events, Sullivan, whose office “was directly across the hall” from his, “came into my office and asked me for some unwatermarked stationery”. Then, “later that morning”, Sullivan “telephoned me for the address of the Southern Christian Leadership Conference headquarters in Atlanta”. Phillips jotted it down and took it to Sullivan, who was busy typing and again sought assurance that the stationery Phillips had given him was unwatermarked.

Phillips went on: “Around noon, Sullivan called me into his office and handed me a sealed manila envelope which appeared to contain something other than written matter as it was a solid package. He gave me a sum of money and asked that I have one of the men working with me immediately take the package by cab to the Justice Building and hand it over to Al Belmont,” whose office was at “Main Justice” on Pennsylvania Avenue.

From there, the day’s events shift to a second narrator, whose April 1975 interview with Church Committee investigators is also among the newly-disclosed documents. Supervisor Lish Whitson, one of the Domestic Intelligence Division’s most senior agents, recounted how on that Saturday Sullivan had called him at home and told him that Hoover wanted him to take a package to Miami, one that only Sullivan, Deputy Director Clyde Tolson, Hoover, and Assistant to the Director Belmont knew about. Sullivan told him to go to National Airport, and “Whitson said that when he arrived at the North terminal of National Airport, following Sullivan’s telephonic instructions, a young man who was unknown to Whitson but who addressed him as ‘Mr Whitson’ turned a package over to him which was wrapped in brown paper and sealed with sealing tape” and approximately eight inches by eight inches and one inch thick.

Upon landing in Miami, Whitson telephoned Sullivan for further instructions and was told to address it to Martin Luther King in Atlanta, with no return address. At a post office, Whitson had it weighed and affixed stamps. On Sunday Whitson flew back to Washington, and upon reporting in on Monday morning, Sullivan remarked, “Someday I will tell you about that.” About a week later, “Sullivan commented to Whitson that the package had not yet been received by Martin Luther King,” and only come January 5, 1965, more than six weeks later, did agents listening in on the Atlanta wiretaps hear King and his aides discussing a troubling and embarrassing tape-recording he had received. At FBI headquarters, Seymor Phillips mentioned that news to John Matter, who said nothing in response “but rather smiled ‘knowingly,’” Phillips later wrote.

As history has long known, at SCLC headquarters the package containing the tape was presumed to be of one of King’s speeches and was put aside for delivery to his wife. When King learned of the contents, he became distraught, telling one aide over the wiretapped phone lines that the FBI was “out to get me, harass me, break my spirit”. King went to the apartment of an SCLC secretary, Edwina Smith, to try to rest and get some sleep, only to be awakened by firemen responding to a false fire alarm instigated by Atlanta FBI agents. Ralph Abernathy and Andrew Young, two of King’s closest aides, sought a meeting with the FBI’s Deke DeLoach to ask whether the Bureau was investigating King’s personal life, but the duplicitous DeLoach denied any such thing.

In reality, throughout late November and early December, even following a highly-publicised but completely banal face-to-face meeting between King and Hoover, FBI officials followed Hoover’s instructions to have all of the hotel room recordings transcribed in full and prepared new summary reports for agents to use in privately spreading the word about King’s personal conduct. “THIS MEMORANDUM IS NOT TO BE DISSEMINATED OUTSIDE THE BUREAU AND IS TO BE USED ONLY FOR ORAL BRIEFING PURPOSES,” one newly-available document describing King as “a moral degenerate” forcefully warns.

The FBI’s anonymous letter sent with the tape warned King that you will find on the record for all time audio evidence of  your adulterous acts, your sexual orgies involving various evil playmates

Almost exactly one decade later, when the FBI had chosen none other than Seymor Fred Phillips to be its principal liaison with the Church Committee, a committee request that the Bureau survey the personal files that William Sullivan had left behind when Hoover forced him into sudden retirement in 1971 led Phillips to make an historic discovery. On Sunday morning January 26, 1975, Phillips was asked to “inventory a drawer full of folders pertaining to King” among Sullivan’s papers. Therein he found “a document which I considered at the time of extreme significance”, the original of an anonymous, unsigned letter ostensibly written by one of “us Negroes” and addressed simply “King”. A heavily-redacted version of that letter was later publicly released, and in time a fully unredacted copy would become available too. But writing in early 1975, soon after discovering the original of that missive, Phillips explained in his newly-released memo how he had realised that back on November 21, 1964, Sullivan had no doubt employed carbon paper when typing on that unwatermarked stationery Phillips had given him, thereby creating an untraceable carbon copy with “that copy used as the cover communication” in the package that then made its way first to Al Belmont and then to Lish Whitson. Phillips insisted that in November 1964, “I didn’t at that time conceive of any communication being sent with the tape” that he knew Sullivan had had dispatched, and only upon studying the text of the letter did Sullivan’s intent become clear.

After telling King to “lend your sexually psychotic ear to the enclosure”, the letter warned that “you will find on the record for all time” audio evidence of “your adulterous acts, your sexual orgies” involving “various evil playmates” including “Dolores Evans”. Calling him “an evil, abnormal beast”, the letter instructed: “King, there is only one thing left for you to do. You know what it is. You have just 34 days in which to do (this exact number has been selected for a specific reason . . . There is but one way out for you. You better take it before your filthy, abnormal fraudulent self is bared to the nation.” As Phillips realised in 1975 after seeing the text, 34 days from November 21 was December 25, Christmas Day—with Sullivan’s clear but unspoken implication being that King had better take his own life by that date.

Notwithstanding how privately distraught King was upon realising the extent of the FBI’s efforts to destroy him, no word of what was taking place in Washington and Atlanta broke into public view in 1965 or in the years immediately following. When King’s family moved from the house they had rented since 1960 to a newly-purchased home in April 1965, Atlanta agents sought headquarters’ approval to continue wiretapping King’s phone at the new address. In the three months leading up to the move, the home tap had revealed “18 contacts of King by individuals having CP connections”, such as Clarence Jones and singer Harry Belafonte, that were all decades old, “and 11 contacts by King of females relating to extra-marital activity on his part”. With Hoover seeking to minimise the FBI’s overall number of active wiretaps, Atlanta’s request was denied.

At SCLC headquarters, Jim Harrison continued filing regular informant reports, but when he told Atlanta agents that he had met Stanley Levison at SCLC’s August convention in Birmingham, their lack of interest revealed once again how “communist influence” was now a very small figleaf indeed in the Bureau’s ongoing surveillance of King. They evinced more interest in second-hand gossip that some Atlanta radio station employee supposedly possessed “blackmail type of information on King”. Similarly, several months later Phillips and Sullivan eagerly welcomed Atlanta news—whether from the office wiretap or Harrison is unclear—“that King is reported to have gone to the apartment of one of his female employees on 11/4/65 and to have torn her clothes off of her in an apparent attempt to attack her”. Whatever the truth of that rumour, throughout early 1966 King became closer and closer to his “constant paramour” Dorothy Cotton, ostensibly running up more than $600 in international telephone charges to call Cotton in Atlanta during a spring speaking trip to France.

In June 1966, Attorney General Nicholas Katzenbach instructed the FBI to end its wiretapping of SCLC’s office phones because the Justice Department was considering charging one of King’s aides in an interstate car theft case, but Jim Harrison remained in place. When a meeting that included Stanley Levison and Clarence Jones discussed how SCLC’s payroll might be trimmed, Harrison told Atlanta agents that the possibility of firing receptionist Xernona Clayton, the wife of SCLC’s former public relations director, had foundered in part because of the fact that Clayton “has engaged in promiscuous relations with Martin Luther King, Jr”. Atlanta’s suggestion that COINTELPRO possibilities involving Clayton be considered was turned down by FBI headquarters.

Not to be outdone, the Chicago FBI office energetically followed up on a lead that an additional King girlfriend was 33-year-old Barbara Moore, a secretary at Sears-Roebuck & Co headquarters who had been introduced to King two or three years earlier by his attorney friend Chauncey Eskridge, who was himself involved with Moore’s sister Judy. Chicago agents had a criminal informant, CG 6732-C, who “has been intimately acquainted for a number of years” with Moore and who claimed that “King sees Barbara Moore every time he comes to Chicago,” which in 1965-66 was quite often. Moore was reportedly competing for King’s Chicago affections with another woman, Rosemary Mitchell, who owned Rosemary Mitchell Interiors in Hyde Park and was formerly the common-law partner of a South Side crime figure. The informant told the agents that according to Moore, on one occasion King “became involved in a fist fight” over Moore with an unknown attorney, and the agents’ own investigation of Moore’s background established that under several previous names she “was reportedly a prostitute” at the age of 18.

Even with no further electronic surveillance sources reporting on King’s private life, information continued to flow in, whether from Jim Harrison or from other human sources. By late 1967 the Bureau was reporting King’s dependence upon sleeping pills and how he “frequently flew into a rage over relatively insignificant matters”, a claim later confirmed by King’s aides. Then, in December 1967, the King case took its most curious turn of all when Don Newcombe, a famous African-American former major league baseball pitcher, became worried about King’s newly-announced plan to mount an aggressively disruptive “Poor People’s Campaign” in Washington in 1968.

Writing to President Lyndon B. Johnson just before Christmas, Newcombe explained that “I have information I consider highly classified” which “would be of great value to your Administration” but which he would furnish only to the president himself. Top Johnson aides Harry McPherson, Clifford Alexander, and Marvin Watson puzzled with great seriousness over Newcombe’s curious missive before Watson wrote back to say that the president was very busy but that Watson himself would welcome receiving Newcombe’s information. In early January Newcombe reached Watson by phone, and while Newcombe made clear that his information concerned Martin Luther King, he declined Watson’s request that he submit a fully detailed letter: “There are so many people involved and so many people that could possibly be hurt by this information that I find myself unable to put it down in writing.”

The FBI reported that an intoxicated King had threatened to jump out of a New York hotel window if Dolores Evans would not say she loved him, and that they believed he had fathered a baby girl born to her

Newcombe soon found his way to the FBI, and by February 20 an FBI report went to the White House detailing Newcombe’s information. Newcombe was an in-law of Dolores Evans, King’s long-time Los Angeles girlfriend, whom Newcombe said had been involved with King since 1962. Once when Evans was with King in a New York hotel room, Newcombe related, an intoxicated King had threatened to jump out a window if Evans would not say she loved him. The FBI quickly updated its existing summary report, “Martin Luther King, Jr, A Current Analysis,” to incorporate all of Newcombe’s information. Most shockingly, Newcombe “believes King fathered a baby girl born to this woman inasmuch as her husband is allegedly sterile. The child resembles King to a great degree and King contributes to the support of this child. He calls this woman every Wednesday and frequently meets her in various cities throughout the country.”

Following King’s death, a White House aide shared the Newcombe information with syndicated columnist Jack Anderson, who travelled to Los Angeles for what he described as “an emotional interview” with Dolores Evans, who insisted that her relationship with King had been “merely a friendship”. She told Anderson, “I didn’t call him. He called me,” and steadfastly “denied any intimacies”. When Evans’s daughter Chrystal, who had been born on October 30, 1964, married in 2003, her New York Times wedding announcement listed “the late Dr Theodore L. Evans, Jr,” as her father. The ceremony itself was performed by Martin Luther King’s closest surviving associate, Reverend Andrew J. Young. In a brief 2007 essay about fathers and daughters, Dr Chrystal Evans-Bowman, an only child, wrote that her parents separated in 1976-77 and reported that her father died in 1994. Dr Evans-Bowman, with whom the now 82-year-old Dolores Evans lives, has not responded to multiple requests for an interview with her mother.

Don Newcombe’s involvement in the FBI’s pursuit of King exemplifies the single most important truth about J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI: its domestic intelligence investigations relied far more on human informants than on costly and time-consuming electronic surveillance. Typical of the FBI’s late 1960s’ onslaught against a wide range of political groups was the Bureau’s early 1968 recruitment of a second SCLC staff member, Chicago-based Ralph Henry, as a paid informant, the new documents reveal. A significant if little-known SCLC organiser, Henry not only attended a February 12 conference with King and all his top aides in Atlanta, but when Fred Bennette, King’s “hideaway” facilitator, was “assigned to be in charge of security for Martin Luther King”, Chicago agents reported, “Ralph Henry was assigned to be Reverend Bennette’s assistant.” More than three years later, Henry was still on SCLC’s payroll, and also still on the FBI’s. John Furfey, a Chicago-based CIA agent, conducted a long November 18, 1971 interview with Henry. “Subject earns about $600 clear from the SCLC each month and this is supplemented by money from the FBI,” Furfey reported to his CIA superiors.

But Ralph Henry was far from alone. Jim Harrison left SCLC in February 1970 yet remained an FBI informant until 1974, the newly-released documents reveal. In addition, the Bureau also deployed an important, heretofore unknown informant from Cincinnati, known only as CI 652-R, to cover Martin Luther King’s funeral. In a long, newly-available written report, CI 652-R detailed how he and his family flew to Atlanta on April 9, 1968, and drove fellow Hilton Hotel guests Myrlie and Charles Evers to the funeral service at Ebenezer Baptist Church. The following morning CI 652-R had a long face-to-face conversation at SCLC headquarters with Andrew Young before SCLC leaders held a press conference. “My wife and I left after the press conference and went to visit Coretta King and later Rev M. L. King, Sr.,” CI 652-R wrote to Special Agent John T. Pryor. (The likelihood is that the informant was Reverend L. V. Booth, a longtime friend of the King family and the pastor of Cincinnati’s Zion Baptist Church from 1952. He died in 2002 aged 83.)

But Martin Luther King and his aides and family were far from alone in drawing the attention of multiple FBI informants. In 1963, the Communist Party USA had a grand total of 4,453 members, new Bureau documents reveal, and as of two years later no fewer than 336 of them were FBI informants. Even in 1971, the Bureau was boasting privately of how 11 of its informants were members of the CPUSA’s National Committee, and early that year the FBI dispatched WF (as in Washington Field) 1777-S to a Soviet-backed World Council for Peace conference in Stockholm where “she” proved to be “of exceptional value”.

Yet the scale of the FBI’s penetration of the CPUSA paled next to its success against a far more iconic political group. By 1971 the Black Panther Party was weaker than it had been several years earlier, but its membership decline had not attenuated the FBI’s presence in its ranks. “The present membership is 710,” a newly-available August 1971 Domestic Intelligence Division document reports, “and we have 156 informants . . . which represents 21.7 percent of the membership.” The Division eagerly boasted that all told “we are operating 7,477 extremist informants”, more than 6,500 of whom were low-import “ghetto informants who provide general information”, but the Bureau’s targeting was not limited solely to leftists and African-Americans. Nationwide, “353 informants report on white extremist organisations”, and when in late 1967 the United Klans of America, by far the largest Ku Klux Klan group in the United States, elected an Imperial Board at its National Klonvocation, “four of the ten newly-elected members of this Board are FBI informants,” the Division crowed. What’s more, “in the early stages of Klan growth in the State of Tennessee, we were able to develop as a Bureau informant the Grand Dragon of the United Klans of America, Realm of Tennessee. Through this high-level source we were able to control the expansion of the Klan” and “discourage violence throughout the state”. Across Tennessee, the Klan’s “lack of success can be attributed to our highly-placed informant”, ME 313-E (as in Extremist), who was handled by Special Agent M. E. McCloughan. (The evidence points to ME 313-E being former UKA Grand Dragon V. Doyle Ellington, now aged 80, who lives in Brownsville and is on Facebook.)

The new hoard of largely-unredacted, previously unreleased FBI documents raises more questions than can presently be answered. Irrespective of whether or not Martin Luther King actually has an additional, never-acknowledged daughter, the scores and scores of informant identities that can be pried out of the new material will primarily interest only a small handful of historians and journalists. But many other nuggets await discovery. For example “Ironclad”, a Soviet “defector-in-place” who “has identified hundreds of SIS [Soviet Intelligence Service] officers and furnished information concerning approximately 250 intelligence operations”, appears never before to have come into public view. “The value of information he has furnished and has a potential to furnish is beyond estimate,” the Domestic Intelligence Division wrote in August 1971.

Yet without any doubt the uppermost issue raised by the new documents concerns just how fundamental a reconsideration of Martin Luther King’s historical reputation will take place when the complete trove of still-sealed FBI tape recordings and attendant transcripts is released for public review. Until now, some voices in 2027 might have called for the physical destruction of all those historical records, notwithstanding how the FBI’s electronic surveillance of King was not, under the regrettably relaxed standards of that time, in any way illegal.

But the FBI’s allegation that King “looked on, laughed and offered advice” as a forcible rape took place right in front of him makes that stance unsupportable by anyone. Dorothy Cotton, the most important woman in King’s life, went to her grave without ever giving an interview in which she explicitly discussed their relationship, and how many of the additional 40 or more women, such as Dolores Evans, Barbara Meredith and Barbara Moore, whom the now-public documents identify as King’s more occasional partners, might have something of value to offer the historical record?

King’s far-from monogamous lifestyle, like his binge-drinking, may fit albeit uncomfortably within his existing life story, but the suggestion—actually more than one—that he either actively tolerated or personally employed violence against any woman, even while drunk, poses so fundamental a challenge to his historical stature as to require the most complete and extensive historical review possible.

In retrospect, it now seems certain that Martin Luther King knew himself better and more fully than we have over the past 50 years. As he told his Ebenezer congregation on March 3, 1968, “There is a schizophrenia, as the psychologists or the psychiatrists would call it, going on within all of us. There are times that all of us know somehow that there is a Mr Hyde and a Dr Jekyll in us.” But he nonetheless insisted that “God does not judge us by the separate incidents or the separate mistakes that we make, but by the total bent of our lives.” Some of us now-ageing King scholars “may not get there with you” come 2027, but there is no question that a profoundly painful historical reckoning and reconsideration inescapably awaits. 

Voir également:

The British newsmagazine Standpoint hit newsstands in England today featuring an article titled “The Troubling Legacy of Martin Luther King” with the subtitle “Newly revealed documents portray the great civil rights leader as a sexual libertine who ‘laughed’ as a forcible rape took place.” The article is written by historian David J. Garrow, winner of the Pulitzer Prize for his 1986 biography, Bearing the Cross: Martin Luther King Jr. and the Southern Christian Leadership Conference.

The story of how the article came to be is striking. Garrow claims to have learned of new information after hearing that King-related materials had been “dumped” on the National Archives website.

Garrow claims that as he went through these materials what he found were never-before-seen documents from FBI files and surveillance summaries, that he writes “silently slipped into public view on the Archives’ lightly-annotated and difficult-to-explore website.” According to his account, many of these came from tens of thousands of government documents from congressional investigations of U.S. intelligence agencies. They are among over 54,000 web links that led to multi-document PDFs, that took him many weeks to go through.

According to an editorial in the same issue, Garrow came to publish this extraordinary piece at Standpoint after it had been accepted by, and then killed at, the Guardian and subsequently rejected by the Atlantic.

Those in the civil rights movement and close to it knew of King’s reputation as a womanizer who cheated on his wife regularly. They thought, as Garrow himself told the U.K. newspaper, the Sunday Times, that he had perhaps about 10 or 12 other women—not the 40 to 45 alleged in the newly discovered FBI files. The charges are so serious and troubling that Garrow reached the conclusion that King’s indifference to, or approval of, a rape he witnessed and encouraged, “poses so fundamental a challenge to the historical stature as to require the most complete and extensive historical review possible.”

Here is a rough summation of Garrow’s new findings:

  1. King had scores of extramarital affairs. When his wife complained that he was hardly ever home, he advised her, the FBI said, to “go out and have some sexual affairs of her own.”
  2. The FBI bugged the various hotel rooms he was booked to stay in as he traveled the country, recording everything that took place. Sometimes they were in the room next door to King’s, as was the case in the Willard Hotel when King stayed there in 1964.
  3. King used his position as the pastor of his church to pick out women from his own parish to sleep with, and pressure them into going along.
  4. King witnessed and egged on the rape of a parishioner by his friend Logan Kearse, pastor of a Baltimore Baptist church.
  5. King may well have had a daughter from his serious relationship with Dolores Evans, a Los Angeles girlfriend. He is alleged to have regularly paid Evans for child support, although he never acknowledged being father of her baby. Evans is alive, as is the daughter who might have been sired by King, Dr. Chrystal Evans-Bowman. Neither have talked to the press, despite many requests for an interview.

There is another aspect of the revelations that do not relate to King’s sexual life and which are very important. After J. Edgar Hoover spoke to Robert F. Kennedy, King was advised to break his contact with Stanley Levison, a man who advised King, gave his movement money, and was a secret member of the American Communist Party. The history of the civil rights movement has always assumed that King took this advice to heart.

The new documents suggest, however, that King secretly both kept up his contact with Levison and continued to take large amounts of money from him. These funds came essentially from the CPUSA, and thus from the Soviet Union. From 1957 through 1962, Levison gave what Garrow calls “the astonishing amounts” of a total of $76,500; the equivalent of $650,000 today. Levison was in charge of handling all CPUSA funds, including those secretly coming from the Soviet Union, which helped finance the American Communist Party. At a time when segregationist Mississippi Senator James Eastland was accusing the civil rights movement of being run by Communists, such knowledge, had it come out, could have had damaging effects on it.


As a historian who wrote the first major biography of King and a separate book The FBI and Martin Luther King,Jr., Garrow’s new revelations must be taken seriously. His article appears in a distinguished British newspaper, not a Murdoch British rag or a tabloid such as our country’s National Enquirer.

Undoubtedly, people like Roy Moore, Richard Spencer, David Duke, and various alt-right hangers-on will revel in this news and argue that it demolishes Martin Luther King Jr.’s standing as an American hero.

That would be the wrong conclusion to take.

King was a man who risked his own life by practicing non-violence and who publicly rejected the two primary alternatives to the civil rights movement: black nationalism and racial separatism. He rejected the use of guns in the fight against the oppressors, especially the police. Because of this, the more radical groups were not fond of King and called him the Uncle Tom of the movement.

Let me not mince words. King’s behavior toward women should not be buried or excused. They should be condemned.

But does acknowledging these truths mean that we can no longer recognize King’s accomplishments as a civil rights leader? Does it mean we have to ignore what he said in his powerful sermons and writings? Does it diminish his “Letter from a Birmingham Jail”? It was there that King wrote that citizens had “not only a legal but a moral responsibility to obey just laws,” and at the same time “to disobey unjust laws.”

Remember, King led an entire community to risk everything on behalf of freedom, fighting off Bull Connor’s police dogs and fire hoses as they were unleashed on unarmed citizens protesting for their rights as American citizens.

Our leaders are human. King was deeply flawed in his view of women and his sexual proclivities. It is obvious, reading Garrow’s quotation from King’s sermon on March 3, 1968, that he was alluding to himself when he said “There is a schizophrenia . . . going on in all of us. There are times that all of us know somehow that there is a Mr. Hyde and a Dr. Jekyll in us.” God, King said, “does not judge us by the separate incidents or the separate mistakes that we make, but by the total bent of our lives.”

The word “mistake” does not begin to cover King’s behavior toward women. But King is yet another reminder that good men can do bad things, and even bad men can sometimes accomplish great goods. How do we balance those ledgers in a final accounting? It’s hard. It’s messy. And there are no neat or obvious answers.

Some thought Garrow should keep his discoveries under wraps, but it is the job of the historian to tell the truth. This is especially true for a historian who has already devoted a good chunk of his career to chronicling the man’s life. It would not be too much to say that Garrow had almost a unique duty to write this piece.

It is unfortunate that the racists among us will cheer this news. But that is not an excuse to keep the truth hidden.

If Garrow is right that a “profoundly painful historical reckoning and reconsideration” is upon us, then so be it. We are better off confronting the truth than living with a comfortable lie.

Ronald Radosh is a contributing opinion columnist for The Daily Beast, professor emeritus of history at CUNY, and co-author of A Safe Haven: Harry S. Truman and the Founding of Israel.

‘Adults are pretending to be children’: Now even aid workers admit ‘Calais kids’ are LYING about their age as vulnerable nine-year-old African boy is refused UK entry in ‘shambolic’ selection process 

  • Migrant ‘children’ arriving in Britain on coaches from Calais Jungle camp
  • But critics argue they look much older than the 14 to 17 they claim to be 
  • Aid workers said some are lying about their age to get entry to Britain
  • They claim those arriving in the UK are ‘adults pretending to be children’
  • Daniel Gadi, nine, from Eritrea is among those still stranded in France

Aid workers in Calais have warned the most vulnerable children face being stranded in the Jungle camp because adults are lying about their age to gain entry to Britain.

Volunteers working in the migrant camp said the process for registering those with family members was ‘chaotic’ and warned vulnerable children are being left behind.

Critics have claimed that migrants arriving into Britain over the last two days appear to look older than the 14 to 17 years the Government claims they are.

The Home Office has come under fire for not carrying out routine tests such as dental checks to determine their age because they are deemed ‘too intrusive’.

The second wave of ‘child’ migrants from the Jungle Camp arrived in Britain at lunchtime today with up to 300 more expected to follow in their footsteps in the coming week – although the Home Office has not yet confirmed the exact number.

Some 14 children arrived in the first wave yesterday, but the Home Office also refused to confirm how many came to the UK today.

After photographs of the refugees arriving were published, Conservative MP David Davies wrote on Twitter: ‘These don’t look like ‘children’ to me. I hope British hospitality is not being abused.’

Officials insist the migrants have undergone rigorous interviews and document checks to establish they are aged under 18.

But it has emerged that this is simply a screening process where they are verified as a child based on their ‘physical appearance’ and ‘demeanour’, with social workers signing off an ‘age assessment’.

A Whitehall source added that the migrants may simply look older because fleeing war zones had ‘probably toughened them up so they’ve grown up a bit quicker’.

Daniel Gadi, a nine-year-old boy, from Eritrea, in Africa, whose mother is dead, is among those still stranded in France.

WHY IS HOME OFFICE NOT DOING MEDICAL CHECKS?

On background checks, the Home Office states:

We work closely with the French Authorities to ensure that the cases applying to come to the UK qualify under Dublin.

Initial interviews are conducted to gather information on identity, medical conditions and age among other criteria.

On age we use a number of determining factors:

– That the individual has provided credible and clear documentary evidence proving their claimed age;

– That the individual has a physical appearance/demeanour which does not strongly suggest they are significantly over 18 years of age

– That the individual has been subject to a Merton compliant age assessment by a local authority and been assessed to be 18 years of age or over, which must be signed off by two social workers.

His father Abaye said he wants his son to be looked after by his late wife’s sister in London, but was refused entry to Britain as he is not an unaccompanied child.

‘My son is nine,’ Abaye said. ‘I want him to go to London to be with his mother’s sister. We have been here for three months, I do not want my son to be here.

‘I have two sons aged 12 and 16 who are already in London with their aunt. Their mother is dead.’

The first child migrants began arriving in Britain from Calais on Monday, while the second wave got to the UK Visas and Immigration office in Croydon, south London, this afternoon.

They being transferred from the Jungle before it is demolished later this month.

Some waved to the waiting cameras as they stepped off the packed bus before being escorted into the main building by UK border enforcement officers.

Between 200 and 300 youngsters with family already in the UK will be brought across the Channel by the end of the week, according to French police.

But as the transfers began, volunteers working in the Jungle camp raised concerns that those most in need would be left behind because adults are taking their places.

One unnamed aid worker in Calais raised concerns that adults may be lying about their age to gain entry into Britain.

The worker said: ‘It is a complete mess. Those at the front of the queue are not the most needy and vulnerable – they are adults pretending to be children.’

Another volunteer, Neha, added: ‘I know there are vulnerable kids, kids with epilepsy, who are still here that have family in the UK they could be with right now.

‘It’s a shambles. Children are not being told what they are queuing up for, they are not being given information, there is complete confusion.’

Up to 1,200 children are stranded in the sprawling Jungle camp in the French Port town, which is due to be demolished this month.

A Home Office spokesman admitted that routine medical tests, such as checking dental records, have not been carried out because it could be ‘intrusive’. Pictured: Arrivals in Croydon – There is no suggestion that those pictured are lying about being under 17

Migrant ‘children’ arriving in Britain from Calais to critics claiming they look ‘old enough to be adults’ may look older ‘because war has toughened them up’, a Whitehall source claims. Pictured: An Afghani migrant waves as he leaves Saint Omer, France, for Britain today

One British volunteer said: ‘It’s a shambles. Children are not being told what they are queuing up for, they are not being given information, there is complete confusion.’ Pictured: Migrants in the Calais jungle, which is due to be bulldozed later this month

Home Office staff have gone out to Calais to ensure a smooth transition. Pictured here is a UK official (centre, black coat) and a camp volunteer (hat and beige coat) assisting a group of migrant children aged 12-16 ahead of their departure

Around half say they have family in the UK, giving them the right to move here.

Under the system, the children have to apply for asylum in France with their claims transferred to Britain once they show they have family links already in the country.

A team of Home Office officials has been dispatched to Calais to work with the French authorities to screen applicants before they are granted entry.

Part of the vetting process will include attempting to determine their ages.

CHILD ARRIVALS SPARK HUGE DEBATE ON SOCIAL MEDIA

The arrival of the migrant children has caused a huge stir on social media, with everyone from politicians to television presenters weighing in.

UKIP temporary leader Nigel Farage said the pictures of the refugees proved the need to ‘verify who was coming into our country’.

But ex-England footballer and Match of the Day presenter Gary Lineker hit out at those accusing the migrants of lying about their ages.

He wrote on Twitter: ‘The treatment by some towards these young refugees is hideously racist and utterly heartless. What’s happening to our country?’

Many people were unswayed by his comments though, taking aim at the Home Office over the process and questioning the ages of those arriving.

Owen Gibbs replied: ‘@GaryLineker i think it has a lot to do with the fact that we were told it would be refugee children but we’re seeing migrant men.’ 

Tony Pearce tweeted: ‘@AmberRudd_MP we wanted a strong home secretary who will keep our country safe, but you want to import migrant men posing as children.’

Laird Glencaird added: ‘Errrrrr, when are the first migrant children from Calais due. Lots of Migrants coming over but haven’t seen any kids yet. Please Help??’ 

Many made light of the situation, joking about what the ‘children’ will do when they arrive in the UK.

‘Dukesy’ tweeted: ‘The Calais migrant children have all been offered places at a local junior school but have decided 2 go straight into labouring for brickies.’

And another Twitter user known only as ‘Lee’ added: ‘These Calais migrant children aren’t aging well, are they?!’ 

The Government said it has ‘worked closely with the French Authorities to ensure that the cases applying to come to the UK qualify’, but admitted tests are based on ‘physical appearance’ and ‘demeanour’, with social workers signing off an ‘age assessment’.

A Home Office spokesman admitted medical tests, such as checking dental records, were not carried out because it could be ‘intrusive’.

The first group of children from war-torn countries including Syria and Sudan, arrived yesterday by coach at Lunar House, followed by a second batch today.

As part of the process, family members will also have been grilled by a team of screening officers trained to spot inconsistencies in their stories.

As doubts were raised about the new arrivals’ ages, Tory MP David Davies tweeted: ‘These don’t look like ‘children’ to me. I hope British hospitality is not being abused.’

Meanwhile, Twitter user Iain McGregor wrote: ‘Does the British Foreign Office think we are stupid? I was expecting kids under the age of 16, not over the age of 21.’

Another, writing under the name Dot, added: ‘When I read child migrants I thought it was youngsters. These are young men!!’

And David Moore said: ‘Lie about your age and you get a ride into the land of milk and honey. Don’t think they will be asked for ID at the pub.’

Others commented that some of the ‘children’ had managed to grow facial hair, while Mr Davies questioned why no girls or women had been brought to Britain.

He told The Telegraph: ‘These young men don’t look like minors to me. They are hulking teenagers who look older than 18. I’m all for helping the genuine children but the well of goodwill is rapidly being exhausted here.

‘I’m also curious that there are no young women – I would have thought they would be much more vulnerable. I worry that once again British hospitality is being abused.

‘There is no way of knowing if someone is a child. We could end up causing even more misery if we are not careful. We should invite anyone who wants to come to the UK to take dental tests.’

However, a Whitehall source said the child migrants may look older because fleeing war zones had ‘probably toughened them up so they’ve grown up a bit quicker’.

The youngsters now face further screening by the Home Office before they are reunited with family members. Some might be housed in specialist accommodation while these safeguarding checks take place, the spokesman said.

A Home Office spokesman said: ‘This is the start of the process to transfer as many eligible children as possible before the start of the clearance, as the Home Secretary set out in Parliament.

‘The transfer process is not straightforward. We need to make sure the essential checks have been made for their safety and the safety of others.’

Earlier, campaigners and faith leaders warned there are many more children left behind at the Jungle camp who also deserve Britain’s help.

WHAT THE LAW SAYS

The law which governs EU asylum claims states migrants should claim asylum in the first EU country reached. 

However there is a clause which allows minors to apply for asylum in another European country if they already have family living there.  

Lord Dubs, who came to Britain on the Kindertransport programme for Jewish children fleeing Nazi Germany, brought an amendment to the Immigration Act which was passed in May. 

This states the UK will take ‘vulnerable unaccompanied child refugees’ who arrived in the EU before March 20. 

These child refugees must be travelling on their own and fleeing conflict in their home country. Exceptions also apply to children under 13, girls and orphans. 

More than 80 unaccompanied children have so far been accepted to Britain under EU asylum law this year, according to the Home Office. 

It is not yet clear how many children will be accepted from Calais this week, although some figures suggest it will be around 100. 

‘We know that at least three children have died trying to get into Britain. Three children who actually had a legal right to be with their families,’ said former archbishop of Canterbury Rowan Williams.

Speaking to reporters in Croydon in south London, where the teenagers were being processed, he said yesterday: ‘I really hope it will be the beginning of some kind of new life experience with none of the horrors they’ve endured.’

Charities estimate up to 10,000 migrants from Africa, the Middle East and Asia have settled in the ‘Jungle’ in the hope of reaching Britain, but French authorities are expected to close it down by the end of the year.

‘No child must be left behind in the chaos of demolition,’ said Lord Alf Dubs, who fled the Nazis for Britain in 1939 and helped force the change in the law on child refugees.

A Home Office spokeswoman said Britain had agreed to transfer ‘as many minors as possible’ under EU asylum law before the Calais camp is closed.

She said that those eligible under British law must be looked after while their cases were assessed, adding: ‘Work is continuing on both sides of the Channel to ensure this happens as a matter of urgency.’

Meanwhile a French court today rejected a request by aid groups to delay the closure of the migrant camp in Calais, allowing authorities to clear out its thousands of residents in the coming weeks.

French authorities are gradually relocating or deporting the 6,000 to 10,000 migrants from the camp.

No date has been set for a large-scale clear-out operation, but the government has promised to shut it down by the start of winter.

Several aid groups filed an emergency request last week to postpone the closure, arguing that authorities aren’t ready to relocate its residents.

A Lille court rejected the request Tuesday, according to Pierre Henry of aid group Terre d’Asile.

Charity groups have warned that many of the migrants don’t want to stay in France and may set up camp elsewhere to continue trying to cross the English Channel to Britain.

‘Please don’t pretend two dads is the new normal’: RICHARD LITTLEJOHN says children benefit most from being raised by a man and woman

The Daily Mail

Call me old-fashioned, but I’ve never understood why so many pregnant women these days insist on flaunting the ultrasound scans of their unborn children.

Then again, I come from a generation reluctant even to discover the sex of their baby in advance, because it would spoil the surprise.

Anyway, surely making a song-and-dance at such an early stage of pregnancy is tempting fate. Why not wait until the child is actually born?

More to the point, who outside the immediate family is remotely interested?

You wouldn’t share the X-ray of your duodenal ulcer or triple heart bypass on the internet. Would you?

Ask a silly question. There are probably hundreds, if not thousands, of websites dedicated to displaying intimate snapshots of surgical procedures.

Come to think of it, I’ve got a picture of my last colonoscopy somewhere, if anyone’s interested. It looks like the menu board at Dunkin’ Donuts. Not that I’d dream of subjecting you to it here, in place of one of Gary’s brilliant cartoons. I wouldn’t want to put you off your breakfast.

So what makes diver Tom Daley and his husband think we want to look at the ultrasound of their yet-to-be-born baby? For a start, one foetus looks pretty much like all the others, just as all babies look like Winston Churchill.

Yet there they were this week, all over the newspapers and on social media, posing proudly with the grainy image taken inside a womb. Daley posted it on Instagram on Valentine’s Day, complete with emojis of two men, a child and love hearts.

As John Junor, late of this parish, used to remark: Pass the sick bag, Alice.

Before the usual suspects start bouncing up and down, squealing ‘homophobia’, don’t bother.

 Here we have two men drawing attention to the fact that ‘they’ are having a baby. But where’s the mum, the possessor of the womb which features in this photograph? She appears to have been written out of the script entirely

I supported civil partnerships long before it was fashionable and I’d rather children were fostered by loving gay couples than condemned to rot in state-run institutions, where they face a better-than-average chance of being abused.

That said, and despite the fact that countless single parents do a fantastic job, I still cling to the belief that children benefit most from being brought up by a man and a woman.

Which is precisely what worries me most about the Daley publicity stunt. Here we have two men drawing attention to the fact that ‘they’ are having a baby.

But where’s the mum, the possessor of the womb which features in this photograph? She appears to have been written out of the script entirely.

We are not told her identity, where she lives, or even when the baby is due. She is merely the anonymous incubator.

My best guess is that she lives in America, since it is still illegal in Britain to pay surrogate mothers other than modest expenses.

That’s why wealthy gay couples, such as Elton John and David Furnish, turn to the States when they want to start a family. Good luck to them. No one is suggesting that homosexual couples can’t make excellent parents. But nor is everyone comfortable with the trend towards treating women as mere breeding machines and babies as commodities.

I’ve written before about the modern tendency in some quarters to regard children as fashion accessories, like those preposterous designer handbag dogs.

This week’s photos of a beaming Tom Daley, his husband and their ultrasound scan are all about the parents (except the birth mother). Look at us, we’re having a bay-bee!

What I also find slightly disconcerting is that this story was reported virtually everywhere without so much as a raised eyebrow, as if it would be impolite even to ask any questions about the parentage.

For instance, is Daley or his husband the father? Was it Bill, or was it Ben? Or neither of them? More pertinently, never mind Who’s The Daddy? Who’s The Mummy? Which brings me to the Number One ‘Oi, Doris!’ news story of the week, headlined: ‘Woman born a man is first to breastfeed’.

Apparently, a 30-year-old transgender woman has successfully breastfed ‘her’ baby after being given hormone therapy to encourage milk production. It’s probably easiest if I quote directly from one of the reports:

‘The woman, who has not been named, approached doctors in New York after her partner became pregnant. She had received no surgery to transition from a man, but had been undergoing hormone therapy for some years and had already developed fully-grown breasts.

‘She explained that her partner was pregnant but not interested in breastfeeding, and that she hoped to take on the role of being the primary food source for her infant.’ There goes another couple of paragraphs I thought I’d never read, let alone write. Or, rather, reproduce. In the perceptive words of reggae star Johnny Nash, there are more questions than answers.

For a start, this person is described as a woman, but has had no surgery to transition from a man. Sorry, but I’m with Germaine Greer — someone in possession of a full set of wedding tackle is a man, not a woman.

Secondly, if this is his/her baby, did he/she fertilise the egg in the traditional fashion? On third thoughts, let’s not go there.

Fourthly, of about 40 other questions, has anyone considered what could be the long-term effects of feeding a baby breast milk manufactured artificially in the body of someone who was born — and remains biologically — a man?

Of course not. This is the most extreme example yet of the demands of selfish adults being given priority over the best interests of the unborn child.

No doubt scientists are already working on a way of ensuring that someone born a man can both father a baby and give birth to it, cutting out the middle-woman altogether. Stand by for the coming Hermaphrodites’ Rights movement.

Look, I don’t want to ban anything, within reason, but there are limits. Depressingly, this bizarre breastfeeding story was also given credulous coverage everywhere, as if it was the most natural thing in the world.

Why are so many of my fellow journalists taking stuff like this at face value? Are they all afraid of asking awkward questions, lest they are monstered by the deranged diversity bigots on Twitter?

Can they please grow a pair — if that’s not too ‘transphobic’ — and stop pretending this is the new normal. Not in our house, it isn’t. Nor, I suspect, in yours or 99.99 per cent of the rest of the world, either.

Still, I’m looking forward to the photos of Tom Daley breastfeeding his new baby.

Britain may have voted 52-48 to quit the EU, but the world of the arts and showbiz was over-whelmingly pro-EU.

Ninety-six per cent of those in the so-called ‘creative’ industries backed Remain. Now the four per cent have formed their own support group, after suffering online abuse and worse from Remoaners.

Brexiteers say they are being refused work by EU fanatics determined to punish them for voting Leave. They had their first meeting at a Wetherspoon’s pub in North London recently.

Sounds like my idea of a good night out. Who would you rather go drinking with — Leavers John Cleese, Michael Caine and Roger Daltrey?

Or luvvie Remoaners like Steve Coogan, Benedict Cumberbatch and Bob Geldof?

Basil Fawlty versus Alan Partridge? Get Carter v Sherlock? The Who v The Boomtown Rats?

No contest. We won’t get fooled again!

The BBC is in trouble for referring to female competitors at the Winter Olympics as ‘girls’. Only ‘ladies’ or ‘women’ will do. No one ever complains when football managers on Match Of The Day talk about ‘the boys done good’.

But the England women’s football team gets very grumpy if you call them ‘ladies’ or ‘women’. So they have to be described simply as ‘England’.

Confused? You’re supposed to be. It’s difficult keeping up. Now that ‘girls’ is verboten, can we expect Posh, Baby, Scary, Ginger and the Other One to bill their reunion tour as the Spice Women?

London City Airport was closed for 48 hours while a World War II bomb in the nearby River Thames was defused. If the UXB teams had taken that long during the Blitz in 1940/41, most of London would still have been off-limits come VE Day.

For years, we’ve been told that we mustn’t call prostitutes ‘prostitutes’. Apparently, it’s demeaning. The only acceptable term is ‘sex workers’.

Yet ever since the Oxfam sex-for-aid scandal broke, all we hear about is child ‘prostitutes’.

Obviously, when the prostitutes in question are Haitian children, not British women, it’s OK. And why is anyone remotely surprised that aid workers at Oxfam and the UN have been abusing vulnerable children?

The notorious American gangster Willie Sutton said he robbed banks ‘because that’s where the money is’.

Predatory paedophiles join international aid organisations because that’s where the kids are.

Now baby food and biscuits are linked to cancer: Food watchdog issues alerts for 25 big brands after claiming that crunchy roast potatoes and toast could cause the disease

  • Crisps, biscuits and baby food have ‘raised levels of cancer-linked chemicals’
  • Food Standards Agency says 25 products have higher amount of ‘acrylamide’
  • Studies on animals suggests the chemical can trigger DNA mutations
  • Products including Kettle Chips, McVitie’s and Hovis are on the danger list 

Tests on best-selling crisps, biscuits and baby food showed raised levels of a chemical linked to cancer.

The health alert comes just 24 hours after an official watchdog warned of the risks of eating burnt toast and roast potatoes.

The latest products on the danger list include Kettle Chips, Burts crisps, Hovis, Fox’s biscuits, Kenco coffee, McVitie’s and products from Cow & Gate.

A number of big name brand products contain raised levels of acrylamide, a chemical linked to cancer, according to the Food Standards Agency

According to the Food Standards Agency, 25 products have raised levels of acrylamide.

Animal studies suggest the chemical can trigger DNA mutations and cancer.

The link to acrylamide was also behind the warning over fried, roasted and toasted foods such as potatoes and bread.

The agency cautioned that any risk to humans related to lifetime consumption and not occasional eating.

However a renowned statistician yesterday insisted the link to cancer in humans from acrylamide was extremely weak.

‘There is no good evidence of harm from humans consuming acrylamide in their diet,’ said Professor David Spiegelhalter.

The FSA and other watchdogs in Europe test supermarket food to assess whether acrylamide levels are above a suggested limit – IV, for indicative value.

Of 526 products in targeted tests in 2014 and 2015, 25 had raised levels. Although the agency is not advising consumers to stop eating the products, the manufacturers have been told to cut the levels.

The FSA said: ‘For all of these samples we followed up with the manufacturers or brand owners via local authority inspectors.

‘They alerted them to the findings and requested information about what is being done to control acrylamide in those products.

‘We would emphasise though that the indicative values are not legal maximum limits nor are they safety levels.

‘They are performance indicators and designed to promote best practice in controlling acrylamide levels, Helen Munday of the Food and Drink Federation, which speaks for the manufacturers, said: ‘Food companies have been lowering acrylamide in UK-made products for years.

‘The FSA report provides a useful snapshot of acrylamide levels in a wide range of foods.

‘At the time of surveying these products, up to three years ago in some cases, any individual foods found to contain levels of acrylamide above indicative values would have prompted a review by both FSA and the brand owner.

‘UK food manufacturers have been working with supply chain partners, regulators and other bodies, at home and abroad, to lower acrylamide levels for years.

‘To continue to make progress, the food and drink industry, in partnership with the European Commission, has developed detailed codes of practice.’

Cow & Gate said: ‘We take food safety extremely seriously and have been working hard to reduce acrylamide levels.

‘In fact, in 2015 we took the decision to discontinue Sunny Start Baby Wheat Flakes as we were unable to reduce the level sufficiently.’

The statement said a spaghetti bolognese failure was expected to be a ‘one-off result’.

M&S said all the products highlighted in the research had since been shown to have low levels of the chemical.

Acrylamide has been classified by the International Agency for Research on Cancer as ‘probably carcinogenic in humans’ and the World Health Organisation has concluded that exposure to the chemical in food ‘indicates a human health concern’.

Professor Spiegelhalter said: ‘Adults with the highest consumption of acrylamide could consume 160 times as much and still only be at a level that toxicologists think unlikely to cause increased tumours in mice.

‘People may just consider this yet another scare story from scientists, and lead them to dismiss truly important warnings about, say, the harms from obesity.

‘To be honest, I am not convinced it is appropriate to launch a public campaign on this basis.’

However Steve Wearne, the FSA’s policy director, said: ‘All age groups have more acrylamide in their diet than we would ideally want.

‘As a general rule of thumb when roasting or toasting, people should aim for a golden yellow colour, possibly a bit lighter, when cooking starchy foods like potatoes.’

These are scare stories of an attention seeking quango, writes JOHN NAISH

Why is the Food Standards Agency so keen to frighten us off crispy roasties and toast that is well done?

Apparently because of a potential cancer risk from acrylamide, a chemical that is created by cooking starchy foods at high temperatures – the longer and hotter such foods are cooked the more acrylamide forms.

But hang on, what does potential risk mean here? All sorts of chemicals might potentially cause cancer, but the risks are so small and vague that no one can tell either way.

The experts at Cancer Research UK say that the evidence for any link between acrylamide from burnt food and cancer is at best only weak and inconsistent.

And here’s the clincher: the charity points out that: ‘Even food industry workers, who are exposed to twice as much acrylamide as other people, do not have higher rates of cancer.’

As a health correspondent of 25 years’ standing, that’s good enough for me and my toaster.

So why would the FSA apparently want to scare people unnecessarily? Well, it makes people think that the FSA is doing something useful to protect our health.

After its initial announcement, the FSA not-so-helpfully clarified that it wasn’t telling people to avoid roast potatoes altogether – just to make them aware of the risk and how to reduce it.

On a section of its website devoted to its latest campaign, it advised people to ‘check for cooking instructions on the pack and follow carefully when frying or oven-cooking packaged food products such as chips, roast potatoes and parsnips.

This ensures that you aren’t cooking starchy foods for too long or at temperatures which are too high’.

To call this mere window-dressing would be an insult to the nation’s window-dressers, as they do indeed perform a useful job.

For such pointless cancer scaremongering on the FSA’s part only distracts people from the real and preventable risks of cancer, such as smoking, being overweight and drinking heavily.

The agency is charged with protecting the nation from dangerous food. But offering worthless, patronising advice is a less challenging task than protecting the public against contaminated, diseased, fake or dirty foodstuffs.

It has past form on patronising warnings. Among them was its ‘Your Fridge is Your Friend’ campaign, which aimed to nudge us about food safety at home, yet treated us like a nation of dunderheads.

Before you go shopping, check what’s in the fridge or freezer,’ was one piece of advice. ‘Make a list of what you need to buy,’ said another.

This could be comical, but such stunts only mask the fact that the Food Standards Agency is sadly unfit for purpose.

The agency was set up by the Blair government in 2000, in the wake of the salmonella and BSE disasters.

It was supposed to be a tough watchdog that would make safety scares a thing of the past, by protecting us from food poisoning, ensuring we know what goes into the food we buy, and policing the hygiene standards of restaurants.

But in early 2013, its inability to perform this most basic public-protection task was exposed when the horsemeat scandal broke.

Safety tests conducted by the Irish government revealed widespread adulteration of beef burgers with horsemeat. It warned the FSA. Caught on the hop, the FSA then asked suppliers to conduct their own tests.

These revealed, among other things, that the ‘beef’ in frozen lasagne and spaghetti bolognese made for Tesco, Aldi and Findus was up to 100 per cent horse.

In the wake of the scandal, Christopher Elliott, the director of the Institute of Global Food Security, was asked to examine how the FSA should pull its socks up.

He recommended that the agency set up a food crime unit, with a special department dedicated to using investigative powers to punish offenders counterfeiting foods such as meat, honey and wine.

In 2015, Professor Elliott complained that the FSA had failed to create the special department. The FSA says it is still considering the matter.

As a result, the agency has a food crime unit – which costs £2million a year to run – but it does not have a department to investigate or convict offenders.

This might help to explain why its work has not resulted in any prosecutions.

The FSA says the unit has been fully operational only for the past nine months and is working on a number of criminal investigations.

‘In that time it has focused on building links with sources of information in order to better understand the nature and scale of the food crime threat,’ a spokesman told reporters last month.

Professor Elliott is unimpressed and told a parliamentary inquiry into food fraud that: ‘We are quite far behind a number of other European countries in relation to thinking about the scale of food crime and food fraud.’

Meanwhile, there is bafflement about the agency’s food protection policies. The most likely place you will see an FSA logo is on the food-hygiene ratings posted on a restaurant’s doors.

But in England, restaurants and takeaways with awful hygiene ratings – such as only one star or no stars at all (meaning urgent improvement is required to address dreadful cleanliness) – don’t actually have to put the sticker up.

They can just ignore the rating and trust you won’t notice. What’s more, a zero hygiene rating does not automatically mean public health officials will issue enforcement notices – or that the business will have to close down.

It’s hard not to conclude that the FSA apparently prefers to fret over toast, rather than enforcing hygiene measures that would improve our health – and potentially save lives.

Voir encore:

Ariane Chemin et Benoît Collombat : « Les journalistes ne sont pas au-dessus des lois, mais l’État non plus »

Les journalistes Ariane Chemin et Benoît Collombat sont les invités de Léa Salamé à 7h50. Ils reviennent sur les convocations à la DGSI de plusieurs journalistes enquêtant sur des scandales ou des mensonges d’État.

Léa Salamé

France inter

30 mai 2019

« On a l’impression d’une erreur de casting », raconte la journaliste du Monde Ariane Chemin sur sa convocation à la DGSI. « Ça ressemble un peu au Bureau des Légendes, on descend au quatrième sous-sol, c’est gris, il y a des néons, une paire de menottes qui pendouille… Vous êtes interrogé dans un cadre normalement réservé à des personnes accusées de terrorisme. » C’est d’ailleurs ce qui inquiète le plus les deux journalistes, qui s’alarment d’une forme de « criminalisation du travail journalistique ».

« Avec la multiplication de ces auditions à la DGSI, on a l’impression que c’est une logique antiterroriste qui est appliquée aux journalistes », explique Benoît Collombat, journaliste à la Cellule investigations de Radio France. « On parle de l’affaire Benalla, une affaire d’État. On parle des armes françaises au Yémen, un mensonge d’État. Et là, on n’est pas dans le cadre traditionnel du droit de la presse, devant les tribunaux devant lesquels on peut se défendre. »

Pour eux, quand Sibeth Ndiaye dit que les journalistes « sont des justiciables comme les autres », elle se trompe. « C’est vrai dans la vie quotidienne, mais pas dans l’exercice de leur métier », s’agace Ariane Chemin. Le principe du secret d’État et celui de la liberté de la presse « ne se valent donc pas ».

Benoît Collombat enfonce le clou : « le journaliste a une fonction sociale, il n’est pas là uniquement pour publier passivement des communiqués officiels du gouvernement ». « Dans le cas des ventes d’armes de la France utilisées au Yémen, on parle quand même de la pire catastrophe humanitaire depuis la Deuxième Guerre Mondiale : on entend que les journalistes ne sont pas au-dessus des lois, mais l’État non plus ! La France ne respecte pas les traités sur le commerce des armes qu’elle a signés. »

Bref les deux journalistes sont inquiets sur la liberté des journalistes dans le pays, notamment avec la crise des gilets jaunes. « Il y a une accumulation de faits qui devient inquiétante », assure Ariane Chemin. « C’est pas en cassant le thermomètre (les journalistes) qu’on fait baisser la fièvre », conclut Benoît Collombat.

Voir enfin:

L’Iran fournit aux Houthis des armes sophistiquées internationalement prohibées, entre autres des missiles destinés à frapper l’Arabie saoudite et des drones de type « tempête »
la Référence
21/décembre/2018

Depuis le coup d’Etat des houthis, de nombreux rapports internationaux prouvent sans équivoque que l’Iran a fourni des armes aux milices putschistes. Certaines de ces armes sont prohibées sur le plan international. Le dernier rapport en date a été annoncé par le secrétaire général de l’ONU, Antonio Gueterrs le 12 décembre. De nouvelles armes que l’on croit fabriquées en Iran, ont été trouvées au Yémen.

Selon le rapport, le Secrétariat des Nations Unies a « examiné deux lance-missiles anti-char saisis par la coalition arabe dirigée par l’Arabie saoudite au Yémen, et a constaté qu’ils avaient des caractéristiques iraniennes. Ces lance-missiles ont été fabriqués en 2016 et 2017 ».

Le rapport indique que l’enquête en cours déterminera l’origine de ces armes. L’Iran a toujours nié livrer des armes aux rebelles Houthis, affirmant qu’il les soutient politiquement uniquement. Le rapport onusien porte sur le respect par l’Iran de l’accord nucléaire signé en 2015 avec six grandes puissances. Les Etats-Unis s’en sont retirés en mai dernier rétablissant les sanctions à l’encontre de Téhéran.

Accusations américaines

Washington avait par le passé accusé l’Iran de violer ses obligations en ce qui a trait à l’accord nucléaire, en fabriquant notamment des missiles balistiques. L’administration américaine affirme que les missiles testés par Téhéran sont capables de transporter des ogives nucléaires. Un fait nié par l’Iran, qui affirme que son programme d’armement est « défensif» et « traditionnel ».

Les Nations Unies ont constaté le lancement, par les rebelles  Houthis, de roquettes iraniennes sur l’Arabie saoudite. Fin novembre, les Etats-unis ont révélé la présence de nouvelles armes qui constituent une preuve que des missiles iraniens sont diffusés au Moyen-Orient. Parmi ces armes se trouve un missile sol-air Hunter-2C. Il y a un an, le gouvernement américain avait montré les restes d’un missile iranien tiré par les rebelles Houthis sur l’Arabie saoudite.

Ce n’est pas tout. De nombreuses armes iraniennes ont été saisies ces dernières années, notamment aux mains des Houthis dont des missiles balistiques à longue portée et des missiles anti-char. L’Iran fournit également aux Houthis des drones de fabrication iranienne de type « Qasif » utilisés pour attaquer les systèmes de défense aérienne, et d’autres de type « Ababil » utilisés pour attaquer les radars.

Le Liban, zone de transit

Téhéran a également collaboré avec ses agents régionaux comme le Hezbollah pour approvisionner les Houthis en armes par le biais de la contrebande. Le navire iranien Ceyhan 1, saisi en janvier 2013, contenait de grandes quantités d’armes, d’explosifs cet de missiles sol-air.

En février 2013, le navire Jihan 2, a été saisi près de Bab Al-Mandab, alors qu’en février 2016, la marine australienne a intercepté un voilier transportant des milliers de Kalachnikov, de grenades et de lance-roquettes. Il venait d’Iran et se dirigeant vers les rebelles Houthis. En juillet 2016, la résistance populaire a saisi un bateau de pêche qui avait réussi à transporter, en l’espace d’une semaine, six cargaisons d’armes vers les Houthis. « L’Iran a l’intention de fabriquer et de moderniser jusqu’à 800 chars », a déclaré le vice-ministre iranien de la Défense, cité par l’agence Tasnim. Il n’a pas indiqué le type de chars ni leur nombre dans chaque catégorie. « Notre programme prévoit la production de 50 à 60 chars par an. Le budget nécessaire à cette production a été alloué en raison des besoins urgents de l’armée et des gardiens de la révolution », a indiqué le ministre iranien.

Rapport britannique

Un rapport britannique sur l’armement confirme l’implication du régime iranien dans la livraison de mines aux milices houthies au Yémen, ainsi que la formation de plusieurs de leurs éléments pour construire un grand nombre de mines localement.

L’expert international Jonah Leif, directeur des opérations à l’Arms Research Foundation britannique, affirme que Téhéran est directement impliqué dans la livraison de mines aux milices houthies. Ces mines n’étaient pas en possession de l’armée yéménite avant le coup d’Etat contre la légitimité. Dans un rapport intitulé « Les mines et les explosifs utilisées par les militants houthis sur la côte ouest », le chercheur souligne l’importance d’élaborer des cartes pour le déminage. Le rapport donne un aperçu des mines et des engins explosifs improvisés utilisés par les milices houthies sur la côte ouest du Yémen.

Le rapport souligne les dispositifs électroniques utilisés par les Houthis sur la côte ouest et permettant d’actionner les engins explosifs à distance comme les capteurs et les transmetteurs. Le document affirme que la conception de ces dispositifs est « identique à ceux fabriqués en Iran en 2008 ». Le rapport souligne également que les mines utilisées par les houthis sur la côte ouest du Yémen, sont identiques à ceux saisis aux avec Da’ech à la ville yéménite d’Aden, ce qui révèle que l’Iran soutient cette organisation terroriste et pas seulement les Houthis.

Rapports de renseignement

D’autre part, selon un rapport des renseignements américains publié mi 2018, les flottes occidentales ont intercepté trois voiliers en mer d’Oman, certaines armes trouvées sur ces voiliers étaient identiques à celles confisquées au Yémen et qui étaient en possession des combattants Houthis. Le rapport, citant des sources officielles iraniennes, affirme que deux de ces bateaux non immatriculés étaient fabriqués par la société de construction navale iranienne, Mansur, dont le bassin est situé à proximité d’une base des Gardiens de la révolution.

« Depuis 2012, les bateaux de la compagnie Mansour sont impliqués dans de nombreuses opérations de contrebande d’héroïne, de cannabis et, plus récemment, d’armes », déclare l’Arms Research Institute basée en Grande-Bretagne. Et d’ajouter : « L’analyse des armes indique qu’au moins deux des trois cargaisons ont été envoyées avec la complicité des forces de sécurité iraniennes »

Selon le rapport, certaines armes confisquées lors de l’interception des bateaux portaient des numéros de série nouveaux, ce qui indique qu’elles proviennent du stock de l’un des pays. Les numéros d’identification des armes antichars découverts dans l’un des bateaux correspondaient aux numéros de production d’armes similaires qui, selon les Emirats Arabes Unis, avaient été confisquées aux Houthis.

Le rapport souligne enfin le rôle des ports somaliens en tant que zones de transit : « Les navires de guerre HMA S Darwin, FS Provence et USS Sirocco ont saisi plus de 4 500 fusils, obus de mortiers et de lance-roquettes en l’espace de 4 semaines entre février et mars 2016 », affirme le rapport.

Voir par ailleurs:

Londres, de notre correspondant

«Meurtriers», titrait hier le Daily Mail, ajoutant en une, photos et identités à l’appui: «le Mail accuse ces cinq hommes d’un meurtre raciste. Si nous avons tort, qu’ils nous fassent un procès.» Il n’est pas dans les habitudes du tabloïd conservateur de prendre ainsi parti dans un crime raciste. Mais son rédacteur en chef expliquait hier soir que l’assassinat jusqu’ici impuni d’un adolescent noir, il y a quatre ans, était devenu le symbole d’une justice à deux vitesses, efficace pour les Blancs, déficiente pour les sujets de couleur de Sa Majesté. Avant d’ajouter que le Daily Mail entendait faire pression sur le gouvernement.

Jeudi soir, les parents de Stephen Lawrence, qui mènent combat depuis quatre ans pour que justice soit faite, ont finalement obtenu qu’un tribunal reconnaisse que leur fils a été tué «au cours d’une attaque raciste, non provoquée, par cinq jeunes Blancs». Une victoire certes, mais limitée: les cinq jeunes dénoncés par le Daily Mail et meurtriers présumés de l’adolescent restent libres, après une enquête de police bâclée et une instruction maladroite.

Stephen Lawrence a été poignardé à mort en avril 1993 par un groupe de cinq jeunes Blancs alors qu’il attendait le bus à Eltham, dans le sud-est de Londres. Stephen avait dix-huit ans et a été tué parce qu’il était noir. «Prends-ça, sale Nègre», avait crié l’un des meurtriers, le perçant de coups de couteau. Sa famille était arrivée de Jamaïque, sa mère est institutrice, son père maçon, et Stephen, étudiant brillant, voulait devenir architecte. Les soupçons de la police se portent immédiatement sur un groupe de cinq jeunes, membres d’un club, «The Firm», ouvertement raciste et supporters du National Front (un minuscule parti raciste britannique ), qui vivent dans une cité voisine. Ils ont déjà injurié et agressé les quelques Noirs vivant dans le quartier. Entre mai et juin 1993, ils sont tous arrêtés mais nient avoir tué Stephen; faute de preuves suffisantes présentées par la police, le procureur les libère. La famille persévère et, à ses frais, monte en avril 1996 une private prosecution, un «procès privé», comme l’autorise une procédure rarement usitée du droit anglais, devant des magistrats publics de l’Old Bailey de Londres (l’équi- valent de la Cour de cassation). Personne ne veut se présenter à l’audience pour témoigner contre les cinq assassins présumés. Par peur, selon la police; parce que l’enquête a été mal faite, selon la famille. Les enquêteurs peuvent seulement présenter des enregistrements effectués par la police de conversations ouvertement racistes des cinq jeunes. On entend l’un d’entre eux dire: «Il faut couper les bras et les jambes des Noirs pour qu’ils n’aient plus que des putains de moignons.» On voit un autre, sur un film vidéo, donner des coups de couteau dans l’air en criant: «Sale Nègre, sale Nègre.» Des éléments à charge certes, mais pas de preuves, témoignages ou aveux suffisants pour assurer une condamnation. Ce nouveau procès s’effondre. Entre-temps, Stephen est devenu une cause célèbre: Nelson Mandela, lors de sa visite en Grande-Bretagne, rencontrera même les parents de l’adolescent assassiné. Jeudi soir, le ministre de l’Intérieur a finalement décidé d’ouvrir une enquête sur le travail de la police. Sinon, reconnaissait l’avocat de la famille, Imran Khan, «les Britanniques de couleur finiront pas croire qu’ils doivent eux-mêmes se faire justice».

Voir aussi:

Some of Paul Dacre’s most memorable Daily Mail front pages

During 26 years at the helm of the Daily Mail, editor Paul Dacre has published some striking and memorable front pages.

His strong pro-Brexit stance, and anti-Labour sentiment, has been unabashed, while he has spearheaded a number of successful campaigns including calling for justice for murdered teenager Stephen Lawrence.

Dacre announced yesterday that he will leave his role as Daily Mail editor to become chairman and editor-in-chief of Associated Newspapers later this year, stepping back from day-to-day editorial responsibilities.

In a statement to staff, Dacre described them as “Fleet Street’s greatest team of journalists”, who had been behind the paper’s “countless successful campaigns” that often made the front page.

Here are some of Dacre’s most memorable splashes through the years.

Stephen Lawrence

Dacre recently revealed he caused a “deathly silence” on the Daily Mail back bench when he proposed the now famous splash accusing the five suspects in the Stephen Lawrence murder case of killing him.

Dacre had been moved to run the front page after watching the suspects repeatedly refused to answer questions at Lawrence’s inquest, which returned a verdict of “unlawful killing”.

Under the headline “Murderers”, Dacre wrote: “The Mail accuses these men of killing. If we are wrong, let them sue us.”

In 2012, after David Norris and Gary Dobson were convicted of Lawrence’s murder 19 years on, Dacre wrote that the newspaper had taken a “monumental risk” with the front page but that he believed “as a result we did a huge amount of good and made a little bit of history that day”.

Daily Mail ‘Murderers’ front page from 14 February, 1997.

Marine A

The Daily Mail led a campaign for the release of Royal Marine Sergeant Alexander Blackman after he was jailed for shooting a Taliban fighter.

Mail readers raised £810,000 to go towards a legal challenge against his life sentence after the campaign launched in September 2015 with the headline: “A shameful injustice”.

The battle lasted two years before Blackman’s release from jail in April last year. The newspaper put the news of his release on the front, giving it equal billing with Theresa May’s signing the letter to begin Brexit.

Gary McKinnon

In 2009 the Daily Mail threw its weight behind Gary McKinnon, a British Asperger’s sufferer accused of hacking into Pentagon and NASA computers.

The newspaper campaigned to stop McKinnon being extradited to the US, calling it an “Affront to British justice” in a splash headline. McKinnon was eventually told he would not be extradited, and then that he would face no further criminal action, in 2012.

Plastic

In 2008 the Daily Mail launched a “Banish The Bags” campaign with the striking image of a turtle entangled by plastic.

The campaign resulted in the introduction of a 5p charge for plastic bags at supermarkets and other large retailers.

This year, the newspaper has stepped up its anti-plastic crusade again with its “let’s turn the tide on plastic” message.

Brexit

Some of the Mail’s most famous front pages of recent times relate to Brexit, for which it campaigned fervently and has been credited with perhaps tipping the balance in Britain’s decision to leave the European Union.

When a panel of judges ruled that Brexit could not be triggered without a Westminster vote in November 2016, Dacre didn’t hold back, calling them “Enemies of the people” in a move that drew criticism and even comparisons with a Nazi newspaper headline.

When peers voted to give Parliament the power to force ministers to reopen talks if MPs rejected the Prime Minister’s Brexit deal with Brussels, the newspaper took aim once again, calling the House of Lords the a “House of unelected wreckers” and writing that the “Remainer elite” was “fighting a guerilla war against Brexit using any weapon it can” in a leader column.

In February 2016, as David Cameron negotiated with Brussels ahead of the EU referendum, the newspaper dedicated its front page to a leader comment asking: “Who will speak for England?”

The Daily Mail supported Theresa May’s call for a snap General Election in 2017, saying it was a chance for her to “crush the saboteurs” of Brexit. The outcome didn’t quite go as planned for May or the Mail.

In December, the Daily Mail asked Tory Remainers “Proud of yourselves?” after siding with Labour in a Brexit vote, picturing each of those “accused of treachery”.

In June 2017, the front page was dedicated to accusing Jeremy Corbyn, John McDonnell and Diane Abbott of being “apologists of terror”.

Voir de même:

The murder of Stephen Lawrence, an 18 year old young black student stabbed to death in a racist attack in 1993, was one of the defining moments in the British 20th Century.

A public inquiry later concluded that « institutional racism » from London’s Metropolitan Police bungled the case and let the men suspected of killing Lawrence walk free.

Today, 18 years later, two men were finally convicted of the murder. And one man played a huge role in that eventual result. The Daily Mail’s editor in chief, Paul Dacre.

It was Dacre’s decision to put the photos of those accused of murder on the front page in 1997, possibly in contempt of court, under the headline « MURDERERS:The Mail accuses these men of killing. If we are wrong, let them sue us ».

Not one of the men ever sued, and public opinion swung wildly against the accused and the police who had mishandled the case. Eventually, in 2007, police began re-investigating the case, and in 2011 charges were brought against two men.

It was certainly out of character for Dacre, often characterized as a right wing populist with little time for concerns of racism — in his book Flat Earth News, Nick Davies writes that the group changed its coverage after a personal link to the family was suggested (reports suggest that Lawrence’s father had at one time worked on Dacre’s house). But even Dacre’s detractors have to accept his huge role in getting the case reopened and an eventual guilty verdict.

Voir de plus:

Stephen Lawrence’s parents thank Daily Mail for ‘going out on a limb’
Newspaper’s ‘Murderers’ headline in 1997 put the case at heart of public consciousness, say David Cameron and Ed Miliband
Lisa O’Carroll
The Guardian
4 Jan 2012

Stephen Lawrence have praised the Daily Mail for « going out on a limb » and branding suspects in the death of their son as « murderers » 15 years ago.

They led the tributes to the paper that campaigned for justice ever since. David Cameron said the Lawrences were helped enormously by the paper while Labour leader Ed Miliband said it played an « honourable role » in helping to bring the killers to heel.

Neville Lawrence, the teenager’s father, said that along with the intervention of Nelson Mandela, the Daily Mail’s campaign was the crucial turning point in the case.

And Doreen Lawrence, Stephen’s mother said the landmark front page of the Daily Mail on 14 February 1997 branding five suspects as « Murderers » made the case matter to the whole country.

Her former husband said he was in Jamaica when the paper ran that highly risky story inviting the suspects to sue if they were not the killers.

He told the Mail today: « I was very pleased, but I admit I was very frightened, too, because I realised the implications. If you name people as murderers you have to be pretty sure you have the proof or you’ll be in trouble. »

He added: « The fact that the Mail – which is a very influential newspaper – went out on a limb for us showed how committed you were to the case. Not a lot of editors would have done that. Not a lot would have chanced it. »

Ms Lawrence said: « When the Mail first published their faces, up until that point nobody – apart from those in their local neighbourhood – really knew what those boys looked like.

« Then the whole country knew. They were no longer faceless people …

« [The Mail’s front page] definitely surprised me; that a newspaper would go out on a limb because at the time, even though we suspected they were guilty, there was nothing to prove that they were murderers.

« It makes a big difference to have that support because you don’t want to be this lone voice. »

The Daily Mail devotes 21 pages to the story today with tributes from 11 key public figures for its unstinting campaign.

Miliband told the Mail that its quest for justice was important to salute at a moment when journalism is under fire.

« At a time when the reputation of the newspaper industry is at an all time low, it is important to recognise when campaigning journalism makes a difference.

« That includes the honourable role the Daily Mail has played over almost two decades. »

In its editorial today, the Mail says it hopes readers will forgive it if it takes « credit from our own trade » and for the « special pride » it had in bringing Gary Dobson and David Norris to justice.

« When the entire British press is, in a sense, on trial at the Leveson inquiry, we believe this case offers a timely reminder of the vital importance to a healthy democracy of independent, self-regulating and viable newspapers. »

Former journalist and chairman of the Human Rights Commission Trevor Phillips described the decision to brand the accused as murderers as an « act of great courage » by the paper’s editor Paul Dacre.

« But it was also a shrewd recognition by the most acute judge of middle England’s temperature that attitudes to race had changed profoundly. »

Sir Peter Bottomley, the Tory MP who represented the suburb of Eltham at the time, said that in 1993 the media didn’t care because the boy was a black kid from south London.

« I would like to give praise to the Daily Mail and Paul Dacre for their bravery in naming the suspects on 14 February 1997.

« This helped keep the attention of the country and police on the need to find the evidence which would lead to a full trial and possible conviction of the killers.

« Without the Daily Mail, I do not believe this would have happened. »

The full impact of Paul Dacre’s decision to run the headline he has described as a « monumental risk » was revealed today by the former home secretary Jack Straw.

He told the paper today that it helped secure the co-operation of the police inquiry into the Met’s handling of the case.

« The Daily Mail’s intervention made my job much easier in getting agreement from the Metropolitan police to set up the inquiry, which itself changed the face of policing in Britain. »

Voir encore:

Paul Dacre admits Daily Mail ran ‘Murderers’ Stephen Lawrence splash because father Neville did his plastering
inews
April 10th 2018

The Daily Mail editor Paul Dacre has admitted that he ran the newspaper’s famous front page, calling five suspects in the racist killing of Stephen Lawrence “murderers”, because the teenager’s father had performed excellent work plastering his house.

Neville Lawrence said the unprecedented 1997 front page played a major role in bringing to justice some of the men who killed 18 year-old student Stephen, who was stabbed to death whilst waiting for a bus in south-east London.

Dacre knew Lawrence family

The Daily Mail front page put ‘rocket boosters’ under campaign to bring Stephen Lawrence killers to justice, a BBC film says

In a rare interview, Mr Dacre tells a landmark BBC series marking the 25th anniversary of the murder, that the Mail would not have backed the family’s campaign without his unlikely personal connection to the Lawrences.

Neville Lawrence had been recommended as a “very good plasterer” when Mr Dacre needed “lots of work doing” at his home, the Mail editor-in-chief said.

“He did a lot of plastering work. He was clearly a very decent, hard-working man. Would the Mail have done it without that knowledge? Probably not.”

Mr Lawrence, unaware of his employer’s position, had complained about the Daily Mail’s coverage of the family in the aftermath of the murder.

Mr Dacre offered the Lawrence family a chance to “put the record straight” in an exclusive interview.

Suspects ‘Taking the piss’

A meeting with Paul Condon, the Met Police commissioner, after three suspects were acquitted of the murder, convinced Mr Dacre to challenge all five in print.

“Paul said he would bet his life these men were the killers but they couldn’t get the evidence,” Mr Dacre said. “These guys were taking the piss out of British justice.”

Mr Dacre sketched out the headline “Murderers”, challenging the five suspects “if we are wrong, let them sue us” at 9pm, 45 minutes before the paper went to press.

He forced the “cataclysmic” front page through nervous libel lawyers. “The next day the s-h-i-t hit the fan.”

The paper was accused of interfering with justice by naming the “killers”.

Two suspects convicted

Gary Dobson and David Norris were convicted of murdering Lawrence in 2012 and are serving life sentences.

The talented architecture student was set upon by a racist gang. From Stephen: The Murder that Changed a Nation Stephen Lawrence – (C) The Baroness Lawrence of Clarendon OBEHowever the teenager is believed to have been surrounded by up to six attackers that night.

Imran Khan, who has represented Stephen’s mother Baroness Lawrence since a few days after her son’s death, said he did not expect anyone else to face prosecution for the murder, despite police appeals.

Mr Khan claimed institutional racism is “thriving” in the Metropolitan Police, 25 years after the murder, despite the 1999 Macpherson inquiry which made 70 recommendations after finding that the initial murder inquiry was riddled with police incompetence and racist attitudes.

PM backs undercover police probe

Theresa May tells the film that the Undercover Policing Inquiry she launched as Home Secretary three years ago, to discover whether the undercover policing units developed over 40 years were out of control, would provide important evidence about alleged police corruption.

Theresa May tells the BBC series of her concerns over undercover policing operations (©MoD/Crown Copyright/Jay Allen)

The inquiry was launched after allegations that Scotland Yard infiltrated the Stephen Lawrence campaign 20 years ago, in order to find material to smear the family.

:: Stephen: The Murder that Changed a Nation begins BBC1, Tuesday April 17, 9pm and continues April 18, 19.

Voir encore:

“MURDERERS” – of myths, Macpherson, and the Daily Mail
As we approach the 25th anniversary of Stephen Lawrence’s murder, it’s time to critically assess whether the Daily Mail really played the pivotal and progressive role it likes to claim in the case, and its impact on Britain’s race relations.
Brian Cathcart
Open democracy
2 November 2017

When David Cameron gave evidence to the Leveson Inquiry he wanted to give an example of newspaper campaigning that had benefited society. With the entire modern output of the national press to pick from, he chose the Daily Mail’s work on the Stephen Lawrence murder. This, he informed the judge, had been ‘extremely important’.

No doubt many others would have made the same choice. Even the Mail’s rivals sometimes hold up its coverage of the infamous 1993 race murder as a high point for British journalism and as proof of the essential role of the press. As for the Mail’s critics, they find the case a stumbling block. If the Mail really played a heroic part in achieving justice for a black family that had been failed by the white establishment, it becomes harder for them to classify the paper as simply intolerant or racist.

Next April will be the 25th anniversary of the murder. It will be a moment for commemoration and for reflection about race in Britain. For the Mail, which takes intense pride in its own involvement in the case, it will also be an opportunity to remind the public of what it did.

So what did it do? Most famously, in February 1997, at a moment when the police and the justice system appeared to have failed the Lawrence family, it published a front page accusing five young men of the murder and defying them to sue for libel. A stroke of editorial brilliance, this caused a sensation, raising the profile of this troubling case and stirring debate about trial by media. Over the years that followed, the Mail would return many times to the Lawrence case in front pages, inside spreads and editorials, and the paper has made some bold claims about the difference it made. Several of these were drawn together in a single statement by its editor, Paul Dacre, after two men were convicted of the killing in 2012:

‘Quite simply, I don’t think it’s an exaggeration to say that if it hadn’t been for the Mail’s headline in 1997 – “Murderers: The Mail accuses these men of killing” – and our years of campaigning, none of this would have happened: Britain’s police might not have undergone the huge internal reform that was so necessary; race relations might not have taken the significant step forward that they have;  and an 18-year-old A-Level student who dreamed of being an architect would have been denied justice.’

The Mail has also claimed that its reporting brought about the 1998-99 Macpherson Inquiry into the murder and that its campaigning led to the reform of the double jeopardy rule that made possible one of the 2012 convictions. Dacre has also asserted that he risked jail by publishing the 1997 front page.

These claims have rarely been examined closely, but in an article just published in the journal Political Quarterly I have tested them against the historical record. I found that, while the paper’s actions involved editorial brilliance and probably had positive consequences, its principal claims are at best exaggerated and at worst unsupported by evidence. Even where it can be argued that the paper did help bring about changes for the better, they were not the changes it actually sought.

One example is the assertion that the Mail’s reporting ‘prompted Home Secretary Jack Straw to initiate a major inquiry’, as the paper put it in February 1999. That claim has been made on a number of occasions but it is problematic and at the very least needs careful qualification – chiefly because in the relevant months of 1997 the Mail never once called for a public inquiry. Even when the Lawrence family demanded one, the Mail conspicuously did not give its support. And once it became clear, in the early summer of 1997, that there would be an inquiry, the Mail publicly opposed the kind of inquiry – into police failures – that Doreen (now Baroness) Lawrence was arguing for and that the government of the time ultimately set up. In short, the paper has been claiming credit for the establishment of an inquiry which the record shows it didn’t seek and which took a form it actually opposed.

Of course this is not a simple matter. While Jack Straw, in his autobiography, gave credit for the establishment of the inquiry ‘above all’ to Baroness Lawrence, he also wrote that the Mail helped give him political ‘space’ to make his decision. No doubt this is correct: that a conservative paper was conspicuously involved will have made a difference, but again the context must be considered. Straw made his decision in July 1997. It is conceivable that, had he not had the ‘space’ created by the Mail, he might have said no. But the events of 1997 show that six months later, no matter what the position of the Daily Mail, he would have had no choice but to order an inquiry anyway. When, that December, a report by the Police Complaints Authority (PCA) revealed wholesale incompetence and worse in the original police investigation of Stephen Lawrence’s murder, all arguments against a public inquiry would have fallen away. In other words, insofar as the Mail’s involvement might have made a difference by giving Straw more room to act, the difference was between the announcement of an inquiry in July 1997 and the same announcement five months later.

The Mail’s claim – repeated as recently as June this year during an angry spat with the Guardian – that its campaign to bring the Stephen Lawrence murderers to justice “did more to improve race relations in this country than anything the Guardian has achieved” is a claim which, at best, requires considerable qualification, not least because throughout the whole history of the Lawrence case the Mail’s understanding of the role of race has been a very particular one.

In its reporting just after the murder in 1993 its principal interest was in challenging mostly black ‘race militants’ whom it accused of ‘hijacking a tragedy’. The paper was happy to quote the Lawrences when they expressed concern about ‘militants’, but it conspicuously failed to quote them on the subject of racism in British law enforcement and justice and its role in their plight. Even in 1997 the Mail still refused to accept that the Lawrences’ colour might have made a difference. An editorial published on the same day as the famous ‘Murderers’ front page declared bluntly: ‘But suggestions made by his grief-stricken mother that that police were less than assiduous because of Stephen’s colour are misplaced.’ In the eyes of the Mail, in other words, Doreen Lawrence was simply wrong to see racism in the British establishment as a factor in her family’s tragedy.

Why did the Mail get involved at all, if it took that view? Look at the record and the answer is clear. Dacre was outraged by what he called the swaggering conduct of the five suspects at the inquest (which had just ended when the front page was published). He was appalled that they appeared to be getting away with murder, as his own crime reporters and senior police officers told him they were. His focus and that of his paper was on five white ‘thugs’ from southeast London, and accusations about racism in the police or the justice system or in wider British society were wrong, and worse, were damaging distractions.

It was for that reason that the Mail did not want a public inquiry into police failure and instead looked to the Macpherson inquiry (in vain) to hold the five suspects to account. When the inquiry report declared that the police service suffered from ‘institutional racism’, and when the Tony Blair government asserted that the whole country had lessons to learn from this, the Mail was openly disgusted. This was, it said, ‘a kind of politically correct McCarthyism’, and it asked: ‘Should the majority in this fundamentally decent and tolerant nation be tainted by collective guilt?’ The only racism the Mail would ever acknowledge in the case was the racism of the attackers (who were heard to use the word ‘n****r’) and conceivably of a few ‘bad apple’ police officers who, it said, should be driven out of the police service.

Against this background, assertions by the Mail that it was instrumental in improvements in race relations and also in reforms of the police that flowed from the Macpherson inquiry must ring hollow. Not only did it not want the inquiry in the first place, but it was also broadly dismissive of the inquiry’s eventual findings.

There is, however, one significant way in which the Mail probably helped bring positive change. The Stephen Lawrence affair was the first occasion when the white majority in this country came to understand and identify with the grief and anger of a black British family. They saw past angry black faces and recognised human suffering and a case of injustice. Those chiefly responsible for that change are the Lawrences themselves, but the Mail also deserves some credit. Baroness Lawrence wrote in her autobiography, And Still I Rise: ‘The Daily Mail’s front page had helped to open the story up. In fact the press had always been interested, but that report was said to have “touched Middle England”, the feelings of white people who don’t normally care much what happens to black youths in inner cities.’

It may well be that the public inquiry would have done this anyway, with its months of shocking testimony vindicating the family’s position, but it is clear that the Mail’s sensational intervention in February 1997 accelerated the process and it seems likely that many who would not otherwise have given consideration to the Lawrences’ grievances were induced to do so as a result.

My article in Political Quarterly looks at all of this in some detail, and also at the other claims made by the Mail. For example, I found no evidence in the historical record to support the suggestion that the Mail campaigned in any sustained way for reform of the double jeopardy rule, nor for the suggestion that the editor of the Mail risked jail when he accused the five suspects of murder. Dacre’s assertion that if it had not been for the Mail Stephen Lawrence would have been denied justice is particularly hard to credit since there is nothing to support it in the known narrative of the police investigation that led to the two convictions. Even a general proposition that the Mail helped bring about convictions by continuing to highlight the issue does not withstand scrutiny.

Newspapers boast, and they often exaggerate – how often do we see two papers claiming the same story as an ‘exclusive’? In that light the exaggerations of the Mail about the Stephen Lawrence case may be seen as normal. But where a matter is as important as this one, and where it remains important even after the passage of nearly 25 years, it is essential to test the boasts against the record and try to arrive at a more accurate picture of what has happened.

Voir enfin:

The Daily Mail and the Stephen Lawrence Murder
Brian Cathcart
The Political quaterly
23 October 2017

Abstract

The Daily Mail‘s coverage of the 1993 race murder of Stephen Lawrence has been held up as an example of newspaper journalism at its best. It is a cause of pride to the paper, which has asserted that its 1997 front page accusing five men of the murder, and the comment and reporting that followed, brought about significant social and policy changes and helped achieve justice. The coverage has also been cited by the paper to rebut critics who accuse it of intolerance. Examined in detail here and set in their context, the paper’s claims about its role in the case prove to be either exaggerated or not supported by evidence. The Mail‘s engagement in the Lawrence case involved a famous instance of editorial brilliance, but insofar as its campaign brought about or contributed to changes, they were not usually changes sought by the paper and they were sometimes contrary to its aims.

WHAT DID the Daily Mail do in the Stephen Lawrence case and what did it achieve? Although nearly 25 years have passed since the notorious race killing in south‐east London and 21 years since the Mail‘s famous front page naming five men as the murderers, these questions remain relevant. They are relevant because the Mail‘s actions have gained a special place in the story and self‐image of modern British newspaper journalism, often held up as an example—sometimes the leading example—of editorial brilliance and bravery; of inspired campaigning for justice; of the press bringing about change against the odds. The Mail takes a special pride in what it did, its editor declaring that it proves that ‘the power of journalism, courageous headlines and relentless campaigning can act as a huge force for good in society and make a major difference to countless lives’.1 Other newspapers cite the case as proof of the social value of the press: last year, for example, the Daily Telegraph identified among the principal achievements of the industry that it had ‘ensured that criminals such as the killers of Stephen Lawrence were brought to justice’.2 And at the Leveson inquiry in 2012 the then Prime Minister, David Cameron, when he wished to give an example of valuable newspaper campaigning, and with the entire modern output of the industry to choose from, singled out the Mail‘s Lawrence coverage for praise, saying it was ‘extremely important’.3

For critics of the Mail it is no less significant. The paper is often characterised as reactionary and unsympathetic towards minorities but its treatment of the Lawrence story, as it is generally understood, is not easily reconciled with such a picture. Alastair Campbell has written that the paper’s coverage of the case ‘makes it so much harder to challenge the Mail over its overt and its more subtle racism’.4 This works in the other direction too. Responding to a suggestion in The Guardian that it encouraged Islamophobia, the Mail said it would not take lessons on the subject: ‘Our campaign to bring Stephen Lawrence’s murderers to justice, for which the editor of this paper could have been jailed, did more to improve race relations in this country than anything The Guardian has ever achieved’ (Daily Mail, 22 June 2017).

Given all this, it is surprising that the history of the Mail and the Lawrence case has received little detailed scrutiny.5 That is the purpose of this article. It will look first at what the Mail did and identify the various assertions that have been made about its impact. It will then review the context and background of the Mail‘s actions and will assess, against the various claims, what the consequences have been.

The pivot of the story is the front page of 14 February 1997. The headline was one word in capitals: ‘MURDERERS’. Then came: ‘The Mail accuses these men of killing. If we are wrong, let them sue us.’. Below that were photographs of the principal suspects in the case: five young white men from the district where the murder occurred. This caused a sensation. The five had not been convicted in a court of law. The Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) had refused to prosecute them for want of evidence and a rare private prosecution brought by Stephen Lawrence’s parents had ended in acquittals. If people in Britain are innocent until proven guilty, then these men were innocent, yet one of the country’s biggest‐selling newspapers had called them murderers.

For a few days, the headline dominated public discussion. Other papers reported it on their front pages and published editorials; the news bulletins and current affairs broadcasts kept returning to it; the legal profession was exercised, for and against, and the matter was discussed in Parliament. People asked: was this trial by media? Had the Mail gone too far? Might the five sue? And if they could not sue, was that fair? There were also questions about the case itself. Why was this murder still unsolved? Had the system failed the Lawrence family, as they claimed? Was their race a factor? And simply, what were the facts?

The Mail would return many times to the story in the years that followed, publishing occasional front pages, inside spreads and editorials, including scoops relating mainly to the suspects and to the police investigations. January 2012, when two of the five—Gary Dobson and David Norris—were convicted for their parts in the murder, saw a kind of crescendo. The paper’s editor, Paul Dacre, released an unusual video statement on the day of the verdicts that is still viewable online and which gives the fullest account to date of the Mail‘s understanding of its own contribution to the case.6 Stating first that it was a glorious day for the Lawrences, for the police, for politicians who took vital decisions and for newspapers generally, Dacre continued:

Quite simply, I don’t think it’s an exaggeration to say that if it hadn’t been for the Mail‘s headline in 1997 … and our years of campaigning, none of this would have happened. Britain’s police might not have undergone the huge internal reform that was so necessary. Race relations might not have taken the significant step forward that they have. And an 18 year‐old A‐level student who dreamed of being an architect would have been denied justice.

Without the Mail, in other words, Britain might not have seen important police reforms and gains in race relations, and no one would have been convicted of the murder. As we have seen above, the Mail has also claimed that its editor risked jail in publishing that front page. And elsewhere it has asserted both that its actions prompted the government of the day to order a public inquiry—the 1998–99 Macpherson inquiry—and that those actions brought about the ending of double jeopardy, the ancient legal convention that prevented people being tried twice for the same crime.

What prompted the Mail to publish that front page and what was the background? To understand this we need to see the paper’s relationship with the case from the beginning. Stephen Lawrence, a black sixth‐former on his way home from an evening out with his friend, Duwayne Brooks, was stabbed to death close to a bus stop in Eltham, south‐east London, on 22 April 1993. Witnesses saw at least four assailants and possibly as many as six, all white. One shouted the word ‘nigger’ at Brooks as they attacked. Brooks managed to escape unhurt. The murder was formally recognised as racially motivated by the police, and local black people were quick to note that it was the third or fourth race murder in the area in a couple of years. In common with other papers, the Mail reported this news in a straightforward fashion, under the headline ‘Murdered just for being black’ and the sub‐heading ‘Fear of reprisals after white gang knife teenage student’ (Daily Mail, 24 April 1993).

The family swiftly formed the view that the police were failing to investigate the case properly and after ten days they made their concerns public at a press conference. Shortly afterwards they met Nelson Mandela, then on his second visit to London after his release from prison, and stood with him as he told reporters that their story reminded him of South Africa, ‘where black lives are cheap’.7 The Mail did not report either the family’s press conference or the Mandela meeting. It returned to the case only after there had been violence at a demonstration prompted by the murder, and then its focus was not on the police. A two‐page spread carried the headline: ‘How race militants hijacked a tragedy’ and there followed an interview with Neville and Doreen Lawrence headlined ‘For the sake of Stephen, please put an end to this violence’ (Daily Mail, 10 and 12 May 1993).

The Lawrences and their close supporters were indeed horrified by the violence and were angry with some groups they suspected of using outrage among black Londoners to advance their own causes. What is striking about the Mail‘s coverage at this stage is not that it addressed this—challenging left wing ‘militants’ has long been a routine Mail activity—but that it did so to the exclusion of the family’s other concerns. Mandela was now mentioned, but only in passing and without repeating his remark about the cheapness of black lives, and where the police were discussed, it was with approval: police sources were quoted as saying that detectives were working ‘flat out’ and ‘in a professional and diligent manner’. If there were any difficulties in solving the crime, the Mail‘s reporting suggested, they were caused by radical groups getting in the way of the police.

One development at this early stage has attracted attention, though it did not become public knowledge until later. When the Mail reporter was interviewing the Lawrences it emerged that Neville Lawrence, Stephen’s father, knew the paper’s editor, Paul Dacre, because he had done plastering work at Dacre’s Islington home in the 1980s. The significance of this connection is hard to measure. The journalist Nick Davies suggested in his 2008 book Flat Earth News that it had an instant effect, with the news desk issuing orders to ‘do something sympathetic’.8 Such an instruction could have made little difference on that occasion, however, since there was no reason for the Mail to be unsympathetic—its interest was purely in militants and the Lawrences were ready to criticise militants. Nor was there any sign in the coverage over the next two or three years that the paper or its editor felt any special sympathy towards the family.

This was a bleak period for the Lawrences. Though arrests were eventually made, the charges were soon dropped, the suspects were released and police and prosecutors professed themselves helpless to deliver justice. A private prosecution seemed the only way to make progress, but it proved a cruel ordeal: after a long, stressful build‐up it ended abruptly with acquittals before the jury had even begun to hear evidence. Through most of this period the Mail, in common with most other national newspapers, reported developments without comment, without probing in depth and without giving the case any particular prominence. It was only with the collapse of the private prosecution in April 1996 that, again like other papers, the Mail began to suggest that something special might be happening. A headline used words from Stephen Lawrence’s mother Doreen (now Baroness Lawrence): ‘What do people like us have to do to get justice?’ And near the end of the report came a striking paragraph: ‘The Lawrences’ legal battle has been conducted throughout with quiet dignity. They have refused to allow extremists to make political capital out of Stephen’s death, insisting: ‘What we are fighting for is justice’’ (Daily Mail, 26 April 1996).

February 1997 brought the long‐postponed inquest. By now there was widespread unease that something was wrong and frustration that this blameless family had been let down. Those feelings would be brought to the point of maximum discomfort by what happened in the coroner’s court, and most national papers had reporters there to report it. On the first day, Doreen Lawrence made a passionate, angry speech that was reported by the Mail under the headline: ‘White justice failed my son’. An editorial commented on this ‘anguished cry for justice’, noting the problems of evidence and the failure of the private prosecution. It concluded with a revealing passage:

Sadly this bereaved mother has now convinced herself that her son’s killers walked free because racial bias retarded the initial police investigation and somehow inhibits the whole judicial system. What is undeniable, however, is that the Lawrences are a thoroughly decent family who have suffered a tragic loss and been grievously denied justice. They should know that the hearts of the overwhelming majority of British people (of whatever colour) go out to them. (Daily Mail, 11 February 1997)

While the Mail felt sympathy and frustration, therefore, it rejected the idea that race played any part in the failure to secure convictions and it presented Doreen Lawrence’s opinion purely as a sign of motherly desperation.

Sympathy and frustration increased as the inquest unfolded, as they did in other papers, especially when the five suspects were brought before the court and refused to account for themselves, responding to almost all questions with the words: ‘I claim privilege’. By chance, in this period senior Daily Mail executives, including the editor, had lunch with the Commissioner of the Metropolitan Police, Sir Paul (now Lord) Condon, and some of his staff. The inquest and the conduct of the suspects were discussed and, Dacre would relate, ‘one of the Yard’s most senior police officers … said words to the effect that he’d stake his life on their guilt’.9 By now the editor was angry. His own crime staff shared the officer’s view and yet it seemed to him that the suspects were not only getting away with it but mocking the authority of the courts as they did so. He would describe their conduct in court as ‘the most sickening thing’. When the inquest jury returned a verdict that Stephen Lawrence had been unlawfully killed ‘in a completely unprovoked racist attack by five white youths’—all but identifying the culprits—everything was in place for that front page.

Fifteen years later, in his video statement, Dacre would provide a dramatic account of the final act:

It was about 8 o’clock. I reached for a layout pad. This was in the days before on‐screen make‐up and I literally wrote down with a thick pencil the words ‘Murderers’ and underneath it the sub‐deck: ‘The Mail accuses these men of killing. If we are wrong, let them sue us’. I showed it to the senior sub‐editors. There was a kind of nervous laughter.

The next step was to consult the in‐house lawyer, Eddie Young.

To his eternal credit, he was unfazed by the headline … The mood, surprisingly, was very calm. Clearly, there were many powerful reasons against the headline. But there wasn’t one over‐riding reason not to do it.

And so the front page was printed.

Its effect has been described above, but it is worth pausing to consider what the Mail did and did not do on that day. It provided a lightning rod for public feeling. Editors, and especially editors of tabloid newspapers, often seek to give voice to their readers’ stronger feelings and even to articulate their unformed thoughts; here was a brilliant example of that function at work. And it was more than this, because by saying what had generally been thought unsayable, it provided a sudden, unexpected emotional release. The suspicion that these young men were guilty was no longer something to be kept to oneself or whispered, because the Daily Mail had announced it on the front page. As an act of journalism connecting a paper with public sentiment at a difficult moment, it is rightly celebrated, and it is no surprise that expressions of gratitude flowed into the paper for weeks afterwards, in many cases from people otherwise hostile to the Mail.

Significantly, however, nowhere in its commentary or in its reporting on that or subsequent days did the Mail give its support to the Lawrences’ arguments that the police had let them down and that their son’s race had played a part in the failure of the justice system. A Mail editorial pinned the blame squarely on the suspects. ‘Ever since the attack, a climate of fear has gripped the mean streets where members of the gang live.’ It was this, the paper asserted, that had prevented the police from gathering evidence and had left ‘a pack of bigots … walking free and smirking at the thrill of getting away with it’. The editorial continued: ‘Small wonder that Stephen’s relatives feel betrayed, or that they lash out in their grief at the police and the CPS for failing to bring the murderers of ‘only a black boy’ to justice. But suggestions made by his grief‐stricken mother that police were less than assiduous because of Stephen’s colour are misplaced’ (Daily Mail, 14 February 1997).

For the Mail in February 1997, therefore, the front page was intended as a challenge to an outrage against justice, but the scandal was not about the police or about race and the Lawrences were wrong to believe that it was. The paper’s wrath was directed at five white men who it complained had terrorised their white neighbours into silence and then raised two fingers to the white establishment. Describing it in 1999 I adapted the language of apartheid: this was primarily a ‘white‐on‐white’ matter.10

As mentioned above, in the 20 years since 1997, many assertions have been made by the Mail and others about the effect of the front page and of the paper’s subsequent coverage of the case. It is time to examine those.

The risk of jail

As recently as June 2017, a Mail editorial referred to ‘our campaign to bring Stephen Lawrence’s murderers to justice, for which the editor of this paper could have been jailed’. Paul Dacre had made the same claim at the Leveson inquiry in 201211 and he has also recounted in his video statement that on the night of publication, when he instructed his staff to publish the ‘Murderers’ headline, he used the words: ‘Let’s go … You can always come and visit me in jail.’

There was never a serious chance that he would go to jail. Indeed, the legal risks to the paper were modest, which is presumably why, in Dacre’s words, the Mail lawyer Eddie Young was ‘unfazed’ and ‘very calm’ on the night of publication. There were two possible legal dangers, of which the greater was in libel—the suspects were challenged to sue. Dacre and Young knew, however, that they were unlikely to do so, first because they couldn’t afford it (there is no legal aid in libel), and second because suspects who had been so anxious to avoid answering questions under oath at an inquest would scarcely place themselves voluntarily in a position where they were obliged to do so in a libel court. The other risk was contempt of court—meaning interference with the course of justice. For a paper to be guilty of contempt, as experienced news journalists know, criminal proceedings have to be ‘active’, but in this case the whole point was that the justice process was not active. It had been exhausted.

Insofar as any legal risk existed, moreover, it was primarily to the newspaper rather than the editor. And even if by some outrageous misfortune Dacre had been found personally guilty of libel, he would not have gone to jail because the remedy in such cases is the award of damages. Had he been convicted of contempt, a jail sentence was theoretically possible, but in practice the punishment would certainly have been a fine. The 1990s saw at least three cases in which national newspapers were found guilty of very serious contempts of court and no editor was ever jailed. Indeed, so far as I can establish, no editor has been sent to prison for contempt of court since 1949.

The most forthright critic of the Mail‘s actions at the time was a retired Master of the Rolls, Lord Donaldson, who said the paper ought to be prosecuted for contempt of common law. This notion received no support elsewhere, but the Attorney General’s office, which had already dismissed the idea that there might have been a statutory contempt, agreed to consider the question of common law contempt, and two weeks passed before it again announced there was no case to answer. Could Dacre have been in fear of imprisonment in this two‐week period? If he was, he was at odds with his own paper, which issued a statement on the day Lord Donaldson spoke, stating: ‘We are entirely satisfied that we have not committed any form of contempt, whether statutory or common law’.12 The Mail also published news reports the next morning declaring on the authority of one former Attorney General and three QCs that the ex‐judge had got it wrong. One QC dismissed Lord Donaldson’s suggestion as ‘logical nonsense’, and another, George Carman, stated: ‘I find it very difficult to conceive of circumstances in which the Mail could be considered in contempt of court’ (Daily Mail, 17 February 1997). It is worth noting too that even Lord Donaldson did not propose that the editor should be prosecuted, let alone that he should face prison.

The very idea that in 1997 the editor of a national newspaper might have gone to jail under any law for publishing such matter was far‐fetched, and in the weeks after the front page was published no serious public suggestion to that effect was advanced or discussed. This is not to say that there were no risks to the Mail and its editor in publishing that front page, because undoubtedly there were, but the risks were to their reputations and to their bank balances.

Prompting the inquiry

On 2 October 1998, while the Macpherson inquiry into the Lawrence case was sitting, the Mail wrote: ‘It is arguable that there would not have been an inquiry but for our decision to name the five’. The following February, just before the inquiry report was published, it wrote more categorically: ‘The paper’s move led to an uproar. It also prompted Home Secretary, Jack Straw, to initiate a major inquiry’ (Daily Mail, 4 February 1999). In 2012 the paper repeated the claim, referring again to Straw, ‘who, responding to the Mail‘s campaign, commissioned the Macpherson inquiry’ (Daily Mail, 4 February 2012). At that time, Dacre also said in his video statement: ‘Jack [Straw], whom I’d known at university, told me that it was the Mail‘s coverage that persuaded him of the necessity of this move.’

Any claim that the inquiry was established in response to the paper’s actions, or that it might not have occurred without them, must at the very least be heavily qualified—chiefly because, as the published record shows, the Mail never sought a public inquiry. From the day of the famous front page in February 1997 to the day the inquiry was announced five months later, the Daily Mail did not once call for an inquiry in its pages. Even when the Lawrences publicly demanded an inquiry, the paper remained silent on the subject. More than that, it explicitly opposed an inquiry of the kind that came about.

The narrative is as follows. The Lawrences had been seeking an inquiry since 1993, meeting only rebuffs from the Conservative government of John Major, but in May 1997, two months after the inquest and the Mail‘s front page, Labour won power and by the following month, after public appeals by the family and by sympathetic Labour MPs, it was clear an inquiry would happen. The next question was: what kind of inquiry? In his autobiography Jack Straw explains that there were two possibilities: a general inquiry into race relations or one that scrutinised the handling of the Lawrence case and drew conclusions.13 The Mail made plain its preference in an editorial:

Of course police methods are open to criticism and claims of racism within the force will have to be investigated. But it would be tragic if such an inquiry were to turn into a witch‐hunt against the police. It is not the police who should be on trial. The truth that cries out to be told is about a monstrous wall of silence which continues to shield the guilty. (Daily Mail, 25 June 1997)

Doreen Lawrence took a different view, believing that only close scrutiny of the police investigation would reveal what had gone wrong. Her 2006 book And Still I Rise confirms that when she met Straw in June 1997, the two options were discussed and she felt under pressure to accept the more general option. Instead, she dug in her heels and showed her anger in a conversation with Straw as the meeting broke up. She writes: ‘I believe it was that exchange as we walked along the corridor that changed his mind and persuaded him not to go down the line of least resistance.’14 In July, Straw announced an inquiry under the retired judge Sir William Macpherson, tasked with investigating ‘matters arising from the death of Stephen Lawrence’ and identifying lessons to be learned for the future handling of race crimes.15 Contrary to the Mail‘s wishes, therefore, the Metropolitan Police would be on trial. The paper made clear its view that this was a mistake: ‘The new inquiry … will have wide powers. It should use them to question these five men again. More than anything it must investigate the terrifying intimidation surrounding the case’ (Daily Mail, 1 August 1997).

It is clear from this that the inquiry was not a direct result of the Mail‘s actions. Though the family had been seeking an inquiry for years, and though they renewed the request for an inquiry after the inquest verdict and were supported in this by others, the Mail chose not to endorse that position. Instead, when it became clear that there would be an inquiry the Mail welcomed the prospect but, contrary to the wishes of the Lawrences, urged that the investigation should not focus on police failure.

Nonetheless, it might be argued that the Mail‘s campaign helped bring about the inquiry in indirect rather than direct ways. Here again, any such claim must be qualified, and one way to show why is to adopt the newspaper’s own formula and ask what would have happened ‘had it not been for the Mail’.

First, it is worth remembering that while the Mail greatly increased public awareness of the case, it did not pluck it from obscurity. By February 1997, the story of the black teenager murdered at a bus stop was well known and the family had a good deal of public support, albeit mostly on the left of the political spectrum. The inquest verdict, overshadowed at the time by the Mail‘s actions, gave them powerful new leverage in their demands for action. Though the Conservative government was deaf to these demands, there is surely a strong possibility that, given the family’s case, its strong support and the verdict, the incoming Labour government would have set up a public inquiry in much the way that it did, even without the Mail‘s front page.

Straw describes the position in his autobiography: ‘Once I had become Home Secretary I was determined to establish an inquiry in any event and it is Doreen above all who deserves the credit for pushing me to do so.’ He goes on: ‘But there is no doubt that the Mail‘s dramatic intervention—and the suspects’ refusal to react to the invitation to sue—profoundly changed public sentiment about this appalling crime. It also gave me much more political “space” in which to act.’16

Let us imagine, then, that in the absence of the Mail front page and therefore deprived of this ‘political space’, Straw had felt unable to order an inquiry in July 1997. He would have faced the anger of the Lawrences and their supporters, including MPs on his own back benches. He might well have weathered this but it is impossible to imagine that the family, having come so far, would then simply have given up the struggle. The pressure would have continued, and just five months later an event occurred that had nothing to do with the Mail but which would have left Straw with no choice but to grant an inquiry. The family’s allegations about the Metropolitan Police at the inquest prompted the Police Complaints Authority (PCA) to commission an investigation. This was conducted by Kent Constabulary, whose report appeared in December 1997 and presented a shocking catalogue of police error, negligence and stupidity, vindicating beyond doubt the Lawrences’ complaints about the quality of the first police investigation. After this, Doreen Lawrence could not have been denied the public inquiry she demanded.

This suggests that ‘had it not been for the Daily Mail’ a public inquiry into the killing of Stephen Lawrence would have begun in 1998 anyway. The most that can be claimed with confidence on the paper’s behalf is that, by raising the profile of the case as it did, it helped ensure that it was ordered in July 1997 rather than December. And in saying that, we need to remind ourselves that for the paper this was an unintended consequence, since the Mail did not actively seek an inquiry.

Double jeopardy

In 1997 the principle of double jeopardy applied and, had this not changed, it would not have been possible to try Gary Dobson for murder in 2011–12, since (unlike David Norris) he was one of those acquitted at the private prosecution. Paul Dacre’s video statement after the guilty verdicts on Dobson and Norris in 2012 referred to this:

Throughout the Mail campaign we highlighted the need for the double jeopardy law—which prevented an individual being charged with the same crime twice—to be reformed … The 800 year‐old law was finally reformed in 2005 by the Home Secretary, David Blunkett, a man whom I’d come to like and respect. Many senior police officers and prosecution officials believed that this momentous change would not have occurred but for the relentlessness of the Mail‘s campaign.

If any viewers of the video inferred from this that the Mail mounted a relentless campaign for the law to be changed they would be mistaken. The facts are as described below.

When, in the week after the Lawrence inquest, Geoffrey Robertson QC floated the idea that the double jeopardy rule might be overridden where new evidence has emerged, a Mail editorial on 19 February 1997 noted that this was being discussed but said no more. It was only seven months later that the Mail first gave explicit support to the idea, and that was in response to an initiative by Brian (now Lord) MacKenzie, the president of the Police Superintendents’ Association (PSA). MacKenzie wrote in his 2004 autobiography, Two Lives of Brian, that he had been concerned about the rule for many years and was prompted by the Lawrence case to challenge it in a speech at his association’s conference in September 1997.17 While preparing that speech he met a Daily Mail journalist who persuaded him to use the ‘Murderers’ front page as a backdrop.18 The speech was widely reported, most prominently in the Mail, which carried a photograph of MacKenzie alongside the projection of the front page. The Mail also published an editorial stating firmly that MacKenzie was right, and that his idea ‘demands serious consideration’ (Daily Mail, 15 September 1997).

After this, however, the paper’s coverage of the issue was no more than routine—nothing like the persistent reporting and prominent commentary associated with a genuine Daily Mail campaign. When the PSA raised double jeopardy at the Macpherson inquiry in September 1998 and when the inquiry report recommended in February 1999 that the Law Commission consider the merits of amending the rule, the paper showed little interest. After this came a four‐year process of official deliberation, through two stages at the Law Commission, a Commons select committee report, a further review by a senior judge, two consultations, a White Paper, a Bill, debates in the Commons and Lords and ultimately the passing into law of Part 10 of the Criminal Justice Act 2003. Though all of this, most Mail readers could hardly have been aware that their paper had an opinion on the issue.

Only once, in an editorial responding to the White Paper, did it offer a comment: ‘Yes there is still unease among lawyers over the proposals. But in the present climate Mr Blunkett is probably pushing at an open door … Isn’t it an affront to justice when killers swagger free, knowing they can’t be touched?’ (Daily Mail, 18 July 2002). Against this, however, a news report in the Mail in 1999 seemed hostile to change, describing double jeopardy as ‘a basic safeguard of the legal system’ (Daily Mail, 1 March 1999). And Melanie Phillips declared in an opinion article in 2002 that moves to change the rule ‘threaten to undermine the presumption of innocence on which liberty depends’ (Daily Mail, 24 June 2002).

The Mail did not mount a sustained campaign for change to the double jeopardy rule, nor can it be said to have ‘highlighted the need’ for change with any persistence. Instead, over the whole relevant period of almost six years it published just three editorials that mentioned the matter, only one of which genuinely advocated it, while its reporting on the issue, after that engagement with MacKenzie’s initiative in September 1997, is best described as occasional and unengaged. This is not how the Daily Mail behaves when it really wants something.

The convictions

In his video statement in 2012, Dacre gave that list of things that he believed would not have happened but for the 1997 front page, one of which was this: ‘an 18 year‐old A‐level student who dreamed of being an architect would have been denied justice’. The description is of Stephen Lawrence, so on the face of it this is an assertion that nobody would have been convicted of the murder had it not been for the Mail—a claim that has also been made elsewhere.19

The evidence that led to the jailing of Dobson and Norris was uncovered by forensic scientists who, at the instigation of a senior detective tackling the case afresh, re‐tested clothing that had been held by investigators since 1993. It is obvious that the Daily Mail had no role in work of that kind, so how else could it have contributed? It might be argued that, by raising the profile of the case in 1997 and revisiting it many times in the years that followed, the Mail ensured that the police did not drop the investigation where otherwise they might have done. This argument is also difficult to sustain because the Metropolitan Police had long had their own powerful reasons for wishing to see the case resolved. As early as April 1996—significantly, almost a year before the Mail front page—Assistant Police Commissioner Ian Johnston pledged in response to the family’s complaints: ‘We will never give up on this inquiry. We will never close this case and we will go on looking forever’.20 Once the PCA had confirmed the inadequacy of the first investigation, and even more so once those failures had been humiliatingly laid bare by the Macpherson inquiry, that determination to mitigate the disaster by securing convictions was all the stronger. A series of well‐resourced investigations led by top detectives followed, but it seemed the breakthrough would never come.

On 25 May 2002, the Daily Mail published a scoop: ‘After nine years and £30 million, police finally admit defeat in Stephen Lawrence case.’ The latest team of detectives, it reported, had presented their best evidence to the CPS, which was about to announce that it was not sufficient to justify prosecuting anyone. It seemed no more could be done. What is most relevant here is the Mail‘s editorial comment. The paper did not protest at the prospect that the search for justice was over, nor did it insist, as it might have done, that the police must try again. Instead it offered words of closure. Yes, the killers were still free, but Britain had changed for the better since the murder of Stephen Lawrence, and the police too. It concluded: ‘we would like to think that his death was not entirely in vain’.

It follows that, when Detective Chief Inspector Clive Driscoll volunteered to look afresh at the evidence four years later, it was not because of pressure from the Mail. Nor, we have to assume, did the Mail‘s views weigh on the senior officers who gave him the go‐ahead and the resources to proceed. The explanation lies elsewhere. As Driscoll’s 2015 autobiography, In Pursuit of the Truth, makes clear, he was an officer with a record of solving difficult cases and this was just the kind of challenge he relished. It took a good team and a great deal of patience, but ultimately he produced a case sufficiently airtight to convince a jury that Dobson and Norris were guilty.

Police reform

In his video statement in 2012, Paul Dacre stated that he did not think it was an exaggeration to say that if it had not been for the ‘Murderers’ front page ‘Britain’s police might not have undergone the huge internal reform that was so necessary’.

This is not the place to assess the extent of reform in the police service since Stephen Lawrence’s murder, a substantial subject in its own right. However, it seems safe to say that where relevant changes occurred they were due primarily to the recommendations of the Macpherson inquiry, whose mission was ‘to identify the lessons to be learned for the investigation and prosecution of racially motivated crimes’. As we have seen, the Daily Mail did not seek a public inquiry and specifically resisted one that focused on policing. Given this record it is not obvious how the paper can deserve credit for anything achieved in this area by the inquiry, unless it subsequently changed its views and supported the process in some significant way. Did that happen?

There was certainly a change. Once the PCA findings on police failure had been made public in December 1997, the Mail‘s line on the case could not stand. Until then it had endorsed the Metropolitan Police assertion that its officers had done their best. The paper’s explanation for the absence of convictions was the ‘wall of silence’, meaning both the refusal of the suspects to account for themselves and their alleged intimidation of witnesses. The PCA report not only showed that the first investigation had been incompetent, but also made clear that the local community, far from remaining silent, had done its very best to point the investigation towards the suspect group. The Mail made no attempt to shield the police, roundly condemning the ‘blunders’ that ‘let Stephen down’. It reported the lengthy exploration of this at the inquiry and it pressed strongly for the punishment of the officers found to be to blame. To the Mail, however, the most important aspect of the inquiry was always the prospect that the five men it had named as killers would testify. The paper’s view remained that these were the real guilty parties who needed to be brought to justice. They did testify, but in most respects it was an anti‐climax. Since the inquiry was not a criminal court they could not be examined directly about the murder, with the result that the questioning was oblique and little was learned.

After this, the Mail‘s tone about the inquiry became carping and resentful and, in particular, it was deeply suspicious of suggestions of police racism. It was prepared to accept that there were individual ‘bad apples’ in the police and it expressed concern about a lack of trust in the police among black people, but it would go no farther. An article by columnist Peter McKay in July asked: ‘Even if the Metropolitan Police were to announce that racism in its ranks was the reason the killers were not brought to justice, where would that leave us?’ (Daily Mail, 6 July 1998). And when the possibility arose that Sir Paul Condon might be forced to resign, the Mail drew a line. ‘Don’t forget where the guilt really lies’, a headline declared, pointing at the suspects, while an editorial argued that ‘there is something unedifying in the hue and cry to make an honourable police officer the scapegoat’ (Daily Mail, 2 October 1998). Doreen Lawrence, who had lent her voice to calls for Condon’s departure, was ‘mistaken’, the Mail declared. In the end the inquiry did not call for Condon to go, but by then the Mail had an even greater concern.

On the eve of the publication of the report, in an editorial entitled ‘For Stephen’s sake avoid a witch‐hunt’, it begged Sir William Macpherson not to conclude that the police were affected by ‘institutional racism’. ‘The words could hardly be more chilling. However he tries to define them, they must damn every member of the force’ (Daily Mail, 24 February 1999). This, the paper warned, would amount to ‘a kind of politically correct McCarthyism’ and would ultimately ‘make matters worse’. Contrary to the Mail‘s wishes, however, Sir William did indeed use those two words in his report, carefully defining their meaning, and he was adamant about their central importance to progress: ‘There must be an unequivocal acceptance of the problem of institutional racism and its nature before it can be addressed, as it needs to be, in full partnership with members of minority ethnic communities.’ He made clear that the interpretation of the term ‘institutional racism’ offered by the Mail, and also by police officers opposed to change, was mistaken. ‘We say with emphasis that such an accusation [of institutional racism] does not mean or imply that every police officer is guilty of racism. No such sweeping condemnation can be or should be made.’21

The Mail was not interested in such arguments and explanations. To apply such a term to the police was, the paper would insist in the months that followed, inaccurate, counterproductive, preposterous and dangerous. It consistently took the side of police officers resisting reform. ‘Muggings soar as Lawrence case criticisms “paralyse” police’, said one headline, while an editorial declared: ‘The pendulum has swung too far’ (Daily Mail, 15 May and 16 December 1999). An opinion article by Simon Heffer announced: ‘Since the Stephen Lawrence inquiry accused the police of ‘institutional racism’ many bobbies have been afraid to stop and search black people in case cynical lawyers accuse them of racism’ (Daily Mail, 31 July 1999).

The dominant message from the Mail to its readers about the Macpherson report was negative. There is very little in the story of the paper’s relationship with the inquiry, from inception to aftermath, to support the view that the newspaper deserves credit for any reforms of the police that followed.

Race relations

The most general of the claims made by the Mail in relation to the Lawrence case relates to what it calls race relations. According to Paul Dacre in 2012, one of the things that would not have happened but for the 1997 front page was that ‘race relations might not have taken the significant step forward that they have’. This was echoed in that 2017 editorial: ‘Our campaign… did more to improve race relations in this country than anything The Guardian has ever achieved.’

For reasons given above we can set aside any idea that the Mail might be due credit for reforms in this area that flowed from the recommendations of the Macpherson inquiry. That leaves one alternative: that the Mail‘s famous front page and its subsequent reporting of the Lawrence case in themselves helped to improve relations between white people and ethnic minorities in Britain. Is this true? There can be no objective measure, but here is a personal view.

The Lawrence case altered the way Britain thinks about race. It was the first conspicuous occasion on which a black family got past the stage of simply airing a grievance against this country’s institutions and managed to achieve very public proof that their complaints were justified. In crude terms, the Lawrences fought the law and the Lawrences won. Of course this did not instantly bring about a level playing field for ethnic minority people—far from it—but a particular form of white superiority came to an end. The credit for this rests with Doreen and Neville Lawrence.

At the same time, another, softer change happened. This was the first occasion when the white majority in this country came to understand and identify with the grief and anger of a black British family. They saw past black faces and recognised human suffering. Again, nothing would be quite the same afterwards, and again, those chiefly responsible are the Lawrences themselves. But here, the Mail also deserves some credit. Baroness Lawrence wrote in her autobiography: ‘The Daily Mail‘s front page had helped to open the story up. In fact the press had always been interested, but that report was said to have “touched Middle England”, the feelings of white people who don’t normally care much what happens to black youths in inner cities.’22 It may well be that the public inquiry would have done this anyway, with its months of shocking testimony vindicating the family’s position day after day, but it is clear that the Mail‘s sensational intervention accelerated the process. Though the famous front page concerned itself with the suspects, in the days that followed the paper did not shy away from the involvement of a black family as victims of injustice. It is likely that many who would not otherwise have given consideration to the Lawrences’ grievances were induced to do so as a result.

An irony in the Mail‘s insistence that it helped improve race relations is that, at the time, it flatly refused to accept that race had any part in the story except as a motive for the killers. It even stated, more than once, that the Lawrences were wrong to see race as a factor. Further, the Mail doggedly rejected the view expressed both by Jack Straw and Tony Blair, after the Macpherson report was published, that the whole of white Britain had lessons to learn from the case. The paper caricatured this as an assertion ‘that literally everyone in Britain is riddled with racism and must be forcibly shaken out of it’, and asked: ‘Should the majority in this fundamentally decent and tolerant nation be tainted by collective guilt?’ (Daily Mail, 27 February 1999).

In short, in my view the Mail can legitimately claim to have contributed to improving relations between races through the exposure and support it gave the Lawrences—even though it never embraced their ideas, or those of the Macpherson report, or of the government of the time, about the importance of racism in the case or about what should be done to tackle it.

Conclusion

The achievements of the Daily Mail in the Stephen Lawrence case are not so grand or transformative as the paper, its longtime editor and others in Fleet Street have asserted in recent years. There has been exaggeration, to say the least. This began within months of the publication of the ‘Murderers’ front page and reached its most expansive after the convictions in 2012. Significantly, that was the time of the Leveson inquiry into press standards, when much of the national press, including the Daily Mail, was under scrutiny. The paper’s Lawrence coverage was promoted as a positive factor in the midst of a debate prompted by the disgrace of illegal phone‐hacking at the News of the World. In the arguments relating to the implementation of the Leveson recommendations over the succeeding years, exaggerated accounts of the impact of the Lawrence coverage have become part of the effort to prove that the proposed reforms are unjustified.

In disposing of these exaggerations, however, we should not lose sight of what was achieved. The front page of 14 February 1997 was a remarkable coup. Arising from a sincere sense of outrage, it provoked debate to a degree that editors normally only dream of. That a conservative paper should have acted in this way in relation to a racially motivated murder in which the victim and his family were black, and that it followed the case over a long period, is to that paper’s credit. And it is argued above that this accelerated the process by which white Britain came to acknowledge the Lawrences’ ordeal, a process that brought benefits for toleration and diversity.

Reviewing the story, one is struck not by how far the Mail departed from its normal agenda but by how little. It saw young men who appeared to be getting away with a serious crime while humiliating the justice system and it attacked them. It stuck for as long as it could to a narrative about hard‐working detectives frustrated by a wall of silence. Having no interest in an inquiry into police shortcomings, it focused on the testimony of the suspects and once that was over it turned against a process that implied challenges to policing and to society, ultimately ridiculing its core finding as mere political correctness. Thereafter, the paper stayed with the case in the sense that it remained interested in the fate of those suspects, and when two of them were convicted, it revelled in the news. In short, whatever anyone else may have thought, for the Mail, the case of Stephen Lawrence was always about crime and punishment and never about race.

Voir par ailleurs:

Explosive Martin Luther King document amid JFK files

BBC

A secret FBI dossier on civil rights leader Martin Luther King alleges that he had a string of affairs and other « sexual aberrations », as well as links to the Communist Party.

It is dated just three weeks before Dr King’s assassination in April 1968.

The file was released in a tranche of documents relating to the assassination of John F Kennedy released on Friday.

Mr Kennedy is not referenced in the file and it is not clear why it was kept secret for almost 50 years.

There is no evidence that any of the claims in the report were verified.

Its cover shows it was assessed in 1994 by an FBI task force on the JFK assassination, which concluded none of the document should be released.

Many of the allegations contained in the paper appear to be reports of private conversations between others, or hearsay reported third-hand.

One allegation, that King had a mistress in California with whom he fathered a child, was attributed to « a very responsible Los Angeles individual in a position to know ».

Among its other accusations are that:

  • Dr King was surrounded by advisers with strong links to the Communist Party USA
  • His statements were always subject to approval by the alleged communist sympathisers
  • He was a secret supporter of communism, « a whole-hearted Marxist »
  • His organisation, the Southern Christian Leadership Conference, set up a « tax dodge » to raise funds for its activities
  • Dr King took part in « drunken sex orgies » and coerced young women to participate
  • He had love affairs with at least four women, including folk singer Joan Baez

The list of alleged indiscretions would likely have been deeply problematic for the civil rights leader if it had been made public in 1968.

A section showcasing King's alleged communist sympathiesImage source, US Gov
Image caption,

Much of the document aims to paint Dr King as a tool of the communist party

The paper paints Dr King in an extremely negative light, despite his receipt of the Nobel Peace Prize and his contribution to passing the Civil Rights Act four years previously.

It is not entirely clear why the dossier was commissioned. But several pages of the 20-page document are concerned with Mr King’s upcoming « Washington Spring project » which was scheduled for the coming months.

It warned that despite Dr King’s history of calling for peaceful protest, « the combined forces of the communist influence and the black nationalists advocating violence give the ‘Washington Spring Project’ a potential for an extremely explosive situation. »

Dr King was killed before the planned march.

A ‘slow thinker’ with ‘abnormal’ sexual preferences

Despite Dr King’s historical reputation as a skilled speaker, the FBI file claimed that other advisers approved everything Mr King said.

« King is such a slow thinker he is usually not prepared to make statements without help from someone, » it reads.

Linking Dr King to communism, it claimed:

« King is a whole-hearted Marxist who has studied it (Marxism), believes in it and agrees with it, but because of his being a minister of religion, does no dare to espouse it publicly. »

And in another part says: « During the early 1960s, the CPUSA [the communist party] was striving to obtain a Negro-labor coalition to achieve its goals in this country… Martin Luther King, Jr, and his organisation were made to order to achieve these objectives. »

The most salacious claims about Dr King’s sex life are contained in a dense collection of rumours in the final two pages.

A screenshot of an old, photocopied file page detailing Dr King's alleged sexual misconductImage source, US Gov
Image caption,

Dr King’s alleged sexual misconduct is tacked on to the end of the file

At a February 1968 workshop to train ministers in urban leadership, it is alleged: « One Negro minister in attendance later expressed his disgust with the behind-the scene drinking, fornication, and homosexuality that went on at the conference. »

« Several Negro and white prostitute[s] were brought in from the Miami area. An all-night sex orgy was held with these prostitutes and some of the delegates. »

The document alleged that Dr King also engaged in a « two-day drunken sex orgy » in Washington in January 1964.

« When one of the females shied away from engaging in an unnatural act, King and other of the males present discussed how she was to be taught and initiated in this respect, » it added.

« It is a fact that King not only regularly indulges in adulterous acts but enjoys the abnormal by engaging in group sexual orgies. »

Voir par ailleurs:

Martin Luther King Jr had extramarital affairs with nearly four dozen women, fathered an illegitimate child and allegedly encouraged the rape of a parishioner by a fellow Baptist minister, according to FBI files.

Details of the civil rights campaigner’s private life have been unearthed by a renowned biographer who discovered them in tranches of declassified records compiled and held by the FBI.

David Garrow, the historian, predicted that the revelations would force future generations to reassess the legacy of King, who was shot dead in Memphis in 1968, aged 39. Garrow’s 1987 biography of the revered Baptist minister, entitled Bearing the Cross, won that year’s Pulitzer prize.

In an article to be published in Standpoint magazine next month, Garrow describes notes on King that were collected from a vast spying operation headed by J Edgar Hoover, the FBI chief who had an obsession with the civil rights campaigner.

Bugs were placed in hotel rooms where King stayed as he travelled across America. Agents were deployed to follow and listen in on his conversations and monitor his activities.

Transmitters placed in one room captured King arriving with several female parishioners at the Willard, an upmarket hotel near the White House, in January 1964 along with another Baptist minister, Logan Kearse.

The FBI papers claim that King and his male companion proceeded to discuss “which women among the parishioners would be suitable for natural and unnatural sex acts”.

When one of the women objected, she was allegedly raped by Kearse as King “looked on, laughed and offered advice”, according to the FBI memo. The next evening King and a dozen other individuals held “a sex orgy”.

“When one of the women shied away from engaging in an unnatural act, King and several of the men discussed how she was to be taught and initiated in this respect,” the FBI said. “King told her that to perform such an act would ‘help your soul’.” King had drafted the final version of his “I Have a Dream” speech in the lobby of the same hotel the previous year.

Garrow found from the records that King had had sexual affairs with up to 45 women, despite being married from 1953 until his death to Coretta Scott King, with whom he had four children.

Though King’s infidelity was previously known, even Garrow admitted that he had no idea of its scale. “I always thought there were 10-12 other women,” he said.

The behaviour detailed in the records “poses so fundamental a challenge to his historical stature as to require the most complete and extensive historical review possible”, Garrow said.

The question has also become salient in the #MeToo era, as Americans ask whether great social accomplishments can or should excuse personal misdeeds.

One woman bore an illegitimate daughter, to whom King paid maintenance, according to FBI intelligence. “The child resembles King to a great degree and King contributes to the support of this child,” an FBI summary said. The mother and child are still alive but did not speak to Garrow.

Previous claims of King’s infidelity have been dismissed by supporters as being motivated by racism.

After a warning from the FBI, along with an incriminating tape recording, King complained that they were “out to get me, harass me, break my spirit”.


Affaire Benalla: A Paris comme à Gaza, le théâtre de rue vaincra ! (Pallywood comes to Paris)

23 juillet, 2018

https://static.mediapart.fr/etmagine/default/files/2018/07/21/img-1217.jpg?width=481&height=1334&width_format=pixel&height_format=pixel

Lorsqu’un Sanhédrin s’est déclaré unanime pour condamner, l’accusé sera acquitté. Le Talmud
Presque aucun des fidèles ne se retenait de s’esclaffer, et ils avaient l’air d’une bande d’anthropophages chez qui une blessure faite à un blanc a réveillé le goût du sang. Car l’instinct d’imitation et l’absence de courage gouvernent les sociétés comme les foules. Et tout le monde rit de quelqu’un dont on voit se moquer, quitte à le vénérer dix ans plus tard dans un cercle où il est admiré. C’est de la même façon que le peuple chasse ou acclame les rois. Marcel Proust
Prévoyante, la ville d’Athènes entretenait à ses frais un certain nombre de malheureux […]. En cas de besoin, c’est-à-dire quand une calamité s’abattait ou menaçait de s’abattre sur la ville, épidémie, famine, invasion étrangère, dissensions intérieures, il y avait toujours un pharmakos à la disposition de la collectivité. […] On promenait le pharmakos un peu partout, afin de drainer les impuretés et de les rassembler sur sa tête ; après quoi on chassait ou on tuait le pharmakos dans une cérémonie à laquelle toute la populace prenait part. […] D’une part, on […] [voyait] en lui un personnage lamentable, méprisable et même coupable ; il […] [était] en butte à toutes sortes de moqueries, d’insultes et bien sûr de violences ; on […] [l’entourait], d’autre part, d’une vénération quasi-religieuse ; il […] [jouait] le rôle principal dans une espèce de culte.  René Girard
Il arrive que les victimes d’une foule soient tout à fait aléatoires ; il arrive aussi qu’elles ne le soient pas. Il arrive même que les crimes dont on les accuse soient réels, mais ce ne sont pas eux, même dans ce cas-là, qui joue le premier rôle dans le choix des persécuteurs, c’est l’appartenance des victimes à certaines catégories particulièrement exposées à la persécution. (…) il existe donc des traits universels de sélection victimaire (…) à côté des critères culturels et religieux, il y en a de purement physiques. La maladie, la folie, les difformités génétiques, les mutilations accidentelles et même les infirmités en général tendent à polariser les persécuteurs. (…) l’infirmité s’inscrit dans un ensemble indissociable du signe victimaire et dans certains groupes — à l’internat scolaire par exemple — tout individu qui éprouve des difficultés d’adaptation, l’étranger, le provincial, l’orphelin, le fils de famille, le fauché, ou, tout simplement, le dernier arrivé, est plus ou moins interchangeables avec l’infirme. (…) lorsqu’un groupe humain a pris l’habitude de choisir ses victimes dans une certaine catégorie sociale, ethnique, religieuse, il tend à lui attribuer les infirmités ou les difformités qui renforceraient la polarisation victimaire si elles étaient réelles. (…) à la marginalité des miséreux, ou marginalité  du dehors, il faut en ajouter une seconde, la marginalité du dedans, celle des riches et du dedans. Le monarque et sa cour font parfois songer à l’oeil d’un ouragan. Cette double marginalité suggère une organisation tourbillonnante. En temps normal, certes, les riches et les puissants jouissent de toutes sortes de protections et de privilèges qui font défaut aux déshérités. Mais ce ne sont pas les circonstances normales qui nous concernent ici, ce sont les périodes de crise. Le moindre regard sur l’histoire universelle révèle que les risques de mort violente aux mains d’une foule déchaînée sont statistiquement plus élevés pour les privilégiés que pour toute autre catégorie. A la limite ce sont toutes les qualités extrêmes qui attirent, de temps en temps, les foudres collectives, pas seulement les extrêmes de la richesse et de la pauvreté, mais également ceux du succès et de l’échec, de la beauté et de la laideur, du vice de la vertu, du pouvoir de séduire et du pouvoir de déplaire ; c’est la faiblesse des femmes, des enfants et des vieillards, mais c’est aussi la force des plus forts qui devient faiblesse devant le nombre. René Girard
La participation médiocre, les conditions de cette victoire dans le contexte du «Fillongate», puis face à un adversaire «repoussoir», dans sa fonction d’épouvantail traditionnel de la politique française, donnent à cette élection un goût d’inachevé. Les Français ont-ils jamais été en situation de «choisir»? Tandis que la France «d’en haut» célèbre son sauveur providentiel sur les plateaux de télévision, une vague de perplexité déferle sur la majorité silencieuse. Que va-t-il en sortir? Par-delà l’euphorie médiatique d’un jour, le personnage de M. Macron porte en lui un potentiel de rejet, de moquerie et de haine insoupçonnable. Son style «jeunesse dorée», son passé d’énarque, d’inspecteur des finances, de banquier, d’ancien conseiller de François Hollande, occultés le temps d’une élection, en font la cible potentielle d’un hallucinant lynchage collectif, une victime expiatoire en puissance des frustrations, souffrances et déceptions du pays. Quant à la «France d’en haut», médiatique, journalistique, chacun sait à quelle vitesse le vent tourne et sa propension à brûler ce qu’elle a adoré. Jamais une présidence n’a vu le jour sous des auspices aussi incertains. Cette élection, produit du chaos, de l’effondrement des partis, d’une vertigineuse crise de confiance, signe-t-elle le début d’une renaissance ou une étape supplémentaire dans la décomposition et la poussée de violence? En vérité, M. Macron n’a aucun intérêt à obtenir, avec «En marche», une majorité absolue à l’Assemblée qui ferait de lui un nouvel «hyperprésident» censé détenir la quintessence du pouvoir. Sa meilleure chance de réussir son mandat est de se garder des sirènes de «l’hyperprésidence» qui mène tout droit au statut de «coupable idéal» des malheurs du pays, à l’image de tous ses prédécesseurs. De la part du président Macron, la vraie nouveauté serait dans la redécouverte d’une présidence modeste, axée sur l’international, centrée sur l’essentiel et le partage des responsabilités avec un puissant gouvernement réformiste et une Assemblée souveraine, conformément à la lettre – jamais respectée – de la Constitution de 1958. Maxime Tandonnet (07.05.2017)
Dans la guerre moderne, une image vaut mille armes. Bob Simon
Pendant 24 mn à peu près on ne voit que de la mise en scène … C’est un envers du décor qu’on ne montre jamais … Mais oui tu sais bien que c’est toujours comme ça ! Entretien Jeambar-Leconte (RCJ)
Karsenty est donc si choqué que des images truquées soient utilisées et éditées à Gaza ? Mais cela a lieu partout à la télévision, et aucun journaliste de télévision de terrain, aucun monteur de film, ne seraient choqués. Clément Weill-Raynal (France 3)
Oh, ils font toujours ça. C’est une question de culture. Représentants de France 2 (cités par Enderlin)
L’image correspondait à la réalité de la situation, non seulement à Gaza, mais en Cisjordanie. Charles Enderlin (Le Figaro, 27/01/05)
J’ai travaillé au Liban depuis que tout a commencé, et voir le comportement de beaucoup de photographes libanais travaillant pour les agences de presse m’a un peu troublé. Coupable ou pas, Adnan Hajj a été remarqué pour ses retouches d’images par ordinateur. Mais, pour ma part, j’ai été le témoin de pratique quotidienne de clichés posés, et même d’un cas où un groupe de photographes d’agences orchestraient le dégagement des cadavres, donnant des directives aux secouristes, leur demandant de disposer les corps dans certaines positions, et même de ressortir des corps déjà inhumés pour les photographier dans les bras de personnes alentour. Ces photographes ont fait moisson d’images chocs, sans manipulation informatique, mais au prix de manipulations humaines qui posent en elles-mêmes un problème éthique bien plus grave. Quelle que soit la cause de ces excès, inexpérience, désir de montrer de la façon la plus spectaculaire le drame vécu par votre pays, ou concurrence effrénée, je pense que la faute incombe aux agences de presse elles-mêmes, car ce sont elles qui emploient ces photographes. Il faut mettre en place des règles, faute de quoi toute la profession finira par en pâtir. Je ne dis pas cela contre les photographes locaux, mais après avoir vu ça se répéter sans arrêt depuis un mois, je pense qu’il faut s’attaquer au problème. Quand je m’écarte d’une scène de ce genre, un autre preneur de vue dresse le décor, et tous les autres suivent… Brian X (Journaliste occidental anonyme)
L’attaque a été menée en riposte aux tirs incessants de ces derniers jours sur des localités israéliennes à partir de la zone visée. Les habitants de tous les villages alentour, y compris Cana, ont été avertis de se tenir à l’écart des sites de lancement de roquettes contre Israël. Tsahal est intervenue cette nuit contre des objectifs terroristes dans le village de Cana. Ce village est utilisé depuis le début de ce conflit comme base arrière d’où ont été lancées en direction d’Israël environ 150 roquettes, en 30 salves, dont certaines ont atteint Haïfa et des sites dans le nord, a déclaré aujourd’hui le général de division Gadi Eizenkot, chef des opérations. Tsahal regrette tous les dommages subis par les civils innocents, même s’ils résultent directement de l’utilisation criminelle des civils libanais comme boucliers humains par l’organisation terroriste Hezbollah. (…) Le Hezbollah place les civils libanais comme bouclier entre eux et nous, alors que Tsahal se place comme bouclier entre les habitants d’Israël et les terroristes du Hezbollah. C’est la principale différence entre eux et nous. Rapport de l’Armée israélienne
Après trois semaines de travail intense, avec l’assistance active et la coopération de la communauté Internet, souvent appelée “blogosphère”, nous pensons avoir maintenant assez de preuves pour assurer avec certitude que beaucoup des faits rapportés en images par les médias sont en fait des mises en scène. Nous pensons même pouvoir aller plus loin. À notre avis, l’essentiel de l’activité des secours à Khuraybah [le vrai nom de l’endroit, alors que les médias, en accord avec le Hezbollah, ont utilisé le nom de Cana, pour sa connotation biblique et l’écho du drame de 1996] le 30 juillet a été détourné en exercice de propagande. Le site est devenu en fait un vaste plateau de tournage, où les gestes macabres ont été répétés avec la complaisance des médias, qui ont participé activement et largement utilisé le matériau récolté. La tactique des médias est prévisible et tristement habituelle. Au lieu de discuter le fond de nos arguments, ils se focalisent sur des détails, y relevant des inexactitudes et des fausses pistes, et affirment que ces erreurs vident notre dossier de toute valeur. D’autres nous étiquètent comme de droite, pro-israéliens ou parlent simplement de théories du complot, comme si cela pouvait suffire à éliminer les éléments concrets que nous avons rassemblés. Richard North (EU Referendum)
Lorsque les médias se prêtent au jeu des manipulations plutôt que de les dénoncer, non seulement ils sacrifient les Libanais innocents qui ne veulent pas que cette mafia religieuse prenne le pouvoir et les utilise comme boucliers, mais ils nuisent aussi à la société civile de par le monde. D’un côté ils nous dissimulent les actes et les motivations d’organisations comme le Hamas ou le Hezbollah, ce qui permet aux musulmans ennemis de la démocratie, en Occident, de nous (leurs alliés progressistes présumés) inviter à manifester avec eux sous des banderoles à la gloire du Hezbollah. De l’autre, ils encouragent les haines et les sentiments revanchards qui nourrissent l’appel au Jihad mondial. La température est montée de cinq degrés sur l’échelle du Jihad mondial quand les musulmans du monde entier ont vu avec horreur et indignation le spectacle de ces enfants morts que des médias avides et mal inspirés ont transmis et exploité. Richard Landes
S’il est trop tôt pour affirmer qu’une telle action de combat a pleinement rempli ses objectifs, une grande partie de ces objectifs ont sans nul doute été atteints. Le premier objectif atteint à ce stade est que ces marches ont rétabli le droit au retour dans la conscience palestinienne, arabe et internationale comme l’un des droits et principes importants du peuple palestinien. […] Un autre but atteint par ces marches est qu’elles ont remis la cause nationale palestinienne à l’ordre du jour international, alors que certains défaitistes prétendaient que l’agenda mondial était trop chargé et n’avait pas de place pour la cause nationale palestinienne. Ils ont essayé de l’utiliser pour promouvoir d’autres concessions. […] Je dois souligner un important objectif stratégique accompli le 14 mai. Notre peuple à Gaza a enregistré, aux yeux du monde entier, son témoignage sur le transfert de l’ambassade américaine à Jérusalem et sur la déclaration de Jérusalem comme la capitale de l’entité d’occupation. Au nom du peuple arabe palestinien et de tous les peuples arabes et islamiques, notre peuple de Gaza a rejeté cette décision et cette démarche, par cette importante activité, en enregistrant son témoignage pour l’histoire, et en signant ce témoignage avec le sang des martyrs – notre peuple a sacrifié soixante martyrs le 14 mai, ainsi que trois mille blessés. Ils ont été utilisés pour signer le rejet de notre peuple de la décision imprudente de transférer l’ambassade des États-Unis à Jérusalem. […] Notre peuple a imposé son ordre du jour au monde entier – les écrans de télévision du monde devaient présenter une image romantique de l’ouverture de l’ambassade américaine à Jérusalem, mais notre peuple… a forcé le monde entier à diviser les écrans de télévision … Cette méthode [de combat] est appropriée pour cette étape, mais les circonstances peuvent changer, et nous devrons peut-être retourner à la lutte armée. Lorsque cela se produira, notre peuple, les factions et le Hamas n’hésiteront pas à utiliser tous les moyens requis par les circonstances. […] L’ennemi affirme que nous utilisons les gens comme boucliers humains et les poussons vers la clôture, mais nous disons que ces jeunes et ces hommes auraient pu choisir une autre option. Ils auraient pu faire pleuvoir des milliers de missiles sur les villes de l’occupation lorsque les États-Unis ont ouvert leur ambassade à Jérusalem. Mais ils n’ont pas choisi cette voie. Nombre d’entre eux ont quitté leurs uniformes militaires et mis leurs armes de côté. Ils ont temporairement abandonné les moyens de la lutte armée et se sont tournés vers cette merveilleuse méthode civilisée, respectée par le monde et adaptée aux circonstances actuelles. […] Notre peuple a imposé son ordre du jour au monde entier. Les écrans de télévision du monde devaient présenter une image romantique de l’ouverture de l’ambassade américaine à Jérusalem, mais notre peuple, par sa conscience collective, a forcé le monde entier à diviser les écrans de télévision entre les images de fraude, de tromperie, de fausseté et d’oppression, manifestes dans la tentative d’imposer Jérusalem comme la capitale de l’Etat d’occupation, et les images d’injustice, d’oppression, d’héroïsme et de détermination, données par notre propre peuple dans ses sacrifices, le sacrifice de ses enfants comme une offrande pour Jérusalem et pour le droit au retour. […] Lorsque nous avons décidé de nous lancer dans ces marches, nous avons décidé de transformer ce qui nous est le plus cher – les corps de nos femmes et de nos enfants – en barrage pour stopper l’effondrement de la réalité arabe, un barrage qui empêche la course de nombreux Arabes vers la normalisation des liens avec l’entité spoliatrice, qui occupe notre Jérusalem, pille notre terre, souille nos lieux saints et opprime notre peuple jour et nuit. Yahya Sinwar
On Friday, the Palestinian terror group Hamas, which controls the Gaza Strip, is inaugurating what it is calling “The March of Return.” According to Hamas’s leadership, the “March of Return” is scheduled to run from March 30 – the eve of Passover — through May 15, the 70th anniversary of Israel’s establishment. According to Israeli media reports, Hamas has budgeted $10 million for the operation. Throughout the “March of Return,” Hamas intends to send thousands of civilians to the Israeli border. Hamas is planning to set up tent camps along the border fence and then, presumably, order participants to overrun it on May 15. The Palestinians refer to May 15 as “Nakba,” or Catastrophe Day. (…) what is it trying to accomplish by sending them into harm’s way? Why is the terror group telling Gaza residents to place themselves in front of the border fence and challenge Israeli security forces charged with defending Israel? The answer here is also obvious. Hamas intends to provoke Israel to shoot at the Palestinian civilians it is sending to the border. It is setting its people up to die because it expects their deaths to be captured live by the cameras of the Western media, which will be on hand to watch the spectacle. In other words, Hamas’s strategy of harming Israel by forcing its soldiers to kill Palestinians is predicated on its certainty that the Western media will act as its partner and ensure the success of its lethal propaganda stunt. Given widespread assessments that Iran is keen to start a new round of war between Israel and its terror proxies, Hamas in Gaza and Hezbollah in Lebanon, it is possible that Hamas intends for this lethal propaganda stunt to be the initial stage of a larger war. By this assessment, Hamas is using the border operation to cultivate and escalate Western hostility against Israel ahead of a larger shooting war. (…) The real issue revealed by Hamas’s planned operation — as it was revealed by the Mavi Marmara, as well as by Hamas’s military campaigns against Israel in 2014, 2011 and 2008-09 —  is not how Israel will deal with it. The real issue is that Hamas’s entire strategy is predicated on its faith that the Western media and indeed the Western left will side with it against Israel. Hamas is certain that both the media and leftist activists and politicians in Europe and the U.S. will blame Israel for Palestinian civilian casualties. And as past experience proves, Hamas is right to believe the media and leftist activists will play their assigned role. So long as the media and the left rush to indict Israel for its efforts to defend itself and its citizens against its terrorist foes, who turn the laws of war on their head as a matter of course, these attacks will continue and they will escalate. If this border assault does in fact serve as the opening act in a larger terror war against Israel, then a large portion of the blame for the bloodshed will rest on the shoulders of the Western media for empowering the terrorists of Hamas and Hezbollah to attack Israel. Caroline Glick
The video turned out to be from an art workshop which creates this health exercise annually in Gaza. The goal of the workshop is to recreate child injuries sustained in warzones so that doctors can get familiar with them and learn how to care for injured children, the owner of the workshop, Abd al-Baset al-Loulou said. Al Arabya
Dix-huit morts et au moins 1 400 blessés. La « grande marche du retour », appelée vendredi par la société civile palestinienne et encadrée par le Hamas, le long de la barrière frontalière séparant la bande de Gaza et Israël, a dégénéré lorsque l’armée israélienne a tiré à balles réelles sur des manifestants qui s’approchaient du point de passage. (…) Famille, enfants, musique, fête, puis débordements habituels de jeunes lançant des cailloux à l’armée. Lorsque les émeutiers sont arrivés à quelques centaines de mètres de la fameuse grille, les snipers israéliens sont entrés en action. L’un des garçons, « armé » d’un pneu, a été abattu d’une balle dans la nuque alors qu’il s’enfuyait. (…) Ce mouvement, qui exige le « droit au retour » et la fin du blocus de Gaza, doit encore durer six semaines. C’est long. Le gouvernement israélien compte peut-être sur l’usure des protestataires, la fatigue, le renoncement, persuadé que quelques balles en plus pourraient faire la différence. A-t-il la mémoire courte ? Selon la Torah, Moïse avait 80 ans lorsqu’a commencé la traversée du désert. Ces quarante années d’errance douloureuse sont au coeur de tous les Juifs. Espérer qu’après soixante-dix ans d’exil les Palestiniens oublient leur histoire à coups de fusil est aussi absurde que ne pas faire la différence entre une balle de 5,56 et une pierre calcaire … Le Canard enchainé (Balles perdues, 04.04.2018)
Pro-Israel organization StandWithUs has resorted to claiming Palestinians are faking injuries to garner international sympathy and supported their claims by posting videos showing « Palestinians practicing for the cameras. » The Palestinians in the video were actually practicing how to evacuate the wounded during the protest… Telesur
Oui ! Oui ! Je suis tellement heureux ! L’Afrique a gagné la Coupe du monde ! L’Afrique a gagné la Coupe du monde ! Je sais bien, je sais bien. Il faut dire que c’est l’équipe de France. Mais regardez ces gars, hein ? Regardez ces gars ! Vous n’avez pas ce bronzage en vous promenant dans le sud de la France, les mecs. La France est devenue l’équipe de rechange de l’Afrique, une fois que le Nigeria et le Sénégal ont été éliminés. Trevor Noah
Toutes les « personnes noires » du monde ont célébrité la victoire des joueurs français en raison de leur « identité africaine. (…) J’ai trouvé ces arguments bizarres de dire qu’ils ne sont pas Africains, ils sont Français. Pourquoi ne peuvent-ils pas être les deux ? Pourquoi cette réflexion binaire de devoir choisir un groupe de personnes ? Pourquoi ne peuvent-ils pas être africains ? Dans ce que je lis, pour être français, il faut effacer tout ce qui te lie à l’Afrique. Quand je dis qu’ils sont Africains, je ne le dis pas pour exclure leur identité française, mais je le fais pour les inclure et partager avec eux l’identité africaine qui est la mienne. Je leurs dis : je vous vois mes frères français d’origine africaine. Trevor Noah
I’ve lived a life where I’ve never really fitted in in any particular way. Even now, people still debate on what I am. People will say, “Oh you’re black,” And then someone will turn around and say, “No but he’s not black, he’s not black; he’s colored.” And then colored people will say “but you’re not colored.” And then when you get older it’s cool because you’ve lived everywhere and nowhere, you’ve been everyone and no one, so you can say everything and nothing, and that’s really what affects my comedy and everything that I say. And if ever this comedy thing doesn’t work out, I’ve got poverty to fall back on, and I’m pretty sure I’ll be cool there. Trevor Noah
On a beau résister à l’envie (la nécessité) de réagir aux identitaires de l’autre bord, ceux du Sud en échec qui l’affirment avec le sourire sale, on finit par y venir. Non pour verser dans le contre-argument (inutile face aux extrémistes du Net), mais parce que cela a des conséquences, consolide un déni spectaculaire au Sud et sert à habiller la joie de rancune. Car la victoire de l’équipe française à la Coupe du monde n’est pas une victoire de l’Afrique. C’est un échec de l’Afrique. L’échec des pays de ce continent à retenir leurs enfants, à les faire rêver d’autre chose que de fuir par mers et par déserts, les soutenir, les former et leur offrir la sécurité, la possibilité du succès et celle de l’hommage. Si la moitié de l’équipe algérienne de football avait été française et qu’elle avait réussi la prouesse de décrocher deux Coupes du monde, j’aurais conclu à l’échec de la France à aimer et retenir ses enfants, pas à la victoire de l’Algérie seulement. Proclamer que c’est une victoire africaine n’est pas seulement un contresens, mais aussi un déni. Cela sert à fermer les yeux sur l’état des pays au Sud, l’état de leurs démocraties. Terres des rêves chétifs, des injustices, des caricatures des régimes assassins de sens et de vies et des « pères de la nation », déshérence des élites et sécheresse des cœurs et des gazons. Où est la victoire de l’Afrique si pour réussir il faut la quitter ? Ces joueurs que l’on dit « africains » (…), que serait-il advenu d’eux chez nous au Sud, entre nous ? Répéter que c’est une victoire des immigrés et de leurs descendants est une belle chose : cela peut aider la France à voir dans l’Autre autre chose qu’une menace. Mais le répéter pour faire le procès de la France sans faire le procès des siens, de leur racisme chez nous, leur rejet de l’autre, leurs campagnes d’expulsions nocturnes dans les déserts, c’est une forme de rancune seulement. Faire la leçon de l’acceptation et de l’altérité heureuse et ses bénéfices, sans retourner contre soi ce jugement juste et sévère, est une lâcheté. Quel est l’état du migrant, son périple, ses douleurs, ses blessures et l’histoire de ses rejets entre les pays africains eux-mêmes ? Quel est l’état de nos frontières, entre nous, au Sud ? Entre le Maghreb et les pays subsahariens ? En France, ces joueurs que l’on dit « africains » ont pu finir champions du monde dans un pays qui a ses difficultés, ses peurs, ses xénophobes, ses justes et ses âmes magnifiques. Que serait-il advenu d’eux chez nous au Sud, entre nous ? « J’aurais voulu, par exemple, que l’Algérie gagne une Coupe du monde, au lieu de médire sur celle des autres et y trouver des consolations risibles à ses échecs » rajoute encore le journalMais il se trouve qu’il y avait aussi des raisons idiotes : des Italiens y voyaient, dans cette équipe, le rêve de la souche pure, l’équipe d’un pays « sans mélange », sans « races importées », sans couleurs, rêve des identitaires du vieux continent, au moment même où des Maghrébins ou d’autres y voyaient une revanche sur leur sort, une occasion de joie par l’aigreur, une vengeance presque, une leçon faite à la France. Tout le paradoxe malheureux de ceux qui n’assument pas le présent, son don et sa complexité pour rêver les uns de revanche, les autres de souche pure. La belle équipe croate se retrouva chargée d’incarner la pureté des extrêmes droites en Occident ou le contrepoids à nos défaites au Sud, nos jalousies. Autant que l’équipe de France se retrouva, pour certains, objet de fantasmes sur une Afrique où ils ne veulent pas vivre, qu’ils défendent en la quittant, qu’ils proclament glorieuse en fermant les yeux sur nos échecs. Voilà, c’est dit. Il le fallait. Il était si insupportable pour le chroniqueur de garder le silence sur cette foire des dénis et des hypocrisies. La France a gagné, elle en a été heureuse et j’aurais voulu vivre ce moment chez moi, moi aussi, grâce aux miens. Les voir réussir dans la diversité, être acclamés dans le festin des différences, sur les toits du monde, avoir un président capable de saluer les siens et de rire avec leur bonheur. J’aurais voulu, par exemple, que l’Algérie gagne une Coupe du monde, au lieu de médire sur celle des autres et y trouver des consolations risibles à ses échecs. Répéter que c’est une victoire de l’Afrique, c’est faire l’éloge de l’échec en croyant défendre la vertu, réelle et nécessaire cependant, de l’acceptation. Kamel Daoud
Dans le cas français spécialement, et européen plus largement, la colonisation a particulièrement concerné des populations de religion musulmane. Depuis la décolonisation d’une part et la fin des grands récits de l’émancipation nationaliste ou anti-impérialiste d’autre part, une forme de pensée post-coloniale s’est développée, accompagnée des désormais incontournables « études » qui vont avec dans le monde universitaire. Elle est appuyée sur une idée simple: l’homme « blanc », européen, occidental, chrétien (et juif aussi) est resté fondamentalement un colonisateur en raison de traits qui lui seraient propres, par essence en quelque sorte : raciste, impérialiste, dominateur, etc. Par conséquent, les anciens colonisés sont restés des dominés, des victimes de cet homme « blanc », européen, occidental, judéo-chrétien… À partir des années 1970, à l’occasion de la crise économique qui commence et de l’installation d’une immigration venue de ses anciennes colonies, cette manière de voir postcoloniale va peu à peu phagocyter la pensée de l’émancipation ouvrière classique et de la lutte des classes qui s’est développée depuis la Révolution industrielle et incarnée dans le socialisme notamment. La figure du « damné de la terre » va ainsi se replier sur celle de l’ancien colonisé, donc de l’immigré désormais, c’est-à-dire celui qui est différent, qui est « l’autre ». Non plus principalement à raison de sa position dans le processus de production économique ou de sa situation sociale mais de son pays d’origine, de la couleur de sa peau, de son origine ethnique puis, plus récemment, de sa religion. Et ce, précisément au moment même où de nouvelles lectures, radicalisées, de l’islam deviennent des outils de contestation des régimes en place dans le monde arabo-musulman. (…) Toute une partie de la gauche, politique, associative, syndicale, intellectuelle, orpheline du grand récit socialiste et communiste, va trouver dans le combat pour ces nouveaux damnés de la terre une nouvelle raison d’être alors qu’elle se convertit très largement aux différentes formes du libéralisme. Politique avec les droits de l’Homme et la démocratie libérale contre les résidus du totalitarisme communiste ; économique avec la loi du marché et le capitalisme financier contre l’étatisme et le keynésianisme ; culturel avec l’émancipation individuelle à raison de l’identité propre de chacun plutôt que collective. En France, la forme d’antiracisme qui se développe dans les années 1980 sous la gauche au pouvoir témoigne bien de cette évolution. À partir de là, on peut aisément dérouler l’histoire des trente ou quarante dernières années pour arriver à la situation actuelle. Être du côté des victimes et des dominés permet de se donner une contenance morale voire un but politique alors que l’on a renoncé, dans les faits sinon dans le discours, à toute idée d’émancipation collective et de transformation de la société autrement qu’au travers de l’attribution de droits individuels aux victimes et aux dominés précisément. À partir du moment où ces victimes et ces dominés sont incarnés dans la figure de « l’autre» que soi-même, ils ne peuvent en aucun cas avoir tort et tout ce qu’ils font, disent, revendiquent, devient un élément indissociable de leur identité de victime et de dominé. Dans un tel cadre, l’homme « blanc », européen, occidental, judéo-chrétien… ne peut donc jamais, par construction, avoir raison, quoi qu’il dise ou fasse. Il est toujours déjà coupable et dominateur. On retrouve là la dérive essentialiste dont on parlait plus haut. Pour toute une partie de la gauche, chez les intellectuels notamment, tout ceci est devenu une doxa. Tout questionnement, toute remise en question, toute critique étant instantanément considérée à la fois comme une mécompréhension tragique de la société, de l’Histoire et des véritables enjeux contemporains. Mais aussi comme une atteinte insupportable au Bien, à la seule et unique morale, et comme le signe d’une attitude profondément réactionnaire, raciste, « islamophobe », etc. C’est pour cette raison, me semble-t-il, que l’on retrouve aujourd’hui, dans le débat intellectuel et plus largement public, une violence que l’on avait oubliée depuis l’époque de la guerre froide. Tout désaccord, toute nuance, tout questionnement est y immédiatement disqualifié. (…) Ce qui est intéressant en l’espèce, chez ces « nouvelles » féministes – on pourrait plutôt parler de post-féminisme d’ailleurs -, c’est qu’elles enrobent leur discours de toute une rhétorique  dite « intersectionnelle » du nom du concept forgé par l’universitaire Kimberlé Crenshaw en 1993 (dans un article de la Stanford Law Review). Le but est de montrer que la lutte féministe et la lutte antiraciste peuvent se recouper pour défendre les minorités opprimées après les difficultés des mouvements identitaires des années 1970-80 à unir leurs forces (notamment après l’échec des « Rainbow Coalitions »1 et l’affaire Anita Hill/Clarence Thomas2) et à s’articuler ensuite aux revendications sociales. Or, ce qui pouvait être adapté aux Etats-Unis des années 1980-90 ne l’est pas à la France d’aujourd’hui, pour tout un ensemble de raisons qu’il serait long de détailler ici. Tout ce discours que l’on retrouve dans l’idée de convergence des luttes également ces derniers temps masque en réalité une forme de hiérarchisation implicite entre les différentes minorités à défendre. Et, comme on le constate à chaque fois, les exemples que vous citez sont très clairs : ce ne sont pas les femmes qui sont en haut de la liste, ni d’ailleurs les homosexuels. Ce qui prévaut systématiquement, y compris chez ces post-féministes, c’est l’attention à des critères identitaires de type ethno-raciaux ou religieux. Ce qui induit d’étranges alliances et de bien plus étranges contradictions encore puisque, par exemple, on retrouve des militants du progressisme des mœurs, favorables aux droits des femmes ou des homosexuels aux côtés de militants islamistes qui sont très conservateurs en matière de mœurs. Dans ce post-féminisme, on n’hésite plus désormais à parler d’émancipation de la femme à propos de jeunes filles portant le voile islamique, au prétexte qu’elles auraient librement choisi de se soumettre à des règles religieuses qui sont pourtant explicitement contraires à l’égalité entre hommes et femmes. La confusion est totale, sur le plan philosophique, entre liberté, consentement et choix. Mais aussi sur le plan politique puisque dans toute une partie de la gauche, ce genre de renversement idéologique apparaît désormais comme tout à fait normal. On en a eu récemment un exemple frappant avec l’affaire de la présidente de la section de l’Unef de Paris-Sorbonne, qui porte un voile islamique. (…) il y a un dévoiement d’une partie de la lutte antiraciste, devenue relativiste et essentialiste. Là encore, le fait que des organisations (associations, syndicats, partis) qui se réclament de la gauche, du projet progressiste, de l’émancipation collective… en viennent à adopter ou à justifier l’idée qu’on puisse se rassembler dans des réunions « non mixtes », entre « racisés », pour lutter contre le racisme, est d’une incohérence philosophique et politique totale. Si la gauche, c’est ça, alors il n’y a plus de gauche. C’est aussi simple que cela. Tout le combat historique pour l’universalisme, l’humanisme, contre le racisme, pour l’émancipation… perd son sens. Derrière de telles idées, on trouve finalement une forme de racisme brut et qui ne se cache même plus chez certains auteurs et certains militants de la mouvance dite « décoloniale » ou « indigéniste ». Je pense à Houria Bouteldja notamment dans son livre Les Blancs, les Juifs et nous paru en 2016. Ce racisme, venu du raisonnement sur la colonisation dont on parlait plus haut, conduit à rendre responsables et coupables de toutes les injustices, de toutes les discriminations et de tous les crimes… les « blancs », par un processus d’essentialisation pur et simple. De telles idées sont ultra-minoritaires, mais cela ne les rend pas moins dangereuses par le véritable terrorisme intellectuel qu’elles font peser sur toute cette gauche, sur nombre de médias notamment qui n’osent pas en révéler le caractère aussi fallacieux intellectuellement que destructeur politiquement et socialement. S’il y a un politiquement correct, c’est bien là qu’il se trouve : dans le refus non seulement de dire ce que l’on voit mais surtout de voir ce que l’on voit comme nous y incitait Péguy. Et gare à celui, surtout s’il est un « mâle blanc », qui ose ne serait-ce que constater cette dérive. Il sera immédiatement accusé d’être à son tour un « identitaire » et, évidemment, raciste, sexiste, islamophobe… Toute réalité, on n’ose même pas parler de vérité, est abolie au profit d’une vision purement idéologique qui ne fonctionne que par la terreur qu’elle fait régner. Laurent Bouvet
Aujourd’hui, ce jeune si ’brun’ auquel on demandait plus qu’au ’petit blond’ d’à côté est aux USA. Il m’a dit récemment : ’Je voudrais revoir mon prof de sixième. Celui-ci lui avait dit : ’Jamais tu n’iras au-delà de la cinquième’… Aujourd’hui, les Nations unies le sollicitent. Il a réussi sa vie, mais garde en tête ce prof ! Acteur de l’emploi
C’est toujours les mêmes métiers qui reviennent pour les filles et les mêmes métiers pour les garçons (garde d’enfants, vendeuse pour les filles, et mécanicien, plombier pour les garçons. Acteur de l’emploi
L’humoriste Yassine Belattar (…) est venu à Nantes, pour rencontrer les proches d’Aboubakar Fofana, tué le 3 juillet par un tir policier, parler aux animateurs du quartier du Breil où a eu lieu le drame, aux avocats de la famille… Sans mettre en avant sa nouvelle casquette de membre du Conseil présidentiel des villes. L’humoriste issu des banlieues franciliennes a une voix qui porte, quitte à faire grincer des dents, et il n’est pas du genre à la fermer quand un sujet lui tient à cœur. « Ça sert à quoi, sinon, d’être artiste ? » Jordan, 24 ans, habitant du Breil et  «meilleur ami» d’Aboubakar se tient à ses côtés. Ils partagent la même indignation.  « Pendant 48 heures, notre ami s’est fait traiter de voyou. Il a été insulté sur les réseaux sociaux. Des commentaires racistes se sont réjouis de sa mort ! Une double peine pour sa famille,  se désole le jeune Nantais.  « Tout ça parce que la police – via les médias- a laissé croire qu’il avait été tué dans un acte de légitime défense »,  renchérit Yassine. Ils racontent : «  Ce garçon de 22 ans vivait à Nantes depuis un an et neuf mois. Ok, il avait fait des conneries à Garges-lès-Gonesses, difficile d’y échapper quand on grandit dans l’une des banlieues les plus mal famées de France. Mais, fort d’une famille très unie, aimante, il était parti à Nantes pour se reconstruire, trouver du travail. Et il est victime d’un fait divers affreux. »  Yassine Belattar ajoute : « Je suis tombé de ma chaise quand je me suis rendu compte que le policier avait menti ! » Le drame a provoqué cinq nuits d’émeutes à Nantes : 175 voitures brûlées, une trentaine de bâtiments public et commerces dégradés ou ravagés par des incendies… Un choc pour la ville.  « En banlieue parisienne, ça aurait été bien pire, affirme Belattar.  Ici, les habitants espèrent encore dans la justice, les associations sont présentes dans des quartiers qui ne sont pas éloignés du centre-ville. Mais la violence n’est pas une solution. Ce n’est pas en brûlant une bibliothèque qu’on va faire revivre Aboubakar. Le problème des émeutes, c’est qu’au bout d’un moment, ça devient comme une espèce de jeu pour des très jeunes gens. Et dans cinq ans, à cause de ça, le gamin qui aura marqué Breil sur son CV ne va pas forcément se faire rappeler ». Ils ne veulent pas évoquer les suites judiciaires de cette affaire, pour laisser le champ aux avocats de la famille. Mais l’humoriste, confirmant que le CRS auteur du tir est d’origine maghrébine, balaie l’hypothèse d’un homicide raciste :  « Pour nous, ce n’est pas un Rebeu qui a tué un Noir. C’est un policier qui a tué un jeune. Voilà le problème. »  Jordan et lui espèrent que le « mensonge » initial du policier, provoquera un déclic,  « un renouveau »,  dans les relations devenues détestables entre les forces de l’ordre et les jeunes.  « C’est peut-être l’occasion d’ouvrir une nouvelle page. Il faut qu’ils se parlent. Qu’ils crèvent l’abcès pour de vrai. Oui, des policiers n’en peuvent plus de se faire insulter. Oui, certains peuvent friser le  burn-out . Oui, les gens des quartiers se font maltraiter, insultés eux aussi et ont peur de la police, contrairement aux gens des centres-villes, martèle l’humoriste. Ouest France
Dans les cas de crime flagrant ou de délit flagrant […], toute personne a qualité pour en appréhender l’auteur et le conduire devant l’officier de police judiciaire le plus proche. Code de procédure pénale (article 73)
Monsieur Alexandre BENALLA est abasourdi par l’utilisation médiatique et politique de son action du 1er mai 2018 sur deux fauteurs de trouble qui agressaient les policiers. Monsieur BENALLA, en sa qualité de chargé de mission, adjoint au chef de cabinet du Président de la République, a été invité par la DOPC de la Préfecture de police de Paris, à observer les opérations de maintien de l’ordre à l’occasion des manifestations du 1er mai, annoncées pour être particulièrement violentes. Il a été accueilli et équipé par les services de police qui lui ont assigné différentes positions. A l’occasion de cette observation, Monsieur BENALLA a pu compléter ses connaissances du maintien de l’ordre et n’avait pas vocation à intervenir personnellement sur ces opérations. Toutefois, témoin des agissements de deux individus particulièrement virulents et de l’apparent dépassement des capacités opérationnelles des policiers sur place, Monsieur BENALLA a pris l’initiative de prêter main forte au dispositif en aidant à la maîtrise de ces personnes. Cette action vigoureuse mais menée sans violence n’a causé aucune blessure. Les individus ont pu être interpellés, présentés à un officier de police judiciaire, et n’ont déposé plainte contre personne. Monsieur BENALLA a immédiatement rendu compte de de son intervention personnelle qui lui a été vivement reprochée. Il a fait l’objet d’une sanction administrative de la part de son employeur. Cette initiative personnelle de Monsieur BENALLA, qui s’inscrit dans le cadre des dispositions de l’article 73 du code de procédure pénale et n’a eu aucune conséquence pour les personnes interpellées, sert manifestement aujourd’hui à porter atteinte à la Présidence de la République dans des conditions qui défient l’entendement. Monsieur BENALLA est un serviteur de l’Etat et n’a jamais failli dans cet engagement. Il collabore pleinement avec l’institution judiciaire et appelle chacun à garder sa raison. Mes Laurent-Franck Lienard et Audrey Gadot (avocats d’Alexandre Benalla)
Ne relayer pas l’article de libération parlant de rétropédalage concernant tolbiac. Ce n’est que mensonges et calomnie. Après avoir voulu nous faire taire nous empêcher de parler, après nous avoir voulu nous intimider et nous faire peur, après nous avoir lâchés à la vindicte populaire et aux chiens fascistes, aujourd’hui ils mentent comme des arracheurs de dents pour nous discréditer. La journaliste en question a demander le contact avec les témoins ce qui lui a été refusé pour protéger les témoins qui ont rdv dans la semaine avec l’avocat. Elle a ensuite sollicité Leila qui lui a répondu qu’elle ne donnait aucune interview. Cet article est un torchon, et toute la machine politico-médiatique se met en marche contre des étudiants résistants. ON NE LÂCHERA RIEN !
hasta la victoria siempre ! Taha Bouhafs (24.04.2018)
C’est une rumeur qui a enflé depuis ce vendredi, jusqu’à prendre des proportions énormes et qui semble prendre de court aujourd’hui tous ses protagonistes. L’un d’eux, Taha Bouhafs, militant insoumis grenoblois âgé d’une vingtaine d’années est l’ex-candidat de la France insoumise aux dernières législatives en Isère. Le candidat malheureux aux élections de juin 2017 a participé au blocus de la faculté de Tolbiac et se retrouve depuis quelques jours pris sur les charbons ardents des réseaux sociaux. Le militant, qui a relayé certaines rumeurs de violence sans avoir vérifié leur véracité est aujourd’hui la cible d’une violente campagne de dénigrement. Le campus de Tolbiac, occupé par des étudiants qui militaient contre la loi ORE (qui instaure une sélection à l’entrée de l’université) depuis le 26 mars dernier, a été évacué par les CRS ce vendredi tôt dans la matinée. Si l’évacuation s’est fait dans un climat de tension, les confrontations violentes redoutées n’ont finalement pas eu lieu, malgré quelques accrochages. Pourtant, assez rapidement, une rumeur faisant état d’un blessé grave imputable à l’intervention des forces de l’ordre a été relayée sur les réseaux sociaux. Le magazine en ligne Reporterre a le premier relayé trois témoignages faisant état d’une chute grave. Des témoignages confus évoquaient tour à tour « une chute », « une flaque de sang », « un homme inanimé » gisant au sol, « un homme entre la vie et la mort », et même un décès. Problème, personne n’a réussi au bout de plusieurs jours, à mettre la main sur ce soi-disant blessé grave et la préfecture de police a démenti cette version dès ce vendredi. Face aux rumeurs de violences et au sous-entendus complotistes, Libération a finalement publié ce mardi une enquête fouillée qui démonte les rumeurs faisant état d’un blessé grave. Selon le quotidien, qui cite le magazine Reporterre, les témoins qui affirmaient avoir vu le blessé grave n’étaient pas des témoins directs et leur témoignage est infondé. Reporterre, qui a mené en interne une contre-enquête va dans le même sens et reconnaît que ces témoignages étaient « fallacieux ». Taha Bouhafs, qui était à Tolbiac au moment de l’évacuation persiste pourtant et remet en cause l’enquête de Libé. Le militant insoumis, dans un post Facebook aux accents victimaires, accuse le quotidien national de « mensonges et de calomnie ». Il assure que le contact des témoins a été « refusé » à la journaliste pour les « protéger » car ils ont « rendez-vous dans la semaine avec l’avocat ». Là aussi, Reporterre met à mal cette version et assure que l’un des prétendus témoins, qui devait rencontrer un avocat, a fait faux-bond deux fois au rendez-vous juridique… Taha Bouhafs est depuis ce mercredi ciblé sur les réseaux sociaux, par des internautes qui lui reprochent d’avoir relayé des accusations graves sans les avoir vérifiées. Il avait également affirmé dans un Tweet que « les CRS avaient épongé le sang des étudiants à l’intérieur de la Fac pour ne laisser aucune trace » (son compte Twitter est aujourd’hui protégé). (…)  le député FN Gilbert Collard a publié une vidéo de l’évacuation où on voit Taha Bouhafs face aux forces de l’ordre. Le jeune homme, visiblement à bout de nerfs, interpelle et insulte les CRS impassibles qui l’empêchent de franchir le cordon de sécurité. (…) Face au flot de critiques, le militant a publié un nouveau communiqué ce mercredi, il y assure que « l’évacuation ne s’est pas faite dans le calme » mais reconnaît ne pas avoir été « témoin direct de l’événement ». Contacté par la rédaction de France 3, Taha Bouhafs n’a pour le moment pas directement répondu à nos questions. France 3 régions
L’affaire Benalla évoque un climat nauséabond de basse police et de cabinet privé au cœur de l’Élysée. Cette privatisation de la sécurité présidentielle, avec ses dérives barbouzardes, dévoile la part d’ombre du monarchisme macronien. C’est une alerte sur la dérive de cette présidence vers un pouvoir encore plus sans partage du chef de l’État, dans une marche consulaire, avec coup de force permanent. Edwy Plenel (Mediapart)
Ce qui paraissait au départ n’être qu’une affaire subalterne de brutalité individuelle commise par un sous-fifre se change en affaire d’Etat. Pourquoi ? A cause du mensonge. Le gorille n’a pas été sanctionné, mais protégé. Sur ordre de qui, sinon du président lui-même ? Et pourquoi cette mansuétude ? On craint de comprendre : diverses sources corroborées par d’autres vidéos montre qu’Alexandre Benalla vivait en fait dans l’intimité du couple présidentiel, qu’il accompagnait le chef de l’Etat dans ses visites officielles mais aussi dans ses activités privées, au tennis, au ski ou pendant ses vacances. Pourquoi (…) s’en remettre à un affidé, alors même qu’il est sans réelle qualification et connu pour son impulsivité ? Parce que c’est un proche, qui a rendu tant de services, ou qui en sait trop ? Hypothèses redoutables… Laurent Joffrin (Libération)
Ces faits montrent « qu’il existe au ‘château’ des nervis au statut flou, chargés d’opaques sinon basses besognes. On se croirait revenu au sale temps des barbouzeries orchestrées par le SAC gaulliste. Cette découverte fissure l’image d’Emmanuel Macron, qui a toujours insisté sur l’exemplarité et l’intégrité nécessaire à sa fonction. La communication présidentielle, jusque-là parfaitement lissée, a volé en éclats. Et l’on constate que le vieux monde, rance, est toujours bien là. La tentative manifeste d’étouffer le scandale est explosive. Pourquoi ce président, qui dès son arrivée n’avait pas hésité à virer le chef d’état-major des armées pour quelques mots critiques sur le budget de la Défense, a-t-il été incapable de se défaire d’un collaborateur instable traînant déjà plusieurs casseroles ? Pourquoi l’Elysée avait-il besoin de cet homme, alors qu’il existe un service officiel pour cela, le Groupe de sécurité de la présidence de la République (GSPR) ? Quelle était la relation exacte entre le candidat-puis-président Macron et cet homme qui le suivait comme son ombre ? En ne traitant pas cette affaire comme elle aurait dû l’être, l’Elysée a ouvert la boîte des mille questions légitimes, mais forcément embarrassantes. Pascal Riché (L’Obs)
Les égards et avantages dont il bénéficiait avant l’affaire témoignent tout à la fois de la grande confiance que lui accordait le chef de l’État que des tâches ambiguës dont il s’acquittait pour lui. Récent bénéficiaire d’un appartement de fonction quai Branly à Paris, Alexandre Benalla disposait également d’une voiture de fonction équipée de tous les attributs d’un véhicule de police haut de gamme. À la demande du directeur de cabinet du président de la République, il s’était également vu attribuer un badge lui donnant accès à l’ensemble des locaux de l’Assemblée nationale dont l’Hémicycle. De quoi s’interroger sur l’étendue de son champ d’action au service du président de la République. (…) Selon nos informations, c’est notamment lui qui aurait supervisé la sécurisation du Palais de l’Élysée, notamment l’installation des barrières de plots rétractables rue du Faubourg-Saint-Honoré, après avoir démontré au chef de l’État qu’un commando déterminé et aguerri pourrait mettre moins de cinq minutes à atteindre son bureau depuis la rue. De quoi mettre en porte-à-faux le commandement militaire de l’Élysée, officiellement en charge de la sécurisation du Palais. Au fil du temps, le poids et l’influence d’Alexandre Benalla à l’Élysée ont fini par agacer fortement. Notamment au sein de l’équipe officielle chargée de la protection du président, le GSPR, qui dépend du ministère de l’Intérieur. Avec Emmanuel Macron, il travaillait d’égal à égal avec l’équipe d’Alexandre Benalla. De quoi nourrir de solides inimitiés, et pas qu’avec le GSPR. Face à l’omniprésence du garde du corps du président sur le terrain et ses velléités de diriger l’ensemble des opérations, l’agacement des forces de l’ordre n’a fait que grandir. La semaine dernière encore, alors que l’équipe de France de football revenait victorieuse de sa campagne de Russie, un incident a opposé Alexandre Benalla et un gendarme sur le tarmac de l’aéroport. Décrit comme «agité et très autoritaire», il tente de prendre en main le dispositif de sécurité, jusqu’à ce qu’un gendarme lui demande qui il est. «Vous me manquez de respect», réplique-t-il alors en exhibant le pin qui atteste qu’il travaille à l’Élysée et en ajoutant: «Le préfet, je l’emmerde.» Selon plusieurs témoignages, Alexandre Benalla est coutumier de ces coups de sang. À la manière d’Emmanuel Macron, qu’il admire au-delà de tout pour avoir «disrupté» l’élection présidentielle, lui veut «disrupter» la sécurité présidentielle. Au total, ce sont quatre services différents qui s’occupent de la sécurité du président de la République. Lequel avait engagé une réflexion pour rationaliser l’ensemble. Il était notamment question de fusionner le GSPR et le commandement militaire pour former un organe de protection unique. Pour avoir participé à la réflexion et en avoir initié le chantier, Alexandre Benalla était suspecté de vouloir prendre la tête de cette sorte de secret service à la française. Une sorte de revanche pour lui, qui avait très mal vécu la fin de la campagne présidentielle en 2017. Approché par En marche! pour assurer la sécurité du candidat Macron, Alexandre Benalla recrute des gardes du corps et entre très vite dans les petits papiers du futur président. Il y a d’un côté l’équipe politique, le premier cercle de la macronie, de l’autre l’équipe sécurité, elle aussi au contact d’Emmanuel Macron quasiment 24 heures sur 24 et 7 jours sur 7. C’est dans cette période que se crée son lien d’amitié avec ce candidat qu’il adore. Comme beaucoup de ceux qui approchent Emmanuel Macron, il tombe en admiration devant lui. Au point d’éprouver un sentiment de dépossession lorsque l’État entre dans le jeu et dépêche des policiers du SPHP (service de protection des hautes personnalités) pour assurer sa protection. Il faut passer la main, les frictions sont nombreuses. Car les policiers observent d’un très mauvais œil les libertés que prend Emmanuel Macron avec sa sécurité personnelle. Les contraintes de l’État d’un côté, la liberté revendiquée d’un candidat de l’autre. Entre les deux, les gardes du corps privés d’Alexandre Benalla, qui cèdent tout au patron. Comme ce jour de mars 2017 à Mayotte lorsqu’Emmanuel Macron décide, malgré un retard important, de traverser une rue bondée pour tenir un meeting en plein air, alors que la nuit est déjà noire. «C’est de la folie», souffle alors un policier selon qui aucune des conditions élémentaires de sécurité n’était réunie ce soir-là. Mais pas pour les gardes du corps d’Emmanuel Macron. Ce sont d’ailleurs eux que l’on retrouve derrière le candidat, Alexandre Benalla en tête, dans l’entre-deux-tours de la campagne présidentielle lorsqu’il décide d’aller au contact des salariés de Whirlpool dont l’usine va fermer. Ils viennent de recevoir la visite de Marine Le Pen, le climat est survolté, le chaos indescriptible. Il a bien sûr été fortement recommandé à Emmanuel Macron de ne pas se rendre sur le site. «C’est pas les mecs de la sécurité qu’il faut écouter. […] Il faut prendre le risque. Il faut aller au cœur à chaque fois. Si vous écoutez les mecs de la sécurité, vous finissez comme Hollande. Peut-être que vous êtes en sécurité, mais vous êtes mort», lance-t-il alors à ses équipes. La prise de risque physique s’avérera payante. Ceux qui lui auront permis de le prendre en tireront profit et une solide réputation de «cow-boys». Une fois élu président de la République, Emmanuel Macron emmène Alexandre Benalla avec lui au Palais. C’est même lui qui l’accompagne le soir de son élection lors de sa grande marche à travers la cour du Louvre. Quelques jours plus tôt, c’est aussi lui qui avait joué le rôle d’Emmanuel Macron pour les repérages de la séquence. Pour ce président qui ne veut rien sacrifier de sa précieuse liberté, son garde du corps est celui qui lui permet de sortir du cadre extrêmement contraint qu’impose sa fonction. On retrouve d’ailleurs Benalla au côté du chef de l’État sur presque toutes les images disruptives qui façonnent l’image d’un président jeune et moderne, en balade à vélo au Touquet, en ski à La Mongie ou sur un terrain de foot à Marseille. Malgré la sanction disciplinaire infligée par le directeur de cabinet du président, Patrick Strzoda, après les événements du 1er Mai, Alexandre Benalla est resté jusqu’au bout dans le premier cercle. Il était notamment présent dans le bus des Bleus lors de leur descente des Champs-Élysées la semaine dernière. Le Figaro
Sous Emmanuel Macron, les deux équipes – celle du GSPR et celle d’Alexandre Benalla – travaillaient d’égal à égal, et ce dispositif a fait naître d’importantes rivalités. En théorie, les déplacements du chef de l’Etat sont protégés par les policiers et gendarmes d’élite du GSPR. Mais interrogé sur sa mission à l’Elysée, Alexandre Benalla, alors âgé de 25 ans, se vantait de gérer « toute la sécurité privée » autour du chef de l’Etat. D’après nos informations, le jeune gendarme réserviste travaillait d’ailleurs activement à une fusion des différents services en charge de la sécurité du chef de l’Etat: entre policiers et gendarmes, au sein et à l’extérieur de l’Elysée. Une sorte de « Secret Service », du nom de agents qui assurent la sécurité du président américain et la Maison-Blanche, à la française. Une idée qui devait permettre de corriger des « incohérences » dans les moyens de communication utilisés par les différents agents, et qui a été approuvé par Emmanuel Macron. Le projet a fait l’objet de plusieurs réunions au Palais, avec des annonces prévues pour le mois de septembre. Ce nouveau service cherchait par ailleurs un local, avec en tête l’actuelle salle de presse. Mais malgré l’aval présidentiel, il n’était pas du goût de tous. L’idée déplaisait notamment au ministère de l’Intérieur, croit savoir le JDD. Des éléments qui alimentent l’hypothèse selon laquelle la fuite de la vidéo, mais surtout l’identification de Benalla sur les images des violences du 1er mai, pourraient directement être liées à ces rivalités et tensions. Une question qui se pose légitimement, tant l’attitude du jeune protégé d’Emmanuel Macron semble avoir fait grincer des dents. BFMTV
Benalla voulait aller plus loin : avec d’autres, il faisait partie du comité de pilotage sur la création d’une direction de la sécurité de la présidence de la République (DSPR), destinée à chapeauter toute la protection du chef de l’État. « L’idée était de reprendre la main, de devenir autonome par rapport au GSPR, qui dépend de l’Intérieur, d’ouvrir le recrutement à des profils mieux adaptés, tout en ayant la main sur la formation. C’était un projet de la présidence, validé au plus haut niveau. » Macron en avait accepté le principe, ce qui ne plaisait guère à la Place Beauvau. « Ça ne se fera pas », avaient assuré des responsables policiers, refusant même de participer aux réunions budgétaires. De quoi attiser les rivalités. « Ce jeune de 26 ans qui recadre tout le monde ne pouvait que se créer des inimitiés dans la police », poursuit cet ami pour lequel, si les premières vidéos ont été diffusées par les réseaux de La France insoumise, l’identification ultérieure de Benalla semble signée : « Le coup vient de l’Intérieur. » Au-delà d’une sanction initiale (deux semaines de mise à pied avec suspension de salaire), de nouvelles révélations sur l’appartement de fonction qu’il s’était vu attribuer à Paris, quai Branly (là où résidait jadis Mazarine, la fille cachée de François Mitterand), sur sa Renault Talisman de fonction ou sur son confortable salaire de 7.113 euros brut mensuels posent question : pourquoi tant de faveurs? Volonté de préserver un proche qui connaît nombre de ses secrets? Dérive du système monarchique français, où le chef de l’État donne ses ordres au GSPR, à la différence du Secret service américain, qui impose ses exigences? JDD
« Sentant le vent tourner en recevant des appels de journalistes, il y a trois jours, à propos de la vidéo le mettant en cause», comme le raconte une source policière au Figaro, Alexandre Benalla, aux abois, aurait alors tenté d’allumer un contre-feu en cherchant d’autres séquences de la scène de la Contrescarpe, susceptibles, à ses yeux, de le dédouaner. Le «chargé de mission» aurait alors sollicité un contrôleur général affecté à l’état-major de la DOPC, réputé proche de lui. Ce haut fonctionnaire, dont le nom avait publiquement circulé l’hiver dernier pour le très prisé poste de directeur de la sécurité du PSG, aurait consenti à rendre ce précieux «service». Sans en avertir a priori son directeur, le contrôleur général aurait alors demandé à un jeune commissaire, lui aussi affecté à l’état-major de l’ordre public, de sélectionner la séquence. Il se trouve que ce dernier, considéré comme un fonctionnaire jusqu’ici irréprochable et très prometteur, était aussi place de la Contrescarpe ce fameux 1er Mai, avec un détachement de CRS, afin de libérer les lieux occupés par un reliquat de militants anarcho-autonomes. Sur place, il aurait même croisé Alexandre Benalla, avant de rédiger une fiche de «mise à disposition» de la personne maîtrisée. «C’est la preuve que ce commissaire n’a rien dissimulé», assure un de ses pairs dans la police, convaincu qu’«il s’est trouvé là à la mauvaise heure, au mauvais moment». «Connu comme le loup blanc des services d’ordre parisien, poursuit en off ce fonctionnaire, Benalla était aussi redouté sur le terrain en raison d’une proximité avec le chef de l’État dont il ne se cachait pas…» Le soir du 1er Mai, Alexandre Benalla s’était ainsi invité à la salle d’information et de commandement (SIC) de la DOPC, au moment où le ministre de l’Intérieur et le préfet de police étaient venus soutenir les forces après une éprouvante journée. Mais ce n’est qu’en voyant la vidéo le lendemain que le grand patron de la police parisienne a découvert qu’Alexandre Benalla avait été dans le dispositif. Après s’être exécuté, en faisant copie de la séquence de vidéoprotection demandée, le jeune commissaire l’a transmise à un officier. Lequel, au printemps dernier, est passé au grade de commandant. À la surprise de syndicats, dont l’un d’eux parle de «circonstances rocambolesques». Une promotion à laquelle s’en est ajoutée une autre, dans la foulée, puisqu’il a été bombardé «officier de liaison» à l’Élysée. Alors que le parquet de Paris a par ailleurs cosaisi l’Inspection générale de la police nationale (IGPN, «police des polices»), les trois fonctionnaires ont été suspendus à titre conservatoire jusqu’à quatre mois, en l’absence de poursuite judiciaire. Samedi matin, ils ont cependant été placés en garde à vue pour «détournement d’images issues d’un système de vidéo-protection» et «violation du secret professionnel». Face à la polémique qui enfle, Gérard Collomb a «condamné lourdement» des «agissements qui, s’ils devaient être confirmés, […] portent atteinte à l’image d’exemplarité […] de la police nationale». Depuis 48 heures, les investigations sont menées au pas de charge. Après l’audition en toute discrétion, et en qualité de témoin, jeudi, du directeur de cabinet d’Emmanuel Macron, Patrick Strzoda, les policiers ont aussi placé en garde à vue Vincent Crase. Comme pour Alexandre Benalla, cette dernière a été prolongée de 24 heures samedi matin. Ce chef d’escadron de réserve de la gendarmerie, employé de LaREM et proche d’Alexandre Benalla, est lui aussi accusé d’avoir commis des violences sur la place de la Contrescarpe. Les enquêteurs pourraient aussi s’intéresser au «3e homme» présent à ses côtés sur les images. Il s’agit d’un major de la DOPC qui avait pour mission de l’accompagner toute la journée pendant sa «mission d’observation». De ces auditions, qui pourraient éclabousser d’autres protagonistes et les faire tomber comme dans un jeu de dominos, il ressort déjà les contours d’un curieux cercle de relations personnelles, risquant d’écorner l’image de «République exemplaire» promue au plus haut sommet de l’État. Le Figaro
« Alexandre » Benalla, 26 ans, en charge de la protection très rapprochée d’Emmanuel Macron est né en septembre 1991 dans cette ville, une arrière-cour de la banlieue parisienne. Originaire du Maroc, lui qui aurait modifié son prénom pour le franciser, n’a pas laissé le souvenir du solide gaillard aux épaules larges qu’on lui connaît après les images de l’agression commise sur un manifestant le 1er mai dernier à Paris sur la place de la Contrescarpe. (…) Mais « Ben » est ambitieux. « Il avait de l’ambition trop sans doute… Mais il lui manquait un peu d’éducation. Sans lui faire injure, il était lourdaud mais côté physique il en imposait. Même trop. C’était le robocop de l’équipe. Il fallait parfois le retenir », se souvient un réserviste qui a fait sa préparation militaire gendarmerie (PMG) avec lui. Une formation accélérée d’une centaine d’heures qui permet à des civils d’endosser l’uniforme dans la réserve opérationnelle. Il devient gendarme adjoint de réserve militaire du rang avant d’obtenir le grade de brigadier-chef et a pour responsable un certain Sébastien Lecornu, lieutenant de réserve de la gendarmerie et maire de Vernon (Eure), devenu depuis secrétaire d’État à la Transition écologique. (…) « Il ne cachait rien de ses ambitions. Il voulait briller. Il était attiré par le milieu politique, car il savait qu’il pouvait en tirer profit. Moi au bout de 8 ans, je suis toujours simple gendarme… », critique cet ancien qui a côtoyé Alexandre Benalla et qui juge « immorale » cette promotion « au grade de lieutenant-colonel ». Dans un communiqué interne, la gendarmerie indique qu’Alexandre Benalla « n’a plus été employé dans la réserve opérationnelle depuis 2015 et radié en 2017 à sa demande ». Curieusement, il a été intégré comme « spécialiste expert » de la gendarmerie et son grade de lieutenant-colonel lui a été été attribué en raison de son « niveau d’expertise ». Une promotion qui « ulcère » dans les rangs de la gendarmerie. C’est sur proposition de l’Élysée que le brigadier-chef de réserve a en effet été nommé en 2017 lieutenant-colonel de la réserve opérationnelle, la plus prestigieuse, au titre « de la sécurité des installations » sans aucune référence militaire ou universitaire reconnue ou même professionnelle. Une promotion vertigineuse surtout pour son âge. Nous on passe les concours de Saint-Cyr, d’autres l’École militaire inter-armes, ou de Polytechnique ! Au mieux on peut être colonel à 40 ans à quelques exceptions si on a réussi encore le concours de l’École de guerre. C’est plutôt vers 43/44 ans pour la plupart », s’étonne un patron de groupement de gendarmerie. Le Parisien
Ils avaient une attitude extrêmement pacifique, souriante et décontractée. Je ne suis pas certain que ces deux jeunes faisaient partie des manifestants, puis le garçon a pointé un doigt en direction des CRS, sans doute pour dire sa manière de penser sur cette charge. (…) le garçon, à mon sens, fait de la résistance passive et en même temps, il essaie de dialoguer. Naguib Michel Sidhom (photographe et ancien journaliste AFP et Monde)
Presque au contact de la ligne de CRS, on reconnaît sans difficulté les deux manifestants qui seront quelques instants plus tard interpellés par Alexandre Benalla et Vincent Crase. Ce couple, qui parle en grec et en français dans les vidéos et qui n’est pas réapparu depuis, jette alors violemment trois objets sur la ligne de CRS, qui est à quelques mètres d’eux. Juste avant que la jeune femme leur fasse un bras d’honneur. (…) Alors que le manifestant est maîtrisé et à terre, Alexandre Benalla le saisit, le relève, lui donne plusieurs coups, le jette à terre, et enfin lui adresse un violent coup de pied. Ismaël Halissat
Avec le report, à la rentrée, de la révision constitutionnelle, dont l’examen n’était que suspendu à l’Assemblée nationale, l’affaire Benalla a pris, lundi, une ampleur nouvelle car elle affecte, désormais, la mise en oeuvre des réformes voulues par le chef de l’Etat. Même si elle apparaît sage dans ce contexte d’hystérie estivale qui s’est emparée du monde politique, cette décision marque un tournant dans le quinquennat d’Emmanuel Macron. Ce n’est plus Jupiter omnipotent, mais Jupiter empêtré. Et, plus Janus que jamais, le peuple français, royaliste hier encore, se redécouvre des pulsions régicides. La verticalité du pouvoir, qu’était parvenu à rétablir le successeur de François Hollande, vacille, heurtée par les écarts de conduite d’un barbouzard. Mais ce qui doit inquiéter dans cette affaire, ce n’est pas tant ce qu’elle révélerait d’un fonctionnement – assurément perfectible – du pouvoir, c’est qu’elle relance la vieille mécanique du dénigrement. Elites et populistes, progressistes et conservateurs, tout ce que la transformation macronienne compte d’adversaires s’est coalisé en une conjuration des défaitistes, prompte à jeter le bébé avec l’eau du bain. A leurs yeux, le comportement condamnable d’un homme, et la liberté qui lui fut donnée d’agir ainsi, deviennent les symptômes d’un mal plus profond. Selon cette habitude bien française qui consiste à tirer des leçons de tout événement en toutes circonstances, l’affaire Benalla signerait la faillite d’un système et d’une politique. Il n’est qu’à écouter les sermons de Jean-Luc Mélenchon pour s’en convaincre. C’est la revanche de ceux qui ont perdu dans les urnes et dans les rues. Profiter de l’occasion pour instruire le procès du Président, de son équipe et de sa gouvernance, éreinter sa majorité certes maladroite et inexpérimentée, c’est affaiblir le redressement du pays. (…) Ce qui se joue, dans cette tempête de l’été 2018, ce n’est pas seulement une épreuve politique, dont dépendra en partie la capacité du Président à poursuivre avec autorité des réformes courageuses, c’est d’abord une bataille intellectuelle avec les forces de l’ultra-gauche. Laquelle n’hésite pas, il faut le rappeler, à user d’une grande violence dans les manifestations. C’est à cette inversion des valeurs que l’on reconnaît les glissements de l’histoire. Pour que ce triste épisode n’ouvre pas un chapitre aux populismes, les responsables politiques des formations de gouvernement feraient bien de ramener l’affaire Benalla à ce qu’elle est en réalité : un scandale d’été, pas un scandale d’Etat. Jean-François Pécresse
C’est en définitive la conséquence la plus grave de cette affaire, qui menace de ternir dans son ensemble l’action des forces de l’ordre chargées d’encadrer ces manifestations violentes. Or leur comportement lors de ces événements est, compte tenu de la situation, largement exemplaire. Seulement certains journalistes, on l’a vu avec Yann Moix à Calais, conçoivent effectivement la police comme un instrument d’État de nature essentiellement répressive et non comme une force de sécurité et de protection de la population. Dans cette mesure, ils voient dans toutes les bavures, qui sont statistiquement très rares, le signe d’une pratique générale ; ce qu’aucun élément concret ne confirme. (…) La manière dont communiquent les mouvements violents vise à présenter leurs membres comme des jeunes laissant exploser leur colère. Le phénomène serait donc spontané et passionnel. Cette violence est en réalité méthodique et renvoie à une longue tradition de pratiques dites subversives. Les partis ou groupes révolutionnaires veulent renverser l’ordre établi. Pour justifier leur propre violence il leur faut prouver que l’ordre qu’ils combattent est illégitime, qu’il est lui-même violent et injuste. Pour ce faire il leur faut exposer les forces de l’ordre à des situations où leurs concepts opérationnels deviennent inopérants et où elles sont donc amenées à commettre des erreurs et exercer la force de manière excessive ou sur des innocents. Le black block constitue un exemple typique de cette technique. Le public comprend que la police soit habilitée à faire un usage proportionnel de la force contre les manifestants violents. L’objectif du black block est donc d’attirer l’action de la police en dehors de ce cadre. Pour cela les militants ne vont pas créer une manifestation séparée mais au contraire s’immiscer au milieu des manifestants pacifiques. Les organisations ou individus non violents, mais favorables à la cause ou aux moyens d’action du black block, vont quant à eux tâcher d’empêcher l’identification des éléments violents. Par exemple en s’interposant entre le black block et la police ou encore en portant le même genre de vêtements noirs que ces derniers. Les forces de sécurité sont alors confrontées à une alternative. Soit elles agissent et prennent alors le risque de provoquer des victimes collatérales. Soit elles n’agissent pas et laissent faire les violences. En sachant que même lorsqu’elles interviennent, les techniques citées plus haut rendent impossible le rassemblement des preuves ou l’identification des auteurs. Le perfectionnement des téléphones portables a rendu possible une mise en scène de la violence policière qui consiste à capter les images des réactions policières en omettant le travail préalable de harcèlement et de provocation effectué par certains militants violents. Pour faire une guerre civile, il faut être deux. Étant donné la détermination de ces groupes violents à provoquer des incidents, on peut au contraire saluer le professionnalisme des forces de sécurité. Avec la prise vidéo systématique des interventions par les « journalistes indépendants », le petit nombre d’incidents justifiant des sanctions à l’égard des policiers montre que le portrait d’une institution violente et raciste est très éloigné de la réalité. Aussi navrante que soit l’affaire Benalla, elle ne doit pas servir de prétexte afin de discréditer le difficile travail des forces de l’ordre. Alexis Carré
Attention: un théâtre de rue peut en cacher un autre !

Au lendemain d’un couronnement ô combien fêté, saccages et pillages compris, de la diversité d’une équipe de France de football…

Présentée comme « victoire de l’Afrique » à la fois par les plus « réactionnaires » comme les plus « progressistes » …

Mais d’une Afrique que, comme le rappelle l’écrivain algérien Kamel Daoud, il faut quitter pour réussir …

Eclipsant totalement une vraie « bavure » cette fois et cinq nuits d’émeute suite à la mort apparemment accidentelle – mais à caractère non racial en ce pays où l’on vient de bouter le mot même hors de la constitution – il y a à peine trois semaines d’un délinquant multirécidiviste noir refusant une interpellation par un policier d’origine maghrébine
Les griefs n’en finissent pas de s’accumuler sur la tête, nouveau pharmakos, du garde du corps personnel de l’Elysée, pour avoir, comme le montre les images d’avant-interpellation, prêté main-forte à des policiers assaillis par des manifestants particulièrement récalcitrants et déchainés …
Et se voit même reprocher non seulement de s’être procuré, pour assurer sa défense, les images de la séquence complète de son intervention …
Mais d’avoir osé, contre l’assignation identitaire, pousser l’ambition et la volonté d’intégration lui ou sa famille jusqu’à franciser son propre prénom
Comment ne pas voir avec le chercheur Alexis Carré
La véritable banalisation, derrière tout cela, du discours anti-flics des groupuscules violents tentant non seulement d’imposer, à partir de « bavures » statistiquement très rares, le signe d’une pratique générale ?
Mais comment aussi ne pas reconnaitre …
A l’instar de la longue tradition du théâtre de rue palestinien connu sous le nom de Pallywood
Qui vient encore, selon les dires mêmes de leurs dirigeants, de « sacrifier 60 martyrs ainsi que 3 000 blessés dont « nombre d’entre eux avaient quitté leurs uniformes militaires et mis leurs armes de côté » pour « forcer le monde entier à diviser leurs écrans de télévision » …
Le véritable cas d’école que constitue cet épisode des tactiques de subversion de l’ordre établi de ces groupes …
Qui peuvent aller jusqu’à la fabrication desdites « bavures » en poussant les forces de l’ordre à la faute, y compris en se mêlant à des manifestants pacifiques plus ou moins consentants …
Pour, perfectionnement des téléphones portables aidant, finalement mettre en scène la violence policière dénoncée …
En omettant tout simplement des images desdites réactions policières tout le travail préalable de harcèlement et de provocation de la part des militants violents qui les ont motivées ?

Polémique
Affaire Benalla : bien plus qu’un fait divers, l’indicateur d’une décomposition française
Alors que la polémique médiatique se concentre sur les violences honteuses commises par Alexandre Benalla, le garde du corps d’Emmanuel Macron, Alexis Carré s’interroge sur l’identité de l’homme qui filme la scène. Taha Bouhafs, militant insoumis proche de Jean-Luc Mélenchon, est connu pour avoir déjà été présent lors de nombreuses scènes d’agitation similaire.
Atlantico
20 Juillet 2018

Atlantico.fr : L’ampleur que prend « l’affaire Benalla » vous surprend-elle ?

Alexis Carré : Les faits qui sont reprochés à ce chargé de mission de l’Élysée sont difficilement justifiables. C’est aussi le cas de la manière dont sa hiérarchie semble les avoir traités.
Il est toutefois difficile de suivre les nombreuses voix qui voudraient faire de cet incident l’illustration d’un appareil d’État globalement arbitraire, violent et inégalitaire.
Et c’est en définitive la conséquence la plus grave de cette affaire, qui menace de ternir dans son ensemble l’action des forces de l’ordre chargées d’encadrer ces manifestations violentes. Or leur comportement lors de ces événements est, compte tenu de la situation, largement exemplaire.
Seulement certains journalistes, on l’a vu avec Yann Moix à Calais, conçoivent effectivement la police comme un instrument d’État de nature essentiellement répressive et non comme une force de sécurité et de protection de la population. Dans cette mesure, ils voient dans toutes les bavures, qui sont statistiquement très rares, le signe d’une pratique générale ; ce qu’aucun élément concret ne confirme.

L’homme qui a filmé le garde du corps d’Emmanuel Macron en train de rouer de coups un manifestant est Taha Bouhafs, un militant de la France insoumise qui s’est fait déjà connaître pour de nombreuses violences lors de manifestations. Si cette vidéo est accablante pour le garde du corps d’Emmanuel Macron, ne l’est-elle pas au moins autant pour les militants insoumis qui ont provoqué les forces de l’ordre violemment ?

La manière dont communiquent les mouvements violents vise à présenter leurs membres comme des jeunes laissant exploser leur colère. Le phénomène serait donc spontané et passionnel. Cette violence est en réalité méthodique et renvoie à une longue tradition de pratiques dites subversives. Les partis ou groupes révolutionnaires veulent renverser l’ordre établi. Pour justifier leur propre violence il leur faut prouver que l’ordre qu’ils combattent est illégitime, qu’il est lui-même violent et injuste. Pour ce faire il leur faut exposer les forces de l’ordre à des situations où leurs concepts opérationnels deviennent inopérants et où elles sont donc amenées à commettre des erreurs et exercer la force de manière excessive ou sur des innocents. Le black block constitue un exemple typique de cette technique. Le public comprend que la police soit habilitée à faire un usage proportionnel de la force contre les manifestants violents. L’objectif du black block est donc d’attirer l’action de la police en dehors de ce cadre. Pour cela les militants ne vont pas créer une manifestation séparée mais au contraire s’immiscer au milieu des manifestants pacifiques. Les organisations ou individus non violents, mais favorables à la cause ou aux moyens d’action du black block, vont quant à eux tâcher d’empêcher l’identification des éléments violents. Par exemple en s’interposant entre le black block et la police ou encore en portant le même genre de vêtements noirs que ces derniers.
Les forces de sécurité sont alors confrontées à une alternative. Soit elles agissent et prennent alors le risque de provoquer des victimes collatérales. Soit elles n’agissent pas et laissent faire les violences. En sachant que même lorsqu’elles interviennent, les techniques citées plus haut rendent impossible le rassemblement des preuves ou l’identification des auteurs.

Comment se fait-il que les exactions des policiers soient si systématiquement filmées par les mêmes militants ? L’extrême gauche, d’une certaine manière, ne cherche-t-elle pas à susciter les violences pour mieux se victimiser ?

Le perfectionnement des téléphones portables a rendu possible une mise en scène de la violence policière qui consiste à capter les images des réactions policières en omettant le travail préalable de harcèlement et de provocation effectué par certains militants violents.

En somme, les insoumis ont adopté le 1er mai une stratégie proche de la guerre civile ?

Pour faire une guerre civile, il faut être deux. Étant donné la détermination de ces groupes violents à provoquer des incidents, on peut au contraire saluer le professionnalisme des forces de sécurité. Avec la prise vidéo systématique des interventions par les « journalistes indépendants », le petit nombre d’incidents justifiant des sanctions à l’égard des policiers montre que le portrait d’une institution violente et raciste est très éloigné de la réalité. Aussi navrante que soit l’affaire Benalla, elle ne doit pas servir de prétexte afin de discréditer le difficile travail des forces de l’ordre.
Voir aussi:

L’affaire Benalla, un scandale d’été, pas un scandale d’Etat
Non, l’affaire Benalla ne signe pas la faillite d’un système ou d’une politique, comme le voudraient les populistes.
Jean-Francis Pecresse
Les Echos
23/07/2018

Avec le report, à la rentrée, de la révision constitutionnelle, dont l’examen n’était que suspendu à l’Assemblée nationale, l’affaire Benalla a pris, lundi, une ampleur nouvelle car elle affecte, désormais, la mise en oeuvre des réformes voulues par le chef de l’Etat. Même si elle apparaît sage dans ce contexte d’hystérie estivale qui s’est emparée du monde politique, cette décision marque un tournant dans le quinquennat d’Emmanuel Macron.

Ce n’est plus Jupiter omnipotent, mais Jupiter empêtré . Et, plus Janus que jamais, le peuple français, royaliste hier encore, se redécouvre des pulsions régicides. La verticalité du pouvoir, qu’était parvenu à rétablir le successeur de François Hollande, vacille, heurtée par les écarts de conduite d’un barbouzard.

Conjuration des défaitistes

Mais ce qui doit inquiéter dans cette affaire, ce n’est pas tant ce qu’elle révélerait d’un fonctionnement – assurément perfectible – du pouvoir, c’est qu’elle relance la vieille mécanique du dénigrement. Elites et populistes, progressistes et conservateurs, tout ce que la transformation macronienne compte d’adversaires s’est coalisé en une conjuration des défaitistes, prompte à jeter le bébé avec l’eau du bain.

A leurs yeux, le comportement condamnable d’un homme, et la liberté qui lui fut donnée d’agir ainsi, deviennent les symptômes d’un mal plus profond. Selon cette habitude bien française qui consiste à tirer des leçons de tout événement en toutes circonstances, l’affaire Benalla signerait la faillite d’un système et d’une politique. Il n’est qu’à écouter les sermons de Jean-Luc Mélenchon pour s’en convaincre.

Le procès du Président

C’est la revanche de ceux qui ont perdu dans les urnes et dans les rues. Profiter de l’occasion pour instruire le procès du Président , de son équipe et de sa gouvernance, éreinter sa majorité certes maladroite et inexpérimentée, c’est affaiblir le redressement du pays. Bien sûr, passées la suppression de l’ISF et la réforme du Code de Travail, le bilan est incomplet les projets parfois décevants. Une grosse année après l’élection, tout reste à faire pour réduire la sphère publique pour baisser les charges, déréguler l’économie pour doper la croissance, moderniser l’organisation et le financement de la santé pour soigner mieux et moins cher, rénover les banlieues pour relancer l’ascenseur social…

Inversion des valeurs

Mais, fût-elle isolée dans un monde qui se replie sur ses frontières, la direction empruntée est la bonne. A force d’exiger toujours le meilleur, le tempérament national finit par récolter le pire. Ce qui se joue, dans cette tempête de l’été 2018, ce n’est pas seulement une épreuve politique, dont dépendra en partie la capacité du Président à poursuivre avec autorité des réformes courageuses, c’est d’abord une bataille intellectuelle avec les forces de l’ultra-gauche. Laquelle n’hésite pas, il faut le rappeler, à user d’une grande violence dans les manifestations. C’est à cette inversion des valeurs que l’on reconnaît les glissements de l’histoire. Pour que ce triste épisode n’ouvre pas un chapitre aux populismes, les responsables politiques des formations de gouvernement feraient bien de ramener l’affaire Benalla à ce qu’elle est en réalité : un scandale d’été, pas un scandale d’Etat.

Voir également:

Alexandre Benalla, gloire et chute d’un garde du corps

RÉCIT – L’ancien membre du service d’ordre d’En marche! avait pris une importance grandissante à l’Élysée, où il s’était attiré de solides inimitiés.

C’est une série de paires de baffes qui ébranle les fondements du macronisme, menace le chef de l’État et fait vaciller la République. Au fil des révélations sur celui qui les a distribuées ce mardi 1er mai place de la Contrescarpe, à Paris, Alexandre Benalla, le mystère s’épaissit sur le rôle exact du garde du corps du président de la République.

Les égards et avantages dont il bénéficiait avant l’affaire témoignent tout à la fois de la grande confiance que lui accordait le chef de l’État que des tâches ambiguës dont il s’acquittait pour lui. Récent bénéficiaire d’un appartement de fonction quai Branly à Paris, Alexandre Benalla disposait également d’une voiture de fonction équipée de tous les attributs d’un véhicule de police haut de gamme.

À la demande du directeur de cabinet du président de la République, il s’était également vu attribuer un badge lui donnant accès à l’ensemble des locaux de l’Assemblée nationale dont l’Hémicycle. De quoi s’interroger sur l’étendue de son champ d’action au service du président de la République.

À l’Élysée, les mots sont d’ailleurs pesés au trébuchet pour décrire son poste. «Il était chargé de mission rattaché au pôle chefferie du cabinet, explique un conseiller d’Emmanuel Macron. Dans ce cadre, il était en charge de la logistique et de l’organisation des déplacements du président de la République. Il assurait également l’interface entre divers services chargés de la protection du président et du Palais: le GSPR (groupe de sécurité du président de la République), le commandement militaire et la Préfecture de police. Il n’avait aucune fonction, aucune activité et aucune mission au sein du GSPR.»

Voilà pour le cadre général. Dans le détail, Alexandre Benalla était tout de même extrêmement impliqué, et de très près, dans la gestion de la sécurité du chef de l’État.

Selon nos informations, c’est notamment lui qui aurait supervisé la sécurisation du Palais de l’Élysée, notamment l’installation des barrières de plots rétractables rue du Faubourg-Saint-Honoré, après avoir démontré au chef de l’État qu’un commando déterminé et aguerri pourrait mettre moins de cinq minutes à atteindre son bureau depuis la rue. De quoi mettre en porte-à-faux le commandement militaire de l’Élysée, officiellement en charge de la sécurisation du Palais.

Au fil du temps, le poids et l’influence d’Alexandre Benalla à l’Élysée ont fini par agacer fortement. Notamment au sein de l’équipe officielle chargée de la protection du président, le GSPR, qui dépend du ministère de l’Intérieur. Avec Emmanuel Macron, il travaillait d’égal à égal avec l’équipe d’Alexandre Benalla. De quoi nourrir de solides inimitiés, et pas qu’avec le GSPR.

«Le préfet, je l’emmerde»

Face à l’omniprésence du garde du corps du président sur le terrain et ses velléités de diriger l’ensemble des opérations, l’agacement des forces de l’ordre n’a fait que grandir. La semaine dernière encore, alors que l’équipe de France de football revenait victorieuse de sa campagne de Russie, un incident a opposé Alexandre Benalla et un gendarme sur le tarmac de l’aéroport. Décrit comme «agité et très autoritaire», il tente de prendre en main le dispositif de sécurité, jusqu’à ce qu’un gendarme lui demande qui il est. «Vous me manquez de respect», réplique-t-il alors en exhibant le pin’s qui atteste qu’il travaille à l’Élysée et en ajoutant: «Le préfet, je l’emmerde.»

Selon plusieurs témoignages, Alexandre Benalla est coutumier de ces coups de sang. À la manière d’Emmanuel Macron, qu’il admire au-delà de tout pour avoir «disrupté» l’élection présidentielle, lui veut «disrupter» la sécurité présidentielle.

Au total, ce sont quatre services différents qui s’occupent de la sécurité du président de la République. Lequel avait engagé une réflexion pour rationaliser l’ensemble. Il était notamment question de fusionner le GSPR et le commandement militaire pour former un organe de protection unique. Pour avoir participé à la réflexion et en avoir initié le chantier, Alexandre Benalla était suspecté de vouloir prendre la tête de cette sorte de secret service à la française. Une sorte de revanche pour lui, qui avait très mal vécu la fin de la campagne présidentielle en 2017.

Approché par En marche! pour assurer la sécurité du candidat Macron, Alexandre Benalla recrute des gardes du corps et entre très vite dans les petits papiers du futur président. Il y a d’un côté l’équipe politique, le premier cercle de la macronie, de l’autre l’équipe sécurité, elle aussi au contact d’Emmanuel Macron quasiment 24 heures sur 24 et 7 jours sur 7. C’est dans cette période que se crée son lien d’amitié avec ce candidat qu’il adore. Comme beaucoup de ceux qui approchent Emmanuel Macron, il tombe en admiration devant lui. Au point d’éprouver un sentiment de dépossession lorsque l’État entre dans le jeu et dépêche des policiers du SPHP (service de protection des hautes personnalités) pour assurer sa protection. Il faut passer la main, les frictions sont nombreuses.

Sur tous les fronts

Car les policiers observent d’un très mauvais œil les libertés que prend Emmanuel Macron avec sa sécurité personnelle. Les contraintes de l’État d’un côté, la liberté revendiquée d’un candidat de l’autre. Entre les deux, les gardes du corps privés d’Alexandre Benalla, qui cèdent tout au patron. Comme ce jour de mars 2017 à Mayotte lorsqu’Emmanuel Macron décide, malgré un retard important, de traverser une rue bondée pour tenir un meeting en plein air, alors que la nuit est déjà noire. «C’est de la folie», souffle alors un policier selon qui aucune des conditions élémentaires de sécurité n’était réunie ce soir-là. Mais pas pour les gardes du corps d’Emmanuel Macron.

Ce sont d’ailleurs eux que l’on retrouve derrière le candidat, Alexandre Benalla en tête, dans l’entre-deux-tours de la campagne présidentielle lorsqu’il décide d’aller au contact des salariés de Whirlpool dont l’usine va fermer. Ils viennent de recevoir la visite de Marine Le Pen, le climat est survolté, le chaos indescriptible. Il a bien sûr été fortement recommandé à Emmanuel Macron de ne pas se rendre sur le site. «C’est pas les mecs de la sécurité qu’il faut écouter. […] Il faut prendre le risque. Il faut aller au cœur à chaque fois. Si vous écoutez les mecs de la sécurité, vous finissez comme Hollande. Peut-être que vous êtes en sécurité, mais vous êtes mort», lance-t-il alors à ses équipes.

La prise de risque physique s’avérera payante. Ceux qui lui auront permis de le prendre en tireront profit et une solide réputation de «cow-boys».

Une fois élu président de la République, Emmanuel Macron emmène Alexandre Benalla avec lui au Palais. C’est même lui qui l’accompagne le soir de son élection lors de sa grande marche à travers la cour du Louvre. Quelques jours plus tôt, c’est aussi lui qui avait joué le rôle d’Emmanuel Macron pour les repérages de la séquence.

Pour ce président qui ne veut rien sacrifier de sa précieuse liberté, son garde du corps est celui qui lui permet de sortir du cadre extrêmement contraint qu’impose sa fonction. On retrouve d’ailleurs Benalla au côté du chef de l’État sur presque toutes les images disruptives qui façonnent l’image d’un président jeune et moderne, en balade à vélo au Touquet, en ski à La Mongie ou sur un terrain de foot à Marseille.

Malgré la sanction disciplinaire infligée par le directeur de cabinet du président, Patrick Strzoda, après les événements du 1er Mai, Alexandre Benalla est resté jusqu’au bout dans le premier cercle. Il était notamment présent dans le bus des Bleus lors de leur descente des Champs-Élysées la semaine dernière. Comme si le chef de l’État avait fait à ses troupes la même promesse que Didier Deschamps à ses joueurs pendant la Coupe du monde: «Je vous protégerai tous un par un.» Difficile, voire impossible désormais tant l’affaire a pris de l’ampleur et menace de se retourner contre le président de la République. Lequel a dû se résoudre à engager la procédure de licenciement de son collaborateur. Non sans l’avoir eu auparavant au téléphone. Selon le JDD, Emmanuel Macron et Alexandre Benalla se sont parlé dès les débuts de l’affaire.

Voir de même:

Émeutes à Nantes. Yassine Belattar : « Jeunes et police doivent se parler »
Recueilli par François Chrétien
Ouest France
10/07/2018

Venu à Nantes rencontrer les proches du jeune homme tué par un tir policier, l’humoriste Yassine Belattar espère que ce drame servira à enclencher un renouveau dans les relations entre Police et quartiers.

Il est venu à Nantes, pour rencontrer les proches d’Aboubakar Fofana, tué le 3 juillet par un tir policier, parler aux animateurs du quartier du Breil où a eu lieu le drame, aux avocats de la famille… Sans mettre en avant sa nouvelle casquette de membre du Conseil présidentiel des villes. L’humoriste issu des banlieues franciliennes a une voix qui porte, quitte à faire grincer des dents, et il n’est pas du genre à la fermer quand un sujet lui tient à cœur. « Ça sert à quoi, sinon, d’être artiste ? »

« Double peine pour la famille »
Jordan, 24 ans, habitant du Breil et  «meilleur ami» d’Aboubakar se tient à ses côtés. Ils partagent la même indignation.  « Pendant 48 heures, notre ami s’est fait traiter de voyou. Il a été insulté sur les réseaux sociaux. Des commentaires racistes se sont réjouis de sa mort ! Une double peine pour sa famille,  se désole le jeune Nantais.  « Tout ça parce que la police – via les médias- a laissé croire qu’il avait été tué dans un acte de légitime défense »,  renchérit Yassine. Ils racontent : «  Ce garçon de 22 ans vivait à Nantes depuis un an et neuf mois. Ok, il avait fait des conneries à Garges-lès-Gonesses, difficile d’y échapper quand on grandit dans l’une des banlieues les plus mal famées de France. Mais, fort d’une famille très unie, aimante, il était parti à Nantes pour se reconstruire, trouver du travail. Et il est victime d’un fait divers affreux. »  Yassine Belattar ajoute : « Je suis tombé de ma chaise quand je me suis rendu compte que le policier avait menti ! »

« En Ile-de-France, ça aurait été pire »
Le drame a provoqué cinq nuits d’émeutes à Nantes : 175 voitures brûlées, une trentaine de bâtiments public et commerces dégradés ou ravagés par des incendies… Un choc pour la ville.  « En banlieue parisienne, ça aurait été bien pire, affirme Belattar.  Ici, les habitants espèrent encore dans la justice, les associations sont présentes dans des quartiers qui ne sont pas éloignés du centre-ville. Mais la violence n’est pas une solution. Ce n’est pas en brûlant une bibliothèque qu’on va faire revivre Aboubakar. Le problème des émeutes, c’est qu’au bout d’un moment, ça devient comme une espèce de jeu pour des très jeunes gens. Et dans cinq ans, à cause de ça, le gamin qui aura marqué Breil sur son CV ne va pas forcément se faire rappeler ».

« Pas un homicide raciste »
Ils ne veulent pas évoquer les suites judiciaires de cette affaire, pour laisser le champ aux avocats de la famille. Mais l’humoriste, confirmant que le CRS auteur du tir est d’origine maghrébine, balaie l’hypothèse d’un homicide raciste :  « Pour nous, ce n’est pas un Rebeu qui a tué un Noir. C’est un policier qui a tué un jeune. Voilà le problème. »  Jordan et lui espèrent que le « mensonge » initial du policier, provoquera un déclic,  « un renouveau »,  dans les relations devenues détestables entre les forces de l’ordre et les jeunes.  « C’est peut-être l’occasion d’ouvrir une nouvelle page. Il faut qu’ils se parlent. Qu’ils crèvent l’abcès pour de vrai. Oui, des policiers n’en peuvent plus de se faire insulter. Oui, certains peuvent friser le  burn-out . Oui, les gens des quartiers se font maltraiter, insultés eux aussi et ont peur de la police, contrairement aux gens des centres-villes, martèle l’humoriste.  S’il faut faire des Assises, c’est le moment. Et je suis prêt à donner un coup de main pour animer des débats. »

Voir de plus:

Rumeurs de violence à Tolbiac : un ex-candidat de la France Insoumise en Isère pris dans la tempête

Taha Bouhafs, ex-candidat de la France Insoumise aux législatives en Isère s’est retrouvé mêlé ces derniers jours aux événements de Tolbiac et aux rumeurs de violence policière. Le militant, qui a relayé des témoignages infondés est désormais la cible d’une violente campagne de dénigrement.

FT

C’est une rumeur qui a enflé depuis ce vendredi, jusqu’à prendre des proportions énormes et qui semble prendre de court aujourd’hui tous ses protagonistes. L’un d’eux, Taha Bouhafs, militant insoumis grenoblois âgé d’une vingtaine d’années est l’ex-candidat de la France insoumise aux dernières législatives en Isère.

Le candidat malheureux aux élections de juin 2017 a participé au blocus de la faculté de Tolbiac et se retrouve depuis quelques jours pris sur les charbons ardents des réseaux sociaux. Le militant, qui a relayé certaines rumeurs de violence sans avoir vérifié leur véracité est aujourd’hui la cible d’une violente campagne de dénigrement.

Une évacuation, des rumeurs confuses

Le campus de Tolbiac, occupé par des étudiants qui militaient contre la loi ORE (qui instaure une sélection à l’entrée de l’université) depuis le 26 mars dernier, a été évacué par les CRS ce vendredi tôt dans la matinée. Si l’évacuation s’est fait dans un climat de tension, les confrontations violentes redoutées n’ont finalement pas eu lieu, malgré quelques accrochages.

Pourtant, assez rapidement, une rumeur faisant état d’un blessé grave imputable à l’intervention des forces de l’ordre a été relayée sur les réseaux sociaux. Le magazine en ligne Reporterre a le premier relayé trois témoignages faisant état d’une chute grave.

Des témoignages confus évoquaient tour à tour « une chute », « une flaque de sang », « un homme inanimé » gisant au sol, « un homme entre la vie et la mort », et même un décès. Problème, personne n’a réussi au bout de plusieurs jours, à mettre la main sur ce soi-disant blessé grave et la préfecture de police a démenti cette version dès ce vendredi.

Des témoignages « fallacieux »

Face aux rumeurs de violences et au sous-entendus complotistes, Libération a finalement publié ce mardi une enquête fouillée qui démonte les rumeurs faisant état d’un blessé grave. Selon le quotidien, qui cite le magazine Reporterre, les témoins qui affirmaient avoir vu le blessé grave n’étaient pas des témoins directs et leur témoignage est infondé. Reporterre, qui a mené en interne une contre-enquête va dans le même sens et reconnaît que ces témoignages étaient « fallacieux« .

Taha Bouhafs, qui était à Tolbiac au moment de l’évacuation persiste pourtant et remet en cause l’enquête de Libé. Le militant insoumis, dans un post Facebook aux accents victimaires, accuse le quotidien national de « mensonges et de calomnie« . Il assure que le contact des témoins a été « refusé » à la journaliste pour les « protéger » car ils ont « rendez-vous dans la semaine avec l’avocat« .

Là aussi, Reporterre met à mal cette version et assure que l’un des prétendus témoins, qui devait rencontrer un avocat, a fait faux-bond deux fois au rendez-vous juridique…

Taha Bouhafs est depuis ce mercredi ciblé sur les réseaux sociaux, par des internautes qui lui reprochent d’avoir relayé des accusations graves sans les avoir vérifiées. Il avait également affirmé dans un Tweet que « les CRS avaient épongé le sang des étudiants à l’intérieur de la Fac pour ne laisser aucune trace » (son compte Twitter est aujourd’hui protégé).

Mais le jeune homme est également pris pour cible par des commentaires injurieux, dont certains aux relents clairement racistes, d’autres appelant à la violence.

Histoire d’ajouter de l’huile sur le feu, le député FN Gilbert Collard a publié une vidéo de l’évacuation où on voit Taha Bouhafs face aux forces de l’ordre.
Le jeune homme, visiblement à bout de nerf, interpelle et insulte les CRS impassibles qui l’empêchent de franchir le cordon de sécurité.

En légende de la vidéo, le député frontiste regrette que le jeune homme « n’ait pas pris de tarte avec ou sans crème »…

« Jamais je n’ai affirmé ou même laissé croire que j’aurais été témoin de la scène »

Face au flot de critiques, le militant a publié un nouveau communiqué ce mercredi, il y assure que « l’évacuation ne s’est pas faite dans le calme » mais reconnaît ne pas avoir été « témoin direct de l’événement« .

Contacté par la rédaction de France 3, Taha Bouhafs n’a pour le moment pas directement répondu à nos questions.

Voir encore:

Blessé grave à Tolbiac: un témoin avoue avoir menti, le site «Reporterre» rétropédale

«Libération» a enquêté sur la rumeur d’un blessé grave lors de l’évacuation du campus parisien. Aucun élément ne vient l’accréditer. Mercredi, «Reporterre», qui citait trois témoins directs du «drame», va publier une enquête pour revenir sur ses premiers articles
Pauline Moullot
Libération
24 avril 2018

La rumeur finit de se dégonfler. Elle courait depuis l’évacuation de Tolbiac: un étudiant aurait chuté et serait tombé dans le coma. Malgré les démentis (de la préfecture, des hôpitaux) ce week-end, l’affirmation a continué à circuler, se nourrissant même des démentis officiels pour instiller le soupçon d’un mensonge d’Etat… Libération a enquêté. Plusieurs riverains, dont les fenêtres donnent directement sur l’endroit de la chute supposée, confirment formellement n’avoir vu ni ambulance, ni pompiers, ni chute. Nous n’avons retrouvé aucun témoin direct ayant vu la scène. Au contraire, Leïla, l’une des trois témoins principaux cités par les médias ayant accrédité cette rumeur, nous a avoué avoir menti. Le magazine en ligne Reporterre, qui a le premier relayé des témoignages faisant état d’une chute grave, nous a confirmé «après enquête» que ces témoignages ne sont pas fiables. Ils révèlent à Libération qu’ils publieront un article (publié depuis) revenant sur leur premier article. Récit d’une rumeur.

Comme nous l’expliquions dans une réponse CheckNews, des rumeurs faisant état d’un étudiant mort, puis dans le coma et gravement blessé ont commencé à circuler vendredi après-midi. Plusieurs heures déjà après l’évacuation. Tout s’emballe en milieu d’après-midi, quand le journal en ligne Reporterre publie plusieurs témoignages affirmant qu’un étudiant aurait chuté en tentant de s’enfuir: «Un baqueux lui a chopé la cheville. Ça l’a déséquilibré, et le camarade est tombé du haut du toit, en plein sur le nez. On a voulu le réanimer. Il ne bougeait pas. Du sang sortait de ses oreilles…» Un deuxième témoin aurait assisté à la scène. Et un troisième aurait vu le corps et les flaques de sang. Car, selon les étudiants, des policiers ou équipes de nettoyage de la Ville de Paris (selon les versions) auraient nettoyé des traces de sang. Problème: on ignore l’identité de la victime présumée, son état, et l’hôpital où elle aurait été transférée.

Rumeur qui persiste

Plusieurs médias reprennent ces informations: Politis relaie les témoignages de deux témoins; le Média diffuse le témoignage d’une jeune fille, Leïla, qui raconte avoir vu du sang lui sortir par les oreilles; et Marianne reprend le récit d’une responsable de l’Unef affirmant qu’un étudiant est dans le coma, avant de se corriger pour écrire «gravement blessé», puis de finalement reprendre le démenti de la préfecture.

Car au fur et à mesure de la journée, la préfecture dément à deux reprises qu’un étudiant ait été gravement blessé. L’université dit se fier au communiqué de la préfecture et affirme que ses équipes de sécurité n’ont vu aucune scène de ce genre. Le ministère de l’Intérieur confirme le démenti, mais la rumeur continue de persister. Vendredi soir, en assemblée générale sur le site de Censier à Paris-III, des étudiants affirment que la victime serait un migrant, ce qui expliquerait notamment qu’aucun proche ne se soit manifesté…

Samedi matin, Reporterre maintient son information et publie trois témoignages. Il y aurait deux témoins directs et une troisième personne ayant vu le corps à terre. Dans la foulée, SUD Santé, qui a cherché sans succès où la personne blessée aurait pu être hospitalisée, s’interroge dans un communiqué sur une «rumeur ou [un] mensonge d’Etat». «Nous savons qu’un patient a été proposé à la grande garde de neurochirurgie mais refusé parce que ne relevant pas de la chirurgie et transféré dans un autre établissement, note le syndicat sans qu’aucun lien direct ne soit établi avec Tolbiac. Les faits sont pour pour le moins troublants», conclut-il en demandant à l’APHP de «lever le voile sur cette affaire».

Samedi après-midi, c’est au tour des hopitaux de Paris de communiquer… en démentant la rumeur.

Que ce soit vendredi ou samedi, Reporterre a mis à jour ses articles au fur et à mesure. Notamment en publiant des démentis contredisant leurs témoignages, dont celui de Mao Peninou, maire adjoint chargé de la propreté de la Ville de Paris: « Nous avons mené une enquête dans nos services. Qui conclut que n’avons ni nettoyé ni repéré de taches de sang ou quoi que ce soit de ressemblant à Tolbiac ou dans ses environs.» Une témoin citée par Reporterre confirme pourtant que des traces ont été nettoyées.

Reporterre de moins en moins affirmatif

Résumons la situation en fin de week-end: d’un côté, plusieurs témoins continuent d’être cités pour affirmer qu’une personne est grièvement blessée. De l’autre, les autorités dans leur ensemble démentent formellement. Lundi matin, quand on commence à revenir à froid sur l’enquête, les étudiants et SUD AP-HP renvoient vers l’article de Reporterre. Sauf que le site, de son côté, commence à être moins sûr…

Le fondateur du site et rédacteur en chef, Hervé Kempf, explique à Libération qu’un des témoignages évoqués brièvement dans l’article publié vendredi soir, s’est révélé faux. On y lisait: «Selon un.e membre de la « Commune libre de Tolbiac » et ami.e de l’étudiant blessé, contacté.e par Reporterre, son camarade a été transporté à l’hôpital Cochin, à Paris. Le personnel hospitalier lui a confirmé l’arrivée d’un étudiant de Tolbiac, inconscient. L’étudiant, inscrit à Tolbiac, est âgé d’une vingtaine d’années. Il est membre de la Commune libre.» Sauf que «l’ami», n’a plus jamais répondu aux sollicitations de Reporterre. «Peu après, on a eu le démenti de SUD Santé [disant n’avoir aucune confirmation d’une hospitalisation, ndlr] et on l’a publié à la suite.» Hervé Kempf explique avoir conservé l’article en l’état, sans le retirer et en publiant les démentis au fur et à mesure, dans un souci de transparence. «S’il s’avère que les témoignages ne sont pas fiables, on le dira», prévient-il alors.

Libération a cherché à entrer en contact avec les autres témoins cités. En vain. Il s’avère que le témoin clé, Désiré dans l’article de Reporterre, est injoignable: il protégerait son identité. Le deuxième témoin, selon la Commune libre de Tolbiac, serait beaucoup plus difficile à joindre, dit-on sur un ton un peu embarrassé. A mi-mots, on nous concède que sa fiabilité commence à être mise en doute. Quant au troisième témoin de Reporterre, celui qui a vu la flaque, les étudiants ignorent qui il est. On apprendra par la suite qu’il s’agit de Leïla, l’étudiante qui racontait au Média que «la première chose qu’on a vue […], c’est un gars devant les grilles, la tête complètement explosée, une flaque de sang énorme». Contactée par Libération, elle reconnaît pourtant avoir menti… tout en continuant d’affirmer qu’il y a bien eu un blessé grave. Mais elle ne l’a pas vu : «Je ne suis pas un témoin visuel. Les témoins ne veulent pas parler aux médias, c’est pourquoi nous relatons les faits.» 

Flaque de sang nettoyée ?

La rumeur s’appuie donc finalement sur deux témoins… introuvables. Un avocat aurait été contacté, mais n’aurait finalement pas pris le dossier. Impossible de le contacter aussi. Des riverains auraient-ils pu assister à la scène? On nous parle d’une passante qui, dans un bus, aurait aperçu un camion de pompiers… Les étudiants ont mis sur pied une équipe d’enquête, qui n’a en fait rien de plus que les témoignages. Ni vidéo, ni photos…

Une enquête de voisinage a été menée par Libération dans l’immeuble qui donne sur la rue Baudricourt (où auraient eu lieu les faits) et les fameux parapets de l’université. Six riverains, réveillés au moment de l’évacuation et qui l’ont regardée par leurs fenêtres, assurent formellement n’avoir ni vu, ni entendu aucune ambulance, camion de pompiers ou gyrophare. Personne non plus nettoyant d’éventuelles flaques de sang.

Contacté par Libération, mardi soir, Reporterre a affirmé avoir fini son enquête. Et en conclut donc que les témoignages cités dans leurs précédents articles n’étaient pas fiables. Les journalistes «n’arrivent pas à remettre la main» sur les témoins, et Désiré, «qui avait pourtant tout consigné dans un récit écrit très cohérent» (qui sera publié sur le site mercredi matin), a fait deux fois faux bond à l’avocat contacté par les étudiants. Le journal en ligne explique donc qu’il reviendra sur cette enquête, «en expliquant le contexte de l’intervention, avec des étudiants choqués, dans un état d’excitation, de peur et de colère», dans un article finalement publié mardi soir.

Vendredi, à l’aube, les CRS ont débarqué dans l’université occupée. Une opération «sans incident» pour les autorités, mais les étudiants parlent de matraques et de blessures.

Voir par ailleurs:

Incidents après la victoire des Bleus : deux morts, des heurts et 292 gardes à vue

V.F. avec AFP
Le Parisien
16 juillet 2018

La célébration de la victoire des Bleus a été endeuillée par deux accidents mortels et marquée par de nombreux incidents à Paris et en province.

La victoire des Bleus en finale de la Coupe du monde de football, dimanche, à Moscou, a été endeuillée par deux accidents mortels, dans l’Oise et en Haute-Savoie. Lors de cette soirée, des heurts opposant notamment forces de l’ordre et « casseurs » ont également éclaté dimanche à Paris et en régions, en marge des rassemblements festifs célébrant la victoire française.

Un total de 292 personnes ont été placées en garde à vue dans toute la France, selon le bilan établi lundi par le ministère de l’Intérieur. Quarante-cinq policiers et gendarmes ont été blessés au cours d’incidents mais aucun ne l’a été gravement, a précisé le porte-parole du ministère.

Quand les Champs-Elysées explosent de joie au coup de sifflet final Deux accidents mortels. La victoire des Bleus a été endeuillée par plusieurs accidents graves, dont deux mortels. A Annecy (Haute-Savoie), un quinquagénaire s’est tué en plongeant dans un canal, dans une trop faible profondeur d’eau. A Saint-Félix (Oise), un automobiliste qui faisait la fête tout en conduisant est mort après avoir encastré sa voiture dans un platane.

Trois enfants, âgés de 3 et 6 ans, ont été gravement blessés après avoir été percutés par une moto à Frouard (Meurthe-et-Moselle).

A Toul (Meurthe-et-Moselle), un policier a été blessé dans une échauffourée et un spectateur touché par l’explosion d’un pétard, selon L’Est Républicain.

A Aubenas (Ardèches), trois piétons marchant sur le trottoir ont été heurtés par un automobiliste, rapporte le Dauphiné. Très légèrement blessés, ils ont été transportés au centre hospitalier.

A La Flèche (Sarthe), une femme a été blessée et hospitalisée dimanche soir après avoir chuté de la plateforme d’un pick-up explique Ouest France.

Des blessés et 102 interpellations à Paris. 102 personnes ont été interpellées dimanche soir à Paris, et 90 d’entre elles placées en garde à vue, a annoncé lundi le préfet de police de Paris. De nombreux blessés sont à déplorer.

« Compte tenu de la foule présente et malgré des débordements inacceptables, on doit enregistrer un bilan mesuré », a souligné le préfet Michel Delpuech, lors d’une conférence de presse.

Ailleurs en Ile-de-France, 24 voitures ont brûlé dans le département de la Seine-Saint-Denis et la fête a été gâchée en Essonne (voitures de police caillassées, affrontements entre bandes et incendies en série). Des voitures ont également brûlé en Seine-et-Marne et dans le Val-de-Marne. Une cinquantaine de personnes ont été interpellées ce week-end dans le Val-d’Oise.

Trente interpellations après les violences à Lyon. Les forces de l’ordre ont interpellé 30 personnes dimanche soir à Lyon après les violences, vols et échauffourées.

Parmi elles, 18 ont été placées en garde à vue pour des « vols » par effraction après le saccage, notamment, d’une boutique de vêtements Lacoste et d’une vitrine du grand magasin Le Printemps au centre-ville.

Les 12 autres sont mises en cause pour des « violences » et « jets de projectiles » sur les forces de l’ordre, ces affrontements sur la presqu’île et dans le quartier de la Guillotière ayant fait 11 blessés légers parmi les 360 gendarmes et policiers mobilisés pour encadrer la soirée.

Le Drugstore des Champs-Elysées pillé par des casseurs. Dans la capitale, une trentaine de casseurs ont pénétré avant 22 heures dans le Drugstore Publicis des Champs-Elysées, pillant notamment bouteilles de vin ou de champagne, avant d’être dispersés par les forces de l’ordre qui se sont ensuite employées à protéger l’entrée du magasin. Au moins deux autres supérettes ont également fait l’objet de pillages.

Champs-Elysées : des casseurs pillent le Drugstore Publicis Des échauffourées ont éclaté sporadiquement sur la prestigieuse avenue entre forces de l’ordre et groupes de « casseurs », les gaz lacrymogènes répondant aux jets de bouteilles ou de chaises. L’avenue s’est progressivement vidée des centaines de milliers fêtards qui y ont célébré la victoire des Bleus dès le coup de sifflet final. Vers 23 h 30, les forces de l’ordre ont fait usage d’engins lanceurs d’eau pour disperser les derniers fauteurs de troubles.

Deux hommes grièvement blessés à Paris. Un homme a reçu un violent coup de casque lors d’une rixe survenue vers 21 h 10 à proximité des Champs-Elysées. Il a été hospitalisé dans un état grave, selon une source policière.

Un peu plus tard dans la soirée, vers 23 h 30, le conducteur d’un scooter, sans saque, s’est engagé à contresens de la circulation sur le boulevard périphérique extérieur au niveau de la porte de Champerret dans le 17e arrondissement rapporte Le Point. Le pilote a heurté de plein fouet une automobile puis un deux-roues. Il a été transporté dans un état critique vers l’hôpital du Kremlin-Bicêtre dans le Val-de-Marne.

Ailleurs en Ile-de-France, quelque 24 voitures ont brûlé en Seine-Saint-Denis et de nombreux incidents ont gâché la fête en Essonne (voitures de police caillassées, affrontements entre bandes, incendies en série). Des voitures ont également brûlé en Seine-et Marne et dans le Val-de-Marne. Une cinquantaine de personnes ont été interpellées ce week-end dans le Val-d’Oise.

Incidents à Marseille. Plusieurs incidents ont éclaté, notamment autour du Vieux-Port et de la fan zone. « ll y a eu de nombreux jets de projectiles, deux membres des forces de l’ordre ont été blessés, et 10 personnes ont été interpellées », a rapporté un porte-parole de la police. Peu avant 23 heures, la situation était redevenue calme.

A Nantes, sept personnes ont été interpellées dimanche soir pour notamment des jets de projectiles sur les forces de l’ordre quai de Turenne indique une journaliste de Presse Océan sur Twitter.

A Ajaccio, des échauffourées ont éclaté après le coup de sifflet final entre des supporteurs de l’équipe de France qui fêtaient la victoire et des personnes affirmant soutenir la Croatie, ont rapporté les pompiers et les services de la préfecture. Il n’y a pas eu de blessés.

A Strasbourg ou à Rouen, des heurts sporadiques ont opposé des jeunes aux forces de l’ordre, les gaz lacrymogènes répondant aux jets de projectiles. Sept personnes ont été interpellées à Rouen, a rapporté la préfecture.

Voir de plus:

« L’Afrique a gagné la Coupe du monde ! » : La blague raciste de Trevor Noah dans « The Daily Show »
Florian Guadalupe
Téléstar
17 Juillet 2018

Une blague très douteuse. Hier soir, dans « The Daily Show », un late show américain de la chaîne Comedy Central, l’animateur Trevor Noah a commenté la victoire de l’équipe de France à la Coupe du monde de football en Russie. Après avoir diffusé un zapping des réactions médiatiques au sacre des joueurs tricolores, le présentateur s’est amusé à assimiler les joueurs menés par Didier Deschamps à des Africains.

« Vous n’avez pas ce bronzage dans le sud de la France »

« Oui ! Oui ! Je suis tellement heureux ! L’Afrique a gagné la Coupe du monde ! L’Afrique a gagné la Coupe du monde !« , a chanté Trevor Noah, en croisant les bras, clin d’oeil au film « Black Panther », et geste notamment repris par la communauté afro-américaine. Il a ensuite poursuivi en montrant les joueurs tricolores titulaires lors de la finale contre la Croatie : « Je sais bien, je sais bien. Il faut dire que c’est l’équipe de France. Mais regardez ces gars, hein ? Regardez ces gars !« . Et d’enchaîner : « Vous n’avez pas ce bronzage en vous promenant dans le sud de la France, les mecs. La France est devenue l’équipe de rechange de l’Afrique, une fois que le Nigeria et le Sénégal ont été éliminés« . puremedias.com vous propose de visionner la séquence.

En Italie, les réseaux sociaux ont été le réceptacle de nombreux propos racistes envers l’équipe de France, victorieuse. « Ce n’est pas la France qui a gagné, c’est l’Afrique« , a par exemple titré « La Repubblica », citant un commentaire lu sur les réseaux sociaux, dans un article les dénonçant. Dans le journal le plus vendu du pays, le « Corriere della Sera », un journaliste a tenu pour sa part des propos douteux : « Une équipe pleine de champions africains mélangés à de très bons joueurs blancs face à une équipe seulement de blancs d’un pays au centre de trois grandes écoles de football, celle slave, allemande et italienne.« 

« C’est l’Afrique qui a gagné »

Auparavant, le président vénézuélien avait déjà dérapé après le sacre des Bleus, en déclarant : « L’équipe de France ressemblait à l’équipe d’Afrique, en vrai, c’est l’Afrique qui a gagné (…) L’Afrique a tellement été méprisée et dans ce mondial, la France gagne grâce aux joueurs africains ou fils d’Africains

Voir aussi:

« Honteux » : Nagui réagit au dérapage raciste de Trevor Noah sur l’Équipe de France
Clément Garin
Téléstar
19 juillet 2018

L’animateur de Tout le monde veut prendre sa place et N’oubliez pas les paroles a réagi à la blague douteuse faite par l’animateur américain Trevor Noah, affirmant que l’Afrique avait remporté la Coupe du monde.

Trevor Noah se croyait-il vraiment drôle en annonçant l’Afrique gagnante de la Coupe du monde ? En voulant faire une « blague », l’animateur américain a provoqué une vive polémique en France. Sur le plateau du Daily Show, Trevor Noah a félicité les joueurs de l’Équipe de France tout en les ramenant honteusement à leurs origines : « Je sais que ce sont les joueurs de l’équipe de France, mais regardez ces gars-là ».

Très vite, le sketch a fait le tour du monde, et l’animateur doit aujourd’hui faire face à une véritable volée de bois vert sur les réseaux sociaux. Accusé de racisme par des centaines de milliers d’internautes, Trevor Noah a même fait réagir Nagui. Très fan des Bleus, qu’il est allé supporté durant toute la Coupe du monde en Russie, l’animateur de N’oubliez pas les paroles et de Tout le monde veut prendre sa place a commenté ce dérapage sur Twitter : « Honteux et surtout pas drôle ».

Benjamin Mendy répond aux tweets racistes

Reste à savoir quelle suite va être donnée à ce dérapage aux États-Unis. L’animateur réagira-t-il de lui-même à la polémique ? La chaîne Comedy Central va-t-elle, de facto, s’en mêler ? Depuis plusieurs jours, les Bleus champions du monde font face à de nombreux commentaires racistes sur les réseaux sociaux, poussant même Benjamin Mendy à répondre à SPORF avec un tweet liké près de 150 000 fois.

Voir également:

Trevor Noah répond à la polémique qu’il a lancée sur la victoire des Bleus : « C’est le miroir du colonialisme de la France »
Clément Garin
Téléstar
19 juillet 2018

Il y a quelques jours, l’animateur américain Trevor Noah félicitait « les Africains » d’avoir remporté la Coupe du monde. Une blague douteuse qu’il a tenté d’expliquer ce mercredi sur le plateau du Daily Show.

La polémique ne désemplit pas. Lundi dernier, sur le plateau du Daily Show, l’animateur vedette Trevor Noah évoquait la victoire des Bleus à la Coupe du monde en félicitant les « Africains » champions du monde. Une supposée blague qui n’a pas été appréciée, et qui a provoqué un véritable tollé en France. Ce mercredi, l’animateur s’est expliqué, sans pour autant s’excuser.

Évoquant ce qui est pour lui « le miroir du colonialisme en France », Trevor Noah a estimé que les Bleus étaient les simples représentants de « la diversité » française : « Ils ont été éduqués en France, ils ont appris à joueur au football en France, ils sont des citoyens français. Ils sont fiers de leur pays, la France. Les origines riches et variées de ces joueurs sont le miroir de la diversité de la France. Maintenant, je ne veux pas passer pour un trou du cul, mais je pense que c’est plus le miroir du colonialisme de la France » a estimé l’animateur.

« Si vous tracez la lignée de ces joueurs, vous verrez comment ils sont devenus Français, comment leur famille a appris la langue française » a osé Trevor Noah, assumant les nombreuses critiques et insultes qu’il a reçues sur les réseaux sociaux, et s’en prenant aux « nazis de France qui utilisent le fait que ces joueurs ont des origines africaines pour chier sur leur identité française« . Trevor Noah a tenu à indiquer que toutes les « personnes noires » du monde ont célébrité la victoire des joueurs français en raison de leur « identité africaine ».

« Je partage avec eux l’identité africaine qui est la mienne »

« J’ai trouvé ces arguments bizarres de dire qu’ils ne sont pas Africains, ils sont Français. Pourquoi ne peuvent-ils pas être les deux ? Pourquoi cette réflexion binaire de devoir choisir un groupe de personne ? Pourquoi ne peuvent-ils pas être africains ? Dans ce que je lis, pour être français, il faut effacer tout ce qui te lie à l’Afrique. Quand je dis qu’ils sont Africains, je ne le dis pas pour exclure leur identité française, mais je le fais pour les inclure et partager avec eux l’identité africaine qui est la mienne. Je leurs dis : je vous vois mes frères français d’origine africaine » a conclu l’animateur. La boucle est bouclée.

Voir enfin:

Laurent Bouvet: « Si la gauche, c’est ça, alors il n’y a plus de gauche »

Entretien avec le fondateur du Printemps républicain (1/3)


Universitaire et républicain de gauche membre du Parti socialiste jusqu’en 2007, Laurent Bouvet a créé en 2016 le Printemps républicain, un mouvement en pointe dans la défense de la laïcité et le combat contre l’islamisme et l’antisémitisme. Entretien (1/3). 


Franck Crudo : Une interview entre deux mâles blancs de bientôt plus de 50 ans, ça craint un peu par les temps qui courent non ? Que vous inspire cette terminologie employée de plus en plus souvent, y compris au plus haut sommet de l’Etat ?

Laurent Bouvet : Ça m’inspire toujours la même chose, depuis que j’ai rencontré pour la première fois cette manière de désigner les gens à raison de tel ou tel critère de leur identité, dans les années 1990 sur les campus américains que j’ai fréquentés pour faire ma thèse de doctorat : un mouvement immédiat de répulsion à l’égard de tout identitarisme, donc de tout essentialisme. Il faut se tenir le plus loin possible de cette manière de parler, de faire, de penser. Elle est contraire à l’humanisme universaliste qui est pour moi le socle d’un monde et d’une société vivables.

Dans le même ordre d’idée, Alain Finkielkraut écrit : « Un Arabe qui brûle une école c’est une révolte. Un blanc qui brûle une école, c’est du fascisme… »

Ce que dénonce ici Alain Finkielkraut, et il a entièrement raison, c’est le deux poids deux mesures qui est pratiqué par une partie des médias notamment, ou encore par une partie du monde politique, et, bien sûr, par une partie du monde académique, dans les sciences sociales notamment. Or on devrait pouvoir se mettre d’accord, malgré nos divergences politiques, sur le fait que quelqu’un qui brûle une école doit être jugé en fonction de son acte, criminel, et non de tel ou tel critère de son identité. Ça vaut pour tout.

Comment expliquez-vous qu’une partie de nos élites républicaines soit autant dans le déni voire la compromission vis-à-vis de l’islam radical et abandonne les valeurs de la République et des Lumières (sur la laïcité, l’égalité homme-femme, la liberté d’expression, etc.) au nom de l’antiracisme ?

On ne peut que constater et regretter, d’abord, qu’il existe des raisons électoralistes et clientélistes, à l’attitude de certains élus ou candidats, dans certaines villes, dans certains quartiers, à l’égard de représentants ou supposés tels, de l’islam radical, dans ses différentes acceptions : salafiste, frériste… Ça n’est d’ailleurs pas propre à la politique, cela existe aussi dans le syndicalisme, dans l’entreprise, dans les services publics. Le raisonnement qui conduit à ce genre de considérations est en général assez sommaire : il s’agit de gagner des élections, d’acheter la paix sociale…

C’est surtout un raisonnement à court terme, car le résultat est toujours le renforcement de cet islam radical, de son image, de ses moyens, en particulier auprès des musulmans. Et le calcul (d’intérêt) conduit donc le plus souvent à un résultat inverse à celui qui était attendu. Le problème est que l’on est là dans un phénomène assez large qui fonctionne comme une échelle de perroquet : il est très difficile, voire impossible, dès lors que l’on a fait une concession ou accepté une demande de revenir en arrière.

Y a-t-il uniquement des raisons électoralistes ? 

Non, il n’y a pas que de l’électoralisme ou du calcul d’intérêts immédiats. Il y a aussi une explication plus large, de nature à la fois historique et idéologique, du fait que certains acteurs politiques et sociaux se montrent complaisants voire favorables vis-à-vis de l’islam radical. On peut essayer de résumer cette inclination à partir de ce que j’appellerai ici le complexe colonial.

Dans le cas français spécialement, et européen plus largement, la colonisation a particulièrement concerné des populations de religion musulmane. Depuis la décolonisation d’une part et la fin des grands récits de l’émancipation nationaliste ou anti-impérialiste d’autre part, une forme de pensée post-coloniale s’est développée, accompagnée des désormais incontournables « études » qui vont avec dans le monde universitaire. Elle est appuyée sur une idée simple: l’homme « blanc », européen, occidental, chrétien (et juif aussi) est resté fondamentalement un colonisateur en raison de traits qui lui seraient propres, par essence en quelque sorte : raciste, impérialiste, dominateur, etc. Par conséquent, les anciens colonisés sont restés des dominés, des victimes de cet homme « blanc », européen, occidental, judéo-chrétien…

À partir des années 1970, à l’occasion de la crise économique qui commence et de l’installation d’une immigration venue de ses anciennes colonies, cette manière de voir postcoloniale va peu à peu phagocyter la pensée de l’émancipation ouvrière classique et de la lutte des classes qui s’est développée depuis la Révolution industrielle et incarnée dans le socialisme notamment. La figure du « damné de la terre » va ainsi se replier sur celle de l’ancien colonisé, donc de l’immigré désormais, c’est-à-dire celui qui est différent, qui est « l’autre ». Non plus principalement à raison de sa position dans le processus de production économique ou de sa situation sociale mais de son pays d’origine, de la couleur de sa peau, de son origine ethnique puis, plus récemment, de sa religion. Et ce, précisément au moment même où de nouvelles lectures, radicalisées, de l’islam deviennent des outils de contestation des régimes en place dans le monde arabo-musulman.

Notre histoire et cette vision purement idéologique expliquent ainsi qu’une partie de la gauche fasse aujourd’hui de l’islam la religion des opprimés et des musulmans les nouveaux damnés de la terre… ?

Oui. Toute une partie de la gauche, politique, associative, syndicale, intellectuelle, orpheline du grand récit socialiste et communiste, va trouver dans le combat pour ces nouveaux damnés de la terre une nouvelle raison d’être alors qu’elle se convertit très largement aux différentes formes du libéralisme. Politique avec les droits de l’Homme et la démocratie libérale contre les résidus du totalitarisme communiste ; économique avec la loi du marché et le capitalisme financier contre l’étatisme et le keynésianisme ; culturel avec l’émancipation individuelle à raison de l’identité propre de chacun plutôt que collective. En France, la forme d’antiracisme qui se développe dans les années 1980 sous la gauche au pouvoir témoigne bien de cette évolution.

À partir de là, on peut aisément dérouler l’histoire des trente ou quarante dernières années pour arriver à la situation actuelle. Être du côté des victimes et des dominés permet de se donner une contenance morale voire un but politique alors que l’on a renoncé, dans les faits sinon dans le discours, à toute idée d’émancipation collective et de transformation de la société autrement qu’au travers de l’attribution de droits individuels aux victimes et aux dominés précisément. À partir du moment où ces victimes et ces dominés sont incarnés dans la figure de « l’autre» que soi-même, ils ne peuvent en aucun cas avoir tort et tout ce qu’ils font, disent, revendiquent, devient un élément indissociable de leur identité de victime et de dominé. Dans un tel cadre, l’homme « blanc », européen, occidental, judéo-chrétien… ne peut donc jamais, par construction, avoir raison, quoi qu’il dise ou fasse. Il est toujours déjà coupable et dominateur. On retrouve là la dérive essentialiste dont on parlait plus haut.

Pour toute une partie de la gauche, chez les intellectuels notamment, tout ceci est devenu une doxa. Tout questionnement, toute remise en question, toute critique étant instantanément considérée à la fois comme une mécompréhension tragique de la société, de l’Histoire et des véritables enjeux contemporains. Mais aussi comme une atteinte insupportable au Bien, à la seule et unique morale, et comme le signe d’une attitude profondément réactionnaire, raciste, « islamophobe », etc.

C’est pour cette raison, me semble-t-il, que l’on retrouve aujourd’hui, dans le débat intellectuel et plus largement public, une violence que l’on avait oubliée depuis l’époque de la guerre froide. Tout désaccord, toute nuance, tout questionnement est y immédiatement disqualifié.

L’un des exemples les plus frappants, ce sont ces féministes qui relèguent au second plan leur combat en tentant de minimiser une triste réalité, voire même une horreur (Caroline de Haas au sujet du harcèlement dans le quartier de la Chapelle, Clémentine Autain après les viols de Cologne, etc.). Comment expliquer qu’un antiracisme à ce point dévoyé écrase toutes les autres valeurs, y compris le féminisme chez certaines féministes ?

C’est la suite logique de ce que nous disions plus haut. Ce qui est intéressant en l’espèce, chez ces « nouvelles » féministes – on pourrait plutôt parler de post-féminisme d’ailleurs -, c’est qu’elles enrobent leur discours de toute une rhétorique  dite « intersectionnelle » du nom du concept forgé par l’universitaire Kimberlé Crenshaw en 1993 (dans un article de la Stanford Law Review). Le but est de montrer que la lutte féministe et la lutte antiraciste peuvent se recouper pour défendre les minorités opprimées après les difficultés des mouvements identitaires des années 1970-80 à unir leurs forces (notamment après l’échec des « Rainbow Coalitions »1 et l’affaire Anita Hill/Clarence Thomas2) et à s’articuler ensuite aux revendications sociales.

Or, ce qui pouvait être adapté aux Etats-Unis des années 1980-90 ne l’est pas à la France d’aujourd’hui, pour tout un ensemble de raisons qu’il serait long de détailler ici. Tout ce discours que l’on retrouve dans l’idée de convergence des luttes également ces derniers temps masque en réalité une forme de hiérarchisation implicite entre les différentes minorités à défendre. Et, comme on le constate à chaque fois, les exemples que vous citez sont très clairs : ce ne sont pas les femmes qui sont en haut de la liste, ni d’ailleurs les homosexuels. Ce qui prévaut systématiquement, y compris chez ces post-féministes, c’est l’attention à des critères identitaires de type ethno-raciaux ou religieux. Ce qui induit d’étranges alliances et de bien plus étranges contradictions encore puisque, par exemple, on retrouve des militants du progressisme des mœurs, favorables aux droits des femmes ou des homosexuels aux côtés de militants islamistes qui sont très conservateurs en matière de mœurs.

Dans ce post-féminisme, on n’hésite plus désormais à parler d’émancipation de la femme à propos de jeunes filles portant le voile islamique, au prétexte qu’elles auraient librement choisi de se soumettre à des règles religieuses qui sont pourtant explicitement contraires à l’égalité entre hommes et femmes. La confusion est totale, sur le plan philosophique, entre liberté, consentement et choix. Mais aussi sur le plan politique puisque dans toute une partie de la gauche, ce genre de renversement idéologique apparaît désormais comme tout à fait normal. On en a eu récemment un exemple frappant avec l’affaire de la présidente de la section de l’Unef de Paris-Sorbonne, qui porte un voile islamique.

Le racisme et l’antiracisme ne sont-ils pas au final l’avers et le revers de la même médaille ? Cette tendance à tout racialiser, à catégoriser les individus en fonction de la couleur de leur peau…

Oui, il y a un dévoiement d’une partie de la lutte antiraciste, devenue relativiste et essentialiste. Là encore, le fait que des organisations (associations, syndicats, partis) qui se réclament de la gauche, du projet progressiste, de l’émancipation collective… en viennent à adopter ou à justifier l’idée qu’on puisse se rassembler dans des réunions « non mixtes », entre « racisés », pour lutter contre le racisme, est d’une incohérence philosophique et politique totale. Si la gauche, c’est ça, alors il n’y a plus de gauche. C’est aussi simple que cela. Tout le combat historique pour l’universalisme, l’humanisme, contre le racisme, pour l’émancipation… perd son sens.

Derrière de telles idées, on trouve finalement une forme de racisme brut et qui ne se cache même plus chez certains auteurs et certains militants de la mouvance dite « décoloniale » ou « indigéniste ». Je pense à Houria Bouteldja notamment dans son livre Les Blancs, les Juifs et nous paru en 2016. Ce racisme, venu du raisonnement sur la colonisation dont on parlait plus haut, conduit à rendre responsables et coupables de toutes les injustices, de toutes les discriminations et de tous les crimes… les « blancs », par un processus d’essentialisation pur et simple.

De telles idées sont ultra-minoritaires, mais cela ne les rend pas moins dangereuses par le véritable terrorisme intellectuel qu’elles font peser sur toute cette gauche, sur nombre de médias notamment qui n’osent pas en révéler le caractère aussi fallacieux intellectuellement que destructeur politiquement et socialement. S’il y a un politiquement correct, c’est bien là qu’il se trouve : dans le refus non seulement de dire ce que l’on voit mais surtout de voir ce que l’on voit comme nous y incitait Péguy. Et gare à celui, surtout s’il est un « mâle blanc », qui ose ne serait-ce que constater cette dérive. Il sera immédiatement accusé d’être à son tour un « identitaire » et, évidemment, raciste, sexiste, islamophobe… Toute réalité, on n’ose même pas parler de vérité, est abolie au profit d’une vision purement idéologique qui ne fonctionne que par la terreur qu’elle fait régner.

Face à cela, il faut garder le calme des vieilles troupes, et continuer de se battre pour un antiracisme fondé sur l’universalisme et l’humanisme. En développant les mesures concrètes et les moyens des politiques publiques contre toutes les discriminations. En s’engageant, publiquement, avec détermination et rigueur pour défendre les principes qui, depuis deux cents ans, sont ceux qui ont permis l’émancipation de tous, sans distinction de sexe, de race, de religion, d’origine.

Voir par ailleurs:

Yahya Sinwar, chef du Hamas à Gaza : Nos hommes ont quitté leurs uniformes militaires pour rejoindre les marches ; nous avons décidé de créer un barrage avec les corps de nos femmes et enfants

MEMRI

27 mai 2018

Voir les extraits vidéo sur MEMRI TV

Yahya Al-Sinwar, chef du Hamas à Gaza, a souligné dans une interview accordée à Al-Jazira que même si le Hamas a choisi la méthode « merveilleuse et civilisée » des affrontements non armés, il n’hésiterait pas à recourir de nouveau à la lutte armée, le cas échéant. Selon lui, les membres du Hamas auraient pu « faire pleuvoir des milliers de missiles » sur les villes israéliennes, mais ont plutôt choisi de quitter leurs uniformes militaires et de rejoindre les marches. Il a ajouté que, face aux images de la nouvelle ambassade des Etats-Unis à Jérusalem, les Palestiniens avaient donné une image d’héroïsme et de détermination avec leurs sacrifices, « le sacrifice de leurs enfants comme offrande pour Jérusalem et le droit au retour ».

« Lorsque nous avons décidé de nous lancer dans ces marches, nous avons décidé de transformer ce qui nous est le plus cher – les corps de nos femmes et de nos enfants – en un barrage empêchant l’effondrement de la réalité arabe », a-t-il déclaré. Extraits : 

Les objectifs de la « Marche du retour » : rétablir le droit au retour dans la conscience palestinienne, arabe et internationale ; remettre la cause nationale palestinienne à l’ordre du jour mondial 

Yahya Sinwar : S’il est trop tôt pour affirmer qu’une telle action de combat a pleinement rempli ses objectifs, une grande partie de ces objectifs ont sans nul doute été atteints. Le premier objectif atteint à ce stade est que ces marches ont rétabli le droit au retour dans la conscience palestinienne, arabe et internationale comme l’un des droits et principes importants du peuple palestinien. […]

Un autre but atteint par ces marches est qu’elles ont remis la cause nationale palestinienne à l’ordre du jour international, alors que certains défaitistes prétendaient que l’agenda mondial était trop chargé et n’avait pas de place pour la cause nationale palestinienne. Ils ont essayé de l’utiliser pour promouvoir d’autres concessions. […]

Je dois souligner un important objectif stratégique accompli le 14 mai. Notre peuple à Gaza a enregistré, aux yeux du monde entier, son témoignage sur le transfert de l’ambassade américaine à Jérusalem et sur la déclaration de Jérusalem comme la capitale de l’entité d’occupation. Au nom du peuple arabe palestinien et de tous les peuples arabes et islamiques, notre peuple de Gaza a rejeté cette décision et cette démarche, par cette importante activité, en enregistrant son témoignage pour l’histoire, et en signant ce témoignage avec le sang des martyrs – notre peuple a sacrifié soixante martyrs le 14 mai, ainsi que trois mille blessés. Ils ont été utilisés pour signer le rejet de notre peuple de la décision imprudente de transférer l’ambassade des États-Unis à Jérusalem. […] 

Notre peuple a imposé son ordre du jour au monde entier – les écrans de télévision du monde devaient présenter une image romantique de l’ouverture de l’ambassade américaine à Jérusalem, mais notre peuple… a forcé le monde entier à diviser les écrans de télévision

Cette méthode [de combat] est appropriée pour cette étape, mais les circonstances peuvent changer, et nous devrons peut-être retourner à la lutte armée. Lorsque cela se produira, notre peuple, les factions et le Hamas n’hésiteront pas à utiliser tous les moyens requis par les circonstances. […]

L’ennemi affirme que nous utilisons les gens comme boucliers humains et les poussons vers la clôture, mais nous disons que ces jeunes et ces hommes auraient pu choisir une autre option. Ils auraient pu faire pleuvoir des milliers de missiles sur les villes de l’occupation lorsque les États-Unis ont ouvert leur ambassade à Jérusalem. Mais ils n’ont pas choisi cette voie. Nombre d’entre eux ont quitté leurs uniformes militaires et mis leurs armes de côté. Ils ont temporairement abandonné les moyens de la lutte armée et se sont tournés vers cette merveilleuse méthode civilisée, respectée par le monde et adaptée aux circonstances actuelles. […]

Notre peuple a imposé son ordre du jour au monde entier. Les écrans de télévision du monde devaient présenter une image romantique de l’ouverture de l’ambassade américaine à Jérusalem, mais notre peuple, par sa conscience collective, a forcé le monde entier à diviser les écrans de télévision entre les images de fraude, de tromperie, de fausseté et d’oppression, manifestes dans la tentative d’imposer Jérusalem comme la capitale de l’Etat d’occupation, et les images d’injustice, d’oppression, d’héroïsme et de détermination, données par notre propre peuple dans ses sacrifices, le sacrifice de ses enfants comme une offrande pour Jérusalem et pour le droit au retour. […]

Lorsque nous avons décidé de nous lancer dans ces marches, nous avons décidé de transformer ce qui nous est le plus cher – les corps de nos femmes et de nos enfants – en barrage pour stopper l’effondrement de la réalité arabe, un barrage qui empêche la course de nombreux Arabes vers la normalisation des liens avec l’entité spoliatrice, qui occupe notre Jérusalem, pille notre terre, souille nos lieux saints et opprime notre peuple jour et nuit.

Journaliste : Vous parlez de « l’Accord du siècle »…

Yahya Sinwar : L’Accord du siècle et tout compromis visant à éliminer notre cause palestinienne nationale. […]


Affaire de la petite Yanela: C’est la formulation, imbécile ! (It’s not fake news, it’s misstated news, stupid !)

24 juin, 2018
https://i1.wp.com/www.theaugeanstables.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/ghetto-boy-2.jpg

Two children detained by the Border Patrol in a holding cell in Nogales, Ariz. This image has been widely shared on social media in recent days, offered as an example of the Trump administration’s cruel policies toward immigrants, but in fact the picture was taken in 2014.

La

Les fausses images d'enfants séparés de leurs parents à la frontière USA-Mexique

Devrai-je sacrifier mon enfant premier-né pour payer pour mon crime, le fils, chair de ma chair, pour expier ma faute? On te l’a enseigné, ô homme, ce qui est bien et ce que l’Eternel attend de toi: c’est que tu te conduises avec droiture, que tu prennes plaisir à témoigner de la bonté et qu’avec vigilance tu vives pour ton Dieu. Michée 6: 7-8
Laissez les petits enfants, et ne les empêchez pas de venir à moi; car le royaume des cieux est pour ceux qui leur ressemblent. Jésus (Matthieu 19: 14)
Quiconque reçoit en mon nom un petit enfant comme celui-ci, me reçoit moi-même. Mais, si quelqu’un scandalisait un de ces petits qui croient en moi, il vaudrait mieux pour lui qu’on suspendît à son cou une meule de moulin, et qu’on le jetât au fond de la mer. Jésus (Matthieu 18: 5-6)
Une civilisation est testée sur la manière dont elle traite ses membres les plus faibles. Pearl Buck
Le monde moderne n’est pas mauvais : à certains égards, il est bien trop bon. Il est rempli de vertus féroces et gâchées. Lorsqu’un dispositif religieux est brisé (comme le fut le christianisme pendant la Réforme), ce ne sont pas seulement les vices qui sont libérés. Les vices sont en effet libérés, et ils errent de par le monde en faisant des ravages ; mais les vertus le sont aussi, et elles errent plus férocement encore en faisant des ravages plus terribles. Le monde moderne est saturé des vieilles vertus chrétiennes virant à la folie.  G.K. Chesterton
Je crois que le moment décisif en Occident est l’invention de l’hôpital. Les primitifs s’occupent de leurs propres morts. Ce qu’il y a de caractéristique dans l’hôpital c’est bien le fait de s’occuper de tout le monde. C’est l’hôtel-Dieu donc c’est la charité. Et c’est visiblement une invention du Moyen-Age. René Girard
Notre monde est de plus en plus imprégné par cette vérité évangélique de l’innocence des victimes. L’attention qu’on porte aux victimes a commencé au Moyen Age, avec l’invention de l’hôpital. L’Hôtel-Dieu, comme on disait, accueillait toutes les victimes, indépendamment de leur origine. Les sociétés primitives n’étaient pas inhumaines, mais elles n’avaient d’attention que pour leurs membres. Le monde moderne a inventé la « victime inconnue », comme on dirait aujourd’hui le « soldat inconnu ». Le christianisme peut maintenant continuer à s’étendre même sans la loi, car ses grandes percées intellectuelles et morales, notre souci des victimes et notre attention à ne pas nous fabriquer de boucs émissaires, ont fait de nous des chrétiens qui s’ignorent. René Girard
L’inauguration majestueuse de l’ère « post-chrétienne » est une plaisanterie. Nous sommes dans un ultra-christianisme caricatural qui essaie d’échapper à l’orbite judéo-chrétienne en « radicalisant » le souci des victimes dans un sens antichrétien. René Girard
J’espère offrir mon fils unique en martyr, comme son père. Dalal Mouazzi (jeune veuve d’un commandant du Hezbollah mort en 2006 pendant la guerre du Liban, à propos de son gamin de 10 ans)
Nous n’aurons la paix avec les Arabes que lorsqu’ils aimeront leurs enfants plus qu’ils ne nous détestent. Golda Meir
Les Israéliens ne savent pas que le peuple palestinien a progressé dans ses recherches sur la mort. Il a développé une industrie de la mort qu’affectionnent toutes nos femmes, tous nos enfants, tous nos vieillards et tous nos combattants. Ainsi, nous avons formé un bouclier humain grâce aux femmes et aux enfants pour dire à l’ennemi sioniste que nous tenons à la mort autant qu’il tient à la vie. Fathi Hammad (responsable du Hamas, mars 2008)
L’image correspondait à la réalité de la situation, non seulement à Gaza, mais en Cisjordanie. Charles Enderlin (Le Figaro, 27/01/05)
Oh, ils font toujours ça. C’est une question de culture. Représentants de France 2 (cités par Enderlin)
La mort de Mohammed annule, efface celle de l’enfant juif, les mains en l’air devant les SS, dans le Ghetto de Varsovie. Catherine Nay (Europe 1)
Il y a lieu de décider que Patrick Karsenty a exercé de bonne foi son droit à la libre critique (…) En répondant à Denis Jeambar et à Daniel Leconte dans le Figaro du 23 janvier 2005 que « l’image correspondait à la réalité de la situation, non seulement à Gaza, mais en Cisjordanie », alors que la diffusion d’un reportage s’entend comme le témoignage de ce que le journaliste a vu et entendu, Charles Enderlin a reconnu que le film qui a fait le tour du monde en entrainant des violences sans précédent dans toute la région ne correspondait peut-être pas au commentaire qu’il avait donné. Laurence Trébucq (Présidente de la Cour d’appel de Paris, 21.05.08)
Voilà sept ans qu’une campagne obstinée et haineuse s’efforce de salir la dignité professionnelle de notre confrère Charles Enderlin, correspondant de France 2 à Jerusalem. Voilà sept ans que les mêmes individus tentent de présenter comme une « supercherie » et une « série de scènes jouées » , son reportage montrant la mort de Mohammed al-Doura, 12 ans, tué par des tirs venus de la position israélienne, le 30 septembre 2000, dans la bande de Gaza, lors d’un affrontement entre l’armée israélienne et des éléments armés palestiniens. Appel du Nouvel observateur (27 mai 2008)
This is not staging, it’s playing for the camera. When they threw stones and Molotov cocktails, it was in part for the camera. That doesn’t mean it’s not true. They wanted to be filmed throwing stones and being hit by rubber bullets. All of us — the ARD too — did reports on kids confronting the Israeli army, in order to be filmed in Ramallah, in Gaza. That’s not staging, that’s reality. Charles Enderlin
Dans le numéro 1931 du Nouvel Observateur, daté du 8 novembre 2001, Sara Daniel a publié un reportage sur le « crime d’honneur » en Jordanie. Dans son texte, elle révélait qu’à Gaza et dans les territoires occupés, les crimes dits d’honneur qui consistent pour des pères ou des frères à abattre les femmes jugées légères représentaient une part importante des homicides. Le texte publié, en raison d’un défaut de guillemets et de la suppression de deux phrases dans la transmission, laissait penser que son auteur faisait sienne l’accusation selon laquelle il arrivait à des soldats israéliens de commettre un viol en sachant, de plus, que les femmes violées allaient être tuées. Il n’en était évidemment rien et Sara Daniel, actuellement en reportage en Afghanistan, fait savoir qu’elle déplore très vivement cette erreur qui a gravement dénaturé sa pensée. Une mise au point de Sara Daniel (Le Nouvel Observateur, le 15 novembre 2001)
Les Israéliens ne savent pas que le peuple palestinien a progressé dans ses recherches sur la mort. Il a développé une industrie de la mort qu’affectionnent toutes nos femmes, tous nos enfants, tous nos vieillards et tous nos combattants. Ainsi, nous avons formé un bouclier humain grâce aux femmes et aux enfants pour dire à l’ennemi sioniste que nous tenons à la mort autant qu’il tient à la vie. Fathi Hammad (responsable du Hamas, mars 2008)
Les pays européens qui ont transformé la Méditerranée en un cimetière de migrants partagent la responsabilité de chaque réfugié mort. Erdogan
Mr. Kurdi brought his family to Turkey three years ago after fleeing fighting first in Damascus, where he worked as a barber, then in Aleppo, then Kobani. His Facebook page shows pictures of the family in Istanbul crossing the Bosporus and feeding pigeons next to the famous Yeni Cami, or new mosque. From his hospital bed on Wednesday, Mr. Kurdi told a Syrian radio station that he had worked on construction sites for 50 Turkish lira (roughly $17) a day, but it wasn’t enough to live on. He said they depended on his sister, Tima Kurdi, who lived in Canada, for help paying the rent. Ms. Kurdi, speaking Thursday in a Vancouver suburb, said that their father, still in Syria, had suggested Abdullah go to Europe to get his damaged teeth fixed and find a way to help his family leave Turkey. She said she began wiring her brother money three weeks ago, in €1,000 ($1,100) amounts, to help pay for the trip. Shortly after, she said her brother called her and said he wanted to bring his whole family to Europe, as his wife wasn’t able to support their two boys alone in Istanbul. “If we go, we go all of us,” Ms. Kurdi recounted him telling her. She said she spoke to his wife last week, who told her she was scared of the water and couldn’t swim. “I said to her, ‘I cannot push you to go. If you don’t want to go, don’t go,’” she said. “But I guess they all decided they wanted to do it all together.” At the morgue, Mr. Kurdi described what happened after they set off from the deserted beach, under cover of darkness. “We went into the sea for four minutes and then the captain saw that the waves are so high, so he steered the boat and we were hit immediately. He panicked and dived into the sea and fled. I took over and started steering, the waves were so high the boat flipped. I took my wife in my arms and I realized they were all dead.” Mr. Kurdi gave different accounts of what happened next. In one interview, he said he swam ashore and walked to the hospital. In another, he said he was rescued by the coast guard. In Canada, Ms. Kurdi said her brother had sent her a text message around 3 a.m. Turkish time Wednesday confirming they had set off. (…) “He said, ‘I did everything in my power to save them, but I couldn’t,’” she said. “My brother said to me, ‘My kids have to be the wake-up call for the whole world.’” WSJ
Personne ne dit que ce n’est pas raisonnable de partir de Turquie avec deux enfants en bas âge sur une mer agitée dans un frêle esquife. Arno Klarsfeld
La justice israélienne a dit disposer d’une déposition selon laquelle la famille d’un bébé palestinien mort dans des circonstances contestées dans la bande de Gaza avait été payée par le Hamas pour accuser Israël, ce que les parents ont nié. Vif émoi après la mort de l’enfant. Leïla al-Ghandour, âgée de huit mois, est morte mi-mai alors que l’enclave palestinienne était depuis des semaines le théâtre d’une mobilisation massive et d’affrontements entre Palestiniens et soldats israéliens le long de la frontière avec Gaza. Son décès a suscité un vif émoi. Sa famille accuse l’armée israélienne d’avoir provoqué sa mort en employant des lacrymogènes contre les protestataires, parmi lesquels se trouvait la fillette. La fillette souffrait-elle d’un problème cardiaque ? L’armée israélienne, se fondant sur les informations d’un médecin palestinien resté anonyme mais qui selon elle connaissait l’enfant et sa famille, dit que l’enfant souffrait d’un problème cardiaque. Le ministère israélien de la Justice a rendu public jeudi l’acte d’inculpation d’un Gazaoui de 20 ans, présenté comme le cousin de la fillette. Selon le ministère, il a déclaré au cours de ses interrogatoires par les forces israéliennes que les parents de Leila avaient touché 8.000 shekels (1.800 euros) de la part de Yahya Sinouar, le chef du Hamas dans la bande de Gaza, pour dire que leur fille était morte des inhalations de gaz. Une « fabrication » du Hamas dénoncée par Israël. Les parents ont nié ces déclarations, réaffirmé que leur fille était bien morte des inhalations, et ont contesté qu’elle était malade. Selon la famille, Leïla al-Ghandour avait été emmenée près de la frontière par un oncle âgé de 11 ans et avait été prise dans les tirs de lacrymogènes. Europe 1
Donald Trump aurait (…) menti en affirmant que la criminalité augmentait en Allemagne, en raison de l’entrée dans le pays de 1,1 million de clandestins en 2015. (…) Les articles se sont immédiatement multipliés pour dénoncer « le mensonge » du président américain. Pourquoi ? Parce que les autorités allemandes se sont félicitées d’une baisse des agressions violentes en 2017. C’est vrai, elles ont chuté de 5,1% par rapport à 2016. Est-il possible, cependant, de feindre à ce point l’incompréhension ? Car les détracteurs zélés du président omettent de préciser que la criminalité a bien augmenté en Allemagne à la suite de cette vague migratoire exceptionnelle : 10% de crimes violents en plus, sur les années 2015 et 2016. L’étude réalisée par le gouvernement allemand et publiée en janvier dernier concluait même que 90% de cette augmentation était due aux jeunes hommes clandestins fraîchement accueillis, âgés de 14 à 30 ans. L’augmentation de la criminalité fut donc indiscutablement liée à l’accueil de 1,1 millions de clandestins pendant l’année 2015. C’est évidement ce qu’entend démontrer Donald Trump. Et ce n’est pas tout. Les chiffres du ministère allemand de l’Intérieur pour 2016 révèlent également une implication des étrangers et des clandestins supérieure à celle des Allemands dans le domaine de la criminalité. Et en hausse. La proportion d’étrangers parmi les personnes suspectées d’actes criminels était de 28,7% en 2014, elle est passée à 40,4% en 2016, avant de chuter à 35% en 2017 (ce qui reste plus important qu’en 2014). En 2016, les étrangers étaient 3,5 fois plus impliqués dans des crimes que les Allemands, les clandestins 7 fois plus. Des chiffres encore plus élevés dans le domaine des crimes violents (5 fois plus élevés chez les étrangers, 15 fois chez les clandestins) ou dans celui des viols en réunion (10 fois plus chez les étrangers, 42 fois chez les clandestins !). Factuellement, la criminalité n’augmente pas aujourd’hui en Allemagne. Mais l’exceptionnelle vague migratoire voulue par Angela Merkel en 2015 a bien eu pour conséquence l’augmentation de la criminalité en Allemagne. Les Allemands, eux, semblent l’avoir très bien compris. Valeurs actuelles
Je vous demande de ne rien céder, dans ces temps troublés que nous vivons, de votre amour pour l’Europe. Je vous le dis avec beaucoup de gravité. Beaucoup la détestent, mais ils la détestent depuis longtemps et vous les voyez monter, comme une lèpre, un peu partout en Europe, dans des pays où nous pensions que c’était impossible de la voir réapparaître. Et des amis voisins, ils disent le pire et nous nous y habituons. Emmanuel Macron
Il y a des choses insoutenables. Mais pourquoi on en est arrivé là ? Parce que justement il y a des gens comme Emmanuel Macron qui venaient donner des leçons de morale aux autres. Il y a une inquiétude identitaire » en Europe, « c’est une réalité politique. Tous les donneurs de leçon ont tué l’Europe, il y a une angoisse chez les Européens d’être dilués, pas une angoisse raciste, mais une angoisse de ne plus pouvoir être eux, chez eux. Jean-Sébastien Ferjou
Our message absolutely is don’t send your children unaccompanied, on trains or through a bunch of smugglers. We don’t even know how many of these kids don’t make it, and may have been waylaid into sex trafficking or killed because they fell off a train. Do not send your children to the borders. If they do make it, they’ll get sent back. More importantly, they may not make it. Obama (2014)
I also think that we have to understand the difficulty that President Obama finds himself in because there are laws that impose certain obligations on him. And it was my understanding that the numbers have been moderating in part as the Department of Homeland Security and other law enforcement officials understood that separating children from families — I mean, the horror of a father or a mother going to work and being picked up and immediately whisked away and children coming home from school to an empty house and nobody can say where their mother or father is, that is just not who we are as Americans. And so, I do think that while we continue to make the case which you know is very controversial in some corridors, that we have to reform our immigration system and we needed to do it yesterday. That’s why I approved of the bill that was passed in the Senate. We need to show humanity with respect to people to people who are working, contributing right now. And deporting them, leaving their children alone or deporting an adolescent, doing anything that is so contrary to our core values, just makes no sense. So I would be very open to trying to figure out ways to change the law, even if we don’t get to comprehensive immigration reform to provide more leeway and more discretion for the executive branch. (…) the numbers are increasing dramatically. And the main reason I believe why that’s happening is that the violence in certain of those Central American countries is increasing dramatically. And there is not sufficient law enforcement or will on the part of the governments of those countries to try to deal with this exponential increase in violence, drug trafficking, the drug cartels, and many children are fleeing from that violence. (…) first of all, we have to provide the best emergency care we can provide. We have children 5 and 6 years old who have come up from Central America. We need to do more to provide border security in southern Mexico. (…) they should be sent back as soon as it can be determined who responsible adults in their families are, because there are concerns whether all of them should be sent back. But I think all of them who can be should be reunited with their families. (…) But we have so to send a clear message, just because your child gets across the border, that doesn’t mean the child gets to stay. So, we don’t want to send a message that is contrary to our laws or will encourage more children to make that dangerous journey. Hillary Clinton (2014)
Over the past six years, President Obama has tried to make children the centerpiece of his efforts to put a gentler face on U.S. immigration policy. Even as his administration has deported a record number of unauthorized immigrants, surpassing two million deportations last year, it has pushed for greater leniency toward undocumented children. After trying and failing to pass the Dream Act legislation, which would offer a path to permanent residency for immigrants who arrived before the age of 16, the president announced an executive action in 2012 to block their deportation. Last November, Obama added another executive action to extend similar protections to undocumented parents. “We’re going to keep focusing enforcement resources on actual threats to our security,” he said in a speech on Nov. 20. “Felons, not families. Criminals, not children. Gang members, not a mom who’s working hard to provide for her kids.” But the president’s new policies apply only to immigrants who have been in the United States for more than five years; they do nothing to address the emerging crisis on the border today. Since the economic collapse of 2008, the number of undocumented immigrants coming from Mexico has plunged, while a surge of violence in Central America has brought a wave of migrants from Honduras, El Salvador and Guatemala. According to recent statistics from the Department of Homeland Security, the number of refugees fleeing Central America has doubled in the past year alone — with more than 61,000 “family units” crossing the U.S. border, as well as 51,000 unaccompanied children. For the first time, more people are coming to the United States from those countries than from Mexico, and they are coming not just for opportunity but for survival. The explosion of violence in Central America is often described in the language of war, cartels, extortion and gangs, but none of these capture the chaos overwhelming the region. Four of the five highest murder rates in the world are in Central American nations. The collapse of these countries is among the greatest humanitarian disasters of our time. While criminal organizations like the 18th Street Gang and Mara Salvatrucha exist as street gangs in the United States, in large parts of Honduras, Guatemala and El Salvador they are so powerful and pervasive that they have supplanted the government altogether. People who run afoul of these gangs — which routinely demand money on threat of death and sometimes kidnap young boys to serve as soldiers and young girls as sexual slaves — may have no recourse to the law and no better option than to flee. The American immigration system defines a special pathway for refugees. To qualify, most applicants must present themselves to federal authorities, pass a “credible fear interview” to demonstrate a possible basis for asylum and proceed through a “merits hearing” before an immigration judge. Traditionally, those who have completed the first two stages are permitted to live with family and friends in the United States while they await their final hearing, which can be months or years later. If authorities believe an applicant may not appear for that court date, they can require a bond payment as guarantee or place the refugee in a monitoring system that may include a tracking bracelet. In the most extreme cases, a judge may deny bond and keep the refugee in a detention facility until the merits hearing. The rules are somewhat different when children are involved. Under the terms of a 1997 settlement in the case of Flores v. Meese, children who enter the country without their parents must be granted a “general policy favoring release” to the custody of relatives or a foster program. When there is cause to detain a child, he or she must be housed in the least restrictive environment possible, kept away from unrelated adults and provided access to medical care, exercise and adequate education. Whether these protections apply to children traveling with their parents has been a matter of dispute. The Flores settlement refers to “all minors who are detained” by the Immigration and Naturalization Service and its “agents, employees, contractors and/or successors in office.” When the I.N.S. dissolved into the Department of Homeland Security in 2003, its detention program shifted to the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement agency. Federal judges have ruled that ICE is required to honor the Flores protections for all children in its custody. Even so, in 2005, the administration of George W. Bush decided to deny the Flores protections to refugee children traveling with their parents. Instead of a “general policy favoring release,” the administration began to incarcerate hundreds of those families for months at a time. To house them, officials opened the T. Don Hutto Family Detention Center near Austin, Tex. Within a year, the administration faced a lawsuit over the facility’s conditions. Legal filings describe young children forced to wear prison jumpsuits, to live in dormitory housing, to use toilets exposed to public view and to sleep with the lights on, even while being denied access to appropriate schooling. In a pretrial hearing, a federal judge in Texas blasted the administration for denying these children the protections of the Flores settlement. “The court finds it inexplicable that defendants have spent untold amounts of time, effort and taxpayer dollars to establish the Hutto family-detention program, knowing all the while that Flores is still in effect,” the judge wrote. The Bush administration settled the suit with a promise to improve the conditions at Hutto but continued to deny that children in family detention were entitled to the Flores protections. In 2009, the Obama administration reversed course, abolishing family detention at Hutto and leaving only a small facility in Pennsylvania to house refugee families in exceptional circumstances. For all other refugee families, the administration returned to a policy of release to await trial. Studies have shown that nearly all detainees who are released from custody with some form of monitoring will appear for their court date. But when the number of refugees from Central America spiked last summer, the administration abruptly announced plans to resume family detention. (…) From the beginning, officials were clear that the purpose of the new facility in Artesia was not so much to review asylum petitions as to process deportation orders. “We have already added resources to expedite the removal, without a hearing before an immigration judge, of adults who come from these three countries without children,” the secretary of Homeland Security, Jeh Johnson, told a Senate committee in July. “Then there are adults who brought their children with them. Again, our message to this group is simple: We will send you back.” Elected officials in Artesia say that Johnson made a similar pledge during a visit to the detention camp in July. “He said, ‘As soon as we get them, we’ll ship them back,’ ” a city councilor from Artesia named Jose Luis Aguilar recalled. The mayor of the city, Phillip Burch, added, “His comment to us was that this would be a ‘rapid deportation process.’ Those were his exact words.” (…) “I arrived on July 5 and turned myself in at 2 a.m.,” a 28-year-old mother of two named Ana recalled. In Honduras, Ana ran a small business selling trinkets and served on the P.T.A. of her daughter’s school. “I lived well,” she said — until the gangs began to pound on her door, demanding extortion payments. Within days, they had escalated their threats, approaching Ana brazenly on the street. “One day, coming home from my daughter’s school, they walked up to me and put a gun to my head,” she said. “They told me that if I didn’t give them the money in less than 24 hours, they would kill me.” Ana had already seen friends raped and murdered by the gang, so she packed her belongings that night and began the 1,800-mile journey to the U.S. border with her 7-year-old daughter. Four weeks later, in McAllen, Tex., they surrendered as refugees. Ana and her daughter entered Artesia in mid-July. In October they were still there. Ana’s daughter was sick and losing weight rapidly under the strain of incarceration. Their lawyer, a leader in Chicago’s Mormon Church named Rebecca van Uitert, said that Ana’s daughter became so weak and emaciated that doctors threatened drastic measures. “They were like, ‘You’ve got to force her to eat, and if you don’t, we’re going to put a PICC line in her and force-feed her,’ ” van Uitert said. Ana said that when her daughter heard the doctor say this, “She started to cry and cry.” (…) Many of the volunteers in Artesia tell similar stories about the misery of life in the facility. “I thought I was pretty tough,” said Allegra Love, who spent the previous summer working on the border between Mexico and Guatemala. “I mean, I had seen kids in all manner of suffering, but this was a really different thing. It’s a jail, and the women and children are being led around by guards. There’s this look that the kids have in their eyes. This lackadaisical look. They’re just sitting there, staring off, and they’re wasting away. That was what shocked me most.” The detainees reported sleeping eight to a room, in violation of the Flores settlement, with little exercise or stimulation for the children. Many were under the age of 6 and had been raised on a diet of tortillas, rice and chicken bits. In Artesia, the institutional cafeteria foods were as unfamiliar as the penal atmosphere, and to their parents’ horror, many of the children refused to eat. “Gaunt kids, moms crying, they’re losing hair, up all night,” an attorney named Maria Andrade recalled. Another, Lisa Johnson-Firth, said: “I saw children who were malnourished and were not adapting. One 7-year-old just lay in his mother’s arms while she bottle-fed him.” Mary O’Leary, who made three trips to Artesia last fall, said: “I was trying to talk to one client about her case, and just a few feet away at another table there was this lady with a toddler between 2 and 4 years old, just lying limp. This was a sick kid, and just with this horrible racking cough.” (…) Attorneys for the Obama administration have argued in court, like the Bush administration previously, that the protections guaranteed by the Flores settlement do not apply to children in family detention. “The Flores settlement comes into play with unaccompanied minors,” a lawyer for the Department of Homeland Security named Karen Donoso Stevens insisted to a judge on Aug. 4. “That argument is moot here, because the juvenile is detained — is accompanied and detained — with his mother.” Federal judges have consistently rejected this position. Just as the judge reviewing family detention in 2007 called the denial of Flores protections “inexplicable,” the judge presiding over the Aug. 4 hearing issued a ruling in September that Homeland Security officials in Artesia must honor the Flores Settlement Agreement. “The language of the F.S.A. is unambiguous,” Judge Roxanne Hladylowycz wrote. “The F.S.A. was designed to create a nationwide policy for the detention of all minors, not only those who are unaccompanied.” Olavarria said she was not aware of that ruling and would not comment on whether the Department of Homeland Security believes that the Flores ruling applies to children in family detention today. (…) As the pro bono project in Artesia continued into fall, its attorneys continued to win in court. By mid-November, more than 400 of the detained women and children were free on bond. Then on Nov. 20, the administration suddenly announced plans to transfer the Artesia detainees to the ICE detention camp in Karnes, Tex., where they would fall under a new immigration court district with a new slate of judges. That announcement came at the very moment the president was delivering a live address on the new protections available to established immigrant families. In an email to notify Artesia volunteers about the transfer, an organizer for AILA named Stephen Manning wrote, “The disconnect from the compassionate-ish words of the president and his crushing policies toward these refugees is shocking.” Brown was listening to the speech in her car, while driving to Denver for a rare weekend at home, when her cellphone buzzed with the news that 20 of her clients would be transferred to Texas the next morning. Many of them were close to a bond release; in San Antonio, they might be detained for weeks or months longer. Brown pulled her car to the side of the highway and spent three hours arguing to delay the transfer. Over the next two weeks, officials moved forward with the plan. By mid-December, most of the Artesia detainees were in Karnes (…) One of McPhaul’s colleagues, Judge Gary Burkholder, was averaging a 91.6 percent denial rate for the asylum claims. Some Karnes detainees had been in the facility for nearly six months and could remain there another six. (…) “I agree,” Sischo said. “We should not be spending resources on detaining these families. They should be released. But people don’t understand the law. They think they should be deported because they’re ‘illegals.’ So they’re missing a very big part of the story, which is that they aren’t breaking the law. They’re trying to go through the process that’s laid out in our laws.” Wil S. Hylton (NYT magazine, 2015)
It was the kind of story destined to take a dark turn through the conservative news media and grab President Trump’s attention: A vast horde of migrants was making its way through Mexico toward the United States, and no one was stopping them. “Mysterious group deploys ‘caravan’ of illegal aliens headed for U.S. border,” warned Frontpage Mag, a site run by David Horowitz, a conservative commentator. The Gateway Pundit, a website that was most recently in the news for spreading conspiracies about the school shooting in Parkland, Fla., suggested the real reason the migrants were trying to enter the United States was to collect social welfare benefits. And as the president often does when immigration is at issue, he saw a reason for Americans to be afraid. “Getting more dangerous. ‘Caravans’ coming,” a Twitter post from Mr. Trump read. The story of “the caravan” followed an arc similar to many events — whether real, embellished or entirely imagined — involving refugees and migrants that have roused intense suspicion and outrage on the right. The coverage tends to play on the fears that hiding among mass groups of immigrants are many criminals, vectors of disease and agents of terror. And often the president, who announced his candidacy by blaming Mexico for sending rapists and drug dealers into the United States, acts as an accelerant to the hysteria. The sensationalization of this story and others like it seems to serve a common purpose for Mr. Trump and other immigration hard-liners: to highlight the twin dangers of freely roving migrants — especially those from Muslim countries — and lax immigration laws that grant them easy entry into Western nations. The narrative on the right this week, for example, mostly omitted that many people in the caravan planned to resettle in Mexico, not the United States. And it ignored how many of those who did intend to come here would probably go through the legal process of requesting asylum at a border checkpoint — something miles of new wall and battalions of additional border patrol would not have stopped. (…) The story of the caravan has been similarly exaggerated. And the emotional outpouring from the right has been raw — that was the case on Fox this week when the TV host Tucker Carlson shouted “You hate America!” at an immigrants rights activist after he defended the people marching through Mexico. The facts of the caravan are not as straightforward as Mr. Trump or many conservative pundits have portrayed them. The story initially gained widespread attention after BuzzFeed News reported last week that more than 1,000 Central American migrants, mostly from Honduras, were making their way north toward the United States border. Yet the BuzzFeed article and other coverage pointed out that many in the group were planning to stay in Mexico. That did not stop Mr. Trump from expressing dismay on Tuesday with a situation “where you have thousands of people that decide to just walk into our country, and we don’t have any laws that can protect it.” The use of disinformation in immigration debates is hardly unique to the United States. Misleading crime statistics, speculation about sinister plots to undermine national sovereignty and Russian propaganda have all played a role in stirring up anti-immigrant sentiment in places like Britain, Germany and Hungary. Some of the more fantastical theories have involved a socialist conspiracy to import left-leaning voters and a scheme by the Hungarian-born Jewish philanthropist George Soros to create a borderless Europe. NYT
With the help of a humanitarian group called “Pueblo Sin Fronteras” (people without borders), the 1,000 plus migrants will reach the U.S. border with a list of demands to several governments in Central America, the United States, and Mexico. Here’s what they demanded of Mexico and the United States in a Facebook post:  -That they respect our rights as refugees and our right to dignified work to be able to support our families -That they open the borders to us because we are as much citizens as the people of the countries where we are and/or travel -That deportations, which destroy families, come to an end -No more abuses against us as migrants -Dignity and justice -That the US government not end TPS for those who need it -That the US government stop massive funding for the Mexican government to detain Central American migrants and refugees and to deport them -That these governments respect our rights under international law, including the right to free expression -That the conventions on refugee rights not be empty rhetoric. The Blaze
La photographie du 12 juin de la petite Hondurienne de 2 ans est devenue le symbole le plus visible du débat sur l’immigration actuellement en cours aux Etats-Unis et il y a une raison pour cela. Dans le cadre de la politique appliquée par l’administration, avant son revirement de cette semaine, ceux qui traversaient la frontière illégalement étaient l’objet de poursuites criminelles, qui entraînaient à leur tour la séparation des enfants et des parents. Notre couverture et notre reportage saisissent les enjeux de ce moment. Edward Felsenthal (rédacteur en chef de Time)
La version originale de cet article a fait une fausse affirmation quant au sort de la petite fille après la photographie. Elle n’a pas été emmenée en larmes par les patrouilles frontalières ; sa mère l’a récupérée et les deux ont été interpellées ensemble. Time
Cette enfant n’a pas été séparée de ses parents. Sa photo reste un symbole. L’Obs
De nombreuses photos et vidéos circulent sur internet depuis que Donald Trump a mis en place sa politique de tolérance zéro face à l’immigration illégale, ce qui a mené plus de 2.300 enfants à être séparés de leurs parents à la frontière entre Etats-Unis et Mexique. Mais beaucoup d’entre elles ne correspondent pas à la réalité. Vendredi, après la publication d’un décret du président américain marquant son revirement vis-à-vis de cette politique, le doute demeurait sur le temps que mettront ces mineurs à retrouver leurs familles. (…) Au moins trois images, largement partagées sur les réseaux sociaux ces derniers jours, illustrent des situations qui ne sont pas celles vécues par les 2.342 enfants détenus en raison de leur statut migratoire irrégulier. La première montre une fillette hondurienne, Yanela Varela, en larmes. Elle est vite devenue sur Twitter ou Facebook un symbole de la douleur provoquée par la séparation des familles. (…) La photo a été prise le 12 juin dans la ville de McAllen, au Texas, par John Moore, un photographe qui a obtenu le prix Pulitzer et travaille pour l’agence Getty Images. Time Magazine en a fait sa Une, mettant face à face, dans un photomontage sur fond rouge, la petite fille apeurée et un Donald Trump faisant presque trois fois sa taille et la toisant avec cette simple légende: « Bienvenue en Amérique ». Un article en ligne publié par Time et portant sur cette photo affirmait initialement que la petite fille avait été séparée de sa mère. Mais l’article a ensuite été corrigé, la nouvelle version déclarant: « La petite fille n’a pas été emmenée en larmes par des agents de la police frontalière des Etats-Unis, sa mère est venue la chercher et elles ont été emmenées ensemble ». Time a néanmoins utilisé la photo de la fillette pour sa spectaculaire couverture. Mais au Honduras, la responsable de la Direction de protection des migrants au ministère des Affaires étrangères, Lisa Medrano, a donné à l’AFP une toute autre version: « La fillette, qui va avoir deux ans, n’a pas été séparée » de ses parents. Le père de l’enfant, Denis Varela, a confirmé au Washington Post que sa femme Sandra Sanchez, 32 ans, n’avait pas été séparée de Yanela et que les deux étaient actuellement retenues dans un centre pour migrants de McAllen (Texas). Attaqué pour sa couverture, qui a été largement jugée trompeuse, y compris par la Maison Blanche, Time a déclaré qu’il maintenait sa décision de la publier. (…) Un autre cliché montre une vingtaine d’enfants derrière une grille, certains d’entre eux tentant d’y grimper. Il circule depuis des jours comme une supposée photo de centres de détention pour mineurs à la frontière mexicaine. Mais son auteur, Abed Al Ashlamoun, photographe de l’agence EPA, a pris cette image en août 2010 et elle représente des enfants palestiniens attendant la distribution de nourriture pendant le ramadan à Hébron, en Cisjordanie. Enfin, une troisième image est celle d’un enfant en train de pleurer dans ce qui semble être une cage, et qui remporte un grand succès sur Twitter, où elle a été partagée au moins 25.000 fois sur le compte @joseiswriting. Encore une fois, il s’agit d’un trompe-l’oeil: il s’agit d’un extrait d’une photo qui mettait en scène des arrestations d’enfants lors d’une manifestation contre la politique migratoire américaine et publiée le 11 juin dernier sur le compte Facebook Brown Berets de Cemanahuac. La Croix
Au moins 150 migrants centraméricains sont arrivés à Tijuana au Mexique, à la frontière avec les États-Unis. Ils sont décidés à demander l’asile à Washington. Plusieurs centaines de migrants originaires d’Amérique centrale se sont rassemblés dimanche 30 avril à la frontière mexico-américaine au terme d’un mois de traversée du Mexique. Nombre d’entre eux ont décidé de se présenter aux autorités américaines pour déposer des demandes d’asile et devraient être placés en centres de rétention. « Nous espérons que le gouvernement des États-Unis nous ouvrira les portes », a déclaré Reyna Isabel Rodríguez, 52 ans, venu du Salvador avec ses deux petits-enfants. L’ONG Peuple Sans Frontières organise ce type de caravane depuis 2010 pour dénoncer le sort de celles et ceux qui traversent le Mexique en proie à de nombreux dangers, entre des cartels de la drogue qui les kidnappent ou les tuent, et des autorités qui les rançonnent. « Nous voulons dire au président des États-Unis que nous ne sommes pas des criminels, nous ne sommes pas des terroristes, qu’il nous donne la chance de vivre sans peur. Je sais que Dieu va toucher son cœur », a déclaré l’une des organisatrices de la caravane, Irineo Mujica. L’ONG, composée de volontaires, permet notamment aux migrants de rester groupés – lors d’un périple qui se fait à pied, en bus ou en train – afin de se prémunir de tous les dangers qui jalonnent leur chemin. En espagnol, ces caravanes sont d’ailleurs appelées « Via Crucis Migrantes » ou le « Chemin de croix des migrants », en référence aux processions catholiques, particulièrement appréciées en Amérique du Sud, qui mettent en scène la Passion du Christ, ou les derniers événements qui ont précédé et accompagné la mort de Jésus de Nazareth. Cette année, le groupe est parti le 25 mars de Tapachula, à la frontière du Guatemala, avec un groupe de près de 1 200 personnes, à 80 % originaires du Honduras, les autres venant du Guatemala, du Salvador et du Nicaragua, selon Rodrigo Abeja. Dans le groupe, près de 300 enfants âgés de 1 mois à 11 ans, une vingtaine de jeunes homosexuels et environ 400 femmes. Certains se sont ensuite dispersés, préférant rester au Mexique, d’autres choisissant de voyager par leurs propres moyens. En avril, les images de la caravane de migrants se dirigeant vers les États-Unis avaient suscité la colère de Donald Trump et une forte tension entre Washington et Mexico. Le président américain, dont l’un des principaux thèmes de campagne était la construction d’un mur à la frontière avec le Mexique pour lutter contre l’immigration clandestine, avait ordonné le déploiement sur la frontière de troupes de la Garde nationale. Il avait aussi soumis la conclusion d’un nouvel accord de libre-échange en Amérique du Nord à un renforcement des contrôles migratoires par le Mexique, une condition rejetée par le président mexicain Enrique Pena Nieto. France 24 
Il faut noter que les migrants qui veulent demander l’asile se rendent facilement aux agents de patrouille aux frontières. Ce ne sont pas des migrants sans papiers classiques, ils viennent avec autant de documents que possible pour obtenir l’asile politique. Dans ce groupe se trouvaient une vingtaine de femmes et d’enfants. La plupart venaient du Honduras.  (…) J’avais remarqué une mère qui tenait un enfant. Elle m’a dit que sa fille et elle voyageaient depuis un mois, au départ du Honduras. Elle m’a dit que sa fille avait 2 ans, et j’ai pu voir dans ses yeux qu’elle était sur ses gardes, exténuée et qu’elle avait probablement vécu un voyage très difficile. C’est l’une des dernières familles à avoir été embarquée dans le véhicule. Un des officiers a demandé à la mère de déposer son enfant à terre pendant qu’elle était fouillée. Juste à ce moment-là, la petite fille a commencé à pleurer, très fort. J’ai trois enfants moi-même, dont un tout petit, et c’était très difficile à voir, mais j’avais une fenêtre de tir très réduite pour photographier la scène. Dès que la fouille s’est terminée, elle a pu reprendre son enfant dans ses bras et ses pleurs se sont éteints. Moi, j’ai dû m’arrêter, reprendre mes esprits et respirer profondément. J’avais déjà photographié des scènes comme ça à de nombreuses reprises. Mais celle-ci était unique, d’une part à cause des pleurs de cette enfant, mais aussi parce que cette fois, je savais qu’à la prochaine étape de leur voyage, dans ce centre de rétention, elles allaient être séparées. Je doute que ces familles aient eu la moindre idée de ce qui allait leur arriver. Tous voyageaient depuis des semaines, ils ne regardaient pas la télévision et n’avaient aucun moyen d’être au courant de la nouvelle mesure de tolérance zéro et de séparation des familles mise en place par Trump. (…) Cela fait dix ans que je photographie l’immigration à la frontière américaine, toujours avec l’objectif d’humaniser des histoires complexes. Souvent, on parle de l’immigration avec des statistiques, arides et froides. Et je crois que la seule manière que les personnes dans ce pays trouvent des solutions humaines est qu’elles voient les gens comme des êtres humains. Je n’avais jamais imaginé que j’allais un jour mettre un visage sur une politique de séparation des familles, mais c’est le cas aujourd’hui. John Moore
Pourquoi aurait-elle fait subir ça à notre petite fille ? (….) Je pense que c’était irresponsable de sa part de partir avec le bébé dans les bras parce qu’on ne sait pas ce qui aurait pu arriver. Denis Hernandez
Interrogé par le Daily Mail, Denis Varela a indiqué que sa femme voulait expérimenter le rêve américain et trouver un travail au pays de l’Oncle Sam, mais qu’il était opposé à l’idée qu’elle parte avec sa fille : « Elle est partie sans prévenir. Je n’ai pas pu dire « Au revoir » à ma fille et maintenant la seule chose que je peux faire, c’est attendre. » Le couple a aussi trois autres enfants, un fils de 14 ans, et deux filles de 11 et 6 ans. « Les enfants comprennent ce qu’il se passe. Ils sont un peu inquiets mais j’essaye de ne pas trop aborder le sujet. Ils savent que leur mère et leur sœur sont en sécurité. » Il a ajouté qu’il espère que « les droits de sa femme et de sa fille sont respectés, parce qu’elles sont des reines […] Nous avons tous des droits. » Ouest France
Protecting children at the border is complicated because there have, indeed, been instances of fraud. Tens of thousands of migrants arrive there every year, and those with children in tow are often released into the United States more quickly than adults who come alone, because of restrictions on the amount of time that minors can be held in custody. Some migrants have admitted they brought their children not only to remove them from danger in such places as Central America and Africa, but because they believed it would cause the authorities to release them from custody sooner. Others have admitted to posing falsely with children who are not their own, and Border Patrol officials say that such instances of fraud are increasing. (…) [Jessica M. Vaughan, the director of policy studies for the Center for Immigration Studies] said that some migrants were using children as “human shields” in order to get out of immigration custody faster. “It makes no sense at all for the government to just accept these attempts at fraud,” Ms. Vaughan said. “If it appears that the child is being used in this way, it is in the best interest of the child to be kept separately from the parent, for the parent to be prosecuted, because it’s a crime and it’s one that has to be deterred and prosecuted.” NYT
Over the weekend, you may have seen a horrifying story: Almost 1,500 migrant children were missing, and feared to be in the hands of human traffickers. The Trump administration lost track of the children, the story went, after separating them from their parents at the border. The news spread across liberal social media — with the hashtag #Wherearethechildren trending on Twitter — as people demanded immediate action. But it wasn’t true, or at least not the way that many thought. The narrative had combined parts of two real events and wound up with a horror story that was at least partly a myth. The fact that so many Americans readily believed this myth offers a lesson in how partisan polarization colors people’s views on a gut emotional level without many even realizing it. As other articles have explained, the missing children and the Trump administration’s separation of families who are apprehended at the border are two different matters. (…) These “missing” children had actually come to the United States without their parents, been picked up by the Border Patrol and then released to the custody of a parent or guardian. Many probably are not really missing. The figure represents the number of children whose households didn’t answer the phone when the Department of Health and Human Services called to check on them. The unanswered phone calls may warrant further welfare checks, but are not themselves a sign that something nefarious has happened. The Obama administration also detained immigrant families and children, as did other recent administrations. This past weekend, some social media users circulated a photo they said showed children detained as a result of President Trump’s policies, but the image was actually from 2014. (…) Long-running social science surveys have found that since the 1980s, Republicans’ opinions of Democrats and Democrats’ opinions of Republicans have been increasingly negative. At the same time, as Lilliana Mason, a political scientist at the University of Maryland, writes in a new book, partisan identity has become an umbrella for other important identities, including those involving race, religion, geography and even educational background. It has become a tribal identity itself, not merely a matter of policy preferences. So it’s not that liberals didn’t care about immigrant children until Mr. Trump became president, or that they’re only pretending to care now so as to score political points. Rather, with the Trump administration’s making opposition to immigrants a signature issue, the topic has become salient to partisan conflict in a way it wasn’t before. Mr. Trump’s treatment of immigrant families and children, when refracted through the lens of partisan bias, affirms liberals’ perception of being engaged in a broader moral struggle with the right, making it feel like an urgent threat. Mr. Obama’s detaining of immigrant children, by contrast, felt like a matter of abstract moral concern. Identity polarization means “you want to show that you’re a good member of your tribe,” Sean Westwood, a political scientist at Dartmouth College who studies partisan polarization, said in an interview early last year. “You want to show others that Republicans are bad or Democrats are bad, and your tribe is good.” Sharing stories on social media “provides a unique opportunity to publicly declare to the world what your beliefs are and how willing you are to denigrate the opposition and reinforce your own political candidates,” he said. Accurate news can serve that purpose. But fake news has an advantage. It can perfectly capture one side’s villainous archetypes of the other, without regard for pesky facts that might not fit the story line. The narrative that President Trump’s team lost hundreds of children after tearing them away from their parents combines some of the main liberal critiques of the administration: that it is racist, that it is authoritarian and that it is incompetent. The administration’s very real policy of separating families already plays to the first two archetypes. By adding in the missing children, the story manages to incorporate an incompetence angle as well. NYT
Nous ne voulons pas séparer les familles, mais nous ne voulons pas que des familles viennent illégalement. Si vous faites passer un enfant, nous vous poursuivrons. Et cet enfant sera séparé de vous, comme la loi le requiert. Jeff Sessions
Le dilemme est si vous êtes mou, ce que certaines personnes aimeraient que vous soyez, si vous êtes vraiment mou, pathétiquement mou… le pays va être envahi par des millions de gens. Et si vous êtes ferme, vous n’avez pas de coeur. C’est un dilemme difficile. Peut-être que je préfère être ferme, mais c’est un dilemme difficile. Donald Trump
Time has not responded to a request for comment from The Post, but in a statement sent to media outlets, the magazine said it’s standing by its cover. Washington Post
La photographie du 12 juin de la petite Hondurienne de 2 ans est devenue le symbole le plus visible du débat sur l’immigration en cours aux États-Unis et il y a une raison pour cela. Dans le cadre de la politique appliquée par l’administration, avant son revirement de cette semaine, ceux qui traversaient la frontière illégalement étaient l’objet de poursuites criminelles, qui entraînaient à leur tour la séparation des enfants et des parents. Notre couverture et notre reportage saisissent les enjeux de ce moment. Edward Felsenthal (rédacteur en chef de Time).
The Time cover is an illustration that interprets a wider issue being reported on within the magazine. The photograph I took is a straightforward and an honest image; it shows a brief moment in time of a distressed little girl, whose mother is being searched as they are both taken into custody. I believe this image has raised awareness of the zero tolerance policy of the current administration. Having covered immigration for Getty Images for 10 years, this photograph for me is part of a much larger story. John Moore
Obviously this child never met the president, it’s not misleading at all in that sense. I think that the power of it is in the juxtaposition of the two figures, of the child who quickly came to represent all of the children that we’re talking about, and the president who was making the decisions about their fate. Nancy Gibbs (former editor of Time)
It was well within the parameters of editorial license. This is a caustic, sharp-edged cover. But it’s a caustic, sharp-edged cover about an issue that is deeply emotional that has divided America. Moore’s photos are « iconic » and will be remembered alongside historic images of Emmett Till and the photo of a naked little girl running from a Naplam attack in Vietnam. Bruce Shapiro (Columbia University)
Il existe aux Etats-Unis un grave problème d’immigration illégale. Trump a commencé à prendre des décisions pour le régler. Les entrées clandestines dans le pays par la frontière Sud ont diminué de 70 pour cent. Elles sont encore trop nombreuses. Les immigrants illégaux présents dans le pays ne sont pas tous criminels, mais ils représentent une proportion importante des criminels incarcérés et des membres de gangs violents impliqués, entre autres, dans le trafic de drogue. Jeff Sessions, ministre de la justice inefficace dans d’autres secteurs, est très efficace dans ce secteur. Les Démocrates veulent que l’immigration illégale se poursuive, et s’intensifie, car ils ont besoin d’un électorat constitué d’illégaux fraîchement légalisés pour maintenir à flot la coalition électorale sur laquelle ils s’appuient et garder des chances de victoire ultérieure (minorités ethniques, femmes célibataires, étudiants, professeurs). La diminution de l’immigration clandestine leur pose problème. Les actions de la police de l’immigration (ICE; Immigration Control Enforcement) suscitent leur hostilité, d’où l’existence de villes sanctuaires démocrates et, en Californie, d’un Etat sanctuaire(démocrate, bien sûr). Ce qui se passe depuis quelques jours à la frontière Sud du pays est un coup monté auquel participent le parti démocrate, les grands médias américains, des organisations gauchistes, et le but est de faire pression sur Trump en diabolisant son action. La plupart des photos utilisées datent des années Obama, au cours desquelles le traitement des enfants entrant clandestinement dans le pays était exactement similaire à ce qu’il est aujourd’hui, sans qu’à l’époque les Démocrates disent un seul mot. Les enfants qui pleurent sur des vidéos ont été préparés à être filmés à des fins de propagande et ont appris à dire “daddy”, “mummy”. Le but est effectivement de faire céder Trump. Quelques Républicains à veste réversible ont joint leur voix au chœur. Trump, comme il sait le faire, a agi pour désamorcer le coup monté. On lui reproche de faire ce qui se fait depuis des années (séparer les enfants de leurs parents dès lors que les parents doivent être incarcérés) ? Il vient de décider que les enfants ne seront plus séparés des parents, et qu’ils seront placés ensemble dans des lieux de rétention.  Cela signifie-t-il un recul ? Non. La lutte contre l’immigration clandestine va se poursuivre selon exactement la même ligne. Les parents qui ont violé la loi seront traités comme ils l’étaient auparavant. Les enfants seront-ils dans de meilleures conditions ? Non. Ils ne seront pas dans des conditions plus mauvaises non plus. Décrire les lieux où ils étaient placés jusque là comme des camps de concentration est une honte et une insulte à ceux qui ont été placés dans de réels camps de concentration (certains Démocrates un peu plus répugnants que d’autres sont allés jusqu’à faire des comparaisons avec Auschwitz !) : les enfants sont placés dans ce qui est comparable à des auberges pour colonies de vacances. Un enfant clandestin coûte au contribuable américain à ce jour 35.000 dollars en moyenne annuelle. Désamorcer le coup monté ne réglera pas le problème d’ensemble. Des femmes viennent accoucher aux Etats-Unis pour que le bébé ait la nationalité américaine et puisse demander deux décennies plus tard un rapprochement de famille. Des gens font passer leurs enfants par des passeurs en espérant que l’enfant sera régularisé et pourra lui aussi demander un rapprochement de famille. Des parents paient leur passage aux Etats Unis en transportant de la drogue et doivent être jugés pour cela (le tarif des passeurs si on veut passer sans drogue est  de 10.000 dollars par personne). S’ils sont envoyés en prison, ils n’y seront pas envoyés avec leurs enfants.  Quand des trafiquants de drogue sont envoyés en prison, aux Etats-Unis ou ailleurs, ils ne vont pas en prison en famille, et si quelqu’un suggérait que leur famille devait les suivre en prison, parce que ce serait plus “humain”, les Démocrates seraient les premiers à hurler. Les Etats-Unis, comme tout pays développé, ne peuvent laisser entrer tous ceux qui veulent entrer en laissant leurs frontières ouvertes. Un pays a le droit de gérer l’immigration comme il l’entend et comme l’entend sa population, et il le doit, s’il ne veut pas être submergé par une population qui ne s’intègre pas et peut le faire glisser vers le chaos. Les pays européens sont confrontés au même problème que les Etats-Unis, d’une manière plus aiguë puisqu’en Europe s’ajoute le paramètre “islam”. La haine de la civilisation occidentale imprègne la gauche européenne, qui veut la dissolution des peuples européens. Une même haine imprègne la gauche américaine, qui veut la dissolution du peuple américain. Les grandes villes de l’Etat sanctuaire de Californie sont déjà méconnaissables, submergées par des sans abris étrangers (pas un seul pont de Los Angeles qui n’abrite désormais un petit bidonville, et un quart du centre ville est une véritable cour des miracles, à San Francisco ce n’est pas mieux). Il n’est pas du tout certain que le coup monte servira les Démocrates lors des élections de mi mandat. Nombre d’Américains ne veulent pas la dissolution du peuple américain. Guy Millière
Sur le plateau de la NBCNews, l’ancien président du Comité national du parti Républicain, Michael Steele, vient de comparer les centres dans lesquels sont accueillis les enfants de clandestins aux Etats-Unis à des camps de concentration. Il s’adresse alors aux Américains : « Demain, ce pourrait être vos enfants ». La scène résume à elle seule la folie qui s’est emparée de la sphère politico-médiatique après que Donald Trump a ordonné aux autorités gardant la frontière mexicaine d’appliquer la loi et de séparer les parents de leurs enfants entrés illégalement aux Etats-Unis. Passons sur la comparaison. Aussi indécente que manipulatrice : ces enfants ne sont pas enfermés en attendant la mort. Quant à la mise en garde, elle est grotesque. Aucun Américain ne se verra subitement séparé de ses enfants. A moins d’avoir commis un crime ou un délit puni de prison. Quand un citoyen lambda est condamné à une peine de prison, personne ne s’offusque jamais de cette séparation … Jusqu’à ce que cela touche des clandestins. Leur particularité étant de n’avoir aucun logement dans le pays dont ils viennent de violer la frontière, leurs enfants sont donc pris en charge dans des camps, en attendant que la situation des adultes soit examinée. Aux frais des Américains. (…) Reste que les parents, prévenus de la loi que nul n’est censé ignorer, sont les premiers responsables du sort qui menace leurs enfants, en choisissant de la violer. Ce sont eux qui font payer leur délit à leur propre progéniture. Les clandestins sont des adultes tout aussi responsables que n’importe quel autre adulte : leur retirer leur capacité de décision, leur liberté et donc leur responsabilité n’est pas exactement les respecter. Mais (…) remontons à 2014, époque bénie du président Barack Obama. Cette année-là, 47.017 mineurs sont appréhendés, alors qu’ils traversent la frontière… seuls. Des enfants, envoyés par leurs parents qui n’ont apparemment pas eu peur de s’en séparer pour leur faire prendre des risques inconsidérés. Comment est-ce possible ? L’administration américaine d’alors avait affirmé que les étrangers envoyaient leurs enfants seuls, persuadés qu’ils seraient ainsi mieux traités que des adultes. Le New York Times avait donné raison à l’administration : « alors que l’administration Obama a évolué vers une attitude plus agressive d’expulsion des adultes, elle a, dans les faits, expulsé beaucoup moins d’enfants que par le passé. » Les clandestins le savent, tout comme ils connaissent aujourd’hui les risques qui pèsent sur leurs propres enfants. On apprend également qu’à l’époque, les enfants mexicains sont directement reconduits de l’autre côté de la frontière et que les autres sont « pris en charge par le département de la Santé et des Services humanitaires qui les place dans des centres temporaires en attendant que leur processus d’expulsion soit lancé. » En 2013, 80 centres accueillaient 25 000 enfants non accompagnés. Et ce, dans les mêmes conditions aujourd’hui dénoncées. Si similaires d’ailleurs que certains ont voulu critiquer la politique migratoire de Donald Trump en usant de photos datant de… 2014 ! Rien n’a changé. A un détail près. Les enfants dont on parle en ce mois de juin 2018 sont parfois accompagnés d’adultes. Comme sous l’administration Obama, les enfants sont séparés de ces adultes lorsqu’il y a un doute sur le lien réel de parenté, en cas de suspicion de trafic de mineurs ou par manque de place dans les centres de rétention pour les familles. Restent les enfants effectivement accompagnés de leurs parents et malgré tout séparés de ces derniers qui partent en prison. Chaque mois, 50.000 clandestins entrent aux Etats-Unis, parmi lesquels 15% de familles. Une fois arrêtés, les clandestins sont pénalement poursuivis avant toute demande d’asile. (…) Mais il a suffi de quelques images, publiées en même temps que la sortie du très attendu rapport sur la possible partialité du FBI lors des dernières élections présidentielles américaines, pour que l’opinion politico-médiatique hurle au scandale. Jusqu’à la première dame du pays, Mélania Trump, qui a confié « détester » voir les clandestins séparés de leurs enfants. Le Président lui-même a fini par douter publiquement : «Le dilemme est si vous êtes mou, ce que certaines personnes aimeraient que vous soyez, si vous êtes vraiment mou, pathétiquement mou… le pays va être envahi par des millions de gens. Et si vous êtes ferme, vous n’avez pas de coeur. C’est un dilemme difficile. Peut-être que je préfère être ferme, mais c’est un dilemme difficile.» Donald Trump a subi l’indignation générale (à moins d’en profiter), au point de montrer au monde que même lui avait du cœur en annonçant la signature d’un décret mettant fin à cette séparation forcée. Tout le monde s’est félicité du résultat de la mobilisation : enfin, les enfants vont pouvoir rejoindre leurs parents en prison ! Quelle victoire… Charlotte d’Ornellas
Cette administration a installé des camps de concentration à la frontière sud des États-Unis pour les immigrés, où ils sont brutalisés dans des conditions inhumaines et où ils meurent. Il ne s’agit pas d’une exagération. C’est la conclusion de l’analyse d’experts. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (18.06.2019)
Ils regardent avec horreur les enfants arrachés à leur famille et jetés dans des cages. Michelle Obama (2020)
Cette administration a arraché des bébés des bras de leur mère, et il semble que ces parents aient été, dans de nombreux cas, expulsés sans leurs enfants et n’ont pas été retrouvés. C’est un scandale, un échec moral et une tache sur nos valeurs nationales. Joe Biden (2020)

Attention: une manipulation peut en cacher beaucoup d’autres !

Au lendemain de la révélation que la petite Hondurienne de deux ans dont les larmes avaient fait le tour du monde comme symbole de la séparation des familles de migrants aux Etats-Unis …

N’avait en fait jamais été séparée de sa mère, comme a bien dû le reconnaitre – problème de « mauvaise formulation », s’il vous plait  ! – le célèbre « Time magazine » lui-même qui en avait fait sa couverture

Ayant même, selon les dires du père resté seul avec leurs trois autres enfants, été emmenée à son insu par sa mère après une première tentative il y a cinq ans non de fuir la violence de son Honduras natal comme il avait été dit mais de « réaliser son rêve américain »…

Et sans compter la fausse attribution à l’Administration Trump de photos d’enfants détenus datant de 2014 et donc, comme d’ailleurs la pratique elle-même (mesure de protection des enfants – faut-il le rappeler ? – que, sauf en Corée du nord, l’on n’emprisonne normalement pas avec leur parents délinquants), de l’Administration Obama qui l’avait précédée …

Comment ne pas repenser …

Au-delà de la véritable situation de chaos, y compris par le simple effet de leur nombre dans les centres de rétention, que fuient et subissent depuis au moins dix ans nombre de demandeurs d’asile …

Des enfants boucliers humains du Hamas au petit Mohammed ou au petit Aylan ou même tout dernièrement à la petite Leila de Gaza …

A non seulement, dévoyant et détournant ce singulier souci des plus faibles qui fait la singularité de l’Occident judéo-chrétien, l’irresponsabilité voire de l‘intention clairement criminelle de tous ces parents, appuyés par militants et ONG sansfrontieristes, qui exploitent ainsi la misère de leurs enfants …

Mais aussi à la lourde responsabilité de médias qui, entre deux « mauvaises formulations » ou manipulations, leur servent de caisse de résonance ou même les encouragent …

Et qui aujourd’hui n’ont que le mot « fake news » à la bouche quand il s’agit de qualifier les dires du président Trump ou des rares médias qui le défendent encore ?

Charlotte d’Ornellas

Valeurs actuelles

21 juin 2018

Immigration. Pendant plusieurs jours, les médias du monde entier ont fait tourner en boucle des images d’enfants clandestins séparés de leurs parents à la frontière mexicano-américaine. Au point d’empêcher toute possibilité de réflexion.

Sur le plateau de la NBCNews, l’ancien président du Comité national du parti Républicain, Michael Steele, vient de comparer les centres dans lesquels sont accueillis les enfants de clandestins aux Etats-Unis à des camps de concentration. Il s’adresse alors aux Américains : « Demain, ce pourrait être vos enfants ».

La scène résume à elle seule la folie qui s’est emparée de la sphère politico-médiatique après que Donald Trump a ordonné aux autorités gardant la frontière mexicaine d’appliquer la loi et de séparer les parents de leurs enfants entrés illégalement aux Etats-Unis. Passons sur la comparaison. Aussi indécente que manipulatrice : ces enfants ne sont pas enfermés en attendant la mort. Quant à la mise en garde, elle est grotesque. Aucun américain ne se verra subitement séparé de ses enfants. A moins d’avoir commis un crime ou un délit puni de prison.

Quand un citoyen lambda est condamné à une peine de prison, personne ne s’offusque jamais de cette séparation … Jusqu’à ce que cela touche des clandestins. Leur particularité étant de n’avoir aucun logement dans le pays dont ils viennent de violer la frontière, leurs enfants sont donc pris en charge dans des camps, en attendant que la situation des adultes soit examinée. Aux frais des Américains.

Parce qu’un rappel n’est pas inutile dans le débat : franchir illégalement la frontière d’un pays est une violation de la loi. Un délit, puni d’emprisonnement aux Etats-Unis. Avec sa raison et non ses bons sentiments irrationnels, l’homme politique interrogé aurait donc pu être plus juste : si vous commettez un crime ou un délit passible de prison, vous aussi pourriez être séparés de vos enfants.

Reste que les parents, prévenus de la loi que nul n’est censé ignorer, sont les premiers responsables du sort qui menace leurs enfants, en choisissant de la violer. Ce sont eux qui font payer leur délit à leur propre progéniture. Les clandestins sont des adultes tout aussi responsables que n’importe quel autre adulte : leur retirer leur capacité de décision, leur liberté et donc leur responsabilité n’est pas exactement les respecter.

Certains ont voulu critiquer la politique migratoire de Donald Trump en usant de photos datant de… 2014

Mais penchons-nous plus précisément sur ce qui se passe à la frontière mexico-américaine. Et plutôt que de regarder la situation actuelle, qui ne saurait être analysée de manière raisonnable maintenant que Trump préside les Etats-Unis, remontons à 2014, époque bénie du président Barack Obama. Cette année-là, 47.017 mineurs sont appréhendés, alors qu’ils traversent la frontière… seuls.

Des enfants, envoyés par leurs parents qui n’ont apparemment pas eu peur de s’en séparer pour leur faire prendre des risques inconsidérés. Comment est-ce possible ? L’administration américaine d’alors avait affirmé que les étrangers envoyaient leurs enfants seuls, persuadés qu’ils seraient ainsi mieux traités que des adultes. Le New York Times avait donné raison à l’administration : « alors que l’administration Obama a évolué vers une attitude plus agressive d’expulsion des adultes, elle a, dans les faits, expulsé beaucoup moins d’enfants que par le passé. » 

Les clandestins le savent, tout comme ils connaissent aujourd’hui les risques qui pèsent sur leurs propres enfants. On apprend également qu’à l’époque, les enfants mexicains sont directement reconduits de l’autre côté de la frontière et que les autres sont « pris en charge par le département de la Santé et des Services humanitaires qui les place dans des centres temporaires en attendant que leur processus d’expulsion soit lancé. » En 2013, 80 centres accueillaient 25 000 enfants non accompagnés. Et ce, dans les mêmes conditions aujourd’hui dénoncées. Si similaires d’ailleurs que certains ont voulu critiquer la politique migratoire de Donald Trump en usant de photos datant de… 2014 !

Rien n’a changé. A un détail près. Les enfants dont on parle en ce mois de juin 2018 sont parfois accompagnés d’adultes. Comme sous l’administration Obama, les enfants sont séparés de ces adultes lorsqu’il y a un doute sur le lien réel de parenté, en cas de suspicion de trafic de mineurs ou par manque de place dans les centres de rétention pour les familles.

Restent les enfants effectivement accompagnés de leurs parents et malgré tout séparés de ces derniers qui partent en prison. Chaque mois, 50.000 clandestins entrent aux Etats-Unis, parmi lesquels 15% de familles. Une fois arrêtés, les clandestins sont pénalement poursuivis avant toute demande d’asile. Or Trump a été élu pour une tolérance zéro : la loi est donc strictement appliquée. Cette même loi américaine ne permet pas que les enfants puissent suivre leurs parents lorsque ces derniers sont poursuivis pénalement. La séparation était donc une conséquence logique, même très pénible, du choix des Américains.

«Le dilemme est si vous êtes mou, le pays va être envahi par des millions de gens. Et si vous êtes ferme, vous n’avez pas de coeur» 

C’est d’ailleurs ce qu’a immédiatement répondu le ministre américain de la justice Jeff Session : « Nous ne voulons pas séparer les familles, mais nous ne voulons pas que des familles viennent illégalement. Si vous faites passer un enfant, nous vous poursuivrons. Et cet enfant sera séparé de vous, comme la loi le requiert ». 

Mais il a suffi de quelques images, publiées en même temps que la sortie du très attendu rapport sur la possible partialité du FBI lors des dernières élections présidentielles américaines, pour que l’opinion politico-médiatique hurle au scandale. Jusqu’à la première dame du pays, Mélania Trump, qui a confié « détester » voir les clandestins séparés de leurs enfants.
Le Président lui-même a fini  par douter publiquement : «Le dilemme est si vous êtes mou, ce que certaines personnes aimeraient que vous soyez, si vous êtes vraiment mou, pathétiquement mou… le pays va être envahi par des millions de gens. Et si vous êtes ferme, vous n’avez pas de coeur. C’est un dilemme difficile. Peut-être que je préfère être ferme, mais c’est un dilemme difficile.»

Donald Trump a subi l’indignation générale (à moins d’en profiter), au point de montrer au monde que même lui avait du cœur en annonçant la signature d’un décret mettant fin à cette séparation forcée. Tout le monde s’est félicité du résultat de la mobilisation : enfin, les enfants vont pouvoir rejoindre leurs parents en prison ! Quelle victoire… Mais Donald Trump a insisté sur sa détermination à stopper l’immigration illégale en même temps, appelant de ses vœux un vote du Congrès pour « changer les lois ». Depuis son accession à la présidence, notamment due à un discours extrêmement ferme sur l’immigration, Donald Trump est empêché par les démocrates, comme par son administration : ils bloquent son projet de mur à la frontière, l’immigration fondée sur le mérite ainsi que tous les ajustements proposés pour les forces de l’ordre.

La situation finit par le servir, et il ne pouvait l’ignorer : il vient de faire une concession, il appelle maintenant le Congrès à voter contre les « anciennes lois horribles » en adoptant la sienne. Nul ne connaît la suite. Mais pour Donald Trump, le défi est immense. S’il n’a pas été élu sur la seule promesse d’une tolérance zéro vis-à-vis de l’immigration illégale, le sujet reste l’une des préoccupations majeures de ses électeurs.

Voir aussi:

Yanela, symbole des enfants séparés dans « Time magazine »… tout n’était pas tout à fait vrai

DÉCRYPTAGE – Son visage, en larmes, s’affiche en une du célèbre « Time Magazine » face au président Donald Trump dans un photomontage saisissant. Symbole de la politique migratoire qui a éloigné des milliers d’enfants de leurs parents, la petite Yanela Hernandez n’aurait en réalité jamais été séparée de sa mère. Le sort de la maman et de la fille, originaires du Honduras, reste néanmoins inconnu. Explications.

C’est une image qui a fait le tour du monde en quelques heures. Pour illustrer sa dernière Une, consacrée à la polémique autour de la politique migratoire de Donald Trump, le célèbre « Time Magazine » a réalisé un photomontage sur fond rouge qui met en scène une fillette en pleurs, sous les yeux du président, un sourire en coin. Le titre ? « Welcome to America » (Bienvenue en Amérique).

Sur le site de l’hebdomadaire, le photographe de l’agence Getty John Moore expliquait mercredi les coulisses du cliché, pris le 11 juin dernier à la frontière entre le Texas et le Mexique. Il a été réalisé au moment où les policiers étaient en train de fouiller la mère de la petite fille, âgée de 2 ans. « Dès qu’ils ont eu terminé, elles ont été mises dans un camion (…) Tout ce que je voulais, c’est la prendre avec moi. Mais je ne pouvais pas. »

Le photographe laisse également entendre que la mère et l’enfant, originaires du Honduras, ont pu être séparées par la suite, comme l’ont été au moins 23.000 enfants sans papiers depuis avril dernier, dans le cadre de politique de tolérance zéro menée par l’administration en matière migratoire. Face au tollé international, le président américain a annoncé mettre fin à ces séparations, expliquant également avoir été influencé par son épouse Melania.

Quid de la petite fille en une de « Time » ? Depuis la parution du magazine, de nombreux internautes ont relayé un appel pour aider à la retrouver, soutenus par de nombreuses personnalités comme les écrivains Don Winslow et Stephen King. Interrogé mercredi par le site américain Buzzfeed, un porte-parole de la police des frontière affirmait toutefois que mère et fille n’avait pas été séparées, sans donner plus de précision.

C’est finalement le père de la fillette qui a donné de ses nouvelles, ce vendredi. Dans un entretien téléphonique accordé au Daily Mail depuis le Honduras, Denis Javier Valera Hernandez, 32 ans, révèle que l’enfant s’appelle Yanela et qu’elle n’aurait pas été séparée de sa mère, Sandra. « Vous imaginez ce que j’ai ressenti lorsque j’ai vu la photo de ma fille. J’en ai eu le coeur brisé. C’est difficile pour un père de voir ça. Mais je sais maintenant qu’elles sont hors de danger. Elles sont plus en sécurité que lorsqu’elles ont fait le voyage vers la frontière. »

Denis Hernandez explique que sa femme et sa fille ont quitté leur pays en bateau, le 3 juin dernier, depuis le port de Puerto Cortes, sans le prévenir, afin de rejoindre des membres de sa famille déjà installés aux Etats-Unis. Pour effectuer le voyage, la mère aurait payé 6.000 dollars à un passeur. Depuis leur arrestation, Il affirme qu’elles sont détenues ensemble dans la ville frontalière de McAllen, au Texas, dans l’attente de l’examen d’un dossier de demande d’asile que la mère a déposé. S’il est refusé, elles seront contraintes de rentrer au Honduras.

« J’attends de voir ce qui va leur arriver »,  réagit le père dans un autre entretien accordé à l’agence de Reuters, qui a eu confirmation des faits par Nelly Jerez, la ministre des Affaires étrangères du Honduras. Ni les autorités américaines, ni « Time Magazine », n’ont commenté ces informations pour le moment. Et certains internautes continuent de les mettre en doute, tant que Yanela et sa mère n’auront pas été filmées par les caméras de télévision…

Quoi qu’il en soit, cet imbroglio vient mettre en lumière la difficulté de réunir les familles, dans la foulée de la décision  spectaculaire de la Maison Blanche. D’après Jodi Goodwin, avocate spécialisée dans l’immigration au Texas,  l’organisme ayant pris en charge les enfants ne dispose pas d’un système pour se synchroniser avec les autorités migratoires qui détiennent les parents et assurer ainsi une fluidité des informations.

« Lorsque je parle avec les parents, ils ont le regard fixé dans le vide parce qu’ils ne peuvent tout simplement pas comprendre, ils ne peuvent accepter, ils ne peuvent croire qu’ils ignorent où se trouvent leurs enfants et que le gouvernement américain les leur a retirés », a-t-elle expliqué à l’AFP. Un discours partagé dans les médias par de nombreuses ONG pour qui le revirement de Donald Trump n’est qu’une étape.

Rappelons que le décret, signé par le président américain devant les caméras, stipule que des poursuites pénales continueront à être engagées contre ceux qui traversent la frontière illégalement. Mais que parents et enfants seront détenus ensemble dans l’attente de l’examen de leur dossier. La petite Yanela et sa mère bénéficieront-elles de la clémence de la Maison Blanche ?

Voir de même:

La fillette en larmes sur la couverture du « Time » n’avait pas été séparée de sa mère
La petite fille éplorée lors de l’arrestation de sa mère hondurienne à la frontière n’a pas été séparée d’elle.
Delphine Bernard-Bruls
Le Monde
22.06.2018

Sur sa dernière couverture, le magazine américain Time a réutilisé une photographie déjà célèbre montrant une fillette en larmes alors que sa mère est arrêtée par la police à la frontière entre les Etats-Unis et le Mexique. Placée face au président américain, Donald Trump, et à l’expression « Bienvenue en Amérique », la photo devait illustrer la politique migratoire de « tolérance zéro » qui a mené à plus de 2 000 séparations entre parents et enfants clandestins. Sauf que, contrairement à ce que de nombreux observateurs ont laissé penser, la mère et la fille n’ont pas été séparées à leur arrivée à McAllen, au Texas.

Le photographe de Getty Images, John Moore, savait que la fillette au gilet rose et sa mère arrivaient du Honduras, rien de plus. S’il ignorait que son cliché illustrerait le mouvement d’indignation contre la politique migratoire de M. Trump – contre laquelle ce dernier a finalement signé un décret le 20 juin – il ne savait pas plus que mère et fille n’avaient pas été séparées mais internées ensemble. Dans le Time, M. Moore a expliqué avoir photographié la mère et la fille dans la nuit du 12 au 13 juin alors qu’elles achevaient un mois de marche en direction des Etats-Unis.
Mise à jour tardive

Interrogé sur CNN, le photographe a souligné en début de semaine ne pas avoir été témoin d’une quelconque séparation, mais a rapporté que mère et fille « ont été envoyées vers un centre où elles ont peut-être été séparées », comme quelque 2 000 familles au cours de ces deux derniers mois. Le Time a lui-même fait l’erreur : après avoir d’abord affirmé le 19 juin que mère et fille avaient été séparées, le magazine a ajouté une mise à jour au bas de son article.

« La version originale de cet article a fait une fausse affirmation quant au sort de la petite fille après la photographie. Elle n’a pas été emmenée en larmes par les patrouilles frontalières ; sa mère l’a récupérée et les deux ont été interpellées ensemble. »

A des milliers de kilomètres de là, au Honduras, Denis Javier Varela Hernandez a reconnu la bambine en larmes figurant sur la photo devenue virale, et assuré qu’il s’agissait de sa fille, qu’il n’avait pas vue depuis plusieurs semaines. Il a d’abord affirmé cela, mardi sur la chaîne de télévision hispanophone Univision : « Cette photo… dès que je l’ai vue j’ai su que c’était ma fille. » Il a répété cette affirmation au quotidien britannique Daily Mail, précisant que sa compagne ne l’avait pas mis au courant de ses projets de migration vers les Etats-Unis. Sans nouvelles d’elle depuis son départ, il a appris la semaine dernière qu’elle avait été interpellée à son arrivée au Texas, mais internée avec sa fille.

D’autres sources sont venues corroborer les propos du père, resté au Honduras : « La mère et la fille n’ont pas été séparées », a déclaré une porte-parole des autorités douanières et frontalières au Daily Beast. Côté hondurien, la ministre adjointe des relations internationales, Nelly Jerez, a confirmé le récit du père auprès de l’agence de presse Reuters. Optimiste, ce dernier a estimé que « si elles sont déportées, ça ne fait rien, tant qu’ils ne laissent pas l’enfant sans sa mère ».

Voir de plus:

Que devient la fillette qui a ému l’Amérique ?

Valentin Davodeau

Ouest France

22 juin 2018

La photo de cette enfant de 2 ans en pleurs, arrêtée à la frontière entre le Mexique et les États-Unis avec sa mère, avait fait le tour des médias américains et internationaux. Selon le père de la fillette, elles seraient toutes les deux détenues actuellement dans un centre au Texas.

« Elles sont détenues dans un établissement du Texas mais elles vont bien », a déclaré Denis Javier Varela Hernandez, père de la petite Yanela, 2 ans, et mari de Sandra Sanchez, 32 ans. Interrogé par différents médias, cet homme de 32 ans vivant à Puerto Cortes au Honduras dit avoir reconnu sa fille sur cette photo qui a fait le tour du monde. « Mon cœur était en miette quand j’ai vu ma petite fille sur cette image », a-t-il expliqué à Univision,

La mère et sa fille n’ont pas été séparées

Denis Varela a précisé que sa femme et sa fille n’ont pas été séparées quand elles ont été interceptées le 12 juin par la patrouille des frontières, à proximité de la ville d’Hidalgo, au Texas. Depuis le 5 mai, plus de 2 300 enfants ont été écartés de leurs parents alors que ces familles tentaient de passer la frontière entre le Mexique et les États-Unis.

Yanela et sa mère se trouveraient actuellement dans un centre de rétention à Dilley, au sud du « Lone Star State ». Parties du Honduras le 3 juin, Sandra Sanchez et Yanela ont parcouru près de 2 900 kilomètres pour arriver jusqu’aux États-Unis.

Le rêve américain

Interrogé par le Daily Mail, Denis Varela a indiqué que sa femme voulait expérimenter le rêve américain et trouver un travail au pays de l’Oncle Sam, mais qu’il était opposé à l’idée qu’elle parte avec sa fille : « Elle est partie sans prévenir. Je n’ai pas pu dire « Au revoir » à ma fille et maintenant la seule chose que je peux faire, c’est attendre. »

Le couple a aussi trois autres enfants, un fils de 14 ans, et deux filles de 11 et 6 ans. « Les enfants comprennent ce qu’il se passe. Ils sont un peu inquiets mais j’essaye de ne pas trop aborder le sujet. Ils savent que leur mère et leur sœur sont en sécurité. » Il a ajouté qu’il espère que « les droits de sa femme et de sa fille sont respectés, parce qu’elles sont des reines […] Nous avons tous des droits. »

Voir encore:

Cette photo bouleverse le monde entier et illustre les effets de la politique de « tolérance zéro » revendiquée par Donald Trump sur la politique de séparation des familles pour lutter contre l’immigration illégale.

Une petite fille en pleurs, vêtue d’un tee-shirt rose et de chaussures assorties. Du haut de ses 2 ans, elle regarde avec effroi un garde-frontière qui vient d’arrêter sa mère, une immigrée hondurienne qui tentait de passer la frontière entre les États-Unis et le Mexique. La photo a été prise le 12 juin et a, depuis, fait le tour du monde. Elle donne un visage aux 2 000 enfants séparés de leurs parents depuis que l’administration de Donald Trump a abruptement décrété début mai une politique de « tolérance zéro », sous la houlette de l’ultraconservateur ministre de la Justice, Jeff Sessions.

L’auteur de cette image, John Moore, s’efforce depuis dix ans d’illustrer l’immigration et ses souffrances. Mais cette photo restera unique à ses yeux. Ce correspondant spécial de Getty Images, titulaire du prix Pulitzer et auteur du livre de photos Undocumented (« Clandestin » en français), répond aux questions de franceinfo et nous raconte l’émotion de cette scène.

Franceinfo : Dans quelles circonstances avez-vous photographié cette famille ? 

John Moore : J’étais à McAllen, dans la vallée du Rio Grande, dans le sud du Texas, près de la frontière avec le Mexique. Je suivais les patrouilles aux frontières pendant leurs opérations. Cette nuit-là, un groupe de migrants a atteint les États-Unis. Ils ont été arrêtés et réunis au bord d’une route en terre par les patrouilles. Il faut noter que les migrants qui veulent demander l’asile se rendent facilement aux agents de patrouille aux frontières. Ce ne sont pas des migrants sans papiers classiques, ils viennent avec autant de documents que possible pour obtenir l’asile politique. Dans ce groupe se trouvaient une vingtaine de femmes et d’enfants. La plupart venaient du Honduras. Tous ces migrants ont dû se débarrasser de leurs effets personnels, ils ont dû se défaire de leurs sacs, de leurs bijoux et même des lacets de leurs chaussures. Il ne leur restait plus que leurs vêtements. Ils ont ensuite été fouillés avant d’être embarqués dans un van qui allait les emmener dans un centre de rétention.

Pourquoi la petite fille pleure-t-elle sur votre photo ? 

J’avais remarqué une mère qui tenait un enfant. Elle m’a dit que sa fille et elle voyageaient depuis un mois, au départ du Honduras. Elle m’a dit que sa fille avait 2 ans, et j’ai pu voir dans ses yeux qu’elle était sur ses gardes, exténuée et qu’elle avait probablement vécu un voyage très difficile. C’est l’une des dernières familles à avoir été embarquée dans le véhicule. Un des officiers a demandé à la mère de déposer son enfant à terre pendant qu’elle était fouillée.

Juste à ce moment-là, la petite fille a commencé à pleurer, très fort. J’ai trois enfants moi-même, dont un tout petit, et c’était très difficile à voir, mais j’avais une fenêtre de tir très réduite pour photographier la scène. Dès que la fouille s’est terminée, elle a pu reprendre son enfant dans ses bras et ses pleurs se sont éteints. Moi, j’ai dû m’arrêter, reprendre mes esprits et respirer profondément.

Comment avez-vous vécu la scène ? 

J’avais déjà photographié des scènes comme ça à de nombreuses reprises. Mais celle-ci était unique, d’une part à cause des pleurs de cette enfant, mais aussi parce que cette fois, je savais qu’à la prochaine étape de leur voyage, dans ce centre de rétention, elles allaient être séparées. Je doute que ces familles aient eu la moindre idée de ce qui allait leur arriver. Tous voyageaient depuis des semaines, ils ne regardaient pas la télévision et n’avaient aucun moyen d’être au courant de la nouvelle mesure de tolérance zéro et de séparation des familles mise en place par Trump.

Même maintenant, quand je regarde ces photos, cela m’attriste toujours, alors que je les ai maintenant vues de nombreuses fois. Cela fait dix ans que je photographie l’immigration à la frontière américaine, toujours avec l’objectif d’humaniser des histoires complexes. Souvent, on parle de l’immigration avec des statistiques, arides et froides. Et je crois que la seule manière que les personnes dans ce pays trouvent des solutions humaines est qu’elles voient les gens comme des êtres humains. Je n’avais jamais imaginé que j’allais un jour mettre un visage sur une politique de séparation des familles, mais c’est le cas aujourd’hui.

Je suis actuellement de retour chez moi, dans le Connecticut. Je suis très heureux d’être à la maison, avec mes enfants, pendant un moment. Ma dernière semaine de reportage m’a rappelé que nous ne pouvons jamais prendre la présence de nos êtres aimés pour acquise.

Voir aussi:

The crying Honduran girl on the cover of Time was not separated from her mother

The widely shared photo of the little girl crying as a U.S. Border Patrol agent patted down her mother became a symbol of the families pulled apart by the Trump administration’s “zero tolerance” policy at the border, even landing on the new cover of Time magazine.

But the girl’s father told The Washington Post on Thursday night that his child and her mother were not separated, and a U.S. Customs and Border Protection spokesman confirmed that the family was not separated while in the agency’s custody. In an interview with CBS News, Border Patrol agent Carlos Ruiz, who was among the first to encounter the mother and her daughter at the border in Texas, said the image had been used to symbolize a policy but “that was not the case in this picture.”

Ruiz, who was not available for an interview Friday, said agents asked the mother, Sandra Sanchez, to put down her daughter, nearly 2-year-old Yanela, so they could search her. Agents patted down the mother for less than two minutes, and she immediately picked up her daughter, who then stopped crying.

“I personally went up to the mother and asked her, ‘Are you doing okay? Is the kid okay?’ and she said, ‘Yes. She’s tired and thirsty. It’s 11 o’clock at night,” Ruiz told CBS News.

The revelation has prompted a round of media criticism from the White House and other conservatives.

“It’s shameful that dems and the media exploited this photo of a little girl to push their agenda,” White House spokeswoman Sarah Huckabee Sanders tweeted Friday. “She was not separated from her mom. The separation here is from the facts.”

The heart-wrenching image, captured by award-winning Getty Images photographer John Moore, was spread across the front pages of international newspapers. It was used to promote a Facebook fundraiser that has collected more than $18 million to help reunite separated families.

And on Thursday, hours before the little girl’s father spoke out, Time magazine released its July 2 cover using the child’s image — without the mother — in a photo illustration that shows her looking up at President Trump, who is seen towering above her.

“Welcome to America,” the cover reads.

Time has not responded to a request for comment from The Post, but in a statement sent to media outlets, the magazine said it’s standing by its cover.

Time also has added a correction to an online article and gallery that ran Tuesday, before the cover was released: “The original version of this story misstated what happened to the girl in the photo after she [was] taken from the scene. The girl was not carried away screaming by U.S. Border Patrol agents; her mother picked her up and the two were taken away together.”

Moore, the photographer, told The Post in an email that Time corrected the story after he made a request minutes after it was published. He said that the picture “is a straightforward and honest image” showing a “distressed little girl” whose mother was being searched by border officials.

“I believe this image has raised awareness to the zero-tolerance policy of this administration. Having covered immigration for Getty Images for 10 years, this photograph for me is part of a much larger story,” Moore said, adding later: “The image showed a moment in time at the border, but the emotion in the little girl’s distress has ignited a response. As a photojournalist, my job is to inform and report what is happening, but I also think it is important to humanize an issue that is often reported in statistics.”

Moore told The Post’s Avi Selk that he ran into the mother and toddler in McAllen, Tex., on the night of June 12. He knew only that they were from Honduras and had been on the road for about a month. “I can only imagine what dangers she’d passed through, alone with the girl,” he said.

Moore photographed the girl crying as the border agent patted down the mother.

Moore said the woman picked up her daughter, they walked into the van, and the van drove away. When he took the picture, he said he did not know whether the mother and her daughter would be separated, “but it was a very real possibility,” given the slew of family separations carried out by the Trump administration.

He said he’s glad that although the two were detained, “they are together.”

In Honduras, Denis Javier Varela Hernandez recognized his daughter in the photo and also feared that she was separated from her mother, he told The Post.

But he said he learned this week that his 32-year-old wife and daughter were, in fact, detained together at a facility in McAllen. Honduran Deputy Foreign Minister Nelly Jerez confirmed Varela’s account to Reuters.

An Immigration and Customs Enforcement spokesman said in a statement to The Post that Sanchez was arrested by the U.S. Border Patrol near Hidalgo, Tex., on June 12 while traveling with a family member. She was transferred to ICE custody on June 17 and is being housed at the South Texas Family Residential Center in Dilley, Tex., according to ICE.

ICE said Sanchez was previously deported to Honduras in July 2013.

Sanchez and her daughter left for the United States from Puerto Cortes, north of the Honduran capital of Tegucigalpa, on June 3, Varela said. Sanchez had told her husband that she hoped to go to the United States to seek a better life for her children, away from the dangers of their home country. But she left without telling him that she was taking their youngest daughter with her. Varela, who has three other children with Sanchez, feared for the little girl’s safety, he said. Yanela is turning 2 years old in July.

After Sanchez left, Varela had no way to contact her or learn of her whereabouts. Then, on the news, he saw the photo of the girl in the pink shirt.

“The first second I saw it, I knew it was my daughter,” Varela told The Post. “Immediately, I recognized her.”

He heard that U.S. officials were separating families at the border, before Trump reversed the policy Wednesday. Varela felt helpless and distressed “imagining my daughter in that situation,” he said.

This week, Varela received a phone call from an official with Honduras’s foreign ministry, letting him know his wife and daughter were detained together. While he doesn’t know anything about the conditions of the facility or what is next for Sanchez and Yanela, he was relieved to hear they were in the same place.

As news emerged late Thursday that the mother and child were not separated, conservative media jumped on the story, portraying it as evidence of “fake news” surrounding the Trump administration’s immigration policies.

It was the most prominent story on the home page of the conservative news outlet Breitbart, which called it a “fake news photo.” Infowars, owned by conspiracy theorist Alex Jones, singled out Time and CNN for using the “completely misleading” image to push “open border propaganda.”

Donald Trump Jr. has been talking about the photo on Twitter on Friday.

“No one is shocked anymore. There is a no low they won’t go to for their narrative,” the president’s eldest son tweeted.

Varela pushed back against the portrayals of his daughter’s story, saying it should not cast doubt on the “human-rights violations” taking place at the border.

“This is the case for my daughter, but it is not the case for 2,000 children that were separated from their parents,” Varela said.

At least 2,500 migrant children have been separated from their parents at the border since May 5.

Varela said he felt “proud” that his daughter has “represented the subject of immigration” and helped propel changes in policy. But he asked that Trump “put his hand on his heart.”

He hopes that U.S. officials will grant asylum to his wife and daughter, he said.

Asked whether he would also like to come to the United States, he said, “Of course, someday.”

Voir de même:

EXCLUSIVE: ‘They’re together and safe’: Father of Honduran two-year-old who became the face of family separation crisis reveals daughter was never separated from her mother, but the image of her in tears at U.S. border control ‘broke his heart’

  • Denis Javier Varela Hernandez spoke out about the status of his wife Sandra, 32, and daughter, Yanela, 2
  • Yanela became the face of the immigration crisis after a Getty photographer snapped a photo of her in tears
  • Speaking to DailyMail.com Hernandez said he has still not been in direct contact with his wife Sandra because he does not have a way of communicating
  • Denis said a Honduran official in the US told him that his wife and daughter are together and are doing ‘fine’
  • Sandra was part of a group that were caught by Border Patrol agents after making their way across the Rio Grande river on a raft
  • She set out on her journey from Puerto Cortes, Honduras to the U.S. at 6am on June 3 and allegedly paid $6,000 for a coyote
  • Hernandez  said he did not support his wife’s decision to make the journey with their young daughter in her arms and never got to properly say goodbye

The father of the Honduran girl who became the face of the family separation crisis has revealed that he still has not been in touch with his wife or daughter but was happy to learn they are safe.

Denis Javier Varela Hernandez, 32, said that he had not heard from his wife Sandra, 32, who was with his two-year-old daughter Yanela Denise, for nearly three weeks until he saw the image of them being apprehended in Texas.

In an exclusive interview with DailyMail.com, Hernandez, who lives in Puerto Cortes, Honduras, says that he was told on Wednesday by a Honduran official in the US that his wife and child are being detained at a family residential center in Texas but are together and are doing ‘fine.’

‘You can imagine how I felt when I saw that photo of my daughter. It broke my heart. It’s difficult as a father to see that, but I know now that they are not in danger. They are safer now than when they were making that journey to the border,’ he said.

A spokeswoman for Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) has told DailyMail.com that Sandra had been previously been deported from the US in 2013.

The spokeswoman said that she was ‘encountered by immigration officials in Hebbronville, Texas’ in and sent back to Honduras 15 days later under ‘expedited removal.’

Sandra current immigration proceedings are ‘ongoing’ and she is being housed at a family detention center in Texas.

Denis said that his wife had previously mentioned her wish to go to the United States for a ‘better future’ but did not tell him nor any of their family members that she was planning to make the trek.

‘I didn’t support it. I asked her, why? Why would she want to put our little girl through that? But it was her decision at the end of the day.’

He said that Sandra had always wanted to experience ‘the American dream’ and hoped to find a good job in the States.

Denis, who works as a captain at a port on the coast of Puerto Cortes, explained that things back home were fine but not great, and that his wife was seeking political asylum.

He said that Sandra set out on the 1,800-mile journey with the baby girl on June 3, at 6am, and he has not heard from her since.

‘I never got the chance to say goodbye to my daughter and now all I can do is wait’, he said, adding that he hopes they are either granted political asylum or are sent back home.

‘I don’t have any resentment for my wife, but I do think it was irresponsible of her to take the baby with her in her arms because we don’t know what could happen.’

The couple has three other children, son Wesly, 14, and daughters Cindy, 11, and Brianna, six.

‘The kids see what’s happening. They’re a little worried but I don’t try to bring it up that much. They know their mother and sister are safe now.’

Denis said that he believes the journey across the border is only worth it to some degree, and admits that it’s not something he would ever consider.

He said he heard from friends that his wife paid $6,000 for a coyote – a term for someone who smuggles people across the border.

‘I wouldn’t risk my life for it. It’s hard to find a good job here and that’s why many people choose to leave. But I thank God that I have a good job here. And I would never risk my life making that journey.’

The heart-breaking photo was taken by Getty photographer John Moore close to midnight on the night of June 12 near McAllen, Texas, as the row over Donald Trump’s separation of migrant parents and children escalated.

Denis said that he hopes to use the photo and his family’s situation to help him reunite with his daughter.

‘I don’t want money, what I want is someone to tell me that my daughter is going to be OK.’

When asked about his views on Trump’s border policy, Denis said: ‘I’ve never seen it in a positive light the way others do. It violates human rights and children’s rights. Separating children from their parents is just wrong. They are suffering and are traumatized.

‘The laws need to be modified and we need to have a conversation. It’s just not right.

‘[Illegal] Immigration and drug smuggling across the United States border is never gonna stop. They can build a wall and it’s never going to stop,’ he said.

Sandra was part of a group that were caught by Border Patrol agents after making their way across the Rio Grande river on a raft.

Moore’s photo showed Yanela crying on a dirt track as her mother is patted down by a Border Patrol agent.

For many the photo summed up the cruelty of Trump’s ‘zero tolerance’ policy towards migrants which has caused 2,300 children to be separated from their mothers and fathers.

A photo of Yanela was used on the front cover of TIME magazine to show the devastating effect of the policy, which was brought in in April.

But actually Yanela remained with her mother after she arrived in the US after making the perilous 1,800 mile journey North through Central America and Mexico,

TIME magazine later issued a clarification saying that the original version of its story accompanying the cover was wrong because Yanela ‘was not carried away screaming by Border Patrol Agents’.

TIME’s editor in chief Edward Felsenthal said in a statement that it stood behind the wider point which is that Yanela was ‘the most visible symbol of the ongoing immigration debate’

Among those who have Tweeted DailyMail.com’s story have been White House press secretary Sarah Huckabee Sanders.

She wrote: ‘It’s shameful that dems and the media exploited this photo of a little girl to push their agenda. She was not separated from her mom. The separation here is from the facts’.

Moore, who has worked on the border with Mexico for years and has won a Pulitzer for his photography, has said the the image of Yanela was the last one he took that night.

Speaking to People magazine he said that the girl’s mother was the last to be searched and a female agent asked her to put Yanela down so she could pat her down

Moore said: ‘The mother hesitated and then set down the little girl and the child immediately started crying.

‘As a father, it was very emotional for me just to hear those cries. When I saw this little girl break down in tears I wanted to comfort this child.

‘But as a photojournalist we sometimes have to keep photographing when things are hard. And tell a story that people would never see.’

Moore crouched 6ft from the girl as she looked up at her mother and took seven shots, Yanela’s mother’s hands spread out on the Border Patrol truck.

The image was a major factor in pressuring Trump to do a U-turn on his immigration policy and sign an executive order allowing families to stay together.

The President said that he wanted to look strong but admitted that the ‘zero tolerance’ policy made him look like he had ‘no heart’.

Trump’s climb down came after worldwide outrage including British Prime Minister Theresa May who called his policy ‘deeply disturbing’ while Pope Francis said it was ‘immoral’.

The climb down was a rare one from Trump, who almost never apologizes and rarely backs down.

But he had not choice when his policy created a wall of opposition between him and others, including his own wife Melania, Democrats, Republicans, every living former First Lady, Amnesty International and the United Nations.

Voir encore:

‘All I Wanted to Do Was Pick Her Up.’ How a Photographer at the U.S.-Mexico Border Made an Image America Could Not Ignore

« This one was tough for me. As soon as it was over, they were put into a van. I had to stop and take deep breaths, » Getty photographer John Moore said
June 19, 2018

John Moore has been photographing immigrants and the hardship and heartbreak of crossing the U.S.-Mexico border for years — but this time, he said, something is different.

The Pulitzer Prize-winning photographer for Getty Images said the Trump administration’s policy of separating children from their parents — part of its “zero tolerance” stance toward people who illegally cross into the U.S. — has changed everything about enforcement at the U.S.-Mexico border and resulted in a level of despair for immigrants that Americans can no longer ignore.

“It’s a very different scene now,” he said. “I’m almost positive these families last week had no idea they’d be separated from their children.”

Moore’s image last week of a 2-year-old Honduran girl crying as a U.S. Border Patrol agent patted down her mother has become a symbol of the human cost — and many critics say cruelty — of President Donald Trump’s hard line on immigration. The crying girl has become the face of the family separation policy, which has been criticized by Democrats and Republicans alike.

“When the officer told the mother to put her child down for the body search, I could see this look in the little girl’s eyes,” Moore told TIME. “As soon as her feet touched the ground she began to scream.”

Moore said the girl’s mother had a weariness in her eyes as she was stopped by Border Patrol agents. The father of three said his years of experience did not inoculate him from feeling intense emotions as he watched agents allowed the mother to pick up her child and loaded them both into a van. But, he said, he knew he had to keep photographing the scene.

“This one was tough for me. As soon as it was over, they were put into a van. I had to stop and take deep breaths,” he said. “All I wanted to do was pick her up. But I couldn’t.”

More than 2,000 children have been taken away from their parents since April, when Attorney General Jeff Sessions announced at “zero tolerance” policy that refers all cases of illegal entry at the border for prosecution. The Trump administration has said Border Patrol agents separate children from parents because children cannot be locked up for the crimes of their mothers and fathers.

A Honduran mother holds her two-year-old as U.S. Border Patrol as agents review their papers near the U.S.-Mexico border in McAllen, Texas on June 12, 2018. The asylum seekers had rafted across the Rio Grande from Mexico and were detained by U.S. Border Patrol agents before being sent to a processing center for possible separation.
John Moore—Getty Images
A U.S. Border Patrol spotlight shines on a terrified mother and son from Honduras as they are found in the dark near the U.S.-Mexico border in McAllen, Texas on June 12, 2018.
A U.S. Border Patrol spotlight shines on a terrified mother and son from Honduras as they are found in the dark near the U.S.-Mexico border in McAllen, Texas on June 12, 2018.
John Moore—Getty Images
U.S. Border Patrol agents detain a group of Central American asylum seekers near the U.S.-Mexico border in McAllen, Texas on June 12, 2018.
U.S. Border Patrol agents detain a group of Central American asylum seekers near the U.S.-Mexico border in McAllen, Texas on June 12, 2018.
John Moore—Getty Images

Moore has followed immigrant families and enforcement efforts since 2014 and recently published a book of some of his most stirring photographs, Undocumented: Immigration and the Militarization of the United States-Mexico Border. He said despite the tough new policy, immigrants are not likely to lose the determination that drives them to make the dangerous journey to the United States.

“It’s been very easy for Americans to ignore over the years the desperation that people have to have a better life,” Moore said. “They often leave with their children with their shirts on their backs.”

A boy from Honduras watches a movie at a detention facility run by the U.S. Border Patrol in McAllen, Tex. on Sept. 8, 2014.
A boy from Honduras watches a movie at a detention facility run by the U.S. Border Patrol in McAllen, Tex. on Sept. 8, 2014.
John Moore—Getty Images

Footage released Monday of a detention facility where families arrested at the border and children taken from their parents are held echo a photo Moore took in 2014 of a Honduran child watching Casper in the same facility, alone except for a guard keeping watch. That photo, taken at the same detention center in McCallen, Texas where children are now being grouped inside cages, has stayed with Moore over the years.

While he is not sure if that boy was an unaccompanied minor or what happened to him, he said many of the other children at the facility were without their parents. “That picture is still haunting for me.”

Most of the photos below come from Moore’s 2018 book, published by powerHouse Books.

Families attend a memorial service for two boys who were kidnapped and killed in San Juan Sacatepequez, Guatemala on Feb. 14, 2017. More than 2,000 people walked in a funeral procession for Oscar Armando Top Cotzajay, 11, and Carlos Daniel Xiqin, 10 who were abducted walking to school Friday morning when they were abducted.
Families attend a memorial service for two boys who were kidnapped and killed in San Juan Sacatepequez, Guatemala on Feb. 14, 2017. More than 2,000 people walked in a funeral procession for Oscar Armando Top Cotzajay, 11, and Carlos Daniel Xiqin, 10 who were abducted walking to school Friday morning when they were abducted.
John Moore—Getty Images
Sonia Morales massages the back of her son Jose Issac Morales, 11, at the door of their one-room home in San Pedro Sula, Honduras on Aug. 20, 2017. The mother of three said that her son's spinal deformation began at age four, but has never been able to afford the $6,000 surgery to correct his spinal condition. The boy's father, Issac Morales, 30, said he tried to immigrate to the U.S. in 2016 to work and send money home but was picked up by U.S. Border Patrol officers in the Arizona desert and deported back to Honduras.
Sonia Morales massages the back of her son Jose Issac Morales, 11, at the door of their one-room home in San Pedro Sula, Honduras on Aug. 20, 2017. The mother of three said that her son’s spinal deformation began at age four, but has never been able to afford the $6,000 surgery to correct his spinal condition. The boy’s father, Issac Morales, 30, said he tried to immigrate to the U.S. in 2016 to work and send money home but was picked up by U.S. Border Patrol officers in the Arizona desert and deported back to Honduras.
John Moore—Getty Images
An Indigenous family walks from Guatemala into Mexico after illegally crossing the border at the Suchiate River in Talisman, Mexico on Aug. 1, 2013.
An Indigenous family walks from Guatemala into Mexico after illegally crossing the border at the Suchiate River in Talisman, Mexico on Aug. 1, 2013.
John Moore—Getty Images
Undocumented immigrant families walk before being taken into custody by Border Patrol agents near McAllen, Texas on July 21, 2014.
Undocumented immigrant families walk before being taken into custody by Border Patrol agents near McAllen, Texas on July 21, 2014.
John Moore—Getty Images
Families of Central American immigrants, including Lorena Arriaga, 27, and her son Jason Ramirez, 7, from El Salvador, turn themselves in to U.S. Border Patrol agents after crossing the Rio Grande River from Mexico to Mission, Texas on Sept. 8, 2014.
Families of Central American immigrants, including Lorena Arriaga, 27, and her son Jason Ramirez, 7, from El Salvador, turn themselves in to U.S. Border Patrol agents after crossing the Rio Grande River from Mexico to Mission, Texas on Sept. 8, 2014.
John Moore—Getty Images
Immigrants from Central America wait to be taken into custody by U.S. Border Patrol agents in Roma, Texas on August 17, 2016.
Immigrants from Central America wait to be taken into custody by U.S. Border Patrol agents in Roma, Texas on August 17, 2016.
John Moore—Getty Images
U.S. Border Patrol agents take undocumented immigrants into custody after capturing them after they crossed Rio Grande from Mexico into Texas near Sullivan City, Texas on Aug. 18, 2016.
U.S. Border Patrol agents take undocumented immigrants into custody after capturing them after they crossed Rio Grande from Mexico into Texas near Sullivan City, Texas on Aug. 18, 2016.
John Moore—Getty Images
Undocumented immigrants are led after being caught and handcuffed by Border Patrol agents near the U.S.-Mexico border in Weslaco, Texas on April 13, 2016.
Undocumented immigrants are led after being caught and handcuffed by Border Patrol agents near the U.S.-Mexico border in Weslaco, Texas on April 13, 2016.
John Moore—Getty Images
Women and children sit in a holding cell at a U.S. Border Patrol processing center after being detained by agents near the U.S.-Mexico border near McAllen, Texas on Sept. 8, 2014.
Women and children sit in a holding cell at a U.S. Border Patrol processing center after being detained by agents near the U.S.-Mexico border near McAllen, Texas on Sept. 8, 2014.
John Moore—Getty Images
Women and children wait in a holding cell at a U.S. Border Patrol processing center after being detained by agents near the U.S.-Mexico border near McAllen, Texas on Sept. 8, 2014.
Women and children wait in a holding cell at a U.S. Border Patrol processing center after being detained by agents near the U.S.-Mexico border near McAllen, Texas on Sept. 8, 2014.
John Moore—Getty Images
A girl from Central America rests on thermal blankets at a detention facility run by the U.S. Border Patro in McAllen, Texasl on Sept. 8, 2014.
A girl from Central America rests on thermal blankets at a detention facility run by the U.S. Border Patro in McAllen, Texasl on Sept. 8, 2014.
John Moore—Getty Images
Donated clothing await immigrants at the Catholic Sacred Heart Church Immigrant Respite Center from McAllen, Texas on Aug. 15, 2016.
Donated clothing await immigrants at the Catholic Sacred Heart Church Immigrant Respite Center from McAllen, Texas on Aug. 15, 2016.
John Moore—Getty Images
A detained Mexican immigrant (L) visits with his wife and children at the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) detention facility in Florence, Ariz on July 30, 2010.
A detained Mexican immigrant (L) visits with his wife and children at the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) detention facility in Florence, Ariz on July 30, 2010.
John Moore—Getty Images
Immigrants from Central America await transport from the U.S. Border Patrol in Roma, Texas on Aug. 17, 2016.
Immigrants from Central America await transport from the U.S. Border Patrol in Roma, Texas on Aug. 17, 2016.
John Moore—Getty Images
Central American immigrant families depart ICE custody, pending future immigration court hearings in McAllen, Texas on June 11, 2018.
Central American immigrant families depart ICE custody, pending future immigration court hearings in McAllen, Texas on June 11, 2018.
John Moore—Getty Images

Correction (Posted June 19): The original version of this story misstated what happened to the girl in the photo after she was taken from the scene. The girl was not carried away screaming by U.S. Border Patrol agents; her mother picked her up and the two were taken away together.

Voir par ailleurs:

Smuggler abandons 6-year-old in blazing desert heat

– A 6-year-old Costa Rican boy was rescued by U.S. Border Patrol agents after he was abandoned on a border road in Arizona on Tuesday evening.

The agents discovered the boy just north of the border west of Lukeville in temperatures over 100 degrees.

The child claimed that he was dropped off by « his uncle » and that Border Patrol would pick him up. Agents say the boy said he was on his way to see his mother in the U.S.

They say that the child was found in good condition.  He was taken to Tucson to be checked out and processed.  It was unclear what would happen to him next.

The Border Patrol says the incident highlights the dangers faced by migrants at the hands of smugglers. Children in particular are extremely vulnerable, not only to exploitation, but also to the elements in the environment.

They added that Arizona’s desert « is a merciless environment for those unprepared for its remote, harsh terrain and unpredictable weather. »

Voir aussi:

Guy Millière
Dreuz
21 juin 2018

Les titres des journaux européens et de bon nombre de journaux américains ces derniers jours prêtent à sourire une fois de plus. Trump, dit-on, aurait “reculé” en matière d’immigration.

Ceux qui disent cela ajoutent qu’il se conduit de manière infâme vis-à-vis des enfants à la frontière Sud des Etats-Unis. Des photos sont fournies à l’appui, montrant des enfants dans des lieux décrits comme des “camps de concentration”. Des vidéos ont été montrées où on voit des enfants pleurer de manière déchirante en appelant leurs parents, dont un agent de l’immigration vient de les séparer, et ils utilisent des mots anglais (ce qui est normal puisqu’ils viennent de pays où on parle espagnol et puisqu’ils ne parlent pas un mot d’anglais).

Ceux qui disent cela ajoutent aussi que “sous une large pression”, Trump vient de signer un executive order permettant d’éviter que les enfants soient séparés de leur famille et a donc dû se conduire de manière un peu moins infâme.

Ceux qui disent cela ne disent pas un seul mot de ce qui est en train de se passer par ailleurs aux Etats-Unis. L’Etat profond anti-Trump est en train de s’effondrer. Il résiste, certes, mais il est désormais très mal en point, comme c’était prévisible.

Disons ici ce qui doit l’être, car ce ne sera pas fait ailleurs, j’en suis, hélas, certain.

1. Il existe aux Etats-Unis un grave problème d’immigration illégale. Trump a commencé à prendre des décisions pour le régler. Les entrées clandestines dans le pays par la frontière Sud ont diminué de 70 pour cent. Elles sont encore trop nombreuses. Les immigrants illégaux présents dans le pays ne sont pas tous criminels, mais ils représentent une proportion importante des criminels incarcérés et des membres de gangs violents impliqués, entre autres, dans le trafic de drogue. Jeff Sessions, ministre de la justice inefficace dans d’autres secteurs, est très efficace dans ce secteur.

2. Les Démocrates veulent que l’immigration illégale se poursuive, et s’intensifie, car ils ont besoin d’un électorat constitué d’illégaux fraîchement légalisés pour maintenir à flot la coalition électorale sur laquelle ils s’appuient et garder des chances de victoire ultérieure (minorités ethniques, femmes célibataires, étudiants, professeurs). La diminution de l’immigration clandestine leur pose problème. Les actions de la police de l’immigration (ICE; Immigration Control Enforcement) suscitent leur hostilité, d’où l’existence de villes sanctuaires démocrates et, en Californie, d’un Etat sanctuaire(démocrate, bien sûr).

3. Ce qui se passe depuis quelques jours à la frontière Sud du pays est un coup monté auquel participent le parti démocrate, les grands médias américains, des organisations gauchistes, et le but est de faire pression sur Trump en diabolisant son action. La plupart des photos utilisées datent des années Obama, au cours desquelles le traitement des enfants entrant clandestinement dans le pays était exactement similaire à ce qu’il est aujourd’hui, sans qu’à l’époque les Démocrates disent un seul mot. Les enfants qui pleurent sur des vidéos ont été préparés à être filmés à des fins de propagande et ont appris à dire “daddy”, “mummy”. Le but est effectivement de faire céder Trump. Quelques Républicains à veste réversible ont joint leur voix au chœur.

4. Trump, comme il sait le faire, a agi pour désamorcer le coup monté. On lui reproche de faire ce qui se fait depuis des années (séparer les enfants de leurs parents dès lors que les parents doivent être incarcérés) ? Il vient de décider que les enfants ne seront plus séparés des parents, et qu’ils seront placés ensemble dans des lieux de rétention.  Cela signifie-t-il un recul ? Non. La lutte contre l’immigration clandestine va se poursuivre selon exactement la même ligne. Les parents qui ont violé la loi seront traités comme ils l’étaient auparavant. Les enfants seront-ils dans de meilleures conditions ? Non. Ils ne seront pas dans des conditions plus mauvaises non plus. Décrire les lieux où ils étaient placés jusque là comme des camps de concentration est une honte et une insulte à ceux qui ont été placés dans de réels camps de concentration (certains Démocrates un peu plus répugnants que d’autres sont allés jusqu’à faire des comparaisons avec Auschwitz !) : les enfants sont placés dans ce qui est comparable à des auberges pour colonies de vacances. Un enfant clandestin coûte au contribuable américain à ce jour 35.000 dollars en moyenne annuelle.

5. Désamorcer le coup monté ne réglera pas le problème d’ensemble. Des femmes viennent accoucher aux Etats-Unis pour que le bébé ait la nationalité américaine et puisse demander deux décennies plus tard un rapprochement de famille. Des gens font passer leurs enfants par des passeurs en espérant que l’enfant sera régularisé et pourra lui aussi demander un rapprochement de famille. Des parents paient leur passage aux Etats Unis en transportant de la drogue et doivent être jugés pour cela (le tarif des passeurs si on veut passer sans drogue est  de 10.000 dollars par personne). S’ils sont envoyés en prison, ils n’y seront pas envoyés avec leurs enfants.  Quand des trafiquants de drogue sont envoyés en prison, aux Etats-Unis ou ailleurs, ils ne vont pas en prison en famille, et si quelqu’un suggérait que leur famille devait les suivre en prison, parce que ce serait plus “humain”, les Démocrates seraient les premiers à hurler.

6. Les Etats-Unis, comme tout pays développé, ne peuvent laisser entrer tous ceux qui veulent entrer en laissant leurs frontières ouvertes. Un pays a le droit de gérer l’immigration comme il l’entend et comme l’entend sa population, et il le doit, s’il ne veut pas être submergé par une population qui ne s’intègre pas et peut le faire glisser vers le chaos. Les pays européens sont confrontés au même problème que les Etats-Unis, d’une manière plus aiguë puisqu’en Europe s’ajoute le paramètre “islam”. La haine de la civilisation occidentale imprègne la gauche européenne, qui veut la dissolution des peuples européens. Une même haine imprègne la gauche américaine, qui veut la dissolution du peuple américain. Les grandes villes de l’Etat sanctuaire de Californie sont déjà méconnaissables, submergées par des sans abris étrangers (pas un seul pont de Los Angeles qui n’abrite désormais un petit bidonville, et un quart du centre ville est une véritable cour des miracles, à San Francisco ce n’est pas mieux). Il n’est pas du tout certain que le coup monte servira les Démocrates lors des élections de mi mandat. Nombre d’Américains ne veulent pas la dissolution du peuple américain.

7. Le coup monté m’est pas arrive par hasard, à ce moment précisément. Le rapport de l’inspecteur général Michael Horowitz, même s’il est édulcoré, contient des éléments accablants pour James Comey, John Mc Cabe, l’enquêteur appelé Peter Strzoc. Le Congres procède à des auditions très révélatrices. Ce n’est que le début. L’Etat profond anti-Trump est en train de s’effondrer, disais-je. La monstruosité totalitaire que fut l’administration Obama finissante et le caractère criminel des activités d’Hillary Clinton commencent tout juste à être mis au jour. Des peines de prison suivront. L’équipe sinistre conduite par Robert Mueller avance dans le vide : tout ce qui lui sert de prétexte se révèle être une gigantesque imposture. La complicité des grands médias américains et mondiaux ne pourra pas être cachée indéfiniment. Un écran de fumée devait monter dans l’atmosphère pour détourner l’attention et éviter qu’on parle de l’effondrement de l’Etat profond. Le coup monte a servi d’écran de fumée. Que nul ne soit dupe. La révolution Trump ne fait que commencer.

Voir de plus:

Selon les déclarations d’un homme présenté comme le cousin de l’enfant, rendues publiques par Israël, les parents de la fillette morte mi-mai auraient touché 8.000 shekels (1.800 euros).

La justice israélienne a dit disposer d’une déposition selon laquelle la famille d’un bébé palestinien mort dans des circonstances contestées dans la bande de Gaza avait été payée par le Hamas pour accuser Israël, ce que les parents ont nié.

Vif émoi après la mort de l’enfant. Leïla al-Ghandour, âgée de huit mois, est morte mi-mai alors que l’enclave palestinienne était depuis des semaines le théâtre d’une mobilisation massive et d’affrontements entre Palestiniens et soldats israéliens le long de la frontière avec Gaza. Son décès a suscité un vif émoi. Sa famille accuse l’armée israélienne d’avoir provoqué sa mort en employant des lacrymogènes contre les protestataires, parmi lesquels se trouvait la fillette.

La fillette souffrait-elle d’un problème cardiaque ? L’armée israélienne, se fondant sur les informations d’un médecin palestinien resté anonyme mais qui selon elle connaissait l’enfant et sa famille, dit que l’enfant souffrait d’un problème cardiaque. Le ministère israélien de la Justice a rendu public jeudi l’acte d’inculpation d’un Gazaoui de 20 ans, présenté comme le cousin de la fillette. Selon le ministère, il a déclaré au cours de ses interrogatoires par les forces israéliennes que les parents de Leila avaient touché 8.000 shekels (1.800 euros) de la part de Yahya Sinouar, le chef du Hamas dans la bande de Gaza, pour dire que leur fille était morte des inhalations de gaz.

Une « fabrication » du Hamas dénoncée par Israël. Les parents ont nié ces déclarations, réaffirmé que leur fille était bien morte des inhalations, et ont contesté qu’elle était malade. Selon la famille, Leïla al-Ghandour avait été emmenée près de la frontière par un oncle âgé de 11 ans et avait été prise dans les tirs de lacrymogènes. L’armée israélienne, en butte aux accusations d’usage disproportionné de la force, a dénoncé ce cas comme une « fabrication » de la part du Hamas, le mouvement islamiste qui dirige la bande de Gaza et contrôle les autorités sanitaires, et auquel Israël a livré trois guerres depuis 2008.

Voir également:

Valeurs actuelles

19 juin 2018

Fake News. Donald Trump aurait donc menti en affirmant que la criminalité augmentait en Allemagne, en raison de l’entrée dans le pays de 1,1 million de clandestins en 2015. Pas si simple…

Nouveau tweet, nouvelle agitation médiatique. Les commentateurs n’ont pas tardé à s’armer de leur indéboulonnable mépris pour le président des États-Unis pour dénoncer un « mensonge », au lieu d’user d’une saine distance permettant de décrypter sereinement l’affirmation de Donald Trump.

« Le peuple allemand se rebelle contre ses gouvernants alors que l’immigration secoue une coalition déjà fragile », a donc entamé le président des États-Unis dans un tweet publié le 18 juin, alors que le gouvernement allemand se déchirait sur fond de crise migratoire. Propos factuel si l’on en croit un récent sondage allemand qui révèle que 90% des allemands désirent plus d’expulsions des personnes déboutées du droit d’asile.

Le chiffre ne laisse aucune place au doute : la population allemande penche du côté du ministre de l’Intérieur qui s’applique, depuis quelques jours, à contraindre Angela Merkel à la fermeté.

Et Donald Trump de poursuivre avec la phrase qui occupe nombre de journalistes depuis sa publication : « la criminalité augmente en Allemagne. Une grosse erreur a été commise partout en Europe : laisser rentrer des millions de personnes qui ont fortement et violemment changé sa culture. » Que n’avait-il pas dit. Les articles se sont immédiatement multipliés pour dénoncer « le mensonge » du président américain.

Pourquoi ? Parce que les autorités allemandes se sont félicitées d’une baisse des agressions violentes en 2017. C’est vrai, elles ont chuté de 5,1% par rapport à 2016.

Est-il possible, cependant, de feindre à ce point l’incompréhension ? Car les détracteurs zélés du président omettent de préciser que la criminalité a bien augmenté en Allemagne à la suite de cette vague migratoire exceptionnelle : 10% de crimes violents en plus, sur les années 2015 et 2016. L’étude réalisée par le gouvernement allemand et publiée en janvier dernier concluait même que 90% de cette augmentation était due aux jeunes hommes clandestins fraîchement accueillis, âgés de 14 à 30 ans.

En 2016, les étrangers étaient 3,5 fois plus impliqués dans des crimes que les Allemands, les clandestins 7 fois plus

L’augmentation de la criminalité fut donc indiscutablement liée à l’accueil de 1,1 millions de clandestins pendant l’année 2015. C’est évidement ce qu’entend démontrer Donald Trump.

Et ce n’est pas tout. Les chiffres du ministère allemand de l’Intérieur pour 2016 révèlent également une implication des étrangers et des clandestins supérieure à celle des Allemands dans le domaine de la criminalité. Et en hausse. La proportion d’étrangers parmi les personnes suspectées d’actes criminels était de 28,7% en 2014, elle est passée à 40,4% en 2016, avant de chuter à 35% en 2017 (ce qui reste plus important qu’en 2014).

En 2016, les étrangers étaient 3,5 fois plus impliqués dans des crimes que les Allemands, les clandestins 7 fois plus. Des chiffres encore plus élevés dans le domaine des crimes violents (5 fois plus élevés chez les étrangers, 15 fois chez les clandestins) ou dans celui des viols en réunion (10 fois plus chez les étrangers, 42 fois chez les clandestins !).

Factuellement, la criminalité n’augmente pas aujourd’hui en Allemagne. Mais l’exceptionnelle vague migratoire voulue par Angela Merkel en 2015 a bien eu pour conséquence l’augmentation de la criminalité en Allemagne. Les Allemands, eux, semblent l’avoir très bien compris.

Voir par ailleurs:

La caravane des migrants a atteint la frontière avec la Californie

 FRANCE 24

30/04/2018

Au moins 150 migrants centraméricains sont arrivés à Tijuana au Mexique, à la frontière avec les États-Unis. Ils sont décidés à demander l’asile à Washington.

Plusieurs centaines de migrants originaires d’Amérique centrale se sont rassemblés dimanche 30 avril à la frontière mexico-américaine au terme d’un mois de traversée du Mexique.

Nombre d’entre eux ont décidé de se présenter aux autorités américaines pour déposer des demandes d’asile et devraient être placés en centres de rétention. « Nous espérons que le gouvernement des États-Unis nous ouvrira les portes », a déclaré Reyna Isabel Rodríguez, 52 ans, venu du Salvador avec ses deux petits-enfants.

« Nous ne sommes pas des criminels »

L’ONG Peuple Sans Frontières organise ce type de caravane depuis 2010 pour dénoncer le sort de celles et ceux qui traversent le Mexique en proie à de nombreux dangers, entre des cartels de la drogue qui les kidnappent ou les tuent, et des autorités qui les rançonnent. « Nous voulons dire au président des États-Unis que nous ne sommes pas des criminels, nous ne sommes pas des terroristes, qu’il nous donne la chance de vivre sans peur. Je sais que Dieu va toucher son cœur », a déclaré l’une des organisatrices de la caravane, Irineo Mujica.

L’ONG, composée de volontaires, permet notamment aux migrants de rester groupés – lors d’un périple qui se fait à pied, en bus ou en train – afin de se prémunir de tous les dangers qui jalonnent leur chemin. En espagnol, ces caravanes sont d’ailleurs appelées « Via Crucis Migrantes » ou le « Chemin de croix des migrants », en référence aux processions catholiques, particulièrement appréciées en Amérique du Sud, qui mettent en scène la Passion du Christ, ou les derniers événements qui ont précédé et accompagné la mort de Jésus de Nazareth.

Cette année, le groupe est parti le 25 mars de Tapachula, à la frontière du Guatemala, avec un groupe de près de 1 200 personnes, à 80 % originaires du Honduras, les autres venant du Guatemala, du Salvador et du Nicaragua, selon Rodrigo Abeja. Dans le groupe, près de 300 enfants âgés de 1 mois à 11 ans, une vingtaine de jeunes homosexuels et environ 400 femmes. Certains se sont ensuite dispersés, préférant rester au Mexique, d’autres choisissant de voyager par leurs propres moyens.

La colère de Donald Trump

En avril, les images de la caravane de migrants se dirigeant vers les États-Unis avaient suscité la colère de Donald Trump et une forte tension entre Washington et Mexico. Le président américain, dont l’un des principaux thèmes de campagne était la construction d’un mur à la frontière avec le Mexique pour lutter contre l’immigration clandestine, avait ordonné le déploiement sur la frontière de troupes de la Garde nationale.

Il avait aussi soumis la conclusion d’un nouvel accord de libre-échange en Amérique du Nord à un renforcement des contrôles migratoires par le Mexique, une condition rejetée par le président mexicain Enrique Pena Nieto.

Avec AFP et Reuters

Voir aussi:

WASHINGTON — It was the kind of story destined to take a dark turn through the conservative news media and grab President Trump’s attention: A vast horde of migrants was making its way through Mexico toward the United States, and no one was stopping them.

“Mysterious group deploys ‘caravan’ of illegal aliens headed for U.S. border,” warned Frontpage Mag, a site run by David Horowitz, a conservative commentator.

The Gateway Pundit, a website that was most recently in the news for spreading conspiracies about the school shooting in Parkland, Fla., suggested the real reason the migrants were trying to enter the United States was to collect social welfare benefits.

And as the president often does when immigration is at issue, he saw a reason for Americans to be afraid. “Getting more dangerous. ‘Caravans’ coming,” a Twitter post from Mr. Trump read.

The story of “the caravan” followed an arc similar to many events — whether real, embellished or entirely imagined — involving refugees and migrants that have roused intense suspicion and outrage on the right. The coverage tends to play on the fears that hiding among mass groups of immigrants are many criminals, vectors of disease and agents of terror. And often the president, who announced his candidacy by blaming Mexico for sending rapists and drug dealers into the United States, acts as an accelerant to the hysteria.

The sensationalization of this story and others like it seems to serve a common purpose for Mr. Trump and other immigration hard-liners: to highlight the twin dangers of freely roving migrants — especially those from Muslim countries — and lax immigration laws that grant them easy entry into Western nations.

The narrative on the right this week, for example, mostly omitted that many people in the caravan planned to resettle in Mexico, not the United States. And it ignored how many of those who did intend to come here would probably go through the legal process of requesting asylum at a border checkpoint — something miles of new wall and battalions of additional border patrol would not have stopped.

“They end up in schools on Long Island, some of which are MS-13!” declared Brian Kilmeade on the president’s preferred morning news program, “Fox & Friends,” referring to the predominantly Central American gang.

The coverage became so distorted that it prompted a reporter for Breitbart News who covers border migration, Brandon Darby, to push back. “I’m seeing a lot of right media cover this as ‘people coming illegally’ or as ‘illegal aliens.’ That is incorrect,” he wrote on Twitter. “They are coming to a port of entry and requesting refugee status. That is legal.”

In an interview, Mr. Darby said it was regrettable that the relatively routine occurrence of migrant caravans — which organizers rely on as a safety-in-numbers precaution against the violence that can happen along the trek — was being politicized. “The caravan isn’t something that’s a unique event,” he said. “And I think people are looking at it wrong. If you’re upset at the situation, it’s easier to be mad at the migrant than it is to be mad at the political leaders on both sides who won’t change the laws.”

As tends to be the case in these stories, the humanitarian aspects get glossed over as migrants are collapsed into one maligned category: hostile foreign invaders.

In November, Mr. Trump touched off an international furor when he posted a series of videos on Twitter that purported to show the effects of mass Muslim migration in Europe. Initially circulated by a fringe ultranationalist in Britain who has railed against Islam, the videos included titles like “Muslim migrant beats up Dutch boy on crutches!” “Muslim Destroys a Statue of Virgin Mary!” and “Islamist mob pushes teenage boy off roof and beats him to death!”

The assailant in one video the president shared, however, was not a “Muslim migrant.” And the other two videos depicted four-year-old events with no explanation.

These items tend to metastasize irrespective of the facts, but contain powerful visual elements to which Mr. Trump is known to viscerally respond.

Last February, Mr. Trump insinuated that some kind of terror-related episode involving Muslim immigrants had taken place in Sweden. “Who would believe this? Sweden,” he said at a rally in Florida, leaving Swedes and Americans baffled because nothing out of the ordinary had happened at all. “They took in large numbers. They’re having problems like they never thought possible.”

Like the caravan story, which apparently came to Mr. Trump’s attention as he watched “Fox & Friends,” the president was referring to something he had seen on cable news. And he later had to clarify that he was referring to a Fox News segment on issues Sweden was having with migrants generally, not any particular event.

The conservative National Review later called the piece in question “sensationalistic” and pointed out that a lack of government data made it virtually impossible to determine whether crime rates in the country were related to immigration.

When the president himself has not spread stories about immigration that were either misleading or turned out to be false, his White House aides have. Last year, the White House joined a pile-on by the conservative news media after it called attention to the account of a high school student in Montgomery County, Md., who said she was raped at school by two classmates, one of whom is an undocumented immigrant. The case became a national rallying cry on the right against permissive border policies and so-called sanctuary cities that treat undocumented immigrants more leniently. Fox News broadcast live outside the high school for days.

Prosecutors later dropped the charges after they said the evidence did not substantiate the girl’s claims.

The story of the caravan has been similarly exaggerated. And the emotional outpouring from the right has been raw — that was the case on Fox this week when the TV host Tucker Carlson shouted “You hate America!” at an immigrants rights activist after he defended the people marching through Mexico.

The facts of the caravan are not as straightforward as Mr. Trump or many conservative pundits have portrayed them. The story initially gained widespread attention after BuzzFeed News reported last week that more than 1,000 Central American migrants, mostly from Honduras, were making their way north toward the United States border. Yet the BuzzFeed article and other coverage pointed out that many in the group were planning to stay in Mexico.

That did not stop Mr. Trump from expressing dismay on Tuesday with a situation “where you have thousands of people that decide to just walk into our country, and we don’t have any laws that can protect it.”

The use of disinformation in immigration debates is hardly unique to the United States. Misleading crime statistics, speculation about sinister plots to undermine national sovereignty and Russian propaganda have all played a role in stirring up anti-immigrant sentiment in places like Britain, Germany and Hungary. Some of the more fantastical theories have involved a socialist conspiracy to import left-leaning voters and a scheme by the Hungarian-born Jewish philanthropist George Soros to create a borderless Europe.

Anyone watching Fox News this week would have heard about similar forces at work inside “the caravan.”

“This was an organized plan and deliberate attack on the sovereignty of the United States by a special interest group,” said David Ward, whom the network identified as a former agent for Immigration and Customs Enforcement. “They rallied a bunch of foreign nationals to come north into the United States to test our resolve.”

Voir aussi:

Humanitarian group that organized migrant ‘caravan’ headed to US issues list of demands for refugees

One thousand Central American migrants are headed to the United States border. Adolfo Flores, a BuzzFeed News reporter, has been traveling with the group of migrants and wrote that “no one in Mexico dares to stop them.” President Donald Trump reacted to the report and called off all negotiations with Democrats over the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals program (DACA) if the migrants arrive.

With the help of a humanitarian group called “Pueblo Sin Fronteras” (people without borders), the 1,000 plus migrants will reach the U.S. border with a list of demands to several governments in Central America, the United States, and Mexico.

Here’s what they demanded of Mexico and the United States in a Facebook post: 

-That they respect our rights as refugees and our right to dignified work to be able to support our families
-That they open the borders to us because we are as much citizens as the people of the countries where we are and/or travel
-That deportations, which destroy families, come to an end
-No more abuses against us as migrants
-Dignity and justice
-That the US government not end TPS for those who need it
-That the US government stop massive funding for the Mexican government to detain Central American migrants and refugees and to deport them
-That these governments respect our rights under international law, including the right to free expression
-That the conventions on refugee rights not be empty rhetoric

“The border is stained red!”
“Because there they kill the working class!”
“Why do they kill us? Why do they murder us…”
“If we are the hope of Latin America?”

Sincerely,

2018 Refugee Caravan “Migrantes en la Lucha”
Pueblo Sin Fronteras

Voir enfin:

American Nightmare
The shame of America’s refugee camps
Wil S. Hylton
The NYT magazine
February 2015

CHRISTINA BROWN pulled into the refugee camp after an eight-hour drive across the desert. It was late July of last year, and Brown was a 30-year-old immigration lawyer. She had spent a few years after college working on political campaigns, but her law degree was barely a year old, and she had only two clients in her private practice in Denver. When other lawyers told her that the federal government was opening a massive detention center for immigrants in southeastern New Mexico, where hundreds of women and children would be housed in metal trailers surrounded by barbed wire, Brown decided to volunteer legal services to the detainees. She wasn’t sure exactly what rights they might have, but she wanted to make sure they got them. She packed enough clothes to last a week, stopped by Target to pick up coloring books and toys and started driving south.Brown spent the night at a motel, then drove to the detention camp in the morning. She stood in the wind-swept parking lot with the other lawyers, overlooking the barren plains of the eastern plateau. After a few minutes, a transport van emerged from the facility to pick them up. It swung to a stop in the parking lot, and the attorneys filed on. They sat on the cold metal benches and stared through the caged windows as the bus rolled back into the compound and across the bleak brown landscape. It came to a stop by a small trailer, and the lawyers shuffled out.As they opened the door to the trailer, Brown felt a blast of cold air. The front room was empty except for two small desks arranged near the center. A door in the back opened to reveal dozens of young women and children huddled together. Many were gaunt and malnourished, with dark circles under their eyes. “The kids were really sick,” Brown told me later. “A lot of the moms were holding them in their arms, even the older kids — holding them like babies, and they’re screaming and crying, and some of them are lying there listlessly.”Brown took a seat at a desk, and a guard brought a woman to meet her. Brown asked the woman in Spanish how she ended up in detention. The woman explained that she had to escape from her home in El Salvador when gangs targeted her family. “Her husband had just been murdered, and she and her kids found his body,” Brown recalls. “After he was murdered, the gang started coming after her and threatening to kill her.” Brown agreed to help the woman apply for political asylum in the United States, explaining that it might be possible to pay a small bond and then live with friends or relatives while she waited for an asylum hearing. When the woman returned to the back room, Brown met with another, who was fleeing gangs in Guatemala. Then she met another young woman, who fled violence in Honduras. “They were all just breaking down,” Brown said. “They were telling us that they were afraid to go home. They were crying, saying they were scared for themselves and their children. It was a constant refrain: ‘I’ll die if I go back.’ ”As Brown emerged from the trailer that evening, she already knew it would be difficult to leave at the end of the week. The women she met were just a fraction of those inside the camp, and the government was making plans to open a second facility of nearly the same size in Karnes County, Tex., near San Antonio. “I remember thinking to myself that this was an impossible situation,” she said. “I was overwhelmed and sad and angry. I think the anger is what kept me going.”***OVER THE PAST six years, President Obama has tried to make children the centerpiece of his efforts to put a gentler face on U.S. immigration policy. Even as his administration has deported a record number of unauthorized immigrants, surpassing two million deportations last year, it has pushed for greater leniency toward undocumented children. After trying and failing to pass the Dream Act legislation, which would offer a path to permanent residency for immigrants who arrived before the age of 16, the president announced an executive action in 2012 to block their deportation. Last November, Obama added another executive action to extend similar protections to undocumented parents. “We’re going to keep focusing enforcement resources on actual threats to our security,” he said in a speech on Nov. 20. “Felons, not families. Criminals, not children. Gang members, not a mom who’s working hard to provide for her kids.” But the president’s new policies apply only to immigrants who have been in the United States for more than five years; they do nothing to address the emerging crisis on the border today.Since the economic collapse of 2008, the number of undocumented immigrants coming from Mexico has plunged, while a surge of violence in Central America has brought a wave of migrants from Honduras, El Salvador and Guatemala. According to recent statistics from the Department of Homeland Security, the number of refugees fleeing Central America has doubled in the past year alone — with more than 61,000 “family units” crossing the U.S. border, as well as 51,000 unaccompanied children. For the first time, more people are coming to the United States from those countries than from Mexico, and they are coming not just for opportunity but for survival.The explosion of violence in Central America is often described in the language of war, cartels, extortion and gangs, but none of these capture the chaos overwhelming the region. Four of the five highest murder rates in the world are in Central American nations. The collapse of these countries is among the greatest humanitarian disasters of our time. While criminal organizations like the 18th Street Gang and Mara Salvatrucha exist as street gangs in the United States, in large parts of Honduras, Guatemala and El Salvador they are so powerful and pervasive that they have supplanted the government altogether. People who run afoul of these gangs — which routinely demand money on threat of death and sometimes kidnap young boys to serve as soldiers and young girls as sexual slaves — may have no recourse to the law and no better option than to flee.The American immigration system defines a special pathway for refugees. To qualify, most applicants must present themselves to federal authorities, pass a “credible fear interview” to demonstrate a possible basis for asylum and proceed through a “merits hearing” before an immigration judge. Traditionally, those who have completed the first two stages are permitted to live with family and friends in the United States while they await their final hearing, which can be months or years later. If authorities believe an applicant may not appear for that court date, they can require a bond payment as guarantee or place the refugee in a monitoring system that may include a tracking bracelet. In the most extreme cases, a judge may deny bond and keep the refugee in a detention facility until the merits hearing.The rules are somewhat different when children are involved. Under the terms of a 1997 settlement in the case of Flores v. Meese, children who enter the country without their parents must be granted a “general policy favoring release” to the custody of relatives or a foster program. When there is cause to detain a child, he or she must be housed in the least restrictive environment possible, kept away from unrelated adults and provided access to medical care, exercise and adequate education. Whether these protections apply to children traveling with their parents has been a matter of dispute. The Flores settlement refers to “all minors who are detained” by the Immigration and Naturalization Service and its “agents, employees, contractors and/or successors in office.” When the I.N.S. dissolved into the Department of Homeland Security in 2003, its detention program shifted to the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement agency. Federal judges have ruled that ICE is required to honor the Flores protections for all children in its custody.Even so, in 2005, the administration of George W. Bush decided to deny the Flores protections to refugee children traveling with their parents. Instead of a “general policy favoring release,” the administration began to incarcerate hundreds of those families for months at a time. To house them, officials opened the T. Don Hutto Family Detention Center near Austin, Tex. Within a year, the administration faced a lawsuit over the facility’s conditions. Legal filings describe young children forced to wear prison jumpsuits, to live in dormitory housing, to use toilets exposed to public view and to sleep with the lights on, even while being denied access to appropriate schooling. In a pretrial hearing, a federal judge in Texas blasted the administration for denying these children the protections of the Flores settlement. “The court finds it inexplicable that defendants have spent untold amounts of time, effort and taxpayer dollars to establish the Hutto family-detention program, knowing all the while that Flores is still in effect,” the judge wrote. The Bush administration settled the suit with a promise to improve the conditions at Hutto but continued to deny that children in family detention were entitled to the Flores protections.In 2009, the Obama administration reversed course, abolishing family detention at Hutto and leaving only a small facility in Pennsylvania to house refugee families in exceptional circumstances. For all other refugee families, the administration returned to a policy of release to await trial. Studies have shown that nearly all detainees who are released from custody with some form of monitoring will appear for their court date. But when the number of refugees from Central America spiked last summer, the administration abruptly announced plans to resume family detention.From the beginning, officials were clear that the purpose of the new facility in Artesia was not so much to review asylum petitions as to process deportation orders. “We have already added resources to expedite the removal, without a hearing before an immigration judge, of adults who come from these three countries without children,” the secretary of Homeland Security, Jeh Johnson, told a Senate committee in July. “Then there are adults who brought their children with them. Again, our message to this group is simple: We will send you back.” Elected officials in Artesia say that Johnson made a similar pledge during a visit to the detention camp in July. “He said, ‘As soon as we get them, we’ll ship them back,’ ” a city councilor from Artesia named Jose Luis Aguilar recalled. The mayor of the city, Phillip Burch, added, “His comment to us was that this would be a ‘rapid deportation process.’ Those were his exact words.”***DURING THE FIRST five weeks that the Artesia facility was open, officials deported more than 200 refugees to Central America. But as word of the detention camp began to spread, volunteers like Christina Brown trickled into town. Their goal was to stop the deportations, schedule asylum hearings for the detainees and, whenever possible, release the women and children on bond. Many of the lawyers who came to Artesia were young mothers, and they saw in the detained children a resemblance to their own. By last fall, roughly 200 volunteers were rotating through town in shifts: renting rooms in local motels, working 12-hour days to interview detainees and file asylum paperwork, then staying awake into the night to consult one another. Some volunteers returned to Artesia multiple times. A few spent more than a month there. Brown never moved back to Denver. She rented a little yellow house by the detention facility, took up office space in a local church and, with help from a nonprofit group called the American Immigration Lawyers Association, or AILA, she began to organize the volunteers pouring in.As Brown got to know detainees in Artesia, grim patterns emerged from their stories. One was the constant threat of gangs in their lives; another was the prevalence of sexual violence. A detainee in Artesia named Sofia explained that a gang murdered her brother, shot her husband and then kidnapped and raped her 14-year-old stepdaughter. A Guatemalan woman named Kira said that she fled when a gang targeted her family over their involvement in a nonviolence movement at church; when Kira’s husband went into hiding, the gang subjected her to repeated sexual assaults and threatened to cut her unborn baby from her womb. An inmate named Marisol said she crossed the U.S. border in June after a gang in Honduras murdered the father of her 3-year-old twins, then turned its attention to her.Less than a week after her arrival in Artesia, Brown represented the young Salvadoran mother she met on her first day. It was a preliminary hearing to see whether the woman met the basic preconditions for asylum. A frequent consideration in the refugee process is whether an applicant is being targeted as a member of a “particular social group.” Judges have interpreted the phrase to include a refugee’s victimhood on the basis of sex or sexual orientation. At the hearing, Brown planned to invoke the pervasiveness of gang violence and sexual assault, but she says the immigration judge refused to let her speak.“I wasn’t allowed to play any role,” Brown said. Speaking to the judge, her client described her husband’s murder and the threats she faced from gangs. “She testified very well,” Brown said. But when the judge asked whether she felt targeted as a member of a “social group,” the woman said no. “Because that is a legal term of art,” Brown said. “She had no idea what the heck it means.” Brown tried to interject, but the judge wouldn’t allow it. He denied the woman’s request for an asylum hearing and slated her for deportation. Afterward, Brown said, “I went behind one of the cubicles, and I started sobbing uncontrollably.”Detainees who passed their initial hearings often found themselves stranded in Artesia without bond. Lawyers for Homeland Security have adopted a policy they call “no bond or high bond” for the women and children in detention. In court filings, they insist that prolonged detention is necessary to “further screen the detainees and have a better chance of identifying any that present threats to our public safety and national security.” Allowing these young mothers and children to be free on bond, they claim, “would have indirect yet significant adverse national-security consequences.”

As the months ticked by in Artesia, many detainees began to wonder if they would ever be free again. “I arrived on July 5 and turned myself in at 2 a.m.,” a 28-year-old mother of two named Ana recalled. In Honduras, Ana ran a small business selling trinkets and served on the P.T.A. of her daughter’s school. “I lived well,” she said — until the gangs began to pound on her door, demanding extortion payments. Within days, they had escalated their threats, approaching Ana brazenly on the street. “One day, coming home from my daughter’s school, they walked up to me and put a gun to my head,” she said. “They told me that if I didn’t give them the money in less than 24 hours, they would kill me.” Ana had already seen friends raped and murdered by the gang, so she packed her belongings that night and began the 1,800-mile journey to the U.S. border with her 7-year-old daughter. Four weeks later, in McAllen, Tex., they surrendered as refugees.

Ana and her daughter entered Artesia in mid-July. In October they were still there. Ana’s daughter was sick and losing weight rapidly under the strain of incarceration. Their lawyer, a leader in Chicago’s Mormon Church named Rebecca van Uitert, said that Ana’s daughter became so weak and emaciated that doctors threatened drastic measures. “They were like, ‘You’ve got to force her to eat, and if you don’t, we’re going to put a PICC line in her and force-feed her,’ ” van Uitert said. Ana said that when her daughter heard the doctor say this, “She started to cry and cry.”

In October, as van Uitert presented Ana’s case to an immigration judge, the lawyer broke down in the courtroom. “I’m starting to make these arguments before the judge, and I just couldn’t,” she said. “I sounded like a barking seal, just sucking and gasping, and because I was crying, a lot of people started crying. The attorney next to me was crying, Ana was crying, her little girl started crying. I looked over at the bailiff, who actually ended up being my friend when I went back another time. He had tears in his eyes.” The judge granted Ana’s release on bond; she is currently waiting for an asylum hearing in North Carolina.

Many of the volunteers in Artesia tell similar stories about the misery of life in the facility. “I thought I was pretty tough,” said Allegra Love, who spent the previous summer working on the border between Mexico and Guatemala. “I mean, I had seen kids in all manner of suffering, but this was a really different thing. It’s a jail, and the women and children are being led around by guards. There’s this look that the kids have in their eyes. This lackadaisical look. They’re just sitting there, staring off, and they’re wasting away. That was what shocked me most.”

The detainees reported sleeping eight to a room, in violation of the Flores settlement, with little exercise or stimulation for the children. Many were under the age of 6 and had been raised on a diet of tortillas, rice and chicken bits. In Artesia, the institutional cafeteria foods were as unfamiliar as the penal atmosphere, and to their parents’ horror, many of the children refused to eat. “Gaunt kids, moms crying, they’re losing hair, up all night,” an attorney named Maria Andrade recalled. Another, Lisa Johnson-Firth, said: “I saw children who were malnourished and were not adapting. One 7-year-old just lay in his mother’s arms while she bottle-fed him.” Mary O’Leary, who made three trips to Artesia last fall, said: “I was trying to talk to one client about her case, and just a few feet away at another table there was this lady with a toddler between 2 and 4 years old, just lying limp. This was a sick kid, and just with this horrible racking cough.”

***

IN EARLY AUGUST, a paralegal from Oregon named Vanessa Sischo arrived at the camp. Raised in a small town near Mount Hood, Sischo did not realize until high school that her parents brought her into the United States from Mexico as an infant without documentation. She gained protection from deportation under the president’s Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals program in 2012. When Sischo learned that children arriving from Central America were being incarcerated in Artesia, she volunteered immediately. She arrived a week after Christina Brown, and like Brown, she stayed. After about a month, AILA and another nonprofit, the American Immigration Council, hired Brown as the pro bono project’s lead attorney. Brown recommended Sischo for the job of project coordinator. The two women began rooming together in the small yellow house near Main Street.

Brown and Sischo make an unlikely pair. Brown, who has a sturdy build and dark brown hair, has an inborn skepticism and a piercing wit. Sischo is six years younger and preternaturally easygoing. Until she discovered her own immigration background, she had little interest in political affairs and spent much of her time in Oregon as a competitive snowboarder. For both, Artesia was a jarring shift from life at home. As they sat together one evening in December, they described a typical week. “The new volunteers come in on Sunday, go through orientation, and by Wednesday night, everyone is crying,” Brown said. “A lot of the attorneys come in and say: ‘I’ve been doing this for 20 years. I’ve seen all of this before. I’ll be fine.’ ”

“I remember the first time I went in,” Sischo said. “I just stopped, and all I could hear was a symphony of coughing and sneezing and crying and wailing.”

“Kids vomiting all over the place,” Brown said.

“There was a big outbreak of fevers,” Sischo said. “It sent an infant into convulsions.”

“Pneumonia, scabies, lice,” Brown said.

Officials for ICE say these accounts are exaggerated. But they declined multiple requests to visit the Artesia facility and took weeks to answer questions about its facilities. Brown, who oversaw more than 500 detainee cases as lead attorney, was also unable to gain access to the camp’s housing, dining, medical and educational facilities. “I requested three times to be taken on a tour,” she said. “I sent it through the appropriate channels. No one ever responded, to date, to my request.”

Visitors who did gain access to the facility have raised troubling questions about the ethics — and legality — of how it handled children. The Flores settlement requires the government to provide regular schooling for juveniles in detention, but the mayor of Artesia, Phillip Burch, said that on several visits to the compound, the classrooms were always empty. “I was told that children were attending classes,” he recalled. “Did I personally witness it? No. And none of the tours that I made did I see the children actually in class.” Members of the New Mexico Faith Coalition for Immigrant Justice, who toured the facility in October, say that officials also showed them the empty school. When one member asked why the building was empty, an ICE official replied that school was temporarily closed. Detainees have consistently told their lawyers that the school was never reliably open. They recall a few weeks in October when classes were in session for an hour or two per day, then several weeks of closure through November, followed by another brief period of classes in December.

In response to questions about the school, ICE officials would say only that “regular school instruction began Oct. 13, 2014, and ended Dec. 17.” Asked whether the school was open consistently, and for how many hours, ICE officials declined to respond. The senior counselor for immigration issues at the Department of Homeland Security, Esther Olavarria, said that she was aware “there were challenges” at the Artesia school, but couldn’t say exactly when it was open or for how long. Olavarria has a distinguished record as advocate for refugees and previously served as a top immigration adviser for Senator Edward M. Kennedy. She said that she was under the impression that attorneys in Artesia were granted access to the facility, and she could not explain why Brown was not. She also believed that the meal service in Artesia was adapted to reflect the dietary norms of Central America and that medical care was adequate and available. After hearing what detainees, attorneys, faith advocates and elected officials described in Artesia, Olavarria promised to look into these issues and provide further documentation. Despite several attempts to elicit that documentation, she provided none. In a statement, the Department of Homeland Security said: “The regular school instruction began Oct. 13, 2014, but was suspended shortly thereafter in order to ensure appropriate vetting of all teachers.” Officials say that school resumed on Oct. 24 and continued through Dec. 17.

Attorneys for the Obama administration have argued in court, like the Bush administration previously, that the protections guaranteed by the Flores settlement do not apply to children in family detention. “The Flores settlement comes into play with unaccompanied minors,” a lawyer for the Department of Homeland Security named Karen Donoso Stevens insisted to a judge on Aug. 4. “That argument is moot here, because the juvenile is detained — is accompanied and detained — with his mother.”

Federal judges have consistently rejected this position. Just as the judge reviewing family detention in 2007 called the denial of Flores protections “inexplicable,” the judge presiding over the Aug. 4 hearing issued a ruling in September that Homeland Security officials in Artesia must honor the Flores Settlement Agreement. “The language of the F.S.A. is unambiguous,” Judge Roxanne Hladylowycz wrote. “The F.S.A. was designed to create a nationwide policy for the detention of all minors, not only those who are unaccompanied.” Olavarria said she was not aware of that ruling and would not comment on whether the Department of Homeland Security believes that the Flores ruling applies to children in family detention today.

***

AS THE PRO BONO project in Artesia continued into fall, its attorneys continued to win in court. By mid-November, more than 400 of the detained women and children were free on bond. Then on Nov. 20, the administration suddenly announced plans to transfer the Artesia detainees to the ICE detention camp in Karnes, Tex., where they would fall under a new immigration court district with a new slate of judges.

That announcement came at the very moment the president was delivering a live address on the new protections available to established immigrant families. In an email to notify Artesia volunteers about the transfer, an organizer for AILA named Stephen Manning wrote, “The disconnect from the compassionate-ish words of the president and his crushing policies toward these refugees is shocking.” Brown was listening to the speech in her car, while driving to Denver for a rare weekend at home, when her cellphone buzzed with the news that 20 of her clients would be transferred to Texas the next morning. Many of them were close to a bond release; in San Antonio, they might be detained for weeks or months longer. Brown pulled her car to the side of the highway and spent three hours arguing to delay the transfer. Over the next two weeks, officials moved forward with the plan.

By mid-December, most of the Artesia detainees were in Karnes, and Brown and Sischo were scrambling to pack the contents of their home and office. On the afternoon of Dec. 16, they threw their final bags into a U-Haul, its cargo area crammed with laundry baskets, suitcases, file boxes and hiking backpacks, all wedged precariously in place, then set out for the eight-hour drive across the desert to central Texas.

The next morning, a law professor named Barbara Hines was also speeding into San Antonio. Hines is a wiry woman in her 60s with a burst of black curls and an aspect of bristling intensity. In the battle over refugee detention, she is something of a seminal figure for advocates like Brown and Sischo. As co-director of the Immigration Law Clinic at the University of Texas, Hines helped lead the 2007 lawsuit against the Hutto facility, which brought about its closure in 2009 and the abolition of widespread family detention until last summer. When the Obama administration announced plans to resume the practice in Artesia, Hines was outraged; when officials opened the second facility in Karnes, just two hours from her home in Austin, Hines began to organize a pro bono project of her own. Although she’d never met Brown or Sischo, she had been running a parallel operation for months. Now that they were in Texas, Hines was eager to meet them.

But first, she had a client to represent. Hines pulled into a parking lot behind the immigration court in downtown San Antonio and rushed inside, up a clattering elevator to the third floor and down a long hallway to a cramped courtroom. At the front, behind a vast wooden desk, sat Judge Glenn McPhaul, a tidy man with slicked hair and a pencil mustache. He presided from an elevated platform, with a clerk to his right, an interpreter to his left, and a large television monitor in the corner. On screen was the pale and grainy image of a dozen exhausted Central American women.

These were just a few of the Karnes detainees, linked by video feed to the courtroom. Another 500 women and children were in the compound with them. There was no legal distinction between their cases and those of the women in Artesia; they had simply been sent to a different facility, weeks or months earlier. Each of them, like the women in Artesia, had already been through the early stages of the asylum process — presenting herself to immigration authorities, asking for refugee status and passing the “credible-fear interview” to confirm a basis for her claim. But the odds of release in Karnes were worse. One of McPhaul’s colleagues, Judge Gary Burkholder, was averaging a 91.6 percent denial rate for the asylum claims. Some Karnes detainees had been in the facility for nearly six months and could remain there another six.

***

THE SITTING AREA of the courtroom was nearly empty, save for half a dozen attorneys. Many of the volunteers at Karnes are friends and former students of Hines, who has been drafting every licensed lawyer she can find. As she slid down the long bench to a seat, she nodded to some of the attorneys in the room and stopped to whisper with another. Then she spent a few minutes fidgeting with her phone until the clerk called her client’s name, and Hines sprang forward, slipping past the bar rail to a table facing the judge. On the television screen, her client, Juana, was stepping toward the camera at Karnes. She was a young woman with a narrow face and deep eyes. Her hair was pulled back to reveal high cheekbones and a somber expression.

McPhaul asked the stenographer to begin transcription, then he commenced with the ritualized exchange of detention proceedings, recording the names of the attorneys, the detainee and everyone on the bench. He noted the introduction of a series of legal documents and confirmed that Juana was still happy to be represented by Hines. There was a stream of legal jargon and a few perfunctory remarks about the status of the case, all of it in clipped judicial vernacular and a flat, indifferent tone. Then McPhaul set a date for the next hearing, at which Hines could begin to present an argument for Juana’s release on bond.

For now, Juana’s turn was over; the whole affair took less than 10 minutes, without any meaningful discussion of her case or its merits. As Hines stepped out of the courtroom, Juana was turning away from the camera to return to her children in Karnes. It was impossible to say how much of the hearing she understood, since none of the proceedings were translated into Spanish. The courtroom interpreter was there only to translate the judge’s questions and the detainees’ responses; everything else was said exclusively in English, including the outcome. For all that Juana knew, she might have been granted reprieve or confined for another six months.

Over the next two hours, the scene would repeat a dozen times. Each time McPhaul called a name, a new lawyer would step forward, taking a seat before the bench and proceeding through the verbal Kabuki. In a few cases, McPhaul offered the detainee the opportunity to post bond — usually around $3,000. But the courtroom interpreter was not allowed to convey this news to the detainee, either. If the pro bono attorney spoke Spanish fluently, there might be a few minutes at the end of the session to explain what happened. If not, the detainee would return to custody and might not discover that she had been granted bond until, or unless, someone paid it.

These, of course, were the lucky women with an attorney to represent them at all. Although the families in Artesia and Karnes have been detained in an environment that closely resembles incarceration, there is no requirement in American law to provide them with the sort of legal representation afforded to other defendants. Unlike the Artesia project, where the involvement of AILA brought in hundreds of volunteers from across the country, Hines could scrape together only so many friends and compatriots to lend their time. She formed a partnership with the Refugee and Immigrant Center for Education and Legal Services, or Raices, in San Antonio, and the law firm Akin Gump assigned a young lawyer named Lauren Connell to help organize the Karnes project. But there still weren’t enough lawyers to represent the detainees, and Hines and Connell were forced to evaluate which cases were most likely to win. The remaining refugees would proceed to court alone. They would understand little of what happened, and most would be deported.

It was difficult for Hines to think about what might happen to those women next. The refugees who are returned to Central America can be subject to even greater harassment by gangs for having fled. Hector Hernandez, a morgue operator in Honduras, has said that children who come back from U.S. detention “return just to die.” Jose Luis Aguilar, the city councilor for Artesia, recalled a group deportation on the day in July when Secretary Jeh Johnson visited the facility. “He came in the morning, and that same night, they took 79 people and shipped them to El Salvador on the ICE plane,” Aguilar said. “We got reports later that 10 kids had been killed. The church group confirmed that with four of the mortuaries where they went.”

***

HINES WAS HOPING the attorneys from Artesia would help represent the women in Karnes, but she had no idea whether they would be willing to do so. This was her agenda for the first meeting with Christina Brown, which took place that afternoon in a sunlit conference room in the downtown offices of Akin Gump. Hines sat at the head of a long table, with Lauren Connell to her left and an attorney from Raices named Steven Walden to her right. After a few minutes, Brown appeared in the doorway. She was wearing the same green T-shirt and black leggings she had been wearing the day before in Artesia, and she smiled sheepishly, offering a handshake to Hines.

“I’m really sorry,” Brown said with a small laugh. “I want to let you know that I believe very strongly in first impressions — but I am living out of a U-Haul right now.”

Hines smiled sympathetically as they sat down. “So,” she said. “What are you all going to do here?”

Brown paused. “Well, we know we’re going to be continuing our cases,” she said.

“Mmm-hmm,” Hines said.

“And I’m working on cleaning up our spreadsheet and figuring out who’s here,” Brown said. “Many of our clients who were transferred here had already been granted bond.”

“Wait,” Connell said. “They transferred them here to have them bond out?”

Brown sighed. “Yes,” she said.

“That’s ridiculous,” Connell said.

“We’ve had numerous fights on this issue,” Brown said. “We’ve had family members go to pay, and they can’t because the client is already in transit to Karnes.”

Hines shook her head in disbelief.

“It’s been kind of a nightmare,” Brown said.

“Do you have people who have been detained more than 90 days?” Hines asked.

“Every one we’re going forward with on merits has been detained more than 90 days,” Brown said. “So I want to see how you all are moving forward, so I can see what resources are here for Artesia clients.”

Hines laughed. “We can barely staff our cases,” she said. “My hope was that people who were at Artesia, after they’re finished your cases, are going to help with ours.”

“If she says that enough, maybe it will come true,” Connell said.

Brown shook her head. “At the moment, I can commit to nothing,” she said. “Right now, I’m the only attorney, and there’s no guarantee that other volunteers are coming.”

Hines and Connell exchanged a look. Even if the Artesia lawyers could double or triple their workload, the number of detainees would soon overwhelm them. The day before, officials in Karnes had approved a plan to expand the detention facility from about 500 beds to roughly 1,100. At the same time, two hours west of Karnes, in the little town of Dilley, the Department of Homeland Security was about to open another refugee camp for women and children. It would be the largest detention facility in the country, with up to 2,400 beds. If Hines and Brown had trouble finding lawyers to represent a few hundred women and children, there was little chance of generating support for more than 3,000.

***

AFTER THE MEETING, Brown returned to her motel and spent the afternoon searching for an apartment, but the options were limited, and by late afternoon, she and Sischo still had nowhere to live. They decided to spend their first evening in Texas at a vegetarian restaurant downtown. As they settled into a booth at the back of the cafe, they talked about the situation they’d left behind in Artesia, where much of the town opposed the detention facility and the lawyers with equal measure. Town-hall meetings in Artesia became so heated that city officials asked the police to stand guard.

“For people there, it’s a resource issue,” Brown said. “They blame the immigrant community for coming in and being jailed, and for us having to educate their children, when they would like more resources put into their own schools.”

Sischo nodded. “That’s what a guy at the electronics store said: ‘Oh, you’re helping the illegals?’ That’s how they view it. I remember a sign that a protester was holding that was like, ‘What about our children?’ ”

“It’s a legitimate question,” Brown said. “They don’t have a lot of resources in that town, and they should have more.”

“I agree,” Sischo said. “We should not be spending resources on detaining these families. They should be released. But people don’t understand the law. They think they should be deported because they’re ‘illegals.’ So they’re missing a very big part of the story, which is that they aren’t breaking the law. They’re trying to go through the process that’s laid out in our laws.”

For Sischo, seeing the families struggle — families much like her own — was almost more than she could stand. On visits to her parents in Oregon, she struggled to maintain composure. “Every time I’ve gone home, I’ve just cried pretty much nonstop,” she said. “It’s grief and anger and hopelessness and confusion as to how this could happen and whether we’re making a difference.”

For Brown, by contrast, the same experiences seemed to have amplified her energy and commitment. “I haven’t had time to go home and cry yet,” she said. “Maybe I’ll get a job at Dilley, because then I won’t have to process anything!” Brown laughed, but she acknowledged that some part of her was ready to commit to the nomadic life of a legal activist, parachuting into crises for a few months at a time. “That appeals to me,” she said. “It’s nice to be where people need you.”

As dinner came to an end, Brown and Sischo stepped outside into the night. They had parked the U-Haul in a nearby lot, and it had just been towed.

***

IN THE COMING YEAR, most of the families who are currently in detention will wend their way through the refugee system. Some will be released on bond to await their asylum hearing; others will remain in custody until their hearings are complete. Those without an attorney will most likely fail to articulate a reason for their claim in the appropriate jargon of the immigration courts and will be deported to face whatever horror they hoped to flee. Of the 15 families who have been shepherded through the process by the volunteer lawyers so far, 14 have received asylum — “Which should be all you need to know about the validity of their claims,” Brown said.

By late spring, the construction of the new facility at Dilley should be complete. It already represents a drastic departure from the refugee camp in Artesia. Managed by the Corrections Corporation of America, the largest private prison company in the country, the South Texas Family Residential Center has its own promotional website with promissory images of the spacious classrooms, libraries, play areas and lounges that will eventually be available to refugees in long-term detention. Architectural drawings for the site show eight distinct neighborhoods on the campus, with dormitory housing, outdoor pavilions, a chapel and several playgrounds. How much of this will ultimately materialize remains to be seen. Last week, C.C.A. listed job openings for child care workers, library aides and mailroom clerks at the site.

Esther Olavarria, the senior counselor for immigration issues at the Department of Homeland Security, acknowledged that there had been shortcomings in Artesia but described the Dilley facility as a correction. “We stood up Artesia very, very quickly and did the best that we could under the circumstances,” Olavarria said. “As concerns were brought to our attention by advocates, we worked with them to try to address the concerns as quickly as possible.”

Many advocates have expressed concerns about the Dilley facility as well. Its management company, C.C.A., is the same firm that ran the Hutto detention center, and it has been at the center of other significant controversies in recent years. In 2006, federal investigators reported that conditions at a C.C.A. immigration jail in Eloy, Ariz., were so lacking that “detainee welfare is in jeopardy.” Last March, the F.B.I. started an investigation of C.C.A. over a facility the company ran in Idaho, known by inmates as the “Gladiator School” because of unchecked fighting; in 2010, a video surfaced of guards watching one inmate beat another into a coma. Two years ago, C.C.A. executives admitted that employees falsified 4,800 hours of business records. The state has now taken control of the facility.

The management contract at Dilley was also created with unusual terms. In their hurry to open the new facility, officials for the Obama administration bypassed normal bidding procedures and established Dilley under an existing contract for the troubled C.C.A. jail in Eloy. Although the Dilley camp is nearly 1,000 miles away from Eloy, all federal funding for the new camp in Texas will flow through the small town in Arizona, which will keep $438,000 of the annual operating budget as compensation. Eloy city officials say they do not expect to monitor, or even visit, the Dilley facility.

Any new refugees who surrender this spring may spend more than a year in Dilley before their asylum hearings can be scheduled. Olavarria said that officials hope the process will move more quickly, but it will depend on the immigration courts in San Antonio, which fall under the Department of Justice. “From what I’ve heard from the Justice Department, generally it’s not taking 18 months,” Olavarria said. “We’re hearing that cases are being completed in a shorter time. But it’s a case-by-case situation that depends on the complexity, it depends on continuances that are provided to seek counsel, to prepare for cases, all those kinds of things.” The cost to house each detainee at Dilley is about $108,000 per year. A study funded by the Immigration and Naturalization Service, of more than 500 detainees between 1997 and 2000, found that 93 percent will appear in court when placed in a monitoring program. The savings of such a program for the 2,400 detainees at Dilley would be about $250 million per year.

Officials from the Department of Homeland Security say the facilities in Karnes and Dilley are still insufficient to house the detainees they expect to process in the coming year. “Last year, we saw 60,000 families come in,” Olavarria said. “We’re hoping we don’t see those kinds of numbers this year, but even if we see half, those two facilities would hold a fraction of those numbers.” Olavarria said the department was not yet considering additional facilities. “We are in the middle of a battle with the Congress on our funding, so there’s very little discussion about long-term planning,” she said.

For now, the Artesia facility is closed, its bunk beds and hallways empty. Brown and Sischo remain in Texas; they rescued their U-Haul from an impound lot and found an apartment soon thereafter. That same week, an email from the mayor of Artesia, Phillip Burch, was circulating among city residents. “The pro bono attorneys have left our community,” he wrote. “Hopefully not to return.”


Wil S. Hylton is a contributing writer at The New York Times Magazine and the author of Vanished. His complete archive is available on Longform.

Voir par ailleurs:

Les fausses images d’enfants séparés de leurs parents à la frontière USA-Mexique
La Croix
23/06/2018

De nombreuses photos et vidéos circulent sur internet depuis que Donald Trump a mis en place sa politique de tolérance zéro face à l’immigration illégale, ce qui a mené plus de 2.300 enfants à être séparés de leurs parents à la frontière entre Etats-Unis et Mexique.

Mais beaucoup d’entre elles ne correspondent pas à la réalité.

Vendredi, après la publication d’un décret du président américain marquant son revirement vis-à-vis de cette politique, le doute demeurait sur le temps que mettront ces mineurs à retrouver leurs familles.

Que vérifie-t-on et que sait-on?

Au moins trois images, largement partagées sur les réseaux sociaux ces derniers jours, illustrent des situations qui ne sont pas celles vécues par les 2.342 enfants détenus en raison de leur statut migratoire irrégulier.

La première montre une fillette hondurienne, Yanela Varela, en larmes. Elle est vite devenue sur Twitter ou Facebook un symbole de la douleur provoquée par la séparation des familles.

Cette image a même contribué à déclencher des donations d’un total de plus de 18 millions de dollars à une association texane d’aide aux migrants appelée RAICES.

La photo a été prise le 12 juin dans la ville de McAllen, au Texas, par John Moore, un photographe qui a obtenu le prix Pulitzer et travaille pour l’agence Getty Images.

Time Magazine en a fait sa Une, mettant face à face, dans un photomontage sur fond rouge, la petite fille apeurée et un Donald Trump faisant presque trois fois sa taille et la toisant avec cette simple légende: « Bienvenue en Amérique ».

Un article en ligne publié par Time et portant sur cette photo affirmait initialement que la petite fille avait été séparée de sa mère. Mais l’article a ensuite été corrigé, la nouvelle version déclarant: « La petite fille n’a pas été emmenée en larmes par des agents de la police frontalière des Etats-Unis, sa mère est venue la chercher et elles ont été emmenées ensemble ».

Time a néanmoins utilisé la photo de la fillette pour sa spectaculaire couverture.

Mais au Honduras, la responsable de la Direction de protection des migrants au ministère des Affaires étrangères, Lisa Medrano, a donné à l’AFP une toute autre version: « La fillette, qui va avoir deux ans, n’a pas été séparée » de ses parents.

Le père de l’enfant, Denis Varela, a confirmé au Washington Post que sa femme Sandra Sanchez, 32 ans, n’avait pas été séparée de Yanela et que les deux étaient actuellement retenues dans un centre pour migrants de McAllen (Texas).

Attaqué pour sa couverture, qui a été largement jugée trompeuse, y compris par la Maison Blanche, Time a déclaré qu’il maintenait sa décision de la publier.

« La photographie du 12 juin de la petite Hondurienne de 2 ans est devenue le symbole le plus visible du débat sur l’immigration actuellement en cours aux Etats-Unis et il y a une raison pour cela », a affirmé dans un communiqué aux médias américains le rédacteur en chef de Time, Edward Felsenthal.

« Dans le cadre de la politique appliquée par l’administration, avant son revirement de cette semaine, ceux qui traversaient la frontière illégalement étaient l’objet de poursuites criminelles, qui entraînaient à leur tour la séparation des enfants et des parents. Notre couverture et notre reportage saisissent les enjeux de ce moment », argumente M. Felsenthal dans son communiqué.

Un autre cliché montre une vingtaine d’enfants derrière une grille, certains d’entre eux tentant d’y grimper. Il circule depuis des jours comme une supposée photo de centres de détention pour mineurs à la frontière mexicaine.

Mais son auteur, Abed Al Ashlamoun, photographe de l’agence EPA, a pris cette image en août 2010 et elle représente des enfants palestiniens attendant la distribution de nourriture pendant le ramadan à Hébron, en Cisjordanie.

Enfin, une troisième image est celle d’un enfant en train de pleurer dans ce qui semble être une cage, et qui remporte un grand succès sur Twitter, où elle a été partagée au moins 25.000 fois sur le compte @joseiswriting.

Encore une fois, il s’agit d’un trompe-l’oeil: il s’agit d’un extrait d’une photo qui mettait en scène des arrestations d’enfants lors d’une manifestation contre la politique migratoire américaine et publiée le 11 juin dernier sur le compte Facebook Brown Berets de Cemanahuac.

Que peut-on conclure?

Les trois photographies mentionnées et amplement partagées sur internet ont été sorties de leur contexte et détournées, et ne peuvent servir de preuves des conditions de vie dans les centres de détention de mineurs clandestins.

Voir enfin:

Cette enfant n’a pas été séparée de ses parents. Sa photo reste un symbole

Cette fillette en pleurs a fait la couverture du « Time », où elle illustre la dureté de la politique de Trump en matière d’immigration.

Plus de 2.300 enfants ont été séparés de leurs parents à la frontière entre les Etats-Unis et le Mexique, en raison de la politique de tolérance zéro de Donald Trump face à l’immigration illégale.  Une politique largement critiquée à travers le monde, et que le président américain a fini par infléchir par décret vendredi : les enfants ne seront plus séparés de leurs parents mais… placés dans des centres de rétention avec eux.

De nombreuses photos et vidéos circulent sur internet pour illustrer cette politique.

La plus célèbre d’entre elles montre une fillette hondurienne, Yanela Varela, en larmes. Elle a été prise le 12 juin dans la ville de McAllen, au Texas, par John Moore, un photographe qui a obtenu le prix Pulitzer et travaille pour l’agence Getty Images.

Le magazine « Time » en a fait sa couverture, mettant face à face, dans un photomontage sur fond rouge, la petite fille apeurée et un Donald Trump faisant presque trois fois sa taille et la toisant avec cette simple légende : « Bienvenue en Amérique ».

La fillette et sa mère n’ont pas été séparées

Un article en ligne publié par Time et portant sur cette photo affirmait initialement que la petite fille avait été séparée de sa mère. Mais l’article a rapidement été corrigé, la nouvelle version déclarant :

« La petite fille n’a pas été emmenée en larmes par des agents de la police frontalière des Etats-Unis, sa mère est venue la chercher et elles ont été emmenées ensemble. »« La fillette, qui va avoir deux ans, n’a pas été séparée » de ses parents, a aussi fait savoir à l’AFP la responsable de la Direction de protection des migrants au ministère des Affaires étrangères du Honduras.

Confirmation également du père de l’enfant, Denis Varela, qui a dit au « Washington Post » que sa femme Sandra Sanchez, 32 ans, n’avait pas été séparée de Yanela et que les deux étaient actuellement retenues dans un centre pour migrants de McAllen, au Texas.

Le camp Trump s’est rapidement saisi de l’affaire pour crier à la fausse nouvelle.

« Il est honteux de la part des démocrates et des médias d’exploiter la photo de cette petite fille pour faire avancer leurs idées », a tweeté vendredi Sarah Sanders, la porte-parole de la Maison-Blanche.

« Le ‘Time’ a dépassé les bornes. Ils se sont séparés de la vérité », a aussi réagi Ari Fleischer, ancien porte-parole de George W. Bush.

Le « Time » maintient

Critiqué, le magazine « Time » a toutefois défendu sa position. Dans un communiqué aux médias américains, le rédacteur en chef du magazine, Edward Felsenthal, explique :

« La photographie du 12 juin de la petite Hondurienne de 2 ans est devenue le symbole le plus visible du débat sur l’immigration actuellement en cours aux Etats-Unis et il y a une raison pour cela. »Il poursuit :

« Dans le cadre de la politique appliquée par l’administration, avant son revirement de cette semaine, ceux qui traversaient la frontière illégalement étaient l’objet de poursuites criminelles, qui entraînaient à leur tour la séparation des enfants et des parents. Notre couverture et notre reportage saisissent les enjeux de ce moment. »

Le père « fier » de sa fille

« Je crois que cette image a éveillé les consciences sur la politique de zéro tolérance de cette administration », commente John Moore, le photographe, auprès du « Washington Post ». Il explique que le « Time » a modifié son article à sa demande, quelques minutes après l’avoir publié, et poursuit :

« Cette image montrait un moment précis à la frontière, mais […] la détresse de la petite fille ont provoqué une réponse. »Au-delà de la prise de conscience, la photo de la petite fille a même contribué à déclencher des donations d’un total de plus de 18 millions de dollars à une association texane d’aide aux migrants appelée RAICES.

Quant au père de la fillette, également interrogé par le « Washington Post », il estime que la photo ne doit pas permettre de douter des « violations des droits humains » en cours à la frontière et se dit « fier » que sa fille « représente la question de l’immigration » et ait conduit à une modification de la politique de Donald Trump.

COMPLEMENT:

Not Every Concentration Camp Is Auschwitz

Why it’s fair to use the controversial phrase in the debate over U.S. immigrant detentions.

Refugees sit and lay on the sidewalk in this historic black-and-white photo.
Poor refugees languish along the sidewalks of the reconcentrados, or concentration camps, of Havana. Hugh L. Scott/Library of Congress/Corbis/VCG via Getty Images

As one of the few journalists permitted to tour the government’s new internment camp, about 40 miles from the southern border, the New York Times correspondent tried to be scrupulously fair. Forcing civilians to live behind barbed wire and armed guards was surely inhumane, and there was little shelter from the blazing summer heat. But on the other hand, the barracks were “clean as a whistle.” Detainees lazed in the grass, played chess, and swam in a makeshift pool. There were even workshops for arts and crafts, where good work could earn an “extra allotment of bread.” True, there had been some clashes in the camp’s first days—and officials, the reporter noted, had not allowed him to visit the disciplinary cells. But all in all, the correspondent noted in his July 1933 article, life at Dachau, the first concentration camp in Nazi Germany, had “settled into the organized routine of any penal institution.”

In the days since U.S. border protection agents released video of immigrants being kept in cages, and the first detained children began arriving behind the barbed-wire fences of a new government camp at Tornillo, Texas, people across the country have been struggling over how to think about what the Trump administration is doing. Some, horrified by the images and a leaked recording of children plaintively crying for the mothers and fathers from whose arms they’d been torn, have drawn comparisons to concentration camps of the past—particularly the most notorious ones of all, those of Nazi Germany in the 1930s and 1940s. For others that comparison is going too far. “Stop already with the Nazi and Hitler analogies. Really. Stop,” conservative writer John Podhoretz tweeted. “What’s happening is its own kind of bad and you court discrediting the seriousness of your complaints about it by overstating things so tastelessly and wrongly.”

This is not just a debate over semantics. How we categorize what is happening on the Southern border has everything to do with how the public and lawmakers will respond. That is why Trump administration officials have spent so much time trying to justify, lie, and shift blame for their new policy. Even Attorney General Jeff Sessions was forced to confront the concentration camp label on Fox News, which he tried incoherently to deflect. It’s obviously true that the Customs and Border Protection camp at Tornillo is no Auschwitz. But in dismissing any such historical comparisons out of hand, people are making the common mistake of reading history backward—looking only at the endpoint of a decadeslong process and ignoring the hard lessons humanity has learned, again and again, about where a policy like the one President Donald Trump and his supporters are now implementing can go. To see what I mean, you have to start at the beginning of the short and brutal history of the concentration camp.

Concentration camps were born out of war—not in Europe, but Latin America. In 1896, the Spanish empire was trying desperately to hold onto one of its last remaining colonies, Cuba. Independence wars had been raging there for three decades, and the fight wasn’t going well for Spain. Cuban revolutionaries, known as mambises, used ambushes, dynamite, and their deep knowledge of Cuba’s mountainous countryside to defeat colonial reinforcements. Believing the mambises’ advantage lay in the support and intelligence they received from rural communities, the island’s Spanish governor, Gen. Valeriano Weyler y Nicolau, declared a new policy he called, euphemistically, reconcentración. Starting on Oct. 21, 1896, all civilians had to move behind the barbed wire of a handful of garrison towns controlled by the Spanish army. Any Cuban found moving freely or transporting food through the countryside was subject to execution. Knowing from the start that controlling the people required controlling information, Weyler also set out to aggressively censor any news critical of what he was doing.

The immediate result was a humanitarian catastrophe. Hundreds of thousands died of disease and hunger. An assistant U.S. attorney, Charles W. Russell, who toured the island in January 1898, told the New York Times he had seen “women and children emaciated to skeletons and begging everywhere about the streets of Havana” and cities where a fifth of the population had died in the previous three months. A previous Spanish governor-general had considered, then decided against, implementing the policy, knowing full well how brutal its effects would be. But Weyler was a hard-liner who saw no difference between mambises and Cuban civilians. He believed it was his duty to starve and demoralize the people into surrender. But the unintended consequences of reconcentración doomed his war effort. Even Cubans who had been ambivalent about independence now resolved to fight to the death, since that seemed to be the only option either way. Worse for Spain, the horrific reports scandalized Cuba’s neighbors in the United States. When the battleship USS Maine exploded in Havana Harbor in February 1898, for reasons that still remain unknown, advocates for U.S. entry into the war only had to remind the public of the concentration camps to convince them the fading European power was capable of any evil.

But Americans would be next to put concentration camps into action. America’s entry into the Spanish-Cuban war mushroomed into a conflict on two continents, in which the United States annexed the Spanish territories of Puerto Rico, Guam, and the Philippines, as well as previously independent Hawaii. (We effectively took over Cuba, too, and established a naval station at Guantánamo Bay, where a century later another infamous prison camp would be built.) U.S. officials were especially pleased with the capture of the Philippines, a resource-rich archipelago and source of new land on China’s doorstep. Filipinos were not as enthusiastic about one imperial overlord replacing another, and in 1899 a new war broke out. As a guerrilla insurgency mounted, Gen. James Franklin Bell ordered Filipinos herded into “protected zones,” where they would be prisoners of the U.S. Army. As in Cuba, violators would be shot. “While Army officers … claimed that the camps were healthy and not overcrowded,” the military historian Brian McAllister Linn has written, the cost in human suffering was “unquestionably high.” Americans were shocked to learn their forces had adopted the tactics of “Butcher Weyler.” An anti-imperialist senator read into the record an anonymous U.S. soldier’s letter describing an American concentration camp in the Philippines as “some suburb of hell.” Such reports helped undermine public support for the war, though the U.S. occupation of the Philippines would continue until after World War II.

Those first experiments helped establish a pattern that concentration camps would follow from then on: punishing civilians through mass detention and keeping them separate from society. Some observers, looking even further back, see foreshadows in other parts of history, including the breaking up of African and black American families during slavery, and the forcible displacement of Native Americans in the conquest of North America. But researchers note key, specific characteristics that set the concentration camp apart from other atrocities. Camps “require the removal of a population from society with all its accompanying rights, relationships, and connections to humanity,” author Andrea Pitzer writes in her 2017 book One Long Night: A Global History of Concentration Camps. “This exclusion is followed by an involuntary assignment to some lesser condition or place, generally detention with other undesirables under armed guard.”

Removal, exclusion, denial of rights, mass detention—those tactics appeared again in the concentration camps Britain used to subdue the Dutch-descended Boers of South Africa in 1900, the imprisonment of “enemy alien” civilians on all sides in World War I, and the Soviet Union’s “corrective labor camps,” better known by the Russian acronym for the agency that administered them: Gulag. The United States used them on its own territory in World War II to imprison its own citizens of Japanese descent. Not yet fully discredited as a term, President Franklin D. Roosevelt himself suggested in a 1936 memo, written five years before the attack on Pearl Harbor that, should Japan strike, the Navy should prepare to put Hawaii residents of Japanese descent into a “concentration camp in the event of trouble.”

Which brings us back, historically speaking, to Nazi Germany. When Adolf Hitler came to power in 1933, he made no secret of his intentions to punish those he viewed as enemies, stamp out “undesirables,” and restore an imagined Teutonic greatness of the past. His government built its first concentration camp at Dachau just over a month after he became chancellor, to house political opponents of the new regime. Hitler knew the histories of Spain, Britain, and the United States. He had experienced the strategies of stripping citizenship from and forcibly imprisoning civilian populations during World War I. As he consolidated power, his staff ramped up pre-emptive arrests of anyone it deemed a target or threat, gaining confidence with every step.

It is important to understand that at the time, no one—not even Nazis—thought of such camps as places for extermination. Concentration campKonzentrationslager in German—was still a euphemism for forcible relocation and imprisonment, not murder. Even Auschwitz wasn’t “Auschwitz” at first—at least not in the sense we mean it today. When the Nazis built what would become their most notorious camp in German-occupied Poland, in 1940, it was used first for criminals, then expanded in anticipation of receiving Soviet prisoners of war. Despite seeming in retrospect to have been masterfully planned, historians believe, Nazi rule was mostly “chaotic and improvisatory,” taking advantage of circumstances as they arose. It was not until 1942, as the Nazi high command decided on a campaign of total genocide against the Jewish people, that camps were redesigned for mass murder. By the end, an initial population of a few thousand prisoners had ballooned to more than 1.3 million who passed through Auschwitz’s iron gates. Most would never return.

After the war, when the scale and horror of the genocide became clear to the world, anything associated with Nazism, including the term concentration camp, became an explosive insult. But as ridiculous as it would be for modern generals not to study tactics the Nazis used, it would be absurd for people today to ignore modern parallels with the most dangerous parts of history just because invoking them risks an imperfect comparison with the Holocaust. It’s an unavoidable fact that one of the major reasons the Nazis were able to kill so many people so easily, once they decided to, was the dehumanization and isolation created by their original concentration camps. Convincing a bureaucracy to massacre civilians is hard. Subjecting legal prisoners to Sonderbehandlung, or “special treatment,” as the killing of 6 million Jews and many others was officially called, was easier. As the philosopher Hannah Arendt, a refugee from the Nazis who spent time imprisoned in a French concentration camp before the German invasion, later observed: “All [concentration camps] have one thing in common: The human masses sealed off in them are treated as if they no longer existed, as if what happened to them were no longer of any interest to anybody, as if they were already dead.”

We are not there yet in this country. But what is happening near the Southern border is an unmistakable step down that road. In a Tuesday tweet defending his new policies, Trump blamed his political enemies, the Democrats, for being “the problem,” and accused them of conspiring with immigrants who want to “pour into and infest our Country.” He has repeatedly accused the people he is now detaining from across Central America, including presumably their children, of being reinforcements for a Salvadoran-American criminal gang. Forget for a second that illegal immigration to the United States has declined consistently since its peak more than a decade ago in 2007, that immigrants commit less crime than native-born Americans, or that most of the Central American children, women, and men imprisoned on the border are fleeing violence and poverty fueled by civil wars in which the United States played a leading role. Trump’s language, using a verb—infest—usually reserved for vermin or disease, is exactly in line with the kind of rhetoric and action that has defined concentration camps since 1896: the denial of rights, isolation, and concentration of undesirables by force.

Some may hope that these revitalized horrors will stay limited to the most vulnerable people—even including families who have risked everything to travel thousands of miles in hopes of reaching safety. But as the path from Spanish reconcentración to the gulags and death camps of the 20th century showed, once it is tolerated by society, a tactic does not tend to stay bottled up for long. Already the Trump administration has signaled its intention to begin stripping U.S. citizenship from those it feels don’t deserve it. Considering how even U.S. citizens deemed enemy combatants have already been treated under George W. Bush and Barack Obama, there is no telling what treatment people formally stripped of their most fundamental rights might expect if these new policies are allowed to continue.

Like with camps of the past, the Trump administration has tried to control the flow of information about what is going on inside the barbed wire. CBS News’ David Begnaud, one of the few allowed to see the cages at Central Processing Station “Ursula” in McAllen, Texas, reported after his visit that his team was not allowed to talk to anyone detained. Not only could the journalist not learn about the detainees’ experiences, but he was not allowed to put names or human faces on anyone being held. When information does get out, officials like Homeland Security Secretary Kirstjen Nielsen are instructing supporters not to believe it—a tactic that, as all authoritarian regimes have proved, often works.

Nonetheless, a clear majority of Americans are opposed to the most hard-line tactics being implemented on the border. Those numbers are likely to grow as stories mount about conditions in the sweltering heat at Tornillo and the baby jails of South Texas. Protests are underway, with nationwide marches planned for June 30. Some in the administration and its supporters are trying to stop the backlash by noting that inhumane deportation and detention practices existed under previous administrations as well—a fact that has been widely covered for years. But everyone builds on what comes before them.

Voir aussi:

An Expert on Concentration Camps Says That’s Exactly What the U.S. Is Running at the Border

« Things can be concentration camps without being Dachau or Auschwitz. »

New Tent Camps Go Up In West Texas For Migrant Children Separated From Parents

Joe RaedleGetty Images

Surely, the United States of America could not operate concentration camps. In the American consciousness, the term is synonymous with the Nazi death machines across the European continent that the Allies began the process of dismantling 75 years ago this month. But while the world-historical horrors of the Holocaust are unmatched, they are only the most extreme and inhuman manifestation of a concentration-camp system—which, according to Andrea Pitzer, author of One Long Night: A Global History of Concentration Camps, has a more global definition. There have been concentration camps in France, South Africa, Cuba, the Soviet Union, and—with Japanese internment—the United States. In fact, she contends we are operating such a system right now in response to a very real spike in arrivals at our southern border.

“We have what I would call a concentration camp system,” Pitzer says, “and the definition of that in my book is, mass detention of civilians without trial.”

Historians use a broader definition of concentration camps, as well.

« What’s required is a little bit of demystification of it, » says Waitman Wade Beorn, a Holocaust and genocide studies historian and a lecturer at the University of Virginia. « Things can be concentration camps without being Dachau or Auschwitz. Concentration camps in general have always been designed—at the most basic level—to separate one group of people from another group. Usually, because the majority group, or the creators of the camp, deem the people they’re putting in it to be dangerous or undesirable in some way. »

« Things can be concentration camps without being Dachau or Auschwitz. »

Not every concentration camp is a death camp—in fact, their primary purpose is rarely extermination, and never in the beginning. Often, much of the death and suffering is a result of insufficient resources, overcrowding, and deteriorating conditions. So far, 24 people have died in the custody of Immigration and Customs Enforcement under the Trump administration, while six children have died in the care of other agencies since September. Systems like these have emerged across the world for well over 100 years, and they’ve been established by putative liberal democracies—as with Britain’s camps in South Africa during the Boer War—as well as authoritarian states like Nazi Germany or the Soviet Union. Camps set up with one aim can be repurposed by new regimes, often with devastating consequences.

History is banging down the door this week with the news the Trump administration will use Fort Sill, an Oklahoma military base that was used to detain Japanese-Americans during World War II, to house 1,400 unaccompanied migrant children captured at the border. Japanese internment certainly constituted a concentration-camp system, and the echoes of the past are growing louder. Of course, the Obama administration temporarily housed migrants at military bases, including Fort Sill, for four months in 2014, built many of the newer facilities to house migrants, and pioneered some of the tactics the Trump administration is now using to try to manage the situation at the border.

Roll call is taken by the army at Japanese internment camp, Tule Lake, CA.

Roll call is taken by the army at a Japanese-American internment camp during World War II in Tule Lake, CA in 1944.

Carl MydansGetty Images

The government of the United States would never call the sprawling network of facilities now in use across many states « concentration camps, » of course. They’re referred to as « federal migrant shelters » or « temporary shelters for unaccompanied minors » or « detainment facilities » or the like. (The initial processing facilities are run by Border Patrol, and the system is primarily administered to by the Department of Homeland Security. Many adults are transferred to ICE, which now detains more than 52,000 people across 200 facilities on any given day—a record high. Unaccompanied minors are transferred to Department of Health and Human Services custody.) But by Pitzer’s measure, the system at the southern border first set up by the Bill Clinton administration, built on by Barack Obama’s government, and brought into extreme and perilous new territory by Donald Trump and his allies does qualify. Two historians who specialize in the area largely agree.


Many of the people housed in these facilities are not « illegal » immigrants. If you present yourself at the border seeking asylum, you have a legal right to a hearing under domestic and international law. They are, in another formulation, refugees—civilian non-combatants who have not committed a crime, and who say they are fleeing violence and persecution. Yet these human beings, who mostly hail from Central America’s Northern Triangle of Honduras, Guatemala, and El Salvador—a region ravaged by gang violence and poverty and corruption and what increasingly appears to be some of the first forced migrations due to climate change—are being detained on what increasingly seems to be an indefinite basis.

Meanwhile, the Trump administration continually seeks new ways to stop people from applying for asylum, and to discourage others from attempting to. The current regime has sought to restrict the asylum criteria to exclude the exact issues, like gang or domestic violence, that these desperate people often cite for why they fled their homes. The administration has sought to introduce application fees and work-permit restraints. They have tried to prohibit migrants from seeking asylum « if they have resided in a country other than their own before coming to the U.S., » which would essentially eliminate anyone who traveled to the border through Mexico. Much of this has been struck down in federal court.

But most prominently, Trump’s Department of Homeland Security has used « metering » at the border, where migrants are forced to wait for days or weeks on the Mexican side—often sleeping in makeshift shelters or fully exposed to the elements—until they are allowed across border checkpoints to make their asylum claims and be processed. That processing system is overwhelmed, and the Obama administration also used metering at various points, but it remains unclear whether the wait times need to be as long as they are. (DHS did not respond to a request for comment.) There are no guarantees on how long migrants will have to wait, and so they’ve increasingly turned to crossing illegally between checkpoints—which constitutes « illegal entry, » a misdemeanor—in order to present themselves for asylum. This criminalizes them, and the Trump administration tried to make illegal entry a disqualifier for asylum claims. The overall effort appears to be to make it as difficult as possible to get a hearing to adjudicate those claims, raising the specter that people can be detained longer or indefinitely.

All this has been achieved through two mechanisms: militarization and dehumanization. In her book, Pitzer describes camps as “a deliberate choice to inject the framework of war into society itself. » These kinds of detention camps are a military endeavor: they are defensible in wartime, when enemy combatants must be detained, often for long periods without trial. They were a hallmark of World War I Europe. But inserting them into civil society, and using them to house civilians, is a materially different proposition. You are revoking the human and civil rights of non-combatants without legal justification.

USA - Immigration Detention Center in Nogales

A migrant family sits inside an Immigration Detention Center in Nogales after they were detained by border patrol agents.

J.Emilio FloresGetty Images

« In the origins of the camps, it’s tied to the idea of martial law, » says Jonathan Hyslop, author of « The Invention of the Concentration Camp: Cuba, Southern Africa and the Philippines, 1896–1907, » and a professor of sociology and anthropology at Colgate University. « I mean, all four of the early instances—Americans in the Philippines, Spanish in Cuba, and British in South Africa, and Germans in Southwest Africa—they’re all essentially overriding any sense of rights of the civilian population. And the idea is that you’re able to suspend normal law because it’s a war situation. »

This pairs well with the rhetoric that Trump deploys to justify the system and his unconstitutional power grabs, like the phony « national emergency »: he describes the influx of asylum-seekers and other migrants as an « invasion, » language his allies are mirroring with increasing extremism. If you’re defending yourself from an invasion, anything is defensible.

That goes hand-in-hand with the strategy of dehumanization. For decades, the right has referred to undocumented immigrants as « illegals, » stripping them of any identity beyond an immigration status. Trump kicked off his formal political career by characterizing Hispanic immigrants as « rapists » and « drug-dealers » and « criminals, » never once sharing, say, the story of a woman who came here with her son fleeing a gang’s threats. It is always MS-13 and strong, scary young men. There’s talk of « animals » and monsters, and suddenly anything is justifiable. In fact, it must be done. Trump’s supporters have noticed. At a recent rally, someone in the crowd screamed out that people arriving at the border should be shot. In response, the president cracked a « joke. »

« It’s important here to look at the language that people are using, » Hyslop says. « As soon as you get people comparing other groups to animals or insects, or using language about advancing hordes, and we’re being overrun and flooded and this sort of thing, it’s creating the sense of this enormous threat. And that makes it much easier to sell to people on the idea we’ve got to do something drastic to control this population which going to destroy us. »

In a grotesque formulation of the chicken-and-the-egg conundrum, housing people in these camps furthers their dehumanization.

« There’s this crystallization that happens, » Pitzer says. « The longer they’re there, the worse conditions get. That’s just a universal of camps. They’re overcrowded. We already know from reports that they don’t have enough beds for the numbers that they have. As you see mental health crises and contagious diseases begin to set in, they’ll work to manage the worst of it. [But] then there will be the ability to tag these people as diseased, even if we created [those conditions]. Then we, by creating the camps, try to turn that population into the false image that we [used] to put them in the camps to start with. Over time, the camps will turn those people into what Trump was already saying they are. »

Spanish Refugees At The Camp In Perthus, France 1939

Spanish Republican refugees are held at a concentration camp in Perthus, France, in 1939. Tens of thousands fled the Spanish civil war and were kept in French camps, which were turned over to the Nazis when France fell a few years later.

Keystone-FranceGetty Images

Make no mistake: the conditions are in decline. When I went down to see the detention facility in McAllen, Texas, last summer at the height of the « zero-tolerance » policy that led inevitably to family separation, Border Patrol agents were by all appearances doing the very best they could with limited resources. That includes the facilities themselves, which at that point were mostly built—by the Clinton administration in the ’90s—to house single adult males who were crossing the border illegally to find work. By that point, Border Patrol was already forced to use them to hold families and other asylum-seekers, and agents told me the situation was untenable. They lacked requisite staff with the training to care for young children, and overcrowding was already an issue.

But according to a report from Trump’s own government—specifically, the inspector general for the Department of Homeland Security—the situation has deteriorated significantly even since then. The facilities are overcrowded, underfunded, and perhaps at a perilous inflection point. It found adult detainees are « being held in ‘standing-room-only conditions’ for days or weeks at a border patrol facility in Texas, » Reuters reports. But it gets worse.

This was at Paso del Norte, a facility near El Paso, which has a stated capacity of 125 detainees. But when DHS inspectors visited, it was holding 900. For a period, Border Patrol tried housing migrants in cage under a nearby bridge. It was ultimately scrapped amid public outcry. When migrants and asylum-seekers are transferred to ICE, things can get worse. Queer and trans migrants face exceptionally harsh treatment, with reports of high levels of physical and sexual abuse, and the use of solitary confinementconsidered torture by many psychologists—is widespread. As a reminder, by DHS’s own assertion, these detainments are civil, not criminal, and are not meant to be punitive in the way of a prison. Many of these people have not even been accused of a crime.

U.S. Customs And Border Protection Agency Holding Detained Migrants Under Bridge In El Paso

Migrants awaiting processing are held in temporary fencing underneath the Paso Del Norte Bridge on March 28, 2019 in El Paso, Texas.

Christ ChavezGetty Images

Again: these are inhuman conditions, and crystalize the dehumanization. So, too, does the Trump administration’s decision, reported by The Washington Post, to cancel classes, recreational programs, and even legal aid for the children held at facilities for unaccompanied minors. Why should these kids get to play soccer or learn English? Why should they get legal assistance? They’re detainees.

The administration is citing « budget pressures » related to what is undoubtedly a dramatic spike in arrivals at the border last month: 144,000 people were detained in May. It remains unclear how much of this is tied to the Trump administration’s border policies, like metering, which have severely slowed the process of declaring oneself for asylum and left people camped on the Mexican border for days or weeks after a thousand-mile trek through Mexico. Or Trump’s recent all-out push to seize money for a border wall and declare « we’re closed, » which some speculate led to a surge of people trying to get over the line before that happened.

It’s also in dispute how many of these people actually need to be detained. Vox‘s Dara Lind suggests releasing migrants from Guatemala or Honduras isn’t straightforward as « many newly arrived asylum seekers aren’t familiar with the US, often speak neither English nor Spanish, and may not have appropriate clothing or funds for bus fare. » But release with ankle bracelets has proven very effective as an alternative to detention: 99 percent of immigrants enrolled in one such program showed up for their court dates, though ICE claims it’s less effective when someone is set to be deported. Those subjected to the bracelets say they are uncomfortable and demeaning, but it’s better than stuffing a detention cell to five-times capacity. Unless, of course, that’s exactly what you want to happen.

« Over time, the camps will turn those people into what Trump was already saying they are. »

« At one point, [the administration] said that they were intentionally trying to split up families and make conditions unpleasant, so the people wouldn’t come to the U.S., » Beorn, from UVA, says. « If you’re doing that, then that’s not a prison. That’s not a holding area or a waiting area. That’s a policy. I would argue, at least in the way that [the camps are] being used now, a significant portion of the mentality is [tied to] who the [detainees] are rather than what they did.

« If these were Canadians flooding across the border, would they be treated in the same manner as the people from Mexico and from Central and South America? If the answer is yes, theoretically, then I would consider these places to be perhaps better described as transit camps or prison camps. But I suspect that’s not how they’d be treated, which then makes it much more about who the people are that you’re detaining, rather than what they did. The Canadian would have crossed the border just as illegally as the Mexican, but my suspicion is, would be treated in a different way. »


It was the revelation about school and soccer cuts that led Pitzer to fire off a tweet thread this week outlining the similarities between the U.S. camp system and those of other countries. The first examples of a concentration camp, in the modern sense, come from Cuba in the 1890s and South Africa during the Second Boer War.

« What those camps had in common with what’s going on today is they involved the wholesale detention of families, separate or together, » Pitzer says. « There was very little in the way of targeted violence. Instead, people died from poor planning, overloaded facilities and unwillingness to reverse policy, even when it became apparent the policy wasn’t working, inability to get medical care to detainees, poor food quality, contagious diseases, showing up in an environment where it became almost impossible to get control of them.

« The point is that you don’t have to intend to kill everybody. When people hear the phrase ‘Oh, there’s concentration camps on the southern border,’ they think, ‘Oh, it’s not Auschwitz.’ Of course, it’s not those things, each camp system is different. But you don’t have to intend to kill everyone to have really bad outcomes. In Cuba, well over 100,000 civilians died in these camps in just a period of a couple years. In Southern Africa during the Boer War, fatalities went into the tens of thousands. And the overwhelming majority of them were children. Fatalities in the camps ended up being more than twice the combat fatalities from the war itself. »

In-custody deaths have not reached their peak of a reported 32 people in 2004, but the current situation seems to be deteriorating. In just the last two weeks, three adults have died. And the Trump administration has not readily reported fatalities to the public. There could be more.

« There’s usually this crisis period that a camp system either survives or doesn’t survive in the first three or four years. If it goes past that length of time, they tend to continue for a really long time. And I think we have entered that crisis period. I don’t yet know if we’re out of it. »

Camps often begin in wartime or a crisis point, and on a relatively small scale. There are then some in positions of power who want to escalate the program for political purposes, but who receive pushback from others in the regime. There’s then a power struggle, and if the escalationists prevail over the other bureaucrats—as they appear to have here, with the supremacy of Stephen Miller over (the reliably pliant but less extreme) Kirstjen Nielsen—the camps will continue and grow. Almost by definition, the conditions will deteriorate, even despite the best intentions of those on the ground.

« It’s a negative trajectory in at least two ways, » Beorn says. « One, I feel like these policies can snowball. We’ve already seen unintended consequences. If we follow the thread of the children, for example, the government wanted to make things more annoying, more painful. So they decided, We’re going to separate the children from the families. But there was no infrastructure in place for that. You already have a scenario where even if you have the best intentions, the infrastructure doesn’t exist to support it. That’s a consequence of policy that hasn’t been thought through. As you see the population begin to massively increase over time, you do start to see conditions diminishing.

« The second piece is that the longer you establish this sort of extralegal, extrajudicial, somewhat-invisible no-man’s land, the more you allow potentially a culture of abuse to develop within that place. Because the people who tend to become more violent, more prejudiced, whatever, have more and more free rein for that to become sort of the accepted behavior. Then, that also becomes a new norm that can spread throughout the system. There is sort of an escalation of individual initiative in violence. As it becomes clear that that is acceptable, then you have a self-fulfilling prophecy or a positive feedback loop that just keeps radicalizing the treatment as the policy itself becomes radicalizing. »

And for a variety of reasons, these facilities are incredibly hard to close. « Unless there’s some really decisive turn away, we’re going to be looking at having these camps for a long time, » Pitzer says. It’s particularly hard to engineer a decisive turn because these facilities are often remote, and hard to protest. They are not top-of-mind for most citizens, with plenty of other issues on the table. When Trump first instituted the Muslim Ban—now considered, in its third iteration, to be Definitely Not a Muslim Ban by the Supreme Court—there were mass demonstrations at U.S. airports because they were readily accessible by concerned citizens. These camps are not so easily reached, and that’s a problem.

« The more authoritarian the regime is, and the more people allow governments to get away with doing this sort of thing politically, the worse the conditions are likely to get, » Hyslop says. « So, a lot of it depends on how much pushback there is. But when you get a totally authoritarian regime like Stalin’s regime in the Soviet Union, there’s no control, or no countervailing force, the state can do what it likes, and certainly things will then tend to break down.

« It’s more of a political question, really. Are people prepared to tolerate the deteriorating conditions? And if public opinion isn’t effective in a liberal democratic situation, things can still get pretty bad. »

Almost regardless, the camps will be difficult to dismantle by their very nature—that extrajudicial « no-man’s land » Beorn mentioned. The prison at Guantanamo Bay is a perfect example. It began in the early 1990s as a refugee camp for people fleeing Haiti and Cuba. The conditions were bad and legally questionable, Pitzer found, and eventually the courts stepped in to grant detainees some rights. In the process, however, they granted the camps tacit legitimacy—they were allowed to continue with the approval of the judiciary.

Suddenly, they were enshrined in the law as a kind of gray area where detainees did not enjoy full human rights. That is actually why it was chosen by the Bush administration to house terror suspects: it was already rubber-stamped as a site for indefinite detention. By the time President Obama came into office with promises to close it, he found the task incredibly difficult, because it had been ingrained in the various institutions and branches of American constitutional government. He could not get rid of it. As courts continue to rule on the border camp system, the same issues are likely to take hold.

Dog, Canidae, Dog breed, Hunting dog, Carnivore, Police dog, Transylvanian hound, Working dog,

Border agents detain a group of migrants.

Getty Images

Another issue is that these camp systems, no matter where they are in the world, tend to fall victim to expanding criteria. The longer they stay open, the more reasons a government finds to put people in them. That’s particularly true if a new regime takes control of an existing system, as the Trump administration did with ours. The mass detention of asylum-seekers—who, again, have legal rights—on this scale is an expansion of the criteria from « illegal » immigrants, who were the main class of detainee in the ’90s and early 2000s. Asylum seekers, particularly unaccompanied minors, began arriving in huge numbers and were detained under the Obama administration. But there has been an escalation, both because of a deteriorating situation in the Northern Triangle and the Trump administration’s attempts to deter any and all migration. There is reason to believe the criteria will continue to expand.

« We have border patrol agents that are sometimes arresting U.S. citizens, » Pitzer says. « That’s still very much a fringe activity. That doesn’t seem to be a dedicated priority right now, but it’s happening often enough. And they’re held, sometimes, for three or four days. Even when there are clear reasons that people should be let go, that they have proof of their identity, you’re seeing these detentions. You do start to worry about people who have legally immigrated and have finished paperwork, and maybe are naturalized. You worry about green-card holders. »

In most cases, these camps are not closed by the executive or the judiciary or even the legislature. It usually requires external intervention. (See: D-Day) That obviously will not be an option when it comes to the most powerful country in the history of the world, a country which, while it would never call them that, and would be loathe to admit it, is now running a system at the southern border that is rapidly coming to resemble the concentration camps that have sprung up all over the world in the last century. Every system is different. They don’t always end in death machines. But they never end well.

« Let’s say there’s 20 hurdles that we have to get over before we get to someplace really, really, really bad, » Pitzer says. « I think we’ve knocked 10 of them down. »

Politics Editor Jack Holmes is the Politics Editor at Esquire, where he writes daily and edits the Politics Blog with Charles P Pierce.

 


« Marche du retour »: The show must go on (From Gaza to Iran, it’s all smoke and mirrors, stupid !)

9 Mai, 2018

 

Le président de l'Autorité palestinienne Mahmoud Abbas devant le Parlement européen à Bruxelles, le 23 juin 2016. (Crédit : AFP/John Thys)
Au coeur de l’accord iranien, il y avait un énorme mythe selon laquelle un régime meurtrier ne cherchait qu’un programme pacifique d’énergie nucléaire. Aujourd’hui nous avons la preuve définitive que la promesse iranienne était un mensonge. Le futur de l’Iran appartient à son peuple et les Iraniens méritent une nation qui rende justice à leurs rêves, qui honore leur histoire. (…) Nous n’allons pas laisser un régime qui scande « Mort à l’Amérique » avoir accès aux armes les plus meurtrières sur terre. Donald Trump
La paix ne peut être obtenue où la violence est récompensée. Donald Trump
Un écran de fumée désigne, dans le domaine militaire, une tactique utilisée afin de masquer la position exacte d’unités à l’ennemi, par l’émission d’une fumée dense. Cette dernière peut-être naturelle mais est le plus souvent produite artificiellement à partir de grenades fumigènes (composées notamment d’acide chlorosulfurique). Certains véhicules blindés, en général des chars, disposent de lance-grenades spécifiquement conçus à cet effet, mais utilisent surtout l’injection de carburant Diesel dans l’échappement de leur moteur pour produire des écrans de fumée pouvant atteindre 400 m de long et persister plusieurs minutes. Par exemple, le T-72 soviétique injecte dix litres de carburant à la minute pour créer ses écrans de fumée. Dans les temps anciens, des simples feux de broussailles bien nourris suffisaient parfois à faire l’affaire.Wikipedia
More ink equals more blood, newspaper coverage of terrorist incidents leads directly to more attacks. It’s a macabre example of win-win in what economists call a « common-interest game. Both the media and terrorists benefit from terrorist incidents. Terrorists get free publicity for themselves and their cause. The media, meanwhile, make money « as reports of terror attacks increase newspaper sales and the number of television viewers. Bruno S. Frey and Dominic Rohner
Nous avons constaté que le sport était la religion moderne du monde occidental. Nous savions que les publics anglais et américain assis devant leur poste de télévision ne regarderaient pas un programme exposant le sort des Palestiniens s’il y avait une manifestation sportive sur une autre chaîne. Nous avons donc décidé de nous servir des Jeux olympiques, cérémonie la plus sacrée de cette religion, pour obliger le monde à faire attention à nous. Nous avons offert des sacrifices humains à vos dieux du sport et de la télévision et ils ont répondu à nos prières. Terroriste palestinien (Jeux olympiques de Munich, 1972)
Les Israéliens ne savent pas que le peuple palestinien a progressé dans ses recherches sur la mort. Il a développé une industrie de la mort qu’affectionnent toutes nos femmes, tous nos enfants, tous nos vieillards et tous nos combattants. Ainsi, nous avons formé un bouclier humain grâce aux femmes et aux enfants pour dire à l’ennemi sioniste que nous tenons à la mort autant qu’il tient à la vie. Fathi Hammad (responsable du Hamas, mars 2008)
Je n’ai pas l’intention de cesser de payer les familles des martyrs prisonniers, même si cela me coûte mon siège. Je continuerai à les payer jusqu’à mon dernier jour. Mahmoud Abbas
 Récemment, un certain nombre de rabbins en Israël ont tenu des propos clairs, demandant à leur gouvernement d’empoisonner l’eau pour tuer les Palestiniens. Mahmoud Abbas
Après qu’il soit devenu évident que les déclarations supposées d’un rabbin, relayées par de nombreux médias, se sont révélées sans fondement, le président Mahmoud Abbas a affirmé qu’il n’avait pas pour intention de s’en prendre au judaïsme ou de blesser le peuple juif à travers le monde. Communiqué Autorité palestinienne
Du XIe siècle jusqu’à l’Holocauste qui s’est produit en Allemagne, les juifs vivant en Europe de l’ouest et de l’est ont été la cible de massacres tous les 10 ou 15 ans. Mais pourquoi est-ce arrivé ? Ils disent: « parce que nous sommes juifs » (…) L’hostilité contre les juifs n’est pas due à leur religion, mais plutôt à leur fonction sociale, leurs fonctions sociales liées aux banques et intérêts. Mahmoud Abbas
Si mes propos devant le Conseil national palestinien ont offensé des gens, en particulier des gens de confession juive, je leur présente mes excuses. Je voudrais assurer à tous que telle n’était pas mon intention et réaffirmer mon respect total pour la religion juive, ainsi que pour toutes les religions monothéistes. Je voudrais renouveler notre condamnation de longue date de l’Holocauste, le crime le plus odieux de l’histoire, et exprimer notre compassion envers ses victimes. Mahmoud Abbas
J’espère que les journalistes diront qu’il s’agit de la seule démocratie pluraliste du Moyen-Orient, un pays libre, un pays sûr. Un pays normal, comme la France ou l’Italie. Il n’y a aucune ville dans le monde qui s’appelle Jérusalem-Ouest. Il n’y a pas de Paris-Ouest ou de Rome-Ouest. La course part de la ville de Jérusalem, donc on écrit « Jérusalem » sur la carte. Sylvan Adams
Amer anniversaire. Israël a fêté mercredi son 70e anniversaire en brandissant sa puissance militaire et son improbable réussite économique face aux menaces régionales renouvelées et aux incertitudes intérieures. Après s’être recueillis depuis mardi à la mémoire de leurs compatriotes tués au service de leur pays ou dans des attentats, les Israéliens ont entamé mercredi soir les célébrations marquant la création de leur Etat proclamé le 14 mai 1948, mais fêté en ce moment en fonction du calendrier hébraïque. (…) Israël agite régulièrement le spectre d’une attaque de l’Iran, son ennemi juré. La crainte d’un tel acte d’hostilité, à la manière de l’offensive surprise d’une coalition arabe lors des célébrations de Yom Kippour en 1973, a été attisée par un raid le 9 avril contre une base aérienne en Syrie, imputé à Israël par le régime de Bachar al-Assad et ses alliés iranien et russe. Mais en février, Israël a admis pour la première fois avoir frappé des cibles iraniennes après l’intrusion d’un drone iranien dans son espace aérien. C’était la première confrontation ouvertement déclarée entre Israël et l’Iran en Syrie. Israël martèle qu’il ne permettra pas à l’Iran de s’enraciner militairement en Syrie voisine. Les journaux israéliens ont publié mercredi des éléments spécifiques sur la présence en Syrie des Gardiens de la révolution, unité d’élite iranienne. La publication de photos satellite de bases aériennes et d’appareils civils soupçonnés de décharger des armes, de cartes et même de noms de responsables militaires iraniens constitue un avertissement, convenaient les commentateurs militaires: Israël sait où et qui frapper en cas d’attaque. (…) Avec plus de 8,8 millions d’habitants, la population a décuplé depuis 1948, selon les statistiques officielles. La croissance s’est affichée à 4,1% au quatrième trimestre 2017. Le pays revendique une douzaine de prix Nobel. Cependant, Israël accuse parmi les plus fortes inégalités des pays développés. L’avenir du Premier ministre, englué dans les affaires de corruption présumée, est incertain. S’agissant du conflit israélo-palestinien, une solution a rarement paru plus lointaine. L’anniversaire d’Israël coïncide avec «la marche du retour», mouvement organisé depuis le 30 mars dans la bande de Gaza, territoire palestinien soumis au blocus israélien. Après bientôt trois semaines de violences le long de la frontière qui ont fait 34 morts palestiniens, de nouvelles manifestations sont attendues vendredi. Le ministère israélien de la Défense a annoncé qu’un «puissant engin explosif», apparemment destiné à un attentat lors des fêtes israéliennes, avait été découvert dans un camion palestinien intercepté à un point de passage entre la Cisjordanie occupée et Israël. Libération
Le Giro d’Italia débute ce vendredi de Jérusalem, offrant à l’Etat hébreu son premier événement sportif d’envergure. Tracé qui esquive les Territoires palestiniens, équipes qui hésitent à s’engager, soupçons d’enveloppes d’argent… les autorités ont éteint toutes les critiques pour en faire une vitrine. Libération
Le monde a basculé ce 8 mai 2018. Rien n’y a fait. Ni les câlins d’Emmanuel Macron. Ni les menaces du président iranien. Ni les assurances des patrons de la CIA et de l’AIEA. Donald Trump a tranché : sous le prétexte non prouvé que l’Iran ne le respecte pas, i l retire les Etats-Unis de l’accord nucléaire signé le 14 juillet 2015. Une folle décision aux conséquences considérables. Après la dénonciation de celui de Paris sur le climat, voici l’abandon unilatéral d’un autre accord qui a été négocié par les grandes puissances pendant plus de dix ans. L’Amérique devient donc, à l’évidence, un « rogue state » – un Etat voyou qui ne respecte pas ses engagements internationaux et ment une fois encore ouvertement au monde. L’invasion de l’Irak n’était donc pas une exception malheureuse : Washington n’incarne plus l’ordre international mais le désordre.  Si l’on en doutait encore, le monde dit libre n’a plus de leader crédible ni même de grand frère. Ce qui va troubler un peu plus encore les opinions publiques et les classes dirigeantes occidentales. Puisque l’Iran en est l’un des plus gros producteurs et qu’il va être empêché d’en vendre, le prix du pétrole, déjà à 70 dollars le baril, va probablement exploser, ce qui risque de ralentir voire de stopper la croissance mondiale – et donc celle de la France.
D’ailleurs, de tous les pays occidentaux, la France est celui qui a le plus à perdre d’un retour des sanctions américaines – directes et indirectes. L’Iran a, en effet, passé commandes de 100 Airbus pour 19 milliards de dollars et a signé un gigantesque contrat avec Total pour l’exploitation du champ South Pars 11. Or Trump a choisi la version la plus dure : interdire de nouveau à toute compagnie traitant avec Téhéran de faire du business aux Etats-Unis. Pour continuer à commercer sur le marché américain, Airbus et Total devront donc renoncer à ces deals juteux. L’Obs
Of all the arguments for the Trump administration to honor the nuclear deal with Iran, none was more risible than the claim that we gave our word as a country to keep it. The Obama administration refused to submit the deal to Congress as a treaty, knowing it would never get two-thirds of the Senate to go along. Just 21 percent of Americans approved of the deal at the time it went through, against 49 percent who did not, according to a Pew poll. The agreement “passed” on the strength of a 42-vote Democratic filibuster, against bipartisan, majority opposition. “The Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (J.C.P.O.A.) is not a treaty or an executive agreement, and it is not a signed document,” Julia Frifield, then the assistant secretary of state for legislative affairs, wrote then-Representative Mike Pompeo in November 2015 (…) In the weeks leading to Tuesday’s announcement, some of the same people who previously claimed the deal was the best we could possibly hope for suddenly became inventive in proposing means to fix it. This involved suggesting side deals between Washington and European capitals to impose stiffer penalties on Tehran for its continued testing of ballistic missiles — more than 20 since the deal came into effect — and its increasingly aggressive regional behavior. But the problem with this approach is that it only treats symptoms of a problem for which the J.C.P.O.A. is itself a major cause. The deal weakened U.N. prohibitions on Iran’s testing of ballistic missiles, which cannot be reversed without Russian and Chinese consent. That won’t happen. The easing of sanctions also gave Tehran additional financial means with which to fund its depredations in Syria and its militant proxies in Yemen, Lebanon and elsewhere. Any effort to counter Iran on the ground in these places would mean fighting the very forces we are effectively feeding. Why not just stop the feeding? Apologists for the deal answer that the price is worth paying because Iran has put on hold much of its production of nuclear fuel for the next several years. Yet even now Iran is under looser nuclear strictures than North Korea, and would have been allowed to enrich as much material as it liked once the deal expired. That’s nuts. Apologists also claim that, with Trump’s decision, Tehran will simply restart its enrichment activities on an industrial scale. Maybe it will, forcing a crisis that could end with U.S. or Israeli strikes on Iran’s nuclear sites. But that would be stupid, something the regime emphatically isn’t. More likely, it will take symbolic steps to restart enrichment, thereby implying a threat without making good on it. What the regime wants is a renegotiation, not a reckoning. (…) Even with the sanctions relief, the Iranian economy hangs by a thread: The Wall Street Journal on Sunday reported “hundreds of recent outbreaks of labor unrest in Iran, an indication of deepening discord over the nation’s economic troubles.” This week, the rial hit a record low of 67,800 to the dollar; one member of the Iranian Parliament estimated $30 billion of capital outflows in recent months. That’s real money for a country whose gross domestic product barely matches that of Boston. The regime might calculate that a strategy of confrontation with the West could whip up useful nationalist fervors. But it would have to tread carefully: Ordinary Iranians are already furious that their government has squandered the proceeds of the nuclear deal on propping up the Assad regime. The conditions that led to the so-called Green movement of 2009 are there once again. Nor will it help Iran if it tries to start a war with Israel and comes out badly bloodied. (…) Trump’s courageous decision to withdraw from the nuclear deal will clarify the stakes for Tehran. Now we’ll see whether the administration is capable of following through. Bret Stephens
Hello ! Welcome to the show ! Al Jazeera
It was supposed to be a peaceful day. But as then. Unarmed protesters marched towards the border fence, Israeli soldiers opened fire. Al Jazeera journalist
We will continue to sacrifice the blood of our children. Hamas leader
All impure Jews are dogs. They should be burned. They are dirty. Palestinian woman
Je crois dans la volonté d’un peuple. Ce qui m’inspire, c’est la destruction du mur de Berlin. On ne veut pas mourir. Notre message est pacifique, on ne veut jeter personne à la mer. Si les Israéliens nous tuent, ce sera leur crime. Ahmed Abou Irtema
Nous préférons mourir dans notre pays plutôt qu’en mer, comme les réfugiés syriens, ou enfermés à Gaza ou dans les camps au Liban. Moïn Abou Okal (ministère de l’intérieur de Gaza et membre du comité de pilotage de la marche)
 Les gens sont plein de fureur et de colère, dit  On n’a pris aucune décision pour pousser des centaines de milliers de personnes vers la frontière. On veut que cela reste une manifestation pacifique. Mais il n’y a ni négociations avec Israël ni réconciliation entre factions. Il faut laisser les gens s’exprimer. Ghazi Hamad (responsable des relations internationales du Hamas)
Le cauchemar israélien se résume en une image : celle de dizaines de milliers de manifestants non armés, avançant vers la frontière, pour réclamer leur sortie de la prison à ciel ouvert qu’est Gaza. Les responsables sécuritaires israéliens ont averti : tout franchissement illégal sera considéré comme une menace. Plusieurs alertes sérieuses ont eu lieu ces derniers jours, des individus ayant passé la clôture trop aisément. L’armée, qui craint l’enfouissement d’engins explosifs, a prévu d’employer des drones pour larguer des canettes de gaz lacrymogène. (…) En présentant les manifestants comme des personnes achetées, manipulées ou dangereuses, Israël réduit l’événement de vendredi à une question sécuritaire. Il prive ainsi les Gazaouis de leur intégrité comme sujets politiques, de leur capacité à formuler des espérances et à se mobiliser pour les défendre. Or, l’initiative de ce mouvement n’est pas du tout le fruit de délibérations au bureau politique du Hamas, qui gouverne la bande de Gaza depuis 2007. Le mouvement islamiste, affaibli et isolé, soutient comme les autres factions cette mobilisation, y compris par des moyens logistiques, parce qu’il y voit une façon de mettre enfin Israël sous pression. L’idée originelle, c’est Ahmed Abou Irtema qui la revendique. C’était juste après l’annonce de la reconnaissance unilatérale de Jérusalem comme capitale d’Israël par Donald Trump, le 6 décembre 2017. La réconciliation entre le Hamas et le Fatah du président Mahmoud Abbas était dans l’impasse. La situation humanitaire, plus dramatique que jamais. Ce journaliste de 33 ans, père de quatre garçons, a évoqué l’idée, sur Facebook, d’un vaste rassemblement pacifique. (…) Le jeune homme, comme les autres activistes, ne parle pas d’un Etat palestinien, mais de leurs droits historiques sur des terrains précisément délimités. (…) Ils invoquent l’article 11 de la résolution 194, adoptée par les Nations unies (ONU) à la fin de 1948, sur le droit des réfugiés à retourner chez eux ou à obtenir compensation. (…) de son côté Moïn Abou Okal, fonctionnaire au ministère de l’intérieur et membre du comité de pilotage (…) affirme que les manifestants ne tenteront de pénétrer en Israël que le 15 mai. Le Monde
Depuis deux semaines le Hamas et autres organisations terroristes ont repris à leur compte ce qu’ils veulent faire passer pour un soulèvement populaire «pacifiste». Une fois de plus, le détournement du vocabulaire est habile car ces manifestations à plusieurs couches – l’une pacifique et bon enfant, servant de couverture aux multiples tentatives de destruction de la barrière de séparation entre Gaza et Israël, d’enlèvement de soldats, et d’attentats terroristes heureusement avortés – voudraient promouvoir un «droit au retour» à l’intérieur d’Israël des descendants de descendants de «réfugiés». (…) Voici que des milliers de civils, hommes, femmes, enfants, se massent à proximité des zones tampons établies en bordure de la barrière de sécurité israélienne, dans une ambiance de kermesse destinée à nous faire croire qu’il s’agit là de manifestations au sens démocratique du terme. Voici, également, que des milliers de pneus sont enflammés, dégageant une fumée noirâtre visible depuis les satellites, dans le but d’aveugler les forces de sécurité israéliennes qui ont pourtant prévenu: aucun franchissement sauvage de la barrière-frontière ne sera toléré. Toute tentative sera stoppée par des tirs à balle réelle – ce qui, n’en déplaise à beaucoup, est absolument légal dans toute buffer zone entre entités ennemies. À cette annonce, les dirigeants du Hamas ont dû jubiler! Eux qui jouent gagnant-gagnant dans une stratégie impliquant l’utilisation de leurs civils comme boucliers humains, puisqu’il s’agit surtout d’une guerre d’influence, n’en espéraient pas autant. Dès lors ils allaient enfin pouvoir de nouveau compter leurs morts comme autant de victoires médiatiques. Et cela – au grand dam des Israéliens – s’est déroulé exactement comme prévu. Au moment où paraissent ces lignes, Gaza pleure plus de trente morts et les hôpitaux sont débordés par le nombre de blessés – même si les chiffres sont sujets à caution puisque seulement fournis par le Hamas. Pour une fois, cependant, le Hamas s’est piégé lui-même, en publiant avec fierté l’identité de la majorité des victimes qui, de toute évidence appartiennent à ses troupes. C’est le cas du journaliste Yasser Mourtaja dont le double rôle de correspondant de presse et d’officier salarié du Hamas a également été dévoilé.Mais aurait-il été possible pour Israël d’avoir recours à d’autres moyens? L’alignement de snipers parallèlement à l’utilisation de procédés antiémeutes, était-il vraiment indispensable? Imaginons, un instant, que, dans les semaines à venir, comme annoncé par le dirigeant de l’organisation terroriste, Yahya Sinwar, la «marche du retour» permette à ses militants de détruire les barrières, tandis que des milliers de manifestants, femmes et enfants poussés en première ligne, se ruent à l’intérieur d’Israël, bravant non plus les tirs ciblés des soldats entraînés mais la riposte massive d’un peuple paniqué? En menaçant d’avoir recours à des mesures extrêmes, et en tenant cet engagement, Israël ne fait que dissuader et empêcher le développement d’un cauchemar humanitaire dont les dirigeants du Hamas, acculés économiquement et politiquement, pourraient se régaler. Contrairement aux images promues par d’autres abus du vocabulaire, Gaza n’est pas une «prison à ciel ouvert» mais une bande de 360 km² relativement surpeuplée, où vivent également nombre de millionnaires dans des villas fastueuses côtoyant des quartiers miséreux. Chaque jour, environ 1 500 à 2 500 tonnes d’aide humanitaire et de biens de consommation sont autorisés à passer la frontière par le gouvernement israélien. Plusieurs programmes permettent aux habitants de Gaza de se faire soigner dans les hôpitaux de Tel Aviv et de Haïfa. Un projet d’île portuaire sécurisée est à l’étude à Jérusalem, et des tonnes de fruits et légumes sont régulièrement achetés aux paysans gazaouis par les réseaux de distribution alimentaires israéliens. L’Égypte contrôle toute la partie sud et fait souvent montre de beaucoup plus de rigueur qu’Israël pour protéger sa frontière, sachant que le Hamas est issu des Frères Musulmans, organisation interdite par le gouvernement de Abdel Fatah Al Sissi.Mais Gaza souffre, en effet, et même terriblement! Gaza souffre du fait que le Hamas détourne la majorité des fonds destinés à sa population pour creuser des tunnels et se construire une armée dont le seul but, ouvertement déclaré dans sa charte, est d’oblitérer Israël et d’exterminer ses habitants. Gaza souffre des promesses d’aide financière non tenues par les pays Arabes et qui se chiffrent en milliards de dollars. Gaza souffre de n’avoir que trois heures d’électricité par jour, car les terroristes du Hamas ont envoyé une roquette sur la principale centrale pendant le dernier conflit et l’Autorité Palestinienne, de son côté, refuse de payer les factures correspondant à son alimentation, espérant de la sorte provoquer une crise qui conduira à la perte de pouvoir de son concurrent. Gaza souffre d’un taux de chômage de plus de 50 %, après que ses habitants, dans l’euphorie du départ des Juifs, aient saccagé et détruit les serres à légumes et les manufactures construites par Israël et donc jugées «impures» selon les théories islamistes qui les ont conduits, ne l’oublions pas non plus, à voter massivement pour le Hamas. Gaza souffre enfin de ces détournements du vocabulaire, de ces concepts esthétiques manichéens conçus au détriment des êtres, qui empêchent les hommes de conscience de comprendre le cœur du problème et sont forcés de penser qu’Israël est l’unique cause du malheur de ses habitants.C’est pour cela qu’il faut, une fois de plus, clamer quelques faits incontournables. Israël ne peut faire la paix avec une organisation terroriste vouée à sa disparition. Les habitants de Gaza seraient libres de circuler et de se construire un avenir à l’instant même où ils renonceraient à la disparition de leur voisin. Le Hamas et autres organisations terroristes savent qu’ils peuvent compter sur la sympathie des Nations unies et de nombre d’ONG à prétention humanitaire et ne se privent donc pas d’exploiter la population qu’ils détiennent en otage puisqu’ils savent qu’Israël sera systématiquement condamné à leur place. Pierre Rehov
Welcome to the parade for the return – the latest big show organized by Hamas. Every day between 10,000 and 30,000 Muslim Arabs will participate in this smoke screen operation. Pierre Rehov
I shot the video because I observed many times first hand how Palestinians build their propaganda and I strongly believe that no peace will be possible as long as international media believe their narrative instead of seeing the facts. Hamas knows that it can count on the international community when it launches initiatives such as those ‘peaceful protests’ which have claimed too many lives already, while Israel has no choice but to defend its borders. Pierre Rehov
Behind the Smoke Screen, which was shot in recent weeks by two Palestinian cameramen who work with Rehov on a regular basis, went viral and was published by many pro-Israel organizations. The short movie then goes on to show shocking images of children being dragged to the front lines of the clashes as human shields and disturbing footage of animal cruelty. It shows the contradictory tone of Palestinian leaders speaking in English in front of an international audience versus speaking in Arabic to their own people. It shows the health and environmental risk of the burning tire protests and then asks rhetorically: « Where are the ecologist protests? »It shows Hamas’ goals of crossing the border and carrying out attacks, and, if all else fails, trying to provoke soldiers, hoping for a stray bullet and making the front pages of international newspapers. Jerusalem Post
Pour ceux qui croyaient encore que les écrans ou rideaux de fumée étaient une tactique militaire
Infiltration de terroristes armés, sabotage de la barrière de sécurité, destruction de champs israéliens via l’envoi de cerf-volants enflammés, torture et incinération d’animaux, boucliers humains de femmes et d’enfants, miroirs, écran de fumée …
A l’heure où après avoir le mensonge de 70 ans du refus des ambassades étrangères à Jérusalem …
Et l’imposture entre une accusation d’empoisonnement de puits sous les ovations du Parlement européen et une justification de l’antisémitisme européen sous celles de son propre parlement …
D’un président d’une Autorité palestinienne et auteur enfin reconnu d’une thèse négationniste sur le génocide juif …
Le va-t-en-guerre de la Maison blanche vient, entre – excusez du peu – le retour nord-coréen à la table des négociations, la libération de trois otages américains et avec 57% le plus haut taux d’optimisme national depuis 13 ans, d’éventer la supercherie de 40 ans du programme prétendument pacifique …
D’un régime qui, sous couvert d’un accord jamais avalisé par le Congrès américain mais soutenu par les quislings et gros intérêts économiques européens et entre deux « Mort à l’Amérique ! » et menaces de rayement de la carte d’Israël, multiplie les essais balistiques et du Yemen au Liban met le Moyen-Orient à feu et à sang …
Pendant qu’entre dénonciation de son 70e anniversaire et médisance sur la première venue d’un grand évènement sportif dans la seule démocratie du Moyen-Orient …
Nos médias rivalisent dans la mauvaise foi et la désinformation
Bienvenue au grand barnum de la « Marche du retour » !
Cet incroyable de mélange de fête de l’Huma et kermesse bon enfant …
Qui monopolise depuis six semaines nos écrans et les unes de nos journaux …
Et qui comme le montre l’excellent petit documentaire du réalisateur franco-israélien Pierre Rehov
Se révèle être un petit joyau de propagande et de prestidigitation …
Miroirs et écrans de fumée compris …
Des maitres-illusionistes du Hamas et de nos médias !

WATCH: Exclusive footage from inside Gaza reveals true face of protests

« Hamas knows that it can count on the international community when it launches initiatives such as those ‘peaceful protests’ which have claimed too many lives already. »

Juliane Helmhold
The Jerusalem Post
May 7, 2018 13:13

The short movie Behind the Smoke Screen by filmmaker Pierre Rehov shows exclusive images from inside the Gaza Strip, aimed at changing the international perception of the ongoing six-week protests dubbed the « Great March of Return » by Hamas.

« I shot the video because I observed many times first hand how Palestinians build their propaganda and I strongly believe that no peace will be possible as long as international media believe their narrative instead of seeing the facts, » the French filmmaker told The Jerusalem Post.

« Hamas knows that it can count on the international community when it launches initiatives such as those ‘peaceful protests’ which have claimed too many lives already, while Israel has no choice but to defend its borders. »

Rehov, who also writes regularly for the French daily Le Figaro, has been producing documentaries about the Arab-Israeli conflict for 18 years, many of which have aired on Israeli media outlets, including The Road to Jenin, debunking Mohammad Bakri’s claim of a massacre in Jenin, War Crimes in Gaza, demonstrating Hamas’ use of civilians as human shields and Beyond Deception Strategy, exploring the plight of minorities inside Israel and how BDS is hurting Palestinians.

Behind the Smoke Screen, which was shot in recent weeks by two Palestinian cameramen who work with Rehov on a regular basis, went viral and was published by many pro-Israel organizations.Behind The Smoke Screen (Pierre Rehov/Youtube)

« Welcome to the parade for the return – the latest big show organized by Hamas. Every day between 10,000 and 30,000 Muslim Arabs will participate in this smoke screen operation, » the video introduces the subject matter in the opening remarks.

The short movie then goes on to show shocking images of children being dragged to the front lines of the clashes as human shields and disturbing footage of animal cruelty.

It shows the contradictory tone of Palestinian leaders speaking in English in front of an international audience versus speaking in Arabic to their own people.

It shows the health and environmental risk of the burning tire protests and then asks rhetorically: « Where are the ecologist protests? »

It shows Hamas’ goals of crossing the border and carrying out attacks, and, if all else fails, trying to provoke soldiers, hoping for a stray bullet and making the front pages of international newspapers.

« I want to present facts, and one image is worth 1000 words, » the filmmaker emphasized.

Voir aussi:

Pierre Rehov : un autre regard sur Gaza

Pierre Rehov
Le Figaro
20/04/2018

FIGAROVOX/TRIBUNE – Le reporter Pierre Rehov s’attaque, dans une tribune, à la grille de lecture dominante dans les médias français des événements actuels à Gaza. Selon lui, la réponse d’Israël est proportionnée à la menace terroriste que représentent les agissements du Hamas.

Pierre Rehov est reporter, écrivain et réalisateur de documentaires, dont le dernier, «Unveiling Jérusalem», retrace l’histoire de la ville trois fois sainte.

Les organisations islamistes qui s’attaquent à Israël ont toujours eu le sens du vocabulaire dans leur communication avec l’Occident. Convaincus à juste titre que peu parmi nous sont capables, ou même intéressés, de décrypter leurs discours d’origine révélateur de leurs véritables intentions, ils nous arrosent depuis des décennies de concepts erronés, tout en puisant à la source de notre propre histoire les termes qui nous feront réagir dans le sens qui leur sera favorable. C’est ainsi que sont nés, au fil des ans, des terminologies acceptées par tous, y compris, il faut le dire, en Israël même.

Prenons par exemple le mot «occupation». Le Hamas, organisation terroriste qui règne sur la bande de Gaza depuis qu’Israël a retiré ses troupes et déraciné plus de 10 000 Juifs tout en laissant les infrastructures qui auraient permis aux Gazaouites de développer une véritable économie indépendante, continue à se lamenter du «fait» que l’État Juif occupe des terres appartenant «de toute éternité au Peuple Palestinien». Il s’agit là, évidemment, d’un faux car les droits éventuels des Palestiniens ne sauraient être réalisés en niant ceux des Juifs sur leur terre ancestrale.

Le terme «occupation» étant associé de triste mémoire à l’Histoire européenne, lorsqu’un lecteur, mal informé, se le voit asséner à longueur d’année par les médias les ONG et les politiciens, la première image qui lui vient est évidemment celle de la botte allemande martelant au pas de l’oie le pavé parisien ou bruxellois.

Cette répétition infligée tout autant qu’acceptée d’un terme erroné a pour but d’occulter un fait essentiel, gravé dans l’Histoire: selon la loi internationale, ces territoires dits «occupés» ne sont que «disputés». Car, afin d’occuper une terre, encore eût-il fallu qu’elle appartînt à un pays reconnu au moment de sa conquête. La «Palestine», renommée ainsi par l’Empereur Hadrien en 127 pour humilier les Juifs après leur seconde révolte contre l’empire romain, n’était qu’une région de l’empire Ottoman jusqu’à la défaite des Turcs en 1917. Ce sont les pays Arabes dans leur globalité qui, en rejetant le plan de partition de l’ONU en 1947, ont empêché la naissance d’une «nation palestinienne» dont on ne retrouve aucune trace dans l’histoire jusqu’à sa mise au goût du jour, en 1964, par Nasser et le KGB.

Depuis deux semaines le Hamas et autres organisations terroristes ont repris à leur compte ce qu’ils veulent faire passer pour un soulèvement populaire « pacifiste ».

Lorsqu’à l’issue d’une guerre défensive, Israël a «pris» la Cisjordanie et Gaza en 1967, ces deux territoires avaient déjà été conquis par la Jordanie et l’Égypte. Ce qui nous conduit à remettre en question une autre révision sémantique. Pourquoi des terres qui, pendant des siècles, se sont appelées Judée-Samarie deviendraient-elles, tout à coup, Cisjordanie ou Rive Occidentale, de par la seule volonté du pays qui les a envahies en 1948 avant d’en expulser tous les Juifs dans l’indifférence générale? Serait-ce pour effacer le simple fait que la Judée… est le berceau du judaïsme?

Mais revenons à Gaza.

Depuis deux semaines le Hamas et autres organisations terroristes ont repris à leur compte ce qu’ils veulent faire passer pour un soulèvement populaire «pacifiste». Une fois de plus, le détournement du vocabulaire est habile car ces manifestations à plusieurs couches – l’une pacifique et bon enfant, servant de couverture aux multiples tentatives de destruction de la barrière de séparation entre Gaza et Israël, d’enlèvement de soldats, et d’attentats terroristes heureusement avortés – voudraient promouvoir un «droit au retour» à l’intérieur d’Israël des descendants de descendants de «réfugiés».

J’ai déjà abondamment écrit, y compris dans ces pages, sur cette aberration tragique perpétuée au profit de l’UNWRA, une agence onusienne empêchant, dans sa forme actuelle, l’établissement et le développement des Arabes de Palestine sur leurs terres d’accueil. Je n’y reviendrai que par une phrase. Pourquoi un enfant, né à côté de Ramallah ou à Gaza, de parents nés au même endroit, ou pire encore, né à Brooklyn ou à Stockholm de parents immigrés, serait-il considéré comme «réfugié» – comme c’est le cas dans les statistiques de l’UNRWA – si un enfant Juif né à Tel Aviv, de parents nés à Bagdad, Damas ou Tripoli, et chassés entre 1948 et 1974 n’a jamais bénéficié du même statut?

Mais voici que des bus affrétés par le Hamas et la Jihad Islamique, et décorés de clés géantes et de noms enluminés de villages disparus censés symboliser ce «droit au retour» au sein d’un pays honni, viennent cueillir chaque vendredi devant les mosquées et les écoles de Gaza une population manipulée, prête aux derniers sacrifices afin de répondre à des mots d’ordre cyniques ou désuets.

Voici que des milliers de civils, hommes, femmes, enfants, se massent à proximité des zones tampons établies en bordure de la barrière de sécurité israélienne, dans une ambiance de kermesse destinée à nous faire croire qu’il s’agit là de manifestations au sens démocratique du terme.

Voici, également, que des milliers de pneus sont enflammés, dégageant une fumée noirâtre visible depuis les satellites, dans le but d’aveugler les forces de sécurité israéliennes qui ont pourtant prévenu: aucun franchissement sauvage de la barrière-frontière ne sera toléré. Toute tentative sera stoppée par des tirs à balle réelle – ce qui, n’en déplaise à beaucoup, est absolument légal dans toute buffer zone entre entités ennemies.

À cette annonce, les dirigeants du Hamas ont dû jubiler! Eux qui jouent gagnant-gagnant dans une stratégie impliquant l’utilisation de leurs civils comme boucliers humains, puisqu’il s’agit surtout d’une guerre d’influence, n’en espéraient pas autant. Dès lors ils allaient enfin pouvoir de nouveau compter leurs morts comme autant de victoires médiatiques. Et cela – au grand dam des Israéliens – s’est déroulé exactement comme prévu. Au moment où paraissent ces lignes, Gaza pleure plus de trente morts et les hôpitaux sont débordés par le nombre de blessés – même si les chiffres sont sujets à caution puisque seulement fournis par le Hamas.

En menaçant d’avoir recours à des mesures extrêmes, Israël ne fait que dissuader et empêcher le développement d’un cauchemar humanitaire.

Pour une fois, cependant, le Hamas s’est piégé lui-même, en publiant avec fierté l’identité de la majorité des victimes qui, de toute évidence appartiennent à ses troupes. C’est le cas du journaliste Yasser Mourtaja dont le double rôle de correspondant de presse et d’officier salarié du Hamas a également été dévoilé .

Mais aurait-il été possible pour Israël d’avoir recours à d’autres moyens? L’alignement de snipers parallèlement à l’utilisation de procédés antiémeutes, était-il vraiment indispensable?

Imaginons, un instant, que, dans les semaines à venir, comme annoncé par le dirigeant de l’organisation terroriste, Yahya Sinwar, la «marche du retour» permette à ses militants de détruire les barrières, tandis que des milliers de manifestants, femmes et enfants poussés en première ligne, se ruent à l’intérieur d’Israël, bravant non plus les tirs ciblés des soldats entraînés mais la riposte massive d’un peuple paniqué?

En menaçant d’avoir recours à des mesures extrêmes, et en tenant cet engagement, Israël ne fait que dissuader et empêcher le développement d’un cauchemar humanitaire dont les dirigeants du Hamas, acculés économiquement et politiquement, pourraient se régaler.

Contrairement aux images promues par d’autres abus du vocabulaire, Gaza n’est pas une «prison à ciel ouvert» mais une bande de 360 km² relativement surpeuplée, où vivent également nombre de millionnaires dans des villas fastueuses côtoyant des quartiers miséreux.

Chaque jour, environ 1 500 à 2 500 tonnes d’aide humanitaire et de biens de consommation sont autorisés à passer la frontière par le gouvernement israélien. Plusieurs programmes permettent aux habitants de Gaza de se faire soigner dans les hôpitaux de Tel Aviv et de Haïfa.

Un projet d’île portuaire sécurisée est à l’étude à Jérusalem, et des tonnes de fruits et légumes sont régulièrement achetés aux paysans gazaouis par les réseaux de distribution alimentaires israéliens.

L’Égypte contrôle toute la partie sud et fait souvent montre de beaucoup plus de rigueur qu’Israël pour protéger sa frontière, sachant que le Hamas est issu des Frères Musulmans, organisation interdite par le gouvernement de Abdel Fatah Al Sissi.

Mais Gaza souffre, en effet, et même terriblement!

Gaza souffre du fait que le Hamas détourne la majorité des fonds destinés à sa population pour creuser des tunnels et se construire une armée dont le seul but, ouvertement déclaré dans sa charte, est d’oblitérer Israël et d’exterminer ses habitants.

Gaza souffre des promesses d’aide financière non tenues par les pays Arabes et qui se chiffrent en milliards de dollars.

Gaza souffre de n’avoir que trois heures d’électricité par jour, car les terroristes du Hamas ont envoyé une roquette sur la principale centrale pendant le dernier conflit et l’Autorité Palestinienne, de son côté, refuse de payer les factures correspondant à son alimentation, espérant de la sorte provoquer une crise qui conduira à la perte de pouvoir de son concurrent.

Gaza souffre d’un taux de chômage de plus de 50 %, après que ses habitants, dans l’euphorie du départ des Juifs, aient saccagé et détruit les serres à légumes et les manufactures construites par Israël et donc jugées «impures» selon les théories islamistes qui les ont conduits, ne l’oublions pas non plus, à voter massivement pour le Hamas.

Israël ne peut faire la paix avec une organisation terroriste vouée à sa disparition.

Gaza souffre enfin de ces détournements du vocabulaire, de ces concepts esthétiques manichéens conçus au détriment des êtres, qui empêchent les hommes de conscience de comprendre le cœur du problème et sont forcés de penser qu’Israël est l’unique cause du malheur de ses habitants.

C’est pour cela qu’il faut, une fois de plus, clamer quelques faits incontournables.

Israël ne peut faire la paix avec une organisation terroriste vouée à sa disparition.

Les habitants de Gaza seraient libres de circuler et de se construire un avenir à l’instant même où ils renonceraient à la disparition de leur voisin.

Le Hamas et autres organisations terroristes savent qu’ils peuvent compter sur la sympathie des Nations unies et de nombre d’ONG à prétention humanitaire et ne se privent donc pas d’exploiter la population qu’ils détiennent en otage puisqu’ils savent qu’Israël sera systématiquement condamné à leur place.

J’en veux, pour exemple, une anecdote affligeante.

En septembre 2017, une organisation regroupant des femmes arabes et israéliennes a organisé une marche en Cisjordanie (Judée-Samarie). Aucun parent n’aurait pu être indifférent aux images de ces mères juives et arabes qui avouent leur quête d’un avenir meilleur pour leurs enfants. Durant la marche, aucun pneu brûlé, pas de lancement de pierres ou de cocktails Molotov, aucune tentative d’envahir Israël, aucun propos haineux. Tout le contraire. C’était une authentique manifestation pacifique.

Seulement, le Hamas a immédiatement condamné la marche en déclarant que «la normalisation est une arme israélienne».

L’ONU, de son côté, n’a pas cru bon promouvoir l’initiative. Pourquoi l’aurait-elle fait?

Il est davantage dans sa tradition, et certainement plus politiquement correct de condamner Israël pour ses «excès» en matière défensive tandis que le Moyen Orient, faute d’une vision honnête, bascule progressivement dans un conflit généralisé.

Voir encore:

Protestations sous haute tension prévues le long de la bande de Gaza

Vendredi, cinq zones, toutes situées à au moins 700 mètres de la clôture, doivent accueillir les Gazaouis du nord au sud de la bande.

Piotr Smolar (Bande de Gaza, envoyé spécial)

Le Monde

Le décor est planté. Le vent puissant éparpille les émanations de gaz lacrymogène. Les sardines empêchent les tentes de s’envoler. On est à la veille du grand jour à Gaza, celui craint par Israël depuis des semaines.

En ce jeudi 29 mars, deux cents jeunes viennent faire leurs repérages près du poste frontière fermé de Karni, en claquettes ou pieds nus. Perchés sur des monticules de sable, ou bien s’avançant vers les soldats israéliens qui veillent à quelques centaines de mètres derrière la clôture, ils semblent leur lancer un avertissement muet.

Le 30 mars est coché de longue date dans le calendrier palestinien : c’est le jour de la Terre, en mémoire de la confiscation de terres arabes en Galilée, en 1976, et des six manifestants tués à l’époque. Mais cette année, il marque surtout le début d’un mouvement à la force et aux développements imprévisibles, intitulé la « marche du retour ».

« Un tournant »

Cette marche doit culminer le 15 mai, jour de la Nakba (la grande « catastrophe » que fut l’expulsion de centaines de milliers de Palestiniens lors de la création d’Israël). Il s’agit d’un appel à des manifestations pacifiques massives pour réclamer le retour vers les terres perdues. Et ce alors que l’Etat hébreu, soutenu par Washington, souhaite une restriction drastique de la définition du réfugié palestinien.

Vendredi, cinq zones ouvertes, toutes situées à au moins 700 mètres de la clôture, doivent accueillir les Gazaouis du nord au sud de la bande, de Jabaliya jusqu’à Rafah. Des mariages seront célébrés, des concerts et des danses organisés. On y parlera aussi politique, blessures familiales, droits historiques. Pour Bassem Naïm, haut responsable du Hamas :

« Ce rassemblement est un tournant. Malgré les divisions entre factions, malgré la politique américaine, nous pouvons être une nouvelle fois créatifs pour relancer la question palestinienne. Israël peut facilement s’en tirer dans un conflit militaire, contre les Palestiniens ou au niveau régional. Mais c’est un tigre de papier. Il est acculé face à la perspective d’une foule pacifique réclamant le respect de ses droits. »

Mélange de fébrilité et d’intoxication

« Acculé », le mot est excessif. Mais, depuis le début de la semaine, dans un mélange de fébrilité et d’intoxication, les autorités israéliennes n’ont cessé de dramatiser les enjeux de cette journée. Les compagnies de bus à Gaza ont reçu des coups de fil intimidants pour qu’elles ne transportent pas les manifestants. Le ministère des affaires étrangères a diffusé à ses ambassades des éléments de langage pour décrédibiliser l’événement. Il s’agirait d’une « campagne dangereuse et préméditée » par le Hamas, qui y consacrerait « plus de dix millions de dollars [plus de 8 millions d’euros] », notamment pour rémunérer les manifestants.

Du côté militaire, le chef d’état-major, Gadi Eizenkot, a averti dans la presse que « plus de cent snipers » seraient déployés le long de la clôture de sécurité frontalière, en plus des unités supplémentaires mobilisées pour l’occasion.

Il s’agit de justifier par avance l’usage possible de la violence, allant de moyens de dispersion classiques jusqu’aux balles réelles. Le cauchemar israélien se résume en une image : celle de dizaines de milliers de manifestants non armés, avançant vers la frontière, pour réclamer leur sortie de la prison à ciel ouvert qu’est Gaza.

Plusieurs alertes sérieuses

Les responsables sécuritaires israéliens ont averti : tout franchissement illégal sera considéré comme une menace. Plusieurs alertes sérieuses ont eu lieu ces derniers jours, des individus ayant passé la clôture trop aisément. L’armée, qui craint l’enfouissement d’engins explosifs, a prévu d’employer des drones pour larguer des canettes de gaz lacrymogène. Quant aux soldats, ils n’hésiteront pas à tirer à balles réelles si des Palestiniens se rapprochent. Huit personnes ont été ainsi tuées en décembre 2017.

En présentant les manifestants comme des personnes achetées, manipulées ou dangereuses, Israël réduit l’événement de vendredi à une question sécuritaire. Il prive ainsi les Gazaouis de leur intégrité comme sujets politiques, de leur capacité à formuler des espérances et à se mobiliser pour les défendre.

Or, l’initiative de ce mouvement n’est pas du tout le fruit de délibérations au bureau politique du Hamas, qui gouverne la bande de Gaza depuis 2007. Le mouvement islamiste, affaibli et isolé, soutient comme les autres factions cette mobilisation, y compris par des moyens logistiques, parce qu’il y voit une façon de mettre enfin Israël sous pression.

L’idée d’un vaste rassemblement pacifique

L’idée originelle, c’est Ahmed Abou Irtema qui la revendique. C’était juste après l’annonce de la reconnaissance unilatérale de Jérusalem comme capitale d’Israël par Donald Trump, le 6 décembre 2017. La réconciliation entre le Hamas et le Fatah du président Mahmoud Abbas était dans l’impasse. La situation humanitaire, plus dramatique que jamais.

Ce journaliste de 33 ans, père de quatre garçons, a évoqué l’idée, sur Facebook, d’un vaste rassemblement pacifique. « Il y a eu énormément de réactions, les associations se sont emparées de la proposition, puis les factions. Un comité de pilotage a vu le jour. »

Ahmed Abou Irtema a une vision, celle d’une foule marchant un jour – pas vendredi – vers ses anciennes terres :

« Je crois dans la volonté d’un peuple. Ce qui m’inspire, c’est la destruction du mur de Berlin. On ne veut pas mourir. Notre message est pacifique, on ne veut jeter personne à la mer. Si les Israéliens nous tuent, ce sera leur crime. »

Le jeune homme, comme les autres activistes, ne parle pas d’un Etat palestinien, mais de leurs droits historiques sur des terrains précisément délimités.

« Les gens sont plein de fureur et de colère »

Qu’ils aient peu de chance d’obtenir gain de cause ne les interroge pas. Ils invoquent l’article 11 de la résolution 194, adoptée par les Nations unies (ONU) à la fin de 1948, sur le droit des réfugiés à retourner chez eux ou à obtenir compensation.

« Nous préférons mourir dans notre pays plutôt qu’en mer, comme les réfugiés syriens, ou enfermés à Gaza ou dans les camps au Liban », explique de son côté Moïn Abou Okal, fonctionnaire au ministère de l’intérieur et membre du comité de pilotage.

Ce dernier affirme que les manifestants ne tenteront de pénétrer en Israël que le 15 mai. La vérité est que rien n’est écrit. Tout dépendra de la force de la mobilisation et de l’ampleur de la réaction israélienne. « Les gens sont plein de fureur et de colère, dit Ghazi Hamad, responsable des relations internationales du Hamas. On n’a pris aucune décision pour pousser des centaines de milliers de personnes vers la frontière. On veut que cela reste une manifestation pacifique. Mais il n’y a ni négociations avec Israël ni réconciliation entre factions. Il faut laisser les gens s’exprimer. »

A l’aube du vendredi 30 mars, un Palestinien a été tué par une frappe israélienne avant le rassemblement prévu à Gaza.

Voir également:

Trump annonce le retrait des Etats-Unis de l’accord nucléaire iranien

Le président américain a promis de « graves » conséquences à l’Iran s’il se dote de la bombe nucléaire ; l’Iran mérite un « meilleur gouvernement »

Le président américain Donald Trump a annoncé mardi le retrait des Etats-Unis de l’accord sur le nucléaire iranien, qu’il a qualifié de « désastreux », et le rétablissement des sanctions contre Téhéran.

« J’annonce aujourd’hui que les Etats-Unis vont se retirer de l’accord nucléaire iranien », a-t-il déclaré dans une allocution télévisée depuis la Maison Blanche.

Trump a démarré son discours par ces mots :

« Aujourd’hui, je veux informer les Américains de nos efforts afin d’empêcher l’Iran d’acquérir l’arme nucléaire. Le régime iranien est le principal sponsor étatique de la terreur. Il exporte de dangereux missiles, alimente les conflits à travers le Moyen-Orient et soutient des groupes terroristes alliés et des milices comme le Hezbollah, le Hamas, les Talibans et Al-Qaïda. Au fil des années, l’Iran et ses mandataires ont bombardé des militaires et des installations américaines [et ont commis une série d’autres attaques contre les Américains et les intérêts américains]. »

« Le régime iranien a financé son long règne de chaos et de terreur en pillant la richesse de son peuple. Aucune mesure prise par le régime n’a été plus dangereuse que sa poursuite vers le nucléaire et ses efforts pour l’obtenir. »

Dans son discours, Trump a déclaré :

« En théorie, le soi-disant accord concernant l’Iran était censé protéger les Etats-Unis et leurs alliés de la folie d’une bombe nucléaire iranienne – une arme qui ne ferait que mettre en péril la survie du régime iranien.

« En fait, l’accord a permis à l’Iran de continuer à enrichir de l’uranium et, au fil du temps, d’atteindre un point de rupture en terme de nucléaire. Il a bénéficié de la levée de sanctions paralysantes en échange de très faibles efforts sur son activité nucléaire. Aucune autre limite n’a été fixé concernant ses autres activités malfaisantes.

« En d’autres termes, au moment où les Etats-Unis disposaient d’un maximum de pouvoir, cet accord désastreux a apporté à ce régime – et c’est un régime de terreur – plusieurs milliards de dollars, dont une partie en espèces, ce qui représente un grand embarras pour moi en tant que citoyen et pour tous les citoyens des Etats-Unis. Un accord plus constructif aurait facilement pu être conclu à ce moment-là. »

Voici les principaux extraits de sa déclaration à la Maison Blanche.

Retrait

« J’annonce aujourd’hui que les Etats-Unis vont se retirer de l’accord nucléaire iranien ».

« Le fait est que c’est un accord horrible et partial qui n’aurait jamais dû être conclu. Il n’a pas apporté le calme. Il n’a pas apporté la paix. Et il ne le fera jamais ».

Sanctions

« Dans quelques instants, je vais signer un ordre présidentiel pour commencer à rétablir les sanctions américaines liées au programme nucléaire du régime iranien. Nous allons instituer le plus haut niveau de sanctions économiques ».

Et « tout pays qui aidera l’Iran dans sa quête d’armes nucléaires pourrait aussi être fortement sanctionné par les Etats-Unis ».

Le conseiller à la sécurité nationale, John Bolton, a de son côté indiqué que le rétablissement des sanctions américaines était effectif immédiatement pour les nouveaux contrats et que les entreprises étrangères auraient quelques mois pour « sortir » d’Iran.

Le Trésor américain a lui fait savoir que les sanctions concernant les anciens contrats conclus en Iran entreraient en vigueur après une période de transition de 90 à 180 jours.

« Vraie solution »

« Alors que nous sortons de l’accord iranien, nous travaillerons avec nos alliés pour trouver une vraie solution complète et durable à la menace nucléaire iranienne. Cela comprendra des efforts pour éliminer la menace du programme de missiles balistiques (de l’Iran), pour stopper ses activités terroristes à travers le monde et pour bloquer ses activités menaçantes à travers le Moyen-Orient ».

« Nous n’allons pas laisser un régime qui scande +Mort à l’Amérique+ avoir accès aux armes les plus meurtrières sur terre ».

« Mais le fait est qu’ils vont vouloir conclure un accord nouveau et durable, un accord qui bénéficierait à tout l’Iran et au peuple iranien. Quand ils (seront prêts), je serai prêt et bien disposé. De belles choses peuvent arriver à l’Iran ».

« Preuve »

« Au coeur de l’accord iranien, il y avait un énorme mythe selon laquelle un régime meurtrier ne cherchait qu’un programme pacifique d’énergie nucléaire. Aujourd’hui nous avons la preuve définitive que la promesse iranienne était un mensonge ».

Régime contre peuple

« Le futur de l’Iran appartient à son peuple » et les Iraniens « méritent une nation qui rende justice à leurs rêves, qui honore leur histoire ».

« Le régime iranien est le principal sponsor étatique de la terreur ». « Il soutient des terroristes et des milices comme le Hezbollah, le Hamas, les talibans et Al-Qaïda ».

L’ancien président américain Barack Obama a qualifié mardi de « grave erreur » la décision de Donald Trump de retirer les Etats-Unis de l’accord sur le nucléaire iranien, jugeant que ce dernier « fonctionne » et est dans l’intérêt de Washington.

« Je pense que la décision de mettre le JCPOA en danger sans aucune violation de l’accord de la part des Iraniens est une grave erreur, » a indiqué l’ex-président américain, très discret depuis son départ de la Maison Blanche, dans un communiqué au ton particulièrement ferme.

Voir de même:

Donald Trump furieux contre Mahmoud Abbas suite à un « mensonge »

 
Des sources palestiniennes ont réfuté cette publication

Le président américain Donald Trump aurait fustigé le président de l’Autorité palestinienne, Mahmoud Abbas, lors de leur réunion à Bethléem, rapporte dimanche Channel 2.

Selon la chaîne, citant des sources israéliennes, Trump aurait « crié » sur Abbas, car ce dernier lui aurait « menti ».

« Vous m’avez menti à Washington lorsque vous avez parlé de l’engagement pour la paix, mais les Israéliens m’ont montré que vous étiez personnellement responsable de l’incitation », aurait déclaré Trump.

Les sources palestiniennes ont cependant contredit la publication de Channel 2, affirmant que la rencontre entre les deux dirigeants avait été calme.

Dans son discours après la réunion avec Abbas, Trump a insisté sur le fait que « la paix ne peut être obtenue où la violence est récompensée ». Une déclaration considérée comme une critique du financement de l’Autorité palestinienne destiné aux familles de terroristes emprisonnés ou tués.

Ce rapport intervient alors que le président américain a affirmé hier que les deux parties sont prêtes à « parvenir à la paix ».

Le président de l’Autorité palestinienne, Mahmoud Abbas, « m’a assuré qu’il est prêt à faire la paix avec Israël, et je le crois », a déclaré Trump ajoutant que Benyamin Netanyahou a de son coté « assuré qu’il était prêt à parvenir à la paix ».

Voir encore:

Territoires palestiniens: Abbas s’excuse après ses propos jugés antisémites

Ses propos ont fait l’objet de vives critiques dans le monde entier ces derniers jours. En début de semaine, dans un discours prononcé devant des représentants de l’Organisation de libération de la Palestine, Mahmoud Abbas avait estimé que les massacres dont les juifs avaient été victimes en Europe, et notamment l’Holocauste, étaient dus au « comportement social » des juifs et non à leur religion. Il évoquait notamment leurs activités bancaires. Des propos largement condamnés sur la scène internationale par les dirigeants israéliens, par les Etats-Unis, l’Union européenne, l’ONU et la France notamment.

De notre correspondant à Jérusalem,  Guilhem Delteil

Finalement, ce vendredi, le président de l’Autorité palestinienne a décidé de présenter ses excuses. Depuis mardi soir, les critiques se succédaient et les mots employés étaient parfois très forts. Le coordinateur de l’ONU pour le processus de paix avait condamné des propos « inacceptables ». Il s’agissait pour lui de « certaines des insultes antisémites les plus méprisantes ». Quant au Premier ministre israélien, il estimait pour sa part que « un négationniste reste un négationniste » et il disait souhaiter voir « disparaître » Mahmoud Abbas.

Face à ce tollé, le président de l’Autorité palestinienne n’a d’abord rien dit. Puis après deux jours de silence, ce vendredi, il a choisi de s’excuser. « Si des gens ont été offensés par ma déclaration (…), spécialement des personnes de confession juive, je leur présente mes excuses », écrit Mahmoud Abbas dans un communiqué. « Je réitère mon entier respect pour la foi juive et les autres religions monothéistes », poursuit-il.

Le président de l’Autorité palestinienne se défend de tout antisémitisme. « Nous le condamnons sous toutes ses formes » assure-t-il. Il tient également à « réitérer », dit-il, sa « condamnation de longue date de l’Holocauste » qu’il qualifie de « crime le plus odieux de l’Histoire ».

Voir de même:

Abbas revient sur ses propos relatifs aux rabbins voulant “empoisonner” les puits palestiniens

Après avoir été accusé de diffamation, le dirigeant de l’AP rétracte son affirmation “sans fondement”, et ajoute ne pas avoir voulu “offenser le peuple juif”

Le président du parlement européen Martin Schulz (à droite) avec le président de l’Autorité palestinienne Mahmoud Abbas au parlement de l’Union européenne à Bruxelles, le 23 juin 2016. (Crédit : AFP/John Thys)

Le président de l’Autorité palestinienne (AP) Mahmoud Abbas a retiré samedi ses propos concernant des rabbins ayant appelé à empoisonné l’eau des Palestiniens, disant qu’il n’avait pas eu l’intention d’offenser les juifs, après qu’Israël et des organisations juives ont affirmé qu’il faisait la promotion de tropes diffamatoires et antisémites.

« Après qu’il soit devenu évident que les déclarations supposées d’un rabbin, relayées par de nombreux médias, se sont révélées sans fondement, le président Mahmoud Abbas a affirmé qu’il n’avait pas pour intention de s’en prendre au judaïsme ou de blesser le peuple juif à travers le monde », a déclaré son bureau dans un communiqué.

Pendant un discours prononcé devant le Parlement de l’Union européenne à Bruxelles jeudi, Abbas avait affirmé que les accusations d’incitations [à la violence] palestiniennes étaient injustes puisque « les Israéliens le font aussi… Certains rabbins en Israël ont dit très clairement à leur gouvernement que notre eau devait être empoisonnée afin de tuer des Palestiniens. »

Un article publié en juin dans la presse turque affirmait qu’un rabbin avait fait un tel appel, mais l’histoire s’était rapidement révélée fausse.

Son bureau a déclaré qu’il « rejetait toutes les accusations formulées à son encontre et à celle du peuple palestinien d’offense au judaïsme. [Il] a également condamné toutes les accusations d’antisémitisme. »

En revanche, Abbas n’a pas retiré son affirmation, également prononcée pendant son discours devant le Parlement européen, que le terrorisme mondial serait éradiqué si Israël se retirait de Cisjordanie et de Jérusalem Est.

Israël a dénoncé jeudi Abbas, le qualifiant de colporteur de mensonges, le bureau du Premier ministre déclarant qu’il « a montré son vrai visage », et qu’il « ment quand il affirme que ses mains sont tendues vers la paix. »

Le Premier ministre Benjamin Netanyahu avait accusé jeudi Abbas de « propager des diffamations au parlement européen ».

« Israël attend le jour où Abbas cessera de colporter des mensonges et d’inciter [à la haine contre Israël]. D’ici là, Israël continuera à se défendre contre les incitations palestiniennes, qui alimentent le terrorisme », pouvait-on lire dans le communiqué du bureau du Premier ministre.

Le Conseil représentatif des institutions juives de France (CRIF), vitrine politique de la première communauté juive d’Europe, avait accusé vendredi Abbas de « propager les caricatures anti juives d’autrefois […] dont on sait qu’elles nourrissent la haine antisémite ».

Voir de plus:

« Jusqu’à son dernier jour », Abbas payera les « familles des martyrs prisonniers »

 Le président de l’Autorité palestinienne a rendu hommage aux efforts déployés par Donald Trump

Le président de l’Autorité palestinienne, Mahmoud Abbas, a déclaré jeudi qu’il ne renoncera pas aux salaires reversés aux terroristes et aux familles des terroristes ayant été emprisonnés en Israël pour avoir mené des attentats, ou ayant tenté de tuer des Israéliens.

« Je n’ai pas l’intention de cesser de payer les familles des martyrs prisonniers, même si cela me coûte mon siège. Je continuerai à les payer jusqu’à mon dernier jour », a déclaré M. Abbas, d’après les médias israéliens.

Le financement par l’Autorité palestinienne de subventions pour les familles des terroristes est un point de discorde entre les Palestiniens et l’administration Trump. Pendant sa visite dans la région plus tôt cette année, le président des Etats-Unis avait souligné que son pays ne tolérerait pas ces rétributions.

Cette déclaration du président de l’AP survient alors que des émissaires américains conduits par Jared Kushner, proche conseiller du président américain, ont rencontré à nouveau cette semaine les dirigeants israéliens et palestiniens.

Après avoir rencontré des responsables saoudiens, émiratis, qataris, jordaniens et égyptiens, la délégation américaine a été reçue jeudi par Benyamin Netanyahou et a rencontré le président de l’Autorité palestinienne Mahmoud Abbas à Ramallah.

M. Trump « est déterminé à parvenir à une solution qui apportera la prospérité et la paix à tout le monde dans cette zone », a déclaré Jared Kushner, au début de ses entretiens avec le Premier ministre israélien à Tel-Aviv, selon une vidéo diffusée par l’ambassade américaine.

Le bureau de Benyamin Netanyahou a qualifié les discussions de « constructives et de substantielles » sans autre détail, indiquant qu’elles allaient se poursuivre « dans les prochaines semaines » et remerciant le président américain « pour son ferme soutien à Israël ».

Le président Abbas a pour sa part rendu hommage aux efforts déployés par Donald Trump et a affirmé que « cette délégation (américaine) œuvre pour la paix ». « Nous savons que c’est difficile et compliqué mais ce n’est pas impossible », a-t-il fait savoir.

(Avec agence)

Voir par ailleurs:

Israël a fêté mercredi son 70e anniversaire en brandissant sa puissance militaire et son improbable réussite économique face aux menaces régionales renouvelées et aux incertitudes intérieures.

Après s’être recueillis depuis mardi à la mémoire de leurs compatriotes tués au service de leur pays ou dans des attentats, les Israéliens ont entamé mercredi soir les célébrations marquant la création de leur Etat proclamé le 14 mai 1948, mais fêté en ce moment en fonction du calendrier hébraïque.

Lors d’une cérémonie à Jérusalem, le Premier ministre Benjamin Netanyahu a salué ce qu’il a appelé les «vrais germes de la paix» qui selon lui commençaient à pousser parmi certains pays arabes.

Il n’a pas donné plus de détails mais des signes de réchauffement, tout particulièrement avec Ryad, ont été récemment enregistrés, alors qu’Israël comme le royaume saoudien voit en l’Iran une grave menace.

Israël agite régulièrement le spectre d’une attaque de l’Iran, son ennemi juré.

La crainte d’un tel acte d’hostilité, à la manière de l’offensive surprise d’une coalition arabe lors des célébrations de Yom Kippour en 1973, a été attisée par un raid le 9 avril contre une base aérienne en Syrie, imputé à Israël par le régime de Bachar al-Assad et ses alliés iranien et russe.

Ali Akbar Velayati, conseiller du guide suprême iranien, l’ayatollah Ali Khamenei, a promis que cette attaque ne resterait «pas sans réponse».

Depuis le début de la guerre en Syrie en 2011, des dizaines de frappes à distance dans ce pays sont attribuées à Israël, qui se garde communément de les confirmer ou démentir. Elles visent des positions syriennes et des convois d’armes au Hezbollah libanais, qui comme l’Iran et la Russie, aide militairement le régime Assad.

– Les «conseils» de Lieberman –

Mais en février, Israël a admis pour la première fois avoir frappé des cibles iraniennes après l’intrusion d’un drone iranien dans son espace aérien. C’était la première confrontation ouvertement déclarée entre Israël et l’Iran en Syrie.

Israël martèle qu’il ne permettra pas à l’Iran de s’enraciner militairement en Syrie voisine.

Les journaux israéliens ont publié mercredi des éléments spécifiques sur la présence en Syrie des Gardiens de la révolution, unité d’élite iranienne.

La publication de photos satellite de bases aériennes et d’appareils civils soupçonnés de décharger des armes, de cartes et même de noms de responsables militaires iraniens constitue un avertissement, convenaient les commentateurs militaires: Israël sait où et qui frapper en cas d’attaque.

L’armée a décidé par précaution de renoncer à envoyer des chasseurs F-15 à des manœuvres prévues en mai aux Etats-Unis, a rapporté la radio militaire.

Sans évoquer une menace iranienne immédiate, le ministre de la Défense Avigdor Lieberman a prévenu: «Nous ne cherchons pas l’aventure», mais «je conseille à nos voisins au nord (Liban et Syrie) et au sud (bande de Gaza) de tenir sérieusement compte» de la détermination à défendre Israël.

– «Forteresse» –

Le 70e anniversaire est l’occasion pour Israël de célébrer le «miracle» de son existence, sa force militaire, la prospérité de la «nation start-up» et son modèle démocratique.

Avec plus de 8,8 millions d’habitants, la population a décuplé depuis 1948, selon les statistiques officielles. La croissance s’est affichée à 4,1% au quatrième trimestre 2017. Le pays revendique une douzaine de prix Nobel.

Cependant, Israël accuse parmi les plus fortes inégalités des pays développés. L’avenir du Premier ministre, englué dans les affaires de corruption présumée, est incertain.

S’agissant du conflit israélo-palestinien, une solution a rarement paru plus lointaine.

L’anniversaire d’Israël coïncide avec «la marche du retour», mouvement organisé depuis le 30 mars dans la bande de Gaza, territoire palestinien soumis au blocus israélien. Après bientôt trois semaines de violences le long de la frontière qui ont fait 34 morts palestiniens, de nouvelles manifestations sont attendues vendredi.

Le ministère israélien de la Défense a annoncé qu’un «puissant engin explosif», apparemment destiné à un attentat lors des fêtes israéliennes, avait été découvert dans un camion palestinien intercepté à un point de passage entre la Cisjordanie occupée et Israël.

«Israël a été établi pour que le peuple juif, qui ne s’est presque jamais senti chez soi nulle part au monde, ait enfin un foyer», a déclaré l’écrivain David Grossman lors d’une cérémonie mardi soir à Tel-Aviv troublée par des militants de droite protestant contre la présence de familles palestiniennes.

«Aujourd’hui, après 70 ans de réussites étonnantes dans tant de domaines, Israël, avec toute sa force, est peut-être une forteresse. Mais ce n’est toujours pas un foyer. Les Israéliens n’auront pas de foyer tant que les Palestiniens n’auront pas le leur».

Cyclisme

Giro : Israël, braquet à l’italienne

Le Giro d’Italia débute ce vendredi de Jérusalem, offrant à l’Etat hébreu son premier événement sportif d’envergure. Tracé qui esquive les Territoires palestiniens, équipes qui hésitent à s’engager, soupçons d’enveloppes d’argent… les autorités ont éteint toutes les critiques pour en faire une vitrine.

Pierre Carrey et Guillaume Gendron, correspondant à Tel-Aviv

Plus de doute, avec Benyamin Nétanyahou qui fait des acrobaties à vélo, le départ du Tour d’Italie (Giro d’Italia) de Jérusalem ce vendredi est bien une affaire politique. «Il faut que je m’entraîne», plaisante le Premier ministre dans une vidéo diffusée fin avril sur les réseaux sociaux où on le voit enfourcher un VTT bleu avec casque et costume-cravate. Etonnamment agile pour ses 68 ans, «Bibi» (en réalité, sa doublure) accomplit le tour d’un rond-point sur la roue arrière… Et exhorte l’équipe d’Israel Cycling Academy, dont deux coureurs sur les huit engagés sont israéliens : «Je vais vous aider à gagner !»

Le big start («grand départ») du Giro à Jérusalem est un big deal pour Israël. Trois jours de course : un contre-la-montre de 9,7 km dans les quartiers ouest de la ville «trois fois sainte», une étape de 167 km reliant le port de Haïfa, au nord, avec les plages de Tel-Aviv et enfin 226 km de canyons désertiques entre Beer Sheva et la station balnéaire d’Eilat, au bord de la mer Rouge, à la pointe sud du pays. Le tracé s’arrête à la «ligne verte» et évite soigneusement les Territoires palestiniens ainsi que la Vieille Ville de Jérusalem (mais longera cependant ses murs) et sa partie Est, dont l’annexion par Israël en 1980 n’a jamais été acceptée par la communauté internationale. En principe donc, pas de plans d’hélico des toits rouges des colonies de Cisjordanie ou du mur de séparation…

Cet événement d’envergure (évalué à 120 millions de shekels, soit 27 millions d’euros, l’équivalent de la somme dépensée mi-avril par l’Etat hébreu pour fêter ses 70 ans) est tout à la fois le premier départ d’un grand tour cycliste hors d’Europe, l’une des plus grandes manifestations sportives ou culturelles jamais organisées en Israël et potentiellement l’événement le plus sécurisé de son histoire (protégé par 6 000 policiers et agents privés). Plus encore que les funérailles d’Yitzhak Rabin, le Premier ministre assassiné en 1995. Question retombées, le gouvernement espère une hausse du tourisme grâce à une audience de la course complètement fantasmée, évaluée à un milliard de téléspectateurs.

De son côté, la société italienne RCS Sport, organisatrice de l’épreuve, entend tenir le Giro, simple «événement sportif», «à l’écart de toute discussion politique». Le consul général d’Italie à Tel-Aviv appuyait ces propos lundi, tout en répétant son attachement à l’antienne de la communauté internationale, soit la solution à deux Etats. A l’inverse, le milliardaire Sylvan Adams, qui a attiré le Giro à Jérusalem, envoie valser cette supposée neutralité et annonce la couleur : «On va contourner les médias traditionnels en s’adressant directement aux fans de sport qui n’en ont rien à faire du conflit et veulent juste admirer nos beaux paysages.»

«Un pays normal»

Ce riche héritier canadien de 59 ans s’est installé en Israël en 2016. Une alyah autant motivée par une fibre sioniste proclamée à tout instant que par une certaine affinité avec la fiscalité israélienne : le magnat de l’immobilier a fait sa valise en s’acquittant d’un redressement de 64 millions d’euros auprès du Trésor québécois. Depuis son arrivée, Adams, six fois champion cycliste canadien chez les vétérans, a décidé de financer une école de vélo, une équipe de deuxième division mondiale – celle que rencontre Nétanyahou dans la vidéo -, la construction d’un vélodrome olympique à Tel-Aviv et, point d’orgue, une grande partie du départ du Giro. Un programme supposé transformer Israël en nation de vélo, ce qu’elle n’était pas jusque-là, mais aussi destiné à soutenir l’effort de communication national, soit une version cycliste de l’hasbara (terme hébraïque signifiant «explication» et «propagande»).

Face à la presse, à Tel-Aviv, Sylvan Adams a dicté fin avril les éléments de langage : «J’espère que les journalistes diront qu’il s’agit de la seule démocratie pluraliste du Moyen-Orient, un pays libre, un pays sûr. Un pays normal, comme la France ou l’Italie.» Normal, il faut le dire vite. Lors de la présentation du tracé à Milan, fin 2017, l’emploi de l’appellation «Jérusalem-Ouest» avait suscité la fureur d’Israël, qui avait obtenu gain de cause (suscitant, en retour, l’indignation des Palestiniens). Désormais, sur les documents officiels, la distinction n’est plus faite. «Il n’y a aucune ville dans le monde qui s’appelle Jérusalem-Ouest, s’agace Adams. Il n’y a pas de Paris-Ouest ou de Rome-Ouest. La course part de la ville de Jérusalem, donc on écrit « Jérusalem » sur la carte.» Représentant de RCS en Israël, Daniel Benaim va dans le même sens : «Quand les hélicoptères vont filmer Jérusalem, ils vont filmer la beauté du tout, on ne va pas diviser la ville !»

Le mouvement propalestinien BDS («Boycott, désinvestissement, sanctions») accuse l’épreuve de «normaliser l’occupation» israélienne, en utilisant des images du Dôme du Rocher ou de la porte de Damas, symboles palestiniens de la Vieille Ville. Haussement d’épaules côté organisateurs. Benaim : «Le BDS a essayé de faire du bruit en Italie, mais ça ne prend pas. Nous sommes heureux de dire qu’il y a une participation totale des équipes.» Deux groupes sportifs ont néanmoins hésité à s’engager, Bahrain-Merida et le Team UAE (Emirats arabes unis), tous deux dirigés par des managers italiens mais financés par des pétromonarchies du Golfe, qui ne reconnaissent pas officiellement Israël. Elles seront finalement au départ. «Les équipes n’ont pas le choix, rappelle le patron d’une formation concurrente. Quand nous avons appris que le Tour d’Italie partait de Jérusalem [peu après les remous causés par la reconnaissance de la ville comme capitale israélienne par Donald Trump, ndlr], nous nous sommes demandé comment on osait envoyer nos coureurs dans cette zone instable. Hélas, les équipes WorldTour [première division mondiale] sont tenues de participer à toutes les épreuves du calendrier. C’est une règle à changer dans un futur proche pour éviter de subir ces parcours absurdes.»

En façade, le milieu du vélo s’attache à éteindre les controverses. Fabio Aru, coureur originaire de Sardaigne, membre du Team UAE qui aurait pu déclarer forfait, sur Sportfair.it : «On m’a demandé si j’avais peur. Au contraire, je suis enthousiaste […]. Le sport peut aider à réconcilier les peuples.» Le Néerlandais Tom Dumoulin (Team Sunweb), vainqueur sortant du Giro, sur Cyclingnews.com : «Je ne suis pas du genre à me mêler de politique ; je suis cycliste. Si une course démarre d’Israël, on doit être au départ.»

Prime secrète

En off, plusieurs concurrents expriment leurs craintes. Pas tant d’être pris pour cible (d’ailleurs, le dispositif de sécurité était en apparence allégé aux abords de leurs hôtels jeudi) mais inquiets de l’effort physique supplémentaire à consentir. Entre les quatre heures de vol retour qui vont entamer leur récupération lundi (direction la Sicile) et la chaleur attendue dimanche dans le désert. Daniel Benaim rejette : «Je les ai vu monter des cols en Sardaigne sous 36 degrés…» Le silence gêné du peloton s’explique peut-être par la récurrence des courses dans des environnements climatiques et politiques discutables. En particulier à Dubaï et Abou Dhabi, où RCS Sport met sur pied des épreuves, ou encore au Qatar qui fut de 2002 à 2016 le terrain de jeu d’Amaury Sport Organisation, propriétaire du Tour de France. Mais il est aussi possible que cette discrétion soit tenue par des arrangements financiers.

La tête d’affiche de l’épreuve, le Britannique Chris Froome (Team Sky, lire ci-contre) aurait ainsi empoché de 1,4 à 2 millions d’euros de prime de participation selon plusieurs médias spécialisés. Menacé de sanctions pour un contrôle positif, le quadruple vainqueur de la Grande Boucle est accueilli à bras ouverts par des organisateurs misant sur sa notoriété. Théoriquement interdite par l’Union cycliste internationale (les coureurs étant rémunérés par leur équipe et non par les patrons d’épreuves), la pratique s’est banalisée. RCS est ainsi soupçonné d’avoir versé, en 2009, de 1 à 3 millions d’euros à Lance Armstrong, directement ou par l’intermédiaire de sa fondation contre le cancer. Par ailleurs, Libération a appris que l’organisateur italien gonfle depuis des années les frais de participation des équipes pour les inciter à aligner leurs stars sur le Giro.

RCS nie toute prime secrète. Ce qui pourrait laisser penser que, si chèque il y a, il a été signé par les Israéliens. Très excité, Sylvan Adams annonçait : «On espère avoir Froome, même si ça coûte cher. C’est comme faire jouer Messi dans sa ville, sauf que là on l’a pour trois jours avec notre beau pays en toile de fond et pas juste un stade anonyme.» Les images doivent être belles à tout prix. Même celles affichant un optimisme forcé (ou naïf), peu raccord avec l’enlisement actuel du processus de paix. Interrogé par le site Insidethegames.biz, le président de l’UCI, le Français David Lappartient veut y croire : «Espérons que le cyclisme permette de promouvoir la paix, comme les JO l’ont fait en Corée.»


Chris Froome, favori des soupçons

«Je n’ai rien fait de mal.» Christopher Froome va bouffer toujours les mêmes questions et répandre toujours la même odeur de petit scandale au long des 3 600 km du Tour d’Italie qui s’élance de Jérusalem ce vendredi. Le Britannique s’attaque à un exploit jamais vu, hors Eddy Merckx et Bernard Hinault : remporter trois grands tours d’affilée. S’il enlève l’épreuve italienne fin mai, Froome signerait un triplé après le Tour de France (en juillet) et celui d’Espagne (en septembre). A moins qu’il perde tout : le leader de l’équipe Sky est accusé d’abus médicamenteux – pour ne pas dire de dopage -, depuis que des doses élevées de salbutamol ont été retrouvées dans ses urines le 7 septembre. Il avance la prise de ventoline pour soigner son asthme et réussit pour le moment à gagner du temps avec ses avocats. Mais Froome devrait tôt ou tard être sanctionné. Donc certainement, si on s’en réfère au cas d’Alberto Contador en 2012, perdre le bénéfice de sa victoire au Tour d’Espagne. Et celle, peut-être à venir, au Tour d’Italie. Dès lors, pourquoi courir le Giro ? Froome le sait : le public retient les victoires acquises sur le terrain et oublie lorsqu’elles sont effacées a posteriori. Et puis, il y a cette histoire de prime de participation secrète que Froome aurait perçue de la part des organisateurs, pour lesquels le scandale constitue manifestement un argument marketing. P.C.

Voir aussi:

A Courageous Trump Call on a Lousy Iran Deal

Bret Stephens
New York Times

May 8, 2018

Of all the arguments for the Trump administration to honor the nuclear deal with Iran, none was more risible than the claim that we gave our word as a country to keep it.

“Our”?

The Obama administration refused to submit the deal to Congress as a treaty, knowing it would never get two-thirds of the Senate to go along. Just 21 percent of Americans approved of the deal at the time it went through, against 49 percent who did not, according to a Pew poll. The agreement “passed” on the strength of a 42-vote Democratic filibuster, against bipartisan, majority opposition.

“The Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (J.C.P.O.A.) is not a treaty or an executive agreement, and it is not a signed document,” Julia Frifield, then the assistant secretary of state for legislative affairs, wrote then-Representative Mike Pompeo in November 2015, referring to the deal by its formal name. It’s questionable whether the deal has any legal force at all.

Build on political sand; get washed away by the next electoral wave. Such was the fate of the ill-judged and ill-founded J.C.P.O.A., which Donald Trump killed on Tuesday by refusing to again waive sanctions on the Islamic Republic. He was absolutely right to do so — assuming, that is, serious thought has been given to what comes next.

In the weeks leading to Tuesday’s announcement, some of the same people who previously claimed the deal was the best we could possibly hope for suddenly became inventive in proposing means to fix it. This involved suggesting side deals between Washington and European capitals to impose stiffer penalties on Tehran for its continued testing of ballistic missiles — more than 20 since the deal came into effect — and its increasingly aggressive regional behavior.

But the problem with this approach is that it only treats symptoms of a problem for which the J.C.P.O.A. is itself a major cause. The deal weakened U.N. prohibitions on Iran’s testing of ballistic missiles, which cannot be reversed without Russian and Chinese consent. That won’t happen.

The easing of sanctions also gave Tehran additional financial means with which to fund its depredations in Syria and its militant proxies in Yemen, Lebanon and elsewhere. Any effort to counter Iran on the ground in these places would mean fighting the very forces we are effectively feeding. Why not just stop the feeding?

Apologists for the deal answer that the price is worth paying because Iran has put on hold much of its production of nuclear fuel for the next several years. Yet even now Iran is under looser nuclear strictures than North Korea, and would have been allowed to enrich as much material as it liked once the deal expired. That’s nuts.

Apologists also claim that, with Trump’s decision, Tehran will simply restart its enrichment activities on an industrial scale. Maybe it will, forcing a crisis that could end with U.S. or Israeli strikes on Iran’s nuclear sites. But that would be stupid, something the regime emphatically isn’t. More likely, it will take symbolic steps to restart enrichment, thereby implying a threat without making good on it. What the regime wants is a renegotiation, not a reckoning.

Why? Even with the sanctions relief, the Iranian economy hangs by a thread: The Wall Street Journal on Sundayreported “hundreds of recent outbreaks of labor unrest in Iran, an indication of deepening discord over the nation’s economic troubles.” This week, the rial hit a record low of 67,800 to the dollar; one member of the Iranian Parliament estimated $30 billion of capital outflows in recent months. That’s real money for a country whose gross domestic product barely matches that of Boston.

The regime might calculate that a strategy of confrontation with the West could whip up useful nationalist fervors. But it would have to tread carefully: Ordinary Iranians are already furious that their government has squandered the proceeds of the nuclear deal on propping up the Assad regime. The conditions that led to the so-called Green movement of 2009 are there once again. Nor will it help Iran if it tries to start a war with Israel and comes out badly bloodied.

All this means the administration is in a strong position to negotiate a viable deal. But it missed an opportunity last month when it failed to deliver a crippling blow to Bashar al-Assad, Iran’s puppet in Syria, for his use of chemical weapons. Trump’s appeals in his speech to the Iranian people also sounded hollow from a president who isn’t exactly a tribune of liberalism and has disdained human rights as a tool of U.S. diplomacy. And the U.S. will need to mend fences with its European partners to pursue a coordinated diplomatic approach.

The goal is to put Iran’s rulers to a fundamental choice. They can opt to have a functioning economy, free of sanctions and open to investment, at the price of permanently, verifiably and irreversibly forgoing a nuclear option and abandoning their support for terrorists. Or they can pursue their nuclear ambitions at the cost of economic ruin and possible war. But they are no longer entitled to Barack Obama’s sweetheart deal of getting sanctions lifted first, retaining their nuclear options for later, and sponsoring terrorism throughout.

Trump’s courageous decision to withdraw from the nuclear deal will clarify the stakes for Tehran. Now we’ll see whether the administration is capable of following through.

Voir également:

Trump now needs to bring Iran’s economy to its knees

President Trump’s declaration Tuesday that he would exit the 2015 Iran nuclear deal was more than just a fulfillment of a campaign promise; it was a much-needed shift in US foreign policy. The message to the world: The era of appeasement is over.

The Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action was among the worst deals negotiated in modern times. In exchange for the suspension of America’s toughest economic sanctions, Iran needed only freeze its nuclear program for a limited amount of time — keeping its nuclear capabilities on standby while perfecting its missile arsenal, increasing support to terrorism and expanding its military footprint throughout the Middle East.By withdrawing from the agreement, Trump unshackled America’s most powerful economic weapons and restored US leverage to push back on the entire range of Iran’s malign activities. Trump must now implement a new strategy that forces Iran to withdraw from Syria and Yemen, verifiably and irreversibly dismantle its nuclear and missile programs, end its sponsorship of terrorism and improve its human-rights record.

Sustained political warfare, robust military deterrence and maximum economic pressure will all be necessary. Pressure will build steadily as our re-imposed sanctions take hold.

Under the laws passed by Congress before the nuclear deal, banks throughout the world risk losing their access to the US financial system if they do business with the Central Bank of Iran or in connection with Iran’s energy, shipping, shipbuilding and port sectors. Companies providing insurance and re-insurance for Iran-connected projects face US sanctions as well, as do gold and silver dealers to Iran.

Iran will see its oil-export revenue decline as importers are forced to significantly reduce their purchases. Worse than anything for the regime, Iran’s foreign-held reserves will be on lock-down. Money paid by its oil customers must sit in foreign escrow accounts. Banks that allow Iran to repatriate, transfer or convert these payments to other currencies face the full measure of US financial sanctions.

What happens to a country that is cut off from hard currency and faces declining export revenues? In 2013, we saw the result: a balance-of-payments crisis. What happens, however, when these sanctions are imposed amid a raging liquidity crisis while the Iranian currency is in free-fall and the regime is drawing down its foreign-exchange reserves? The Trump administration is hoping for a situation that makes the mullahs choose between economic collapse and wide-ranging behavioral change.

The strategy just might work, but it’ll take a lot more than just re-imposing sanctions to succeed. Sanctions are only effective if they are enforced. The sooner the Trump administration identifies a sanctions-evading bank and cuts it off from the international financial system, the sooner a global chilling effect will amplify the impact of American sanctions. The same goes for underwriters and gold-traders.

Beyond enforcement, the Trump administration will need key allies to fully implement this pressure campaign. The Saudis, under attack by Iranian missiles from Yemen, should be a willing partner in the effort to drive down Iran’s oil exports — ensuring Saudi production increases to replace Iranian contracts and stabilize the market. Saudi Arabia, the UAE and Bahrain should also combine their market leverage to force European and Asian investors to choose between doing business in their countries or doing business in Iran.Trump will also need Europeans to act on one key issue which, given their opposition to his withdrawal from the deal, may present a diplomatic challenge. Under US law, the president may impose sanctions on secure financial messaging services — like the Brussels-based SWIFT service — if they provide access to the Central Bank of Iran or other blacklisted Iranian banks.

In 2012, when Congress first proposed the idea, the European Union ordered SWIFT to disconnect Iranian banks, which closed a major loophole in US sanctions. Now that Trump has left the deal, SWIFT must once again disconnect Iran’s central bank. If SWIFT refuses, Trump should consider imposing sanctions on the group’s board of directors.

Trump’s Iran pivot from appeasement to pressure offers America the best chance to fundamentally change Iranian behavior and improve our national security. If his administration implements the strategy effectively, the Iranian regime will have a choice: meet America’s demands or face economic collapse.

Richard Goldberg, an architect of congressionally enacted sanctions against Iran, is a senior adviser at the Foundation for Defense of Democracies.

Voir encore:

Trump annonce le retrait des Etats-Unis de l’accord nucléaire iranien

OLJ/Agences
08/05/2018

Donald Trump a annoncé mardi soir  le retrait des Etats-Unis de l’accord nucléaire iranien au risque d’ouvrir une période de vives tensions avec ses alliés européens et d’incertitudes quant aux ambitions atomiques de Téhéran.

Quinze mois après son arrivée au pouvoir, le 45e président des Etats-Unis a décidé, comme il l’avait promis en campagne, de sortir de cet accord emblématique conclu en 2015 par son prédécesseur démocrate Barack Obama après 21 mois de négociations acharnées. « J’annonce aujourd’hui que les Etats-Unis vont se retirer de l’accord nucléaire iranien », a-t-il déclaré dans une allocution télévisée depuis la Maison Blanche, annonçant le rétablissement des sanctions contre la République islamique qui avaient été levées en contrepartie de l’engagement pris par l’Iran de ne pas se doter de l’arme nucléaire. Le locataire de la Maison Blanche n’a donné aucune précision sur la nature des sanctions qui seraient rétablies et à quelle échéance mais il a mis en garde: « tout pays qui aidera l’Iran dans sa quête d’armes nucléaires pourrait aussi être fortement sanctionné par les Etats-Unis ».
Dénonçant avec force cet accord « désastreux », il a assuré avoir la « preuve » que le régime iranien avait menti sur ses activités nucléaires.

Un peu plus tard, le département du Trésor américain a précisé que les Etats-Unis allaient rétablir une large palette de sanctions concernant l’Iran à l’issue de périodes transitoires de 90 et 180 jours, qui viseront notamment le secteur pétrolier iranien ainsi que les transactions en dollar avec la banque centrale du pays. Dans un communiqué et un document publiés sur son site internet, le Trésor précise que le rétablissement des sanctions concerne également les exportations aéronautiques vers l’Iran, le commerce de métaux avec ce pays ainsi que toute tentative de Téhéran d’obtenir des dollars US.

(Lire aussi : Derrière l’accord nucléaire, l’influence de l’Iran en question)

Son allocution était très attendue au Moyen-Orient où beaucoup redoutent une escalade avec la République islamique mais aussi de l’autre côté de planète, en Corée du Nord, à l’approche du sommet entre Donald Trump et Kim Jong Un sur la dénucléarisation de la péninsule. A ce sujet, le chef de la Maison Blanche a également indiqué que le secrétaire d’Etat américain Mike Pompeo arrivera en Corée du Nord d’ici « une heure » pour préparer le sommet entre Donald Trump et Kim Jong Un. « En ce moment même, le secrétaire Pompeo est en route vers la Corée du Nord pour préparer ma future rencontre avec Kim Jong Un », a-t-il déclaré. « On en saura bientôt plus » sur le sort des trois prisonniers américains, a-t-il ajouté.

Réactions

L’Iran souhaite continuer à respecter l’accord de 2015 sur son programme nucléaire, après l’annonce de la décision de Donald Trump, a réagi le président iranien, Hassan Rohani. « Si nous atteignons les objectifs de l’accord en coopération avec les autres parties prenantes de cet accord, il restera en vigueur  (…). En sortant de l’accord, l’Amérique a officiellement sabordé son engagement concernant un traité international », a dit le président iranien dans une allocution télévisée. »J’ai donn é pour consigne au ministère des Affaires étrangères de négocier avec les pays européens, la Chine et la Russie dans les semaines à venir. Si, au bout de cette courte période, nous concluons que nous pouvons pleinement bénéficier de l’accord avec la coopération de tous les pays, l’accord restera en vigueur », a-t-il continué.
M. Rohani a ajouté que Téhéran était prêt à reprendre ses activités nucléaires si les intérêts iraniens n’étaient pas garantis par un nouvel accord après des consultations avec les autres parties signataires du « Plan d’action global conjoint » (JCPOA) de 2015.

La Syrie a également « condamné avec force » l’annonce du retrait des Etats-Unis, affirmant sa « totale solidarité » avec Téhéran et sa confiance dans la capacité de l’Iran à surmonter l’impact de la « position agressive » de Washington.

Le Premier ministre israélien Benjamin Netanyahu a, pour sa part, dit « soutenir totalement » la décision « courageuse » du président américain. « Israël soutient totalement la décision courageuse prise aujourd’hui par le président Trump de rejeter le désastreux accord nucléaire » avec la République islamique, a dit M. Netanyahu en direct sur la télévision publique dans la foulée de la déclaration de M. Trump.

L’Arabie saoudite a également salué mardi soir la décision de Donald Trump de rétablir les sanctions contre l’Iran et de dénoncer l’accord de 2015 sur le programme nucléaire de Téhéran, a fait savoir la télévision saoudienne. Les Emirats arabes unis et Bahreïn, alliés de l’Arabie saoudite dans le Golfe, ont emboîté le pas à Riyad en saluant par la voix de leur ministère des Affaires étrangères la décision de M. Trump. Bahreïn accueille la 5e flotte américaine.

La France, l’Allemagne et le Royaume-Uni « regrettent » la décision américaine de se retirer de l’accord sur le programme nucléaire iranien conclu en 2015, a, de son côté, réagi Emmanuel Macron sur Twitter, évoquant sa volonté de travailler collectivement à un « cadre plus large » sur ce dossier. « Le régime international de lutte contre la prolifération nucléaire est en jeu », a estimé le chef de l’Etat français, qui s’était entretenu au téléphone avec la chancelière allemande Angela Merkel et la Première ministre britannique Theresa May à 19h30 heure de Paris, peu avant la prise de parole de Donald Trump. « Nous travaillerons collectivement à un cadre plus large, couvrant l’activité nucléaire, la période après 2025, les missiles balistiques et la stabilité au Moyen-Orient, en particulier en Syrie, au Yémen et en Irak », a-t-il ajouté, toujours sur Twitter.

Un peu plus tard, la cheffe de la diplomatie européenne Federica Mogherini a déclaré, depuis Rome, que l’UE est « déterminée à préserver » l’accord nucléaire iranien. L’accord de Vienne de 2015 « répond à son objectif qui est de garantir que l’Iran ne développe pas des armes nucléaires, l’Union européenne est déterminée à le préserver », a insisté Mme Mogherini, lors d’une brève déclaration à la représentation de la Commission européenne à Rome, en se disant « particulièrement inquiète » de l’annonce de nouvelles sanctions américaines contre Téhéran..

Le secrétaire général de l’ONU, Antonio Guterres, a, quant à lui, appelé les six autres signataires de l’accord sur le nucléaire iranien « à respecter pleinement leurs engagements », après le retrait des Etats-Unis. « Je suis profondément préoccupé par l’annonce du retrait des Etats-Unis de l’accord JCPOA (en référence à l’acronyme en anglais ndlr) et de la reprise de sanctions américaines », a aussi souligné le patron des Nations unies dans un communiqué.

Le porte-parole de la présidence turque Ibrahim Kalin a, de son côté, estimé que « le retrait unilatéral des Etats-Unis de l’accord sur le nucléaire est une décision qui va causer de l’instabilité et de nouveaux conflits ». « La Turquie va continuer de s’opposer avec détermination à tous types d’armes nucléaires », a ajouté le porte-parole de Recep Tayyip Erdogan.

Le ministère russe des Affaires étrangères a, pour sa part, déclaré que la Russie est « profondément déçue » par la décision du président américain.
« Nous sommes extrêmement inquiets que les Etats-Unis agissent contre l’avis de la plupart des Etats (…) en violant grossièrement les normes du droit international », selon le texte.  Selon Moscou, cette décision de Donald Trump « est une nouvelle preuve de l’incapacité de Washington de négocier » et les « griefs américains concernant l’activité nucléaire légitime de l’Iran ne servent qu’à régler les comptes politiques » avec Téhéran.

Quelles répercussions?

A l’exception des Etats-Unis, tous les signataires ont défendu jusqu’au bout ce compromis qu’ils jugent « historique », soulignant que l’Agence internationale de l’énergie atomique (AIEA) a régulièrement certifié le respect par Téhéran des termes du texte censé garantir le caractère non militaire de son programme nucléaire. En contrepartie des engagements pris par Téhéran, Washington a suspendu ses sanctions liées au programme nucléaire iranien. Mais la loi américaine impose au président de se prononcer sur le renouvellement de cette suspension tous les 120 ou 180 jours, selon le type de mesures punitives. Certaines suspensions arrivent à échéance samedi, mais le gros d’entre elles restent en théorie en vigueur jusqu’à mi-juillet.

Dès mardi soir, le nouvel ambassadeur américain en Allemagne a écrit, sur Twitter, que les entreprises allemandes devraient immédiatement cesser leurs activités en Iran. Le président américain Donald Trump « a dit que les sanctions allaient viser des secteurs critiques de l’économie de l’Iran. Les entreprises allemandes faisant des affaires en Iran devraient cesser leurs opérations immédiatement », a commenté Richard Grenell qui a pris ses fonctions hier.

Airbus a, de son côté, annoncé qu’il allait examiner la décision prise par Donald Trump avant de réagir. « Nous analysons attentivement cette annonce et évaluerons les prochaines étapes en cohérence avec nos politiques internes et dans le respect complet des sanctions et des règles de contrôle des exportations », a dit le responsable de la communication d’Airbus, Rainer Ohler. « Cela prendra du temps », a-t-il ajouté. Un peu plus tard, le secrétaire américain au Trésor, Steve Mnuchin, annonçait que les Etats-Unis allaient retirer à Airbus et à Boeing les autorisations de vendre des avions de ligne à l’Iran.

En janvier, l’ancien magnat de l’immobilier avait lancé un ultimatum aux Européens, leur donnant jusqu’au 12 mai pour « durcir » sur plusieurs points ce texte signé par Téhéran et les grandes puissances (Etats-Unis, Chine, Russie, France, Royaume-Uni, Allemagne). En ligne de mire: les inspections de l’AIEA; la levée progressive, à partir de 2025, de certaines restrictions aux activités nucléaires iraniennes, qui en font selon lui une sorte de bombe à retardement; mais aussi le fait qu’il ne s’attaque pas directement au programme de missiles balistiques de Téhéran ni à son rôle jugé « déstabilisateur » dans plusieurs pays du Moyen-Orient (Syrie, Yémen, Liban…).

L’annonce de mardi va avoir des répercussions encore difficiles à prédire. Les Européens ont fait savoir qu’ils comptent rester dans l’accord quoi qu’il advienne. Mais que vont faire les Iraniens?
Pour l’instant, Téhéran, où cohabitent des ultraconservateurs autour du guide suprême Ali Khamenei et des dirigeants plus modérés autour du président Hassan Rohani, ont soufflé le chaud et le froid.
La République islamique a menacé de quitter à son tour l’accord de 2015, de relancer et accélérer le programme nucléaire, mais a aussi laissé entendre qu’elle pourrait y rester si les Européens pallient l’absence américaine.

Voir de plus:

Accord sur le nucléaire iranien : 10 conséquences de la (folle) décision de Trump

Le monde a basculé le 8 mai 2018, avec la sortie des Etats-Unis de l’accord sur le nucléaire iranien. Voici ce qui risque de se passer maintenant.

Vincent Jauvert

Le monde a basculé ce 8 mai 2018.

Rien n’y a fait. Ni les câlins d’Emmanuel Macron. Ni les menaces du président iranien. Ni les assurances des patrons de la CIA et de l’AIEA. Donald Trump a tranché : sous le prétexte non prouvé que l’Iran ne le respecte pas, il retire les Etats-Unis de l’accord nucléaire signé le 14 juillet 2015. Une folle décision aux conséquences considérables.

  1. Après la dénonciation de celui de Paris sur le climat, voici l’abandon unilatéral d’un autre accord qui a été négocié par les grandes puissances pendant plus de dix ans. L’Amérique devient donc, à l’évidence, un « rogue state » – un Etat voyou qui ne respecte pas ses engagements internationaux et ment une fois encore ouvertement au monde. L’invasion de l’Irak n’était donc pas une exception malheureuse : Washington n’incarne plus l’ordre international mais le désordre.
  2. Si l’on en doutait encore, le monde dit libre n’a plus de leader crédible ni même de grand frère. Ce qui va troubler un peu plus encore les opinions publiques et les classes dirigeantes occidentales.
  3. Puisque l’Iran en est l’un des plus gros producteurs et qu’il va être empêché d’en vendre, le prix du pétrole, déjà à 70 dollars le baril, va probablement exploser, ce qui risque de ralentir voire de stopper la croissance mondiale – et donc celle de la France.
  4. D’ailleurs, de tous les pays occidentaux, la France est celui qui a le plus à perdre d’un retour des sanctions américaines – directes et indirectes. L’Iran a, en effet, passé commandes de 100 Airbus pour 19 milliards de dollars et a signé un gigantesque contrat avec Total pour l’exploitation du champ South Pars 11. Or Trump a choisi la version la plus dure : interdire de nouveau à toute compagnie traitant avec Téhéran de faire du business aux Etats-Unis. Pour continuer à commercer sur le marché américain, Airbus et Total devront donc renoncer à ces deals juteux.
  5. En Iran, le président « réformateur » Rohani, qui avait défendu bec et ongles l’accord en promettant des retombées économiques mirifiques pour son pays et accepté, par cet accord, que son pays démonte les deux tiers de ses centrifugeuses et se sépare de 98% de son uranium enrichi, est humilié. Tandis que le clan des « durs » pavoise.
  6. L’accord dénoncé, l’Iran va donc probablement relancer au plus vite son programme nucléaire militaire en commençant par réassembler les centrifugeuses et les faire tourner dans un bunker enterré très profondément.
  7. Ce qui devrait être le déclencheur d’une course folle à l’armement atomique dans tout le Moyen-Orient. L’Arabie saoudite, grâce au Pakistan, et la Turquie, grâce à son développement économique, ne voudront pas être dépassées par l’Iran et voudront, donc, devenir elles aussi des puissances nucléaires. Si bien qu’Emmanuel Macron a eu raison d’évoquer « un risque de guerre » (dans le « Spiegel » samedi dernier) si les Etats-Unis se retiraient de l’accord. De fait, le risque est grand que cette dénonciation unilatérale, alliée à un retour en force des « conservateurs » à Téhéran, ne précipite un affrontement militaire de grande envergure entre Israël et l’Iran – affrontement qui a déjà commencé à bas bruit, ces dernières semaines, par les frappes de Tsahal contre des bases du Hezbollah en Syrie.
  8. La milice chiite pro-iranienne qui vient de remporter les élections législatives au Liban pourrait profiter de cette victoire électorale inattendue et du retrait unilatéral américain – gros de menaces militaires – pour attaquer le nord d’Israël.
  9. Et, ainsi soutenu politiquement par le président américain, le gouvernement israélien pourrait décider de frapper ce qui reste des installations nucléaires iraniennes, ainsi qu’il l’avait sérieusement envisagé plusieurs fois avant l’accord de 2015. Autrement dit, la seule question est peut-être désormais de savoir lequel des deux pays, l’Iran ou Israël, va lancer la vaste offensive en premier. A moins que les Etats-Unis ne décident de frapper eux-mêmes « préventivement » la République islamique, avec les conséquences géopolitiques que l’on n’ose imaginer. Vous croyez cela impossible ? N’oubliez pas que Donald Trump vient de se choisir un nouveau conseiller à la sécurité. Il s’agit d’un certain John Bolton, un néoconservateur qui milite depuis le 11-Septembre pour que les Etats-Unis renversent le « régime des mollahs »…
  10. Evidemment, cette décision de Trump éloigne un peu plus encore l’espoir d’un règlement politique du conflit syrien. Et augmente les risques sur le terrain d’affrontements militaires entre milices iraniennes et soldats occidentaux – dont les forces spéciales françaises.

     Voir enfin:

    Remarks by President Trump on the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action

    My fellow Americans: Today, I want to update the world on our efforts to prevent Iran from acquiring a nuclear weapon.

    The Iranian regime is the leading state sponsor of terror. It exports dangerous missiles, fuels conflicts across the Middle East, and supports terrorist proxies and militias such as Hezbollah, Hamas, the Taliban, and al Qaeda.

    Over the years, Iran and its proxies have bombed American embassies and military installations, murdered hundreds of American servicemembers, and kidnapped, imprisoned, and tortured American citizens. The Iranian regime has funded its long reign of chaos and terror by plundering the wealth of its own people.

    No action taken by the regime has been more dangerous than its pursuit of nuclear weapons and the means of delivering them.

    In 2015, the previous administration joined with other nations in a deal regarding Iran’s nuclear program. This agreement was known as the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action, or JCPOA.

    In theory, the so-called “Iran deal” was supposed to protect the United States and our allies from the lunacy of an Iranian nuclear bomb, a weapon that will only endanger the survival of the Iranian regime. In fact, the deal allowed Iran to continue enriching uranium and, over time, reach the brink of a nuclear breakout.

    The deal lifted crippling economic sanctions on Iran in exchange for very weak limits on the regime’s nuclear activity, and no limits at all on its other malign behavior, including its sinister activities in Syria, Yemen, and other places all around the world.

    In other words, at the point when the United States had maximum leverage, this disastrous deal gave this regime — and it’s a regime of great terror — many billions of dollars, some of it in actual cash — a great embarrassment to me as a citizen and to all citizens of the United States.

    A constructive deal could easily have been struck at the time, but it wasn’t. At the heart of the Iran deal was a giant fiction that a murderous regime desired only a peaceful nuclear energy program.

    Today, we have definitive proof that this Iranian promise was a lie. Last week, Israel published intelligence documents long concealed by Iran, conclusively showing the Iranian regime and its history of pursuing nuclear weapons.

    The fact is this was a horrible, one-sided deal that should have never, ever been made. It didn’t bring calm, it didn’t bring peace, and it never will.

    In the years since the deal was reached, Iran’s military budget has grown by almost 40 percent, while its economy is doing very badly. After the sanctions were lifted, the dictatorship used its new funds to build nuclear-capable missiles, support terrorism, and cause havoc throughout the Middle East and beyond.

    The agreement was so poorly negotiated that even if Iran fully complies, the regime can still be on the verge of a nuclear breakout in just a short period of time. The deal’s sunset provisions are totally unacceptable. If I allowed this deal to stand, there would soon be a nuclear arms race in the Middle East. Everyone would want their weapons ready by the time Iran had theirs.

    Making matters worse, the deal’s inspection provisions lack adequate mechanisms to prevent, detect, and punish cheating, and don’t even have the unqualified right to inspect many important locations, including military facilities.

    Not only does the deal fail to halt Iran’s nuclear ambitions, but it also fails to address the regime’s development of ballistic missiles that could deliver nuclear warheads.

    Finally, the deal does nothing to constrain Iran’s destabilizing activities, including its support for terrorism. Since the agreement, Iran’s bloody ambitions have grown only more brazen.

    In light of these glaring flaws, I announced last October that the Iran deal must either be renegotiated or terminated.

    Three months later, on January 12th, I repeated these conditions. I made clear that if the deal could not be fixed, the United States would no longer be a party to the agreement.

    Over the past few months, we have engaged extensively with our allies and partners around the world, including France, Germany, and the United Kingdom. We have also consulted with our friends from across the Middle East. We are unified in our understanding of the threat and in our conviction that Iran must never acquire a nuclear weapon.

    After these consultations, it is clear to me that we cannot prevent an Iranian nuclear bomb under the decaying and rotten structure of the current agreement.

    The Iran deal is defective at its core. If we do nothing, we know exactly what will happen. In just a short period of time, the world’s leading state sponsor of terror will be on the cusp of acquiring the world’s most dangerous weapons.

    Therefore, I am announcing today that the United States will withdraw from the Iran nuclear deal.

    In a few moments, I will sign a presidential memorandum to begin reinstating U.S. nuclear sanctions on the Iranian regime. We will be instituting the highest level of economic sanction. Any nation that helps Iran in its quest for nuclear weapons could also be strongly sanctioned by the United States.

    America will not be held hostage to nuclear blackmail. We will not allow American cities to be threatened with destruction. And we will not allow a regime that chants “Death to America” to gain access to the most deadly weapons on Earth.

    Today’s action sends a critical message: The United States no longer makes empty threats. When I make promises, I keep them. In fact, at this very moment, Secretary Pompeo is on his way to North Korea in preparation for my upcoming meeting with Kim Jong-un. Plans are being made. Relationships are building. Hopefully, a deal will happen and, with the help of China, South Korea, and Japan, a future of great prosperity and security can be achieved for everyone.

    As we exit the Iran deal, we will be working with our allies to find a real, comprehensive, and lasting solution to the Iranian nuclear threat. This will include efforts to eliminate the threat of Iran’s ballistic missile program; to stop its terrorist activities worldwide; and to block its menacing activity across the Middle East. In the meantime, powerful sanctions will go into full effect. If the regime continues its nuclear aspirations, it will have bigger problems than it has ever had before.

    Finally, I want to deliver a message to the long-suffering people of Iran: The people of America stand with you. It has now been almost 40 years since this dictatorship seized power and took a proud nation hostage. Most of Iran’s 80 million citizens have sadly never known an Iran that prospered in peace with its neighbors and commanded the admiration of the world.

    But the future of Iran belongs to its people. They are the rightful heirs to a rich culture and an ancient land. And they deserve a nation that does justice to their dreams, honor to their history, and glory to God.

    Iran’s leaders will naturally say that they refuse to negotiate a new deal; they refuse. And that’s fine. I’d probably say the same thing if I was in their position. But the fact is they are going to want to make a new and lasting deal, one that benefits all of Iran and the Iranian people. When they do, I am ready, willing, and able.

    Great things can happen for Iran, and great things can happen for the peace and stability that we all want in the Middle East.

    There has been enough suffering, death, and destruction. Let it end now.

    Thank you. God bless you. Thank you.


Cinéma: Pallywood tous les jours sur un écran chez vous (It’s just standard evacuation practice, stupid ! – complete with shouts of pain and Allahu akbar)

7 avril, 2018
The New York Times photograph of Grossman with the false captionUne victime palestinienne ? – Image et vérité

Abattre un Européen, c’est faire d’une pierre deux coups, supprimer en même temps un oppresseur et un opprimé ; restent un homme mort et un homme libre. Sartre (préface des « Damnés de la terre » de Franz Fanon, 1961)
L’action de Septembre Noir a fait éclater la mascarade olympique, a bouleversé les arrangements à l’amiable que les réactionnaires arabes s’apprêtaient à conclure avec Israël […] Aucun révolutionnaire ne peut se désolidariser de Septembre Noir. Nous devons défendre inconditionnellement face à la répression les militants de cette organisation […] A Munich, la fin si tragique, selon les philistins de tous poils qui ne disent mot de l’assassinat des militants palestiniens, a été voulue et provoquée par les puissances impérialistes et particulièrement Israël. Il fut froidement décidé d’aller au carnage. Edwy Plenel (alias Joseph Krasny)
Je n’ai jamais fait mystère de mes contributions à Rouge, de 1970 à 1978, sous le pseudonyme de Joseph Krasny. Ce texte, écrit il y a plus de 45 ans, dans un contexte tout autre et alors que j’avais 20 ans, exprime une position que je récuse fermement aujourd’hui. Elle n’avait rien d’exceptionnel dans l’extrême gauche de l’époque, comme en témoigne un article de Jean-Paul Sartre, le fondateur de Libération, sur Munich dans La Cause du peuple–J’accuse du 15 octobre 1972. Tout comme ce philosophe, j’ai toujours dénoncé et combattu l’antisémitisme d’où qu’il vienne et sans hésitation. Mais je refuse l’intimidation qui consiste à taxer d’antisémite toute critique de la politique de l’Etat d’Israël. Edwy Plenel
Pendant 24 mn à peu près on ne voit que de la mise en scène … C’est un envers du décor qu’on ne montre jamais … Mais oui tu sais bien que c’est toujours comme ça ! Entretien Jeambar-Leconte (RCJ)
Au début (…) l’AP accueillait les reporters à bras ouverts. Ils voulaient que nous montrions des enfants de 12 ans se faisant tuer. Mais après le lynchage, quand des agents de l’AP firent leur possible pour détruire et confisquer l’enregistrement de ce macabre événement et que les Forces de Défense Israéliennes utilisèrent les images pour repérer et arrêter les auteurs du crime, les Palestiniens donnèrent libre cours à leur hostilité envers les Etats-Unis en harcelant et en intimidant les correspondants occidentaux. Après Ramallah, où toute bonne volonté prit fin, je suis beaucoup plus prudent dans mes déplacements. Chris Roberts (Sky TV)
La tâche sacrée des journalistes musulmans est, d’une part, de protéger la Umma des “dangers imminents”, et donc, à cette fin, de “censurer tous les matériaux” et, d’autre part, “de combattre le sionisme et sa politique colonialiste de création d’implantations, ainsi que son anéantissement impitoyable du peuple palestinien”. Charte des médias islamiques de grande diffusion (Jakarta, 1980)
Il s’agit de formes d’expression artistique, mais tout cela sert à exprimer la vérité… Nous n’oublions jamais nos principes journalistiques les plus élevés auxquels nous nous sommes engagés, de dire la vérité et rien que la vérité. Haut responsable de la Télévision de l’Autorité palestinienne
Je suis venu au journalisme afin de poursuivre la lutte en faveur de mon peuple. Talal Abu Rahma (lors de la réception d’un prix, au Maroc, en 2001, pour sa vidéo sur al-Dura)
Karsenty est donc si choqué que des images truquées soient utilisées et éditées à Gaza ? Mais cela a lieu partout à la télévision, et aucun journaliste de télévision de terrain, aucun monteur de film, ne seraient choqués. Clément Weill-Raynal (France 3)
Nous avons toujours respecté (et continuerons à respecter) les procédures journalistiques de l’Autorité palestinienne en matière d’exercice de la profession de journaliste en Palestine… Roberto Cristiano (représentant de la “chaîne de télévision officielle RAI, Lettre à l’Autorité palestinienne)
La mort de Mohammed annule, efface celle de l’enfant juif, les mains en l’air devant les SS, dans le Ghetto de Varsovie. Catherine Nay (Europe 1)
Dans la guerre moderne, une image vaut mille armes. Bob Simon
Oh, ils font toujours ça. C’est une question de culture. Représentants de France 2 (cités par Enderlin)
L’image correspondait à la réalité de la situation, non seulement à Gaza, mais en Cisjordanie. Charles Enderlin (Le Figaro, 27/01/05)
J’ai travaillé au Liban depuis que tout a commencé, et voir le comportement de beaucoup de photographes libanais travaillant pour les agences de presse m’a un peu troublé. Coupable ou pas, Adnan Hajj a été remarqué pour ses retouches d’images par ordinateur. Mais, pour ma part, j’ai été le témoin de pratique quotidienne de clichés posés, et même d’un cas où un groupe de photographes d’agences orchestraient le dégagement des cadavres, donnant des directives aux secouristes, leur demandant de disposer les corps dans certaines positions, et même de ressortir des corps déjà inhumés pour les photographier dans les bras de personnes alentour. Ces photographes ont fait moisson d’images chocs, sans manipulation informatique, mais au prix de manipulations humaines qui posent en elles-mêmes un problème éthique bien plus grave. Quelle que soit la cause de ces excès, inexpérience, désir de montrer de la façon la plus spectaculaire le drame vécu par votre pays, ou concurrence effrénée, je pense que la faute incombe aux agences de presse elles-mêmes, car ce sont elles qui emploient ces photographes. Il faut mettre en place des règles, faute de quoi toute la profession finira par en pâtir. Je ne dis pas cela contre les photographes locaux, mais après avoir vu ça se répéter sans arrêt depuis un mois, je pense qu’il faut s’attaquer au problème. Quand je m’écarte d’une scène de ce genre, un autre preneur de vue dresse le décor, et tous les autres suivent… Brian X (Journaliste occidental anonyme)
Pour qui nous prenez-vous ? Nous savons qui vous êtes, nous lisons tout ce que vous écrivez et nous savons où vous habitez. Hussein (attaché de presse du Hezbollah au journaliste Michael Totten)
L’attaque a été menée en riposte aux tirs incessants de ces derniers jours sur des localités israéliennes à partir de la zone visée. Les habitants de tous les villages alentour, y compris Cana, ont été avertis de se tenir à l’écart des sites de lancement de roquettes contre Israël. Tsahal est intervenue cette nuit contre des objectifs terroristes dans le village de Cana. Ce village est utilisé depuis le début de ce conflit comme base arrière d’où ont été lancées en direction d’Israël environ 150 roquettes, en 30 salves, dont certaines ont atteint Haïfa et des sites dans le nord, a déclaré aujourd’hui le général de division Gadi Eizenkot, chef des opérations. Tsahal regrette tous les dommages subis par les civils innocents, même s’ils résultent directement de l’utilisation criminelle des civils libanais comme boucliers humains par l’organisation terroriste Hezbollah. (…) Le Hezbollah place les civils libanais comme bouclier entre eux et nous, alors que Tsahal se place comme bouclier entre les habitants d’Israël et les terroristes du Hezbollah. C’est la principale différence entre eux et nous. Rapport de l’Armée israélienne
Après trois semaines de travail intense, avec l’assistance active et la coopération de la communauté Internet, souvent appelée “blogosphère”, nous pensons avoir maintenant assez de preuves pour assurer avec certitude que beaucoup des faits rapportés en images par les médias sont en fait des mises en scène. Nous pensons même pouvoir aller plus loin. À notre avis, l’essentiel de l’activité des secours à Khuraybah [le vrai nom de l’endroit, alors que les médias, en accord avec le Hezbollah, ont utilisé le nom de Cana, pour sa connotation biblique et l’écho du drame de 1996] le 30 juillet a été détourné en exercice de propagande. Le site est devenu en fait un vaste plateau de tournage, où les gestes macabres ont été répétés avec la complaisance des médias, qui ont participé activement et largement utilisé le matériau récolté. La tactique des médias est prévisible et tristement habituelle. Au lieu de discuter le fond de nos arguments, ils se focalisent sur des détails, y relevant des inexactitudes et des fausses pistes, et affirment que ces erreurs vident notre dossier de toute valeur. D’autres nous étiquètent comme de droite, pro-israéliens ou parlent simplement de théories du complot, comme si cela pouvait suffire à éliminer les éléments concrets que nous avons rassemblés. Richard North (EU Referendum)
Lorsque les médias se prêtent au jeu des manipulations plutôt que de les dénoncer, non seulement ils sacrifient les Libanais innocents qui ne veulent pas que cette mafia religieuse prenne le pouvoir et les utilise comme boucliers, mais ils nuisent aussi à la société civile de par le monde. D’un côté ils nous dissimulent les actes et les motivations d’organisations comme le Hamas ou le Hezbollah, ce qui permet aux musulmans ennemis de la démocratie, en Occident, de nous (leurs alliés progressistes présumés) inviter à manifester avec eux sous des banderoles à la gloire du Hezbollah. De l’autre, ils encouragent les haines et les sentiments revanchards qui nourrissent l’appel au Jihad mondial. La température est montée de cinq degrés sur l’échelle du Jihad mondial quand les musulmans du monde entier ont vu avec horreur et indignation le spectacle de ces enfants morts que des médias avides et mal inspirés ont transmis et exploité. Richard Landes
Nous avons commis une terrible erreur, un texte malencontreux sur l’une de nos photos du jour du 18 avril dernier (à gauche), mal traduit de la légende, tout ce qu’il y a de plus circonstanciée, elle, que nous avait fournie l’AFP*: sur la « reconstitution », dans un camp de réfugiés au Liban, de l’arrestation par de faux militaires israéliens d’un Palestinien, nous avons omis d’indiquer qu’il s’agissait d’une mise en scène, que ces « soldats » jouaient un rôle et que tout ça relevait de la pure et simple propagande. C’est une faute – qu’atténuent à peine la précipitation et la mauvaise relecture qui l’ont provoquée. C’en serait une dans tous les cas, ça l’est plus encore dans celui-là: laisser planer la moindre ambiguïté sur un sujet aussi sensible, quand on sait que les images peuvent être utilisées comme des armes de guerre, donner du crédit à un stratagème aussi grossier, qui peut contribuer à alimenter l’exaspération antisioniste là où elle s’enflamme sans besoin de combustible, n’appelle aucun excuse. Nous avons déconné, gravement. J’ai déconné, gravement: je suis responsable du site de L’Express, et donc du dérapage. A ce titre, je fais amende honorable, la queue basse, auprès des internautes qui ont été abusés, de tous ceux que cette supercherie a pu blesser et de l’AFP, qui n’est EN AUCUN CAS comptable de nos propres bêtises. Eric Mettout (L’Express)
Comment expliquer qu’une légende en anglais qui dit clairement qu’il s’agit d’une mise en scène (la légende, en anglais, de la photo fournie par l’AFP: « LEBANON, AIN EL-HELWEH: Palestinian refugees pose as Israeli soldiers arresting and beating a Palestinian activist during celebrations of Prisoners’ Day at the refugee camp of Ain el-Helweh near the coastal Lebanese city of Sidon on April 17, 2012 in solidarity with the 4,700 Palestinian inmates of Israeli jails. Some 1,200 Palestinian prisoners held in Israeli jails have begun a hunger strike and another 2,300 are refusing food for one day, a spokeswoman for the Israel Prisons Service (IPS) said. »), soit devenue chez vous « Prisonnier palestinien 18/04/2012. Mardi, lors de la Journée des prisonniers, des centaines de détenus palestiniens ont entamé une grève de la faim pour protester contre leurs conditions de détention », étonnant non ? David Goldstein
Que ce soient des attaques au couteau, des opérations de martyrs (c’est à dire des attentats-suicides à la bombe), des jets de pierres, tout le monde doit agir pour que nous puissions ainsi nous unir et permettre de faire passer notre message comme il convient, et atteindre l’objectif qui est la libération de la Palestine, si Allah le veut. Ahed Tamimi
Nous le soutenons tous et sommes fiers de lui. Ahed Tamimi (parlant du chef du Hezbollah, Hassan Nasrallah, qui partage avec elle l’objectif de détruire Israël)
Le monde doit reconnaître la cause palestinienne. L’occupation n’est pas seulement le vol de terres. Nous nous opposons au racisme, au sionisme, à tout le système d’occupation et pas seulement aux colonies. Ahed Tamimi
Israël est une grande colonie. Bassem Tamimi
On Friday, the Palestinian terror group Hamas, which controls the Gaza Strip, is inaugurating what it is calling “The March of Return.” According to Hamas’s leadership, the “March of Return” is scheduled to run from March 30 – the eve of Passover — through May 15, the 70th anniversary of Israel’s establishment. According to Israeli media reports, Hamas has budgeted $10 million for the operation. Throughout the “March of Return,” Hamas intends to send thousands of civilians to the Israeli border. Hamas is planning to set up tent camps along the border fence and then, presumably, order participants to overrun it on May 15. The Palestinians refer to May 15 as “Nakba,” or Catastrophe Day. (…) what is it trying to accomplish by sending them into harm’s way? Why is the terror group telling Gaza residents to place themselves in front of the border fence and challenge Israeli security forces charged with defending Israel? The answer here is also obvious. Hamas intends to provoke Israel to shoot at the Palestinian civilians it is sending to the border. It is setting its people up to die because it expects their deaths to be captured live by the cameras of the Western media, which will be on hand to watch the spectacle. In other words, Hamas’s strategy of harming Israel by forcing its soldiers to kill Palestinians is predicated on its certainty that the Western media will act as its partner and ensure the success of its lethal propaganda stunt. Given widespread assessments that Iran is keen to start a new round of war between Israel and its terror proxies, Hamas in Gaza and Hezbollah in Lebanon, it is possible that Hamas intends for this lethal propaganda stunt to be the initial stage of a larger war. By this assessment, Hamas is using the border operation to cultivate and escalate Western hostility against Israel ahead of a larger shooting war. (…) The real issue revealed by Hamas’s planned operation — as it was revealed by the Mavi Marmara, as well as by Hamas’s military campaigns against Israel in 2014, 2011 and 2008-09 —  is not how Israel will deal with it. The real issue is that Hamas’s entire strategy is predicated on its faith that the Western media and indeed the Western left will side with it against Israel. Hamas is certain that both the media and leftist activists and politicians in Europe and the U.S. will blame Israel for Palestinian civilian casualties. And as past experience proves, Hamas is right to believe the media and leftist activists will play their assigned role. So long as the media and the left rush to indict Israel for its efforts to defend itself and its citizens against its terrorist foes, who turn the laws of war on their head as a matter of course, these attacks will continue and they will escalate. If this border assault does in fact serve as the opening act in a larger terror war against Israel, then a large portion of the blame for the bloodshed will rest on the shoulders of the Western media for empowering the terrorists of Hamas and Hezbollah to attack Israel. Caroline Glick
Je pense que les Palestiniens et les Israéliens ont droit à leur propre terre. Mais nous devons obtenir un accord de paix pour garantir la stabilité de chacun et entretenir des relations normales. Prince héritier Mohammed ben Salmane
A set of photos, below, has been spreading all over social media in the past week. Sometimes, the photos are reposted individually. However, they all send the same message: Israel is supposedly deceiving the world into thinking their soldiers are getting wounded in Gaza by using special effects makeup. Closer analysis of these photos, however, shows that none of them are recent, most were not even taken in Israel, and all of them are taken out of context. France 24
The video turned out to be from an art workshop which creates this health exercise annually in Gaza. The goal of the workshop is to recreate child injuries sustained in warzones so that doctors can get familiar with them and learn how to care for injured children, the owner of the workshop, Abd al-Baset al-Loulou said. Al Arabya
Dix-huit morts et au moins 1 400 blessés. La « grande marche du retour », appelée vendredi par la société civile palestinienne et encadrée par le Hamas, le long de la barrière frontalière séparant la bande de Gaza et Israël, a dégénéré lorsque l’armée israélienne a tiré à balles réelles sur des manifestants qui s’approchaient du point de passage. (…) Famille, enfants, musique, fête, puis débordements habituels de jeunes lançant des cailloux à l’armée. Lorsque les émeutiers sont arrivés à quelques centaines de mètres de la fameuse grille, les snipers israéliens sont entrés en action. L’un des garçons, « armé » d’un pneu, a été abattu d’une balle dans la nuque alors qu’il s’enfuyait. (…) Ce mouvement, qui exige le « droit au retour » et la fin du blocus de Gaza, doit encore durer six semaines. C’est long. Le gouvernement israélien compte peut-être sur l’usure des protestataires, la fatigue, le renoncement, persuadé que quelques balles en plus pourraient faire la différence. A-t-il la mémoire courte ? Selon la Torah, Moïse avait 80 ans lorsqu’a commencé la traversée du désert. Ces quarante années d’errance douloureuse sont au coeur de tous les Juifs. Espérer qu’après soixante-dix ans d’exil les Palestiniens oublient leur histoire à coups de fusil est aussi absurde que ne pas faire la différence entre une balle de 5,56 et une pierre calcaire … Le Canard enchainé (Balles perdues, 04.04.2018)
Pro-Israel organization StandWithUs has resorted to claiming Palestinians are faking injuries to garner international sympathy and supported their claims by posting videos showing « Palestinians practicing for the cameras. » The Palestinians in the video were actually practicing how to evacuate the wounded during the protest… Telesur
On the living-room wall was a “Free Bassem Tamimi” poster, left over from his last imprisonment for helping to organize the village’s weekly protests against the Israeli occupation, which he has done since 2009. He was gone for 13 months that time, then home for 5 before he was arrested again in October. (…) It took the people of Nabi Saleh more than a year to get themselves organized. In December 2009 they held their first march, protesting not just the loss of the spring but also the entire complex system of control — of permits, checkpoints, walls, prisons — through which Israel maintains its hold on the region. Nabi Saleh quickly became the most spirited of the dozen or so West Bank villages that hold weekly demonstrations against the Israeli occupation. Since the demonstrations began, more than 100 people in the village have been jailed. Nariman told me that by her count, as of February, clashes with the army have caused 432 injuries, more than half to minors. The momentum has been hard to maintain — the weeks go by, and nothing changes for the better — but still, despite the arrests, the injuries and the deaths, every Friday after the midday prayer, the villagers, joined at times by equal numbers of journalists and Israeli and foreign activists, try to march from the center of town to the spring, a distance of perhaps half a mile. And every Friday, Israeli soldiers stop them with some combination of tear gas, rubber-coated bullets, water-cannon blasts of a noxious liquid known as “skunk” and occasionally live fire. (…) In March 2011, Israeli soldiers raided the house to arrest him. Among lesser charges, he had been accused in a military court of “incitement,” organizing “unauthorized processions” and soliciting the village youth to throw stones. (In 2010, 99.74 percent of the Palestinians tried in military courts were convicted.) The terms of Bassem’s release forbade him to take part in demonstrations, which are all effectively illegal under Israeli military law, so on the first Friday after I arrived, just after the midday call to prayer, he walked with me only as far as the square, where about 50 villagers had gathered in the shade of an old mulberry tree. They were joined by a handful of Palestinian activists from Ramallah and East Jerusalem, mainly young women; perhaps a dozen college-age European and American activists; a half-dozen Israelis, also mainly women — young anarchists in black boots and jeans, variously pierced. Together they headed down the road, clapping and chanting in Arabic and English. Bassem’s son Abu Yazan, licking a Popsicle, marched at the back of the crowd. Then there were the journalists, scurrying up hillsides in search of better vantage points. In the early days of the protests, the village teemed with reporters from across the globe, there to document the tiny village’s struggle against the occupation. “Sometimes they come and sometimes they don’t,” Mohammad Tamimi, who is 24 and coordinates the village’s social-media campaign, would tell me later. Events in the Middle East — the revolution in Egypt and civil war in Syria — and the unchanging routine of the weekly marches have made it that much harder to hold the world’s attention. That Friday there was just one Palestinian television crew and a few Israeli and European photographers, the regulars among them in steel helmets. In the protests’ first year, to make sure that the demonstrations — and the fate of Palestinians living under Israeli occupation — didn’t remain hidden behind the walls and fences that surround the West Bank, Mohammad began posting news to a blog and later a Facebook page (now approaching 4,000 followers) under the name Tamimi Press. Soon Tamimi Press morphed into a homegrown media team: Bilal Tamimi shooting video and uploading protest highlights to his YouTube channel; Helme taking photographs; and Mohammad e-mailing news releases to 500-odd reporters and activists. Manal, who is married to Bilal, supplements the effort with a steady outpouring of tweets (@screamingtamimi). News of the protests moves swiftly around the globe, bouncing among blogs on the left and right. Left-leaning papers like Britain’s Guardian and Israel’s Haaretz still cover major events in the village — deaths and funerals, Bassem’s arrests and releases — but a right-wing Israeli news site has for the last year begun to recycle the same headline week after week: “Arabs, Leftists Riot in Nabi Saleh.” Meanwhile, a pilgrimage to Nabi Saleh has achieved a measure of cachet among young European activists, the way a stint with the Zapatistas did in Mexico in the 1990s. For a time, Nariman regularly prepared a vegan feast for the exhausted outsiders who lingered after the protests. (Among the first things she asked me when I arrived was whether I was a vegan. Her face brightened when I said no.) Whatever success they have had in the press, the people of Nabi Saleh are intensely conscious of everything they have not achieved. The occupation, of course, persists. When I arrived in June, the demonstrators had not once made it to the spring. Usually they didn’t get much past the main road, where they would turn and find the soldiers waiting around the bend. That week though, they decided to cut straight down the hillside toward the spring. Bashir led the procession, waving a flag. As usual, Israeli Army jeeps were waiting below the spring. The four soldiers standing outside them looked confused — it seemed they hadn’t expected the protesters to make it so far. The villagers marched past them to the spring, where they surprised three settlers eating lunch in the shade, still wet from a dip in one of the pools. One wore only soggy briefs and a rifle slung over his chest. (…) Bassem is employed by the Palestinian Authority’s Interior Ministry in a department charged with approving entrance visas for Palestinians living abroad. In practice, he said, P.A. officials “have no authority” — the real decisions are made in Israel and passed to the P.A. for rubber-stamping. Among other things, this meant that Bassem rarely had to report to his office in Ramallah, leaving his days free to care for his ailing mother — she died several weeks after I left the village last summer — and strategizing on the phone, meeting international visitors and talking to me over many cups of strong, unsweetened coffee. We would talk in the living room, over the hum of an Al Jazeera newscast. A framed image of Jerusalem’s Al Aqsa Mosque hung above the television (more out of nationalist pride than piety: Bassem’s outlook was thoroughly secular). Though many people in Nabi Saleh have been jailed, only Bassem was declared a “prisoner of conscience” by Amnesty International. Foreign diplomats attended his court hearings in 2011. Bassem’s charisma surely has something to do with the attention. A strange, radiant calm seemed to hover around him. He rarely smiled, and tended to drop weighty pronouncements (“Our destiny is to resist”) in ordinary speech, but I saw his reserve crumble whenever one of his children climbed into his lap. When Israeli forces occupied the West Bank in 1967, Bassem was 10 weeks old. His mother hid with him in a cave until the fighting ended. He remembers playing in the abandoned British police outpost that is now the center of the I.D.F. base next to Halamish, and accompanying the older kids who took their sheep to pasture on the hilltop where the settlement now stands. His mother went to the spring for water every day. The settlers arrived when he was 9. (…) When the first intifada broke out in late 1987, Nabi Saleh was, as it is now, a flash point. The road that passes between the village and the settlement connects the central West Bank to Tel Aviv: a simple barricade could halt the flow of Palestinian laborers into Israel. Bassem was one of the main Fatah youth activists for the region, organizing the strikes, boycotts and demonstrations that characterized that uprising. (Nabi Saleh is solidly loyal to Fatah, the secular nationalist party that rules the West Bank; Hamas, the militant Islamist movement that governs Gaza, has its supporters elsewhere in the West Bank but has never had a foothold in the village.) He would be jailed seven times during the intifada and, he says, was never charged with a crime. Before his most recent arrest, I asked him how much time he had spent in prison. He added up the months: “Around four years.” After one arrest in 1993, Bassem told me, an Israeli interrogator shook him with such force that he fell into a coma for eight days. He has a nickel-size scar on his temple from emergency brain surgery during that time. His sister died while he was in prison. She was struck by a soldier and fell down a flight of courthouse stairs, according to her son Mahmoud, who was with her to attend the trial of his brother. (The I.D.F. did not comment on this allegation.) Bassem nonetheless speaks of those years, as many Palestinians his age do, with something like nostalgia. The first intifada broke out spontaneously — it started in Gaza with a car accident, when an Israeli tank transporter killed four Palestinian laborers. The uprising was, initially, an experience of solidarity on a national scale. Its primary weapons were the sort that transform weakness into strength: the stone, the barricade, the boycott, the strike. The Israeli response to the revolt — in 1988, Defense Minister Yitzhak Rabin reportedly authorized soldiers to break the limbs of unarmed demonstrators — began tilting international public opinion toward the Palestinian cause for the first time in decades. By the uprising’s third year, however, power had shifted to the P.L.O. hierarchy. The first Bush administration pushed Israel to negotiate, leading eventually to the 1993 Oslo Accord, which created the Palestinian Authority as an interim body pending a “final status” agreement.  But little was resolved in Oslo. A second intifada erupted in 2000, at first mostly following the model set by the earlier uprising. Palestinians blocked roads and threw stones. The I.D.F. took over a house in Nabi Saleh. Children tossed snakes, scorpions and what Bassem euphemistically called “wastewater” through the windows. The soldiers withdrew. Then came the heavy wave of suicide bombings, which Bassem termed “the big mistake.” An overwhelming majority of Israeli casualties during the uprising occurred in about 100 suicide attacks, most against civilians. A bombing at one Tel Aviv disco in 2001 killed 21 teenagers. “Politically, we went backward,” Bassem said. Much of the international good will gained over the previous decade was squandered. Taking up arms wasn’t, for Bassem, a moral error so much as a strategic one. He and everyone else I spoke with in the village insisted they had the right to armed resistance; they just don’t think it works. Bassem could reel off a list of Nabi Saleh’s accomplishments. Of some — Nabi Saleh, he said, had more advanced degrees than any village — he was simply proud. Others — one of the first military actions after Oslo, the first woman to participate in a suicide attack — involved more complicated emotions. In 1993, Bassem told me, his cousin Said Tamimi killed a settler near Ramallah. Eight years later, another villager, Ahlam Tamimi escorted a bomber to a Sbarro pizzeria in Jerusalem. Fifteen people were killed, eight of them minors. Ahlam, who now lives in exile in Jordan, and Said, who is in prison in Israel, remain much-loved in Nabi Saleh. Though everyone I spoke with in the village appeared keenly aware of the corrosive effects of violence — “This will kill the children,” Manal said, “to think about hatred and revenge” — they resented being asked to forswear bloodshed when it was so routinely visited upon them. Said, Manal told me, “lost his father, uncle, aunt, sister — they were all killed. How can you blame him?” The losses of the second intifada were enormous. Nearly 5,000 Palestinians and more than 1,000 Israelis died. Israeli assassination campaigns and the I.D.F.’s siege of West Bank cities left the Palestinian leadership decimated and discouraged. By the end of 2005, Yasir Arafat was dead, Israel had pulled its troops and settlers out of Gaza and the Palestinian Authority president, Mahmoud Abbas, had reached a truce with Prime Minister Ariel Sharon. The uprising sputtered out. The economy was ruined, Gaza and the West Bank were more isolated from each other than ever, and Palestinians were divided, defeated and exhausted. But in 2003, while the intifada was still raging, Bassem and others from Nabi Saleh began attending demonstrations in Budrus, 20 minutes away. Budrus was in danger of being cut off from the rest of the West Bank by Israel’s planned separation barrier, the concrete and chain-link divide that snakes along the border and in many places juts deeply into Palestinian territory. Residents began demonstrating. Foreign and Israeli activists joined the protests. Fatah and Hamas loyalists marched side by side. The Israeli Army responded aggressively: at times with tear gas, beatings and arrests; at times with live ammunition. Palestinians elsewhere were fighting with Kalashnikovs, but the people of Budrus decided, said Ayed Morrar, an old friend of Bassem’s who organized the movement there, that unarmed resistance “would stress the occupation more.” The strategy appeared to work. After 55 demonstrations, the Israeli government agreed to shift the route of the barrier to the so-called 1967 green line. The tactic spread to other villages: Biddu, Ni’lin, Al Ma’asara and in 2009, Nabi Saleh. Together they formed what is known as the “popular resistance,” a loosely coordinated effort that has maintained what has arguably been the only form of active and organized resistance to the Israeli presence in the West Bank since the end of the second intifada in 2005. Nabi Saleh, Bassem hoped, could model a form of resistance for the rest of the West Bank. The goal was to demonstrate that it was still possible to struggle and to do so without taking up arms, so that when the spark came, if it came, resistance might spread as it had during the first intifada. “If there is a third intifada,” he said, “we want to be the ones who started it.” (…) Eytan Buchman, a spokesman for the I.D.F., took issue with the idea that the weekly protests were a form of nonviolent resistance. In an e-mail he described the protests as “violent and illegal rioting that take place around Judea and Samaria, and where large rocks, Molotov cocktails, improvised grenades and burning tires are used against security forces. Dubbing these simply demonstrations is an understatement — more than 200 security-force personnel have been injured in recent years at these riots.” (Molotov cocktails are sometimes thrown at protests at the checkpoints of Beitunia and Kalandia but never, Bassem said, in Nabi Saleh.) Buchman said that the I.D.F. “employs an array of tactics as part of an overall strategy intended to curb these riots and the ensuing acts of violence.” He added that “every attempt is made to minimize physical friction and risk of casualties” among both the I.D.F. and the “rioters.” (…) In the 1980s, youth organizers like Bassem focused on volunteer work: helping farmers in the fields, educating their children. They built trust and established the social networks that would later allow the resistance to coordinate its actions without waiting for orders from above. Those networks no longer exist. Instead there’s the Palestinian Authority. Immediately after the first Oslo Accord in 1993, the scholar Edward Said predicted that “the P.L.O. will . . . become Israel’s enforcer.” Oslo gave birth to a phantom state, an extensive but largely impotent administrative apparatus, with Israel remaining in effective control of the Palestine Authority’s finances, its borders, its water resources — of every major and many minor aspects of Palestinian life. More gallingly to many, Oslo, in Said’s words, gave “official Palestinian consent to continued occupation,” creating a local elite whose privilege depends on the perpetuation of the status quo. That elite lives comfortably within the so-called “Ramallah bubble”: the bright and relatively carefree world of cafes, NGO salaries and imported goods that characterize life in the West Bank’s provisional capital. During the day, the clothing shops and fast-food franchises are filled. New high-rises are going up everywhere. “I didn’t lose my sister and my cousin and part of my life,” Bassem said, “for the sons of the ministers” to drive expensive cars. The NYT
A compter de 2009, les villageois ont décidé de s’investir collectivement. Au point qu’une sorte de rituel du vendredi s’est imposé, sous l’attention grandissante des médias. D’abord, une courte marche dans les rues ; les soldats se tiennent à l’entrée du village, à pied ou en véhicule blindé ; ils décident d’interrompre ce rassemblement, tirent des grenades lacrymogènes ou assourdissantes ; des jeunes, le visage masqué, essaient de les viser avec des pierres, provoquant une réponse plus forte, des arrestations, des blessures. Mais la famille Tamimi ne s’est pas contentée de ce rituel local. En utilisant les réseaux sociaux, elle en a fait une sorte de série sans fin. Une page Facebook, une chaîne sur YouTube, des comptes Twitter, des listes d’envoi par courriel : le visage d’Ahed n’est pas devenu viral par magie. La famille Tamimi a appliqué au village les recettes qui ont marché partout dans le monde, hors des cadres partisans traditionnels, des partis ou des syndicats. Les manifestations ont simplement cessé d’être hebdomadaires, car elles banalisaient la mobilisation et la privaient de tout effet de surprise. « On était conscients de l’importance de ces réseaux sociaux pour toucher la jeunesse, pour planter des graines en eux et susciter un questionnement, explique Manal, 43 ans, tante d’Ahed. Les vidéos changent le regard des gens. Ils ont vu grandir Ahed ainsi. » A l’entrée de la maison de Manal, il y a une sorte de galerie des canettes de gaz lacrymogène, récupérées au fil des ans. Sur sa terrasse, de vieux canapés ont été installés. D’ici, on voit la silhouette des soldats se dessiner sur la colline, en début d’après-midi, le vendredi, à l’heure des confrontations. On peut alors prévenir les gamins qui traînent dans la rue. Le Monde
Imposante crinière blonde, regard azur déterminé, mains désarmées: du haut de ses 16 ans, la jeune Ahed Tamimi est devenue le symbole de la révolte palestinienne contre l’occupation en Cisjordanie. Une vidéo où on la voit en train de frapper deux soldats israéliens à l’entrée de sa maison a fait exploser sa notoriété le 15 décembre dernier. Elle l’a aussi envoyée en prison où la jeune femme doit répondre de douze chefs d’inculpation. Courageuse résistante pour les uns, figure instrumentalisée pour les autres: Ahed Tamimi divise au Proche-Orient et au-delà. Originaire du petit village de Nabi Saleh, jouxtant la colonie de Halamish, la jeune fille est issue d’une famille de militants. Son père, Bassem Tamimi, 50 ans, est l’un des leaders du mouvement de contestation non violent qui a vu le jour dans cette bourgade arabe, privée de sa source d’eau depuis 2009. Marches pacifistes, confrontations avec l’armée: la famille multiplie les actions avec la population locale, caméra au poing. Les images sont ensuite diffusées par Tamimi Press International, un blog créé par l’oncle d’Ahed. «La caméra fait partie de notre lutte, elle rétablit la vérité, explique Bassem Tamimi au Monde. La diffusion de nos films sur les réseaux sociaux permet de contrer les médias conventionnels qui fournissent une image biaisée de la situation.» Les premières traces d’Ahed Tamimi remontent à 2010. Alors âgée de 9 ans, la petite fille vêtue d’une robe taillée dans un keffieh tient tête à un soldat armé. Rebelote en 2012, où elle est filmée brandissant un poing menaçant sous le nez de soldats israéliens. Avec ses jeunes frères et cousins, Ahed est systématiquement placée en tête des cortèges. Une présence jugée «cruciale pour les aider à prendre confiance et leur apprendre à faire face aux problèmes», détaille Bassem Tamimi au Figaro. De quoi alimenter les soupçons de manipulation pour les détracteurs. Quoi qu’il en soit, la notoriété de la jeune militante est lancée. En 2012, le premier ministre turc Recep Tayyip Erdogan la reçoit pour la féliciter. En mars 2013, le New York Times Magazine consacre sa une au village de Nabi Saleh et immortalise le visage d’Ahed Tamimi au côté de onze autres Palestiniens. Le titre en dit long sur la détermination prêtée aux villageois: «S’il y a une troisième intifada, nous voulons être ceux qui l’ont lancée». Dans la vidéo du 15 décembre visionnée plusieurs milliers de fois, Ahed et sa cousine interpellent et molestent physiquement deux soldats israéliens qui demeurent immobiles. Coups de poing, coups de pied, gifles: les deux jeunes femmes rejointes par d’autres habitants finissent par former une chaîne humaine pour bloquer l’entrée du domicile. La veille, son cousin, Mohammed al-Tamimi, avait été touché à la tête par une balle en caoutchouc. Symbole du courage palestinien et d’une jeunesse qui se révolte sans armes, Ahed Tamimi bénéficie d’un large soutien. Sur Twitter, le hashtag #FreeAhedTamimi est devenu viral. Selon la psychiatre Samah Jabr, interrogée par Le Monde, ce mouvement de solidarité n’est pas dû au hasard. «Si Ahed avait été brune et voilée, elle n’aurait pas reçu la même empathie de la part des médias internationaux. Un tel profil [brune et voilée] est plus facilement associé à l’islamisme et donc au terrorisme. Son attitude aurait alors été aussitôt liée à de la violence plus qu’à de l’héroïsme, comme c’est le cas aujourd’hui.» Du côté israélien en revanche, Ahed Tamimi est vue comme une «provocatrice qui sait médiatiser ses actes», elle-même manipulée par sa famille. Face aux méthodes de la jeune activiste, le quotidien Times of Israel souligne la réaction «professionnelle» des soldats de Tsahal qui restent impassibles, malgré l’humiliation. Le Temps

C’est juste un entrainement à l’évacuation, imbécile !

A l’heure où devant le désintérêt croissant du Monde arabe ….

Le Hamas tente par une ultime mise en scène de faire oublier le fiasco toujours plus criant de leur régime  terroriste …

Et qu’entre deux leçons de théologie, nos belles âmes et médias en mal de contenu nous resservent le scénario réchauffé de la riposte disproportionnée d’Israël …

Alors que l’on redécouvre que nos anciens faussaires – certains ayant toujours pignon sur rue – n’avaient rien à envier à nos actuels Charles Enderlin

Retour via notamment l’une de ses plus célèbres praticiennes, récemment prise en flagrant délit de provocation musclée contre un soldtat israélien et arrêtée, Ahed Tamimi alias « Shirley Temper » …

Sur la florissante industrie de fausses images palestinienne plus connue sous le nom de Pallywood …

Ahed Tamimi, icône ou marionnette de la résistance palestinienne?
Issue d’une famille de militants contre l’occupation, la jeune fille de 16 ans s’est récemment filmée en train de molester des soldats israéliens. Son incarcération fait polémique
Sylvia Revello
Le Temps
3 janvier 2018

Imposante crinière blonde, regard azur déterminé, mains désarmées: du haut de ses 16 ans, la jeune Ahed Tamimi est devenue le symbole de la révolte palestinienne contre l’occupation en Cisjordanie. Une vidéo où on la voit en train de frapper deux soldats israéliens à l’entrée de sa maison a fait exploser sa notoriété le 15 décembre dernier. Elle l’a aussi envoyée en prison où la jeune femme doit répondre de douze chefs d’inculpation. Courageuse résistante pour les uns, figure instrumentalisée pour les autres: Ahed Tamimi divise au Proche-Orient et au-delà.

Originaire du petit village de Nabi Saleh, jouxtant la colonie de Halamish, la jeune fille est issue d’une famille de militants. Son père, Bassem Tamimi, 50 ans, est l’un des leaders du mouvement de contestation non violent qui a vu le jour dans cette bourgade arabe, privée de sa source d’eau depuis 2009. Marches pacifistes, confrontations avec l’armée: la famille multiplie les actions avec la population locale, caméra au poing. Les images sont ensuite diffusées par Tamimi Press International, un blog créé par l’oncle d’Ahed. «La caméra fait partie de notre lutte, elle rétablit la vérité, explique Bassem Tamimi au Monde. La diffusion de nos films sur les réseaux sociaux permet de contrer les médias conventionnels qui fournissent une image biaisée de la situation.»

Jeunes en tête de cortège

Les premières traces d’Ahed Tamimi remontent à 2010. Alors âgée de 9 ans, la petite fille vêtue d’une robe taillée dans un keffieh tient tête à un soldat armé. Rebelote en 2012, où elle est filmée brandissant un poing menaçant sous le nez de soldats israéliens.

Avec ses jeunes frères et cousins, Ahed est systématiquement placée en tête des cortèges. Une présence jugée «cruciale pour les aider à prendre confiance et leur apprendre à faire face aux problèmes», détaille Bassem Tamimi au Figaro. De quoi alimenter les soupçons de manipulation pour les détracteurs.

Rencontre avec Recep Tayyip Erdogan

Quoi qu’il en soit, la notoriété de la jeune militante est lancée. En 2012, le premier ministre turc Recep Tayyip Erdogan la reçoit pour la féliciter. En mars 2013, le New York Times Magazine consacre sa une au village de Nabi Saleh et immortalise le visage d’Ahed Tamimi au côté de onze autres Palestiniens. Le titre en dit long sur la détermination prêtée aux villageois: «S’il y a une troisième intifada, nous voulons être ceux qui l’ont lancée».

#FreeAhedTamimi

Dans la vidéo du 15 décembre visionnée plusieurs milliers de fois, Ahed et sa cousine interpellent et molestent physiquement deux soldats israéliens qui demeurent immobiles. Coups de poing, coups de pied, gifles: les deux jeunes femmes rejointes par d’autres habitants finissent par former une chaîne humaine pour bloquer l’entrée du domicile. La veille, son cousin, Mohammed al-Tamimi, avait été touché à la tête par une balle en caoutchouc. Symbole du courage palestinien et d’une jeunesse qui se révolte sans armes, Ahed Tamimi bénéficie d’un large soutien. Sur Twitter, le hashtag #FreeAhedTamimi est devenu viral.

Apparence et empathie

Selon la psychiatre Samah Jabr, interrogée par Le Monde, ce mouvement de solidarité n’est pas dû au hasard. «Si Ahed avait été brune et voilée, elle n’aurait pas reçu la même empathie de la part des médias internationaux. Un tel profil [brune et voilée] est plus facilement associé à l’islamisme et donc au terrorisme. Son attitude aurait alors été aussitôt liée à de la violence plus qu’à de l’héroïsme, comme c’est le cas aujourd’hui.»

«Provocatrice qui médiatise ses actes»

Du côté israélien en revanche, Ahed Tamimi est vue comme une «provocatrice qui sait médiatiser ses actes», elle-même manipulée par sa famille. Face aux méthodes de la jeune activiste, le quotidien Times of Israel souligne la réaction «professionnelle» des soldats de Tsahal qui restent impassibles, malgré l’humiliation.

Voir aussi:

Ahed Tamimi, le nouveau visage de la révolte palestinienne

Julien Licourt

Le Figaro

PORTRAIT – Deux yeux bleus sous un amas de cheveux blonds et bouclés. En quelques années, la jeune fille est devenue un symbole. Âgée de 16 ans, elle jugée aujourd’hui pour avoir frappé des soldats israéliens. Elle risque 7 ans de prison.

Elle rêvait de devenir footballeuse au FC Barcelone. Le sport n’aura pas fait d’elle une icône, l’activisme politique, oui. Ahed Tamimi, 16 ans seulement, est devenue en quelques années, et autant d’images choc, le nouveau visage de la révolte palestinienne face à l’occupation israélienne de la Cisjordanie. La jeune femme, placée en détention fin décembre suite à la diffusion d’une vidéo, devenue virale, où on la voit frapper deux soldats israéliens, est jugée aujourd’hui par un tribunal militaire. Mardi, à l’ouverture de l’audience, la juge a demandé aux journalistes et aux diplomates présents de sortir, autorisant seulement la famille à rester. Retour sur le parcours éclair d’une militante tombée dans l’activisme dès son plus jeune âge.

L’histoire d’Ahed Tamimi est intrinsèquement liée à Nabi Saleh, petit village de Cisjordanie, situé entre Tel Aviv et Jérusalem. Cette bourgade arabe de quelques centaines d’habitants fait face à la colonie israélienne de Halamish, qui s’est appropriée des terres et une source d’eau appartenant au village. Un acte qui révolte les habitants de Nabi Saleh. Dès 2009, une marche hebdomadaire de protestation est organisée et tourne régulièrement à la confrontation avec les forces israéliennes. La famille Tamimi est en pointe de la contestation.

Ahed Tamimi, ici en 2010. Elle est âgée de seulement 9 ans.
Ahed Tamimi, ici en 2010. Elle est âgée de seulement 9 ans. – Crédits photo : ABBAS MOMANI/AFP

Arrêté de nombreuses fois, le père d’Ahed, Bassem Tamimi, 50 ans, en est un des leaders. Bassem rêve de créer «un modèle de résistance civile, qui prouverait que nous ne sommes pas des terroristes et que nous sommes les propriétaires de ces terres, explique-t-il au journal israélien Haaretz, en 2010. Nous voulons envoyer aux Palestiniens et Israéliens le message qu’il existe cet autre modèle de résistance, non-violent.» En 2012, son activisme le conduit une nouvelle fois en prison, Amnesty international mènera une campagne pour faire libérer celui que l’ONG qualifie de «prisonnier de conscience».

L’arme, c’est l’image

Lors des manifestations de Nabi Saleh, les pierres volent. Mais ce ne sont pas les projectiles principaux. La véritable arme ici, c’est l’image. L’oncle d’Ahed, Bilal Tamimi a lancé son «agence de presse citoyenne», «Tamimi press international». En réalité un blog diffusant quelques nouvelles de la lutte locale. La mère d’Ahed, Nariman Tamimi, tout aussi engagée que son mari, se retrouve souvent derrière la caméra, à filmer les confrontations.

Ahed Tamimi, en 2012. C'est l'image qui la fait connaître à l'international.
Ahed Tamimi, en 2012. C’est l’image qui la fait connaître à l’international. – Crédits photo : ABBAS MOMANI/AFP

Et pour parvenir à ses fins, la famille Tamimi ne craint pas non plus de mettre en avant ses enfants. Bassem Tamimi estime même que leur présence est «cruciale pour les aider à prendre confiance et leur apprendre à faire face aux problèmes». C’est ainsi qu’en 2010, Ahed Tamimi se retrouve sur la première photo diffusée à l’international par l’Agence France presse (voir ci-dessus). Âgée de 9 ans, la petite fille est alors vêtue d’une robe taillée dans un keffieh palestinien. Devant elle s’avance un soldat israélien, dont le fusil d’assaut semble presque aussi grand qu’elle.

Deux ans plus tard sera prise la photo qui fera d’elle une icône. La fillette a un peu grandi. Elle est cette fois vêtue d’un débardeur où l’on voit distinctement le mot Love (amour) et le symbole de la paix popularisé par les hippies. Ahed Tamimi, poursuit des militaires, lève un poing menaçant, bien que totalement dérisoire face aux grands soldats qui l’entourent et que cette rébellion infantile fait sourire. «Je suis plus forte que n’importe lequel de tes soldats», hurle-t-elle. Un reportage de France 2 montre qu’Ahed sait déjà comment jouer avec les caméras. De quoi s’attirer les premières critiques de manipulation.

«L’image est la seule arme dont ils disposent, explique au Figaro Bertrand Heilbronn, le président de l’association France Palestine solidarité, qui a pu rencontrer plusieurs fois certains membres de la famille. Bien sûr, ils cherchent à se faire photographier. Mais c’est également la seule façon qu’ils ont de se protéger face à des soldats. Cela fait partie de la lutte non-violente.»

Le New York Times magazine du 17 mars 2013. Ahed Tamimi est située en bas, la deuxième en partant de la droite.
Le New York Times magazine du 17 mars 2013. Ahed Tamimi est située en bas, la deuxième en partant de la droite. – Crédits photo : Capture d’écran.

Notoriété internationale

Qu’importe, sa notoriété est faite. Le premier ministre turc, Recep Tayyip Erdogan, l’invite pour la féliciter. Un honneur dont l’adolescente n’a que faire. «N’importe quel Palestinien vaut deux Erdogan, car on se bat pour notre terre», dira-t-elle en retour. Le New York Times magazine consacre sa une de mars 2013 à Nabi Saleh, avec pour titre «S’il y a une troisième intifada, nous voulons être ceux qui l’ont lancée.» Ahed Tamimi est l’un des douze portraits mis en valeur par la publication américaine.

En 2015, une nouvelle image fait le tour du monde. On y voit un soldat israélien plaquer au sol un jeune enfant, le frère d’Ahed, le bras dans le plâtre, mais accusé d’avoir lancé des pierres sur les militaires. Un groupe de femmes l’agrippent, dont Ahed Tamimi, qui mord la main de l’homme.

Ahed Tamimi tente de faire lâcher prise en mordant le soldat israélien qui tente d'arrêter son petit frère.
Ahed Tamimi tente de faire lâcher prise en mordant le soldat israélien qui tente d’arrêter son petit frère. – Crédits photo : ABBAS MOMANI/AFP

À l’été 2017, Ahed Tamimi réapparait en Afrique du Sud. À 16 ans, elle est maintenant une jeune fille à la grande chevelure blonde et bouclée. Elle porte toujours le keffieh palestinien. La visite est hautement symbolique: accompagnés de deux autres jeunes activistes, elle dépose une gerbe de fleurs au mémorial de Hector Pieterson, jeune Sud-Africain tué lors d’une manifestation de la population noire à Soweto dans les années 1960. Elle expliquait alors lors d’une rencontre avec les habitants qu’elle ne voulait pas être soutenue «à cause de quelques larmes photogéniques, mais parce que nous avons fait le choix d’une juste lutte. C’est la seule façon d’arrêter de pleurer un jour.»

La jeune fille est de toutes les luttes. Aussi, lorsque le président américain Donald Trump décide de transférer l’ambassade américaine à Jérusalem, elle se joint aux manifestations de Palestiniens. Avec sa cousine Nour, elles s’en prennent à deux soldats israéliens, comme elles l’ont fait si souvent. Elles les frappent, les giflent. Les deux hommes restent impassibles.

Relayée par les médias, la vidéo est vue des millions de fois. Sauf que l’image d’Ahed Tamimi n’est pas du tout la même, côté israélien. On n’y voit pas la résistante, mais une «provocatrice qui sait médiatiser ses actes», selon certains journaux, qui soulignent l’humiliation dont sont victimes les soldats de Tsahal et, à travers eux, de tout le pays. Dans la nuit du 18 au 19 décembre, l’adolescente est arrêtée. Les images de la jeune femme sont à nouveau publiées dans tous les médias.

Ahed Tamimi, lors de sa comparution devant le tribunal militaire, le 1er janvier.
Ahed Tamimi, lors de sa comparution devant le tribunal militaire, le 1er janvier. – Crédits photo : AMMAR AWAD/REUTERS

Le 1er janvier, le tribunal décide de retenir 12 chefs d’inculpation contre elle, portant notamment sur 5 autres faits de l’année précédente (agression des forces de sécurité, lancé de pierres ou encore pour avoir participé à des émeutes). La jeune femme risque 7 ans de prison.

Voir aussi:

L’adolescente palestinienne Ahed Tamimi plaide coupable devant la justice militaire israélienne

L’adolescente, devenue un symbole de la lutte contre l’occupation pour une vidéo la montrant giflant un soldat en Cisjordanie, a été condamnée à huit mois de prison.

Piotr Smolar (Nabi Saleh, Cisjordanie, envoyé spécial)

Le Monde

Ahed Tamimi sortira de prison d’ici à l’été. La jeune Palestinienne, arrêtée pour avoir giflé et bousculé un soldat israélien dans son village de Nabi Saleh, en Cisjordanie, a accepté de plaider coupable, mercredi 21 mars. Détenue depuis décembre 2017, elle a été condamnée à huit mois de prison. Le parquet militaire a abandonné huit des douze charges retenues à l’origine contre cette adolescente, devenue une figure iconique sur les réseaux sociaux, dans les territoires occupés et à l’étranger.

Ahed Tamimi, 17 ans, a fait comme les centaines d’autres mineurs palestiniens arrêtés chaque année : elle a plaidé coupable car elle ne pouvait se défendre conformément aux normes du droit.

En 2013, le Fonds des Nations unies pour l’enfance (Unicef) parlait de mauvais traitements « institutionnalisés » sur les mineurs par la justice militaire israélienne. Dans un rapport publié le 20 mars, l’ONG israélienne B’Tselem s’est également penchée sur ce système. Elle souligne la continuité des abus depuis que cette justice des mineurs est apparue en 2009 : arrestations de nuit, isolement, menaces, abus verbaux et parfois physiques…

Selon le rapport, dans « l’écrasante majorité des cas », le tribunal pour mineurs se contente d’entériner la pratique du « plaider coupable ». Une issue acceptée par le clan Tamimi, dès lors que le tribunal avait refusé la publicité des débats. « Cela signifiait qu’il n’y aurait aucun procès équitable, devant témoins, explique Me Gaby Lasky, l’avocate d’Ahed. C’était une façon de la faire taire. » Mais faire taire les Tamimi n’est pas une affaire aisée.

Débat national

L’obstination est le trait de caractère partagé dans le clan, contaminant l’ensemble du village de Nabi Saleh. Depuis tant d’années, la cuisine familiale est le quartier général de la lutte locale. Là où les résidents affluent, où les militants passent, où les journalistes se succèdent, posant la même question : « Pourquoi ici ? » Qu’est-ce qui rend cette commune spéciale, sur la carte des mobilisations palestiniennes ?

Cette interrogation a redoublé de vigueur, le 15 décembre 2017, lorsque Ahed Tamimi a pris à partie un soldat israélien qui s’était présenté, une millième fois, devant la maison familiale. Peu avant, son cousin Mohammed avait eu la boîte crânienne fracassée par une balle en caoutchouc. Il est à présent défiguré. Ahed s’est avancée avec sa cousine. Sa mère Nariman filmait, ce qui lui vaudra la même peine de prison que l’adolescente. Les deux Israéliens en uniforme ont fait preuve de retenue : il s’agissait là d’un épisode banal dans le quotidien de l’occupation. Mais la diffusion virale de la vidéo va changer la donne.

Un débat national s’installe sur la fermeté à adopter en pareilles circonstances. « La société israélienne est malade, affirme Bassem Tamimi. Ils ne supportent pas que leurs soldats soient stoppés. Ils voulaient punir Ahed. » Quatre jours après les faits, elle est placée en détention, comme plus de 300 autres mineurs palestiniens actuellement. La différence est que son procès a éveillé une attention sans égal. Selon un sondage publié le 20 mars par le Palestinian Center for Policy and Survey (PSR), 92 % des personnes interrogées disent connaître l’adolescente. Parmi eux, 64 % l’érigent en modèle.

Résistance

Il faut oublier les boucles d’or d’Ahed, expliquant en partie l’empathie qu’elle suscite à l’étranger. Elle est photogénique, certes, mais surtout elle vient de loin, sans légèreté. « Ahed n’a pas eu d’enfance, murmure son père. Ce n’est pas à elle et à sa génération de gifler ce soldat. Je me sens coupable, mais j’espère qu’ils réussiront. Ahed n’a pas giflé un individu mais un uniforme. Je hais ce régime, ce système, la colonisation. »

Bassem Tamimi est un vétéran de la lutte contre l’occupation, qui a intégré l’échec des négociations de paix dans la foulée des accords d’Oslo (1993). Longtemps favorable à la solution à deux Etats, il a changé d’avis pendant la seconde Intifada.

« Les Israéliens gagnent du temps. Leur plan, c’est le grand Israël, de la mer au Jourdain. »

Les dirigeants palestiniens sont à ses yeux déconsidérés. Pourtant, il a accepté d’être reçu par le président Mahmoud Abbas, le 5 février. « On a besoin de tout le monde », lâche-t-il.

Bassem Tamimi a passé une semaine dans le coma en 1993 après avoir été frappé lors d’un interrogatoire. Sa sœur a été tuée, d’autres membres du clan aussi. Emprisonné à neuf reprises, pour une période totale d’environ quatre ans, le père d’Ahed a confronté ses vues à celles d’autres prisonniers. La lutte armée lui paraissait être une voie sans issue.

Il décida alors de transformer Nabi Saleh en laboratoire de la résistance populaire. Consécration en 2013 : le village fait la « une » du New York Times Magazine. Autant dire que Nabi Saleh exaspère les Israéliens. En 2016, une sous-commission à la Knesset (Parlement) a même demandé des vérifications confidentielles, pour établir si les Tamimi constituaient une vraie famille.

Nabi Saleh est situé à environ vingt kilomètres au nord-ouest de Ramallah. Tout le monde se connaît parmi les 600 habitants. On y dit qu’ils sont déjà 260 à être allés en prison, dont 44 mineurs. On partage les deuils et les mariages, les colères et les joies.

Le village dispose d’une source d’eau naturelle qui fait l’objet d’un conflit intense avec les habitants de Halamish, la colonie israélienne qui occupe un flanc de colline en face. Les colons, installés ici depuis 1977, ont rogné les terres privées palestiniennes, au fil des ans, sous la protection de l’armée.

Viral

A compter de 2009, les villageois ont décidé de s’investir collectivement. Au point qu’une sorte de rituel du vendredi s’est imposé, sous l’attention grandissante des médias. D’abord, une courte marche dans les rues ; les soldats se tiennent à l’entrée du village, à pied ou en véhicule blindé ; ils décident d’interrompre ce rassemblement, tirent des grenades lacrymogènes ou assourdissantes ; des jeunes, le visage masqué, essaient de les viser avec des pierres, provoquant une réponse plus forte, des arrestations, des blessures.

Mais la famille Tamimi ne s’est pas contentée de ce rituel local. En utilisant les réseaux sociaux, elle en a fait une sorte de série sans fin. Une page Facebook, une chaîne sur YouTube, des comptes Twitter, des listes d’envoi par courriel : le visage d’Ahed n’est pas devenu viral par magie.

La famille Tamimi a appliqué au village les recettes qui ont marché partout dans le monde, hors des cadres partisans traditionnels, des partis ou des syndicats. Les manifestations ont simplement cessé d’être hebdomadaires, car elles banalisaient la mobilisation et la privaient de tout effet de surprise.

« On était conscients de l’importance de ces réseaux sociaux pour toucher la jeunesse, pour planter des graines en eux et susciter un questionnement, explique Manal, 43 ans, tante d’Ahed. Les vidéos changent le regard des gens. Ils ont vu grandir Ahed ainsi. »

A l’entrée de la maison de Manal, il y a une sorte de galerie des canettes de gaz lacrymogène, récupérées au fil des ans. Sur sa terrasse, de vieux canapés ont été installés. D’ici, on voit la silhouette des soldats se dessiner sur la colline, en début d’après-midi, le vendredi, à l’heure des confrontations. On peut alors prévenir les gamins qui traînent dans la rue.

Voir également:

Particularly violent pictures from a West Bank rally, featuring a young girl biting an IDF soldier, have received international attention.

Distinctively violent images have emerged from an almost typical protest in the West Bank on Friday and have made their way to major media networks around the world.The pictures, taken during a protest in the village of Nebi Salah, show a young girl and two other women struggling with an IDF soldier, who is holding a Palestinian boy by his arm, preventing the boy from moving.

Video purporting to show the violent incident

The IDF said in response that the boy was throwing stones, and as such a decision was made to arrest him.

The Daily Mail featured the image and wrote, « With terror etched on his face, the boy is powerless to move as the gunman towers over him, with the muzzle of his weapon just inches from his cheek. »

Photo: AFP

Photo: AFP

Photo:Reuters

Photo:Reuters

Photo:Reuters

Photo:Reuters

Photo:Reuters

Photo:Reuters

The British daily further added, « But as he pins the boy to a rock, the soldier suddenly finds himself ambushed by a young girl who forces the weapon from his grasp and bites his hand. Meanwhile, two women claw at his balaclava-clad face and drag him off the youngster. Eventually, the gunman flees the scene, leaving the young girl to cradle the terrified boy in her arms. »

Photo:Reuters

Photo:Reuters

Photo:AFP

Photo:AFP

The Daily Mail mentioned that the circumstances of the incident were unclear, and they were unaware of what caused the soldier to « take such drastic actions. »

However, they do mention that these protests often involve Palestinian youths and children throwing stones at security forces.

The IDF spokesperson has confirmed that the events occurred during a violent protest in which Palestinians threw stones at an IDF force that was set up in the area.

Photo:Reuters

Photo:Reuters

« The youth in the picture was seen throwing rocks, and as such a decision was made to arrest him. During the arrest, a violent provocation began which included a number of Palestinian women and children. As a result of the violent clash, a decision was made by the regional commander to cease the arrest, » the IDF said in a statement.

Army officials added that: « Two additional Palestinian youths were arrested for throwing stones during the violent clashes. The soldier pictured was lightly wounded as a result of the violent actions against him. »

Palestinians also threw stones at an IDF bulldozer during clashes on Friday in the village of Kadum, near Nablus.

The protests occurred a mere day after the outgoing EU envoy to the Palestinian Territories announced that 28 EU member states were advancing measures against the settlements. According to the envoy, John Gatt-Rutter, « there is support within the union to go on with the measures ». Rutter added that, « There are more tools » which the Union could use against the settlements. »

Voir de même:

Israellycool And Readers Get Shirley Temper’s Name Splashed Across Daily Mail (Updated)


Ostensibly, it looks like every Israel hater’s wet dream: images of an armed IDF soldier trying to detain a young boy wearing a sling, while having women and children trying to stop him, armed with nothing but their hands.

Of course, there was context.

“The youth in the picture was seen throwing rocks, and as such a decision was made to arrest him. During the arrest, a violent provocation began which included a number of Palestinian women and children. As a result of the violent clash, a decision was made by the regional commander to cease the arrest,” the IDF said in a statement.

Army officials added that: “Two additional Palestinian youths were arrested for throwing stones during the violent clashes. The soldier pictured was lightly wounded as a result of the violent actions against him.”

But the initial Daily Mail report very much reflected the “simple” narrative

And then something amazing happened.

Israellycool readers recognized the biting girl as the Pallywood star “Shirley Temper”, whose exploits I have documented comprehensively on this blog. Exploits which involve deliberately trying to provoke IDF soldiers under the watchful and encouraging eye of her parents, in order to produce great images for propaganda.

And they might have gotten away with it too, had it not been for those meddling yids!

Readers inundated the Daily Mail with links to this blog showing what Shirley Temper and her family have been up to. And Brian of London also contacted an editor over at the paper.

And the Daily Mail responded – by changing the tone of the story entirely, providing context to it and revealing Shirley Temper’s history.

Questions raised over shocking West Bank image of boy with a broken arm being held at gunpoint by an Israeli soldier after girl, 13, seen biting attacker is revealed as prolific ‘Pallywood star’

Questions have been raised over the authenticity of shocking images of a boy with a broken arm being held at gunpoint by an Israeli soldier after a 13-year-old girl seen biting his attacker is said to be a prolific ‘Pallywood star’.

The remarkable images which surfaced online on Friday appeared to show an IDF soldier armed with a machine gun grappling with the little boy as two women make desperate attempts to pull him off following protests in the West Bank.

A young girl is seen ambushing the balaclava-clad soldier by forcing the weapon from his hands and biting him before he flees the scene.

But it is thought the young girl in the photographs is Ahed Tamimi, whose parents Bassem and Nariman – also pictured – are well-known Palestinian activists in their village of Nabi Saleh.

The teenager has appeared in a string of similar videos where she challenges Israeli security forces and rose to prominence after she was filmed confronting one who arrested her brother, which resulted in her being presented with a bravery award.

She was handed the ‘Handala Award for Courage’ by the president of Turkey, Recep Tayyip Erdo?an, in Istanbul, where she reportedly expressed she would like to live.

Online blogs have dubbed her ‘Shirley Temper’ and accused her of being a ‘Pallywood’ star – a term coined by author Richard Landes, describing the alleged media manipulation by Palestinians to win public relations war against Israel.

Her father, Bassem al-Tamimi, was convicted by an Israeli military court in 2011 for ‘sending people to throw stones, and holding a march without a permit’ – a charge his lawyers deny.

He has been jailed eight times, while his wife has been detained five times. Other family members, including their son Waed, has also been arrested.

Bassem organises weekly protests and it was reportedly at one of these demonstrations that the shocking images are said to have been taken.

An Israeli army spokesman said that Palestinians had been throwing stones at an IDF force which was set up in the area.

An image has emerged on the internet of a boy, said to be the youth that was held at gunpoint, throwing rocks with one arm, while his other remained in plaster and in a sling.

The spokesman added that a decision was made to arrest the boy and it was during the detention that a ‘violent provocation’ began, including a number of Palestinian women and children.

He told Haaretz that there was ‘a violent disturbance of the peace in Nabi Saleh, in which Palestinians threw stones at IDF forces that were in the place.

‘The youth who was photographed was identified by the lookout force as a stone-thrower, and because of this it was decided to detain him.

At the time of the arrest, a violent provocation by a number of Palestinians developed, including women and children. In light of the violent altercation, the commander decided to not to go ahead with the detention.’

He added: ‘Two additional Palestinian youths were arrested for throwing stones during the violent clashes. The soldier pictured was lightly wounded as a result of the violent actions against him.’

Notice the oblique reference to Israellycool as “online blogs” (for the record, I invented the label Shirley Temper).

But I’ll take this as a win. Allowed to go unchecked, this would have been an unmitigated PR disaster for Israel. As it is, I am sure some damage has been done, but not as much as would have been the case had the Daily Mail not been alerted to the Tamimi family’s background in Pallywood productions. Now, Daily Mail readers will see the images, read the article, and might ask “What kind of parents would allow their child – already in a sling – to be placed in harm’s way?”

So thank you dear readers. We really can make a difference.

Update: Ahed Tamimi, Shirley Temper herself, shared on her Facebook page a link to the original Daily Mail story.

She’s in for a rude shock when she discovers it now points to the updated version, which exposes her family’s antics to a larger audience.

Update: It looks like The Telegraph had covered the confrontation, but has now pulled the story.

Update: This photo confirms the IDF account – Shirley Temper’s brother was throwing rocks before his Oscar-winning performance (hat tip: Johnny and other readers).

Update (Brian): The photo of the brother throwing rocks may have been doctored. We have taken it down pending more investigation.

Voir de plus:

Questions raised over shocking West Bank image of boy with a broken arm being held at gunpoint by an Israeli soldier after girl, 13, seen biting attacker is revealed as prolific ‘Pallywood star’

  • Israeli soldier was pictured pinning boy to the floor with machine gun held up near his cheek in the West Bank
  • But the gunman is ambushed by young girl who forces weapon from his hand and two women who claw at his face 
  • Girl in pictures is believed to be Ahed Tamimi, whose parents Bassem and Nariman are Palestinian activists
  • She has appeared in a string of similar videos where she confronts Israeli soldiers and once won a bravery award 
  • Clash happened during demonstrations against Palestinian land confiscation to expand nearby Jewish settlement 

The Daily Mail

Questions have been raised over the authenticity of shocking images of a boy with a broken arm being held at gunpoint by an Israeli soldier after a 13-year-old girl seen biting his attacker is said to be a prolific ‘Pallywood star’.

The remarkable images which surfaced online on Friday appeared to show an IDF soldier armed with a machine gun grappling with the little boy as two women make desperate attempts to pull him off following protests in the West Bank.

A young girl is seen ambushing the balaclava-clad soldier by forcing the weapon from his hands and biting him before he flees the scene.

Scroll down for video 

This shocking image which appears to show Palestinians fighting to free a little boy held by an Israeli soldier appeared online on Friday

This shocking image which appears to show Palestinians fighting to free a little boy held by an Israeli soldier appeared online on Friday

But it is thought the young girl in the photographs is Ahed Tamimi, whose parents Bassem and Nariman – also pictured – are well-known Palestinian activists in their village of Nabi Saleh.

The teenager has appeared in a string of similar videos where she challenges Israeli security forces and rose to prominence after she was filmed confronting one who arrested her brother, which resulted in her being presented with a bravery award.

She was handed the ‘Handala Award for Courage’ by the president of Turkey, Recep Tayyip Erdoğan, in Istanbul, where she reportedly expressed she would like to live.

Online blogs have dubbed her ‘Shirley Temper’ and accused her of being a ‘Pallywood’ star – a term coined by author Richard Landes, describing the alleged media manipulation by Palestinians to win public relations war against Israel.

The Israeli soldier is said to have put the young boy in a headlock at gunpoint following a march against Palestinian land confiscation to expand the Jewish Hallamish settlement in the West Bank village of Nabi Saleh

The Israeli soldier is said to have put the young boy in a headlock at gunpoint following a march against Palestinian land confiscation to expand the Jewish Hallamish settlement in the West Bank village of Nabi Saleh

According to an Israeli army spokesperson, the boy in the pictures was accused of throwing stones at IDF soldiers and was arrested

According to an Israeli army spokesperson, the boy in the pictures was accused of throwing stones at IDF soldiers and was arrested

It was then that the soldier was ambushed by a girl, who forces the weapon from his grasp, while two other women desperately fight to free the little boy

It was then that the soldier was ambushed by a girl, who forces the weapon from his grasp, while two other women desperately fight to free the little boy

Her father, Bassem al-Tamimi, was convicted by an Israeli military court in 2011 for ‘sending people to throw stones, and holding a march without a permit’ – a charge his lawyers deny.

He has been jailed eight times, while his wife has been detained five times. Other family members, including their son Waed, has also been arrested.

Bassem organises weekly protests and it was reportedly at one of these demonstrations that the shocking images are said to have been taken.

An Israeli army spokesman said that Palestinians had been throwing stones at an IDF force which was set up in the area.

An image has emerged on the internet of a boy, said to be the youth that was held at gunpoint, throwing rocks with one arm, while his other remained in plaster and in a sling.

The spokesman added that a decision was made to arrest the boy and it was during the detention that a ‘violent provocation’ began, including a number of Palestinian women and children.

He told Haaretz that there was ‘a violent disturbance of the peace in Nabi Saleh, in which Palestinians threw stones at IDF forces that were in the place.

It has emerged that the girl in the pictures (far left) is believed to be Ahed Tamimi, who has appeared in similar videos online where she confronts Israeli soldiers

It has emerged that the girl in the pictures (far left) is believed to be Ahed Tamimi, who has appeared in similar videos online where she confronts Israeli soldiers

She rose to prominence after she was filmed confronting a soldier who arrested her brother, which resulted in her being presented with a bravery award

She rose to prominence after she was filmed confronting a soldier who arrested her brother, which resulted in her being presented with a bravery award

Online blogs have dubbed her 'Shirley Temper' and accused her of being a 'Pallywood' star - a term coined by author Richard Landes, describing the alleged media manipulation by Palestinians to win public relations war against Israel 

Online blogs have dubbed her ‘Shirley Temper’ and accused her of being a ‘Pallywood’ star – a term coined by author Richard Landes, describing the alleged media manipulation by Palestinians to win public relations war against Israel

‘The youth who was photographed was identified by the lookout force as a stone-thrower, and because of this it was decided to detain him. At the time of the arrest, a violent provocation by a number of Palestinians developed, including women and children. In light of the violent altercation, the commander decided to not to go ahead with the detention.’

He added: ‘Two additional Palestinian youths were arrested for throwing stones during the violent clashes. The soldier pictured was lightly wounded as a result of the violent actions against him.’ 

The clash happened in the village of Nabi Saleh, near Ramallah, during protests against Palestinian land confiscation to expand the nearby Jewish Hallamish settlement.

In another flashpoint, Palestinian protester hurled stones at Israeli army bulldozer during clashes which following a protest against Israeli settlements in Qadomem, Kofr Qadom village, near the the West Bank city of Nablus.

They come a day after the European Union’s outgoing envoy to the Palestinian territories said the 28-nation bloc was moving forward with measures against Jewish West Bank settlements.

The envoy, John Gatt-Rutter, did not provide a timeframe. But his remarks to reporters underline European discontent with Israel’s continued expansion of settlements in territory that Palestinians want for a future state.

A Palestinian protester, with a petrol bomb in his pocket, hurls rocks towards Israeli security forces during clashes following a demonstration against the expropriation of Palestinian land by Israel on August 28, 2015 in the village of Kafr Qaddum, near Nablus in the occupied West Bank

A Palestinian protester throws stones towards a vehicle of Israeli security forces firing tear gas canisters during clashes following a demonstration against the expropriation of Palestinian land by Israel on August 28, 2015 in the village of Kafr Qaddum, near Nablus in the occupied West Bank

Violent: A Palestinian protester (left), with a petrol bomb in his pocket, hurls rocks towards Israeli security forces during clashes after a demonstration against the expropriation of Palestinian land by Israel in the village of Kafr Qaddum, near Nablus in the occupied West Bank

Palestinian protester hurls stones at Israeli army bulldozer during clashes which following a protest against Israeli settlements in Qadomem

Palestinian protester hurls stones at Israeli army bulldozer during clashes which following a protest against Israeli settlements in Qadomem

Gatt-Rutter said ‘there is support within the union to go on’, adding that there are ‘more tools’ the EU can use.

The EU, Israel’s biggest trading partner, is exploring guidelines that would require Israel to label settlement products.

It already bars goods produced in settlements from receiving customs exemptions given to Israeli goods.

Gatt-Rutter’s remarks come as a grassroots movement promoting boycotts, divestment and sanctions against Israel is gaining steam.

Members of Israeli security forces aims their weapons towards Palestinian stone throwers during clashes following a demonstration against the expropriation of Palestinian land by Israel in the village of Kafr Qaddum, near Nablus in the occupied West Bank

Members of Israeli security forces aims their weapons towards Palestinian stone throwers during clashes following a demonstration against the expropriation of Palestinian land by Israel in the village of Kafr Qaddum, near Nablus in the occupied West Bank

Voir encore:

After at least 20 were killed last Friday by Israeli forces, protesters ignited tires to create black smoke hoping to block visibility
Telesur
6 April 2018

At least four Palestinian protesters were killed, and over 200 have been wounded after Israeli troops opened fire on protesters along the Israel-Gaza border Friday. Five of the persons injured as thousands participated in the March of Return are said to be in critical condition according to medical officials.

The deaths in Friday’s protest follow 24 others, which took place in the first round of demonstrations last week, and add to the trend of severe violence from Israeli troops that led to over 1000 injuries over the same period. Thousands converged on Gaza’s border with Israel and set fire to mounds of tires, which were supposed to block the visibility of Israeli snipers and avoid more deaths, in the second week of demonstrations.

Israel’s violent response to peaceful protests has been heavily criticized over the last week. The United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights has urged troops to exercise restraint, these calls, however, haven’t been heeded.

Israeli officials have attempted to portray the use of deadly force and firearms as a necessary measure to prevent “terrorists” from infiltrating into Israel and to « protect its border. »

An Israeli military spokesman said Friday they “will not allow any breach of the security infrastructure and fence, which protects Israeli civilians.”

However, the U.N. has reminded the Israeli government that an attempt to cross the border fence does not amount to “threat to life or serious injury that would justify the use of live ammunition.”

The U.N. has also stressed Israel remains the occupying force in Gaza and has the « obligations to ensure that excessive force is not employed against protestors and that in the context of a military occupation, as in the case in Gaza, the unjustified and unlawful recourse to firearms by law enforcement resulting in death may amount to willful killing. »

Israeli Defence Minister Avigdor Lieberman told Israeli public radio Thursday that « if there are provocations, there will be a reaction of the harshest kind like last week, » showing no sign that his government would reconsider their strategy when responding to unarmed protesters.

Pro-Israel organization StandWithUs has resorted to claiming Palestinians are faking injuries to garner international sympathy and supported their claims by posting videos showing « Palestinians practicing for the cameras. » The Palestinians in the video were actually practicing how to evacuate the wounded during the protest.

Other claims advanced by Israeli authorities include accusing the political party Hamas, which Israel considers a terrorist organization, of being, behind the protests.

Asad Abu Sharekh, the spokesperson of the march, has countered the claim saying « the march is organized by refugees, doctors, lawyers, university students, Palestinian intellectuals, academics, civil society organizations and Palestinian families. »

Since March 30th, which marks Palestinian Land Day, thousands have set up several tent encampments within Gaza, some 65 kilometers away from the border.

The symbolic move is part of the Great March of Return which aims to demand the right of over 5 million Palestinian refugees to return to the lands from which they were expelled from after the formation of the state of Israel.

More than half of the 2 million Palestinians who live in Gaza under an over 10-year-long blockade are refugees.

Israel has denied Palestinian refugees this right because of what they call a “demographic threat.”

Voir enfin:

En 1972, dans la revue « Rouge », Edwy Plenel a-t-il vraiment déclaré être solidaire des terroristes des Jeux olympiques de Munich ?

Aerimnos
Checknews
Libération
02/04/2018

Bonjour,

Dans un texte écrit en 1972, publié dans Rouge, l’hebdomadaire de la Ligue communiste révolutionnaire (LCR), Edwy Plenel a, en effet, appelé à «défendre inconditionnellement» les militants de l’organisation palestinienne Septembre Noir, qui venait alors d’assassiner onze membres de l’équipe olympique israélienne lors d’une prise d’otage pendant les Jeux Olympiques de Munich, qui ont eu lieu cette année-là. En ces termes :

« L’action de Septembre Noir a fait éclater la mascarade olympique, a bouleversé les arrangements à l’amiable que les réactionnaires arabes s’apprêtaient à conclure avec Israël (…) Aucun révolutionnaire ne peut se désolidariser de Septembre Noir. Nous devons défendre inconditionnellement face à la répression les militants de cette organisation (…) A Munich, la fin si tragique, selon les philistins de tous poils qui ne disent mot de l’assassinat des militants palestiniens, a été voulue et provoquée par les puissances impérialistes et particulièrement Israël. Il fut froidement décidé d’aller au carnage ».

Voilà plusieurs années que ces mots, signés Joseph Krasny, nom de plume de Plenel dans Rouge, sont connus. C’est en 2008 dans Enquête sur Edwy Plenel, écrit par le journaliste Laurent Huberson, qu’ils sont pour la première fois exhumés. Quasiment un chapitre est consacré à l’anticolonialisme, l’antiracisme, et l’antisionisme radical du jeune militant Plenel. C’est dans ces pages que sont retranscrites ces lignes.

Aujourd’hui, elles figurent en bonne place sur la page Wikipedia du journaliste.

Depuis plusieurs jours, ils refont pourtant surface sur Twitter, partagés la plupart du temps par des comptes proches de l’extrême droite. Ce 3 avril, Gilles-William Goldnadel, avocat, longtemps chroniqueur à Valeurs Actuelles, qui officie aujourd’hui sur C8 dans l’émission de Thierry Ardisson Les Terriens du Dimanche, a interpellé le co-fondateur de Mediapart sur Twitter : «Bonsoir Edwy Plenel, c’est pour une enquête de la France Libre [la webtélé de droite lancée par l’avocat début 2018]. Pourriez-vous s’il vous plaît confirmer ou infirmer les infos qui circulent selon lesquelles vous auriez sous l’alias de Krasny féliciter dans Rouge Septembre Noir ?».

« Ce texte exprime une position que je récuse fermement aujourd’hui »

Plenel n’a pas répondu à Goldnadel sur Twitter. Mais contacté par CheckNews, il a accepté de revenir, par ce mail, sur ce texte écrit en 1972.  En nous demandant de reproduire intégralement sa réponse, «car évidemment, cette campagne n’est pas dénuée d’arrière-pensées partisanes». Que pense donc le Plenel de 2018 des écrits de Krasny en 1972 ?

« Je n’ai jamais fait mystère de mes contributions à Rouge, de 1970 à 1978, sous le pseudonyme de Joseph Krasny. Ce texte, écrit il y a plus de 45 ans, dans un contexte tout autre et alors que j’avais 20 ans, exprime une position que je récuse fermement aujourd’hui. Elle n’avait rien d’exceptionnel dans l’extrême gauche de l’époque, comme en témoigne un article de Jean-Paul Sartre, le fondateur de Libération, sur Munich dans La Cause du peuple–J’accuse du 15 octobre 1972. Tout comme ce philosophe, j’ai toujours dénoncé et combattu l’antisémitisme d’où qu’il vienne et sans hésitation. Mais je refuse l’intimidation qui consiste à taxer d’antisémite toute critique de la politique de l’Etat d’Israël ».

On résume : le co-fondateur de Mediapart, sous le pseudo Joseph Krasny, a bien soutenu en 1972 l’action de l’organisation palestinienne Septembre Noir, qui venait alors d’assassiner onze athlètes israéliens lors des Jeux Olympiques de Munich. Cette chronique, exhumée en 2008 dans un livre critique sur Plenel, a refait surface ces derniers jours sur les réseaux sociaux. Contacté par CheckNews, Edwy Plenel, récuse fermement ce texte aujourd’hui qui, selon lui, n’avait rien d’exceptionnel dans l’extrême gauche de l’époque.

Bien cordialement,

Robin A.

Voir par ailleurs:

On the evening of Feb. 10, the living room of Bassem Tamimi’s house in the West Bank village of Nabi Saleh was filled with friends and relatives smoking and sipping coffee, waiting for Bassem to return from prison. His oldest son, Waed, 16, was curled on the couch with his 6-year-old brother, Salam, playing video games on the iPhone that the prime minister of Turkey had given their sister, Ahed. She had been flown to Istanbul to receive an award after photos of her shaking her fist at an armed Israeli soldier won her, at 11, a brief but startling international celebrity. Their brother Abu Yazan, who is 9, was on a tear in the yard, wrestling with an Israeli activist friend of Bassem’s. Nariman, the children’s mother, crouched in a side room, making the final preparations for her husband’s homecoming meal, laughing at the two photographers competing for shots from the narrow doorway as she spread onions onto oiled flatbreads.

On the living-room wall was a “Free Bassem Tamimi” poster, left over from his last imprisonment for helping to organize the village’s weekly protests against the Israeli occupation, which he has done since 2009. He was gone for 13 months that time, then home for 5 before he was arrested again in October. A lot happened during this latest stint: another brief war in Gaza, a vote in the United Nations granting observer statehood to Palestine, the announcement of plans to build 3,400 homes for settlers, an election in Israel. Protests were spreading around the West Bank.

That night, the call came at about 7:30. Twenty people squeezed into three small cars and headed to the village square. More neighbors and cousins arrived on foot. (All of Nabi Saleh’s 550 residents are related by blood or marriage, and nearly all share the surname Tamimi.) Then a dark Ford pulled slowly into the square, and everyone fell silent.

Bassem, who is 45, stepped out of the car, straight-spined, his blue eyes glowing in the lamplight. He seemed a little thinner and grayer than the last time I saw him, in July. He hugged and kissed his eldest son. Ahed was next, then one by one, in silence, Bassem embraced family and friends, Palestinian activists from Ramallah and Jerusalem, Israeli leftists from Tel Aviv. When he had greeted everyone, he walked to the cemetery and stopped in front of the still-unmarked grave of his brother-in-law Rushdie, who was shot by Israeli soldiers in November while Bassem was in prison. He closed his eyes and said a quick prayer before moving on to the tomb of Mustafa Tamimi, who died after being hit in the face by a tear-gas canister in December 2011.

Back at home, Bassem looked dazed. Nariman broke down in his arms and rushed outside to hide her tears. The village was still mourning Rushdie’s death, but the young men couldn’t keep up the solemnity for long. They started with little Hamoudi, the son of Bassem’s cousin, tossing him higher and higher in the air above the yard. They set him down and took turns tossing one another up into the night sky, laughing and shouting as if they never had anything to grieve.

From most south-facing windows in Nabi Saleh, you can see the red roofs of Halamish, the Israeli settlement on the hilltop across the valley. It has been there since 1977, founded by members of the messianic nationalist group Gush Emunim, and growing steadily since on land that once belonged to residents of Nabi Saleh and another Palestinian village. Next to Halamish is an Israeli military base, and in the valley between Nabi Saleh and the settlement, across the highway and up a dirt path, a small freshwater spring, which Palestinians had long called Ein al-Qaws, bubbles out of a low stone cliff. In the summer of 2008, although the land surrounding the spring has for generations belonged to the family of Bashir Tamimi, who is 57, the youth of Halamish began building the first of a series of low pools that collect its waters. Later they added a bench and an arbor for shade. (Years after, the settlers retroactively applied for a building permit, which Israeli authorities refused to issue, ruling that “the applicants did not prove their rights to the relevant land.” Recently, several of the structures have been removed.) When Palestinians came to tend to their crops in the fields beside it, the settlers, villagers said, threatened and threw stones at them.

It took the people of Nabi Saleh more than a year to get themselves organized. In December 2009 they held their first march, protesting not just the loss of the spring but also the entire complex system of control — of permits, checkpoints, walls, prisons — through which Israel maintains its hold on the region. Nabi Saleh quickly became the most spirited of the dozen or so West Bank villages that hold weekly demonstrations against the Israeli occupation. Since the demonstrations began, more than 100 people in the village have been jailed. Nariman told me that by her count, as of February, clashes with the army have caused 432 injuries, more than half to minors. The momentum has been hard to maintain — the weeks go by, and nothing changes for the better — but still, despite the arrests, the injuries and the deaths, every Friday after the midday prayer, the villagers, joined at times by equal numbers of journalists and Israeli and foreign activists, try to march from the center of town to the spring, a distance of perhaps half a mile. And every Friday, Israeli soldiers stop them with some combination of tear gas, rubber-coated bullets, water-cannon blasts of a noxious liquid known as “skunk” and occasionally live fire.

Last summer, I spent three weeks in Nabi Saleh, staying in Bassem and Nariman’s home. When I arrived in June, Bassem had just been released from prison. In March 2011, Israeli soldiers raided the house to arrest him. Among lesser charges, he had been accused in a military court of “incitement,” organizing “unauthorized processions” and soliciting the village youth to throw stones. (In 2010, 99.74 percent of the Palestinians tried in military courts were convicted.) The terms of Bassem’s release forbade him to take part in demonstrations, which are all effectively illegal under Israeli military law, so on the first Friday after I arrived, just after the midday call to prayer, he walked with me only as far as the square, where about 50 villagers had gathered in the shade of an old mulberry tree. They were joined by a handful of Palestinian activists from Ramallah and East Jerusalem, mainly young women; perhaps a dozen college-age European and American activists; a half-dozen Israelis, also mainly women — young anarchists in black boots and jeans, variously pierced. Together they headed down the road, clapping and chanting in Arabic and English. Bassem’s son Abu Yazan, licking a Popsicle, marched at the back of the crowd.

Then there were the journalists, scurrying up hillsides in search of better vantage points. In the early days of the protests, the village teemed with reporters from across the globe, there to document the tiny village’s struggle against the occupation. “Sometimes they come and sometimes they don’t,” Mohammad Tamimi, who is 24 and coordinates the village’s social-media campaign, would tell me later. Events in the Middle East — the revolution in Egypt and civil war in Syria — and the unchanging routine of the weekly marches have made it that much harder to hold the world’s attention. That Friday there was just one Palestinian television crew and a few Israeli and European photographers, the regulars among them in steel helmets.

In the protests’ first year, to make sure that the demonstrations — and the fate of Palestinians living under Israeli occupation — didn’t remain hidden behind the walls and fences that surround the West Bank, Mohammad began posting news to a blog and later a Facebook page (now approaching 4,000 followers) under the name Tamimi Press. Soon Tamimi Press morphed into a homegrown media team: Bilal Tamimi shooting video and uploading protest highlights to his YouTube channel; Helme taking photographs; and Mohammad e-mailing news releases to 500-odd reporters and activists. Manal, who is married to Bilal, supplements the effort with a steady outpouring of tweets (@screamingtamimi).

News of the protests moves swiftly around the globe, bouncing among blogs on the left and right. Left-leaning papers like Britain’s Guardian and Israel’s Haaretz still cover major events in the village — deaths and funerals, Bassem’s arrests and releases — but a right-wing Israeli news site has for the last year begun to recycle the same headline week after week: “Arabs, Leftists Riot in Nabi Saleh.” Meanwhile, a pilgrimage to Nabi Saleh has achieved a measure of cachet among young European activists, the way a stint with the Zapatistas did in Mexico in the 1990s. For a time, Nariman regularly prepared a vegan feast for the exhausted outsiders who lingered after the protests. (Among the first things she asked me when I arrived was whether I was a vegan. Her face brightened when I said no.)

Whatever success they have had in the press, the people of Nabi Saleh are intensely conscious of everything they have not achieved. The occupation, of course, persists. When I arrived in June, the demonstrators had not once made it to the spring. Usually they didn’t get much past the main road, where they would turn and find the soldiers waiting around the bend. That week though, they decided to cut straight down the hillside toward the spring. Bashir led the procession, waving a flag. As usual, Israeli Army jeeps were waiting below the spring. The four soldiers standing outside them looked confused — it seemed they hadn’t expected the protesters to make it so far. The villagers marched past them to the spring, where they surprised three settlers eating lunch in the shade, still wet from a dip in one of the pools. One wore only soggy briefs and a rifle slung over his chest.

The kids raced past. The grown-ups filed in, chatting and smoking. More soldiers arrived in body armor, carrying rifles and grenade launchers. Waed and Abu Yazan kicked a soccer ball until a boy spotted a bright orange carp in one of the pools and Abu Yazan and others tried to catch it with their bare hands, splashing until the water went cloudy and the carp disappeared.

Four settlers appeared on the ledge above the spring, young men in sunglasses and jeans, one of them carrying an automatic rifle. Beside me, a sturdy, bald officer from the Israel Defense Forces argued with an Israeli protester. “I let you come,” the officer insisted. “Now you have to go.”

The children piled onto the swing the settlers had built and swung furiously, singing. A young settler argued with the I.D.F. officer, insisting that he clear the protesters away.

“What difference does 10 minutes make?” the officer said.

“Every 10 seconds makes a difference,” the settler answered.

But before their 10 minutes were up, one hour after they arrived, the villagers gathered the children and left as they had come, clapping and chanting, their defiance buoyed by joy. For the first time in two and a half years, they had made it to the spring.

They headed back along the highway, which meant they would have to pass the road leading to Halamish. Ahed, her blond hair in a long braid, clutched a cousin at the front of the procession. As they approached the road, a border-police officer tossed a stun grenade — a device that makes a loud bang and a flash but theoretically, at least, causes no bodily harm — at Ahed’s feet, and then another, and another. Within a few seconds, the marchers were racing up the hill back toward their village, tear-gas grenades streaking through the sky above their heads.

On warm summer evenings, life in Nabi Saleh could feel almost idyllic. Everyone knows everyone. Children run in laughing swarms from house to house. One night, Bassem and Nariman sat outside sharing a water pipe as Nariman read a translated Dan Brown novel and little Salam pranced gleefully about, announcing, “I am Salam, and life is beautiful!”

Bassem is employed by the Palestinian Authority’s Interior Ministry in a department charged with approving entrance visas for Palestinians living abroad. In practice, he said, P.A. officials “have no authority” — the real decisions are made in Israel and passed to the P.A. for rubber-stamping. Among other things, this meant that Bassem rarely had to report to his office in Ramallah, leaving his days free to care for his ailing mother — she died several weeks after I left the village last summer — and strategizing on the phone, meeting international visitors and talking to me over many cups of strong, unsweetened coffee. We would talk in the living room, over the hum of an Al Jazeera newscast. A framed image of Jerusalem’s Al Aqsa Mosque hung above the television (more out of nationalist pride than piety: Bassem’s outlook was thoroughly secular).

Though many people in Nabi Saleh have been jailed, only Bassem was declared a “prisoner of conscience” by Amnesty International. Foreign diplomats attended his court hearings in 2011. Bassem’s charisma surely has something to do with the attention. A strange, radiant calm seemed to hover around him. He rarely smiled, and tended to drop weighty pronouncements (“Our destiny is to resist”) in ordinary speech, but I saw his reserve crumble whenever one of his children climbed into his lap.

When Israeli forces occupied the West Bank in 1967, Bassem was 10 weeks old. His mother hid with him in a cave until the fighting ended. He remembers playing in the abandoned British police outpost that is now the center of the I.D.F. base next to Halamish, and accompanying the older kids who took their sheep to pasture on the hilltop where the settlement now stands. His mother went to the spring for water every day. The settlers arrived when he was 9.

Halamish is now fully established and cozier than most gated communities in the United States. Behind the razor wire and chain-link perimeter fence, past the gate and the armed guard, there are playgrounds, a covered pool, a community center and amphitheater, a clinic, a library, a school and several synagogues. The roads are well paved and lined with flowers, the yards lush with lemon trees. Halamish now functions as a commuter suburb; many of the residents work in white-collar jobs in Tel Aviv or Modi’in. The settlement’s population has grown to more than double that of Nabi Saleh.

I first met Shifra Blass, the spokeswoman for Halamish, in 2010. She talked about how empty the West Bank — she used the biblical name, Judea and Samaria — was when she and her husband emigrated from the U.S. in the early 1970s, intent on establishing a Jewish presence in a land they believed had been promised to them. Relations with the surrounding villages, she told me, had remained cordial, friendly even, until the first intifada. (When I asked people in Nabi Saleh about this, no one remembered it that way.) During the second intifada, three residents of the settlement, Blass said, were killed by gunfire on nearby roads. They weren’t near the village, but attitudes hardened.

When I visited her again last month, she was not eager to talk to me about the conflict over the spring and the lands surrounding it. “We want to live our lives and not spend time on it,” Blass said. She dismissed the weekly demonstrations as the creation of “outside agitators who come here and stir the pot — internationalists, anarchists, whatever.” It was all a show, she said, theater for a gullible news media. “I’ll tell you something: it’s unpleasant.” On Fridays, she said, the wind sometimes carries the tear gas across the valley into the settlement. “We have some grown children who say they cannot come home from university for Shabbat because of the tear gas. They call and say, ‘Tell me how bad it is, because if it’s really bad, I’m not coming.’ ”

When the first intifada broke out in late 1987, Nabi Saleh was, as it is now, a flash point. The road that passes between the village and the settlement connects the central West Bank to Tel Aviv: a simple barricade could halt the flow of Palestinian laborers into Israel. Bassem was one of the main Fatah youth activists for the region, organizing the strikes, boycotts and demonstrations that characterized that uprising. (Nabi Saleh is solidly loyal to Fatah, the secular nationalist party that rules the West Bank; Hamas, the militant Islamist movement that governs Gaza, has its supporters elsewhere in the West Bank but has never had a foothold in the village.) He would be jailed seven times during the intifada and, he says, was never charged with a crime. Before his most recent arrest, I asked him how much time he had spent in prison. He added up the months: “Around four years.”

After one arrest in 1993, Bassem told me, an Israeli interrogator shook him with such force that he fell into a coma for eight days. He has a nickel-size scar on his temple from emergency brain surgery during that time. His sister died while he was in prison. She was struck by a soldier and fell down a flight of courthouse stairs, according to her son Mahmoud, who was with her to attend the trial of his brother. (The I.D.F. did not comment on this allegation.)

Bassem nonetheless speaks of those years, as many Palestinians his age do, with something like nostalgia. The first intifada broke out spontaneously — it started in Gaza with a car accident, when an Israeli tank transporter killed four Palestinian laborers. The uprising was, initially, an experience of solidarity on a national scale. Its primary weapons were the sort that transform weakness into strength: the stone, the barricade, the boycott, the strike. The Israeli response to the revolt — in 1988, Defense Minister Yitzhak Rabin reportedly authorized soldiers to break the limbs of unarmed demonstrators — began tilting international public opinion toward the Palestinian cause for the first time in decades. By the uprising’s third year, however, power had shifted to the P.L.O. hierarchy. The first Bush administration pushed Israel to negotiate, leading eventually to the 1993 Oslo Accord, which created the Palestinian Authority as an interim body pending a “final status” agreement.

But little was resolved in Oslo. A second intifada erupted in 2000, at first mostly following the model set by the earlier uprising. Palestinians blocked roads and threw stones. The I.D.F. took over a house in Nabi Saleh. Children tossed snakes, scorpions and what Bassem euphemistically called “wastewater” through the windows. The soldiers withdrew. Then came the heavy wave of suicide bombings, which Bassem termed “the big mistake.” An overwhelming majority of Israeli casualties during the uprising occurred in about 100 suicide attacks, most against civilians. A bombing at one Tel Aviv disco in 2001 killed 21 teenagers. “Politically, we went backward,” Bassem said. Much of the international good will gained over the previous decade was squandered. Taking up arms wasn’t, for Bassem, a moral error so much as a strategic one. He and everyone else I spoke with in the village insisted they had the right to armed resistance; they just don’t think it works. Bassem could reel off a list of Nabi Saleh’s accomplishments. Of some — Nabi Saleh, he said, had more advanced degrees than any village — he was simply proud. Others — one of the first military actions after Oslo, the first woman to participate in a suicide attack — involved more complicated emotions.

In 1993, Bassem told me, his cousin Said Tamimi killed a settler near Ramallah. Eight years later, another villager, Ahlam Tamimi escorted a bomber to a Sbarro pizzeria in Jerusalem. Fifteen people were killed, eight of them minors. Ahlam, who now lives in exile in Jordan, and Said, who is in prison in Israel, remain much-loved in Nabi Saleh. Though everyone I spoke with in the village appeared keenly aware of the corrosive effects of violence — “This will kill the children,” Manal said, “to think about hatred and revenge” — they resented being asked to forswear bloodshed when it was so routinely visited upon them. Said, Manal told me, “lost his father, uncle, aunt, sister — they were all killed. How can you blame him?”

The losses of the second intifada were enormous. Nearly 5,000 Palestinians and more than 1,000 Israelis died. Israeli assassination campaigns and the I.D.F.’s siege of West Bank cities left the Palestinian leadership decimated and discouraged. By the end of 2005, Yasir Arafat was dead, Israel had pulled its troops and settlers out of Gaza and the Palestinian Authority president, Mahmoud Abbas, had reached a truce with Prime Minister Ariel Sharon. The uprising sputtered out. The economy was ruined, Gaza and the West Bank were more isolated from each other than ever, and Palestinians were divided, defeated and exhausted.

But in 2003, while the intifada was still raging, Bassem and others from Nabi Saleh began attending demonstrations in Budrus, 20 minutes away. Budrus was in danger of being cut off from the rest of the West Bank by Israel’s planned separation barrier, the concrete and chain-link divide that snakes along the border and in many places juts deeply into Palestinian territory. Residents began demonstrating. Foreign and Israeli activists joined the protests. Fatah and Hamas loyalists marched side by side. The Israeli Army responded aggressively: at times with tear gas, beatings and arrests; at times with live ammunition. Palestinians elsewhere were fighting with Kalashnikovs, but the people of Budrus decided, said Ayed Morrar, an old friend of Bassem’s who organized the movement there, that unarmed resistance “would stress the occupation more.”

The strategy appeared to work. After 55 demonstrations, the Israeli government agreed to shift the route of the barrier to the so-called 1967 green line. The tactic spread to other villages: Biddu, Ni’lin, Al Ma’asara and in 2009, Nabi Saleh. Together they formed what is known as the “popular resistance,” a loosely coordinated effort that has maintained what has arguably been the only form of active and organized resistance to the Israeli presence in the West Bank since the end of the second intifada in 2005. Nabi Saleh, Bassem hoped, could model a form of resistance for the rest of the West Bank. The goal was to demonstrate that it was still possible to struggle and to do so without taking up arms, so that when the spark came, if it came, resistance might spread as it had during the first intifada. “If there is a third intifada,” he said, “we want to be the ones who started it.”

Bassem saw three options. “To be silent is to accept the situation,” he said, “and we don’t accept the situation.” Fighting with guns and bombs could only bring catastrophe. Israel was vastly more powerful, he said. “But by popular resistance, we can push its power aside.”

As small as the demonstrations were, they appeared to create considerable anxiety in Israel. Paul Hirschson, a spokesman for the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, told me that while the West Bank demonstrations do not pose an “existential threat” to Israel, they “certainly could be more problematic in the short term” than a conventional armed revolt. Eytan Buchman, a spokesman for the I.D.F., took issue with the idea that the weekly protests were a form of nonviolent resistance. In an e-mail he described the protests as “violent and illegal rioting that take place around Judea and Samaria, and where large rocks, Molotov cocktails, improvised grenades and burning tires are used against security forces. Dubbing these simply demonstrations is an understatement — more than 200 security-force personnel have been injured in recent years at these riots.” (Molotov cocktails are sometimes thrown at protests at the checkpoints of Beitunia and Kalandia but never, Bassem said, in Nabi Saleh.) Buchman said that the I.D.F. “employs an array of tactics as part of an overall strategy intended to curb these riots and the ensuing acts of violence.” He added that “every attempt is made to minimize physical friction and risk of casualties” among both the I.D.F. and the “rioters.”

One senior military commander, who would agree to be interviewed only on the condition that his name not be used, told me: “When the second intifada broke out, it was very difficult, but it was very easy to understand what we had to do. You have the enemy, he shoots at you, you have to kill him.” Facing down demonstrators armed with slings and stones or with nothing at all is less clear-cut. “As an Israeli citizen,” the commander said, “I prefer stones. As a professional military officer, I prefer to meet tanks and troops.”

But armies, by their nature, have one default response to opposition: force. One soldier who served in Nabi Saleh testified to the Israeli veterans’ group Breaking the Silence about preparing for Friday protests. “It’s like some kind of game,” he said. “Everyone wants to arm themselves with as much ammo as possible. . . . You have lots of stun grenades . . . so they’re thrown for the sake of throwing, at people who are not suspected of anything. And in the end, you tell your friend at the Friday-night dinner table: ‘Wow! I fired this much.’ ”

According to a leaked 2010 U.S. State Department memo, Maj. Gen. Avi Mizrahi of Israel “expressed frustration” with the West Bank protests to American diplomats, and “warned that the I.D.F. will start to be more assertive in how it deals with these demonstrations, even demonstrations that appear peaceful.” The memo concluded that “less-violent demonstrations are likely to stymie the I.D.F.,” citing the Israeli Defense Ministry policy chief Amos Gilad’s admission to U.S. officials, “We don’t do Gandhi very well.”

Sagi Tal, a former I.D.F. soldier, who was stationed near the villages of Bil’in and Ni’lin, which also held weekly demonstrations, explained to me that his unit sometimes conducted night raids to gather intelligence or make arrests and sometimes simply so “that they should feel that we are here and we are watching them.”

After dinner one Sunday, Nariman put on a DVD shot both by her and Bilal, the village videographer. (“From the beginning,” Bilal told me at the march on the previous Friday, filming calmly as tear-gas grenades landed all around us, “we decided that the media is the most important thing in the popular resistance.”) We watched a clip shot in the house in which we sat: soldiers banged on the door late at night; they rifled through the boys’ room as Salam and Abu Yazan cowered beneath the covers and Nariman yelled in Arabic: “What manliness this is! What a proud army you’re part of!” The soldiers confiscated a gas mask, two computers, Waed’s camera and two of his schoolbooks — geography and Palestinian history. (In an e-mail, an I.D.F. spokesman described such night raids as “pre-emptive measures, taken in order to assure the security and stability in the area.”)

We watched footage of Nariman being arrested with Bilal’s wife, Manal, early in 2010. Soldiers had fired tear gas into Manal’s house, Nariman explained. Manal ran in to fetch her children, and when she came out, a soldier ordered her back in. She refused, so they arrested her. Nariman tried to intervene, and they arrested her too. They spent 10 days in prisons where, they say, they were beaten repeatedly, strip-searched and held for two days without food before each was dumped at the side of a road. (The I.D.F.’s Buchman said, “No exceptional incidents were recorded during these arrests.” He added that no complaints were filed with military authorities.)

We watched a clip of crying children being passed from a gas-filled room out a second-story window, down a human ladder to the street. Early on, the villagers took all the children to one house during demonstrations, but when the soldiers began firing gas grenades into homes, the villagers decided it was safer to let them join the protests. We watched footage of a soldier dragging a 9-year-old boy in the street, of another soldier striking Manal’s 70-year-old mother. Finally, Nariman shook her head and turned off the disc player. “Glee” was on.

One Friday, shortly after the marchers had barricaded the road with boulders and burning tires in order to keep the army out of the village center, a white truck sped around the bend, a jet of liquid arcing from the water cannon mounted on its cab. Someone yelled, “Skunk!” and everyone bolted. Skunk water smells like many things, but mainly it smells like feces. Nariman wasn’t fast enough. A blast of skunk knocked her off her feet. Moments later, she was standing defiantly, letting the cannon soak her and waving a Palestinian flag at the truck’s grated windshield. An hour or so later, smelling of skunk and shampoo, she was serving tea to a dozen protesters.

Every Friday was a little different. Some demonstrations were short and others almost endless. Some were comic, others not at all. Some days the I.D.F. entered the village, and others they stuck to the hills. Sometimes they made arrests. The basic structure, though, varied little week to week: a few minutes of marching, tear gas fired, then hours of the village youth — the shebab, they’re called — throwing stones while dodging tear-gas canisters and rubber-coated bullets until the sun set and everyone went home. Or failed to make it home.

It was strange, asymmetric combat: a few dozen masked shebab ranging in age from 8 to 38, armed with slings and stones, against 20 or more soldiers in armored vehicles and on foot, dressed in helmets and body armor, toting radios and automatic weapons. The shebab put a great deal of thought into tactics, trying to flank and surprise the soldiers. But even when their plans were perfectly executed, they could not do much more than irritate their enemies. The soldiers, though, would inevitably respond with more sophisticated weaponry, which would motivate the shebab to gather more stones Friday after Friday despite — and because of — the fact that nothing ever seemed to change, for the better at least.

I asked one of the boys why he threw stones, knowing how futile it was. “I want to help my country and my village, and I can’t,” he said. “I can just throw stones.”

“We see our stones as our message,” Bassem explained. The message they carried, he said, was “We don’t accept you.” While Bassem spoke admiringly of Mahatma Gandhi, he didn’t worry over whether stone-throwing counted as violence. The question annoyed him: Israel uses far greater and more lethal force on a regular basis, he pointed out, without being asked to clarify its attitude toward violence. If the loincloth functioned as the sign of Gandhi’s resistance, of India’s nakedness in front of British colonial might, Bassem said, “Our sign is the stone.” The weekly clashes with the I.D.F. were hence in part symbolic. The stones were not just flinty yellow rocks, but symbols of defiance, of a refusal to submit to occupation, regardless of the odds. The army’s weapons bore messages of their own: of economic and technological power, of international support. More than one resident of Nabi Saleh reminded me that the tear gas used there is made by a company based in Pennsylvania.

One afternoon, I visited the family of Mustafa Tamimi, who was 28 when he died in December 2011 after being shot at close range with a tear-gas canister from the back of an Israeli Army jeep. (An I.D.F. investigation concluded, according to Buchman, that when the soldier fired the canister “his field of vision was obscured.”) The walls were covered with framed photos: an action shot of Mustafa in profile, his face behind a red Spider-Man mask as he slung a stone at soldiers outside the frame.

In the weeks before her son’s death, Ekhlas, his mother, told me that soldiers had twice come to the house looking for him. When she got a call that Friday asking her to bring Mustafa’s ID to the watchtower, she thought he’d been arrested, “like all the other times.” Beside me, Bahaa, a tall young man who was Mustafa’s best friend, scrolled through photos on a laptop, switching back and forth between a shot of Mustafa falling to the ground a few feet behind an I.D.F. jeep, and another, taken moments later, of his crushed and bloody face.

Ekhlas told me about a dream she’d had. Mustafa was standing on the roof, wearing his red mask. There were soldiers in the distance. She called to him: “Mustafa, come down! Everyone thinks you are dead — it’s better that they don’t see you.”

He turned to her, she said, and told her: “No. I’m standing here so that they will see me.”

“This is the worst time for us,” Bassem confided to me last summer. He meant not just that the villagers have less to show for their sacrifices each week, but that things felt grim outside the village too. Everyone I spoke with who was old enough to remember agreed that conditions for Palestinians are far worse now than they were before the first intifada. The checkpoints, the raids, the permit system, add up to more daily humiliation than Palestinians have ever faced. The number of Israeli settlers living in the West Bank has more than tripled since the Oslo Accords. Assaults on Palestinians by settlers are so common that they rarely made the news. The resistance, though, remained limited to a few scattered villages like Nabi Saleh and a small urban youth movement.

I sat down one afternoon in Ramallah with Samir Shehadeh, a former literature professor from Nabi Saleh who was one of the intellectual architects of the first intifada and whom I met several times at Bassem’s house. I reminded him of the car accident that ignited the first uprising and asked what kind of spark it would take to mobilize Palestinians to fight again. “The situation is 1,000 times worse,” he said. “There are thousands of possible sparks,” and still nothing has happened.

In the 1980s, youth organizers like Bassem focused on volunteer work: helping farmers in the fields, educating their children. They built trust and established the social networks that would later allow the resistance to coordinate its actions without waiting for orders from above. Those networks no longer exist. Instead there’s the Palestinian Authority. Immediately after the first Oslo Accord in 1993, the scholar Edward Said predicted that “the P.L.O. will . . . become Israel’s enforcer.” Oslo gave birth to a phantom state, an extensive but largely impotent administrative apparatus, with Israel remaining in effective control of the Palestine Authority’s finances, its borders, its water resources — of every major and many minor aspects of Palestinian life. More gallingly to many, Oslo, in Said’s words, gave “official Palestinian consent to continued occupation,” creating a local elite whose privilege depends on the perpetuation of the status quo.

That elite lives comfortably within the so-called “Ramallah bubble”: the bright and relatively carefree world of cafes, NGO salaries and imported goods that characterize life in the West Bank’s provisional capital. During the day, the clothing shops and fast-food franchises are filled. New high-rises are going up everywhere. “I didn’t lose my sister and my cousin and part of my life,” Bassem said, “for the sons of the ministers” to drive expensive cars.

Worse than any corruption, though, was the apparent normalcy. Settlements are visible on the neighboring hilltops, but there are no checkpoints inside Ramallah. The I.D.F. only occasionally enters the city, and usually only at night. Few Palestinians still work inside Israel, and not many can scrape a living from the fields. For the thousands of waiters, clerks, engineers, warehouse workers, mechanics and bureaucrats who spend their days in the city and return to their villages every evening, Ramallah — which has a full-time population of less than 100,000 — holds out the possibility of forgetting the occupation and pursuing a career, saving up for a car, sending the children to college.

But the checkpoints, the settlements and the soldiers are waiting just outside town, and the illusion of normalcy made Nabi Saleh’s task more difficult. If Palestinians believed they could live better by playing along, who would bother to fight? When Bassem was jailed in decades past, he said, prisoners were impatient to get out and resume their struggles. This time, he ran into old friends who couldn’t understand why he was still fighting instead of making money off the spoils of the occupation. “They said to me: ‘You’re smart — why are you doing this? Don’t you learn?’ ”

At times the Palestinian Authority acts as a more immediate obstacle to resistance. Shortly after the protests began in Nabi Saleh, Bassem was contacted by P.A. security officials. The demonstrations were O.K., he said they told him, as long as they didn’t cross into areas in which the P.A. has jurisdiction — as long, that is, as they did not force the P.A. to take a side, to either directly challenge the Israelis or repress their own people. (A spokesman for the Palestinian security forces, Gen. Adnan Damiri, denied this and said that the Palestinian Authority fully supports all peaceful demonstrations.) In Hebron, P.A. forces have stopped protesters from marching into the Israeli-controlled sector of the city. “This isn’t collaboration,” an I.D.F. spokesman, who would only talk to me on the condition that he not be named, assured me.“Israel has a set of interests, the P.A. has a set of interests and those interests happen to overlap.”

Bassem saw no easy way to break the torpor and ignite a more widespread popular resistance. “They have the power,” he said of the P.A., “more than the Israelis, to stop us.” The Palestinian Authority employs 160,000 Palestinians, which means it controls the livelihoods of about a quarter of West Bank households. One night I asked Bassem and Bilal, who works for the Ministry of Public Health, how many people in Nabi Saleh depend on P.A. salaries. It took them a few minutes to add up the names. “Let’s say two-thirds of the village,” Bilal concluded.

Last summer, my final Friday in Nabi Saleh was supposed to be a short day. One of the shebab was getting engaged to a girl from a neighboring village, and everyone planned to attend the betrothal ceremony. The demonstration would end at 3.

Four armored cars waited at the bend in the road, the skunk truck idling behind them. Manal pointed to the civilian policemen accompanying the soldiers. “There is a new policy that they can arrest internationals,” she explained. Earlier that month, as part of the effort to combat what Israelis call the “internationalization” of the conflict, the defense forces issued an order authorizing Israeli immigration police to arrest foreigners in the West Bank.

About half the marchers headed down the hillside. Soldiers waiting below arrested four Israelis and detained Bashir, the owner of the land around the spring. Everyone cheered as Mohammad raced uphill, outrunning the soldiers. (Three months later they would catch up to him in a night raid on his father’s house. He was imprisoned until late December.) I saw Nariman standing in the road with a Scottish woman. I walked over. Two soldiers grabbed the Scottish protester. Two more took me by the arms, pulled me to a jeep and shoved me in. I showed my press card to the driver. His expression didn’t change. Two frightened young women, both British, were already locked inside. After almost an hour, the soldiers brought a Swede and an Italian who had been hiding in the convenience-store bathroom. More soldiers piled in. I showed one my press card and asked if he understood that I was a journalist. He nodded. Finally, the driver pulled onto the road. As we passed the gas station, the shebab ran after us.

“They were so beautiful a few minutes ago, right?” the soldier beside me said as the shebab’s stones clanged against the jeep. “They were so cute.”

They drove us to the old British police station in the I.D.F. base in Halamish. While I was sitting on a bench, an I.D.F. spokesman called my cellphone to inform me that no journalists with press cards had been detained in Nabi Saleh. I disagreed. (The next day, according to Agence France-Presse, the I.D.F. denied I had been arrested.) A half-hour later, an officer escorted me to the gate.

As I walked back to Nabi Saleh, the road was empty, but the air was still peppery with tear gas. I made it back in time for the engagement party and flew home the next day. The five activists detained with me were deported. Two nights after I left, soldiers raided Bassem’s house. The following week, they raided the village five days in a row.

This past October, the popular resistance movement began to shift tactics, trying to break the routine of weekly demonstrations. They blocked a settler road west of Ramallah, and the following week staged a protest inside an Israeli-owned supermarket in the settlement industrial zone of Shaar Binyamin. Bassem was arrested outside the market — soldiers grabbed at Nariman and dragged Bassem off when he stepped forward to put his arms around her. Less than two weeks later, Waed was arrested at a Friday demonstration. Soldiers beat him, he said, “with their fists and their rifles.” When he appeared in court, Waed was still bruised. The judge threw out the charges. But while he was detained, he was in the same prison as his father and saw him briefly there. “When I said goodbye to him,” Waed told me with obvious pride, “he had tears in his eyes. I was stronger than him.”

On the day of Waed’s arrest, a camera caught Ahed shaking her fist, demanding that soldiers tell her where they were taking her brother. The Internet took over: video of the tiny, bare-armed blond girl facing down a soldier went viral. She and Nariman were invited to Istanbul, where, to their surprise, Nariman said, they were greeted at the airport by dozens of children wearing T-shirts printed with Ahed’s photo. They drove past billboards displaying Ahed’s image. Reporters followed them everywhere. Crowds gathered when they walked in the streets. They were taken to Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan in the southeastern city of Urfa, Nariman said, and flew back with him to Istanbul on his plane.

Not everyone reacted so enthusiastically. One right-wing blogger dubbed Ahed “Shirley Temper.” The Israeli news site Ynet took the images as evidence that “Palestinian protesters use children to needle I.D.F. soldiers in the hope of provoking a violent response.”

In mid-November, Israeli rockets began falling on Gaza. Protests spread throughout the West Bank. “We thought it was the start of the third intifada,” Manal told me. The demonstrations in Nabi Saleh stretched beyond their usual Friday-evening terminus. One Saturday in November, Nariman’s brother Rushdie — who worked as a policeman near Ramallah and was rarely home on Fridays — joined the shebab on the hill. He was standing beside Waed when he was hit by a rubber-coated bullet. Then the soldiers began shooting live ammunition, but Rushdie was hurt and couldn’t run. As he lay on the ground, a soldier shot him in the back from a few meters away. Nariman ran to the hillside with her video camera and found her brother lying wounded. “I wanted to attack the soldier and die with Rushdie right there, but I knew I had to be stronger than that,” Nariman said. “Why is it required of me to be more humane than they are?” Rushdie, who was 31, died two days later. An I.D.F. investigation found that soldiers fired 80 shots of live ammunition and neglected to “control the fire.” The unit’s commander was reportedly relieved of his command.

When the fighting stopped in Gaza, the protests in the West Bank ceased. I went back to Nabi Saleh in January, three weeks before Bassem was expected home. The village seemed listless and depressed, as if everyone were convinced of the futility of continuing. On my first Friday back, the demonstration ended early: the shebab had a soccer match in another village. It rained the next week, and everyone went home after an hour. “We are still living the shock of Rushdie’s killing,” Mohammad told me.

Elsewhere in the West Bank, though, momentum was building. In late November, Netanyahu announced plans to build 3,400 settlement units in an area known as E1, effectively cutting off Jerusalem from the West Bank. Just before I arrived in January, popular-resistance activists tried something new, erecting a tent “village” called Bab al-Shams in E1, symbolically appropriating the methods of land confiscation employed by settlers. “The time has come now to change the rules of the game,” the organizers wrote in a news release, “for us to establish facts on the ground — our own land.” The numbers were relatively small — about 250 people took part, including Nariman and a few others from Nabi Saleh — and, on direct orders from Netanyahu, soldiers evicted everyone two days later, but the movement was once again making headlines around the globe. Copycat encampments went up all over the West Bank — some in areas where the popular resistance had not previously been active.

The day after his release, Bassem told me that even sitting in prison he had felt “a sense of joy” when he learned about Bab al-Shams. The popular resistance was finally spreading beyond the village demonstrations. “We have to create a sense of renewal,” he said, “not only in Nabi Saleh but on a larger scale.” The village’s losses — and his own — he acknowledged, were daunting. “The price is now higher,” he said, but “if we don’t continue, it would mean that the occupation has succeeded.” It would take constant creativity, he said, to hold onto the momentum. He didn’t know what it would look like yet, but just talking about it seemed to add inches to his height.

Within days, thousands of Palestinians would protest around the West Bank, first in solidarity with prisoners on hunger strikes to demand an end to the indefinite detention of Palestinians without trial, later in outrage at the death of a 30-year-old prisoner named Arafat Jaradat. Once again, the words “third intifada” were buzzing through the press. Avi Dichter, the head of Israeli domestic security during the second intifada and the current minister of Home Front Defense, cautioned in a radio interview that an “incorrect response by the security forces” might push the protests into full-out revolt.

When I saw Bassem in February, I asked him whether he was worried that the uprising might finally arrive at Nabi Saleh’s moment of greatest self-doubt, that it might catch the village drowsing. “It doesn’t matter who is resisting,” he said. “What’s important is that they are resisting.”

On the last Friday I was there, the wind was against the demonstrators. Nearly every grenade the soldiers fired, regardless of how far away it landed, blew a cloud of gas up the road right at them. A dozen or so villagers watched the clashes from the relative safety of the hillside. Bassem’s cousin Naji was sitting on a couch cushion. Mahmoud, Bassem’s nephew, poured coffee into clear plastic cups. Bright red poppies dotted the hill between the rocks. The way was clear, but no one tried to walk down to the spring.

When the demonstration seemed over, I trekked back to the village with a young Israeli in a black “Anarchy Is for Lovers” T-shirt. He told me about his childhood on a kibbutz bordering the Gaza Strip. His parents were “right-wing Zionists,” he said, “hard-core.” They didn’t talk to him anymore. A group of soldiers appeared behind us, and we ducked into Nariman’s yard as they tossed a few stun grenades over the wall. Later that evening, at Naji’s house, I watched Bilal’s video of the same soldiers as they strolled down the drive, lobbing tear-gas grenades until they reached their jeeps. They piled in and closed the armored doors. One door opened a crack. A hand emerged. It tossed one last grenade toward the camera. Gas streamed out, the door closed and the jeep sped off down the road.


Désinformation: Le Monde redécouvre l’enjuivement du monde (When in doubt, blame the Jews: 40 years after Entebbe, Le Monde rediscovers the good old blame-the-victim game)

6 décembre, 2016
Un soldat israélien, le 24 août, dans le village de Madama près de Naplouse.Le salut vient des Juifs. Jésus (Jean 4:22)
D’abord ils sont venus (…) pour les Juifs, mais je n’ai rien dit parce que je n’étais pas juif … Martin Niemöller
J’ai une prémonition qui ne me quittera pas: ce qui adviendra d’Israël sera notre sort à tous. Si Israël devait périr, l’holocauste fondrait sur nous. Eric Hoffer
Certains trouvent encore intolérable d’admettre que le peuple juif se soit trouvé, à trois reprises, plus ou moins volontairement, un élément essentiel au patrimoine de l’humanité: le monothéisme, le marché et les lieux saints. Car il n’est pas faux de dire, même si c’est schématique, que les juifs ont été mis en situation d’avoir à prêter aux deux autres monothéismes, et à les partager avec eux, leur dieu, leur argent et leurs lieux saints. Et comme la meilleure façon de ne pas rembourser un créancier, c’est de le diaboliser et de l’éliminer, ceux qui, dans le christianisme et l’islam, n’acceptent toujours pas cette dette à l’égard du judaïsme, se sont, à intervalles réguliers, acharnés à le détruire, attendant pour recommencer que le souvenir de l’élimination précédente se soit estompé. Jacques Attali
Les pilotes français s’étaient liés d’amitié aux pilotes israéliens qui avaient appris en même temps qu’eux, dans les mêmes écoles, à piloter des Mirages. L’armée française a toujours éprouvé un sentiment d’hostilité envers les Arabes. Ce sentiment, qui survit encore aujourd’hui, est beaucoup plus ancien que la sanglante aventure de l’indépendance algérienne. Comme le souligne l’hebdomadaire parisien, le Nouvel Observateur : ‘L’armée française est unanimement et totalement pro-Israël, et il est évident que les souvenirs de Suez et d’Algérie ne sont pas étrangers à cet état de chose. Mais il y a plus que cela. Il y a une immense admiration pour la technologie avancée de ce pays, sa faculté d’adaptation, son efficacité et le niveau intellectuel de ses officiers. Il y a une grande admiration pour son courage et son esprit de sacrifice à la cause de la nation. L’armée française n’a jamais adhéré aux termes de l’embargo de 1967.’ « Le président de Gaulle sentit la vague d’hostilité qui se développait à tous les niveaux de ses forces armées. Il s’en plaignit amèrement lors du Conseil des ministres du 7 janvier 1969 : « Notre armée s’est enjuivée », déclara-t-il. Dennis Eisenberg, Uri Dan, Eli Landa (Mossad, Les services secrets israéliens, 1977)
Que feraient les Israéliens et Margaret Thatcher dans un pareil cas ? Jacques Chirac
[Comment saviez-vous que c’étaient les Israéliens qui venaient vous libérer ?] Et qui d’autre vouliez-vous que cela fût ?  Michel Bacos (commandant de l’Airbus d’Air France, Entebbe, 1976)
Championnat du terrorisme, Israël en tête  ! Libération
Israël attaque l’Ouganda L’Humanité
…Lorsque l’Occident développé applaudit, l’Afrique, elle, se réveille humiliée. Israël risque d’y perdre ses dernières amitiés africaines. Le « Blanc » a donné une gifle au tiers monde (…) Reste à savoir maintenant si l’action israélienne portera un coup d’arrêt aux prises d’otages internationales. Les optimistes le pensent. Les pessimistes craignent au contraire que, la prochaine fois, les pirates de l’air, instruits par l’expérience d’Entebbe, ne soient plus rapides et radicaux. Un journal du Koweït écrivait, dès mardi, que le commando de l’« Airbus » avait fait preuve d’une mollesse, qui lui avait retiré toute crédibilité. Les Israéliens, eux, estiment, comme les « chasseurs de pirates » du XIXe, qu’ils ont plus que jamais le droit de poursuite…Ils risquent de se retrouver plus seuls encore et d’être entraînés dans l’engrenage des « missions impossibles » – qu’ils réussiront jusqu’à quand ? » Hervé Chabalier (Le Nouvel Observateur, 12 juillet 1976)
…Les cris de joie, l’allégresse et l’hystérie collective des foules israéliennes ont peut-être permis provisoirement de colmater les profondes lézardes d’une classe dirigeante dont le désarroi était patent, mais ils sont, assurément, annonciateurs d’une violence accrue. Le recours désespéré aux détournements d’avion, condamné explicitement par l’O.L.P., ne saurait justifier, en dépit des problèmes politiques et humains angoissants qu’il pose, la légitimation pour les États, sous le couvert de la « lutte contre le terrorisme », d’un terrorisme « officiel » et de la politique du « coup de main ». En se plaçant sur le terrain même des détourneurs d’avions, mais avec des moyens incomparablement plus puissants, les « commandos » israéliens ont ainsi fait plusieurs dizaines de victimes qui auraient pu être épargnées mais ils ont surtout, ajouté un nouvel épisode à la liste des violations territoriales et des abus de puissance commis au nom de la « protection des ressortissants civils » et du « droit de suite ». Ces prétextes si souvent invoqués pour justifier les pires exactions coloniales. Afrique-Asie (France, 12 au 25 juillet 1976)
Mais pourquoi n’appelle-t-on pas ce mur, qui sépare les Gazaouites de leurs frères égyptiens « mur de la honte » ou « de l’apartheid »? Liliane Messika
After all, this barrier, although built by Mr. Sharon, was birthed by « shaheeds, » suicide bombers whom Palestinian leaders have glorified as martyrs. Qassam missiles can kill two or three people at a time. Suicide bombers lay waste to many more. Since the barrier went up, suicide attacks have plunged, which means innocent Arab lives have been spared along with Jewish ones. Does a concrete effort to save civilian lives justify the hardship posed by this structure? The humanitarian in me bristles, but ultimately answers yes. (…) I reflected on this question as I observed an Israeli Army jeep patrol the gap in Abu Dis. The vehicle was crammed with soldiers who, in turn, observed me filming the anti-Israel graffiti scrawled by Western activists — « Scotland hates the blood-sucking Zionists! » I turned my video camera on the soldiers. Nobody ordered me to shut it off or show the tape. My Arab taxi driver stood by, unprotected by a diplomatic license plate or press banner. Like all Muslims, I look forward to the day when neither the jeep nor the wall is in Abu Dis. So will we tell the self-appointed martyrs of Islam that the people — not just Arabs, but Arabs and Jews — « are one »? That before the barrier, there was the bomber? And that the barrier can be dismantled, but the bomber’s victims are gone forever? Irshad Manji
The leaders of Yemen and Saudi Arabia are due to meet today in an effort to settle a dispute over a security barrier the Saudis are building along their shared frontier. Saudi Arabia, which is battling against insurgents sympathetic to Osama bin Laden, says the barrier will stem the flow of militants and weapons from its southern neighbour. Yemeni opposition newspapers have likened it to the barrier that Israel is constructing in the West Bank – though in fact it is a simpler and even odder structure: a pipeline three metres (10ft) high, supported on posts and filled with concrete. The Guardian
What is being constructed inside our borders with Yemen is a sort of screen … which aims to prevent infiltration and smuggling, It does not resemble a wall in any way. Talal Anqawi (head of Saudi Arabia’s border guard)
Sauf que sans le « Judaïsme », le « Monde Occidental » n’aurait jamais existé ! J’explique : Le « Monde Occidental » avant l’arrivée du Christ, lui-même Juif, de sa mère Marie, mère juive par excellence, puisqu’elle a fait circoncire son fils dans la tradition. Elle lui a fait faire sa « Bar Mitzvah », … Ce « Monde » ne procédait d’aucune unité de cœur et de croyance. C’est l’avènement du Christianisme à Jérusalem, qui va produire le « Monde Occidental », celui dans lequel nous vivons actuellement, … Dans toute l’Europe, les deux Amériques, et sans oublier le continent Australien. Faire croire l’inverse, c’est-à-dire que le « Judaïsme » est venu se greffer sur et dans le « Monde Occidental » procède d’un formidable supercherie et d’un « Non sens historique ». Puisque le monothéisme date de 5777 ans, …Que le Christianisme n’a que 2016 ans. Il a même fallu attendre les années 1962, 1963, 1964 et 1965, … Avec la fin du Conseil oecuménique Vatican II, pour qu’enfin l’Eglise de Rome reconnaisse au Christianisme, le Judaïsme comme pilier principal de son essence. Il y a eu un AVANT et un APRES …. Vatican II Avant Vatican II, …. Existait un « Antisémitisme de religion » qu’entretenait l’Eglise à force de falsifications. Je passe sur la période qui a suivi la « Révolution Française » avec la séparation de l’Eglise et de l’Etat. Puis sur la période Nazie avec l’antisémitisme de race. Pour en arriver au 8 Décembre 1965 (fin de Vatican II), à partir du quel on ne parle plus que de « Monde JUDÉO-CHRÉTIEN » pour désigner l’ensemble du monde Occidental. … En opposition au « Monde Arabo-Musulman » C. Hamon
« Attention, braves gens de l’Occident, ce n’est pas le terrorisme qui vous menace, c’est de devenir comme Israël. Se défendre comme le font les Israéliens quand on veut les tuer, c’est mal. Ils n’ont rien compris. Pensez donc: ils cherchent à prévenir les assassinats! Ils feraient mieux de changer de méthode. Bien entendu, le journaliste n’en propose aucune. » Jean-Claude Lafont
Il a grandi au Soudan, a vécu en Egypte, s’est passionné pour le sort des mineurs du Congo… Spécialiste du Moyen-Orient et arabophone , il connaît ces régions de l’intérieur et en fournit des analyses sans concession qui lui valent la reconnaissance de ses pairs et de ses lecteurs. Christophe Ayad aime les enquêtes au long cours, mais aussi les anecdotes: c’est ce goût pour les petites choses qui lui fait écrire un article sur le zoo de Gaza ou encore sur l’hypothétique gifle qui aurait déclenché la révolution égyptienne. Rencontre avec l’un des journalistes les plus brillants de sa génération. France Inter
Israël a subi la violence terroriste bien avant qu’elle ne frappe les pays occidentaux et c’est pour cela qu’il faut observer de près ce qui s’est passé dans ce pays ces deux dernières décennies (…) Tombant dans le piège tendu par Al-Qaida et l’organisation Etat islamique, comme naguère Israël est tombé dans celui du Hamas, l’Occident tout entier s’est mis à ressembler de plus en plus à l’Etat juif : une forteresse assiégée, cherchant des réponses sécuritaires à ses problèmes politiques. Mais il n’y a pas que dans le domaine de la sécurité qu’Israël a été précurseur : ce fut aussi le cas sur la question des migrants. Dès 2011, le pays a commencé à élever un mur électronique à sa frontière avec l’Egypte pour empêcher les « infiltrations » de candidats africains à l’asile. De fait, Israël est devenu « l’avant-poste » d’un monde occidental qui se voit comme cerné, faible et en décadence face à un monde devenu hostile. (…) Si la droitisation extrême de la vie politique et de l’opinion israélienne a pu donner l’illusion, ces dernières années, d’un isolement croissant de l’Etat juif par rapport au reste du monde occidental, fatigué de l’impossible règlement du conflit israélo-palestinien, c’est, en réalité, le contraire qui s’est passé : c’est l’Occident qui a rejoint Israël, devenu le symptôme avant-coureur de ce qui l’attend. Christophe Ayad
Tout le monde juge le dictateur ougandais Amin Dada grotesque. Alors que le détournement sur Entebbe est le commencement du déclin d’Amin Dada dont on savait à l’époque qu’il était le bourreau de son peuple. Près de 300.000 personnes ont été tuées sous son règne. Or, après le raid israélien, le Secrétaire général de l’ONU, l’ancien SA Kurt Waldheim, condamne Israël en l’accusant de violer la souveraineté ougandaise. Ce qui est pitoyable, mais pas étonnant de la part d’un ancien nazi. (…) Le Quai d’Orsay regrette qu’il y ait eu des dégâts. Le président Giscard d’Estaing se félicite de la libération des otages, mais ne dit jamais qui les a libérés. Il ne remercie même pas les autorités israéliennes d’avoir sauvé un avion Air France avec un équipage français et des passagers français. Lorsque les journalistes demandent au commandant Bacos comment il a su que le commando qui les sauvait était israélien, il a répondu « qui voulez-vous que ce fut d’autre ? ». Suite à cette déclaration, l’état-major français se fend d’un communiqué dans lequel il affirme que l’armée française aurait pu le faire. Toujours est-il qu’elle n’a rien fait. Il y avait tout simplement un véto politique. Il est clair que les forces françaises étaient capables d’agir, d’autant plus qu’elles ont des bases à Djibouti ou ailleurs en Afrique. La distance est moins longue qu’entre Tel-Aviv et l’Ouganda. (…) Il faut aussi y inclure les commentaires médiatiques et politiques de l’époque. Ainsi, le 5 juillet 1976, Libération titre de cette manière : « Championnat du terrorisme, Israël en tête », avec un éditorial de Serge July dont le titre est « Le temps des hypocrites ». Il condamne sans appel ce qu’il considère comme une euphorie occidentale néo-colonialiste où les Israéliens ont attaqué un pays africain. En revanche, il ne dit pas un mot sur le terrorisme. L’Humanité ne fait pas mieux en titrant « Israël attaque l’Ouganda ». La victime, c’est donc l’Ouganda, et non pas les passagers pris en otage. L’Humanité en rajoute une couche en sous-titrant que Tsahal emmène les otages en Israël, comme si c’était l’armée israélienne le preneur d’otages. On voit donc que toutes les dérives anti-israéliennes dont nous sommes les témoins aujourd’hui sont déjà présentes en 1976. Jacques Tarnero
Dans Le Monde, Christophe Ayad parle de l’enjuivement de la société, les nazis parlaient comme lui (…) vouloir dénoncer la soit-disant « israélisation de l’Occident » nous renvoie aux années noires lorsque les nazis dénonçaient l’ « enjuivement » de la culture. Revenons à l’article lui-même. L’idiotie partisane y atteint son paroxysme lorsque le signataire de celui-ci,  au lieu de vilipender ceux qui sèment la mort parmi leurs semblables, dénigre tout au long de son texte un pays où deux mille innocents ont déjà été sacrifiés sur l’autel du terrorisme. Et il est indigne de s’en prendre aux moyens de secours contre les risques terroristes qui foisonnent partout. Il n’est pas étonnant qu’un tel article voit le jour dans un pays qui est toujours en proie à ses anciens démons. Cette France qui se dépêche à appliquer la discrimination des produits provenant de Judée-Samarie rappelle l’empressement dont le régime collaborationniste français de Vichy, a fait preuve pour étiqueter la mort des juifs. David Frankel
La vague d’attentats qui a frappé la France et le monde depuis le 11 septembre 2001, et depuis le Bataclan à Paris, a fini par faire comprendre, avec retard, à de nombreux observateurs occidentaux, ce qu’Israël répète depuis de nombreuses années. Le destin de l’Etat juif, en proie au terrorisme islamiste depuis sa création, préfigure celui de l’ensemble du monde libre face aux organisations terroristes (et aux Etats qui les soutiennent et les financent), qu’elles soient motivées par l’idéologie du djihad global, comme l’Etat islamique et Al-Qaida ou par sa variante islamo-nationaliste, comme le Hamas et le Fatah. Ce constat simple et aujourd’hui banal, a même fini par gagner un journal comme Le Monde, qui publiait ainsi, vendredi 2 décembre, une chronique signée Christophe Ayad en dernière page, intitulée “L’israélisation du monde (occidental)”. Encore faut-il tirer de ce constat les bonnes conclusions… Ayad explique ainsi, en renvoyant à un autre article du Monde paru quelques jours auparavant, que “les services de sécurité israéliens ont déjoué, en avril 2016, le projet d’attaque au couteau d’une jeune fille palestinienne de Jénine, avant qu’elle ne tente de passer à l’acte. (…) En croisant des renseignements humains avec les données de ses connexions Internet, analysées par de puissants algorithmes qui surveillent en permanence la quasi-totalité de la population palestinienne (2 millions sur 2,9 millions) de Cisjordanie”. Cette information a de quoi impressionner et réjouir ceux qui se soucient de la sécurité d’Israël et de la France, face aux attentats menés par des “loups solitaires”, qui sont par définition imprévisibles et difficiles à contrer. Mais pour le chroniqueur du Monde, ce n’est pas une bonne nouvelle! Il déplore en effet “la cybersurveillance poussée à son point de sophistication le plus élevé et le refus de se poser la seule question qui vaille : pourquoi une jeune fille pas encore majeure en vient à projeter de poignarder des soldats ou des civils au lieu d’aller en classe?” Cette question est certes légitime, et on peut se demander quelle éducation les jeunes Palestiniens reçoivent de leurs enseignants et dans leurs manuels scolaires, et quelle incitation subissent-ils des réseaux sociaux, des programmes télévisés glorifiant les “martyrs” du djihad, et de l’environnement général où ils grandissent, pour en venir à de telles abominations? Mais la réponse de Christophe Ayad est tout autre : “Israël n’a cessé de sophistiquer son arsenal technologique et ses moyens militaires dans sa lutte sans fin “contre la terreur” [guillemets de C. Ayad], avec un succès réel mais en adoptant une approche essentialiste des Palestiniens, qui chercheraient par nature à tuer les juifs, et au détriment de toute possibilité de règlement politique”. S’il observait la réalité israélienne de manière objective et sans la regarder à travers le prisme de l’idéologie, le chroniqueur du Monde écrirait plutôt que ce sont les Arabes qui adoptent une “approche essentialiste” des Juifs, approche qui apparaît déjà dans le Coran, où les Juifs sont dépeints comme “maudits” et comme des “singes et des porcs”. Mais sa lecture biaisée des événements ne concerne pas seulement Israël : pour étayer sa thèse, Ayad écrit aussi que “l’Occident tout entier s’est mis à ressembler de plus en plus à l’Etat juif : une forteresse assiégée, cherchant des réponses sécuritaires à ses problèmes politiques”. (…) L’israélisation de l’Occident est ainsi, sous ses plumes, une marque d’infamie : en adoptant les techniques et le mode de pensée israéliens pour combattre le terrorisme, l’Occident deviendrait selon lui aussi criticable que l’Etat juif dans sa lutte contre le terrorisme! Cette description très tendancieuse de la réalité, tant israélienne que française, montre que certains observateurs n’ont rien appris des derniers attentats meurtriers qui ont frappé la France. Aux yeux du chroniqueur du Monde, de manière quasiment pathologique, c’est toujours la France, Israël et l’Occident qui sont coupables, même quand des terroristes islamistes tuent hommes, femmes et enfants dans les rues de Paris ou de Jérusalem… Mais il faut reconnaître que cette “culpabilité originelle” de l’Occident n’a pas été inventée par Christophe Ayad et par Le Monde. En réalité, comme je le montre dans mon livre La trahison des clercs d’Israël, ce sont des intellectuels juifs qui ont, parmi les premiers, développé l’idée d’une faute consubstantielle à la naissance de l’Etat d’Israël (le “péché originel du sionisme”), en accusant systématiquement les Juifs et le sionisme d’être responsables de chaque vague de violence arabe en Eretz-Israël, depuis les années 1920 (avant la création de l’Etat et bien avant la soi-disant ‘occupation des territoires’…). Nous vivons aujourd’hui encore dans le paradigme trompeur de la culpabilité des Juifs et de l’Occident. Pierre Lurçat

Enjuivez, enjuivez, il en restera toujours quelque chose !

A l’heure où, Bataclan oblige, la France et l’Occident commencent à (re)découvrir …

Bien longtemps après le pasteur allemand Niemöller ou le psychologue américain Eric Hoffer…

Notre sort commun préfiguré dans celui d’Israël et des juifs

Devinez ce qu’en tire Le Monde …

Ou en tout cas l’un de ses « militants déguisés en journalistes » …

Qui oubliant commmodément et entre autres les murs marocain, koweitien, saoudien ou égyptien

Y dénonce une dangereuse « israélisation du monde occidental » !

Et alors qu’on vient justement d’en fêter le 40e anniversaire l’été dernier …

Qui fustigeait déjà à l’instar de Libération, l’Humanité ou l’ONU de Kurt Waldheim …

Un certain monde occidental suite au fameux raid israélien d’Entebbe qui devait libérer plus de 250 passagers et membres d’équipage d’un avion français …

 

L’israélisation du monde vue par Le Monde

Pierre Lurçat *

Vu de Jérusalem

02/12/2016

La vague d’attentats qui a frappé la France et le monde depuis le 11 septembre 2001, et depuis le Bataclan à Paris, a fini par faire comprendre, avec retard, à de nombreux observateurs occidentaux, ce qu’Israël répète depuis de nombreuses années. Le destin de l’Etat juif, en proie au terrorisme islamiste depuis sa création, préfigure celui de l’ensemble du monde libre face aux organisations terroristes (et aux Etats qui les soutiennent et les financent), qu’elles soient motivées par l’idéologie du djihad global, comme l’Etat islamique et Al-Qaida ou par sa variante islamo-nationaliste, comme le Hamas et le Fatah.

Ce constat simple et aujourd’hui banal, a même fini par gagner un journal comme Le Monde, qui publiait ainsi, vendredi 2 décembre, une chronique signée Christophe Ayad en dernière page, intitulée “L’israélisation du monde (occidental)”. Encore faut-il tirer de ce constat les bonnes conclusions… Ayad explique ainsi, en renvoyant à un autre article du Monde paru quelques jours auparavant, que “les services de sécurité israéliens ont déjoué, en avril 2016, le projet d’attaque au couteau d’une jeune fille palestinienne de Jénine, avant qu’elle ne tente de passer à l’acte. Une attaque fomentée dans le secret de sa chambre d’adolescente, sans prendre d’ordre ni avertir personne, un projet parfait de “loup solitaire”. Comment ? En croisant des renseignements humains avec les données de ses connexions Internet, analysées par de puissants algorithmes qui surveillent en permanence la quasi-totalité de la population palestinienne (2 millions sur 2,9 millions) de Cisjordanie”.

Cette information a de quoi impressionner et réjouir ceux qui se soucient de la sécurité d’Israël et de la France, face aux attentats menés par des “loups solitaires”, qui sont par définition imprévisibles et difficiles à contrer. Mais pour le chroniqueur du Monde, ce n’est pas une bonne nouvelle! Il déplore en effet “la cybersurveillance poussée à son point de sophistication le plus élevé et le refus de se poser la seule question qui vaille : pourquoi une jeune fille pas encore majeure en vient à projeter de poignarder des soldats ou des civils au lieu d’aller en classe?”

Cette question est certes légitime, et on peut se demander quelle éducation les jeunes Palestiniens reçoivent de leurs enseignants et dans leurs manuels scolaires, et quelle incitation subissent-ils des réseaux sociaux, des programmes télévisés glorifiant les “martyrs” du djihad, et de l’environnement général où ils grandissent, pour en venir à de telles abominations? Mais la réponse de Christophe Ayad est tout autre : “Israël n’a cessé de sophistiquer son arsenal technologique et ses moyens militaires dans sa lutte sans fin “contre la terreur” [guillemets de C. Ayad], avec un succès réel mais en adoptant une approche essentialiste des Palestiniens, qui chercheraient par nature à tuer les juifs, et au détriment de toute possibilité de règlement politique”.

S’il observait la réalité israélienne de manière objective et sans la regarder à travers le prisme de l’idéologie, le chroniqueur du Monde écrirait plutôt que ce sont les Arabes qui adoptent une “approche essentialiste” des Juifs, approche qui apparaît déjà dans le Coran, où les Juifs sont dépeints comme “maudits” et comme des “singes et des porcs”. Mais sa lecture biaisée des événements ne concerne pas seulement Israël : pour étayer sa thèse, Ayad écrit aussi que “l’Occident tout entier s’est mis à ressembler de plus en plus à l’Etat juif : une forteresse assiégée, cherchant des réponses sécuritaires à ses problèmes politiques”.

“Si la droitisation extrême de la vie politique et de l’opinion israéliennes a pu donner l’illusion d’un isolement croissant de l’Etat juif par rapport au reste du monde occidental… c’est en réalité le contraire qui s’est passé : c’est l’Occident qui a rejoint Israël, devenu le symptôme avant-coureur de ce qui l’attend”, conclut Christophe Ayad. L’israélisation de l’Occident est ainsi, sous ses plumes, une marque d’infamie : en adoptant les techniques et le mode de pensée israéliens pour combattre le terrorisme, l’Occident deviendrait selon lui aussi criticable que l’Etat juif dans sa lutte contre le terrorisme!

Cette description très tendancieuse de la réalité, tant israélienne que française, montre que certains observateurs n’ont rien appris des derniers attentats meurtriers qui ont frappé la France. Aux yeux du chroniqueur du Monde, de manière quasiment pathologique, c’est toujours la France, Israël et l’Occident qui sont coupables, même quand des terroristes islamistes tuent hommes, femmes et enfants dans les rues de Paris ou de Jérusalem… Mais il faut reconnaître que cette “culpabilité originelle” de l’Occident n’a pas été inventée par Christophe Ayad et par Le Monde.

En réalité, comme je le montre dans mon livre La trahison des clercs d’Israël, ce sont des intellectuels juifs qui ont, parmi les premiers, développé l’idée d’une faute consubstantielle à la naissance de l’Etat d’Israël (le “péché originel du sionisme”), en accusant systématiquement les Juifs et le sionisme d’être responsables de chaque vague de violence arabe en Eretz-Israël, depuis les années 1920 (avant la création de l’Etat et bien avant la soi-disant ‘occupation des territoires’…). Nous vivons aujourd’hui encore dans le paradigme trompeur de la culpabilité des Juifs et de l’Occident.

* Avocat et écrivain, vient de publier La trahison des clercs d’Israël, La Maison d’édition

Voir aussi:

Dans Le Monde, Christophe Ayad parle de l’enjuivement de la société, les nazis parlaient comme lui
Davvid Frankel

Dreuz Info

3 décembre 2016
Je fais de l’esclandre à Christophe Ayad pour son article intitulé « L’israélisation du monde (occidental) » qui a paru dans le journal Le Monde en date du 1er décembre 2016.
La langue française est suffisamment riche pour ne pas devoir user d’un néologisme lourd et de mauvais aloi.

« L’importation des méthodes israéliennes » aurait fort bien convenu pour titrer un propos empreint de partialité. En outre, vouloir dénoncer la soit-disant « israélisation de l’Occident » nous renvoie aux années noires lorsque les nazis dénonçaient l’ « enjuivement » de la culture.

Revenons à l’article lui-même.

L’idiotie partisane y atteint son paroxysme lorsque le signataire de celui-ci,  au lieu de vilipender ceux qui sèment la mort parmi leurs semblables, dénigre tout au long de son texte un pays où deux mille innocents ont déjà été sacrifiés sur l’autel du terrorisme. Et il est indigne de s’en prendre aux moyens de secours contre les risques terroristes qui foisonnent partout.

Il n’est pas étonnant qu’un tel article voit le jour dans un pays qui est toujours en proie à ses anciens démons. Cette France qui se dépêche à appliquer la discrimination des produits provenant de Judée-Samarie rappelle l’empressement dont le régime collaborationniste français de Vichy, a fait preuve pour étiqueter la mort des juifs.

Voir également:

L’israélisation du monde (occidental)

Chronique. Tombant dans le piège tendu par Al-Qaida et l’EI, l’Occident s’est mis à ressembler à Israël : une forteresse assiégée, cherchant des réponses sécuritaires à ses problèmes politiques.

Christophe Ayad

Le Monde

01.12.2016

C’est une information passée inaperçue dans le tumulte politique qui gagne l’Europe après avoir submergé les Etats-Unis. Une nouvelle recouverte par le fracas de la guerre qui traverse le Proche-Orient, d’Alep à Mossoul. Et pourtant, cette histoire aurait pu faire la « une » car elle augure de l’avenir de l’Occident, pour le meilleur comme pour le pire.

Comme le révélait Le Monde dans l’édition du 28 novembre, les services de sécurité israéliens ont déjoué, en avril 2016, le projet d’attaque au couteau d’une jeune fille palestinienne de Jénine, avant qu’elle ne tente de passer à l’acte. Une attaque fomentée dans le secret de sa chambre d’adolescente, sans prendre d’ordre ni avertir personne, un projet parfait de « loup solitaire ».

Comment ? En croisant des renseignements humains avec les données de ses connexions Internet, analysées par de puissants algorithmes qui surveillent en permanence la quasi-totalité de la population palestinienne (2 millions sur un total de 2,9 millions de personnes) de Cisjordanie.

C’est une nouvelle considérable et dérisoire à la fois. La cyber-surveillance poussée à son point de sophistication le plus élevé et le refus de se poser la seule question qui vaille : pourquoi une jeune fille pas encore majeure en vient à projeter de poignarder des soldats ou des civils au lieu d’aller en classe ?

Israël a subi la violence terroriste bien avant qu’elle ne frappe les pays occidentaux et c’est pour cela qu’il faut observer de près ce qui s’est passé dans ce pays ces deux dernières décennies – depuis la vague d’attentats-suicides du Hamas au milieu des années 1990, qui a fait dérailler le processus de paix d’Oslo, déjà moribond après l’assassinat du premier ministre Yitzhak Rabin par un extrémiste juif.

Forteresse assiégée

Depuis, Israël n’a eu de cesse de sophistiquer son arsenal technologique et ses moyens militaires dans sa lutte sans fin « contre la terreur », avec un succès réel mais en adoptant une approche essentialiste des Palestiniens, qui chercheraient par nature à tuer les juifs, et au détriment de toute possibilité de règlement politique.

Cette logique a entraîné un cercle vicieux, où chaque nouvelle mesure antiterroriste (le mur de séparation, les checkpoints, les permis de travail, etc.) a suscité la naissance de nouvelles formes de violence. Jusqu’aux plus rudimentaires comme les attaques au couteau.

Dopée par une opinion toujours plus sensible aux questions sécuritaires, la classe politique israélienne a fini par assimiler toute forme de violence à du terrorisme, prônant son éradication totale, dans une quête sans fin du « zéro faille ». Et c’est comme cela que les services de renseignement se retrouvent à surveiller les ordinateurs des adolescentes palestiniennes sans que jamais les politiques réfléchissent à une solution durable.

Tombant dans le piège tendu par Al-Qaida et l’organisation Etat islamique, comme naguère Israël est tombé dans celui du Hamas, l’Occident tout entier s’est mis à ressembler de plus en plus à l’Etat juif : une forteresse assiégée, cherchant des réponses sécuritaires à ses problèmes politiques.

Mais il n’y a pas que dans le domaine de la sécurité qu’Israël a été précurseur : ce fut aussi le cas sur la question des migrants. Dès 2011, le pays a commencé à élever un mur électronique à sa frontière avec l’Egypte pour empêcher les « infiltrations » de candidats africains à l’asile. De fait, Israël est devenu « l’avant-poste » d’un monde occidental qui se voit comme cerné, faible et en décadence face à un monde devenu hostile.

L’éloge de la force plutôt que la force du droit

Le débat sur le « grand remplacement », en vogue dans les milieux de droite et d’extrême droite en Europe mais aussi aux Etats-Unis (où les Latinos tiennent le rôle des communautés arabo-musulmanes de ce côté-ci de l’Atlantique), fait écho à celui sur le caractère juif et/ou démocratique d’Israël : pour protéger la nature juive d’Israël, il faudrait renoncer à certains de ses aspects démocratiques, sous peine d’être englouti sous la masse des Palestiniens, qu’ils soient citoyens ou maintenus sous le joug de l’occupation.

Autrement traduit : pour préserver notre modèle, il faudrait renoncer à certains des aspects de l’Etat de droit, un débat qui a des échos en France depuis l’instauration de l’état d’urgence. L’éloge de la force plutôt que la force du droit. D’où les innombrables attaques contre la Cour suprême et les ONG accusées de « trahison » des intérêts nationaux.

C’est aussi au nom de cette prétendue menace démographique et culturelle, que le discours de la majorité « blanche » s’est tribalisé. La question identitaire a fini par se substituer à toutes les autres, pourtant bien réelles, à commencer par celle des inégalités sociales.

Se souvient-on du « printemps israélien », qui vit des centaines de milliers de manifestants se mobiliser pendant tout l’été 2011 contre la cherté des logements, et plus généralement contre l’érosion méthodique de l’Etat-providence depuis le milieu des années 1990 ? Pourtant, les élections de 2015 ont débouché sur le gouvernement le plus à droite de l’histoire d’Israël.

Boucs émissaires

Ici comme là-bas, les pauvres votent non pas pour ceux qui défendent leurs intérêts mais pour ceux qui leur jettent en pâture des boucs émissaires. Outre les Palestiniens, les anciennes élites – essentiellement ashkénazes –, qui ont fondé le pays et ses valeurs, sont devenues l’objet d’un fort ressentiment des « dominés » de la société israélienne : les séfarades, les immigrants russes, etc.

Si la droitisation extrême de la vie politique et de l’opinion israélienne a pu donner l’illusion, ces dernières années, d’un isolement croissant de l’Etat juif par rapport au reste du monde occidental, fatigué de l’impossible règlement du conflit israélo-palestinien, c’est, en réalité, le contraire qui s’est passé : c’est l’Occident qui a rejoint Israël, devenu le symptôme avant-coureur de ce qui l’attend.

C’est pour cela, que malgré son caractère de « basse intensité » et son passage au second plan face au chaos régional, il est essentiel de régler le conflit israélo-palestinien d’une manière réaliste et rationnelle.

Voir encore:

Jacques Tarnero

28 Juin 2016

« La liberté a un prix » / « Freedom is not free »
Un film racontant cette fabuleuse histoire est en cours de réalisation. Il a besoin de votre aide tant rapporter un exploit d’Israël ayant sauvé les passagers français d’un avion français, un équipage français, est quelque chose qui ne peut pas être dit ni montré selon les canons du politiquement correct.
Pourquoi faut-il se souvenir d’Entebbe 1976 ?
Il y a quarante ans, le 27 juin 1976 le vol 139 de la compagnie Air France était détourné de son trajet initial Tel Aviv – Paris vers l’aérodrome d’Entebbe en Ouganda par un commando terroriste allemand et palestinien. Une semaine plus tard dans la nuit du 3 au 4 juillet 1976, par un raid éclair, l’armée israélienne parvenait à libérer les otages et à les ramener libres en Israël.
Pourquoi faut-il se souvenir d’Entebbe ? Pourquoi faut il se souvenir de cette action terroriste en particulier et pourquoi faut-il se souvenir de l’opération menée par Israël ?
Parce que les germes du temps présent sont inscrits dans cette semaine de l’été 1976. Tout y est : la violence terroriste, l’alibi progressiste de cette violence, les gestes antisémites des terroristes, le courage de l’équipage, la solitude d’Israël, la couardise des nations, l’audace de l’attaque israélienne, les réactions à cette intervention, les masques de la bonne conscience .
Cette affaire d’Entebbe est exemplaire à plus d’un titre : bien sur il y a l’exploit militaire mais il y a surtout les autres parts réelles et symboliques de cette pièce : les terroristes : qui sont-ils, comment se sont-ils comportés ? Qui étaient les otages et en particulier l’équipage de l’Airbus et son commandant ? Qui composait la force israélienne ? Comment fut imaginée son action ? Quelle en était la part de risque ? Quelles furent les réactions du pouvoir en France ? Quels furent les discours des décideurs politiques, des diplomates ? Quels furent les réactions politiques et les commentaires médiatiques ?
Cette histoire représente à la fois une action politique, militaire et symbolique. Parce que ce fait d’armes mérite qu’on lui rende hommage d’une part pour son audace et sa performance et qu’il va rester comme l’une des actions les plus audacieuses de l’histoire militaire, d’autre part pour la leçon de choses qu’il donne. Cette action est emblématique d’un combat pour la liberté contre le fascisme contemporain fût-il grimé des oripeaux de la Révolution au service des déshérités.
Ceux qui ont la chance de vivre libres doivent rendre hommage à ceux qui ont permis cette liberté. L’hommage des vivants aux Résistants du Vercors, aux Justes des nations, à ceux qui sont venus de l’autre côté de l’Atlantique pour mourir à Omaha beach, au commando d’Entebbe qui est venu libérer des innocents retenus en otage. C’est une même histoire qui se raconte. Celle ci regroupe dans un temps réduit, limité, précis, tous les ingrédients des blessures, des impostures, des crimes du XXe siècle.
Quels sont les acteurs ?
Premier acteur: le commando terroriste 
Il est composé de deux palestiniens et  deux allemands de l’ex Fraction Armée Rouge. Que des palestiniens du FPLP détournent un avion civil, il n’y avait pas à l’époque matière à étonnement. Dès 1970, la piraterie aérienne et la prise d’otage révolutionnaire constituaient les moyens d’une fin mal définie. La cause palestinienne avait muté en mythe magnétique, attirant à elle tous les désirants planétaires de la radicalité anti impérialiste. Depuis le spectaculaire attentat aux jeux olympiques de Münich en 1972, la Palestine a envahi l’espace de l’imaginaire révolutionnaire. Après l’Algérie, Cuba et le Viet Nam, la cause des causes porte le keffieh. Arafat s’était substitué à Guevara pour une longue marche sanglante vers l’avenir radieux des masses opprimées. Peu importait si le massacre en 1974 d’écoliers israéliens à Maalot en était le prix : la fin justifiait des moyens auxquels les intellectuels gauchistes de l’époque trouvaient des vertus émancipatrices. Par la seule magie de son sigle, le FDPLP (qui avait donc ajouté le D de démocratique à ses initiales) trouvait grâce aux yeux de la LCR… C’est donc nourri de ces idéaux que ce commando transnational va opérer. La nouveauté réside dans le partage des tâches à l’intérieur même du groupe.
Ce sont les allemands et les palestiniens qui vont trier dans les passagers otages à Entebbe. Ils vont séparer ceux qui sont juifs ou israéliens de ceux qui ne le sont pas. Wilfried Boese et sa complice Brigitte Kuhlmann sont issus de la génération allemande née après guerre. Ils sont ou prétendent être anti fascistes, anti-impérialistes, anti nazis, mais ils vont symboliquement reconduire les gestes du nazisme, de la génération d’avant, de cette dont ils se veulent la rédemption. Pour de vieux otages juifs à l’avant bras tatoué, c’est un cauchemar déjà vécu qui refait surface.  La rédemption du geste nazi par son décalque révolutionnaire. C’est tout le rapport dévoyé à la mémoire du fascisme de la génération européenne de l’après guerre qui s’exprime dans ce geste. Les gauchismes nés de L’Allemagne post nazie, du Japon post impérial ou de l’Italie post fasciste prétendent se libérer de la faute de la génération d’avant, de leurs parents. Dans une dialectique folle, ils reconduisent symboliquement les mêmes gestes : ils vont tous avoir pour cible privilégiée les victimes du fascisme et du nazisme : à Lod, en 1972, à l’aérodrome de Tel Aviv, ce sont des japonais de l’Armée Rouge Japonaise qui ont massacré au nom de la Révolution mondiale. Ce sont groupes radicaux italiens qui vont prêter main forte à un attentat contre la grande synagogue de Rome. Le choix de l’Ouganda d’Amin Dada comme lieu refuge pour le commando palestino allemand ajoute à la confusion symbolique. Amin Dada est devenu un admirateur d’Hitler après avoir été un allié d’Israël. Sa brutalité inculte, son délire n’ont pas dégouté les gauchistes ni les commentateurs de l’époque déplorant qu’Israël soit intervenu comme un colonialiste humiliant un pauvre africain noir.
Ce renversement symbolique de la cible ne fait pas problème pur ces antifascistes. S’attaquer aux cibles juives labélisées « sionistes » est un geste progressiste dans les années 70, puisque les palestiniens sont considérés comme les nouveaux juifs et que le nouvel Hitler se nomme Israël. On pourra mesurer le succès ultérieur de cette mise en équivalence née dans les années rouges. Cette équation se déclinera avec le succès que l’on sait jusque dans les années 2000, de l’intifada  à la conférence de l’ONU de Durban (Aout 2001). C’est au nom des droits de l’homme et de l’antiracisme que s’exprime la haine des juifs. Elle trouve désormais sa légitimation au nom de l’émancipation du genre humain.
Deuxième acteur et élément de réflexion : les otages avec en particulier l’équipage de l’Airbus 
Le commandant Michel Bacos, ancien des Forces Françaises Libres fait le choix de rester avec ses passagers, avec les passagers juifs restants que le commando a gardés. Tout l’équipage partage la décision de son commandant qui veillera jusqu’au bout à ce que tous les otages soient bien embarqués dans les avions israéliens venus les secourir. Au cours de l’assaut israélien, Michel Bacos criera à ses passagers : « couchez vous, ce sont les israéliens … » Plus tard un journaliste lui posera cette question « comment aviez vous deviné que c’étaient des soldats israéliens ? » et Michel Bacos  eut cette réponse : « mais qui d’autre vouliez vous que ce soit ?» Cette parole lui sera reprochée. Cet équipage et son commandant sont des Justes au même titre que ces Justes qui ont protégé de leur vie des Juifs traqués sous Vichy ou le nazisme.
Tous les otages ne furent pas saufs. Trois furent tués pendant l’assaut et une otage âgée,  madame Dora Bloch, transportée à l’hopital de Kampala, fut assassinée par les sbires d’Amin Dada en vengeance de l’action israélienne.
Troisième acteur : la riposte israélienne
La décision de mener une action de force pour libérer les otages reste un choix politique d’une audace inouïe et d’une incroyable prise de risques. La complexité tactique de l’opération (la distance à parcourir, les risques sur place en Ouganda) donnait à sa réussite un pourcentage de chance réussite réduit. Cette action est exemplaire à plusieurs titres : celui du courage, celui de la solitude, celui de la solidarité d’un peuple qui ne compte que sur lui même. Loin d’être une action réduite à sa performance technique, l’opération est exemplaire pour les conditions psychologiques et culturelles qui lui ont permis de réussir. Elle est aussi humiliante pour ceux  qui ont fait la fine bouche sur son succès : la diplomatie française.
L’action militaire israélienne n’aura coûté qu’une seule vie aux soldats de Tsahal. Le chef opérationnel de la force d’intervention, le colonel Yonathan Netanyahu,  soldat d’élite et philosophe à la fois. La lecture de ses lettres met en valeur cette qualité particulière de ces hommes nourris d’un idéal spirituel éloigné de tout fanatisme. Cet intellectuel puise sa force dans autre chose que la force. On est bien loin des clichés militaristes. Jonathan Netanyahu est autant un soldat de l’An deux qu’un cadet de Saumur ou qu’un de ceux de l’Affiche rouge.
Mais qui peut entendre cela aujourd’hui ?
Quatrième acteur et élément : l’action diplomatique
Depuis novembre 1967, « la politique arabe de la France » constitue l’axiome de sa diplomatie proche orientale de la France. Même si les nostalgies de grandeur visant à damer le pion aux « anglo-saxons », même si les rêves d’un Levant chrétien inspiré par la France, se sont quelque peu estompés, une autre politique s’est bien mise en place : le temps du « Israël, notre ami, notre allié » (de De Gaulle à Ben Gourion) est bien révolu. Cette réorientation stratégique, apparaît désormais solidement établie au nom de ce qui est estimé correspondre à l’intérêt du pays : besoins en pétrole et des débouchés économiques de l’hexagone. Trois ans après le choc pétrolier de la guerre du Kippour (1973) il ne s’agit surtout pas d’alourdir la facture par des gestes inconsidérés. Ceci pourrait être éventuellement entendu au nom d’une politique à courte vue des intérêts supposés supérieurs du pays.
La diplomatie a besoin d’un supplément d’âme  qui va trouver chez Charles de Foucauld, Benoit Meschin ou Louis Massignon la source de son inspiration. Le Quai d’Orsay est en manque d’un Lawrence d’Arabie au petit pied. Des liens avec le futur « ami Saddam » se nouent. De Pompidou à Giscard  l’empathie pour Israël n’est pas de mise. Le Quai d’Orsay ne trouve rien à redire au boycott arabe et au mieux la France s’abstient pour le vote à nombre de résolutions d’organisations internationales de l’ONU, de l’UNESCO, de l’OMS accablant Israël, au pire elle y consent. Dans l’affaire d’Entebbe quelle va être l’attitude de la France ? Il s’agit d’un avion français, d’un équipage français, pour partie de passagers français. Le président de la République est Valery Giscard d’Estang, son Premier Ministre est Jacques Chirac, son Ministre des Affaires étrangères, Jean Sauvagnargues et son Ministre de l’Intérieur Michel Poniatovsky.
Si l’Elysée se réjouit de la libération des otages (sans nommer leur libérateur ni même le remercier) la seule réaction où le nom « Israël » est prononcé vient du Quai d’Orsay qui regrette que la souveraineté de l’Ouganda ait été malmenée par Israël. On ne peut que rétrospectivement prendre la mesure de ce passé diplomatique, de ces choix politiques hasardeux (équipement nucléaire de l’Irak de Saddam Hussein) et dans cette caution donnée à la part régressive du monde arabe sous couvert d’équilibre et de justice pour les faibles et les pauvres.
Le dernier élément de cette histoire réside dans son impact et les réactions qu’elle a provoquées
En Israël c’est l’euphorie d’un pays tout entier à la joie d’avoir vaincu l’adversité. Ce qui semblait impossible a été rendu possible grâce à l’audace et au courage. Israël est resté fidèle à sa formule matricielle : « ein brera », « il n’y a pas le choix ». En Occident, les réactions dépendent des inclinations idéologiques de chacun. Le 5 juillet Libération affiche ce titre : « championnat du terrorisme, Israël en tête » avec un éditorial de Serge July  dénonçant « le temps des hypocrites » et l’action néo coloniale contre un Ouganda souverain. L’Humanité n’est pas en reste et dénonce « l’attaque Israélienne contre l’Ouganda »…
L’histoire continue… mais la libération des otages à  Entebbe demeure comme un exemple d’énergie et de courage pour les nations, pour celles qui ne démissionnent pas devant le crime. Le 4 juillet 1976 le courage avait un nom : celui d’Israël. La liberté a un prix. Freedom is not free !
Un film racontant cette fabuleuse histoire est en cours de réalisation. Il a besoin de votre aide tant rapporter un exploit d’Israël ayant sauvé les passagers français d’un avion français, un équipage français, est quelque chose qui ne peut pas être dit ni montré selon les canons du politiquement correct.
 

Voir de même:

40 ans de l’Opération Yonathan
Jacques Tarnero : « A Entebbe, les salauds sont les terroristes, allemands et palestiniens »
Sandrine Szwarc

Actualité juive

30/06/2016

Si la liberté a un prix, l’exploit d’Israël à Entebbe en porte le témoignage. Pour le marteler, le sociologue, essayiste et documentariste Jacques Tarnero prépare un documentaire, “La liberté a un prix/Freedom is not free” dont la sortie est prévue au printemps 2017.

Actualité Juive : Vous travaillez actuellement sur un film documentaire concernant le raid d’Entebbe dont on célèbre ces jours-ci le quarantième anniversaire. Quelle en est l’origine ?
Jacques Tarnero : L’idée de faire un film sur Entebbe est née du souvenir que j’avais de cette affaire. Pour moi, il représente la plus parfaite illustration du code éthique de Tsahal à propos de la « pureté des armes ». Je ne connais pas beaucoup d’opérations militaires incarnant à ce point la lutte du Bien contre le Mal. Je pourrais intituler ce film : « Les salauds, les héros et les corniauds », tant chacun est dans un rôle exemplaire. Les salauds sont les terroristes, allemands et palestiniens. Ils vont trier entre les passagers, séparant les otages israéliens et juifs des autres otages non-juifs. Et ce sont des Allemands d’extrême gauche qui vont participer à ce tri ! Au nom de la libération des peuples et de la justice pour les Palestiniens ! Le salaud grotesque c’est Idi Amin Dada qui va héberger et protéger les terroristes. Les héros, ce sont les passagers otages, dignes jusqu’au bout. Ce sont les membres de l’équipage de l’Airbus d’Air France qui ont refusé d’abandonner leurs passagers. Ils méritent d’être nommés Justes parmi les Nations car ils ont protégé des Juifs au péril de leurs propres vies. Le commandant de l’Airbus d’Air France, Michel Bacos est un héros en Israël. Il a eu cette parole fabuleuse quand la télévision lui a demandé : « Comment saviez-vous que c’étaient les Israéliens qui venaient vous libérer ? ». Il a répondu : « Et qui d’autre vouliez-vous que cela fût ? ». Cette réponse a déplu à certains dans les hautes sphères françaises à l’époque. Les héros, ce sont enfin les soldats de ce commando de l’armée israélienne qui ont accompli cet invraisemblable exploit. Il faut nommer deux d’entre eux : Yoni Netanyahou qui commandait la force d’assaut et qui a été le seul soldat de Tsahal tué, et Sorin Hershko, qui est resté paralysé à vie après qu’une balle lui a sectionné la moelle épinière. Les pilotes des avions Hercule, sur qui reposait toute la réussite de cet exploit, sont aussi des personnages fabuleux de modestie. Ils ont réussi quelque chose d’invraisemblable. Les corniauds enfin ce sont tous ceux qui ont fait la fine bouche devant cet exploit : il s’agit d’un avion français, de passagers français, d’un équipage français et c’est Israël qui vient les libérer. La France de Giscard d’Estaing dit merci du bout des lèvres. La presse de gauche fait la grimace ou condamne : Libération titre « championnat du terrorisme, Israël en tête » !

A.J.: Le commando terroriste est-il une illustration du nazislamisme ?
J.T. : Le commando se définissait comme révolutionnaire d’extrême gauche. Il anticipe la conférence de l’ONU à Durban contre le racisme, en 2001 où l’on a crié des « mort aux Juifs » au nom de l’antiracisme. L’identité politique de ce commando est au contraire exemplaire du renversement du sens des mots. Il prétend agir pour la justice et il va trier entre les passagers, séparant juifs et non-juifs. Ainsi il va reconduire – au nom de la liberté – les gestes des bourreaux nazis de la génération d’avant. Personne n’a voulu comprendre à l’époque ce que symboliquement cela signifiait de la part de jeunes Allemands : la rédemption du crime nazi par le crime révolutionnaire. Joshka Fischer, gauchiste à l’époque (il deviendra ministre des Affaires étrangères du chancelier Shroeder) va dénoncer cette action. Elle constituera pour lui un révélateur et sa rupture avec l’extrême gauche. Ce n’est qu’au début des années 80, après la montée en puissance de l’islamisme que le gauchisme va virer à l’islamogauchisme.

« Le Quai d’Orsay est resté fidèle à lui-même »
A.J.: On ne le répète pas assez : en quoi l’action militaire israélienne pour libérer les otages a été exemplaire ?
J.T. : L’action militaire israélienne est exemplaire à plusieurs titres. D’abord la prise de décision. Celui qui décide est seul, et le Premier ministre Yitzhak Rabin a décidé. Tout repose sur lui, comme sur le pilote du premier avion Hercules qui va poser son appareil dans le noir. Cela aurait pu tourner à la catastrophe tant les risques étaient grands. Il a fallu une audace inouïe pour imaginer une telle opération. Il faut se remettre dans le contexte psychologique de l’époque. Il y a eu le traumatisme de la guerre de Kippour, celui de l’attentat des jeux olympiques de Munich, de Maalot, de Lod. Israël n’arrête pas de porter le deuil, et brusquement avec une énergie fabuleuse Israël renverse le cours de l’histoire et ceci grâce à une poignée d’hommes. Israël a utilisé la force armée pour combattre un terrorisme ignoble à tous points de vue qui avait pris des civils innocents en otage. Que l’Humanité et Libération à l’époque, aient condamné l’action d’Israël est aussi exemplaire de cette ignominie idéologique dont la gauche de la gauche est souvent friande.

A.J.: Et paradoxalement, le Quai d’Orsay a condamné les victimes. Entebbe serait-il une étape dans « la politique arabe de la France » ?
J.T. : Le Quai d’Orsay est resté fidèle à lui-même, c’est-à-dire un organe réactionnaire, perpétuant une vision absurde du rôle de la France au Proche-Orient, faisant les yeux doux à ses ennemis, alors qu’elle se prétend protectrice des Chrétiens d’Orient… Les locataires du Quai d’Orsay se rêvent en Lawrence d’Arabie illusoires. A l’époque le Quai qui est piloté par Jean Sauvagnargues, va déplorer l’action contre l’Ouganda tout en se félicitant de la libération des otages sans nommer leurs libérateurs. La « politique arabe » de Giscard d’Estaing a sans doute été la plus antipathique pour Israël, suivie de peu par celle de Chirac.

A.J.: En conclusion, quelles sont les leçons à retenir d’Entebbe que vous traiterez dans votre long-métrage ?
J.T. : Les leçons d’Entebbe se résument en une formule qui est celle gravée dans le monument à Washington, honorant les marines américains tombés à Omaha Beach : « freedom is not free ! », « la liberté n’est pas gratuite ». Elle a un prix, celui du courage, et Israël, cette nuit du 3 au 4 juillet 1976 était l’incarnation du courage, c’est-à-dire tout ce qui fait défaut à l’Europe aujourd’hui.

Voir enfin:
Raid sur EntebbeJacques Tarnero : « Un interdit de dire ou de montrer quelque chose de bien d’Israël »
Lundi 4 juillet 2016 par Nicolas ZomersztajnIl y a 40 ans, dans la nuit du 3 au 4 juillet 1976, un commando de l’armée israélienne lance un raid sur Entebbe (Ouganda) pour libérer les 103 passagers juifs du vol Air France Tel-Aviv-Paris détourné par un groupe de terroristes allemand et palestinien.Le film La liberté a un prix* du documentariste français Jacques Tarnero raconte cette histoire. Rencontre avec Jacques Tarnero qui revient sur cette opération exceptionnelle de Tsahal, ainsi que sur les difficultés d’en parler aujourd’hui en France.L’opération Entebbe menée par Tsahal fut-elle une véritable prouesse ?Jacques Tarnero : Bien-sûr. Les risques pris pour mener cette opération de sauvetage étaient immenses. Tout reposait sur les épaules du Premier ministre israélien Yitzhak Rabin et sur celles de l’officier pilote qui pose le premier Hercule C-130 à Entebbe dans le noir le plus total. Il aurait suffi qu’un pneu de l’avion éclate ou que les Ougandais ouvrent le feu pour que cela tourne au désastre. Il y a eu de la part des Israéliens une prise de risque d’une audace stupéfiante. Non seulement cette opération est une performance technique, mais il s’agit aussi d’une action éthique. Le chef du commando, Yoni Netanyahou, appartient à une classe de soldats israéliens pour qui la « pureté des armes » n’était pas un vain mot. J’ajoute qu’il faut aussi rendre hommage à l’équipage Air France du commandant Michel Bacos, pilote de l’Airbus A300 d’Air France reliant Tel-Aviv à Paris. L’attitude de cet équipage est digne de celui des Justes parmi les nations pendant la Guerre : ils ont protégé des Juifs menacés de mort au péril de leur propre vie, alors que les terroristes leur avaient proposé de partir.Qu’apporte votre film sur cet événement déjà largement documenté ? J.T. : Ce film va d’abord rappeler cette histoire aujourd’hui largement et délibérément occultée tant le politiquement correct ne peut admettre une image positive d’Israël. Les témoignages que j’ai recueillis posent des questions qui n’ont pas été traitées jusqu’à présent : que viennent faire deux terroristes allemands de l’extrême gauche, de l’ex-Fraction Armée Rouge (Brigitte Kuhlmann et Wilfried Böse), dans ce détournement d’avion ? On peut légitimement se poser la question. Bien qu’ils soient mercenarisés par le Front populaire de libération de la Palestine (FPLP), ils pensent être du bon côté en combattant pour la cause palestinienne. Ils vont néanmoins participer à ce geste symbolique de la sélection en séparant les passagers juifs des non-juifs. Les preneurs d’otages ont ainsi libéré dans un premier temps les passagers non israéliens, ne gardant que les Juifs, qui étaient menacés de mort au cas où Israël n’accéderait pas à leur demande. Une otage juive parlant allemand a demandé à Wilfried Böse s’il avait conscience de ce qu’il était en train de faire. Il ne lui a pas répondu. C’est ce geste qui conduira Joschka Fischer (ministre allemand des Affaires étrangères de 1998 à 2005 et militant gauchiste dans les années 1970) à rompre brutalement avec le gauchisme. Au nom de la Révolution, il estime que ses camarades reproduisent les gestes que leurs parents ont accomplis au nom du nazisme.Après la libération des otages par le comando de Tsahal, c’est pourtant Israël qui est condamné par la Communauté internationale. Comment l’expliquez-vous ? J.T. : Tout le monde juge le dictateur ougandais Amin Dada grotesque. Alors que le détournement sur Entebbe est le commencement du déclin d’Amin Dada dont on savait à l’époque qu’il était le bourreau de son peuple. Près de 300.000 personnes ont été tuées sous son règne. Or, après le raid israélien, le Secrétaire général de l’ONU, l’ancien SA Kurt Waldheim, condamne Israël en l’accusant de violer la souveraineté ougandaise. Ce qui est pitoyable, mais pas étonnant de la part d’un ancien nazi.La diplomatie française n’est pas très brillante non plus… J.T. : Le Quai d’Orsay regrette qu’il y ait eu des dégâts. Le président Giscard d’Estaing se félicite de la libération des otages, mais ne dit jamais qui les a libérés. Il ne remercie même pas les autorités israéliennes d’avoir sauvé un avion Air France avec un équipage français et des passagers français. Lorsque les journalistes demandent au commandant Bacos comment il a su que le commando qui les sauvait était israélien, il a répondu « qui voulez-vous que ce fut d’autre ? ». Suite à cette déclaration, l’état-major français se fend d’un communiqué dans lequel il affirme que l’armée française aurait pu le faire. Toujours est-il qu’elle n’a rien fait. Il y avait tout simplement un véto politique. Il est clair que les forces françaises étaient capables d’agir, d’autant plus qu’elles ont des bases à Djibouti ou ailleurs en Afrique. La distance est moins longue qu’entre Tel-Aviv et l’Ouganda.N’avez-vous pas le sentiment qu’il y avait déjà un climat hostile à Israël qui préfigure ce que nous voyons aujourd’hui en termes d’antisionisme et d’antisémitisme ? J.T. : Il y a un début et une fin. Cela commence le 27 juin et cela finit quelques jours plus tard le 4 juillet 1976. Il y a une unité de temps et tous les acteurs sont dans leur rôle respectif. J’aurais pu intituler ce film Les salauds, les héros et les corniauds. Les terroristes sont les salauds, l’équipage du vol Air France et les soldats israéliens les héros, et les diplomates sont les corniauds. Mais pas les seuls parmi les corniauds. Il faut aussi y inclure les commentaires médiatiques et politiques de l’époque. Ainsi, le 5 juillet 1976, Libération titre de cette manière : « Championnat du terrorisme, Israël en tête », avec un éditorial de Serge July dont le titre est « Le temps des hypocrites ». Il condamne sans appel ce qu’il considère comme une euphorie occidentale néo-colonialiste où les Israéliens ont attaqué un pays africain. En revanche, il ne dit pas un mot sur le terrorisme. L’Humanité ne fait pas mieux en titrant « Israël attaque l’Ouganda ». La victime, c’est donc l’Ouganda, et non pas les passagers pris en otage. L’Humanité en rajoute une couche en sous-titrant que Tsahal emmène les otages en Israël, comme si c’était l’armée israélienne le preneur d’otages. On voit donc que toutes les dérives anti-israéliennes dont nous sommes les témoins aujourd’hui sont déjà présentes en 1976.Avez-vous déjà un distributeur ? J.T. : Non. J’ai stocké des images, fait des interviews, mais le film n’est pas terminé, car il faut le pré-achat d’une chaine pour disposer des moyens financiers. Faire un film qui n’a d’autre prétention que de rappeler qu’Israël est allé sauver des passagers français d’un avion français oblige à faire des contorsions devant des comités de sélection pour intéresser des chaines de télévision françaises. La production est en train de prospecter, mais c’est très compliqué. Sortir un film sur une action héroïque et positive d’Israël qui sauve un avion, des passagers et un équipage français, ça ne peut pas être dit en France. Je suis confronté à une sorte de non-dit lorsqu’il s’agit de m’expliquer pourquoi on ne veut pas de ce film. Ainsi, j’avais introduit une demande de subvention auprès d’une région française. Elle m’a été refusée. J’ai donc demandé pourquoi. Il m’a été répondu que mon documentaire est « manichéen », de « parti-pris » et « unilatéral ». On me reproche de ne pas donner la parole à l’autre ! Mais qui est l’autre ? C’est hallucinant. C’est ce qu’on appelle aujourd’hui le point de vue démocratique. Comme s’il fallait donner la parole aux SS lorsqu’on parle de la Shoah. Le rapporteur de la commission de sélection des films m’a reproché de ne pas replacer les choses dans leur contexte. Mais je parle de Lod, Kiryat Shmona et de Maalot… Voilà le contexte. Et je sens aussi que les télévisions ont peur de diffuser un documentaire qui risque, dans leur esprit, de paraître comme islamophobe. Comme s’il y avait un interdit intériorisé de dire ou de montrer quelque chose de bien d’Israël et de démonter l’imposture du gauchisme. Si j’avais parlé de la Shoah, de Vichy ou du Front national, on m’aurait accueilli avec un tapis rouge.*Cliquez sur La liberté a un prix pour consulter la bande annonce du film de Jacques Tarnero

Voir par ailleurs (par un conspirationniste patenté du Réseau Voltaire)

Le Monde trouve de nouveaux mensonges et en recycle d’anciens
Louis Denghien

Info Syrie

20 juin 2012

Christophe Ayad, une figure de la désinformation bobo-atlantiste (parmi un certain nombre d’autres)
Le quotidien français naguère de « référence« , Le Monde, publie dans la rubrique Idées de son site un article récapitulatif de la situation actuelle en Syrie. C’est intéressant bien que largement mensonger, ou d’ailleurs intéressant car largement mensonger. En effet, l’auteur, Christophe Ayad, du service international du quotidien, donne à peu près l’état de l’analyse désormais faite par nos élites franco-mondialisée, au terme de 16 mois d’échecs diplomatique de l’Occident atlantisé, sur la crise.

S’abritant derrière une toute récente déclaration d’Hervé Ladsous, en charge à l’ONU des opérations de maintien de la paix, Ayad officialise en quelque sorte la guerre civile syrienne. Plus exactement, précise l’homme du Monde, il y a trois guerres civiles en une.

– d’abord une « guerre (du pouvoir) contre les civils« , ayant débuté en mars 2011. C’est l’occasion pour Christophe Ayad de recycler un des clichés favoris de la propagande anti-Bachar, auquel les journalistes français ne renoncent pas volontiers : celui des « manifestants à mains nues« . Ce cliché a certes correspondu à un réalité dans les tous premiers temps de la révolte, à Deraa notamment. Mais très vite, les manifestants ont été doublés par des extrémistes armés qui ont enclenché le cycle provocation-répression. Ayad dit que cette « révolution pacifique » se poursuit aujourd’hui dans tout le pays, et que la persistance de ces manifestations infirme la thèse du pouvoir syrien selon laquelle il n’est confronté qu’à des bandes armées. Car, écrit Ayad, « les Syriens ne veulent pas renoncer à ce qui fait l’essence même de leur révolution ».

Tiens donc ! On touche là à  ce que nous avons déjà appelé le « stalinisme bobo » : des milliers, voire, dans le meilleur des cas, des dizaines de milliers de manifestants aux slogans fleurant bon le sectarisme religieux – dont un grand nombre d’enfants en bas âge – représentent donc LES Syriens dans leur ensemble, qui sont tout de même la bagatelle de 23 millions ! Et dont des centaines  milliers ont à plusieurs reprises manifesté dans plusieurs villes leur soutien au gouvernement, sans que Christophe Ayad leur accorde la plus fugitive allusion. Si l’on est indulgent, on dira que le plumitif du Monde est tellement auto-formaté dan sa bonne conscience « citoyenne »qu’il ne se rend plus compte de ce qu’il écrit, ni des réalités du rapport de forces politique en Syrie !

-la deuxième guerre civile, il fallait bien qu’Ayad y vienne assez vite, c’est le « conflit inégal mais meurtrier » qui oppose depuis la fin de l’été l’ASL  à l’armée régulière. Réactivant le mythe biblique du David rebelle contre le Goliath gouvernemental, Christophe Ayad explique que si l’ASL n’est pas de taille à battre l’armée de Bachar, sa tactique de guérilla, son implantation et les armes « qu’elle commence à recevoir » inquiètent de plus en plus le régime…

Non, M. Ayed, l’ASL inquiète surtout – pour reprendre votre rhétorique – LES Syriens, qui perçoivent dans leur grande majorité les bandes rebelles comme des terroristes qui multiplient les attentats contre les personnes et les destructions des biens et infrastructures, et prennent des populations entières en otage comme à Homs. Quant aux (ex)actions des bandes armées elles ont commencé plus tôt que vous ne le dites : c’est le 6 juin 2011 qu’une troupe d’islamistes armés, qui ne se recommandaient pas encore de l’ASL, ont pris d’assaut un QG de la police à Jisr al-Choughour, massacrant au moins cent membres des forces de l’ordre. Et si la lutte est inégale entre les bandes et les militaires, c’est aussi que les premiers recourent souvent à la tactique de l’assassinat ciblé ou de l’embuscade contre le seconds.

Propagande invérifiable encore (et pour cause) que l’affirmation, empruntée prudemment à un service de l’ONU, selon laquelle les rebelles contrôlent « 40% » du territoire syrien : c’est l »habitude de l’OSDH de déclarer qu »une ville ou une région est sous contrôle de l’ASl, dès lors qu’une bande y a fait une apparition ponctuelle, avant de devoir s’éparpiller au premier retour offensif de l’armée. Au début de l’année, les médias français, Monde en tête, nous ont fait le coup, rappelez-vous, de l’ASL contrôlant toute la périphérie est de Damas, au point pratiquement d’assiéger Bachar dans son palais. Cette légende urbaine a duré 48 heures, mais manifestement elle fait encre rêver un Christophe Ayad !

Ce qui serait cruel, à cet égard, ce serait de se repasser le fil d’un an de dépêches OSDH/AFP, et d »articles du Monde : car on y lirait une suite ininterrompue de succès militaires de l’insurrection, transformant presque toutes les villes de Syrie en bastions, recrutant un flot continu de soldats dissidents, à se demander comment il subsiste un État et une armée syro-bachariste à l »heure actuelle !

-troisième conflit en cours en Syrie selon l’analyse ayadienne, « la guerre de tous contre tous » : là, le collaborateur du Monde vise les massacres de civils, commis d’un communauté à l’autre. Et là, bien sûr, Ayad sort de son chapeau la tuerie de Houla, en mai dernier, l’attribuant avec une tranquille assurance aux chabihas alaouites. Sait-il, ou feint-il d’ignorer, ce bourreur de crânes bobos, que pratiquement toutes les victimes de ce massacre appartiennent justement à des famille alaouites, et que même une famille était celle d’un député bachariste ? Que la télévision russe (qu’un Ayad, formé à la rude école gaucho-atlantiste de Libération, évidemment méprise statutairement) mais aussi un grand reporter de la Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung ont recueilli assez de témoignages et d’indices pour conclure à la responsabilité des miliciens islamistes, ASL ou pas, puisque même notre Ayad reconnait, avec ses mots de Tartuffe, « une grande autonomie des groupes » censés constituer cette ASL, et aussi une possible « infiltration » de celle-ci « par une composante djihadiste » (Que galamment ces choses-là sont dites !)

Bien-pensance géostratégique, déni de réalité, franc mensonges, mythes propagandistes, Le Monde sera toujours le Monde, et ses collaborateurs des collabos de l’OTAN ! Quand bien même ils auraient reçu, comme Christophe Ayad, le prix Albert Londres (décerné par le gratin du journalisme français mainstream) Mais, au fond, c’est la réalité et l’avenir qui devraient fournir le meilleur démenti aux assertions de ces militants déguisés en journalistes.


Boucliers humains: A Alep comme à Gaza, la désinformation vaincra (After Beirut and Gaza, Aleppo: Will the West ever learn ?)

16 octobre, 2016
beyrouthhumanshields hamashumanshields

Men and civil defence members look for survivors from under the rubble after an airstrike on the rebel held village of Taftanaz eastern countryside of Idlib, Syria, August 13, 2016. REUTERS/Ammar Abdullah

pallywoodeuropeQuelle est l’alternative (en Syrie)? L’alternative est-elle d’ajouter encore des milliers de morts aux 450.000 personnes qui ont déjà été tuées. Qu’Alep soit complètement envahie? Que les Russes et Assad bombardent partout indistinctement dans les jours à venir pendant que nous regardons cela impuissant? L’alternative, c’est essayer d’obtenir tout de même quelque chose puisque l’Amérique ne veut pas intervenir avec ses troupes. Or, l’Amérique a pris la décision de ne pas intervenir militairement en Syrie. Le Président a pris cette décision. John Kerry
Bachar el Assad ne mériterait pas d’être sur la terre. Laurent Fabius
Al Nosra fait du bon boulot. Laurent Fabius
La guerre ne sert à rien. Elle ne fait que renforcer les djihadistes. Jean-Marc Ayrault
La politique de la France est claire… Nous avons une stratégie, une vision. Jean-Marc Ayrault
Si le choix est entre Bachar et DAECH, il n’y a pas de choix. Jean-Marc Ayrault
Le régime syrien a confirmé avec une brutalité inouïe son objectif. Objectif qui n’a rien à voir avec la lutte contre le terrorisme, l’objectif c’est la capitulation d’Alep. Nous avons tous en mémoire Guernica, Srebrenica, Grozny. Ce qui se déroule à Alep est la répétition de cette tragédie. Jean-Marc Ayrault
A propos de la situation humanitaire autour d’Alep. Pensez-vous que nous avons oublié comment les forces aériennes des États-Unis ont bombardé un hôpital en Afghanistan, au cours duquel ont péri des collaborateurs de l’organisation Médecins sans frontières? Ou bombardé des fêtes de mariages où jusqu’à 100 personnes ont péri en Afghanistan, puis maintenant au Yémen ce qui vient de se passer, lorsque, avec une seule bombe, 170 personnes ont été tuées, 500 blessées lors d’une cérémonie funéraire. Quoi qu’il en soit, partout où se déroulent des conflits armés, bien malheureusement meurent et souffrent des gens qui n’y sont pour rien. Mais nous ne pouvons permettre aux terroristes de se protéger derrière des civils qu’ils utilisent comme des boucliers humains, et nous ne pouvons permettre qu’ils fassent chanter le monde entier lorsqu’ils ont pris quelqu’un en otage, le tuent et le décapitent. Si nous voulons mener cette guerre à son terme avec les terroristes, il faut alors se battre contre eux, mais ne pas aller vers eux en s’inclinant, et se retirer à reculons. (…) À Alep la situation est contrôlée par une autre organisation terroriste qui s’appelle Jabhat al Nusra. Elle a toujours été considérée comme une aile d’Al-Qaïda et figure dans la liste des organisations terroristes établie par l’ONU. (…) Ce qui choque et nous étonne c’est le fait que nos partenaires, et plus précisément américains, d’une façon ou d’une autre tentent sans cesse de sortir le dialogue sur le terrorisme de ses limites propres. Et je vais vous dire pourquoi. Il me semble que nos partenaires systématiquement et constamment reviennent sur les mêmes travers, ils veulent utiliser le potentiel militaire de ces organisations terroristes et radicales pour accomplir leurs buts politiques ; et dans ce cas pour combattre le président Assad et son gouvernement, ne comprenant pas que plus tard ils ne réussiront pas à mettre ces terroristes de côté, dans un coin, et les contraindre à vivre selon les lois et le droit civilisés, s’ils arrivaient à vaincre quelqu’un. Vladimir Poutine (TF1)
Obama handling of Syria continues to become more incoherent and more damaging to American interests. Putin has not only, thanks to White House dithering and irresolution, managed to reinsert Russia into Middle East politics in a spoiler role and his gains have not just included a deepening and commercially beneficial relationship with Iran and the weakening of the European Union and Merkel’s leadership in it over the refugee issue; he has also, thanks to the incoherence of American policy, managed to drive a thick wedge into NATO by further alienating Turkey from the West and, especially Washington. As for what a naive and vainglorious President Obama once (back in those days when he collected Nobel Peace Prizes and was hailed as the second coming of Abraham Licoln by a clueless and infatuated press corps) identified as a central goal of his foreign policy—the reconciliation of America with the Muslim world—his callous abandonment of the Syrian Sunnis to their increasingly genocidal foes has done as much, if not more, to tarnish America’s reputation among Sunni Arabs than anything any of his predecessors managed to do going back to Harry Truman. The issues in Syria are difficult and the alternatives are few, but President Obama’s Syria policy is one of the shabbiest and sorriest displays of serial ineptitude that has unfolded in world politics in all these many years. That his emissaries and representatives attempt to cover the nakedness of their policy with grandiose rhetorical denunciation of the crimes that Obama’s incompetence has enabled merely underscores the horrifying moral and political emptiness of the President’s approach to world politics. Walter Russell Mead
Le report sine die de la visite du président russe à Paris, pourtant prévue de longue date, est un nouvel épisode du burlesque qui guide notre diplomatie depuis presque cinq ans. L’inauguration de la cathédrale orthodoxe du quai Branly était l’occasion pour la France de se replacer dans le jeu diplomatique alors que les relations américano-russes sont au plus bas. Mais François Hollande n’a pas eu le courage de préserver l’indépendance de la France. Il a préféré rallier in extremis les bons élèves du camp occidental. Dans une séquence improvisée, François Hollande a benoitement livré au micro de TMC ses hésitations. (…) Il laisse la décision à Vladimir Poutine. Et Vladimir Poutine de lui répondre moqueur :  “je viendrai quand François Hollande sera prêt”. Comme si Hollande n’était pas vraiment dans son assiette. Pas vraiment maître de lui même. Après tout, la France doit parler à Moscou pour exister sur la scène internationale. Mais la Russie n’a pas besoin de Paris pour compter dans le monde. Désireux de se ressaisir et de dissiper ce perpétuel sentiment de flou, François Hollande a tenté devant l’Assemblée du Conseil de l’Europe de prouver qu’il avait un cap, qu’il avait la carrure de Vladimir Poutine. Il a ainsi prétendu avoir reporté l’entrevue suite à ”un désaccord majeur entre la Russie et la France ». Mais c’est trop tard, le mal est fait. La France s’est humiliée. Drapé dans une logique humanitaire à sens unique, Jean-Marc Ayrault semble, de son côté, avoir enfilé les bottes de Laurent Fabius. Après le départ de ce dernier au Conseil Constitutionnel, la diplomatie française semblait pouvoir prendre une tournure un poil plus réaliste. En particulier dans ces deux grandes crises ukrainienne et syrienne mais depuis c’est la rechute. Le retour des grandes déclarations, des coups de menton et des doigts levés; cette parodie d’Aristide Briand à la SDN. La Russie a du mettre son véto à la résolution française de cessez le feu à Alep. Une gifle que le quai d’Orsay n’a pas digérée. Car Poutine est déterminé à terminer le siège des quartiers Est et à reprendre le contrôle de la Syrie septentrionale. Il s’agit pour Moscou, Téhéran et Damas d’infliger une cuisante défaite aux rebelles djihadistes alliés à la branche syrienne d’Al-Qaïda (leur « divorce blanc » n’a trompé personne pour reprendre l’expression de Fabrice Balanche). Moscou entend accélérer les choses avant les élections américaines. Les deux candidats promettent de replacer les Etats-Unis au rang de leader du monde libre mais ils ne prêteront serment que fin janvier. En attendant, Barack Obama n’a pas caché son souhait de reprendre Mossoul avant son départ de la Maison-Blanche. Sa priorité est la chute de Daech et il sait qu’il doit compter malgré tout sur Moscou pour atteindre son but. La course contre-la-montre est engagée. Tout doit être terminé pour l’hiver. A l’initiative de Moscou et Damas, plusieurs cessez-le-feu ont déjà été négociés ou proposés à Alep, sous l’égide de l’ONU, afin que la population alépine puisse sortir de ce piège. Malheureusement, les groupes djihadistes ont interdit à la population d’en profiter. La population civile est le bouclier humain et la caution morale des djihadistes et de leur famille. Les hôpitaux abritent des QG, ils permettent aux grands chefs de la rébellion de se protéger mais aussi d’exposer les blessés aux bombardements de l’aviation russe (comme à Kunduz avec l’aviation américaine). Le but est de jouer sur la corde humanitaire occidentale et de provoquer une intervention sinon une pression occidentale sur Poutine. La France se fait le porte-voix  de ses clients du Golfe. Lesquels relayent les cris des groupes djihadistes enfermés dans Alep. La France surjoue son rôle de patrie des droits de l’homme et de soldat de la paix. Mais en réalité, elle n’est plus maîtresse de son propre jeu. La France est entrée dans une confrontation avec la Russie qui la marginalise un peu plus. Plutôt que de réactiver une guerre froide inutile avec Moscou, et de multiplier les rebuffades, Paris ferait mieux d’assumer le dialogue. Pour combattre notre seul et vrai ennemi commun, les djihadistes. Hadrien Desuin
Make no mistake, the carnage taking place in Aleppo right now is a disgrace to the international community. The Syrian government and Russian-backed forces are reportedly using chemical weapons, barrel bombs and increasingly powerful explosives to target innocent men, women and children. While rebel fighters have undoubtedly embedded themselves in the city in fortified positions, it appears that the civilian population is bearing the brunt of the conflict. While there has been some condemnation from the UN, where are the protests on the streets of European capitals and where is the media frenzy about this disgrace? Had Israel been involved, or had the IDF aimed one solitary munition at Aleppo, I think the response would be much different. The international community’s condemnation of the Assad regime and Putin’s Russia is nothing compared to the vitriol leveled against Israel for its far more restrained (and completely justified) 2014 operation against Hamas in Gaza. Unfortunately for the 250,000 residents of Aleppo, the city is not being attacked by the IDF. There are no leaflets being dropped warning civilians to evacuate areas in the line of fire. There is no “roof knocking” — where non-explosive devices are dropped on the roofs of targeted buildings to give civilians time to flee. And judging by the number of civilian casualties and the extent of the destruction in Syria, there is very little to no concern for the well-being of innocent civilians. Aleppo is a testament to the double standards at play when it comes to the treatment of Israel’s military operations. There is, however, a caveat. The IDF should be held to higher standards than the militaries of both Syria and Russia. And that is why The Sunday Times of London caught my eye recently. One story was headlined “Putin’s gigantic firebombs torch Aleppo.” Next to it was an article entitled, “RAF drone crew divert missile to save ‘civilian’ seconds from death.” The dissonance between the two stories is striking. On one side, we have the alleged deployment by Russia of a weapon “capable of blasting a massive ball of flame across wide areas of Aleppo.” On the other, the release of a video by Britain’s Royal Air Force showing a drone missile aimed at ISIS terrorists being diverted at the last minute to avoid killing a civilian. One side was indiscriminately firebombing, while the other was deliberately acting to prevent civilian casualties. The RAF evidently felt that its tale was a positive story, which showed that its drone squadrons act both ethically and in accordance with international law. Why is this news? Israel released many videos from incidents where missiles targeting Hamas terrorists were diverted due to the presence of Palestinian civilians. So why then were Israel’s identical efforts not deemed newsworthy? Simon Plosker
Tous ceux qui comparent la situation en Syrie avec la guerre d’Espagne et les jihadistes aux brigades internationales bénéficient de l’engouement d’une partie des médias où l’émotion domine plus que la réflexion. Mais les choses sont bien plus complexes: le désastre humanitaire en Syrie est aussi la conséquence de cette irealpolitik. Cela dit, il est évident que ce qui se déroule à Alep-Est est horrible pour les populations civiles qui sont sous les bombes. Ce que décrit l’ONU sur la situation humanitaire est exact: hôpitaux détruits, population terrée dans des abris, femmes et enfants prisonniers des décombres, etc. Mais tous les observateurs un peu réalistes avaient anticipé ce qui allait se passer si les rebelles ne quittaient pas Alep-Est, comme cela leur avait été proposé par la Russie. (…) Les rebelles «modérés» ont refusé de se désolidariser du Front al-Nosra, la branche syrienne d’al-Qaïda. Au contraire, deux des principaux groupes rebelles d’Alep dit «modérés», la brigade al-Zinki et Suqour es-Sham, se sont même officiellement affiliés à la coalition (Jaysh al Naser) dirigée par le Front al-Nosra durant la dernière trêve. Cela indique que le Front al-Nosra domine davantage les différentes factions rebelles, y compris celles considérées comme «modérées». Le Front al Nosra n’est pas membre de Fatah Halep, la coalition des rebelles d’Alep, mais c’est lui qui sur le terrain dirige les opérations militaires. Son emprise sur Alep-Est n’a fait qu’augmenter depuis le printemps 2016, date à laquelle il a envoyé 700 combattants en renfort alors que des combattants des brigades modérées commençaient à quitter la zone avant que la dernière sortie ne soit coupée. L’ouverture provisoire d’une brèche dans le siège d’Alep, en août 2016 (bataille de Ramousseh), a encore augmenté son prestige et son emprise sur les rebelles. (…) L’Arabie Saoudite et autres bailleurs arabes de la rébellion syrienne n’ont aucun intérêt à voir se concrétiser l’accord entre les États-Unis et la Russie. Ils veulent que le combat continue car sinon cet accord russo-américain signifie la victoire du camp Assad en Syrie et notamment celle de l’Iran. Les Saoudiens n’ont que faire des civils syriens, ils bombardent quotidiennement depuis deux ans le Yémen sans aucune considération pour la population civile. Nous sommes dans une guerre régionale et les considérations humanitaires sont instrumentalisées sans scrupules. L’objectif pour l’Arabie Saoudite est précisément d’obliger les États-Unis à intervenir davantage en Syrie pour bloquer l’Iran et la Russie. Pour cela il faut influencer l’opinion publique, c’est-à-dire les électeurs des membres du Congrès, en vue d’infléchir la politique américaine. Cela fonctionne puisqu’Alep est devenu un mot-clé de l’élection présidentielle américaine et il faudra beaucoup de détermination au successeur de Barak Obama pour résister aux pressions interventionnistes. (…) Depuis le printemps 2012, date de la militarisation à outrance de l’opposition syrienne, le régime syrien utilise une stratégie classique de contre-insurrection. Il s’agit moins de gagner les cœurs que de faire plus peur que l’adversaire et de prouver qu’il est le seul capable de ramener la paix en Syrie. Après cinq années de guerre, tout ce qui compte pour l’immense majorité des Syriens c’est précisément de vivre en paix, peu leur importe qui dirige le pays. Sur le plan psychologique, Bachar el Assad a donc gagné puisqu’il apparaît, au pire, comme le moindre mal. Il lui reste à éliminer les rebelles. Pour cela il faut les séparer de la population civile dans laquelle ils se dissimulent. La technique de contre-insurrection utilisée à Alep-Est consiste donc, depuis l’hiver 2013-2014, à bombarder sporadiquement pour faire fuir les civils, puis d’encercler le territoire rebelle. Résultat auquel l’armée syrienne est parvenue début septembre. La population d’Alep-Est est ainsi passée de plus d’un million d’habitants en 2011 à 200,000 aujourd’hui selon l’ONU, mais sans doute beaucoup moins. À titre de comparaison la partie occidentale d’Alep, sous contrôle gouvernemental, compte 800,000 habitants. (…) Après trois années de bombardement, le camp de Bashar el Assad considère que ceux qui restent dans Alep-Est soutiennent les rebelles, car les autres ont eu tout le temps de fuir. C’est en partie vrai, car il s’agit pour l’essentiel des familles des combattants, qui sont donc payées pour rester. Désormais, la seule solution envisagée par les militaires pour les convaincre de quitter Alep-Est est de frapper aveuglément et massivement. Dans quelques jours, une trêve sera sans doute proclamée pour permettre à ceux qui le souhaitent d’être évacués. Mais encore faut-il qu’ils le puissent, car les groupes radicaux empêchent les civils de partir pour les utiliser comme boucliers humains, comme ce fut le cas à Homs. Puis les bombardements reprendront jusqu’à la reconquête totale des quartiers rebelles d’Alep.(…) En tout état de cause, le Président russe considère que les États-Unis sont incapables de convaincre leurs alliés de cesser le combat, il a donc décidé de les mettre devant le fait accompli. L’exécutif américain est paralysé au moins jusqu’à la prise de fonction de la nouvelle administration en janvier 2017. Il s’agit donc de l’emporter à Alep d’ici trois mois. Recep Teyep Erdogan, a lui, anticipé ce qui allait se passer et il a trouvé plus judicieux de négocier avec Vladimir Poutine. Il a obtenu du maître du Kremlin la création d’une zone sous influence turque au Nord-Est d’Alep pour accueillir les futurs réfugiés, tout en bloquant l’avancée des Kurdes vers l’Ouest. En échange, le Président turc a dû s’engager à réduire son soutien aux rebelles syriens. Ce qui augure mal de l’avenir de la rébellion syrienne car la Turquie est indispensable pour son soutien logistique. Alexis Feertchak
Découvrant, mais un peu tard, que la guerre tue, qu’elle est laide, injuste et sans pitié, et surtout que l’on pourrait un jour peut-être, au tribunal de l’Histoire, venir demander à Paris des comptes sur son inaction face au drame – à moins que ce ne soit sur ses actions et ses options politiques-, la France a pris les devants. Accusant avec l’ONU le régime syrien et la Russie de crimes de guerre à Alep, elle a déposé en hâte un projet de résolution au Conseil de Sécurité des Nations Unies demandant l’arrêt des combats et des bombardements sur l’est de la ville (dont elle feint de croire qu’il n’est peuplé que de civils innocents qui resteraient là de leur propre gré et que la Russie et le régime pilonneraient par pure cruauté), l’acheminement de l’aide humanitaire et la reprise du processus de négociation. Que dire de cette initiative, apparemment inspirée par une indignation vertueuse face au drame bien réel vécu par la population d’Alep-Est, à un moment où la tension russo-américaine monte dangereusement et peut faire craindre un dérapage militaire sur le terrain que certains, à Washington et à l’OTAN, appellent ouvertement de leurs vœux? S’agit-il d’une nouvelle salve d’irénisme aveugle et de «pensée magique», funeste version 2016 de «Boucle d’or au Pays des trois ours» découvrant une intrusion dans sa maisonnette idyllique? Ou d’une gesticulation habile mais dangereuse qui n’a pour but, en prétendant débloquer la situation, que de jouer les utilités au profit de Washington en fossilisant un peu plus les positions des deux camps qui s’affrontent désormais ouvertement sur le corps exsangue de la nation syrienne? Difficile de démêler la part de négation du réel de celle de l’alignement sur ce que l’on présente comme «le camp du Bien» …et de nos intérêts nationaux, si mal évalués pourtant. Ce cinéma diplomatique vient évidemment de se solder par un véto russe, attendu par Paris, Londres et Washington qui veulent faire basculer l’indignation internationale contre Moscou à défaut de mettre en cohérence leurs objectifs politiques et militaires avec leur prétendue volonté de paix. Mais prendre la tête du chœur des vierges ne suffit pas et ne trompe plus personne. L’évidence crève l’écran. «L’Occident» ne mène pas la guerre contre l’islamisme sunnite ou alors de façon très résiduelle: il le nourrit, le conseille, l’entraine. DAECH, dont la barbarie spectaculaire des modes d’action sert d’épouvantail opportun et de catalyseur de la vindicte occidentale, permet de juger par contraste «respectable» l’avalanche de djihadistes sunnites d’obédience wahhabite ou Frères musulmans qui ne combattent d’ailleurs pas plus que nous l’Etat islamique mais s’acharnent sur le régime syrien. Et l’Amérique comme la France cherchent avec une folle complaisance, dans ce magma ultraviolent, des interlocuteurs susceptibles d’être intronisés comme «légitimes» et capables de remplacer un autocrate indocile qui a le mauvais goût de résister à la marche de l’Histoire version occidentale et à la vague démocratique censée inonder de ses bienfaits un Moyen-Orient politiquement arriéré. Saddam Hussein, Mouammar Kadhafi, cruels tyrans sans doute, n’ont pu y résister et croyaient encore pouvoir argumenter avec leurs adversaires occidentaux (longtemps leurs alliés) quand leur sort était en fait scellé depuis longtemps. Bachar el Assad a bien failli y passer lui aussi. Mais à notre grand dam, Moscou a vu dans cette nouvelle guerre occidentale de déstabilisation par procuration, une occasion inespérée de sécuriser ses bases militaires, de défier l’Amérique qui la méprisait trop ouvertement, de regagner une influence centrale dans la région et de traiter «à la source» le terrorisme qui menace son territoire et ses marges d’Asie centrale et du Caucase. Et l’a saisie. Dans ce Grand jeu explosif de reconfiguration de l’équilibre du monde et notamment du nouveau duel cardinal, celui de Washington avec Pékin, la France, je le crains, s’est trompée du tout au tout et démontre à la face du monde mais surtout à l’ennemi – qui observe notre incohérence diplomatique et politique-, qu’elle pratique admirablement le grand écart stratégique… aux dépens toutefois, de nos concitoyens. Comment justifier en effet notre combat au Mali contre les djihadistes sunnites, notre soutien en Irak aux chiites contre les sunnites, et en Syrie notre appui aux groupuscules sunnites les plus extrémistes contre Bachar el Assad…tout en prétendant profiter du marché iranien entre ouvert ….et vendre des armes aux Saoudiens et Qataris sunnites qui sont by the way les financiers du djihadisme mondial dont nous subissons la haine et la violence terroriste sur notre sol désormais à un rythme soutenu? (…) L’impensé du discours français n’en reste pas moins le suivant: si Assad, «bourreau de son propre peuple» selon l’expression consacrée, était finalement militairement et politiquement mis hors-jeu, par qui compte -on le remplacer? A qui sera livrée la Syrie, «utile» ou pas, une fois que DAECH en aura été progressivement «exfiltré» vers d’autres macabres «territoires de jeu», en Libye par exemple? Quelle alternative pour la survie des communautés, notamment chrétiennes, encore présentes dans le pays qui passe par la survie des structures laïques d’Etat? Quels individus veut-on mettre au pouvoir? Les pseudo «modérés» qui encombrent les couloirs des négociations en trompe l’œil de Genève? Le Front al Nosra, sous son nouveau petit nom – Fateh al Sham -, que les Américains persistent à soutenir en dépit des objurgations russes et qui a fait exploser le cessez-le feu? Ou peut-être certains groupuscules désormais armés de missiles américains TOW qui n’attendent qu’un «go» pour tenter de dézinguer un avion ou un hélico russe, «par erreur» naturellement? Ou encore les représentants des Forces démocratiques syriennes, ou ceux de «l’Armée de la Conquête» qui renait opportunément de ses cendres… Ou un mixte de tous ces rebelles – apprentis démocrates férus de liberté et qui libèreront enfin le peuple syrien du sanglant dictateur qui le broyait sous sa férule depuis trop longtemps? Croit-on sérieusement que l’on pourra contrôler une seule minute ces nouveaux «patrons» du pays qui se financent dans le Golfe -dont nous sommes devenus les obligés silencieux-, et dont l’agenda politique et religieux est aux antipodes de la plus petite de nos exigences «démocratiques»? Ne comprend-on pas qu’ils vont mettre le pays en coupe réglée, en finiront dans le sang avec toutes les minorités, placeront les populations sunnites sous leur contrôle terrifiant, et que tout processus électoral sera une mascarade et ne fera qu’entériner une domination communautaire et confessionnelle sans appel? (…) Nous avons depuis 5 ans une politique étrangère à contre-emploi et à contre temps, réduite à deux volets: action humanitaire et diplomatie économique. En gros vendre des armes à tout prix aux pays sunnites, les aider à faire la guerre et à s’emparer du pouvoir à Damas… et porter des couvertures aux victimes de cet activisme économico-militaire: les Syriens. (…) L’Etat Français a d’ailleurs été poursuivi – en vain à ce jour -pour ces déclarations ministérielles qui ont de facto encouragé le prosélytisme islamiste et le terrorisme en présentant le départ pour la Syrie à des apprentis djihadistes français comme une œuvre politique salutaire, avec les résultats que l’on connait sur le territoire national. (…) Mais le pire était à venir. Ce matin, nous avons franchi un nouveau seuil dans le ridicule et le suicide politique. Au moment où il est d’une extrême urgence de se parler enfin à cœur ouvert, de dire la vérité, d’abandonner les poses et les anathèmes, de ne plus se tromper d’ennemi, de faire front commun – comme l’ont proposé les Russes depuis des lustres -, contre l’islamisme qui a décidé notre perte et s’esclaffe de notre ahurissante naïveté et de notre faiblesse, le président de la République française s’interroge publiquement, de bon matin, dans une émission de divertissement, devant l’animateur Yann Barthes sur TMC, sur l’opportunité de recevoir Vladimir Poutine à Paris le 19 octobre prochain! «P’têt ben qu’oui, p’têt ben qu’non …» La réponse de Moscou à cette insulte ne s’est pas fait attendre: le Président russe ne viendra pas. Nous sommes au fond du fond du fond de l’impuissance politique et l’on se laisse couler, saisis par l’ivresse des profondeurs en croyant surnager. (…) La confusion permanente entre l’Etat syrien et le régime syrien nourrit la guerre. C’est l’Etat qu’il faut aider à survivre à l’offensive islamiste au lieu d’encourager les mouvements terroristes à le déstructurer. Le sort de Bachar el Assad est à la fois central et accessoire. Si l’Etat syrien devait tomber sous la coupe de DAECH ou sous celle d’Al Nosra et de ses avatars, alors ce seront les massacres communautaires et le chaos. Qui aura alors des comptes à rendre pour les avoir laissé advenir? Caroline Galactéros

Cachez ces boucliers humains que je ne saurai voir !

Après la pantalonnade que l’on sait de la visite annulée du chef d’Etat français avec son homologue russe …

Pendant que sans la moindre mise en perspective et jusqu’à susciter les vocations les plus fourvoyées …

 Nos belles âmes nous matraquent avec les tragiques images des victimes civiles des bombardements syro-russes …

Comment ne pas repenser …

Sans compter l’évident deux poids deux mesures (imaginez les manifestations qu’aurait provoqué, venant des forces israéliennes, ne serait-ce que le centième des dégâts collatéraux des actuels bombardements d’Alep !) …

Aux tristement fameuses campagnes de désinformation qui, sur fond d’usage massif de boucliers humains achetés ou forcés, avaient marqué les guerres d’Israël contre les forces terroristes du Liban ou de Gaza ?

Et surtout ne pas voir avec la certes très poutinomane et ayatollaphile politologue Caroline Galactéros …

L’incroyable mélange d’aveuglement et d’hypocrisie qui sert actuellement de politique étrangère aux dirigeants occidentaux …

Qui après avoir précipité l’émergence des djihadistes de l’Etat islamique suite à l’abandon criminel de l’Irak et de la Syrie par l’Administaration Obama …

Les voit aujourd’hui soutenir …

Contre une Russie plus que jamais revanchiste et un Iran à qui l’on vient par ailleurs de reconnaitre le droit à l’arme ultime …

Et avec, entre deux bombardements de civils au Yemen ou ailleurs, les habituels fourriers saoudiens et qataris du djiadisme …

Rien de moins que la prochaine génération de djihadistes ?

Caroline Galactéros : « La décision de Vladimir Poutine humilie la diplomatie française »
Caroline Galactéros
Le Figaro
11/10/2016

FIGAROVOX/TRIBUNE – Vladimir Poutine a annoncé qu’il reportait sa visite à Paris où il devait rencontrer François Hollande. Pour Caroline Galactéros, cette décision n’est que la suite logique d’un amateurisme complet de la France en Syrie et ailleurs dans le monde.

Docteur en Science politique et colonel au sein de la réserve opérationnelle des Armées, Caroline Galactéros dirige le cabinet d’intelligence stratégique «Planeting». Auteur du blog Bouger Les Lignes, elle a publié Manières du monde. Manières de guerre (Nuvis, 2013) et Guerre, Technologie et société (Nuvis, 2014).

Découvrant, mais un peu tard, que la guerre tue, qu’elle est laide, injuste et sans pitié, et surtout que l’on pourrait un jour peut-être, au tribunal de l’Histoire, venir demander à Paris des comptes sur son inaction face au drame – à moins que ce ne soit sur ses actions et ses options politiques-, la France a pris les devants. Accusant avec l’ONU le régime syrien et la Russie de crimes de guerre à Alep, elle a déposé en hâte un projet de résolution au Conseil de Sécurité des Nations Unies demandant l’arrêt des combats et des bombardements sur l’est de la ville (dont elle feint de croire qu’il n’est peuplé que de civils innocents qui resteraient là de leur propre gré et que la Russie et le régime pilonneraient par pure cruauté), l’acheminement de l’aide humanitaire et la reprise du processus de négociation.

Que dire de cette initiative, apparemment inspirée par une indignation vertueuse face au drame bien réel vécu par la population d’Alep-Est, à un moment où la tension russo-américaine monte dangereusement et peut faire craindre un dérapage militaire sur le terrain que certains, à Washington et à l’OTAN, appellent ouvertement de leurs vœux? S’agit-il d’une nouvelle salve d’irénisme aveugle et de «pensée magique», funeste version 2016 de «Boucle d’or au Pays des trois ours» découvrant une intrusion dans sa maisonnette idyllique? Ou d’une gesticulation habile mais dangereuse qui n’a pour but, en prétendant débloquer la situation, que de jouer les utilités au profit de Washington en fossilisant un peu plus les positions des deux camps qui s’affrontent désormais ouvertement sur le corps exsangue de la nation syrienne? Difficile de démêler la part de négation du réel de celle de l’alignement sur ce que l’on présente comme «le camp du Bien» …et de nos intérêts nationaux, si mal évalués pourtant.

Ce cinéma diplomatique vient évidemment de se solder par un véto russe, attendu par Paris, Londres et Washington qui veulent faire basculer l’indignation internationale contre Moscou à défaut de mettre en cohérence leurs objectifs politiques et militaires avec leur prétendue volonté de paix. Mais prendre la tête du chœur des vierges ne suffit pas et ne trompe plus personne. L’évidence crève l’écran. «L’Occident» ne mène pas la guerre contre l’islamisme sunnite ou alors de façon très résiduelle: il le nourrit, le conseille, l’entraine. DAECH, dont la barbarie spectaculaire des modes d’action sert d’épouvantail opportun et de catalyseur de la vindicte occidentale, permet de juger par contraste «respectable» l’avalanche de djihadistes sunnites d’obédience wahhabite ou Frères musulmans qui ne combattent d’ailleurs pas plus que nous l’Etat islamique mais s’acharnent sur le régime syrien. Et l’Amérique comme la France cherchent avec une folle complaisance, dans ce magma ultraviolent, des interlocuteurs susceptibles d’être intronisés comme «légitimes» et capables de remplacer un autocrate indocile qui a le mauvais goût de résister à la marche de l’Histoire version occidentale et à la vague démocratique censée inonder de ses bienfaits un Moyen-Orient politiquement arriéré.

Saddam Hussein, Mouammar Kadhafi, cruels tyrans sans doute, n’ont pu y résister et croyaient encore pouvoir argumenter avec leurs adversaires occidentaux (longtemps leurs alliés) quand leur sort était en fait scellé depuis longtemps. Bachar el Assad a bien failli y passer lui aussi. Mais à notre grand dam, Moscou a vu dans cette nouvelle guerre occidentale de déstabilisation par procuration, une occasion inespérée de sécuriser ses bases militaires, de défier l’Amérique qui la méprisait trop ouvertement, de regagner une influence centrale dans la région et de traiter «à la source» le terrorisme qui menace son territoire et ses marges d’Asie centrale et du Caucase. Et l’a saisie.

Dans ce Grand jeu explosif de reconfiguration de l’équilibre du monde et notamment du nouveau duel cardinal, celui de Washington avec Pékin, la France, je le crains, s’est trompée du tout au tout et démontre à la face du monde mais surtout à l’ennemi – qui observe notre incohérence diplomatique et politique-, qu’elle pratique admirablement le grand écart stratégique… aux dépens toutefois, de nos concitoyens. Comment justifier en effet notre combat au Mali contre les djihadistes sunnites, notre soutien en Irak aux chiites contre les sunnites, et en Syrie notre appui aux groupuscules sunnites les plus extrémistes contre Bachar el Assad…tout en prétendant profiter du marché iranien entre ouvert ….et vendre des armes aux Saoudiens et Qataris sunnites qui sont by the way les financiers du djihadisme mondial dont nous subissons la haine et la violence terroriste sur notre sol désormais à un rythme soutenu? C’est de l’opportunisme à très courte vue, mais plus encore un hiatus stratégique béant et la manifestation d’une totale incompréhension du réel.

De telles contradictions ne peuvent s’expliquer que par notre entêtement à vouloir en finir avec le régime syrien actuel dont nul n’imaginait qu’il résisterait si longtemps aux feux croisés de l’Amérique et de ses alliés sunnites. L’exigence américaine – reprise à son compte par Paris – d’une cessation des bombardements aériens sur Alep-Est «pour raisons humanitaires» aurait permis en fait de laisser les islamistes de la ville (soit rien moins qu’Al Nosra et consorts) se refaire une santé militaire en se servant des civils comme de boucliers humains, de poursuivre leurs tirs d’obus sur la partie ouest de la ville et d’empêcher Damas et Moscou de faire basculer décisivement le rapport de force militaire en faveur de l’Etat syrien dans le cadre d’une négociation ultime. Qui a d’ailleurs fait échouer le cessez le feu signé le 9 septembre dernier à Genève? Les groupes terroristes qui n’en voulaient pas et les Etats-Unis qui ont bombardé les forces syriennes à Deir el Zor et ouvert la voie aux forces de l’Etat Islamique. Encore un accord de dupes.

Temps court versus temps long, individu versus groupe, froideur politique versus empathie médiatique (sélective): on se refuse à voir, dans nos démocraties molles, que la véritable action stratégique, pour être efficace, ne peut prendre en compte que des nombres, des masses, des ensembles, des mouvements, des processus, quand toute l’attention médiatique et la gestion politicienne des crises, elles, veulent faire croire que l’individu est central et se concentrent sur la souffrance et le sort des personnes, alors que celles-ci sont depuis toujours et sans doute pour encore longtemps sacrifiées à la confrontation globale et brutale entre Etats. Les images terrifiantes de la guerre au quotidien masquent la réalité d’un affrontement sans scrupules de part et d’autre, dont en l’espèce les malheureux Syriens ne sont même plus les enjeux mais de simples otages.

L’impensé du discours français n’en reste pas moins le suivant: si Assad, «bourreau de son propre peuple» selon l’expression consacrée, était finalement militairement et politiquement mis hors-jeu, par qui compte -on le remplacer? A qui sera livrée la Syrie, «utile» ou pas, une fois que DAECH en aura été progressivement «exfiltré» vers d’autres macabres «territoires de jeu», en Libye par exemple? Quelle alternative pour la survie des communautés, notamment chrétiennes, encore présentes dans le pays qui passe par la survie des structures laïques d’Etat? Quels individus veut-on mettre au pouvoir? Les pseudo «modérés» qui encombrent les couloirs des négociations en trompe l’œil de Genève? Le Front al Nosra, sous son nouveau petit nom – Fateh al Sham -, que les Américains persistent à soutenir en dépit des objurgations russes et qui a fait exploser le cessez-le feu? Ou peut-être certains groupuscules désormais armés de missiles américains TOW qui n’attendent qu’un «go» pour tenter de dézinguer un avion ou un hélico russe, «par erreur» naturellement? Ou encore les représentants des Forces démocratiques syriennes, ou ceux de «l’Armée de la Conquête» qui renait opportunément de ses cendres… Ou un mixte de tous ces rebelles – apprentis démocrates férus de liberté et qui libèreront enfin le peuple syrien du sanglant dictateur qui le broyait sous sa férule depuis trop longtemps?

Croit-on sérieusement que l’on pourra contrôler une seule minute ces nouveaux «patrons» du pays qui se financent dans le Golfe -dont nous sommes devenus les obligés silencieux-, et dont l’agenda politique et religieux est aux antipodes de la plus petite de nos exigences «démocratiques»? Ne comprend-on pas qu’ils vont mettre le pays en coupe réglée, en finiront dans le sang avec toutes les minorités, placeront les populations sunnites sous leur contrôle terrifiant, et que tout processus électoral sera une mascarade et ne fera qu’entériner une domination communautaire et confessionnelle sans appel? … «Anne, ma sœur Anne ne vois-tu rien venir? je ne vois que l’herbe qui verdoie et la terre qui poudroie» … Quelle naïveté, quelle ignorance, quelle indifférence en fait!

L’interview accordée le 5 octobre dernier par notre ministre des Affaires étrangères à la veille de son départ pour Moscou à Yves Calvi sur LCI est à cet égard, un morceau de bravoure édifiant, qui escamote la réalité et brosse un paysage surréaliste du conflit et de ce qu’il faudrait y comprendre et en attendre.

Florilège et exégèse….

«La guerre ne sert à rien. Elle ne fait que renforcer les djihadistes»

Est-ce à dire qu’il faut les laisser faire, leur donner les clefs du pays et prier peut-être, pour qu’ils ne massacrent pas les minorités qui y demeurent encore et instaurent la démocratie? Faut-il ne plus agir en espérant qu’ils vont s’arrêter? De qui se moque-t-on? Adieu Boucle d’Or. Nous sommes au Pays des rêves bleus de Oui-Oui…

Les Russes, qui se disent satisfaits de l’efficacité de leurs frappes contre les terroristes d’Alep-Est «sont cyniques» … Qui est cynique ici? Celui qui déforme la réalité d’un affrontement pour ne pas avouer qu’il est (avec d’autres) à la manœuvre d’une déstabilisation d’Etat par des groupuscules terroristes liés à Al-Qaïda (matrice de Daech) sous couvert d’aspiration à la démocratie? Ou ceux qui cherchent à réduire l’emprise djihadiste et à renforcer des structures d’Etat laïques avec ou sans Bachar?

«La politique de la France est claire… Nous avons une stratégie, une vision

Ah?! Laquelle? Nous avons depuis 5 ans une politique étrangère à contre-emploi et à contre temps, réduite à deux volets: action humanitaire et diplomatie économique. En gros vendre des armes à tout prix aux pays sunnites, les aider à faire la guerre et à s’emparer du pouvoir à Damas… et porter des couvertures aux victimes de cet activisme économico-militaire: les Syriens.

En dépit de l’excellence de nos forces armées, de la présence du Charles de Gaulle sur zone et de nos missions aériennes soutenues, Paris n’est diplomatiquement et stratégiquement plus nulle part en Syrie, et depuis longtemps. Par dogmatisme, par moralisme, par notre parti pris immodéré pour les puissances sunnites de la région, nous nous sommes engouffrés dans un alignement crédule sur la politique américaine qui s’est en plus retourné contre nous dès l’été 2013, lorsque Barack Obama a dû renoncer à frapper directement Damas au prétexte d’un usage d’armes chimiques qui n’a d’ailleurs jamais été confirmé. Un camouflet d’autant plus lourd à porter que notre ancien ministre des affaires étrangères avait jugé bon, dès août 2012, de dire que «Bachar el Assad ne méritait pas d’être sur terre» et, en décembre 2012, «qu’Al Nosra faisait du bon boulot». L’Etat Français a d’ailleurs été poursuivi – en vain à ce jour -pour ces déclarations ministérielles qui ont de facto encouragé le prosélytisme islamiste et le terrorisme en présentant le départ pour la Syrie à des apprentis djihadistes français comme une œuvre politique salutaire, avec les résultats que l’on connait sur le territoire national. N’en déplaise à Monsieur Ayrault, la France n’est ni écoutée, ni considérée, ni attendue sur le dossier syrien. Elle en est réduite à servir de go between entre Washington et Moscou lorsque ceux-ci ne peuvent plus se parler et qu’il faut faire semblant, une fois encore, de rechercher un compromis et d’amener Moscou à lever le pied d’une implication trop efficace à notre goût.

«Si le choix est entre Bachar et Daech, il n’y a pas de choix

Mais c’est pourtant le cas, ne nous en déplaise. Nous combattons l’Etat islamique pour la galerie, sans grande conviction ni détermination politique, de très haut, par des frappes qui sans présence terrestre demeurent symboliques. Pour Moscou, au contraire, il n’existe pas «d’islamistes modérés» ; combattre le terrorisme revient à combattre l’EI mais aussi ses avatars locaux innombrables à tout prix, y compris au prix de pertes civiles importantes. Et c’est aujourd’hui la Russie qui, dans les airs mais aussi au sol, avec l’Iran et le régime syrien, «fait la guerre», se bat contre le terrorisme islamiste qui menace tout l’Occident, gangrène nos vieilles sociétés repues et pacifiques et nous prend pour cible. Ils «font le job». Un horrible job. Dans l’immédiat, il faut choisir entre le soutien à l’Etat syrien – que le régime d’Assad incarne-, et DAECH et Cie.

Le sommet est atteint à la fin de l’intervention ministérielle, lorsque l’on apprend que «la Syrie future devra être unitaire, avoir des structures étatiques stables, être protectrice de toutes ses minorités, mettre en place des institutions solides, contrôler son armée et ses Services…» (sic)! Les bras nous en tombent. Voici décrite…la Syrie d’avant la guerre! Ce terrifiant carnage n’aurait-il donc été qu’un coup d’épée dans l’eau?

Mais le pire était à venir. Ce matin, nous avons franchi un nouveau seuil dans le ridicule et le suicide politique. Au moment où il est d’une extrême urgence de se parler enfin à cœur ouvert, de dire la vérité, d’abandonner les poses et les anathèmes, de ne plus se tromper d’ennemi, de faire front commun – comme l’ont proposé les Russes depuis des lustres -, contre l’islamisme qui a décidé notre perte et s’esclaffe de notre ahurissante naïveté et de notre faiblesse, le président de la République française s’interroge publiquement, de bon matin, dans une émission de divertissement, devant l’animateur Yann Barthes sur TMC, sur l’opportunité de recevoir Vladimir Poutine à Paris le 19 octobre prochain! «P’têt ben qu’oui, p’têt ben qu’non …» La réponse de Moscou à cette insulte ne s’est pas fait attendre: le Président russe ne viendra pas. Nous sommes au fond du fond du fond de l’impuissance politique et l’on se laisse couler, saisis par l’ivresse des profondeurs en croyant surnager.

Hauteur de vue et profondeur de champ, véritable souci pour la souffrance humaine: la realpolitik est la solution, pas le mal. La confusion permanente entre l’Etat syrien et le régime syrien nourrit la guerre. C’est l’Etat qu’il faut aider à survivre à l’offensive islamiste au lieu d’encourager les mouvements terroristes à le déstructurer. Le sort de Bachar el Assad est à la fois central et accessoire. Si l’Etat syrien devait tomber sous la coupe de DAECH ou sous celle d’Al Nosra et de ses avatars, alors ce seront les massacres communautaires et le chaos. Qui aura alors des comptes à rendre pour les avoir laissé advenir?

Voir aussi:

Alep : pourquoi la tragédie humanitaire ne bouleverse pas la donne géopolitique
Alexis Feertchak
Le Figaro
29/09/2016

FIGAROVOX/ENTRETIEN – Alors que la crise humanitaire s’aggrave, le régime syrien soutenu par les Russes et les Iraniens reprend du terrain. Pour Fabrice Balanche, les rebelles sont plus que jamais liés à Al-Qaïda et Moscou ne saurait être le seul responsable du chaos.

Agrégé et docteur en Géographie, Fabrice Balanche est maître de conférences à l’Université Lyon-2 et chercheur invité au Washington Institute. Spécialiste du Moyen-Orient, il a publié notamment La région alaouite et le pouvoir syrien(éd. Karthala, 2006) et Atlas du Proche-Orient arabe (éd. RFI & PUPS, 2010).

FIGAROVOX. – À propos d’Alep, le politologue libanais Ziad Majed a déclaré au journal Le Monde: «Si on parle d’un point de vue de droit international, et de la convention de Genève, ce qui se passe commence même à dépasser le cadre des crimes de guerre, ce sont presque des crimes contre l’humanité». Quelle est aujourd’hui la situation humanitaire dans l’ancienne capitale économique de la Syrie?

Tous ceux qui comparent la situation en Syrie avec la guerre d’Espagne et les jihadistes aux brigades internationales bénéficient de l’engouement d’une partie des médias où l’émotion domine plus que la réflexion. Mais les choses sont bien plus complexe: le désastre humanitaire en Syrie est aussi la conséquence de cette irealpolitik.

Cela dit, il est évident que ce qui se déroule à Alep-Est est horrible pour les populations civiles qui sont sous les bombes. Ce que décrit l’ONU sur la situation humanitaire est exact: hôpitaux détruits, population terrée dans des abris, femmes et enfants prisonniers des décombres, etc. Mais tous les observateurs un peu réalistes avaient anticipé ce qui allait se passer si les rebelles ne quittaient pas Alep-Est, comme cela leur avait été proposé par la Russie. Je citerais tout simplement John Kerry au micro de la NPR le 14 septembre dernier:

«Quelle est l’alternative (en Syrie)? L’alternative est-elle d’ajouter encore des milliers de morts aux 450.000 personnes qui ont déjà été tuées. Qu’Alep soit complètement envahie? Que les Russes et Assad bombardent partout indistinctement dans les jours à venir pendant que nous regardons cela impuissant? L’alternative c’est essayer d’obtenir tout de même quelque chose puisque l’Amérique ne veut pas intervenir avec ses troupes. Or, l’Amérique a pris la décision de ne pas intervenir militairement en Syrie. Le Président a pris cette décision».

L’Armée syrienne soutenue par l’aviation russe a repris un quartier de la zone d’Alep contrôlée par les rebelles. De quels rebelles s’agit-il?

Les rebelles «modérés» ont refusé de se désolidariser du Front al-Nosra, la branche syrienne d’al-Qaïda. Au contraire, deux des principaux groupes rebelles d’Alep dit «modérés», la brigade al-Zinki et Suqour es-Sham, se sont même officiellement affiliés à la coalition (Jaysh al Naser) dirigée par le Front al-Nosra durant la dernière trêve. Cela indique que le Front al-Nosra domine davantage les différentes factions rebelles, y compris celles considérées comme «modérées». Le Front al Nosra n’est pas membre de Fatah Halep, la coalition des rebelles d’Alep, mais c’est lui qui sur le terrain dirige les opérations militaires. Son emprise sur Alep-Est n’a fait qu’augmenter depuis le printemps 2016, date à laquelle il a envoyé 700 combattants en renfort alors que des combattants des brigades modérées commençaient à quitter la zone avant que la dernière sortie ne soit coupée. L’ouverture provisoire d’une brèche dans le siège d’Alep, en août 2016 (bataille de Ramousseh), a encore augmenté son prestige et son emprise sur les rebelles.

L’accord de coopération militaire américano-russe, qui portait d’abord et avant tout sur Alep, semble avoir fait long feu. Comment expliquer cet échec?

L’Arabie Saoudite et autres bailleurs arabes de la rébellion syrienne n’ont aucun intérêt à voir se concrétiser l’accord entre les États-Unis et la Russie. Ils veulent que le combat continue car sinon cet accord russo-américain signifie la victoire du camp Assad en Syrie et notamment celle de l’Iran. Les Saoudiens n’ont que faire des civils syriens, ils bombardent quotidiennement depuis deux ans le Yémen sans aucune considération pour la population civile. Nous sommes dans une guerre régionale et les considérations humanitaires sont instrumentalisées sans scrupules. L’objectif pour l’Arabie Saoudite est précisément d’obliger les États-Unis à intervenir davantage en Syrie pour bloquer l’Iran et la Russie. Pour cela il faut influencer l’opinion publique, c’est-à-dire les électeurs des membres du Congrès, en vue d’infléchir la politique américaine. Cela fonctionne puisqu’Alep est devenu un mot-clé de l’élection présidentielle américaine et il faudra beaucoup de détermination au successeur de Barak Obama pour résister aux pressions interventionnistes.

Mais revenons aux faits. Depuis le printemps 2012, date de la militarisation à outrance de l’opposition syrienne, le régime syrien utilise une stratégie classique de contre-insurrection. Il s’agit moins de gagner les cœurs que de faire plus peur que l’adversaire et de prouver qu’il est le seul capable de ramener la paix en Syrie. Après cinq années de guerre, tout ce qui compte pour l’immense majorité des Syriens c’est précisément de vivre en paix, peu leur importe qui dirige le pays. Sur le plan psychologique, Bachar el Assad a donc gagné puisqu’il apparaît, au pire, comme le moindre mal. Il lui reste à éliminer les rebelles. Pour cela il faut les séparer de la population civile dans laquelle ils se dissimulent. La technique de contre-insurrection utilisée à Alep-Est consiste donc, depuis l’hiver 2013-2014, à bombarder sporadiquement pour faire fuir les civils, puis d’encercler le territoire rebelle. Résultat auquel l’armée syrienne est parvenue début septembre. La population d’Alep-Est est ainsi passée de plus d’un million d’habitants en 2011 à 200,000 aujourd’hui selon l’ONU, mais sans doute beaucoup moins. À titre de comparaison la partie occidentale d’Alep, sous contrôle gouvernemental, compte 800,000 habitants.

Quel semble être aujourd’hui l’objectif du Kremlin et de Damas?

Après trois années de bombardement, le camp de Bashar el Assad considère que ceux qui restent dans Alep-Est soutiennent les rebelles, car les autres ont eu tout le temps de fuir. C’est en partie vrai, car il s’agit pour l’essentiel des familles des combattants, qui sont donc payées pour rester. Désormais, la seule solution envisagée par les militaires pour les convaincre de quitter Alep-Est est de frapper aveuglément et massivement. Dans quelques jours, une trêve sera sans doute proclamée pour permettre à ceux qui le souhaitent d’être évacués. Mais encore faut-il qu’ils le puissent, car les groupes radicaux empêchent les civils de partir pour les utiliser comme boucliers humains, comme ce fut le cas à Homs. Puis les bombardements reprendront jusqu’à la reconquête totale des quartiers rebelles d’Alep. Il faut noter que c’est la première fois depuis l’été 2012, que l’infanterie est engagée pour reprendre du terrain comme le quartier de Farafirah au centre-ville, Sheikh Saïd au sud, ou l’ex camp palestinien de Handarat au nord.

Ce que j’ai décrit était annoncé. La seule façon de l’empêcher est d’entrer dans une confrontation militaire avec la Russie en abattant les avions russes et syriens. Je doute que l’Occident souhaite une escalade de ce type. Certains évoquent la distribution de missiles sol-air aux rebelles, au risque de les voir tomber dans les mains d’Al-Qaïda ou de Daesh. Par ailleurs, il n’est pas sûr que cela soit efficace, car les Russes bombarderaient de plus haut avec du plus lourd et feraient donc plus de dégâts. La Russie pourrait aussi frapper avec des missiles de croisière depuis la mer Caspienne.

Au-delà d’Alep, le rapport de force est-il en train de changer entre le régime et les rebelles? Que change sur ce point l’intervention turque qui se poursuit tout au Nord de la Syrie?

La Russie ne croit plus à la possibilité d’un accord de coopération militaire avec les États-Unis. Le bombardement de l’armée syrienne à Deir ez Zor par l’aviation de la coalition internationale, le 17 septembre dernier, fut le coup de grâce donné à ses longues et laborieuses négociations. S’agit-il d’une erreur comme le prétendent les États-Unis? Ou d’une mauvaise information donnée sciemment par un membre de la coalition qui aurait intérêt à voir échouer l’accord? Erreur ou non, cet épisode risquerait d’entamer la crédibilité de la Russie si Vladimir Poutine ne réagissait pas énergiquement. En tout état de cause, le Président russe considère que les États-Unis sont incapables de convaincre leurs alliés de cesser le combat, il a donc décidé de les mettre devant le fait accompli.

L’exécutif américain est paralysé au moins jusqu’à la prise de fonction de la nouvelle administration en janvier 2017. Il s’agit donc de l’emporter à Alep d’ici trois mois. Recep Teyep Erdogan, a lui, anticipé ce qui allait se passer et il a trouvé plus judicieux de négocier avec Vladimir Poutine. Il a obtenu du maître du Kremlin la création d’une zone sous influence turque au Nord-Est d’Alep pour accueillir les futurs réfugiés, tout en bloquant l’avancée des Kurdes vers l’Ouest. En échange, le Président turc a dû s’engager à réduire son soutien aux rebelles syriens. Ce qui augure mal de l’avenir de la rébellion syrienne car la Turquie est indispensable pour son soutien logistique.

Voir également:

Hollande déboussolé face à Poutine

La France plus isolée que jamais

Hadrien Desuin
Expert en géo-stratégie, sécurité et défense

Causeur

13 octobre 2016

Le report sine die de la visite du président russe à Paris, pourtant prévue de longue date, est un nouvel épisode du burlesque qui guide notre diplomatie depuis presque cinq ans. L’inauguration de la cathédrale orthodoxe du quai Branly était l’occasion pour la France de se replacer dans le jeu diplomatique alors que les relations américano-russes sont au plus bas. Mais François Hollande n’a pas eu le courage de préserver l’indépendance de la France. Il a préféré rallier in extremis les bons élèves du camp occidental.

Hollande improvise sur TMC

Dans une séquence improvisée, François Hollande a benoitement livré au micro de TMC ses hésitations. “Je me suis posé la question (…) Est-ce que c’est utile ? Est-ce que c’est nécessaire ? Est-ce que ça peut être une pression ?”  Il commence par confirmer au jeune journaliste qui se trouvait là qu’il va recevoir le président russe et il finit sa phrase en ânonnant “si je le reçois…” Il est tellement sincère, au fond, notre président. On le voit hésiter, trembler en direct. Comme une Léonarda diplomatique. Cet homme n’aime pas ce pour quoi il a été élu: décider et choisir. Il laisse la décision à Vladimir Poutine. Et Vladimir Poutine de lui répondre moqueur :  “je viendrai quand François Hollande sera prêt”. Comme si Hollande n’était pas vraiment dans son assiette. Pas vraiment maître de lui même. Après tout, la France doit parler à Moscou pour exister sur la scène internationale. Mais la Russie n’a pas besoin de Paris pour compter dans le monde.

Bluff présidentiel

Désireux de se ressaisir et de dissiper ce perpétuel sentiment de flou, François Hollande a tenté devant l’Assemblée du Conseil de l’Europe de prouver qu’il avait un cap, qu’il avait la carrure de Vladimir Poutine. Il a ainsi prétendu avoir reporté l’entrevue suite à ”un désaccord majeur entre la Russie et la France ». Mais c’est trop tard, le mal est fait. La France s’est humiliée.

Drapé dans une logique humanitaire à sens unique, Jean-Marc Ayrault semble, de son côté, avoir enfilé les bottes de Laurent Fabius. Après le départ de ce dernier au Conseil Constitutionnel, la diplomatie française semblait pouvoir prendre une tournure un poil plus réaliste. En particulier dans ces deux grandes crises ukrainienne et syrienne mais depuis c’est la rechute. Le retour des grandes déclarations, des coups de menton et des doigts levés; cette parodie d’Aristide Briand à la SDN.

La Russie a du mettre son véto à la résolution française de cessez le feu à Alep. Une gifle que le quai d’Orsay n’a pas digérée. Car Poutine est déterminé à terminer le siège des quartiers Est et à reprendre le contrôle de la Syrie septentrionale. Il s’agit pour Moscou, Téhéran et Damas d’infliger une cuisante défaite aux rebelles djihadistes alliés à la branche syrienne d’Al-Qaïda (leur « divorce blanc » n’a trompé personne pour reprendre l’expression de Fabrice Balanche).

Obama a besoin de Poutine

Moscou entend accélérer les choses avant les élections américaines. Les deux candidats promettent de replacer les Etats-Unis au rang de leader du monde libre mais ils ne prêteront serment que fin janvier. En attendant, Barack Obama n’a pas caché son souhait de reprendre Mossoul avant son départ de la Maison-Blanche. Sa priorité est la chute de Daech et il sait qu’il doit compter malgré tout sur Moscou pour atteindre son but. La course contre-la-montre est engagée. Tout doit être terminé pour l’hiver.

A l’initiative de Moscou et Damas, plusieurs cessez-le-feu ont déjà été négociés ou proposés à Alep, sous l’égide de l’ONU, afin que la population alépine puisse sortir de ce piège. Malheureusement, les groupes djihadistes ont interdit à la population d’en profiter. La population civile est le bouclier humain et la caution morale des djihadistes et de leur famille. Les hôpitaux abritent des QG, ils permettent aux grands chefs de la rébellion de se protéger mais aussi d’exposer les blessés aux bombardements de l’aviation russe (comme à Kunduz avec l’aviation américaine). Le but est de jouer sur la corde humanitaire occidentale et de provoquer une intervention sinon une pression occidentale sur Poutine.

La France se fait le porte-voix  de ses clients du Golfe. Lesquels relayent les cris des groupes djihadistes enfermés dans Alep. La France surjoue son rôle de patrie des droits de l’homme et de soldat de la paix. Mais en réalité, elle n’est plus maîtresse de son propre jeu. La France est entrée dans une confrontation avec la Russie qui la marginalise un peu plus. Plutôt que de réactiver une guerre froide inutile avec Moscou, et de multiplier les rebuffades, Paris ferait mieux d’assumer le dialogue. Pour combattre notre seul et vrai ennemi commun, les djihadistes.

Voir encore:

Interview intégrale du Président Poutine par TF1

Le 11 octobre, alors que le président Hollande, avec toute l’élégance de son rang et de son niveau, claironne alentour qu’il ne souhaite pas recevoir le Président Poutine, ce dernier accorde une interview à un journaliste de TF1. Cette interview bizarrement nous ne pouvons la trouver sur le site de la chaine française, ni à fortiori vérifier et préciser le nom de l’intervieweur. Il est vrai que ce n’est pas le moment pour les occidentaux de donner place aux points de vue russes…

Cette interview a évidemment eu une résonance minimale dans la presse française et plus largement européenne, alors que Poutine y précise des aspects très importants des évènements en cours. Et nous devons le souligner, avec un tact, une précision, et un vocabulaire extrêmement mesuré. Ceci alors que les hauts représentants du monde occidental ne renoncent ni aux excès de langage, ni à la grossièreté. Sans parler du non-respect des normes et convenances diplomatiques les plus élémentaires.

RI choisit ici de vous traduite le texte intégral de cette interview, sur base du texte officiel mis en ligne sur le site de la présidence russe http://www.kremlin.ru/events/president/news/53081

Mufasa

***

Interview du Président Poutine par la chaîne de télévision française TF1 le 11 octobre 2016.

Président Poutine: Mais comment êtes-vous arrivé ici [i]? Nous nous trouvons dans une toute petite ville de province. Maintenant partout où nous venons en Russie, dans n’importe quel village nous trouvons des Français. Mais c’est très bien comme ça, cela nous fait bien plaisir.

Question TF1 : Monsieur le Président pouvez-vous nous expliquer pourquoi vous n’avez pas fait ce voyage à Paris ?

Président Poutine : C’est très simple,  il était supposé que nous allions solennellement inaugurer un centre récemment construit à Paris, un centre culturel et une cathédrale russes, mais nous avons pu observer que ce n’était pas le moment opportun pour un évènement de ce type.  D’autant moins si l’on considère notre incompréhension mutuelle sur ce qui se passe en Syrie et plus précisément autour de la ville d’Alep. Mais sinon nous sommes évidemment toujours ouverts  à ce que nous puissions nous consulter et dialoguer sur ce thème.

Question TF1: mais c’est exactement ce que voulaient les Français, utiliser le contexte de votre visite pour discuter de la situation en Syrie. Tandis que vous c’est pour cette même raison que vous renoncez à la visite.

Président Poutine: Mais sachez que nous n’avons pas réellement refusé, on nous a fait savoir que  la cause principale,  à savoir l’ouverture de ce centre culturel et religieux, n’est pas appropriée. Mais si la raison principale de mon déplacement à Paris n’est pas appropriée, alors nous trouverons certainement une autre possibilité qui soit plus appropriée pour discuter de la situation en Syrie.  Nous n’avons aucune limite à ce sujet nous sommes ouverts au dialogue.

Simplement on nous a fait savoir que ce n’est pas le moment le plus confortable pour de telles manifestations et puis c’est tout. Quant à nous, nous n’avons rien refusé.

Question TF1: De nombreux représentants officiels occidentaux parmi lesquels John Kerry, Jean-Marc Ayrault, même François Hollande, utilisent une rhétorique dure envers la Russie à propos des bombardements à Alep, sous lesquels tombent des cibles civiles, telles que des hôpitaux. Certains même recourent à l’expression « crimes de guerre ». Que pouvez-vous dire à ce sujet?

Président Poutine: Je dirais que c’est une rhétorique politique qui n’a pas grand sens ni ne tient compte de la réalité de ce qui se passe dans ce pays. Et je dirai maintenant pourquoi. Je suis intimement convaincu que dans la situation qui s’est instaurée dans la région dans son ensemble et en Syrie en particulier la responsabilité incombe à tous nos partenaires occidentaux, et en premier lieu évidemment les États-Unis d’Amérique et leurs alliés, dont évidemment les pays leaders de l’Europe.

Rappelons-nous avec quel engouement tous là-bas soutenaient la révolution arabe. Où est-il ce bel optimisme ? Par quoi cela s’est-il terminé ? Souvenons-nous ce que représentaient la Libye et l’Irak avant la destruction de leurs états, de leurs gouvernements. Qui ont été anéantis  par les diverses forces armées de nos partenaires occidentaux.

Ce n’étaient pas bien sûr des modèles de démocratie tels que cela se comprend aujourd’hui. Certainement on pouvait influer sur les structures de ces sociétés, les structures de ces gouvernements et de ces pouvoirs. Par les forces autochtones. Mais dans tous les cas il n’y avait précisément pas de signes avant-coureurs de terrorisme dans ces pays. De ces territoires ne partaient pas de menaces, ni pour Paris, ni pour la Côte-d’Azur en France, ni pour la Belgique, la Russie ou pour les États-Unis d’Amérique.

Actuellement ce sont des sources de terrorisme. Et notre but consiste exactement à éviter qu’en Syrie ne se développe une telle situation.

J’anticipe votre question à propos des réfugiés. Je suppose que vous voulez en parler ? Même si ce n’est pas le cas je vais aborder cette question. Souvenons-nous que les problèmes des réfugiés sont apparus bien avant que la Russie n’entreprenne ses actions pour la normalisation et la stabilisation de la situation en Syrie. L’exode massif de personnes de ces énormes territoires du Moyen-Orient, de l’Afrique et de l’Afghanistan, a commencé bien avant notre intervention en Syrie. Aucun reproche à la Russie à propos de l’augmentation du problème des réfugiés n’est acceptable. Notre but justement est de restaurer les conditions pour le retour des réfugiés sur leur lieu d’existence antérieure.

Maintenant à propos de la situation humanitaire autour d’Alep. Pensez-vous que nous avons oublié comment les forces aériennes des États-Unis ont bombardé un hôpital en Afghanistan, au cours duquel ont péri des collaborateurs de l’organisation Médecins sans frontières? Ou bombardé des fêtes de mariages où jusqu’à 100 personnes ont péri en Afghanistan, puis maintenant au Yémen ce qui vient de se passer, lorsque, avec une seule bombe, 170 personnes ont été tuées, 500 blessées lors d’une cérémonie funéraire.

Quoi qu’il en soit, partout où se déroulent des conflits armés, bien malheureusement meurent et souffrent des gens qui n’y sont pour rien. Mais nous ne pouvons permettre aux terroristes de se protéger derrière des civils qu’ils utilisent comme des boucliers humains, et nous ne pouvons permettre qu’ils fassent chanter le monde entier lorsqu’ils ont pris quelqu’un en otage, le tuent et le décapitent. Si nous voulons mener cette guerre à son terme avec les terroristes, il faut alors se battre contre eux, mais ne pas aller vers eux en s’inclinant, et se retirer à reculons.

Question TF1 : Monsieur le Président le fait est que les Français ne comprennent pas pourquoi vous faites subir des bombardements à ceux que vous appelez des terroristes. Nous avons été attaqués par l’EI,  qui ne se trouve pas dans Alep. C’est cela que les Français ne comprennent pas.

Président Poutine: Je vais vous expliquer. À Alep la situation est contrôlée par une autre organisation terroriste qui s’appelle Jabhat al Nusra. Elle a toujours été considérée comme une aile d’Al-Qaïda et figure dans la liste des organisations terroristes établie par l’ONU.

Ce qui choque et nous étonne c’est le fait que nos partenaires, et plus précisément américains, d’une façon ou d’une autre tentent sans cesse de sortir le dialogue sur le terrorisme de ses limites propres. Et je vais vous dire pourquoi. Il me semble que nos partenaires systématiquement et constamment reviennent sur les mêmes travers, ils veulent utiliser le potentiel militaire de ces organisations terroristes et radicales pour accomplir leurs buts politiques ; et dans ce cas pour combattre le président Assad et son gouvernement, ne comprenant pas que plus tard ils ne réussiront pas à mettre ces terroristes de côté, dans un coin, et les contraindre à vivre selon les lois et le droit civilisés, s’ils arrivaient à vaincre quelqu’un.

Nous avons à de multiples reprises convenu avec les Américains qu’ils procéderont à la séparation de l’organisation Jabhat al Nosra et de ses semblables des autres organisations que l’on appelle modérées de l’opposition, dont celles qui sont à Alep. Et les Américains ont convenu avec nous  que cela doit être fait. Je dirais même plus, nous avons convenu  de certains délais, mais mois après mois, rien n’a été fait.

Nous avons tout récemment convenu de ce que nous annoncerions le jour du cessez-le-feu  – le jour J comme disent les Américains-.  J’avais insisté pour que, auparavant, ils résolvent le problème de la séparation de Jabhat al Nosra et des autres organisations terroristes de ce que l’on appelle l’opposition modérée. Et que, alors seulement, soit annoncé le cesser le feu.

Mais les Américains insistèrent au contraire pour que l’on annonce d’abord un cessez-le-feu et seulement ensuite soit accomplie cette séparation entre terroristes et non terroristes. Finalement nous avons été à leur rencontre et nous avons accepté cela. Et c’est ainsi que le 12 septembre fut  annoncé le cessez-le-feu  et la cessation des activités militaires.  Mais le 16 septembre l’aviation américaine a bombardé les forces syriennes[ii] occasionnant la mort de 80 militaires syriens.

Au même moment, immédiatement après les bombardements, l’État islamique -et ici on parle bien de l’État islamique-, a entrepris une attaque terrestre sur la zone qui venait d’être bombardée. Nos collègues américains nous ont dit que ce bombardement était une erreur. Mais cette erreur a conduit à la mort de 80 personnes. C’est la première chose. Et la deuxième chose, c’est que c’est peut-être aussi par hasard que Daech est passé à l’offensive tout de suite après ces frappes.

Alors, simultanément, à un niveau inférieur, opérationnel, un des responsables militaires américains annonce très directement qu’ils avaient préparé pendant plusieurs jours cette attaque aérienne. Comment pouvaient-ils se tromper s’ils ont consacré plusieurs jours à la préparation?

Ainsi furent rompus nos accord sur un cesser le feu. Qui les a rompus ? Nous ? Non.

Question TF1: on parle du retour possible à la guerre froide mais il y a d’autre part un américain auquel vous plaisez, c’est Donald Trump. Comment le considérer vous? Est-ce qu’il vous plaît ?

Président Poutine: Écoutez, tout le monde nous plaît, l’Amérique est un grand pays, les Américains un grand peuple, intéressant, sympathique et talentueux. C’est une grande nation. Qui ils vont élire nous verrons, et c’est avec celui-ci ou celle-là que nous travaillerons. Bien sûr il est plus commode de travailler avec ceux qui souhaitent travailler avec nous.  Si Trump veut travailler avec la Russie alors on peut  seulement le saluer, mais il faut seulement que cette collaboration soit sincèrement équitable et mutuelle.

Mais, voyez-vous,  revenons au problème de Alep. Nous parlons de ce qu’il est indispensable de mener des convois humanitaires.  Tout le monde tente de nous convaincre de la nécessité de le faire.  Mais il ne faut pas nous convaincre, nous sommes du même avis, nous pensons qu’il est nécessaire d’organiser des convois humanitaires. Mais comment le faire ? Il n’y a qu’une seule route, par laquelle doit passer le convoi, d’un côté de la route il y a les combattants  rebelles et de l’autre il y a des régiments de l’armée arabe syrienne.  Nous avons connaissance des provocations et de tirs sur l’une de ces colonnes, et nous savons  par quel groupe terroriste ces tirs ont été provoqués.

Nous disons: Convenons d’évacuer les troupes rebelles d’un côté de la route, et l’armée régulière syrienne de l’autre côté de la route. Et nous libérons ainsi le passage et sécurisons cette route pour les convois humanitaires.

Tout le monde est d’accord avec nous et même plus, cela est consigné dans certains documents. Et puis, plus rien ne se passe, personne n’agit du côté de nos partenaires. Soit ils ne veulent pas retirer les troupes rebelles soit ils ne peuvent pas le faire, je ne le sais pas.

Ensuite arrive une proposition exotique. Je vais maintenant vous étonner, vous et vos téléspectateurs. Il nous a été proposé de placer nos forces armées -de l’armée russe- de part et d’autre de cette route. Et d’en assurer la sécurité. Nos militaires, qui sont des gens courageux et déterminés, sont venus me voir et m’ont dit : bien, on peut le faire nous sommes prêts.

J’ai dit non. Si nous le faisons, nous ferons avec les Américains, proposez-le leur. Nous avons proposé et les Américains ont immédiatement refusé : monter au front, ils ne veulent pas. Retirer les troupes rebelles, ils ne veulent pas non plus. Que fait-on dans cette situation ?

Nous devons simplement relever le niveau de confiance mutuelle et comprendre que ces menaces nous sont communes Et ce n’est qu’en travaillant ensemble que l’on peut écarter et éloigner ces menaces.

Avec les services français nous avons d’excellentes relations, nous travaillons concrètement en phase. Ainsi en est-il pour nos spécialistes de lutte antiterroriste avec les spécialistes tant français qu’européens. Mais ce n’est pas toujours le cas.

Par exemple nous communiquons à nos partenaires américains une information. Très souvent elle reste sans aucune réaction. Il y a quelques temps nous avions envoyé une information sur les frères Tsarnaev[iii]. Le premier document a été envoyé, résultat zéro. Puis un second document a été envoyé et nous recevons en réponse « ce n’est pas votre affaire car ils sont déjà citoyens américains nous nous débrouillerons seuls». Résultat il y a eu un acte terroriste aux États-Unis.

N’est-ce pas un exemple de ce qu’en négligeant la coopération dans cette sphère extrêmement sensible nous subissons des pertes ? Il faut s’occuper non de rhétorique politique mais chercher des issues à cette situation qui s’est installée entre autres en Syrie. Quelle issue et quelle solution ? Il n’y en a qu’une : il faut convaincre toutes les parties impliquées dans ce conflit de suivre la voie de solutions politiques.

Ainsi nous avons convenu avec le président Assad, et il l’a accepté, de privilégier la solution d’une nouvelle constitution, puis de mener des élections sur la base de cette constitution. Mais on ne parvient à convaincre absolument personne de cette solution. Si le peuple ne vote pas pour le président Assad, cela veut dire que démocratiquement il y aura un changement de pouvoir, non par le recours à la force depuis l’extérieur, mais par un strict contrôle international et un contrôle de l’ONU. Je ne comprends pas que l’on ne puisse pas s’accommoder avec cette forme démocratique de résolution d’un problème de pouvoir. Mais nous ne perdons pas notre optimisme, et espérons que d’une manière ou d’une autre nous réussirons à convaincre tous nos collègues et partenaires que c’est l’unique moyen de résoudre les problèmes.

Traduction MufasaRéseau International

Source : http://www.kremlin.ru/events/president/news/53081

—————————————————-

[i] Le contexte de cette interview est un forum dans la petit ville de KOVROV, dans l’oblast de Vladimir.

[ii] Le bombardement des troupes syriennes par l’aviation US à Deir el Zor, suivit immédiatement d’un assaut de Daesh, EI et autres mercenaires. Assaut victorieux qui permet à ces derniers d’emporter une position très favorable dans l’est de la Syrie

[iii] Selon les autorités US ils seraient les auteurs de l’attentat de Boston.

Voir encore:

Double Standards for Aleppo and Gaza

Simon Plosker

Algemeiner

September 29, 2016

Make no mistake, the carnage taking place in Aleppo right now is a disgrace to the international community.

The Syrian government and Russian-backed forces are reportedly using chemical weapons, barrel bombs and increasingly powerful explosives to target innocent men, women and children. While rebel fighters have undoubtedly embedded themselves in the city in fortified positions, it appears that the civilian population is bearing the brunt of the conflict.

While there has been some condemnation from the UN, where are the protests on the streets of European capitals and where is the media frenzy about this disgrace?

Had Israel been involved, or had the IDF aimed one solitary munition at Aleppo, I think the response would be much different.

The international community’s condemnation of the Assad regime and Putin’s Russia is nothing compared to the vitriol leveled against Israel for its far more restrained (and completely justified) 2014 operation against Hamas in Gaza.

Unfortunately for the 250,000 residents of Aleppo, the city is not being attacked by the IDF. There are no leaflets being dropped warning civilians to evacuate areas in the line of fire. There is no “roof knocking” — where non-explosive devices are dropped on the roofs of targeted buildings to give civilians time to flee. And judging by the number of civilian casualties and the extent of the destruction in Syria, there is very little to no concern for the well-being of innocent civilians.

Aleppo is a testament to the double standards at play when it comes to the treatment of Israel’s military operations. There is, however, a caveat. The IDF should be held to higher standards than the militaries of both Syria and Russia.

And that is why The Sunday Times of London caught my eye recently. One story was headlined “Putin’s gigantic firebombs torch Aleppo.” Next to it was an article entitled, “RAF drone crew divert missile to save ‘civilian’ seconds from death.”

The dissonance between the two stories is striking. On one side, we have the alleged deployment by Russia of a weapon “capable of blasting a massive ball of flame across wide areas of Aleppo.” On the other, the release of a video by Britain’s Royal Air Force showing a drone missile aimed at ISIS terrorists being diverted at the last minute to avoid killing a civilian.

One side was indiscriminately firebombing, while the other was deliberately acting to prevent civilian casualties.

The RAF evidently felt that its tale was a positive story, which showed that its drone squadrons act both ethically and in accordance with international law. Why is this news? Israel released many videos from incidents where missiles targeting Hamas terrorists were diverted due to the presence of Palestinian civilians. So why then were Israel’s identical efforts not deemed newsworthy?

Granted, the Sunday Times is a British newspaper covering the British military, but the UK press has never been shy about devoting many column inches to Israel and the Palestinians.

Israeli efforts to minimize civilian casualties go unreported or even ignored by the press, and Israel instead finds itself regularly judged in the court of public opinion, which is led by a lazy or hostile media.

So Israel is subjected not only to a different standard than the deplorable militaries of Syria and Russia, but even to a different standard than other Western militaries.

If and when the Syrian conflict comes to an end, will anyone be held to account for what certainly appear, at face value, to be genuine war crimes? Will there be a UN investigation and a Goldstone-style report? Will the International Criminal Court issue indictments? Given Russian involvement and the lack of American global power projection, it is unlikely that anyone will be held to account.

The next time open conflict between Israel and Hamas breaks out, will the parameters of judgment have changed as a result of the carnage in Aleppo and other parts of Syria? Or will Israel continue to be held to a standard of behavior unlike any other military in the world?

The likelihood is that nothing will have changed when it comes to how Israel is treated, and we will be left to conclude that, ultimately, the world will be outraged by Israel defending itself and its citizens irrespective of how ethically it behaves.

Simon Plosker is Managing Editor of HonestReporting

Voir de plus:

Syrie : des horreurs commises par des groupes armés

Amnesty international

[04/07/2016]

Les groupes armés implantés à Alep, Idlib et dans les environs, dans le nord de la Syrie, se livrent à des séries d’enlèvements, de tortures et d’exécutions sommaires.

Depuis cinq ans, nous avons recensé en détail les crimes de guerre et les crimes contre l’humanité commis à grande échelle par les forces gouvernementales syriennes. Nous avons également rendu compte des graves violations, y compris des crimes de guerre, imputables à l’EI et à d’autres groupes armés.

Si certains civils dans les zones contrôlées par les groupes armés de l’opposition ont pu au départ saluer le fait d’échapper au joug du régime syrien, l’espoir que ces groupes respecteraient les droits s’estompe au fur et à mesure qu’ils s’emparent des lois et commettent de graves violations.

Notre rapport Torture was my punishment: Abductions, torture and summary killings under armed group rule in Aleppo and Idleb, Syria, (anglais) offre un rare aperçu de ce qu’est la vie dans les zones contrôlées par les groupes armés d’opposition.

Les groupes armés en cause

Nous avons recensé les violences commises par cinq groupes armés qui contrôlent des régions des gouvernorats d’Alep et d’Idlib depuis 2012 :

  • Le mouvement Nour al Dine Zinki, du Front al Shamia et de la brigade 16, qui ont rejoint la coalition de groupes armés Conquête d’Alep (Fatah Halab) en 2015
  • Le Front al Nosra et le Mouvement islamique Ahrar al Sham à Idlib, qui ont rejoint la coalition de l’Armée de la conquête, en 2015

Le rapport apporte aussi un éclairage sur les institutions administratives et quasi-judiciaires mises en place par les groupes armés pour gouverner ces régions.

Une dure réalité pour les civils

Beaucoup des civils sous contrôle des groupes armés d’opposition à Alep, à Idlib et dans les environs vivent dans la peur constante d’être enlevés s’ils critiquent le comportement des groupes armés en place ou ne respectent pas les règles strictes imposées par certains.

À Alep et Idlib aujourd’hui, les groupes armés ont les coudées franches pour commettre des crimes de guerre et bafouer le droit international humanitiare en toute impunité.

Un système judiciaire « sur mesure »

Des groupes armés non étatiques comme le Front al Nosra, le Front al Shamia et le Mouvement islamique Ahrar al Sham définissent leurs propres « systèmes judiciaires » fondés sur la charia (loi islamique) dans les zones qu’ils contrôlent.
Ils mettent sur pied des bureaux chargés des poursuites, des forces de police et des centres de détention non officiels.
Ils nomment également des juges, dont certains ne connaissent pas la charia.

Mauvais traitements et crimes de guerre

Le Front al Nosra et le Mouvement islamique Ahrar al Sham notamment appliquent une interprétation stricte de la charia et imposent des sanctions équivalant à des actes de torture ou à des mauvais traitements pour des infractions présumées.
Certains groupes bénéficieraient du soutien des gouvernements du Qatar, de l’Arabie saoudite, de la Turquie et des États-Unis notamment, alors que des éléments prouvent qu’ils violent le droit international humanitaire (les lois de la guerre).

Militants des droits humains, minorités et mineurs pris pour cibles

Nous avons recensé 24 cas d’enlèvements par des groupes armés dans les gouvernorats d’Alep et d’Idlib entre 2012 et 2016.

Parmi les victimes figurent des militants pacifiques et même des mineurs, ainsi que des membres de minorités pris pour cibles uniquement en raison de leur religion. Des membres de la minorité kurde à Sheikh Maqsoud, quartier à majorité kurde de la ville d’Alep, figurent parmi les personnes enlevées, ainsi que des prêtres chrétiens ciblés en raison de leur religion.

Plusieurs journalistes et militants utilisant les réseaux sociaux qui rendent compte des violations des droits humains ont déclaré à nos chercheurs avoir été enlevés parce qu’ils avaient critiqué le comportement des groupes armés au pouvoir.
Beaucoup ont ensuite été libérés, sous la pression exercée par la population sur le groupe armé qui les avait enlevés.

Issa, 24 ans, militant utilisant les médias, a déclaré qu’il avait cessé de publier sur Facebook toute information susceptible de lui faire courir des risques après avoir reçu des menaces du Front al Nosra :

Ils contrôlent ce que nous pouvons et ne pouvons pas dire. Soit vous êtes d’accord avec leurs règles sociales et leurs politiques, soit vous disparaissez. Au cours des deux dernières années, j’ai été menacé à trois reprises par le Front al Nosra pour avoir critiqué sur Facebook leur manière de diriger.»

Bassel, avocat installé à Idlib, a été enlevé chez lui, à Marat al Numan, en novembre 2015, pour avoir critiqué le Front al Nosra :

J’étais content d’être enfin libéré du joug inique du gouvernement syrien, mais c’est bien pire aujourd’hui. J’ai critiqué publiquement le Front al Nosra sur Facebook… Le lendemain matin, ils sont venus chez moi me kidnapper.»

Ses ravisseurs l’ont retenu captif dans une maison abandonnée pendant 10 jours, puis l’ont finalement libéré après l’avoir contraint à renoncer à sa profession, le menaçant de ne jamais revoir sa famille s’il n’obtempérait pas.

Exécutions sommaires

Les informations recueillies établissent que des exécutions sommaires sont imputables au Front al Nosra, au Front al Shamia et à leurs « tribunaux » affiliés, ainsi qu’au Conseil judiciaire suprême, entité dans le gouvernorat d’Alep reconnue par plusieurs groupes armés comme l’unique autorité judiciaire de la région.

Parmi les victimes figurent des civils, dont un adolescent de 17 ans accusé d’être homosexuel et une femme accusée d’adultère, ainsi que des soldats capturés des forces gouvernementales syriennes, des membres des milices chabiha pro-gouvernementales, du groupe armé se désignant sous le nom d’État islamique (EI) et d’autres groupes rivaux.

Dans certains cas, les groupes armés ont procédé à des exécutions sommaires en place publique. Or, le droit international humanitaire interdit l’homicide délibéré de prisonniers, acte qui constitue un crime de guerre.

Lire aussi : Syrie: le gouvernement bombarde et affame ses citoyens« Saleh », capturé par le Front al Nosra en décembre 2014, a déclaré avoir vu cinq femmes qui, selon un gardien, étaient accusées d’adultère et ne seraient pardonnées « que dans la mort ». Par la suite, il a vu une vidéo montrant des combattants du Front al Nosra tuer l’une de ces femmes, en place publique, dans le cadre de ce qui s’apparentait à une exécution.

Faire pression sur les groupes armés


Les États-Unis, la France, le Qatar, la Turquie et l’Arabie saoudite
font partie des États membres du Groupe international de soutien à la Syrie, et participent à ce titre aux négociations sur la Syrie.
Ils doivent :
– faire pression sur les groupes armés pour qu’ils mettent fin aux violations et pour qu’ils respectent les lois de la guerre ;
– cesser tout transfert d’armes ou de soutien aux groupes qui se livrent à des crimes de guerre et à des violations flagrantes des droits fondamentaux.

La Russie et les États-Unis, ainsi que l’envoyé spécial des Nations unies en Syrie, doivent mettre l’accent, durant les pourparlers de paix de Genève, sur les détentions imputables aux forces gouvernementales et sur les enlèvements imputables aux groupes armés.

De son côté, le Conseil de sécurité de l’ONU doit imposer des sanctions ciblées aux dirigeants des groupes armés qui se livrent à des crimes de guerre.

Voir enfin:

Heckuva Job

What Erdogan’s Pivot to Putin Means